diff options
153 files changed, 21171 insertions, 7087 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/administrivia.po b/po/el/administrivia.po index b1c56a24e..ab6634994 100644 --- a/po/el/administrivia.po +++ b/po/el/administrivia.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: administrivia\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-18 23:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -84,7 +84,15 @@ msgid "" "phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for " "{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " "on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." -msgstr "Οι μεταφραστές μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτή την παράγραφο για την απόδοση μνείας σε όσους είναι υπεύθυνοι για την μετάφραση του Εγχειριδίου. Οι μεταφραστικές ομάδες θα ήταν καλό να αναφέρουν απλά τον συντονιστή και πιθανόν τους κύριους συνεργάτες και να ευχαριστήσουν όλους τους υπόλοιπους με μια φράση όπως \"όλοι οι μεταφραστές και διορθωτές από την μεταφραστική ομάδα για την ελληνική γλώσσα στην λίστα debian-l10n-greek\". Δείτε το αρχείο build/lang-options/README για τον τρόπο ενεργοποίησης αυτής της παραγράφου. Η συνθήκη της είναι \"about-langteam\"." +msgstr "" +"Οι μεταφραστές μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτή την παράγραφο για την απόδοση " +"μνείας σε όσους είναι υπεύθυνοι για την μετάφραση του Εγχειριδίου. Οι " +"μεταφραστικές ομάδες θα ήταν καλό να αναφέρουν απλά τον συντονιστή και " +"πιθανόν τους κύριους συνεργάτες και να ευχαριστήσουν όλους τους υπόλοιπους " +"με μια φράση όπως \"όλοι οι μεταφραστές και διορθωτές από την μεταφραστική " +"ομάδα για την ελληνική γλώσσα στην λίστα debian-l10n-greek\". Δείτε το " +"αρχείο build/lang-options/README για τον τρόπο ενεργοποίησης αυτής της " +"παραγράφου. Η συνθήκη της είναι \"about-langteam\"." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:50 @@ -254,4 +262,3 @@ msgstr "Μνεία Εμπορικών Σημάτων" #, no-c-format msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "Όλα τα εμπορικά σήματα είναι ιδιοκτησία των αντίστοιχων κατόχων τους" - diff --git a/po/el/bookinfo.po b/po/el/bookinfo.po index 4745279bd..8ac42f7b9 100644 --- a/po/el/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/el/bookinfo.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-18 23:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -94,7 +94,14 @@ msgid "" "worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments " "should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " "paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." -msgstr "Οι μεταφραστές μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτή την παράγραφο για να δώσουν μερικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση της μετάφρασης, για παράδειγμα αν η μετάφραση είναι ακόμα σε στάδιο επεξεργασίας ή αν χρειάζονται διορθώσεις (μην ξεχάσετε να αναφέρετε πού θα πρέπει να σταλούν τα όποια σχόλια!). Δείτε το αρχείο build/lang-options/README σχετικά με το πώς μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε αυτήν την παράγραφο. Η συνθήκη της είναι η \"translation-status\"." +msgstr "" +"Οι μεταφραστές μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτή την παράγραφο για να δώσουν " +"μερικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση της μετάφρασης, για παράδειγμα " +"αν η μετάφραση είναι ακόμα σε στάδιο επεξεργασίας ή αν χρειάζονται " +"διορθώσεις (μην ξεχάσετε να αναφέρετε πού θα πρέπει να σταλούν τα όποια " +"σχόλια!). Δείτε το αρχείο build/lang-options/README σχετικά με το πώς " +"μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε αυτήν την παράγραφο. Η συνθήκη της είναι η " +"\"translation-status\"." #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 @@ -114,4 +121,3 @@ msgstr "" "και να το τροποποιήσετε σύμφωνα με τους όρους της Άδειας GNU General Public " "License. Παρακαλούμε. αναφερθείτε στην άδεια αυτή στη σελίδα <xref linkend=" "\"appendix-gpl\"/>." - diff --git a/po/el/boot-installer.po b/po/el/boot-installer.po index ac2578189..fcc62059d 100644 --- a/po/el/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/el/boot-installer.po @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-20 02:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -936,30 +936,48 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</" "ulink> is available." msgstr "" -"Κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος Netwinder θα πρέπει να διακόψετε την διαδικασία εκκίνησης κατά την αντίστροφη μέτρηση. Αυτό σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε έναν αριθμό από ρυθμίσεις του firmware που είναι απαραίτητες για την εκκίνηση του εγκαταστάτη. Ξεκινήστε, πρώτα απ' όλα, φορτώνοντας τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος Netwinder θα πρέπει να διακόψετε την " +"διαδικασία εκκίνησης κατά την αντίστροφη μέτρηση. Αυτό σας επιτρέπει να " +"ορίσετε έναν αριθμό από ρυθμίσεις του firmware που είναι απαραίτητες για την " +"εκκίνηση του εγκαταστάτη. Ξεκινήστε, πρώτα απ' όλα, φορτώνοντας τις " +"προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Επιπλέον, θα πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυο είτε με μια στατική διεύθυνση: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Επιπλέον, θα πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυο είτε " +"με μια στατική διεύθυνση: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> όπου 24 είναι ο αριθμός των bit στην μάσκα δικτύου, ή μια δυναμική διεύθυνση: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> όπου 24 είναι ο αριθμός των bit στην μάσκα " +"δικτύου, ή μια δυναμική διεύθυνση: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Πιθανόν να χρειαστεί να καθορίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις διαδρομής <userinput>route1</userinput> σε περίπτωση που ο server TFTP δεν βρίσκεται στο τοπικό υποδίκτυο. Μετά από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτές θα πρέπει να προσδιορίσετε τον server TFTP και την τοποθεσία της εικόνας. Μπορείτε τότε να αποθηκεύσετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας στην μνήμη flash. " +"</screen></informalexample> Πιθανόν να χρειαστεί να καθορίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις " +"διαδρομής <userinput>route1</userinput> σε περίπτωση που ο server TFTP δεν " +"βρίσκεται στο τοπικό υποδίκτυο. Μετά από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτές θα πρέπει να " +"προσδιορίσετε τον server TFTP και την τοποθεσία της εικόνας. Μπορείτε τότε " +"να αποθηκεύσετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας στην μνήμη flash. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Θα πρέπει τώρα να πείτε στο firmware ότι θα πρέπει να εκκινήσει την εικόνα TFTP: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Θα πρέπει τώρα να πείτε στο firmware ότι θα " +"πρέπει να εκκινήσει την εικόνα TFTP: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Αν χρησιμοποιείτε μια σειριακή κονσόλα για την εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα Netwinder, θα πρέπει να προσθέσετε και την ακόλουθη ρύθμιση: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Αν χρησιμοποιείτε μια σειριακή κονσόλα για την " +"εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα Netwinder, θα πρέπει να προσθέσετε και την ακόλουθη " +"ρύθμιση: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " "console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Εναλλακτικά, για εγακταστάσεις με χρήση ενός πληκτρολογίου και οθόνης θα πρέπει να ορίσετε: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Εναλλακτικά, για εγακταστάσεις με χρήση ενός " +"πληκτρολογίου και οθόνης θα πρέπει να ορίσετε: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>printenv</command> για την ανασκόπηση των ρυθμίσεων του περιβάλλοντός σας. Αφού επιβεβαιώσετε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να φορτώσετε την εικόνα: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή " +"<command>printenv</command> για την ανασκόπηση των ρυθμίσεων του " +"περιβάλλοντός σας. Αφού επιβεβαιώσετε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις είναι σωστές, " +"μπορείτε να φορτώσετε την εικόνα: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Σε περίπτωση που συναντήσετε οποιεσδήποτε δυσκολίες είναι διαθέσιμο ένα <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">αναλυτικό HOWTO</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample> Σε περίπτωση που συναντήσετε οποιεσδήποτε " +"δυσκολίες είναι διαθέσιμο ένα <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/" +"Firmware-HOWTO.html\">αναλυτικό HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:529 @@ -1042,7 +1060,8 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1153 #: boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2668 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε προβλήματα κατά την εκκίνηση, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-" "troubleshooting\"/>." @@ -1070,7 +1089,11 @@ msgid "" "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " "flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " "automatically start when you reboot your machines." -msgstr "Υπάρχει ένας διαρκώς αυξανόμενος αριθμός από καταναλωτικές συσκευές που εκκινούν κατευθείαν από ένα τσιπ flash στην ίδια την συσκευή. Ο εγκαταστάτης μπορεί να αποθηκευτεί στην flash ώστε να ξεκινήσει αυτόματα όταν επανεκκινήσετε τα μηχανήματά σας." +msgstr "" +"Υπάρχει ένας διαρκώς αυξανόμενος αριθμός από καταναλωτικές συσκευές που " +"εκκινούν κατευθείαν από ένα τσιπ flash στην ίδια την συσκευή. Ο εγκαταστάτης " +"μπορεί να αποθηκευτεί στην flash ώστε να ξεκινήσει αυτόματα όταν " +"επανεκκινήσετε τα μηχανήματά σας." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 @@ -1080,7 +1103,9 @@ msgid "" "warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " "are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " "follow the steps precisely." -msgstr "Σε πολλές περιπτώσεις, η αλλαγή του firmware μιας embedded συσκευής ακυρώνει την εγγύηση που έχετε. " +msgstr "" +"Σε πολλές περιπτώσεις, η αλλαγή του firmware μιας embedded συσκευής ακυρώνει " +"την εγγύηση που έχετε. " #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:612 @@ -1092,7 +1117,9 @@ msgstr "Εκκίνηση του NSLU2" #: boot-installer.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "There are three ways how to put the installer firmware into flash:" -msgstr "Υπάρχουν τρεις τρόποι για να τοποθετήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη του firmware στην μνήμη flash:" +msgstr "" +"Υπάρχουν τρεις τρόποι για να τοποθετήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη του firmware στην " +"μνήμη flash:" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:619 @@ -1109,7 +1136,13 @@ msgid "" "previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " "button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " "then boot straight into the installer." -msgstr "Πηγαίνετε τστην ενότητα Διαχείρισης και επιλέξτε <literal>Upgrade</literal> από το μενού. Μπορείτε τότε να πλοηγηθείτε στον δίσκο σας για την εικόνα του εγκαταστάτη που έχετε \"κατεβάσει\" από πριν. Πατήστε στην συνέχεια το κουμπί <literal>Start Upgrade</literal>, επιβεβαιώστε, περιμένετε για μερικά λεπτά και επιβεβαιώστε ξανά. Το σύστημα θα ξεκινήσει τότε κατευθείαν από τον εγκαταστάτη." +msgstr "" +"Πηγαίνετε τστην ενότητα Διαχείρισης και επιλέξτε <literal>Upgrade</literal> " +"από το μενού. Μπορείτε τότε να πλοηγηθείτε στον δίσκο σας για την εικόνα του " +"εγκαταστάτη που έχετε \"κατεβάσει\" από πριν. Πατήστε στην συνέχεια το " +"κουμπί <literal>Start Upgrade</literal>, επιβεβαιώστε, περιμένετε για μερικά " +"λεπτά και επιβεβαιώστε ξανά. Το σύστημα θα ξεκινήσει τότε κατευθείαν από τον " +"εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:631 @@ -1145,16 +1178,35 @@ msgid "" "reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " "installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>upslug2</command> από οποιοδήποτε μηχάνημα Linux ή Unix για να αναβαθμίσετε το μηχάνημα μέσω του δικτύου. Το λογισμικό αυτό διατίθεται και σαν πακέτο για το Debian. Καταρχήν, θα πρέπει να θέσετε το σύστημά σας NSLU2 σε κατάσταση αναβάθμισης: <orderedlist> " -"<listitem><para> Αποσυνδέστε οποιουσδήποτε δίσκους και/ή συσκευές από τις θύρες USB. </" -"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Σβήστε το σύστημα NSLU2 </para></listitem> " -"<listitem><para> Πιέστε και κρατήστε πατημένο το κουμπί reset (που είναι προσβάσιμο μέσω της μικρής οπής στο πίσω μέρος του συστήματος ακριβώς πάνω από την είσοδο τροφοδοσίας). </para></listitem> " -"<listitem><para>Πιέστε και αφήστε το κουμπί power για να θέσετε σε λειτουργία το NSLU2. </" -"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Περιμένετε για 10 δευτερόλεπτα προσέχοντας για την φωτεινή ένδειξη (LED) ready/status. Μετά από τα 10 δευτερόλεπτα θα αλλάξει από πορτοκαλί σε κόκκινο. Αμέσως αφήστε ελεύθερο το κουμπί reset. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Η φωτεινή ένδειξη ready/status του NSLU2 θα μεταβληθεί εναλλάξ σε κόκκινο/πράσινο (υπάρχει ένα διάστημα αναμονής ενός δευτερολέπτου πριν από την πρώτη εμφάνιση του πράσινου). Το σύστημα NSLU2 είναι τώρα σε κατάσταση αναβάθμισης. </para></" -"listitem> </orderedlist> Δείτε την σελίδα <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" -"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> αν αντιμετωπίσετε οποιαδήποτε προβλήματα σ' αυτό. Μόλις το σύστημα NSLU2 βρεθεί σε κατάσταση αναβάθμισης, μπορείτε να κάνετε flash την καινούρια εικόνα: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>upslug2</command> από " +"οποιοδήποτε μηχάνημα Linux ή Unix για να αναβαθμίσετε το μηχάνημα μέσω του " +"δικτύου. Το λογισμικό αυτό διατίθεται και σαν πακέτο για το Debian. " +"Καταρχήν, θα πρέπει να θέσετε το σύστημά σας NSLU2 σε κατάσταση αναβάθμισης: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Αποσυνδέστε οποιουσδήποτε δίσκους και/ή " +"συσκευές από τις θύρες USB. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Σβήστε το " +"σύστημα NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Πιέστε και κρατήστε " +"πατημένο το κουμπί reset (που είναι προσβάσιμο μέσω της μικρής οπής στο πίσω " +"μέρος του συστήματος ακριβώς πάνω από την είσοδο τροφοδοσίας). </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para>Πιέστε και αφήστε το κουμπί power για να θέσετε σε " +"λειτουργία το NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Περιμένετε για 10 " +"δευτερόλεπτα προσέχοντας για την φωτεινή ένδειξη (LED) ready/status. Μετά " +"από τα 10 δευτερόλεπτα θα αλλάξει από πορτοκαλί σε κόκκινο. Αμέσως αφήστε " +"ελεύθερο το κουμπί reset. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Η φωτεινή " +"ένδειξη ready/status του NSLU2 θα μεταβληθεί εναλλάξ σε κόκκινο/πράσινο " +"(υπάρχει ένα διάστημα αναμονής ενός δευτερολέπτου πριν από την πρώτη " +"εμφάνιση του πράσινου). Το σύστημα NSLU2 είναι τώρα σε κατάσταση " +"αναβάθμισης. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Δείτε την σελίδα <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux " +"pages</ulink> αν αντιμετωπίσετε οποιαδήποτε προβλήματα σ' αυτό. Μόλις το " +"σύστημα NSLU2 βρεθεί σε κατάσταση αναβάθμισης, μπορείτε να κάνετε flash την " +"καινούρια εικόνα: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Σημειώστε ότι το εργαλείο αυτό δείχνει επίσης την διεύθυνση MAC του συστήματός σας NSLU2, που μπορεί να σας φανεί χρήσιμη στην ρύθμιση του server DHCP. Μετά την εγγραφή και επαλήθευση ολόκληρης της εικόνας, το σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει αυτόματα. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι συνδέσατε ξανά τον δίσκο σας USB, διαφορετικά ο εγκαταστάτης δεν θα μπορέσει να τον εντοπίσει." +"</screen></informalexample> Σημειώστε ότι το εργαλείο αυτό δείχνει επίσης " +"την διεύθυνση MAC του συστήματός σας NSLU2, που μπορεί να σας φανεί χρήσιμη " +"στην ρύθμιση του server DHCP. Μετά την εγγραφή και επαλήθευση ολόκληρης της " +"εικόνας, το σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει αυτόματα. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι συνδέσατε " +"ξανά τον δίσκο σας USB, διαφορετικά ο εγκαταστάτης δεν θα μπορέσει να τον " +"εντοπίσει." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:693 @@ -1171,7 +1223,8 @@ msgid "" "via the network." msgstr "" "Υπάρχει <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" -"all_router_utility.zip\">ένα εργαλείο</ulink> για Windows που επιτρέπει την αναβάθμιση του firmware μέσω του δικτύου." +"all_router_utility.zip\">ένα εργαλείο</ulink> για Windows που επιτρέπει την " +"αναβάθμιση του firmware μέσω του δικτύου." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1120 boot-installer.xml:1935 @@ -1183,8 +1236,10 @@ msgstr "Εκκίνηση από CD-ROM" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Ξεκινώντας από το Linux με <command>LILO</command> ή <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Ξεκινώντας από το Linux με <command>LILO</command> ή <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 @@ -1562,8 +1617,13 @@ msgid "" "the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " "before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." msgstr "" -"Πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες μεθόδους εκκίνησης και τις παραμέτρους εκκίνησης που ίσως είναι χρήσιμες μπορούν να βρεθούν πατώντας τα πλήκτρα <keycap>F2</keycap> έως <keycap>F8</" -"keycap>. Αν προσθέσετε οποιεσδήποτε παραμέτρους στην γραμμή εντολών εκκίνησης, βεβαιωθείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε την μέθοδο εκκίνησης (η προκαθορισμένη είναι η <userinput>linux</userinput>) και έναν κενό διάστημα πριν από την πρώτη παράμετρο (πχ., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +"Πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες μεθόδους εκκίνησης και τις παραμέτρους " +"εκκίνησης που ίσως είναι χρήσιμες μπορούν να βρεθούν πατώντας τα πλήκτρα " +"<keycap>F2</keycap> έως <keycap>F8</keycap>. Αν προσθέσετε οποιεσδήποτε " +"παραμέτρους στην γραμμή εντολών εκκίνησης, βεβαιωθείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε " +"την μέθοδο εκκίνησης (η προκαθορισμένη είναι η <userinput>linux</userinput>) " +"και έναν κενό διάστημα πριν από την πρώτη παράμετρο (πχ., <userinput>linux " +"fb=false</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1086 @@ -1585,13 +1645,25 @@ msgid "" "to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " "the help text." msgstr "" -"Αν εγκαθιστάτε το σύστημα μέσω μιας συσκευής διαχείρισης από απόσταση που παρέχει ένα interface κειμένου στην κονσόλα VGA, ίσως να μην μπορέσετε να δείτε την αρχική γραφική οθόνη εκκίνησης κατά την έναρξη του εγκαταστάτη. Είναι πιθανόν να μην μπορείτε να δείτε καν το προτρεπτικό εκκίνησης. Παραδείγματα τέτοιων συσκευών περιλαμβάνουν την κονσόλα κειμένου στα συστήματα <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) της Compaq και τα " -"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA) της HP. Μπορείτε να πατήσετε στα \"τυφλά\" το πλήκτρο F1 <footnote> <para> Σε μερικές " -"περιπτώσεις οι συσκευές αυτές πιθανόν να απαιτούν είδικούς συνδυασμούς πλήκτρων \"απόδρασης\" (escape sequences) για την ενεργοποίηση αυτού του " +"Αν εγκαθιστάτε το σύστημα μέσω μιας συσκευής διαχείρισης από απόσταση που " +"παρέχει ένα interface κειμένου στην κονσόλα VGA, ίσως να μην μπορέσετε να " +"δείτε την αρχική γραφική οθόνη εκκίνησης κατά την έναρξη του εγκαταστάτη. " +"Είναι πιθανόν να μην μπορείτε να δείτε καν το προτρεπτικό εκκίνησης. " +"Παραδείγματα τέτοιων συσκευών περιλαμβάνουν την κονσόλα κειμένου στα " +"συστήματα <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) της Compaq και τα " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA) της HP. Μπορείτε να " +"πατήσετε στα \"τυφλά\" το πλήκτρο F1 <footnote> <para> Σε μερικές " +"περιπτώσεις οι συσκευές αυτές πιθανόν να απαιτούν είδικούς συνδυασμούς " +"πλήκτρων \"απόδρασης\" (escape sequences) για την ενεργοποίηση αυτού του " "πατήματος πλήκτρου. Για παράδειγμα, τα συστήματα IRA χρησιμοποιούν τον " "συνδυασμό <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>," -" <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> για να προσπεράσετε αυτή την αρχική οθόνη και να δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας. Από τη στιγμή που ξεπεράσετε την γραφική οθόνη κι ενώ είσαστε στο κείμενο βοήθειας ό,τι πληκτρολογείτε θα εμφανίζεται κανονικά στο προτρεπτικό ως συνήθως. Για να αποτρέψετε την χρήση του framebuffer από τον εγκαταστάτη για το υπόλοιπο της εγκατάστασης, θα χρειαστείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε το όρισμα <userinput>fb=false</userinput> στο προτρεπτικό " -"εκκίνησης, όπως περιγράφεται και στο κείμενο βοήθειας." +" <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> για να προσπεράσετε αυτή την " +"αρχική οθόνη και να δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας. Από τη στιγμή που ξεπεράσετε " +"την γραφική οθόνη κι ενώ είσαστε στο κείμενο βοήθειας ό,τι πληκτρολογείτε θα " +"εμφανίζεται κανονικά στο προτρεπτικό ως συνήθως. Για να αποτρέψετε την χρήση " +"του framebuffer από τον εγκαταστάτη για το υπόλοιπο της εγκατάστασης, θα " +"χρειαστείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε το όρισμα <userinput>fb=false</userinput> " +"στο προτρεπτικό εκκίνησης, όπως περιγράφεται και στο κείμενο βοήθειας." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1161 @@ -2407,8 +2479,9 @@ msgid "" "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Συστήματα Amiga δεν δουλεύουν προς το παρόν με το bogl, επομένως αν δείτε μηνύματα λάθους από το bogl, θα πρέπει να συμπεριλάβετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης " -"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +"Συστήματα Amiga δεν δουλεύουν προς το παρόν με το bogl, επομένως αν δείτε " +"μηνύματα λάθους από το bogl, θα πρέπει να συμπεριλάβετε την παράμετρο " +"εκκίνησης <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 @@ -2436,8 +2509,9 @@ msgid "" "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Συστήματα Atari δεν δουλεύουν προς το παρόν με το bogl, επομένως αν δείτε μηνύματα λάθους από το bogl, θα πρέπει να συμπεριλάβετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης" -"<userinput>fb=false</userinput> για τον πυρήνα." +"Συστήματα Atari δεν δουλεύουν προς το παρόν με το bogl, επομένως αν δείτε " +"μηνύματα λάθους από το bogl, θα πρέπει να συμπεριλάβετε την παράμετρο " +"εκκίνησης<userinput>fb=false</userinput> για τον πυρήνα." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 @@ -2929,9 +3003,13 @@ msgid "" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" -"Σε συστήματα SGI Indys, μετά την είσοδο σας στην οθόνη εντολών, χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <informalexample><screen>\n " -"bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> για να εκκινήσετε το linux και να αρχίσετε την εγκατάσταση του λογισμικού του Debian. Για να το πετύχετε αυτό ίσως να πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε την μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος <envar>netaddr</envar>. Πληκτρολογήστε <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Σε συστήματα SGI Indys, μετά την είσοδο σας στην οθόνη εντολών, " +"χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <informalexample><screen>\n" +" bootp():\n" +"</screen></informalexample> για να εκκινήσετε το linux και να αρχίσετε την " +"εγκατάσταση του λογισμικού του Debian. Για να το πετύχετε αυτό ίσως να " +"πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε την μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος <envar>netaddr</envar>. " +"Πληκτρολογήστε <informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> στην οθόνη εντολών για να το κάνετε." @@ -2960,12 +3038,21 @@ msgid "" "this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " "Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" -"Στις δοκιμαστικές μητρικές της Broadcom BCM91250A και BCM91480B , θα πρέπει αρχικά να φορτώσετε τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης SiByl μέσω TFTP που με τη σειρά του θα φορτώσει και θα ξεκινήσει τον εγκαταστάτη του Debian. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, θα πρέπει να πάρετε πρώτα μια διεύθυνση IP μέσω DHCP αλλά είναι πιθανόν να ρυθμίσετε και μια στατική διεύθυνση. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το DHCP, μπορείτε να δώσετε " -"την ακόλουθη εντολή στο προτρεπτικό του CFE: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Στις δοκιμαστικές μητρικές της Broadcom BCM91250A και BCM91480B , θα πρέπει " +"αρχικά να φορτώσετε τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης SiByl μέσω TFTP που με τη σειρά " +"του θα φορτώσει και θα ξεκινήσει τον εγκαταστάτη του Debian. Στις " +"περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, θα πρέπει να πάρετε πρώτα μια διεύθυνση IP μέσω " +"DHCP αλλά είναι πιθανόν να ρυθμίσετε και μια στατική διεύθυνση. Για να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε το DHCP, μπορείτε να δώσετε την ακόλουθη εντολή στο " +"προτρεπτικό του CFE: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. Έχοντας πάρει μια διεύθυνση IP, μπορείτε να φορτώσετε το SiByl με την ακόλουθη εντολή: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample>. Έχοντας πάρει μια διεύθυνση IP, μπορείτε να " +"φορτώσετε το SiByl με την ακόλουθη εντολή: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. Θα πρέπει να αντικαταστήσετε την διεύθυνση IP που αναφέρεται στο παράδειγμα είτε με το όνομα είτε με την IP διεύθυνση του TFTP server. Όταν δώσετε αυτή την εντολή, ο εγκαταστάτης θα ξεκινήσει αυτόματα." +"</screen></informalexample>. Θα πρέπει να αντικαταστήσετε την διεύθυνση IP " +"που αναφέρεται στο παράδειγμα είτε με το όνομα είτε με την IP διεύθυνση του " +"TFTP server. Όταν δώσετε αυτή την εντολή, ο εγκαταστάτης θα ξεκινήσει " +"αυτόματα." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2217 boot-installer.xml:2740 @@ -2979,7 +3066,9 @@ msgstr "Παράμετροι εκκίνησης" msgid "" "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" "command> command in the command monitor." -msgstr "Σε συστήματα SGI μπορείτε να παραθέσετε παραμέτρους εκκίνησης στην εντολή <command>bootp():</command> στην οθόνη εντολών." +msgstr "" +"Σε συστήματα SGI μπορείτε να παραθέσετε παραμέτρους εκκίνησης στην εντολή " +"<command>bootp():</command> στην οθόνη εντολών." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2122 @@ -3037,7 +3126,14 @@ msgid "" "right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " "network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " "are the following two installation methods:" -msgstr "Αυστηρά μιλώντας, συστήματα Cobalt δεν χρησιμοποιούν TFTP αλλά NFS για την εκκίνησή τους. Θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε έναν server NFS και να τοποθετήσετε τα αρχεία του εγκαταστάτη στο <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. Όταν ξεκινάτε το σύστημα Cobalt, θα πρέπει να πιέσετε το αριστερό και το δεξί κουμπί του κέρσορα ταυτόχρονα και το μηχάνημα θα εκκινήσει μέσω του δικτύου με NFS. Στην συνέχεια θα εμφανιστούν διάφορες επιλογές στην οθόνη. Υπάρχουν οι ακόλουθες δύο μέθοδοι εγκατάστασης:" +msgstr "" +"Αυστηρά μιλώντας, συστήματα Cobalt δεν χρησιμοποιούν TFTP αλλά NFS για την " +"εκκίνησή τους. Θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε έναν server NFS και να " +"τοποθετήσετε τα αρχεία του εγκαταστάτη στο <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. " +"Όταν ξεκινάτε το σύστημα Cobalt, θα πρέπει να πιέσετε το αριστερό και το " +"δεξί κουμπί του κέρσορα ταυτόχρονα και το μηχάνημα θα εκκινήσει μέσω του " +"δικτύου με NFS. Στην συνέχεια θα εμφανιστούν διάφορες επιλογές στην οθόνη. " +"Υπάρχουν οι ακόλουθες δύο μέθοδοι εγκατάστασης:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2169 @@ -3048,7 +3144,12 @@ msgid "" "other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " "connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " "installation." -msgstr "Μέσω SSH (προεπιλεγμένη): Στην περίπτωση αυτή, ο εγκαταστάτης θα ρυθμίσει το δίκτυο μέσω DHCP και θα ξεκινήσει έναν server SSH. Θα εμφανίσει τότε έναν τυχαίο κωδικό πρόσβασης και άλλες πληροφορίες πρόσβασης (όπως η διεύθυνση IP) στην οθόνη LCD του Cobalt. Όταν συνδεθείτε με το μηχάνημα μέσω ενός πελάτη SSH μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε με την εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "" +"Μέσω SSH (προεπιλεγμένη): Στην περίπτωση αυτή, ο εγκαταστάτης θα ρυθμίσει το " +"δίκτυο μέσω DHCP και θα ξεκινήσει έναν server SSH. Θα εμφανίσει τότε έναν " +"τυχαίο κωδικό πρόσβασης και άλλες πληροφορίες πρόσβασης (όπως η διεύθυνση " +"IP) στην οθόνη LCD του Cobalt. Όταν συνδεθείτε με το μηχάνημα μέσω ενός " +"πελάτη SSH μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε με την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2178 @@ -3058,7 +3159,12 @@ msgid "" "port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " "this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since " "they have no serial port." -msgstr "Μέσω σειριακής κονσόλας: Χρησιμοποιώντας ένα καλώδιο null modem, μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε στην σειριακή θύρα του μηχανήματός σας Cobalt (χρησιμοποιώντας ταχύτητα 115200 bps) και να κάνετε την εγκατάσταση μ' αυτόν τον τρόπο. Η επιλογή αυτή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη σε συστήματα Qube 2700 (Qube1) αφού δεν διαθέτουν σειριακή θύρα." +msgstr "" +"Μέσω σειριακής κονσόλας: Χρησιμοποιώντας ένα καλώδιο null modem, μπορείτε να " +"συνδεθείτε στην σειριακή θύρα του μηχανήματός σας Cobalt (χρησιμοποιώντας " +"ταχύτητα 115200 bps) και να κάνετε την εγκατάσταση μ' αυτόν τον τρόπο. Η " +"επιλογή αυτή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη σε συστήματα Qube 2700 (Qube1) αφού δεν " +"διαθέτουν σειριακή θύρα." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2221 @@ -3067,7 +3173,11 @@ msgid "" "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " "<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " "your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να περάσετε παραμέτρους εκκίνησης απυεθείας. Αντίθετα, θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> στον server NFS και να προσθέσετε τις δικές σας παραμέτρους στην μεταβλητή <replaceable>args</replaceable>." +msgstr "" +"Δεν μπορείτε να περάσετε παραμέτρους εκκίνησης απυεθείας. Αντίθετα, θα " +"πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</" +"filename> στον server NFS και να προσθέσετε τις δικές σας παραμέτρους στην " +"μεταβλητή <replaceable>args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2249 @@ -3747,9 +3857,14 @@ msgid "" "command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " "may be useful." msgstr "" -"Το σύστημα εγκατάστασης αναγνωρίζει μερικές επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους εκκίνησης<footnote> <para> Σημειώστε ότι πυρήνες 2.4 δέχονται ένα μέγιστο 8 επιλογών γραμμής εντολών και 8 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος (που συμπεριλαμβάνουν και τις όποιες προκαθορισμένες επιλογές έχουν προστεθεί για τον " -"εγκαταστάτη). Αν υπερβείτε τους αριθμούς αυτούς, οι πυρήνες 2.4 θα απορρίψουν τις όποιες πλεονάζουσες επιλογές. Με πυρήνες μεταγενέστερους από τον " -"2.6.9, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε 32 επιλογές στην γραμμή εντολών και 32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος.</para> </footnote> που μπορεί να είναι χρήσιμες." +"Το σύστημα εγκατάστασης αναγνωρίζει μερικές επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους " +"εκκίνησης<footnote> <para> Σημειώστε ότι πυρήνες 2.4 δέχονται ένα μέγιστο 8 " +"επιλογών γραμμής εντολών και 8 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος (που συμπεριλαμβάνουν " +"και τις όποιες προκαθορισμένες επιλογές έχουν προστεθεί για τον " +"εγκαταστάτη). Αν υπερβείτε τους αριθμούς αυτούς, οι πυρήνες 2.4 θα " +"απορρίψουν τις όποιες πλεονάζουσες επιλογές. Με πυρήνες μεταγενέστερους από " +"τον 2.6.9, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε 32 επιλογές στην γραμμή εντολών και " +"32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος.</para> </footnote> που μπορεί να είναι χρήσιμες." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 @@ -3764,8 +3879,8 @@ msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " "form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Η παραμέτρου καθορίζει την χαμηλότερη προτεραιότητα " -"των μηνυμάτων που θα εμφανίζονται. Σύντομη μορφή: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +"Η παραμέτρου καθορίζει την χαμηλότερη προτεραιότητα των μηνυμάτων που θα " +"εμφανίζονται. Σύντομη μορφή: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 @@ -3776,8 +3891,11 @@ msgid "" "and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " "installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" -"Η προκαθορισμένη εγκατάσταση χρησιμοποιεί <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι θα εμφανίζονται μηνύματα τόσο υψηλής όσο και " -"κρίσιμης προτεραιότητας, παραλείπονται όμως μηνύματα μέσης και χαμηλότερης προτεραιότητας. Αν εμφανιστούν προβλήματα, ο εγκαταστάτης προσαρμόζει την προτεραιότητα όπως χρειάζεται." +"Η προκαθορισμένη εγκατάσταση χρησιμοποιεί <userinput>priority=high</" +"userinput>. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι θα εμφανίζονται μηνύματα τόσο υψηλής όσο και " +"κρίσιμης προτεραιότητας, παραλείπονται όμως μηνύματα μέσης και χαμηλότερης " +"προτεραιότητας. Αν εμφανιστούν προβλήματα, ο εγκαταστάτης προσαρμόζει την " +"προτεραιότητα όπως χρειάζεται." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 @@ -3791,9 +3909,14 @@ msgid "" "system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " "without fuss." msgstr "" -"Αν προσθέσετε την <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> σαν " -"παράμετρο εκκίνησης, θα δείτε το μενού εγκατάστασης και θα αποκτήσετε μεγαλύτερο έλεγχο πάνω στην εγκατάσταση. Όταν χρησιμοποιείται η " -"<userinput>priority=low</userinput> εμφανίζονται όλα τα μηνύματα (αυτό είναι ισοδύναμο με την μέθοδο <emphasis>expert</emphasis> για την εγκατάσταση). Με την επιλογή <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, το σύστημα εγκατάστασης θα εμφανίσει μόνο τα κρίσιμα μηνύματα και θα προσπαθήσει να κάνει το \"σωστό\" χωρίς μεγάλη \"φασαρία\"." +"Αν προσθέσετε την <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> σαν παράμετρο " +"εκκίνησης, θα δείτε το μενού εγκατάστασης και θα αποκτήσετε μεγαλύτερο " +"έλεγχο πάνω στην εγκατάσταση. Όταν χρησιμοποιείται η " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput> εμφανίζονται όλα τα μηνύματα (αυτό είναι " +"ισοδύναμο με την μέθοδο <emphasis>expert</emphasis> για την εγκατάσταση). Με " +"την επιλογή <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, το σύστημα " +"εγκατάστασης θα εμφανίσει μόνο τα κρίσιμα μηνύματα και θα προσπαθήσει να " +"κάνει το \"σωστό\" χωρίς μεγάλη \"φασαρία\"." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -3941,7 +4064,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " "floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." -msgstr "Η δισκέττα εκκίνησης, που συνήθως ανιχνεύει όλες τις συσκευές δισκέττας για να βρει την δισκέττα με το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων, μπορεί να υπερσκελιστεί με την παράμετρο αυτή ώστε να \"κοιτάξει\" μια μόνο συσκευή." +msgstr "" +"Η δισκέττα εκκίνησης, που συνήθως ανιχνεύει όλες τις συσκευές δισκέττας για " +"να βρει την δισκέττα με το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων, μπορεί να υπερσκελιστεί " +"με την παράμετρο αυτή ώστε να \"κοιτάξει\" μια μόνο συσκευή." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2946 @@ -3960,9 +4086,14 @@ msgid "" "Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " "a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." msgstr "" -"Μερικές αρχιτεκτονικές χρησιμοποιούν τον framebuffer του πυρήνα για να προσφέρουν την δυνατότητα εγκατάστασης σε διάφορες γλώσσες. Αν ο framebuffer προκαλέσει πρόβλημα στο σύστημά σας μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε αυτό το " -"γνώρισμα με την παράμετρο <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false " -"</userinput> ή <userinput>fb=false</userinput> σε συντομία. Ενδεικτικά συμπτώματα προβλήματος είναι διάφορα μηνύματα σφάλματος σχετικά με το bterm ή το bogl, μια λευκή οθόνη, ή ένα \"πάγωμα\" μερικά λεπτά μετά την εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης." +"Μερικές αρχιτεκτονικές χρησιμοποιούν τον framebuffer του πυρήνα για να " +"προσφέρουν την δυνατότητα εγκατάστασης σε διάφορες γλώσσες. Αν ο framebuffer " +"προκαλέσει πρόβλημα στο σύστημά σας μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε αυτό το " +"γνώρισμα με την παράμετρο <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false </" +"userinput> ή <userinput>fb=false</userinput> σε συντομία. Ενδεικτικά " +"συμπτώματα προβλήματος είναι διάφορα μηνύματα σφάλματος σχετικά με το bterm " +"ή το bogl, μια λευκή οθόνη, ή ένα \"πάγωμα\" μερικά λεπτά μετά την εκκίνηση " +"της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 @@ -3971,7 +4102,11 @@ msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " "disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " "reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "Tο όρισμα <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> μπορεί επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την απενεργοποίηση του framebuffer στον πυρήνα. Τέτοια προβλήματα έχουν αναφερθεί σε συστήματα Dell Inspiron με κάρτα οθόνης Mobile Radeon." +msgstr "" +"Tο όρισμα <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> μπορεί επίσης να " +"χρησιμοποιηθεί για την απενεργοποίηση του framebuffer στον πυρήνα. Τέτοια " +"προβλήματα έχουν αναφερθεί σε συστήματα Dell Inspiron με κάρτα οθόνης Mobile " +"Radeon." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 @@ -4088,8 +4223,9 @@ msgid "" "the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>url</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε το url ενός αρχείου προρυθμίσεων που μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε και να χρησιμοποιήσετε για την αυτοματοποίηση της εγκατάστασης. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Σύντομη μορφή: " -"<userinput>url</userinput>" +"Προσδιορίστε το url ενός αρχείου προρυθμίσεων που μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε και " +"να χρησιμοποιήσετε για την αυτοματοποίηση της εγκατάστασης. Δείτε το <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Σύντομη μορφή: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 @@ -4105,7 +4241,8 @@ msgid "" "install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε την διαδρομή καταλόγου για ένα αρχείο προρυθμίσεων που μπορείτε να \"φορτώσετε\" και να χρησιμοποιήσετε για την αυτοματοποίηση της " +"Προσδιορίστε την διαδρομή καταλόγου για ένα αρχείο προρυθμίσεων που μπορείτε " +"να \"φορτώσετε\" και να χρησιμοποιήσετε για την αυτοματοποίηση της " "εγκατάστασης. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Σύντομη μορφή: " "<userinput>file</userinput>" @@ -4400,9 +4537,15 @@ msgid "" "English language will be available during the installation due to limited " "console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" -"Αν η οθόνη σας αρχίζει να εμφανίζει κάποια περίεργη εικόνα κατά την εκκίνηση του πυρήνα, πχ. γίνεται εντελώς λευκή, εντελώς μαύρη ή δείχνει άσχετα " -"έγχρωμα pixel, είναι πιθανόν το σύστημά σας να έχει μια προβληματική κάρτα οθόνης που δεν περνάει σωστά στην κατάσταση framebuffer. Μπορείτε τότε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> για να απενεργοποιήσετε την κονσόλα framebuffer. Στην περίπτωση αυτή μόνο η αγγλική γλώσσα θα είναι διαθέσιμη κατά την εγκατάσταση λόγω των " -"περιορισμένων δυνατοτήτων της κονσόλας. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> για λεπτομέρειες." +"Αν η οθόνη σας αρχίζει να εμφανίζει κάποια περίεργη εικόνα κατά την εκκίνηση " +"του πυρήνα, πχ. γίνεται εντελώς λευκή, εντελώς μαύρη ή δείχνει άσχετα " +"έγχρωμα pixel, είναι πιθανόν το σύστημά σας να έχει μια προβληματική κάρτα " +"οθόνης που δεν περνάει σωστά στην κατάσταση framebuffer. Μπορείτε τότε να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</" +"userinput> για να απενεργοποιήσετε την κονσόλα framebuffer. Στην περίπτωση " +"αυτή μόνο η αγγλική γλώσσα θα είναι διαθέσιμη κατά την εγκατάσταση λόγω των " +"περιορισμένων δυνατοτήτων της κονσόλας. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-parms" +"\"/> για λεπτομέρειες." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 @@ -4690,4 +4833,3 @@ msgstr "" "δείτε, στην περίπτωση μη απόκρισης (κρεμάσματος) του πυρήνα. Περιγράψτε τα " "βήματα που ακολουθήσατε τα όποια έφεραν το σύστημα σ'αυτή την προβληματική " "κατάσταση." - diff --git a/po/el/boot-new.po b/po/el/boot-new.po index 05baf2e8d..cfb7f443b 100644 --- a/po/el/boot-new.po +++ b/po/el/boot-new.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 22:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/gpl.po b/po/el/gpl.po index 9f9f8345d..b5105140e 100644 --- a/po/el/gpl.po +++ b/po/el/gpl.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gpl\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 22:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/hardware.po b/po/el/hardware.po index 516b3632f..0fa6f6acc 100644 --- a/po/el/hardware.po +++ b/po/el/hardware.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-21 01:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/install-methods.po b/po/el/install-methods.po index 258cbe8f4..f108bc072 100644 --- a/po/el/install-methods.po +++ b/po/el/install-methods.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-05 00:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/installation-howto.po b/po/el/installation-howto.po index b1581b557..6a66f9e13 100644 --- a/po/el/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/el/installation-howto.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-08 02:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -64,8 +64,13 @@ msgid "" "please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" "list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." msgstr "" -"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\">Ο Εγκαταστάτης είναι ακόμα σε κατάσταση beta.</phrase> Αν αντιμετωπίσετε σφάλματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, παρακαλούμε δείτε το <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\" /> για οδηγίες σχετικά με την αναφορά τους. Αν έχετε ερωτήσεις που δεν μπορούν να απαντηθούν από το παρόν έγγραφο, παρακαλούμε να τις απευθύνετε στη λίστα αλληλογραφίας debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;), ή " -"στο αντίστοιχο κανάλι IRC (#debian-boot στο δίκτυο OFTC)." +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\">Ο Εγκαταστάτης είναι ακόμα σε " +"κατάσταση beta.</phrase> Αν αντιμετωπίσετε σφάλματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, " +"παρακαλούμε δείτε το <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\" /> για οδηγίες σχετικά με " +"την αναφορά τους. Αν έχετε ερωτήσεις που δεν μπορούν να απαντηθούν από το " +"παρόν έγγραφο, παρακαλούμε να τις απευθύνετε στη λίστα αλληλογραφίας debian-" +"boot (&email-debian-boot-list;), ή στο αντίστοιχο κανάλι IRC (#debian-boot " +"στο δίκτυο OFTC)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -268,9 +273,16 @@ msgid "" "file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." "iso</literal>." msgstr "" -"Ο ευκολότερος τρόπος προετοιμασίας του USB stick είναι να κατεβάσετε το αρχείο <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, και να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή gunzip για την αποσυμπίεση της μεγέθους 256 MB εικόνας από το αρχείο αυτό. Γράψτε την εικόνα αυτή απευθείας στο stick, το οποίο πρέπει να έχει χωρητικότητα τουλάχιστον 256 mb. Βεβαίως αυτό θα καταστρέψει όλα τα υπάρχοντα δεδομένα " -"στο stick. Στη συνέχεια, προσαρτήστε το stick, στο οποίο θα υπάρχει πλέον ένα σύστημα αρχείων FAT. Κατόπιν, κατεβαστε την εικόνα του Debian netinst CD, " -"και αντιγράψτε αυτό το αρχείο στο stick. Οποιοδήποτε όνομα είναι κατάλληλο για το αρχείο αυτό αρκεί να τελειώνει με την κατάληξη <literal>.iso</literal>." +"Ο ευκολότερος τρόπος προετοιμασίας του USB stick είναι να κατεβάσετε το " +"αρχείο <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, και να χρησιμοποιήσετε την " +"εντολή gunzip για την αποσυμπίεση της μεγέθους 256 MB εικόνας από το αρχείο " +"αυτό. Γράψτε την εικόνα αυτή απευθείας στο stick, το οποίο πρέπει να έχει " +"χωρητικότητα τουλάχιστον 256 mb. Βεβαίως αυτό θα καταστρέψει όλα τα " +"υπάρχοντα δεδομένα στο stick. Στη συνέχεια, προσαρτήστε το stick, στο οποίο " +"θα υπάρχει πλέον ένα σύστημα αρχείων FAT. Κατόπιν, κατεβαστε την εικόνα του " +"Debian netinst CD, και αντιγράψτε αυτό το αρχείο στο stick. Οποιοδήποτε " +"όνομα είναι κατάλληλο για το αρχείο αυτό αρκεί να τελειώνει με την κατάληξη " +"<literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 @@ -294,9 +306,11 @@ msgid "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " "hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." msgstr "" -"Ορισμένα BIOS μπορούν να εκκινήσουν συσκευές αποθήκευσης USB απευθείας, ενώ άλλα όχι. Ίσως χρειαστεί να ρυθμίσετε το BIOS να ξεκινά από ὲνα <quote>removable drive</quote> ή ακόμα και <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> για να " -"πετύχετε την εκκίνηση από τη συσκευή USB. Για χρήσιμες συμβουλές και λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref " -"linkend=\"usb-boot\" />." +"Ορισμένα BIOS μπορούν να εκκινήσουν συσκευές αποθήκευσης USB απευθείας, ενώ " +"άλλα όχι. Ίσως χρειαστεί να ρυθμίσετε το BIOS να ξεκινά από ὲνα " +"<quote>removable drive</quote> ή ακόμα και <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> για να " +"πετύχετε την εκκίνηση από τη συσκευή USB. Για χρήσιμες συμβουλές και " +"λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\" />." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 @@ -495,7 +509,17 @@ msgid "" "least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" "filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " "partitioning." -msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη θα δείτε τον πίνακα διαμέρισης του δίσκου, το πώς θα διαμορφωθούν οι κατατμήσεις και το σημείο προσάρτησής τους. Επιλέξτε μια κατάτμηση για τροποποίηση ή διαγραφή. Αν κάνατε αυτόματη διαμέριση, θα πρέπει να μπορείτε κανονικά να επιλέξετε μόνο <guimenuitem>Ολοκλήρωση της διαμέρισης και αποθήκευση των αλλαγών στον δίσκο</guimenuitem> απόοτ μενού ώστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα αποτελέσματα της αυτόματης διαμέρισης. Θυμηθείτε να ορίσετε τουλάχιστον ένα τμήμα για χώρο εικονικής μνήμης (swap) και να προσαρτήσετε μια κατάτμηση στο σημείο προσάρτησης <filename>/</filename>. Η ενότητα <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> περιέχει περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την διαδικασία διαμέρισης." +msgstr "" +"Στην επόμενη οθόνη θα δείτε τον πίνακα διαμέρισης του δίσκου, το πώς θα " +"διαμορφωθούν οι κατατμήσεις και το σημείο προσάρτησής τους. Επιλέξτε μια " +"κατάτμηση για τροποποίηση ή διαγραφή. Αν κάνατε αυτόματη διαμέριση, θα " +"πρέπει να μπορείτε κανονικά να επιλέξετε μόνο <guimenuitem>Ολοκλήρωση της " +"διαμέρισης και αποθήκευση των αλλαγών στον δίσκο</guimenuitem> απόοτ μενού " +"ώστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα αποτελέσματα της αυτόματης διαμέρισης. Θυμηθείτε " +"να ορίσετε τουλάχιστον ένα τμήμα για χώρο εικονικής μνήμης (swap) και να " +"προσαρτήσετε μια κατάτμηση στο σημείο προσάρτησης <filename>/</filename>. Η " +"ενότητα <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> περιέχει περισσότερες πληροφορίες " +"σχετικά με την διαδικασία διαμέρισης." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:275 @@ -604,4 +628,3 @@ msgstr "" "Ελπίζουμε ότι η εγκατάσταση σάς είναι ευχάριστη και ότι βρίσκετε το Debian " "χρήσιμο. Ίσως να θέλετε να διαβάσετε και το <xref linkend=\"post-install\" /" ">." - diff --git a/po/el/partitioning.po b/po/el/partitioning.po index 89e1da82d..fbc50768b 100644 --- a/po/el/partitioning.po +++ b/po/el/partitioning.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-03 00:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/post-install.po b/po/el/post-install.po index 17f37bcf2..66da40da7 100644 --- a/po/el/post-install.po +++ b/po/el/post-install.po @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-10 02:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/preface.po b/po/el/preface.po index 4ed9708ee..7ad846ee6 100644 --- a/po/el/preface.po +++ b/po/el/preface.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-08 01:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/preparing.po b/po/el/preparing.po index 04467c61e..fe2e4f677 100644 --- a/po/el/preparing.po +++ b/po/el/preparing.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-03 00:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index 948f4e9f8..0ab7618e4 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/random-bits.po b/po/el/random-bits.po index b4e68ac8b..489e9ab3e 100644 --- a/po/el/random-bits.po +++ b/po/el/random-bits.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-09 00:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index a49299ffa..ba2c00dec 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/el/welcome.po b/po/el/welcome.po index 02d499e6d..2162e6961 100644 --- a/po/el/welcome.po +++ b/po/el/welcome.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-10 03:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/fi/bookinfo.po b/po/fi/bookinfo.po index 2f06eec43..39dc83651 100644 --- a/po/fi/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/fi/bookinfo.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation-guide bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 12:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/fi/installation-howto.po b/po/fi/installation-howto.po index 006637cdc..43b4b3b74 100644 --- a/po/fi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/fi/installation-howto.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20060430 installation howto 36744\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-21 15:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/fi/preface.po b/po/fi/preface.po index 12c5269a8..1a0632599 100644 --- a/po/fi/preface.po +++ b/po/fi/preface.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation-guide preface\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-01 10:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/fi/welcome.po b/po/fi/welcome.po index 3a9d76d61..ed1c9b7c6 100644 --- a/po/fi/welcome.po +++ b/po/fi/welcome.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide welcome\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 17:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ko/administrivia.po b/po/ko/administrivia.po index 62074e2c9..330945819 100644 --- a/po/ko/administrivia.po +++ b/po/ko/administrivia.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: administrivia.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 01:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Sunjae Park <darehanl@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ msgstr "" "Kwangwoo Lee, Changwoo Ryu, ByungHyun Choi, Seok-moon Jang. 도움을 주셔서 감" "사합니다." - #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:50 #, no-c-format diff --git a/po/ko/bookinfo.po b/po/ko/bookinfo.po index 43c046d08..b10cb53e6 100644 --- a/po/ko/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/ko/bookinfo.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 21:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -84,7 +84,10 @@ msgid "" "worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments " "should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " "paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." -msgstr "이 문서는 아직 완전히 번역된 것이 아닙니다. 문서 내용중 어색하거나 오역이 있다면 <ulink url=\"debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org\">한국어 번역자 메일링 리스트</ulink>로 메일을 보내주시면 반영하도록 하겠습니다." +msgstr "" +"이 문서는 아직 완전히 번역된 것이 아닙니다. 문서 내용중 어색하거나 오역이 있" +"다면 <ulink url=\"debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org\">한국어 번역자 메일링 " +"리스트</ulink>로 메일을 보내주시면 반영하도록 하겠습니다." #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 diff --git a/po/ko/boot-installer.po b/po/ko/boot-installer.po index d4dbec8b6..12f4f591f 100644 --- a/po/ko/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ko/boot-installer.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 23:25+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2296,8 +2296,7 @@ msgid "" "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" "현재 Amiga에서는 bogl이 동작하지 않습니다. bogl 오류가 있으면, 커널 파라미터" -"에 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>를 포함해야 합니" -"다." +"에 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>를 포함해야 합니다." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 @@ -2326,8 +2325,7 @@ msgid "" "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" "현재 Atari에서는 bogl이 동작하지 않습니다. bogl 오류가 있으면, 커널 파라미터" -"에 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>를 포함해야 합니" -"다." +"에 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>를 포함해야 합니다." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 @@ -3579,10 +3577,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "설치 시스템에서는 유용하게 쓸 수도 있는 부팅 파라미터 몇 개를 더 인식합니다" "<footnote> <para> 2.4 커널에서는 최대 8개의 명령행 옵션과 8개의 환경 옵션만 " -"사용할 수 있습니다 (설치 프로그램에서 기본으로 사용하는 옵션 포함). 이 " -"개수가 넘어가면 2.4 커널에서는 넘어가는 파라미터를 버리고, 2.6 커널은 멎어 " -"버립니다. 커널 2.6.9 이후인 경우 32개의 명령행 옵션과 32개의 환경변수를 " -"사용할 수 있습니다.</para> </footnote>." +"사용할 수 있습니다 (설치 프로그램에서 기본으로 사용하는 옵션 포함). 이 개수" +"가 넘어가면 2.4 커널에서는 넘어가는 파라미터를 버리고, 2.6 커널은 멎어 버립니" +"다. 커널 2.6.9 이후인 경우 32개의 명령행 옵션과 32개의 환경변수를 사용할 수 " +"있습니다.</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 @@ -3596,8 +3594,9 @@ msgstr "debconf/priority" msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " "form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" -msgstr "이 파라미터는 표시할 메시지의 가장 낮은 우선순위를 설정합니다." -"짧은 형식: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"이 파라미터는 표시할 메시지의 가장 낮은 우선순위를 설정합니다.짧은 형식: " +"<userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 @@ -3608,10 +3607,10 @@ msgid "" "and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " "installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" -"기본 설치에서는 <userinput>priority=high</userinput>를 사용합니다. " -"즉, 높음 우선 순위와 필수 우선순위의 메세지를 표시하지만, 보통과 낮음 우선 순" -"위 메세지는 넘어갑니다. 문제가 발생할 경우에는 설치 프로그램에서 우선순위를 " -"필요에 따라 조정합니다." +"기본 설치에서는 <userinput>priority=high</userinput>를 사용합니다. 즉, 높음 " +"우선 순위와 필수 우선순위의 메세지를 표시하지만, 보통과 낮음 우선 순위 메세지" +"는 넘어갑니다. 문제가 발생할 경우에는 설치 프로그램에서 우선순위를 필요에 따" +"라 조정합니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 @@ -3625,12 +3624,11 @@ msgid "" "system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " "without fuss." msgstr "" -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>을 부팅 파라미터로 쓴 경우, 설" -"치 메뉴에서 설치 메뉴에서 더 많은 조정을 할 수 있습니다. <userinput>" -"priority=low</userinput>라고 쓴 경우, 모든 메세지를 볼 수 있습니다. " -"(<emphasis>expert</emphasis> 부팅 방법과 동일합니다.) <userinput>" -"priority=critical</userinput>의 경우, 필수 메세지만 표시하고 질문" -"들에 신경 쓰지 않고 설치를 진행합니다." +"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>을 부팅 파라미터로 쓴 경우, 설치 메뉴에" +"서 설치 메뉴에서 더 많은 조정을 할 수 있습니다. <userinput>priority=low</" +"userinput>라고 쓴 경우, 모든 메세지를 볼 수 있습니다. (<emphasis>expert</" +"emphasis> 부팅 방법과 동일합니다.) <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>" +"의 경우, 필수 메세지만 표시하고 질문들에 신경 쓰지 않고 설치를 진행합니다." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -3791,7 +3789,12 @@ msgid "" "framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " "Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " "a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." -msgstr "어떤 아키텍처에서는 커널 프레임 버퍼를 사용해 여러 가지 언어로 설치를 지원합니다. 프레임버퍼가 문제가 있는 경우 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> 혹은 <userinput>fb=false</userinput> 파라미터를 통해 프레임버퍼를 끌 수 있습니다. 문제의 증상은 bterm이나 bogl 관련된 오류 메세지, 검은 화면, 설치를 시작하고 몇 분 후에 멈추는 증상입니다." +msgstr "" +"어떤 아키텍처에서는 커널 프레임 버퍼를 사용해 여러 가지 언어로 설치를 지원합" +"니다. 프레임버퍼가 문제가 있는 경우 <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput> 혹은 <userinput>fb=false</userinput> 파라미터" +"를 통해 프레임버퍼를 끌 수 있습니다. 문제의 증상은 bterm이나 bogl 관련된 오" +"류 메세지, 검은 화면, 설치를 시작하고 몇 분 후에 멈추는 증상입니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 @@ -3800,7 +3803,10 @@ msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " "disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " "reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "<userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> 파라미터로 커널이 프레임버퍼를 사용하지 않도록 만들 수 있습니다. 그러한 문제는 Mobile Radeon 카드를 사용하는 Dell Inspiron에서 보고되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"<userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> 파라미터로 커널이 프레임버퍼를 사용하" +"지 않도록 만들 수 있습니다. 그러한 문제는 Mobile Radeon 카드를 사용하는 Dell " +"Inspiron에서 보고되었습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 @@ -3909,7 +3915,10 @@ msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " "the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>url</userinput>" -msgstr "미리 설정해 놓은 파일을 내려받을 URL을 지정합니다. 이 파일을 이용해 설치를 자동화합니다. <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 참고. 짧은 형식: <userinput>url</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"미리 설정해 놓은 파일을 내려받을 URL을 지정합니다. 이 파일을 이용해 설치를 자" +"동화합니다. <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 참고. 짧은 형식: " +"<userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 @@ -3924,7 +3933,10 @@ msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " "install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>file</userinput>" -msgstr "미리 설정해 놓은 파일을 읽어들일 URL을 지정합니다. 이 파일을 이용해 자동 설치를 합니다. <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 참고. 짧은 형식: <userinput>file</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"미리 설정해 놓은 파일을 읽어들일 URL을 지정합니다. 이 파일을 이용해 자동 설치" +"를 합니다. <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 참고. 짧은 형식: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -4195,7 +4207,14 @@ msgid "" "video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " "English language will be available during the installation due to limited " "console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "커널이 부팅할 때 화면에 괴상한 그림이 나온다면, 예를 들어 전부 하얀 색이 되거나 전부 검은 색이 되거나 가지가지 색의 픽셀 쓰레기가 나오거나 하면, 프레임버퍼 모드로 제대로 전환하지 못하는 문제 있는 비디오 카드가 붙어 있다는 뜻입니다. 그러면 <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> 부팅 파라미터로 프레임버퍼 콘솔을 사용하지 않을 수 있습니다. 그러면 콘솔 기능의 한계때문에 설치할 때 언어는 영어만 사용할 수 있습니다. 자세한 방법은 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." +msgstr "" +"커널이 부팅할 때 화면에 괴상한 그림이 나온다면, 예를 들어 전부 하얀 색이 되거" +"나 전부 검은 색이 되거나 가지가지 색의 픽셀 쓰레기가 나오거나 하면, 프레임버" +"퍼 모드로 제대로 전환하지 못하는 문제 있는 비디오 카드가 붙어 있다는 뜻입니" +"다. 그러면 <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> 부팅 파라미터로 프" +"레임버퍼 콘솔을 사용하지 않을 수 있습니다. 그러면 콘솔 기능의 한계때문에 설치" +"할 때 언어는 영어만 사용할 수 있습니다. 자세한 방법은 <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"parms\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 diff --git a/po/ko/boot-new.po b/po/ko/boot-new.po index a80a1a592..e0a6fc577 100644 --- a/po/ko/boot-new.po +++ b/po/ko/boot-new.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 23:57+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -82,20 +82,26 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" -msgstr "BVME 4000/6000에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b6000</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 입력합니다." +msgstr "" +"BVME 4000/6000에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b6000</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 " +"입력합니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" -msgstr "MVME162에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b162</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 입력합니다." +msgstr "" +"MVME162에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b162</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 입력합니" +"다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" -msgstr "MVME166/167에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b167</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 입력합니다." +msgstr "" +"MVME166/167에서 부팅하려면, <userinput>b167</userinput> 와 &enterkey;를 입력" +"합니다." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:58 @@ -132,7 +138,15 @@ msgid "" "with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the " "console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is " "safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." -msgstr "해당 엔트리를 <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></userinput>로 바꿀 필요가 있습니다. <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable>을 설치된 시스템의 파티션의 리눅스 이름으로 변경합니다 (예 <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>). 당신은 이 이름을 이전에 기록해 두었습니다. <userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput>은 특별히 작은 스크린을 가진 사용자들을 위해 추천합니다. 커널은 더 예쁜 (6x11) 글꼴을 사용할 수 있지만, 이 글꼴을 사용하는 콘솔 드라이버는 기계를 멈추게 할 수 있습니다. 따라서, 8x16 또는 8x8 을 사용하는 것이 이 단계에서는 더 안전할 것입니다. 당신은 언제든 이 글꼴을 변경 할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"해당 엔트리를 <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></" +"userinput>로 바꿀 필요가 있습니다. <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable>을 설치된 " +"시스템의 파티션의 리눅스 이름으로 변경합니다 (예 <filename>/dev/sda1</" +"filename>). 당신은 이 이름을 이전에 기록해 두었습니다. <userinput>video=font:" +"VGA8x8</userinput>은 특별히 작은 스크린을 가진 사용자들을 위해 추천합니다. 커" +"널은 더 예쁜 (6x11) 글꼴을 사용할 수 있지만, 이 글꼴을 사용하는 콘솔 드라이버" +"는 기계를 멈추게 할 수 있습니다. 따라서, 8x16 또는 8x8 을 사용하는 것이 이 단" +"계에서는 더 안전할 것입니다. 당신은 언제든 이 글꼴을 변경 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:83 @@ -190,7 +204,16 @@ msgid "" "quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard " "Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are " "available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "만일 설치를 끝낸 후에 부팅에 실패하면, <prompt>boot:</prompt> 프롬프트에서 멈추고, <userinput>Linux</userinput>을 입력해보세요. (<filename>quik.conf</filename> 안에 기본 부트 설정이 Linux라는 레이블로 설정되어 있습니다.) <filename>quik.conf</filename>에 정의된 레이블들은 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 프롬프트에서 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 키를 누르면 보여질 것입니다. 당신은 설치관리자로 돌아가 <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> 단계에서 설정된 <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename>을 수정하여 부팅할 수도 있습니다. <command>quik</command>를 다루는 힌트는 <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>에서 얻을 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"만일 설치를 끝낸 후에 부팅에 실패하면, <prompt>boot:</prompt> 프롬프트에서 멈" +"추고, <userinput>Linux</userinput>을 입력해보세요. (<filename>quik.conf</" +"filename> 안에 기본 부트 설정이 Linux라는 레이블로 설정되어 있습니다.) " +"<filename>quik.conf</filename>에 정의된 레이블들은 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 프" +"롬프트에서 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 키를 누르면 보여질 것입니다. 당신은 설치관리" +"자로 돌아가 <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> 단계에서 " +"설정된 <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename>을 수정하여 부팅할 수도 있습" +"니다. <command>quik</command>를 다루는 힌트는 <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-" +"faq;\"></ulink>에서 얻을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:121 @@ -243,7 +266,10 @@ msgid "" "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key " "and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will " "be a button with a small penguin icon." -msgstr "G4 와 iBooks에서 <keycap>option</keycap> 키를 누르고 있으면, 부팅할 수 있는 OS들의 단추가 있는 그래픽 스크린이 나타납니다. &debian;은 작은 펭귄 아이콘을 가진 버튼입니다." +msgstr "" +"G4 와 iBooks에서 <keycap>option</keycap> 키를 누르고 있으면, 부팅할 수 있는 " +"OS들의 단추가 있는 그래픽 스크린이 나타납니다. &debian;은 작은 펭귄 아이콘을 " +"가진 버튼입니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:154 @@ -319,7 +345,10 @@ msgid "" "mount points, you will be asked to enter the passphrase for each of these " "volumes during the boot. The actual procedure differs slightly between dm-" "crypt and loop-AES." -msgstr "설치할 때 암호화 볼륨을 만들고 마운트 위치를 지정했다면, 부팅할 때 각각의 볼륨에 대해 열쇠글을 입력하게 됩니다. 실제 절차는 dm-crypt와 loop-AES가 약간 다릅니다." +msgstr "" +"설치할 때 암호화 볼륨을 만들고 마운트 위치를 지정했다면, 부팅할 때 각각의 볼" +"륨에 대해 열쇠글을 입력하게 됩니다. 실제 절차는 dm-crypt와 loop-AES가 약간 다" +"릅니다." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 @@ -348,10 +377,20 @@ msgid "" "the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</" "filename> of your new system." msgstr "" -"loop-AES로 암호화한 파티션의 경우 부팅할 때 다음과 같이 물어봅니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"loop-AES로 암호화한 파티션의 경우 부팅할 때 다음과 같이 물어봅니다: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 첫 번째 줄에서, <replaceable>X</replaceable>는 루프 장치의 번호입니다. 여기에서 과연 <emphasis>어떤 볼륨의</emphasis> 열쇠글을 실제로 입력해야 하는 지 궁금할 것입니다. <filename>/home</filename>일까요? 아니면 <filename>/var</filename>일까요? 물론, 암호화 볼륨이 1개뿐이라면, 이 볼륨을 설정할 때 사용한 열쇠글을 입력하면 됩니다. 설치할 때 암호화 볼륨을 여러 개 설정했다면, <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/>의 마지막 단계에서 적어 놓은 메모를 잘 가지고 있어야 합니다. <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename>에 해당되는 사항과 거기에 해당하는 마운트 위치를 적어 놓지 않았다면 새로 설치한 시스템의 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>에서 찾아 볼 수도 있습니다." +"</screen></informalexample> 첫 번째 줄에서, <replaceable>X</replaceable>는 루" +"프 장치의 번호입니다. 여기에서 과연 <emphasis>어떤 볼륨의</emphasis> 열쇠글" +"을 실제로 입력해야 하는 지 궁금할 것입니다. <filename>/home</filename>일까" +"요? 아니면 <filename>/var</filename>일까요? 물론, 암호화 볼륨이 1개뿐이라면, " +"이 볼륨을 설정할 때 사용한 열쇠글을 입력하면 됩니다. 설치할 때 암호화 볼륨을 " +"여러 개 설정했다면, <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/>의 마지막 단계에서 적" +"어 놓은 메모를 잘 가지고 있어야 합니다. <filename>loop<replaceable>X</" +"replaceable></filename>에 해당되는 사항과 거기에 해당하는 마운트 위치를 적어 " +"놓지 않았다면 새로 설치한 시스템의 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>에서 찾아 " +"볼 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 @@ -362,7 +401,12 @@ msgid "" "passphrase, an error message will appear and the boot process will skip that " "volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=" "\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." -msgstr "열쇠글을 입력할 때는 아무런 글자도 (별표 조차도) 나타나지 않습니다. 오직 <emphasis>단 한번</emphasis>만 입력할 수 있으니 주의하십시오. 열쇠글이 틀리면, 오류 메세지가 나오면서 부팅 과정에서 해당 볼륨을 건너뛰고 다음 파일 시스템으로 넘어갑니다. 자세한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> 부분을 보십시오." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글을 입력할 때는 아무런 글자도 (별표 조차도) 나타나지 않습니다. 오직 " +"<emphasis>단 한번</emphasis>만 입력할 수 있으니 주의하십시오. 열쇠글이 틀리" +"면, 오류 메세지가 나오면서 부팅 과정에서 해당 볼륨을 건너뛰고 다음 파일 시스" +"템으로 넘어갑니다. 자세한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> " +"부분을 보십시오." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 @@ -395,7 +439,9 @@ msgid "" "If some of the encrypted volumes could not be mounted because a wrong " "passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. " "There are several cases." -msgstr "열쇠글이 틀려서 암호화 볼륨을 마운트하지 못할 경우, 부팅한 다음에 수동으로 마운트해야 합니다. 여러가지 경우가 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글이 틀려서 암호화 볼륨을 마운트하지 못할 경우, 부팅한 다음에 수동으로 마" +"운트해야 합니다. 여러가지 경우가 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:264 @@ -404,7 +450,9 @@ msgid "" "The first case concerns the root partition. When it is not mounted " "correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the " "computer to try again." -msgstr "첫 번째 경우는 루트 파티션입니다. 올바르게 마운트하지 않으면, 부팅 과정이 멈추게 되고 컴퓨터를 다시 시작해서 열쇠글을 다시 입력해야 합니다." +msgstr "" +"첫 번째 경우는 루트 파티션입니다. 올바르게 마운트하지 않으면, 부팅 과정이 멈" +"추게 되고 컴퓨터를 다시 시작해서 열쇠글을 다시 입력해야 합니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:271 @@ -422,9 +470,15 @@ msgid "" "filename>). The only difference from an ordinary mount is that you will be " "asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" -"가장 쉬운 경우는 암호화 볼륨에 <filename>/home</filename>이나 <filename>/srv</filename>처럼 데이터가 들어 있는 경우입니다. 부팅한 다음에 이 볼륨을 수동으로 마운트하기만 하면 됩니다. loop-AES의 경우 한 번에 끝나는 작업입니다: <informalexample><screen> <prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/마운트_위치</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"가장 쉬운 경우는 암호화 볼륨에 <filename>/home</filename>이나 <filename>/" +"srv</filename>처럼 데이터가 들어 있는 경우입니다. 부팅한 다음에 이 볼륨을 수" +"동으로 마운트하기만 하면 됩니다. loop-AES의 경우 한 번에 끝나는 작업입니다: " +"<informalexample><screen> <prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/" +"마운트_위치</replaceable></userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 여기서 <replaceable>/마운트_위치</replaceable>는 특정 디렉토리로 써야 합니다. (예를 들어 <filename>/home</filename>) 일반적인 마운트와 다른점은 이 볼륨의 열쇠글을 입력해야 한다는 것 뿐입니다." +"</screen></informalexample> 여기서 <replaceable>/마운트_위치</replaceable>는 " +"특정 디렉토리로 써야 합니다. (예를 들어 <filename>/home</filename>) 일반적인 " +"마운트와 다른점은 이 볼륨의 열쇠글을 입력해야 한다는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 @@ -441,9 +495,15 @@ msgid "" "this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration " "you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" msgstr "" -"dm-crypt의 경우에는 약간 까다롭습니다. 먼저 해당 볼륨을 다음 명령어로 <application>device mapper</application>에 등록해야 합니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"dm-crypt의 경우에는 약간 까다롭습니다. 먼저 해당 볼륨을 다음 명령어로 " +"<application>device mapper</application>에 등록해야 합니다: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 이렇게 하면 <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>에 들어 있는 모든 볼륨을 검색하고 열쇠글을 올바르게 입력할 때마다 <filename>/dev</filename> 디렉토리 아래에 적당한 장치를 만듭니다. (이미 등록된 볼륨은 건너 뛰므로, 걱정하지 말고 이 명령어를 여러번 실행해도 됩니다.) 올바르게 등록을 마치면 해당 볼륨을 평소와 다름없이 마운트할 수 있습니다:" +"</screen></informalexample> 이렇게 하면 <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>에 " +"들어 있는 모든 볼륨을 검색하고 열쇠글을 올바르게 입력할 때마다 <filename>/" +"dev</filename> 디렉토리 아래에 적당한 장치를 만듭니다. (이미 등록된 볼륨은 건" +"너 뛰므로, 걱정하지 말고 이 명령어를 여러번 실행해도 됩니다.) 올바르게 등록" +"을 마치면 해당 볼륨을 평소와 다름없이 마운트할 수 있습니다:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-new.xml:300 @@ -451,7 +511,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/마운트_위치</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/마운트_위치</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:303 @@ -469,9 +531,16 @@ msgid "" "<keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> when asked for the " "root password." msgstr "" -"꼭 필요하지 않은 시스템 파일이 들어 있는 볼륨을 (<filename>/usr</filename> 혹은 <filename>/var</filename>) 마운트할 수 없는 경우, 그래도 시스템이 부팅하고 수동으로 볼륨을 마운트할 수 있습니다. 하지만 현재 런레벨의 각종 서비스를 (다시) 시작해야 할 수도 있습니다. 서비스가 제대로 시작하지 않았을 가능성이 높기 때문입니다. 가장 쉬운 방법은 쉘에서 다음과 같은 명령어로 첫 번째 런레벨로 갔다가 다시 돌아오는 것입니다:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"꼭 필요하지 않은 시스템 파일이 들어 있는 볼륨을 (<filename>/usr</filename> 혹" +"은 <filename>/var</filename>) 마운트할 수 없는 경우, 그래도 시스템이 부팅하" +"고 수동으로 볼륨을 마운트할 수 있습니다. 하지만 현재 런레벨의 각종 서비스를 " +"(다시) 시작해야 할 수도 있습니다. 서비스가 제대로 시작하지 않았을 가능성이 높" +"기 때문입니다. 가장 쉬운 방법은 쉘에서 다음과 같은 명령어로 첫 번째 런레벨로 " +"갔다가 다시 돌아오는 것입니다:<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 이렇게 입력하고 루트 열쇠글을 물어보면 <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo>를 누릅니다." +"</screen></informalexample> 이렇게 입력하고 루트 열쇠글을 물어보면 " +"<keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo>를 누릅니" +"다." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:326 @@ -486,7 +555,10 @@ msgid "" "Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in " "using the personal login and password you selected during the installation " "process. Your system is now ready to use." -msgstr "패키지들의 설치가 끝난 뒤에 로그인 프롬프트가 보여질 것입니다. 설치중에 선택한 개인 로그인 계정과 열쇠글을 사용해 로그인합니다. 당신의 시스템은 이제 사용할 준비가 되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"패키지들의 설치가 끝난 뒤에 로그인 프롬프트가 보여질 것입니다. 설치중에 선택" +"한 개인 로그인 계정과 열쇠글을 사용해 로그인합니다. 당신의 시스템은 이제 사용" +"할 준비가 되었습니다." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:334 diff --git a/po/ko/gpl.po b/po/ko/gpl.po index 896f3b6b8..ae16c006e 100644 --- a/po/ko/gpl.po +++ b/po/ko/gpl.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gpl.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 21:57+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ko/hardware.po b/po/ko/hardware.po index 8b2f947f4..6ef678bf2 100644 --- a/po/ko/hardware.po +++ b/po/ko/hardware.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 23:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2276,7 +2276,11 @@ msgid "" "Power-UP System), and CHRP machines. Each subarchitecture has its own boot " "methods. In addition, there are four different kernel flavours, supporting " "different CPU variants." -msgstr "네 개의 <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> 서브 아키텍처를 지원합니다: PMac (Power-Macintosh 혹은 PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System), 그리고 CHRP 기계입니다. 각 서브 아키텍처는 그 아키텍처마다 부팅 방법이 다릅니다. 또, 4가지의 커널 변종이 있어서 각각의 CPU 변종들을 지원합니다." +msgstr "" +"네 개의 <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> 서브 아키텍처를 지원합니다: PMac " +"(Power-Macintosh 혹은 PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System), 그리고 " +"CHRP 기계입니다. 각 서브 아키텍처는 그 아키텍처마다 부팅 방법이 다릅니다. " +"또, 4가지의 커널 변종이 있어서 각각의 CPU 변종들을 지원합니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 @@ -2317,7 +2321,10 @@ msgid "" "Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, " "604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and " "including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." -msgstr "대부분의 시스템이 이 커널 변종을 사용하며, PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, 7400 프로세서를 지원합니다. G4라고 홍보되었던 것까지 모든 Power Macintosh 시스템은 이 프로세서들 중의 하나를 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"대부분의 시스템이 이 커널 변종을 사용하며, PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, " +"7400 프로세서를 지원합니다. G4라고 홍보되었던 것까지 모든 Power Macintosh 시" +"스템은 이 프로세서들 중의 하나를 사용합니다." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 @@ -2359,7 +2366,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " "architecture, and use this kernel flavour." -msgstr "Apple G5를 (PPC970FX 프로세서) 사용하는 시스템도 POWER4 아키텍처 기반이고, 이 커널 변종을 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"Apple G5를 (PPC970FX 프로세서) 사용하는 시스템도 POWER4 아키텍처 기반이고, " +"이 커널 변종을 사용합니다." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 @@ -2385,7 +2394,9 @@ msgstr "<term>apus</term>" msgid "" "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is " "currently disabled." -msgstr "이 커널 변종은 Amiga Power-UP System을 지원합니다. 하지만 이 지원은 현재 막혀 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"이 커널 변종은 Amiga Power-UP System을 지원합니다. 하지만 이 지원은 현재 막" +"혀 있습니다." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1182 @@ -2401,7 +2412,10 @@ msgid "" "example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC " "processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as " "NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." -msgstr "Apple은 (그리고 다른 몇 개 제조업체들, 예를 들어 Power Computing은) PowerPC 프로세서 기반의 Macintosh 컴퓨터를 만들었습니다. 각 아키텍처 지원을 위해 NuBus (데비안이 지원하지 않음), OldWorld, NewWorld로 구분해 놓았습니다." +msgstr "" +"Apple은 (그리고 다른 몇 개 제조업체들, 예를 들어 Power Computing은) PowerPC " +"프로세서 기반의 Macintosh 컴퓨터를 만들었습니다. 각 아키텍처 지원을 위해 " +"NuBus (데비안이 지원하지 않음), OldWorld, NewWorld로 구분해 놓았습니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1191 @@ -2411,7 +2425,11 @@ msgid "" "bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld " "machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming " "scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." -msgstr "OldWorld 시스템은 플로피 드라이브와 PCI 버스가 있는 대부분의 Power Macintosh를 말합니다. 대부분의 603, 603e, 604, 604e 기반 Power Macintosh는 OldWorld 기계입니다. 애플에서 나온 이 iMac 이전의 PowerPC 모델은 4자리 숫자로 이름이 붙어 있습니다. 예외적으로 베이지색의 G3 시스템도 OldWorld입니다." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld 시스템은 플로피 드라이브와 PCI 버스가 있는 대부분의 Power Macintosh" +"를 말합니다. 대부분의 603, 603e, 604, 604e 기반 Power Macintosh는 OldWorld 기" +"계입니다. 애플에서 나온 이 iMac 이전의 PowerPC 모델은 4자리 숫자로 이름이 붙" +"어 있습니다. 예외적으로 베이지색의 G3 시스템도 OldWorld입니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 @@ -2422,7 +2440,12 @@ msgid "" "blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. " "The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</" "quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." -msgstr "NewWorld PowerMac이라고 하는 시스템은 투명한 플라스틱 케이스에 들어 있는 모든 PowerMac과 그 후의 모델을 말합니다. 여기에는 모든 iMac, iBook, G4 시스템, 파란색 G3 시스템 및 1999년 이후 제조된 대부분의 PowerBook이 포함됩니다. NewWorld PowerMac은 MacOS용 <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> 시스템을 사용한 것으로 알려져 있고, 1998년 중반 이후에 제조되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld PowerMac이라고 하는 시스템은 투명한 플라스틱 케이스에 들어 있는 모" +"든 PowerMac과 그 후의 모델을 말합니다. 여기에는 모든 iMac, iBook, G4 시스템, " +"파란색 G3 시스템 및 1999년 이후 제조된 대부분의 PowerBook이 포함됩니다. " +"NewWorld PowerMac은 MacOS용 <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> 시스템을 사용한 것으로 " +"알려져 있고, 1998년 중반 이후에 제조되었습니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 @@ -2825,7 +2848,17 @@ msgid "" "6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these " "machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac." "sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "NuBus 시스템은 현재 데비안/powerpc가 지원하지 않습니다. 모노리딕 리눅스/PPC 커널은 이 기계를 지원하지 않습니다. 모노리딕 커널 대신에 MkLinux Mach 마이크로커널을 사용하면 되지만, 데비안이 아직 지원하지 않습니다. 이 컴퓨터는 다음과 같은 것들이 있습니다: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> 이 기계에 쓸 수 있는 리눅스 커널과 (제한적이지만) 지원은 <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>에서 구할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"NuBus 시스템은 현재 데비안/powerpc가 지원하지 않습니다. 모노리딕 리눅스/PPC " +"커널은 이 기계를 지원하지 않습니다. 모노리딕 커널 대신에 MkLinux Mach 마이크" +"로커널을 사용하면 되지만, 데비안이 아직 지원하지 않습니다. 이 컴퓨터는 다음" +"과 같은 것들이 있습니다: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh " +"6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, " +"6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, and 5300 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> 이 기계에 쓸 수 있는 리눅스 커널과 (제한적이지만) " +"지원은 <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>에서 구할 " +"수 있습니다." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1485 @@ -2843,7 +2876,12 @@ msgid "" "family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. " "These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " "Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." -msgstr "680x0 시리즈 프로세서를 사용하는 Macintosh 컴퓨터는 PowerPC가 아니라 m68k 기계입니다. 그 모델들은 <quote>Mac II</quote>로 시작해서 <quote>LC</quote> 제품군, Centris 시리즈, 그리고 Quadra 및 Performa까지 해당됩니다. 이 모델은 보통 로마숫자가 붙어 있거나 3자리의 숫자가 붙어 있습니다. 예를 들어 MacIIcx, LCIII, Quadra 950 따위입니다." +msgstr "" +"680x0 시리즈 프로세서를 사용하는 Macintosh 컴퓨터는 PowerPC가 아니라 m68k 기" +"계입니다. 그 모델들은 <quote>Mac II</quote>로 시작해서 <quote>LC</quote> 제품" +"군, Centris 시리즈, 그리고 Quadra 및 Performa까지 해당됩니다. 이 모델은 보통 " +"로마숫자가 붙어 있거나 3자리의 숫자가 붙어 있습니다. 예를 들어 MacIIcx, " +"LCIII, Quadra 950 따위입니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 @@ -2854,7 +2892,11 @@ msgid "" "580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra " "(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the " "Performa 200-640CD." -msgstr "이 모델들은 Mac II부터 시작해서 (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), 그리고 Mac TV, Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), 그리고 마지막으로 Performa 200-640CD까지 해당됩니다." +msgstr "" +"이 모델들은 Mac II부터 시작해서 (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, " +"IIfx), LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), 그리고 Mac " +"TV, Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, " +"840AV, 900, 950), 그리고 마지막으로 Performa 200-640CD까지 해당됩니다." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 @@ -2863,7 +2905,10 @@ msgid "" "In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs " "and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " "please see the section above)." -msgstr "노트북 컴퓨터의 경우, Mac Portable부터 시작해서, PowerBook 100-190cs 및 PowerBook Duo 210-550c(단 PowerBook 500은 제외합니다. PowerBook500은 Nubus로 자세한 정보는 위 부분을 보십시오)까지 해당됩니다." +msgstr "" +"노트북 컴퓨터의 경우, Mac Portable부터 시작해서, PowerBook 100-190cs 및 " +"PowerBook Duo 210-550c(단 PowerBook 500은 제외합니다. PowerBook500은 Nubus로 " +"자세한 정보는 위 부분을 보십시오)까지 해당됩니다." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1520 diff --git a/po/ko/install-methods.po b/po/ko/install-methods.po index 2ff7c61f9..7980a6d3b 100644 --- a/po/ko/install-methods.po +++ b/po/ko/install-methods.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-22 15:25+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ko/installation-howto.po b/po/ko/installation-howto.po index 84ca51d9d..63a7e9297 100644 --- a/po/ko/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ko/installation-howto.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-22 15:25+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ko/partitioning.po b/po/ko/partitioning.po index dc2dd009d..f4ed25d8d 100644 --- a/po/ko/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ko/partitioning.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 10:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1001,9 +1001,9 @@ msgid "" "to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " "is not recommended." msgstr "" -"이들 프로그램중 하나는 <guimenuitem>디스크 파티션하기</guimenuitem>(또는 " -"이와 유사한 것)을 선택했을때 기본적으로 실행됩니다. VT2에서 명령어 줄을 통해 " -"다른 파티션 도구를 사용할 수도 있지만 이 방법은 추천하지 않습니다." +"이들 프로그램중 하나는 <guimenuitem>디스크 파티션하기</guimenuitem>(또는 이" +"와 유사한 것)을 선택했을때 기본적으로 실행됩니다. VT2에서 명령어 줄을 통해 다" +"른 파티션 도구를 사용할 수도 있지만 이 방법은 추천하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 @@ -1031,9 +1031,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "동시에 20개 이상의 IDE 파티션을 사용하실 경우 파티션 21 이상은 따로 디바이스" "를 생성해야 합니다. 그렇지 않을 경우 파티션을 초기화하는 작업이 실패하게 됩니" -"다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 <guimenuitem>쉘을 띄우기</gui" -"menuitem>를 통해 21번째 파티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 보여드립니다: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 <guimenuitem>쉘을 띄우기</" +"guimenuitem>를 통해 21번째 파티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 보여드립니" +"다: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" @@ -1689,4 +1689,3 @@ msgstr "" "세번째 파티션은 <quote>Whole disk</quote> (5번 형식)으로 둬서 디스크 전체를 " "포괄하도록 하는 것이 좋습니다. 이것은 <quote>Sun disk label</quote>에서 사용" "되는 규약으로, SILO가 정상적인 동작을 하는데 도움이 됩니다. " - diff --git a/po/ko/post-install.po b/po/ko/post-install.po index 7d3125abc..5374f7fd2 100644 --- a/po/ko/post-install.po +++ b/po/ko/post-install.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 10:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -656,21 +656,22 @@ msgid "" "have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." msgstr "" "컴파일이 끝나면 다른 꾸러미와 마찬가지로 직접 만든 커널을 설치합니다. 루트 권" -"한으로 <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg " -"-i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>서브아키텍처</" +"한으로 <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-" +"image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>서브아키텍처</" "replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase " "condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-" "<replaceable>서브아키텍처</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" -"userinput>. </phrase> <replaceable>서브아키텍처</replaceable> 부분은 커널 옵션을 어떻게 따라 " -"달라지는 <phrase arch=\"i386\"><quote>i586같은</quote></phrase> 서브아키텍처 " -"이름입니다. <userinput>dpkg -i kernel-image...</userinput> 명령은 커널 이미지" -"를 설치하고, 다른 관련 파일 몇 개도 설치합니다. 예를 들어 <filename>System." -"map</filename> 파일을 설치하고 (커널 문제를 디버깅할 때 사용), <filename>/" -"boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> (커널 설정이 들어 있음) 파일도 설치합" -"니다. <classname>kernel-image-&kernelversion;</classname> 꾸러미를 설치하면 " -"알아서 해당 플랫폼의 부트로더를 사용해 부팅 설정을 업데이트합니다. 그래서 부" -"트로더를 직접 신경 쓰지 않아도 부팅할 수 있게 됩니다. 모듈 꾸러미를 만들었다" -"면 <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">예를 들어 PCMCIA가 있다면</phrase>, 그 꾸러미도 설치해야 합니다." +"userinput>. </phrase> <replaceable>서브아키텍처</replaceable> 부분은 커널 옵" +"션을 어떻게 따라 달라지는 <phrase arch=\"i386\"><quote>i586같은</quote></" +"phrase> 서브아키텍처 이름입니다. <userinput>dpkg -i kernel-image...</" +"userinput> 명령은 커널 이미지를 설치하고, 다른 관련 파일 몇 개도 설치합니다. " +"예를 들어 <filename>System.map</filename> 파일을 설치하고 (커널 문제를 디버깅" +"할 때 사용), <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> (커널 설정이 " +"들어 있음) 파일도 설치합니다. <classname>kernel-image-&kernelversion;</" +"classname> 꾸러미를 설치하면 알아서 해당 플랫폼의 부트로더를 사용해 부팅 설정" +"을 업데이트합니다. 그래서 부트로더를 직접 신경 쓰지 않아도 부팅할 수 있게 됩" +"니다. 모듈 꾸러미를 만들었다면 <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">예를 들어 " +"PCMCIA가 있다면</phrase>, 그 꾸러미도 설치해야 합니다." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:446 @@ -808,4 +809,3 @@ msgstr "" "망가진 시스템을 복구하는 작업은 매우 어려울 수도 있습니다. 그리고 이 안내서" "는 무엇이 망가지고 그걸 어떻게 고치는 지에 대한 모든 사항을 언급하지 않습니" "다. 문제에 부딪힌 경우, 전문가에게 문의하십시오." - diff --git a/po/ko/preface.po b/po/ko/preface.po index 264e87f31..79e111845 100644 --- a/po/ko/preface.po +++ b/po/ko/preface.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-25 04:07+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ko/preparing.po b/po/ko/preparing.po index d90775d97..360dc399a 100644 --- a/po/ko/preparing.po +++ b/po/ko/preparing.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 00:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -467,7 +467,9 @@ msgstr "장치 드라이버 및 설치 명령어" msgid "" "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " "&arch-title; hardware." -msgstr "IBM Redbook, zSeries 및 &arch-title; 하드웨어에서 z/VM에 리눅스를 쓰는 방법을 설명합니다." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook, zSeries 및 &arch-title; 하드웨어에서 z/VM에 리눅스를 쓰는 방법" +"을 설명합니다." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:345 @@ -1954,7 +1956,11 @@ msgid "" "in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the " "location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save " "changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>에서는, 선택할 목록에서 바꿀 파티션을 선택하고, 대화 상자에서 <guilabel>other systems</guilabel>을 선택하십시오. 다음 창에서는 이 파티션의 위치에 대한 정보가 나옵니다. 거기서 파티션 ID를 바꿉니다. <guibutton>OK</guibutton> 단추를 눌러 창을 닫으면 저장합니다." +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>에서는, 선택할 목록에서 바꿀 파티션을 선택하" +"고, 대화 상자에서 <guilabel>other systems</guilabel>을 선택하십시오. 다음 창" +"에서는 이 파티션의 위치에 대한 정보가 나옵니다. 거기서 파티션 ID를 바꿉니다. " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> 단추를 눌러 창을 닫으면 저장합니다." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1256 @@ -2244,7 +2250,11 @@ msgid "" "ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration " "menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) " "configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" -msgstr "이 절의 나머지 부분은 <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>에서 가져온 <quote>어떻게 CMOS 설정 메뉴로 들어가는가?</quote>라는 질문에 대한 답입니다. BIOS (아니면 <quote>CMOS</quote>) 설정 메뉴에 들어가는 방법은 BIOS 소프트웨어를 만든 회사에 따라 다릅니다:" +msgstr "" +"이 절의 나머지 부분은 <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>에서 가져온 " +"<quote>어떻게 CMOS 설정 메뉴로 들어가는가?</quote>라는 질문에 대한 답입니다. " +"BIOS (아니면 <quote>CMOS</quote>) 설정 메뉴에 들어가는 방법은 BIOS 소프트웨어" +"를 만든 회사에 따라 다릅니다:" #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1454 @@ -3360,4 +3370,12 @@ msgid "" "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " "<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." -msgstr "일부 OldWorld PowerMac의 경우, 특히 <quote>control</quote> 디스플레이 드라이버가 있는 기종은 (하지만 다른 기종도 해당될 수 있음) 디스플레이를 256 컬러보다 더 높게 맞추면 리눅스에서 제대로 보이지 않는 컬러맵을 만들 수가 있습니다. 다시 부팅한 후에 그러한 현상이 나타나거나 (가끔 모니터에서 데이터를 볼 수도 있지만, 어떤 경우에는 아무것도 못 볼 수도 있습니다), 아니면 사용자 인터페이스가 나오기 전에 화면이 검은색으로 변하는 경우, MacOS에서 디스플레이 설정을 <quote>thousands</quote>나 <quote>millions</quote> 대신에 256색으로 맞추십시오." +msgstr "" +"일부 OldWorld PowerMac의 경우, 특히 <quote>control</quote> 디스플레이 드라이" +"버가 있는 기종은 (하지만 다른 기종도 해당될 수 있음) 디스플레이를 256 컬러보" +"다 더 높게 맞추면 리눅스에서 제대로 보이지 않는 컬러맵을 만들 수가 있습니다. " +"다시 부팅한 후에 그러한 현상이 나타나거나 (가끔 모니터에서 데이터를 볼 수도 " +"있지만, 어떤 경우에는 아무것도 못 볼 수도 있습니다), 아니면 사용자 인터페이스" +"가 나오기 전에 화면이 검은색으로 변하는 경우, MacOS에서 디스플레이 설정을 " +"<quote>thousands</quote>나 <quote>millions</quote> 대신에 256색으로 맞추십시" +"오." diff --git a/po/ko/preseed.po b/po/ko/preseed.po index 3f4d735ac..621145797 100644 --- a/po/ko/preseed.po +++ b/po/ko/preseed.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 01:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -401,7 +401,11 @@ msgid "" "optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " "md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " "installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "설치 프로그램이 올바른 미리 설정 파일을 읽어들이도록 확인하려면, 파일의 체크섬을 지정할 수도 있습니다. 현재는 md5sum만 사용 가능하고, md5sum을 지정하면 읽어들인 미리 설정 파일의 체크섬이 맞지 않는 경우 그 파일을 사용하지 않습니다." +msgstr "" +"설치 프로그램이 올바른 미리 설정 파일을 읽어들이도록 확인하려면, 파일의 체크" +"섬을 지정할 수도 있습니다. 현재는 md5sum만 사용 가능하고, md5sum을 지정하면 " +"읽어들인 미리 설정 파일의 체크섬이 맞지 않는 경우 그 파일을 사용하지 않습니" +"다." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:300 @@ -442,7 +446,10 @@ msgid "" "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " "<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " "<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "<filename>preseed/url</filename>은 간단히 <filename>url</filename>로 줄여 쓸 수 있고 <filename>preseed/file</filename>은 <filename>file</filename>로 줄여서 부팅 파라미터로 쓸 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"<filename>preseed/url</filename>은 간단히 <filename>url</filename>로 줄여 쓸 " +"수 있고 <filename>preseed/file</filename>은 <filename>file</filename>로 줄여" +"서 부팅 파라미터로 쓸 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 @@ -451,7 +458,10 @@ msgid "" "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " "even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "여기까지 왔으면, <userinput>priority=critical</userinput> 부팅 파라미터를 추가하는 게 좋을 것입니다. 이 파라미터가 있으면 미리 설정에서 빠뜨린 게 있더라도 대부분의 질문을 하지 않게 됩니다." +msgstr "" +"여기까지 왔으면, <userinput>priority=critical</userinput> 부팅 파라미터를 추" +"가하는 게 좋을 것입니다. 이 파라미터가 있으면 미리 설정에서 빠뜨린 게 있더라" +"도 대부분의 질문을 하지 않게 됩니다." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 @@ -498,7 +508,11 @@ msgid "" "identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " "but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " "particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "참고로 위의 예에서 자신을 \"d-i\"로 식별하는 DHCP 클라이언트에만 이 파일을 한정하므로 일반 DHCP 클라이언트에는 아무런 영향을 주지 않습니다. 특정 호스트만 지원하도록 하여 네트워크 내의 시스템 전부 preseeding되는 것을 방지할 수도 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"참고로 위의 예에서 자신을 \"d-i\"로 식별하는 DHCP 클라이언트에만 이 파일을 한" +"정하므로 일반 DHCP 클라이언트에는 아무런 영향을 주지 않습니다. 특정 호스트만 " +"지원하도록 하여 네트워크 내의 시스템 전부 preseeding되는 것을 방지할 수도 있" +"습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:339 @@ -560,7 +574,9 @@ msgid "" "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " "shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " "appendix instead of the full variable." -msgstr "부팅 파라미터에서 자주 사용하는 변수 몇개는 짧게 쓸 수 있습니다. 부록에서는 그렇게 짧게 형식이 있으면 완전한 변수명 대신에 짧은 형식을 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"부팅 파라미터에서 자주 사용하는 변수 몇개는 짧게 쓸 수 있습니다. 부록에서는 " +"그렇게 짧게 형식이 있으면 완전한 변수명 대신에 짧은 형식을 사용합니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 @@ -570,7 +586,10 @@ msgid "" "parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " "configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " "the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." -msgstr "부팅 파라미터의 <quote>--</quote>은 특별한 의미가 있습니다. 이 뒤에 나오는 커널 파라미터는 부트로더 설정으로 들어갑니다. (설치 프로그램이 부트로더를 지원하는 경우) <quote>--</quote>은 기본 부팅 파라미터에 들어 있을 수도 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"부팅 파라미터의 <quote>--</quote>은 특별한 의미가 있습니다. 이 뒤에 나오는 커" +"널 파라미터는 부트로더 설정으로 들어갑니다. (설치 프로그램이 부트로더를 지원" +"하는 경우) <quote>--</quote>은 기본 부팅 파라미터에 들어 있을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:383 @@ -669,7 +688,10 @@ msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " "not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " "<classname>partman</classname> where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "대부분의 질문들은 미리 설정할 때 번역된 값이 아니라 영어로 된 올바른 값을 사용해야 합니다. 하지만, 일부 질문의 경우 번역된 값을 사용해야 합니다. (예를 들어 <classname>partman</classname>에서)" +msgstr "" +"대부분의 질문들은 미리 설정할 때 번역된 값이 아니라 영어로 된 올바른 값을 사" +"용해야 합니다. 하지만, 일부 질문의 경우 번역된 값을 사용해야 합니다. (예를 들" +"어 <classname>partman</classname>에서)" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:441 @@ -677,7 +699,8 @@ msgstr "대부분의 질문들은 미리 설정할 때 번역된 값이 아니 msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " "shown during installation." -msgstr "일부 질문은 설치할 때 표시하는 영어 텍스트가 아니라 코드를 값으로 받습니다." +msgstr "" +"일부 질문은 설치할 때 표시하는 영어 텍스트가 아니라 코드를 값으로 받습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:447 @@ -685,7 +708,9 @@ msgstr "일부 질문은 설치할 때 표시하는 영어 텍스트가 아니 msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " "linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "미리 설정 파일을 만드는 가장 쉬운 방법은 <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/>에 들어 있는 예제 파일을 기초로 시작하는 방법입니다." +msgstr "" +"미리 설정 파일을 만드는 가장 쉬운 방법은 <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/>" +"에 들어 있는 예제 파일을 기초로 시작하는 방법입니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:452 @@ -695,7 +720,11 @@ msgid "" "rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " "<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " "database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "다른 방법은 수동으로 설치를 하고, 다시 부팅한 다음에, <classname>debconf-utils</classname> 꾸러미에서 <command>debconf-get-selections</command> 명령으로 debconf 데이터베이스 및 설치 프로그램의 cdebconf 데이터베이스를 한 파일로 만드는 방법입니다:" +msgstr "" +"다른 방법은 수동으로 설치를 하고, 다시 부팅한 다음에, <classname>debconf-" +"utils</classname> 꾸러미에서 <command>debconf-get-selections</command> 명령으" +"로 debconf 데이터베이스 및 설치 프로그램의 cdebconf 데이터베이스를 한 파일로 " +"만드는 방법입니다:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:459 @@ -714,7 +743,9 @@ msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " "not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " "users." -msgstr "하지만, 이런 방법으로 만든 파일에는 미리 설정하면 안 되는 항목이 들어 있으므로, 대부분의 사람들에게는 예제 파일에서 시작하는 방법이 더 좋습니다." +msgstr "" +"하지만, 이런 방법으로 만든 파일에는 미리 설정하면 안 되는 항목이 들어 있으므" +"로, 대부분의 사람들에게는 예제 파일에서 시작하는 방법이 더 좋습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:469 @@ -725,7 +756,11 @@ msgid "" "var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " "contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " "root." -msgstr "이 방법은 설치가 끝났을 때 설치 프로그램의 cdebconf 데이터베이스가 설치한 시스템의 <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>에 들어 있다는 점을 이용한 것입니다. 하지만 이 데이터베이스에는 비밀 정보가 들어 있을 수도 있기 때문에 루트만 이 파일을 읽을 수 있게 되어 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"이 방법은 설치가 끝났을 때 설치 프로그램의 cdebconf 데이터베이스가 설치한 시" +"스템의 <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>에 들어 있다는 점을 이" +"용한 것입니다. 하지만 이 데이터베이스에는 비밀 정보가 들어 있을 수도 있기 때" +"문에 루트만 이 파일을 읽을 수 있게 되어 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:477 @@ -734,7 +769,9 @@ msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " "will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " "<classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "<classname>installation-report</classname> 꾸러미를 지우면 <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> 디렉토리 및 그 안의 모든 파일을 시스템에서 지웁니다." +msgstr "" +"<classname>installation-report</classname> 꾸러미를 지우면 <filename>/var/" +"log/installer</filename> 디렉토리 및 그 안의 모든 파일을 시스템에서 지웁니다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:485 @@ -745,7 +782,12 @@ msgid "" "installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " "raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " "and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "각 질문에 대해 올바른 값이 무엇인지 알려면, 설치할 때 <command>nano</command>로 <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> 파일의 내용을 보면 됩니다. 원본 템플리트를 보려면 <filename>templates.dat</filename> 파일을 보고, 현재 값과 각 변수에 할당된 값을 보려면 <filename>questions.dat</filename> 파일을 보면 됩니다." +msgstr "" +"각 질문에 대해 올바른 값이 무엇인지 알려면, 설치할 때 <command>nano</command>" +"로 <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> 파일의 내용을 보면 됩니다. 원본 템" +"플리트를 보려면 <filename>templates.dat</filename> 파일을 보고, 현재 값과 각 " +"변수에 할당된 값을 보려면 <filename>questions.dat</filename> 파일을 보면 됩니" +"다." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:493 @@ -804,7 +846,10 @@ msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " "locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</" "replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "로케일은 언어와 국가를 지정합니다. 부팅 파라미터로 로케일을 지정하려면, <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>와 같이 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"로케일은 언어와 국가를 지정합니다. 부팅 파라미터로 로케일을 지정하려면, " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>와 같이 사용하" +"십시오." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 @@ -897,7 +942,10 @@ msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " "preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "미리 설정 파일을 네트워크에서 읽어들이기 전에 특정 인터페이스에서 네트워크 부팅하려면, <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>와 같이 부팅 파라미터를 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"미리 설정 파일을 네트워크에서 읽어들이기 전에 특정 인터페이스에서 네트워크 부" +"팅하려면, <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>와 " +"같이 부팅 파라미터를 사용하십시오." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 @@ -910,7 +958,12 @@ msgid "" "configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " "by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " "lines:" -msgstr "네트워크를 통해 미리 설정을 하는 경우에는 (<quote>preseed/url</quote> 사용) 네트워크 설정을 미리 설정하는 게 보통 불가능하지만, 다음 방법을 이용해 피해갈 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 네트워크 인터페이스에 고정 주소를 부여하는 방법입니다. 다음 라인에 들어 있는 <quote>preseed/run</quote> 스크립트를 만들어서 미리 설정 파일을 읽어들인 후에 네트워크 설정을 다시 실행합니다:" +msgstr "" +"네트워크를 통해 미리 설정을 하는 경우에는 (<quote>preseed/url</quote> 사용) " +"네트워크 설정을 미리 설정하는 게 보통 불가능하지만, 다음 방법을 이용해 피해" +"갈 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 네트워크 인터페이스에 고정 주소를 부여하는 방법입니" +"다. 다음 라인에 들어 있는 <quote>preseed/run</quote> 스크립트를 만들어서 미" +"리 설정 파일을 읽어들인 후에 네트워크 설정을 다시 실행합니다:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 @@ -1389,7 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" "account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow " "administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " "authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 및 <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> 변수도 그 값으로 <quote>!</quote>을 써서 미리 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 연관된 게정은 사용할 수 없습니다. 루트 계정의 경우 이렇게 하는 게 편리할 수도 있습니다. 물론 이 경우 또 다른 방법으로 시스템 관리를 할 수 있거나 루트 로그인을 할 수 있는 다른 방법이 있어야 합니다. (예를 들어 SSH 키 인증을 쓰거나 sudo를 사용하는 방법)" +msgstr "" +"<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 및 <classname>passwd/" +"user-password-crypted</classname> 변수도 그 값으로 <quote>!</quote>을 써서 미" +"리 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 연관된 게정은 사용할 수 없습니다. 루트 계정의 " +"경우 이렇게 하는 게 편리할 수도 있습니다. 물론 이 경우 또 다른 방법으로 시스" +"템 관리를 할 수 있거나 루트 로그인을 할 수 있는 다른 방법이 있어야 합니다. " +"(예를 들어 SSH 키 인증을 쓰거나 sudo를 사용하는 방법)" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:704 @@ -1417,7 +1476,9 @@ msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " "installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " "kernel." -msgstr "이 상태에서는 미리 설정할 수 있는 부분이 별로 많지 않습니다. 유일하게 신경 쓸 부분은 커널 설치에 관한 질문입니다." +msgstr "" +"이 상태에서는 미리 설정할 수 있는 부분이 별로 많지 않습니다. 유일하게 신경 " +"쓸 부분은 커널 설치에 관한 질문입니다." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:722 @@ -1789,7 +1850,8 @@ msgstr "" "# 이 명령은 설치를 끝내기 직전에 실행됩니다. 그러나 /target디렉토리는 \n" "# 아직 사용할 수 있을 때입니다. /target디렉토리로 chroot해서 직접 사용할\n" "# 수 있고 꾸러미를 쉽게 설치하기 위해서 apt-install과 in-target명령을 사용\n" -"#할 수 있습니다.#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" +"#할 수 있습니다.#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target " +"chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:843 diff --git a/po/ko/random-bits.po b/po/ko/random-bits.po index 67cc37f7f..e19e63908 100644 --- a/po/ko/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ko/random-bits.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 10:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1164,7 +1164,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "네트워크를 설정하려면, <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename>과 " -"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> 파일을 편집하십시오. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> 파일을 편집하십시오. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces \n" "</screen></informalexample> 다음은 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/" "examples</filename>에 들어 있는 예제입니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1675,4 +1676,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "네임서버 주소: 소스에서 사용한 같은 주소를 입력합니다. (<filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename> 파일 참고)" - diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 80cb936b1..87128b5ea 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 21:40+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -955,7 +955,14 @@ msgid "" "if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " "to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " "for US keyboards." -msgstr "키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터로 설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> 기본 우선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기</userinput> 단추를 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </footnote>, 미국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르시고, 지역화된 키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국식 키보드에 맞습니다." +msgstr "" +"키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터로 " +"설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> 기본 우" +"선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기</" +"userinput> 단추를 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </footnote>, 미" +"국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르시고, 지역화된 " +"키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>설정할 키보드 없음" +"</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국식 키보드에 맞습니다." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -1177,7 +1184,11 @@ msgid "" "entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" "quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " "<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "먼저 선택에 따라, 전체 드라이브나 드라이브의 빈 공간을 자동으로 파티션할 수 있습니다. 이 방법을 <quote>단계에 따른</quote> 파티션이라고 합니다. 단계에 따라 파티션을 하지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로 파티션 테이블 편집</guimenuitem>을 선택하십시오." +msgstr "" +"먼저 선택에 따라, 전체 드라이브나 드라이브의 빈 공간을 자동으로 파티션할 수 " +"있습니다. 이 방법을 <quote>단계에 따른</quote> 파티션이라고 합니다. 단계에 따" +"라 파티션을 하지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로 파티션 테이블 편집" +"</guimenuitem>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:781 @@ -1189,7 +1200,13 @@ msgid "" "partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " "partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " "Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다: 하드 디스크에서 직접 파티션을 만들거나 (전통적인 방법) 논리 볼륨 관리를 (LVM) 사용하는 것입니다. LVM의 경우, 설치 프로그램은 대부분의 파티션을 한 개의 큰 파티션 안에 만듭니다. 이 방법의 장점은 이 큰 파티션 안의 파티션들은 나중에 비교적 쉽게 크기를 바꿀 수 있다는 점입니다. 주의: LVM 사용하는 방법을 지원하지 않는 아키텍쳐도 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다: 하드 디스크에서 직접 파" +"티션을 만들거나 (전통적인 방법) 논리 볼륨 관리를 (LVM) 사용하는 것입니다. LVM" +"의 경우, 설치 프로그램은 대부분의 파티션을 한 개의 큰 파티션 안에 만듭니다. " +"이 방법의 장점은 이 큰 파티션 안의 파티션들은 나중에 비교적 쉽게 크기를 바꿀 " +"수 있다는 점입니다. 주의: LVM 사용하는 방법을 지원하지 않는 아키텍쳐도 있습니" +"다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 @@ -1202,7 +1219,13 @@ msgid "" "that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " "operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " "chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "단계에 따라 파티션을 선택한 경우 (전통적인 파티션이거나 LVM을 사용하거나), 아래의 표의 방식중에서 한 가지 방식을 선택합니다. 모든 방식들은 각자 장단점이 있고, <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>에서 설명합니다. 잘 모르겠으면 첫번째를 선택하십시오. 명심해 둬야 할 것은, 단계에 따라 파티션할 때는 어느정도 최소한의 빈 공간이 필요하다는 점입니다. 최소 1GB의 공간이 없으면 (방식에 따라 이 최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." +msgstr "" +"단계에 따라 파티션을 선택한 경우 (전통적인 파티션이거나 LVM을 사용하거나), 아" +"래의 표의 방식중에서 한 가지 방식을 선택합니다. 모든 방식들은 각자 장단점이 " +"있고, <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>에서 설명합니다. 잘 모르겠으면 첫번째" +"를 선택하십시오. 명심해 둬야 할 것은, 단계에 따라 파티션할 때는 어느정도 최소" +"한의 빈 공간이 필요하다는 점입니다. 최소 1GB의 공간이 없으면 (방식에 따라 이 " +"최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:807 @@ -1287,7 +1310,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " "a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " "partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 별도의 /boot 파티션을 만듭니다. 그 외의 파티션은 스왑 파티션을 제외하고 LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." +msgstr "" +"LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 별도의 /boot 파티션" +"을 만듭니다. 그 외의 파티션은 스왑 파티션을 제외하고 LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니" +"다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:842 @@ -1297,7 +1323,10 @@ msgid "" "additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " "boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " "manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "IA64 시스템에서 단계에 따라 파티션하면, EFI 부트 로더가 사용하는 FAT16으로 포맷한 부팅 가능 파티션이 하나 더 생깁니다. 포맷 메뉴에서도 수동으로 파티션을 EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." +msgstr "" +"IA64 시스템에서 단계에 따라 파티션하면, EFI 부트 로더가 사용하는 FAT16으로 포" +"맷한 부팅 가능 파티션이 하나 더 생깁니다. 포맷 메뉴에서도 수동으로 파티션을 " +"EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:850 @@ -1306,7 +1335,9 @@ msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Alpha 시스템에서 단계에 따라 파티션하면, aboot 부트 로더가 사용하는 포맷하지 않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." +msgstr "" +"Alpha 시스템에서 단계에 따라 파티션하면, aboot 부트 로더가 사용하는 포맷하지 " +"않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:856 @@ -1363,7 +1394,12 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 위의 예에서는 IDE 하드드라이브가 2개이고 여러 개 파티션으로 나눠져 있습니다. 첫 번째 디스크에는 빈 공간이 있습니다. 각 파티션 줄에는 파티션 번호, 종류, 크기, 추가 플래그, 파일시스템, 그리고 마운트 위치를 (마운트 위치가 따로 있는 경우) 표시합니다. 주의: 위와 같은 파티션은 단계에 따라 파티션하면 만들 수 없고, 수동으로 만들면 이렇게 될 수도 있다는 걸 안내하는 것 뿐입니다." +"</screen></informalexample> 위의 예에서는 IDE 하드드라이브가 2개이고 여러 개 " +"파티션으로 나눠져 있습니다. 첫 번째 디스크에는 빈 공간이 있습니다. 각 파티션 " +"줄에는 파티션 번호, 종류, 크기, 추가 플래그, 파일시스템, 그리고 마운트 위치" +"를 (마운트 위치가 따로 있는 경우) 표시합니다. 주의: 위와 같은 파티션은 단계" +"에 따라 파티션하면 만들 수 없고, 수동으로 만들면 이렇게 될 수도 있다는 걸 안" +"내하는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 @@ -1379,7 +1415,16 @@ msgid "" "have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " "that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " "or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "여기까지가 단계에 따른 파티션입니다. 자동으로 만든 파티션 테이블이 마음에 들면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>파티션 나누기를 마치고 바뀐 사항을 디스크에 쓰기</guimenuitem>를 선택해서 새 파티션 테이블을 실제로 적용합니다 (이 절의 맨 뒤 부분에서 설명합니다). 마음에 들지 않으면, <guimenuitem>파티션에 바뀐 사항을 취소</guimenuitem>를 선택해서 <footnote> <para> LVM을 사용하면서 단계에 따른 파티션을 선택했다면 일부 변경 사항은 이미 하드 디스크에 반영되었을 것이므로 모든 변경 사항을 취소할 수는 없습니다. </para> </footnote> 단계에 따른 파티션을 다시 실행하거나, 자동으로 만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"여기까지가 단계에 따른 파티션입니다. 자동으로 만든 파티션 테이블이 마음에 들" +"면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>파티션 나누기를 마치고 바뀐 사항을 디스크에 쓰기</" +"guimenuitem>를 선택해서 새 파티션 테이블을 실제로 적용합니다 (이 절의 맨 뒤 " +"부분에서 설명합니다). 마음에 들지 않으면, <guimenuitem>파티션에 바뀐 사항을 " +"취소</guimenuitem>를 선택해서 <footnote> <para> LVM을 사용하면서 단계에 따른 " +"파티션을 선택했다면 일부 변경 사항은 이미 하드 디스크에 반영되었을 것이므로 " +"모든 변경 사항을 취소할 수는 없습니다. </para> </footnote> 단계에 따른 파티션" +"을 다시 실행하거나, 자동으로 만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동" +"으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:895 @@ -1480,7 +1525,10 @@ msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." -msgstr "EFI 부팅 파티션을 만들고 포맷하지 않았다면 <command>partman</command>에서 그 사실을 알아내기 때문에 EFI 부팅 파티션을 만들기 전까지는 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." +msgstr "" +"EFI 부팅 파티션을 만들고 포맷하지 않았다면 <command>partman</command>에서 그 " +"사실을 알아내기 때문에 EFI 부팅 파티션을 만들기 전까지는 다음으로 진행하지 않" +"습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:954 @@ -1868,7 +1916,14 @@ msgid "" "be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " "should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " "selected." -msgstr "그 다음 <command>partman</command> 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>소프트웨어 RAID 설정</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다. (최소한 한 파티션을 <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리적 볼륨</guimenuitem>으로 표시해야만 메뉴가 나타납니다.) <command>mdcfg</command>의 첫 번째 화면에서 <guimenuitem>멀티디스크 장치 만들기</guimenuitem>를 선택하기만 하면 지원하는 멀티디스크 장치의 종류 목록이 나옵니다. 거기에서 하나를 (예를 들어 RAID1) 고르십시오. 그 다음은 여기서 어떤 종류의 멀티디스크를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." +msgstr "" +"그 다음 <command>partman</command> 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>소프트웨어 RAID 설정" +"</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다. (최소한 한 파티션을 <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리적 " +"볼륨</guimenuitem>으로 표시해야만 메뉴가 나타납니다.) <command>mdcfg</" +"command>의 첫 번째 화면에서 <guimenuitem>멀티디스크 장치 만들기</guimenuitem>" +"를 선택하기만 하면 지원하는 멀티디스크 장치의 종류 목록이 나옵니다. 거기에서 " +"하나를 (예를 들어 RAID1) 고르십시오. 그 다음은 여기서 어떤 종류의 멀티디스크" +"를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1225 @@ -1959,7 +2014,13 @@ msgid "" "your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " "to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " "hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i;에서 암호화 파티션을 설정할 수 있습니다. 암호화된 파티션에 파일을 쓰면 즉시 암호화된 형태로 장치에 저장됩니다. 암호화된 데이터에 접근하려면 파티션을 처음에 만들 때 사용한 <firstterm>열쇠글</firstterm>을 입력해야 합니다. 이 기능은 노트북이나 하드 드라이브를 도난 당했을 때 비밀 데이터를 보호하기 위해 사용합니다. 훔친 사람은 하드 드라이브에 물리적으로는 접근할 수 있지만, 올바른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." +msgstr "" +"&d-i;에서 암호화 파티션을 설정할 수 있습니다. 암호화된 파티션에 파일을 쓰면 " +"즉시 암호화된 형태로 장치에 저장됩니다. 암호화된 데이터에 접근하려면 파티션" +"을 처음에 만들 때 사용한 <firstterm>열쇠글</firstterm>을 입력해야 합니다. 이 " +"기능은 노트북이나 하드 드라이브를 도난 당했을 때 비밀 데이터를 보호하기 위해 " +"사용합니다. 훔친 사람은 하드 드라이브에 물리적으로는 접근할 수 있지만, 올바" +"른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1289 @@ -1976,7 +2037,15 @@ msgid "" "the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " "because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " "partition." -msgstr "암호화해야 할 가장 중요한 두 파티션은 데이터가 들어 있는 홈 파티션과, 동작중에 비밀 데이터가 저장될 수도 있는 스왑 파티션입니다. 물론, 그 외에 하고 싶은 파티션을 암호화할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 메일 서버나 인쇄 서버가 데이터를 저장하는 <filename>/var</filename>라던지, 여러가지 임시 파일을 저장해 둘 수도 있는 <filename>/tmp</filename>를 암호화할 수 있습니다. 어떤 사람들은 전체 시스템을 암호화하기도 합니다. 암호화하지 말아야 하는 한 가지 예외는 <filename>/boot</filename> 파티션으로, 암호화한 파티션에서 커널을 읽어들이는 건 현재 불가능합니다." +msgstr "" +"암호화해야 할 가장 중요한 두 파티션은 데이터가 들어 있는 홈 파티션과, 동작중" +"에 비밀 데이터가 저장될 수도 있는 스왑 파티션입니다. 물론, 그 외에 하고 싶은 " +"파티션을 암호화할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 메일 서버나 인쇄 서버가 데이터를 저" +"장하는 <filename>/var</filename>라던지, 여러가지 임시 파일을 저장해 둘 수도 " +"있는 <filename>/tmp</filename>를 암호화할 수 있습니다. 어떤 사람들은 전체 시" +"스템을 암호화하기도 합니다. 암호화하지 말아야 하는 한 가지 예외는 <filename>/" +"boot</filename> 파티션으로, 암호화한 파티션에서 커널을 읽어들이는 건 현재 불" +"가능합니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1304 @@ -1986,7 +2055,10 @@ msgid "" "that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " "for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " "chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "암호화한 파티션은 암호화하지 않은 경우보다 성능이 떨어집니다. 매번 읽고 쓸 때마다 암호화하고 암호화를 해제해야 하기 때문입니다. 성능 저하 정도는 CPU 속도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"암호화한 파티션은 암호화하지 않은 경우보다 성능이 떨어집니다. 매번 읽고 쓸 때" +"마다 암호화하고 암호화를 해제해야 하기 때문입니다. 성능 저하 정도는 CPU 속" +"도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1311 @@ -1999,7 +2071,13 @@ msgid "" "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "암호화를 사용하려면, 파티션 메뉴에서 빈 공간을 선택해서 새 파티션을 만들어야 합니다. 다른 방법은 기존 파티션을 (예를 들어, 일반 파티션이나 LVM 논리 볼륨이나 RAID 볼륨) 선택하는 것입니다. <guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu>에서, <menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> </menuchoice> 옵션에서 <guimenuitem> 암호화할 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem> 메뉴를 선택해야 합니다. 그러면 메뉴가 해당 파티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." +msgstr "" +"암호화를 사용하려면, 파티션 메뉴에서 빈 공간을 선택해서 새 파티션을 만들어야 " +"합니다. 다른 방법은 기존 파티션을 (예를 들어, 일반 파티션이나 LVM 논리 볼륨이" +"나 RAID 볼륨) 선택하는 것입니다. <guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu>에서, " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> </menuchoice> 옵션에서 <guimenuitem> 암" +"호화할 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem> 메뉴를 선택해야 합니다. 그러면 메뉴가 해당 파" +"티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1322 @@ -2010,7 +2088,12 @@ msgid "" "host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " "(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " "compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i;는 몇 가지 암호화 방법을 지원합니다. 기본 방법은 <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm>이고 (최근의 리눅스 커널에 포함되어 있고 LVM 물리 볼륨을 사용할 수 있습니다), 다른 방법은 <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm>입니다 (오래된 방법으로, 리눅스 커널 트리와 별도로 관리됩니다). 다르게 할 특별한 이유가 없다면, 기본값을 사용하길 권합니다." +msgstr "" +"&d-i;는 몇 가지 암호화 방법을 지원합니다. 기본 방법은 <firstterm>dm-crypt</" +"firstterm>이고 (최근의 리눅스 커널에 포함되어 있고 LVM 물리 볼륨을 사용할 수 " +"있습니다), 다른 방법은 <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm>입니다 (오래된 방법으" +"로, 리눅스 커널 트리와 별도로 관리됩니다). 다르게 할 특별한 이유가 없다면, 기" +"본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1334 @@ -2020,7 +2103,10 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " "always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " "chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "먼저 암호화 방법으로 <userinput>디바이스 매퍼 (dm-crypt)</userinput>를 선택했을 때 사용할 수 있는 옵션을 봅니다. 마찬가지로 무언가 의심스러우면 기본값을 사용하십시오. 기본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"먼저 암호화 방법으로 <userinput>디바이스 매퍼 (dm-crypt)</userinput>를 선택했" +"을 때 사용할 수 있는 옵션을 봅니다. 마찬가지로 무언가 의심스러우면 기본값을 " +"사용하십시오. 기본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1344 @@ -2042,7 +2128,15 @@ msgid "" "the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " "encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " "century." -msgstr "이 옵션은에서는 암호화 알고리즘을 (<firstterm>싸이퍼 (cipher)</firstterm>) 선택할 수 있습니다. 이 알고리즘은 파티션의 데이터를 암호화하는 데 사용합니다. &d-i;는 현재 다음 블록 싸이퍼를 지원합니다: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, 그리고 <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>입니다. 각 알고리즘이 얼마나 좋은지 설명하는 건 이 문서의 범위를 벗어난 것이지만, 어느 것을 결정할 지 도움이 되는 조언을 하면, 2000년에 미국 표준 기술 연구소에서 21세기에 비밀 정보를 보호할 알고리즘으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." +msgstr "" +"이 옵션은에서는 암호화 알고리즘을 (<firstterm>싸이퍼 (cipher)</firstterm>) 선" +"택할 수 있습니다. 이 알고리즘은 파티션의 데이터를 암호화하는 데 사용합니다. " +"&d-i;는 현재 다음 블록 싸이퍼를 지원합니다: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, 그리고 " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>입니다. 각 알고리즘이 얼마나 좋은지 설명하는 " +"건 이 문서의 범위를 벗어난 것이지만, 어느 것을 결정할 지 도움이 되는 조언을 " +"하면, 2000년에 미국 표준 기술 연구소에서 21세기에 비밀 정보를 보호할 알고리즘" +"으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1364 @@ -2058,7 +2152,10 @@ msgid "" "size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " "hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " "performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "여기서는 암호화 키의 길이를 지정합니다. 키의 크기가 크면, 보통 그 암호화의 강력함이 더 증가합니다. 반면에 키의 길이를 늘리면, 성능에 안 좋은 영향을 줍니다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." +msgstr "" +"여기서는 암호화 키의 길이를 지정합니다. 키의 크기가 크면, 보통 그 암호화의 강" +"력함이 더 증가합니다. 반면에 키의 길이를 늘리면, 성능에 안 좋은 영향을 줍니" +"다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1378 @@ -2076,7 +2173,12 @@ msgid "" "always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " "prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " "encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>초기화 벡터 (Initialization Vector)</firstterm> 혹은 <firstterm>IV</firstterm> 알고리즘은 암호화 기법에서 같은 키의 <firstterm>일반 텍스트 (clear text)</firstterm>이 항상 유일한 <firstterm>암호화된 텍스트 (cipher text)</firstterm>를 만들도록 합니다. 이렇게 하면 공격하는 사람이 암호화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>초기화 벡터 (Initialization Vector)</firstterm> 혹은 " +"<firstterm>IV</firstterm> 알고리즘은 암호화 기법에서 같은 키의 <firstterm>일" +"반 텍스트 (clear text)</firstterm>이 항상 유일한 <firstterm>암호화된 텍스트 " +"(cipher text)</firstterm>를 만들도록 합니다. 이렇게 하면 공격하는 사람이 암호" +"화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1390 @@ -2086,7 +2188,11 @@ msgid "" "userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " "alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " "installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "사용할 수 있는 여러 가지 방법 중에서, 기본값인 <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>이 알려진 공격 방법에서 현재 가장 위험이 적은 방법입니다. 다른 방법은 예전에 설치한 (새 알고리즘을 사용할 수 없는) 시스템과의 호환성을 유지할 때만 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"사용할 수 있는 여러 가지 방법 중에서, 기본값인 <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput>이 알려진 공격 방법에서 현재 가장 위험이 적은 방법입니다. 다른 방법" +"은 예전에 설치한 (새 알고리즘을 사용할 수 없는) 시스템과의 호환성을 유지할 때" +"만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1402 @@ -2114,7 +2220,10 @@ msgid "" "the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" "\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " "which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "나중에 입력하게 되는 열쇠글을 기준으로 암호화 키를 계산합니다<footnote> <para> 열쇠글을 키로 사용한다는 건 현재는 파티션을 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" +msgstr "" +"나중에 입력하게 되는 열쇠글을 기준으로 암호화 키를 계산합니다<footnote> " +"<para> 열쇠글을 키로 사용한다는 건 현재는 파티션을 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;" +"\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 @@ -2132,7 +2241,12 @@ msgid "" "course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " "there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " "in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "암호화한 파티션을 불러올 때마다 임의의 데이터를 만들어서 새 암호화 키를 만듭니다. 다시 말해: 컴퓨터를 끌 때마다 키가 메모리에서 지워지면서 파티션에 들어 있는 데이터를 잃어버립니다. (물론 가능한 키를 모두 입력해서 추측해 낼 수 있지만, 해당 싸이퍼 알고리즘에 무언가 알려지지 않은 약점이 있지 않는한 그렇게 무작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" +msgstr "" +"암호화한 파티션을 불러올 때마다 임의의 데이터를 만들어서 새 암호화 키를 만듭" +"니다. 다시 말해: 컴퓨터를 끌 때마다 키가 메모리에서 지워지면서 파티션에 들어 " +"있는 데이터를 잃어버립니다. (물론 가능한 키를 모두 입력해서 추측해 낼 수 있지" +"만, 해당 싸이퍼 알고리즘에 무언가 알려지지 않은 약점이 있지 않는한 그렇게 무" +"작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1436 @@ -2145,7 +2259,12 @@ msgid "" "<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " "as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " "data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "랜덤한 키는 스왑 파티션에 주로 사용합니다. 열쇠글을 기억할 필요도 없고 컴퓨터를 끌 때 스왑 파티션에 들어 있는 비밀 정보를 지울 필요가 없기 때문입니다. 하지만, 이렇게 하면 최근의 리눅스 커널에 들어 있는 <quote>디스크에 저장하는 절전</quote> 기능을 사용하지 못하게 됩니다. 나중에 부팅할 때 스왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." +msgstr "" +"랜덤한 키는 스왑 파티션에 주로 사용합니다. 열쇠글을 기억할 필요도 없고 컴퓨터" +"를 끌 때 스왑 파티션에 들어 있는 비밀 정보를 지울 필요가 없기 때문입니다. 하" +"지만, 이렇게 하면 최근의 리눅스 커널에 들어 있는 <quote>디스크에 저장하는 절" +"전</quote> 기능을 사용하지 못하게 됩니다. 나중에 부팅할 때 스왑 파티션에 저장" +"된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 @@ -2165,7 +2284,13 @@ msgid "" "installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " "agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " "magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "파티션에 암호화를 설정하기 전에 임의의 데이터로 채워 넣을 지 결정합니다. 이렇게 하지 않으면 공격자가 파티션의 어느 부분을 사용하고 있고, 어느 부분을 사용하지 않는지 알아챌 수 있기 때문에 이렇게 하기를 권장합니다. 또 예전에 설치한 데이터를 복구하기 어렵게 만듭니다<footnote><para> 하지만 몇몇 3글자로 된 기관들의 사람들은 광자기 미디어를 몇번쯤 다시 쓴다고 해도 데이터를 복구할 수 있다고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"파티션에 암호화를 설정하기 전에 임의의 데이터로 채워 넣을 지 결정합니다. 이렇" +"게 하지 않으면 공격자가 파티션의 어느 부분을 사용하고 있고, 어느 부분을 사용" +"하지 않는지 알아챌 수 있기 때문에 이렇게 하기를 권장합니다. 또 예전에 설치한 " +"데이터를 복구하기 어렵게 만듭니다<footnote><para> 하지만 몇몇 3글자로 된 기관" +"들의 사람들은 광자기 미디어를 몇번쯤 다시 쓴다고 해도 데이터를 복구할 수 있다" +"고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1477 @@ -2174,7 +2299,9 @@ msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " "<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " "changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "<guimenu>암호화 방법:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>루프백 (loop-AES)</guimenuitem>를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>암호화 방법:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>루프백 (loop-AES)</guimenuitem>" +"를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1486 @@ -2189,7 +2316,10 @@ msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " "combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " "sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "loop-AES는 dm-crypt와 다르게 싸이퍼와 키 크기 옵션이 같이 들어 있습니다. 그러므로 둘을 동시에 설정합니다. 싸이퍼와 키 크기에 대한 자세한 설명의 위 부분을 참고하십시오." +msgstr "" +"loop-AES는 dm-crypt와 다르게 싸이퍼와 키 크기 옵션이 같이 들어 있습니다. 그러" +"므로 둘을 동시에 설정합니다. 싸이퍼와 키 크기에 대한 자세한 설명의 위 부분을 " +"참고하십시오." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1498 @@ -2217,7 +2347,10 @@ msgid "" "installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" "application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " "(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "암호화 키는 설치할 때 임의의 데이터에서 만들어 냅니다. 또 이 키를 <application>GnuPG</application>로 암호화합니다. 그러므로 키를 사용하려면 올바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" +msgstr "" +"암호화 키는 설치할 때 임의의 데이터에서 만들어 냅니다. 또 이 키를 " +"<application>GnuPG</application>로 암호화합니다. 그러므로 키를 사용하려면 올" +"바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1520 @@ -2239,7 +2372,10 @@ msgid "" "still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " "cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using " "<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." -msgstr "설치 프로그램의 <emphasis>그래픽</emphasis> 버전에서는 텍스트 버전에 비해 몇 가지 단점이 있습니다. 암호화에서는 암호화 키로 <emphasis>열쇠글</emphasis>을 사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"설치 프로그램의 <emphasis>그래픽</emphasis> 버전에서는 텍스트 버전에 비해 몇 " +"가지 단점이 있습니다. 암호화에서는 암호화 키로 <emphasis>열쇠글</emphasis>을 " +"사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1550 @@ -2251,7 +2387,12 @@ msgid "" "you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " "partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " "new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "암호화 파티션에 원하는 파라미터를 선택했으면, 주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아갑니다. 이제 <guimenu>암호화 볼륨 설정</guimenu>라는 새 메뉴 항목이 생깁니다. 이 항목을 선택하면, 데이터 지우기로 표시한 파티션을 지울 지 및 기타 동작에 대한 (파티션 테이블을 쓰기 등) 확인 질문을 합니다. 파티션의 크기가 크면 시간이 좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"암호화 파티션에 원하는 파라미터를 선택했으면, 주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아갑니다. 이" +"제 <guimenu>암호화 볼륨 설정</guimenu>라는 새 메뉴 항목이 생깁니다. 이 항목" +"을 선택하면, 데이터 지우기로 표시한 파티션을 지울 지 및 기타 동작에 대한 (파" +"티션 테이블을 쓰기 등) 확인 질문을 합니다. 파티션의 크기가 크면 시간이 좀 걸" +"릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1561 @@ -2262,7 +2403,11 @@ msgid "" "mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " "common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " "birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "그 다음에 열쇠글을 사용한다고 표시한 파티션에 대해 열쇠글을 입력합니다. 좋은 열쇠글은 8글자보다 길고, 영문자와 숫자와 기타 문자가 섞여 있고, 사전에 들어 있는 일반적인 단어가 들어 있으면 안 되고, 본인의 개인 정보에서 쉽게 유추할 수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." +msgstr "" +"그 다음에 열쇠글을 사용한다고 표시한 파티션에 대해 열쇠글을 입력합니다. 좋은 " +"열쇠글은 8글자보다 길고, 영문자와 숫자와 기타 문자가 섞여 있고, 사전에 들어 " +"있는 일반적인 단어가 들어 있으면 안 되고, 본인의 개인 정보에서 쉽게 유추할 " +"수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1570 @@ -2277,7 +2422,14 @@ msgid "" "causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " "installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " "when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "열쇠글을 입력하기 전에, 키보드를 올바르게 설정해서 원하는 문자가 입력되도록 해야 합니다. 잘 모르겠으면, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 바꿔서 프롬프트에서 미리 글자를 타이프해 보면 알 수 있습니다. 그래야 나중에 설치할 때 AZERTY 키보드 배치로 입력했던 열쇠글이 QWERTY 키보드 배치에서 맞지 않는다든지 하는 일이 없습니다. 이런 상황은 여러가지 원인때문에 일어날 수 있습니다. 설치할 때 키보드 배치를 바꾸었거나, 루트 파일시스템의 열쇠글을 입력할 때 아직 예전에 사용했던 키보드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글을 입력하기 전에, 키보드를 올바르게 설정해서 원하는 문자가 입력되도록 " +"해야 합니다. 잘 모르겠으면, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 바꿔서 프롬프트에서 미리 글자" +"를 타이프해 보면 알 수 있습니다. 그래야 나중에 설치할 때 AZERTY 키보드 배치" +"로 입력했던 열쇠글이 QWERTY 키보드 배치에서 맞지 않는다든지 하는 일이 없습니" +"다. 이런 상황은 여러가지 원인때문에 일어날 수 있습니다. 설치할 때 키보드 배치" +"를 바꾸었거나, 루트 파일시스템의 열쇠글을 입력할 때 아직 예전에 사용했던 키보" +"드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1583 @@ -2291,7 +2443,14 @@ msgid "" "shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " "traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" "filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "암호화 키를 만드는 데 열쇠글 외의 방법을 사용한다면, 그 암호화 키를 이제 만들게 됩니다. 현재 설치 상태에서는 충분한 양의 엔트로피를 얻지 못했을 수도 있기 때문에, 키를 만드는 데 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다. 엔트로피를 만들어 내면 이 과정을 좀 더 빠르게 할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어서 키를 마구 누른다든지, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 가서 쉘로 바꾼 다음에 네트워크와 디스크를 사용한다던지 (파일 내려받기, 큰 파일을 <filename>/dev/null</filename>로 보낸다든지 등) 하면 됩니다. 이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." +msgstr "" +"암호화 키를 만드는 데 열쇠글 외의 방법을 사용한다면, 그 암호화 키를 이제 만들" +"게 됩니다. 현재 설치 상태에서는 충분한 양의 엔트로피를 얻지 못했을 수도 있기 " +"때문에, 키를 만드는 데 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다. 엔트로피를 만들어 내면 이 과정" +"을 좀 더 빠르게 할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어서 키를 마구 누른다든지, 두 번째 가" +"상 콘솔로 가서 쉘로 바꾼 다음에 네트워크와 디스크를 사용한다던지 (파일 내려받" +"기, 큰 파일을 <filename>/dev/null</filename>로 보낸다든지 등) 하면 됩니다. " +"이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1599 @@ -2312,12 +2471,15 @@ msgid "" "volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " "suit you." msgstr "" -"주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아오면, 암호화한 파티션이 일반 파티션과 똑같이 설정할 수 있게 보입니다. 다음의 예제는 두 개의 볼륨입니다. 첫 번째는 dm-crypt로 암호화되었고, 두 번째는 loop-AES로 암호화되었습니다. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아오면, 암호화한 파티션이 일반 파티션과 똑같이 설정할 수 " +"있게 보입니다. 다음의 예제는 두 개의 볼륨입니다. 첫 번째는 dm-crypt로 암호화" +"되었고, 두 번째는 loop-AES로 암호화되었습니다. <informalexample><screen>\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "루프백 (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 이제 해당 볼륨을 가리킬 마운트 위치를 지정하고 (기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." +"</screen></informalexample> 이제 해당 볼륨을 가리킬 마운트 위치를 지정하고 " +"(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1612 @@ -2330,7 +2492,12 @@ msgid "" "differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " "involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" ">." -msgstr "한가지 메모해야 할 사항이 있습니다. 괄호 안에 들어 있는 ID와 (이 경우 <replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> 및 <replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) 각 암호화 볼륨에 지정한 마운트 위치입니다. 나중에 새 시스템으로 부팅할 때 이 정보가 필요합니다. 일반 부팅 과정과 암호화를 사용하는 부팅 과정의 다른 점은 뒤의 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." +msgstr "" +"한가지 메모해야 할 사항이 있습니다. 괄호 안에 들어 있는 ID와 (이 경우 " +"<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> 및 <replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) 각 암" +"호화 볼륨에 지정한 마운트 위치입니다. 나중에 새 시스템으로 부팅할 때 이 정보" +"가 필요합니다. 일반 부팅 과정과 암호화를 사용하는 부팅 과정의 다른 점은 뒤의 " +"<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 @@ -2445,7 +2612,11 @@ msgid "" "user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " "system. The root account should only be used to perform system " "administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 계정은 또한 <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>라고도 불리웁니다. 이 계정은 당신의 시스템의 모든 보안상 보호들을 통과할 수 있습니다. root 계정은 시스템 관리를 수행하기 위해서만 사용되어야 하며, 가능한한 짧은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> 계정은 또한 <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>라고도 " +"불리웁니다. 이 계정은 당신의 시스템의 모든 보안상 보호들을 통과할 수 있습니" +"다. root 계정은 시스템 관리를 수행하기 위해서만 사용되어야 하며, 가능한한 짧" +"은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1713 @@ -2456,7 +2627,11 @@ msgid "" "characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " "such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " "information which could be guessed." -msgstr "만드는 어떤 암호라도 적어도 6자이상 이고, 대문자와 소문자 특수 문자 등이 포함되는 것이 좋습니다. root 열쇠글을 설정할 때는 계정 권한이 막강하기 때문에 좀 더 주의를 기울여 주세요. 사전에 나와있는 단어나 추측할 수 있는 개인 정보의 사용은 피하시길 바랍니다." +msgstr "" +"만드는 어떤 암호라도 적어도 6자이상 이고, 대문자와 소문자 특수 문자 등이 포함" +"되는 것이 좋습니다. root 열쇠글을 설정할 때는 계정 권한이 막강하기 때문에 좀 " +"더 주의를 기울여 주세요. 사전에 나와있는 단어나 추측할 수 있는 개인 정보의 사" +"용은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1721 @@ -2465,7 +2640,10 @@ msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " "You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " "administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "어떤 사람이 root 열쇠글을 말해 달라고 한다면, 극히 조심하시길 바랍니다. 하나의 시스템의 관리자가 여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 보통의 경우에 root 열쇠글을 알려주어서는 안됩니다." +msgstr "" +"어떤 사람이 root 열쇠글을 말해 달라고 한다면, 극히 조심하시길 바랍니다. 하나" +"의 시스템의 관리자가 여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 보통의 경우에 root 열쇠글을 " +"알려주어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1731 @@ -2481,7 +2659,10 @@ msgid "" "at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " "personal login." -msgstr "시스템은 이 시점에서 일반 사용자 계정을 만들 것인지를 물어볼 것입니다. 이 계정은 당신이 주로 사용하는 개인 로그인 계정입니다. 일상적인 사용이나 개인 로그인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"시스템은 이 시점에서 일반 사용자 계정을 만들 것인지를 물어볼 것입니다. 이 계" +"정은 당신이 주로 사용하는 개인 로그인 계정입니다. 일상적인 사용이나 개인 로그" +"인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1740 @@ -2510,7 +2691,10 @@ msgid "" "for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " "similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " "prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "먼저 전체 이름을 입력하고, 사용자 계정으로 사용할 이름을 입력합니다. 사용자 계정으로 일반적으로 성이나 이와 유사한 어떤 것을 사용하면 충분하고, 실제로 성이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." +msgstr "" +"먼저 전체 이름을 입력하고, 사용자 계정으로 사용할 이름을 입력합니다. 사용자 " +"계정으로 일반적으로 성이나 이와 유사한 어떤 것을 사용하면 충분하고, 실제로 성" +"이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1757 @@ -2557,7 +2741,12 @@ msgid "" "pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " "get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "베이스 설치 중에 꾸러미를 풀고 설정하면서 나오는 메세지는 <userinput>tty4</userinput>에서 표시합니다. 이 터미널은 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 이용할 수 있습니다. 설치 프로그램 화면으로 돌아가려면 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." +msgstr "" +"베이스 설치 중에 꾸러미를 풀고 설정하면서 나오는 메세지는 <userinput>tty4</" +"userinput>에서 표시합니다. 이 터미널은 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 이용할 수 있습니다. 설치 프로" +"그램 화면으로 돌아가려면 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1796 @@ -2720,7 +2909,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " "point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "태스크들을 선택했다면, <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>을 선택하십시오. 그러면 <command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." +msgstr "" +"태스크들을 선택했다면, <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>을 선택하십시오. 그러면 " +"<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1915 @@ -3112,7 +3303,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i;에서는 <command>LILO</command>를 설치할 위치로 세 가지중의 하나를 선택합니다:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i;에서는 <command>LILO</command>를 설치할 위치로 세 가지중의 하나를 선택합" +"니다:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2184 @@ -3521,8 +3714,16 @@ msgid "" "userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"DECstation에서 부트로더는 <command>DELO</command>입니다. <command>DELO</command>는 커널과 같은 하드 디스크에 설치해야 합니다. (설치 프로그램에서 자동으로 그렇게 해 줍니다.) DELO는 <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일 안에 여러가지 설정을 할 수 있습니다. 각 설정 엔트리는 각각의 이름이 있고, 설치 프로그램이 만드는 설정의 이름은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다. arcboot를 설치한 다음, 펌웨어 프롬프트에서 다음을 입력하면 하드 디스크에서 시스템을 부팅할 수 있습니다 <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"DECstation에서 부트로더는 <command>DELO</command>입니다. <command>DELO</" +"command>는 커널과 같은 하드 디스크에 설치해야 합니다. (설치 프로그램에서 자동" +"으로 그렇게 해 줍니다.) DELO는 <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일 안에 " +"여러가지 설정을 할 수 있습니다. 각 설정 엔트리는 각각의 이름이 있고, 설치 프" +"로그램이 만드는 설정의 이름은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다. arcboot를 설치한 다" +"음, 펌웨어 프롬프트에서 다음을 입력하면 하드 디스크에서 시스템을 부팅할 수 있" +"습니다 <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable diff --git a/po/ko/welcome.po b/po/ko/welcome.po index 0369e521b..684688af0 100644 --- a/po/ko/welcome.po +++ b/po/ko/welcome.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome.xml\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-22 21:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/pot/administrivia.pot b/po/pot/administrivia.pot index 63c7e1b0f..2674eb4a7 100644 --- a/po/pot/administrivia.pot +++ b/po/pot/administrivia.pot @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Administrivia" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:9 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "About This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:11 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was released under GPL in 2003." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:18 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:25 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML source to this document contains information for each different architecture — profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as architecture-specific." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:34 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for {your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:50 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Contributing to This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:52 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-reported bug." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> from the source root directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:99 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Major Contributions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources of information must be recognized." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:145 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Trademark Acknowledgement" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:146 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/bookinfo.pot b/po/pot/bookinfo.pot index 7b9a130f9..fdcfd75c3 100644 --- a/po/pot/bookinfo.pot +++ b/po/pot/bookinfo.pot @@ -1,58 +1,58 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: bookinfo.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "&debian; Installation Guide" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:8 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document contains installation instructions for the &debian; &release; system (codename <quote>&releasename;</quote>), for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) architecture. It also contains pointers to more information and information on how to make the most of your new Debian system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:17 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This installation guide is based on an earlier manual written for the old Debian installation system (the <quote>boot-floppies</quote>), and has been updated to document the new Debian installer. However, for &architecture;, the manual has not been fully updated and fact checked for the new installer. There may remain parts of the manual that are incomplete or outdated or that still document the boot-floppies installer. A newer version of this manual, possibly better documenting this architecture, may be found on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink>. You may also be able to find additional translations there." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:30 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although this installation guide for &architecture; is mostly up-to-date, we plan to make some changes and reorganize parts of the manual after the official release of &releasename;. A newer version of this manual may be found on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink>. You may also be able to find additional translations there." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:39 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to provide some information about the status of the translation, for example if the translation is still being worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." msgstr "" +#. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: holder msgid "the Debian Installer team" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:58 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This manual is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License. Please refer to the license in <xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot index 5636e2d0c..bd522f006 100644 --- a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot +++ b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot @@ -1,322 +1,322 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:4 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting the Installation System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:9 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting the Installer on &arch-title;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Alpha Console Firmware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "System Type" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Console Type Supported" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "alcor" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "avanti" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:120 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "book1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SRM only" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:123 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "cabriolet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:126 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "dp264" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:129 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:132 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb64p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:135 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb66" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:138 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb66p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:141 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "jensen" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:144 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "lx164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:147 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "miata" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:150 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mikasa" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:153 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mikasa-p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:156 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "nautilus" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ARC (see motherboard manual) or SRM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:159 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "noname" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "noritake" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:165 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "noritake-p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:168 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "pc164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:171 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "rawhide" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:174 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ruffian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:175 boot-installer.xml:190 boot-installer.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ARC only" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:180 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sable-g" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:183 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sx164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:186 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "takara" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>xl</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:192 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>xlt</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" @@ -325,27 +325,27 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:998 boot-installer.xml:1489 boot-installer.xml:1984 boot-installer.xml:2066 boot-installer.xml:2155 boot-installer.xml:2499 boot-installer.xml:2595 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" @@ -359,63 +359,63 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" "</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from CD-ROM with the SRM Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:329 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" "</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:341 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from CD-ROM with the ARC or AlphaBIOS Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:358 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Floppies with the SRM Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" @@ -424,99 +424,99 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" "</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:398 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Floppies with the ARC or AlphaBIOS Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting with MILO" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:435 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1004 boot-installer.xml:1507 boot-installer.xml:1990 boot-installer.xml:2505 boot-installer.xml:2601 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1009 boot-installer.xml:1512 boot-installer.xml:1995 boot-installer.xml:2510 boot-installer.xml:2606 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1014 boot-installer.xml:1517 boot-installer.xml:2000 boot-installer.xml:2515 boot-installer.xml:2611 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:459 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from TFTP on Netwinder" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:460 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card (which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the 100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:477 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" @@ -541,162 +541,162 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</ulink> is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:529 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from TFTP on CATS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:530 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:540 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1126 boot-installer.xml:1947 boot-installer.xml:2287 boot-installer.xml:2641 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1137 boot-installer.xml:1958 boot-installer.xml:2298 boot-installer.xml:2652 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1145 boot-installer.xml:1966 boot-installer.xml:2306 boot-installer.xml:2660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1153 boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2668 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:589 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Firmware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:595 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:612 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting the NSLU2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:613 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are three ways how to put the installer firmware into flash:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using the NSLU2 web interface" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:620 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:631 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Via the network using Linux/Unix" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:632 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:693 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Via the network using Windows" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1120 boot-installer.xml:1935 boot-installer.xml:2281 boot-installer.xml:2635 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:864 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:873 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:894 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" @@ -705,15 +705,15 @@ msgid "" " append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:894 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:903 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" @@ -722,384 +722,384 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:925 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from USB Memory Stick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:926 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:939 boot-installer.xml:2047 boot-installer.xml:2541 boot-installer.xml:2689 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:940 boot-installer.xml:2549 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:953 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt. Installation from LS-120 is only supported by 2.4 and later kernels." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:964 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:973 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:979 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:988 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1022 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are various ways to do a TFTP boot on i386." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1028 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "NIC or Motherboard that support PXE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1029 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "NIC with Network BootROM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1041 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1046 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Etherboot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1064 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "The Boot Prompt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1065 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" "</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1077 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1086 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1161 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CD Contents" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1163 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1179 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1195 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1204 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1216 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "IMPORTANT" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1236 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1248 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Option 1: Booting from the Boot Option Maintenance Menu" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1255 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1278 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1289 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Option 2: Booting from the EFI Shell" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1329 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1343 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1350 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1364 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing using a Serial Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1380 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1398 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1418 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Selecting the Boot Kernel and Options" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1429 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1459 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1471 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1480 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1491 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1525 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1537 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" @@ -1110,15 +1110,15 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1547 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" "# tar xvfz /home/user/netboot.tar.gz\n" @@ -1128,339 +1128,339 @@ msgid "" "[...]" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1575 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1607 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1616 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1629 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Choosing an Installation Method" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1631 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1639 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1649 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1666 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Amiga" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1667 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1673 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Atari" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1690 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "BVME6000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1700 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1710 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Macintosh" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1711 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1718 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1733 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "MVME147 and MVME16x" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1734 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Q40/Q60" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1745 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1756 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1762 boot-installer.xml:2360 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1768 boot-installer.xml:2366 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1777 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1785 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1806 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from AmigaOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1807 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1813 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Atari TOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1829 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1836 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1851 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from MacOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1852 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1863 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1872 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1887 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1896 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1903 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1918 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Q40/Q60" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1920 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "FIXME" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1924 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1936 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2008 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2019 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2024 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "type <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME162" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2029 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2036 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2048 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2053 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2069 boot-installer.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2070 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" @@ -1469,15 +1469,15 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2089 boot-installer.xml:2138 boot-installer.xml:2193 boot-installer.xml:2232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2090 boot-installer.xml:2194 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" @@ -1486,162 +1486,162 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2217 boot-installer.xml:2740 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" "</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2132 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2139 boot-installer.xml:2233 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2158 boot-installer.xml:2220 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Cobalt TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since they have no serial port." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2249 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "s390 Limitations" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2250 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2255 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting a ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2266 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "s390 Boot Parameters" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2321 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2354 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2375 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting CHRP from OpenFirmware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: boot-installer.xml:2379 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "Not yet written." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2384 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting OldWorld PowerMacs from MacOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2385 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2403 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting NewWorld Macs from OpenFirmware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2404 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" @@ -1650,129 +1650,129 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2439 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from USB memory stick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2446 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2458 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2470 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" "</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2484 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2490 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2523 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2527 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2554 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2560 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2567 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2578 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "PowerPC Boot Parameters" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2675 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2690 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" "</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2702 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2709 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" @@ -1780,516 +1780,516 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2721 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "IDPROM Messages" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2722 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2741 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2748 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2755 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2764 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" "Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" "</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2780 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2793 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2804 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Debian Installer Parameters" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2805 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2826 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2853 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2889 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2890 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2899 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the default." msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2904 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2909 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2914 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2915 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2929 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2930 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2946 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2947 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2971 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2984 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2985 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2994 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3002 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3014 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3056 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3068 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3076 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3077 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3095 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3100 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3102 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3126 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3132 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3141 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3143 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3150 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3163 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3174 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3175 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3180 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3186 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3195 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3202 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3227 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3244 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3245 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3259 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3286 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3287 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3309 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3310 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3324 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" diff --git a/po/pot/boot-new.pot b/po/pot/boot-new.pot index 906c053a9..b386fe046 100644 --- a/po/pot/boot-new.pot +++ b/po/pot/boot-new.pot @@ -1,190 +1,190 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting Into Your New Debian System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:7 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "The Moment of Truth" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:8 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your system's first boot on its own power is what electrical engineers call the <quote>smoke test</quote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in rescue mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:27 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "BVME 6000 Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:28 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus machine: once the system has loaded the <command>tftplilo</command> program from the TFTP server, from the <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> prompt enter one of:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:58 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Macintosh Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:60 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the <command>Penguin</command> booter, holding down the <keycap>command</keycap> key. Go to the <userinput>Settings</userinput> dialogue (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), and locate the kernel options line which should look like <userinput>root=/dev/ram video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> or similar." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:70 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></userinput>. Replace the <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> with the Linux name of the partition onto which you installed the system (e.g. <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); you wrote this down earlier. The <userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> is recommended especially for users with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:83 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, uncheck the <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput> option. Save your settings in the <filename>Prefs</filename> file using the <userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput> option." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:90 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) to start your freshly installed GNU/Linux instead of the RAMdisk installer system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:96 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first booted the installation system, followed by some new messages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, try typing <userinput>Linux</userinput> followed by &enterkey;. (The default boot configuration in <filename>quik.conf</filename> is labeled Linux). The labels defined in <filename>quik.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. You can also try booting back into the installer, and editing the <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:121 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</userinput> at the OpenFirmware prompt (assuming MacOS has not been removed from the machine). To obtain an OpenFirmware prompt, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine. If you need to reset the OpenFirmware nvram changes to the MacOS default in order to boot back to MacOS, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just select your desired kernel in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder, un-choose the ramdisk option, and add a root device corresponding to your installation; e.g. <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:146 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:147 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will be a button with a small penguin icon." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:154 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-device</envar> variable you should reset OpenFirmware to its default configuration. To do this hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:168 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; by default (if you correctly partitioned and placed the Apple_Bootstrap partition first). If you have &debian; on a SCSI disk and MacOS on an IDE disk this may not work and you will have to enter OpenFirmware and set the <envar>boot-device</envar> variable, <command>ybin</command> normally does this automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional options you desire (such as dual boot options) to <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> and run <command>ybin</command> to update your boot partition with the changed configuration. Please read the <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Mounting encrypted volumes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you created encrypted volumes during the installation and assigned them mount points, you will be asked to enter the passphrase for each of these volumes during the boot. The actual procedure differs slightly between dm-crypt and loop-AES." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "loop-AES" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:205 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "For partitions encrypted via loop-AES you will be shown the following prompt during the boot: <informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" @@ -192,51 +192,51 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> In the first line of the prompt, <replaceable>X</replaceable> is the number of the loop device. You are now probably wondering <emphasis>for which volume</emphasis> you are actually entering the passphrase. Does it relate to your <filename>/home</filename>? Or to <filename>/var</filename>? Of course, if you have just one encrypted volume, this is easy and you can just enter the passphrase you used when setting up this volume. If you set up more than one encrypted volume during the installation, the notes you wrote down as the last step in <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> come in handy. If you did not make a note of the mapping between <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> and the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> of your new system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "No characters (even asterisks) will be shown while entering the passphrase. Be careful, you have only <emphasis>one try</emphasis>. If you enter wrong passphrase, an error message will appear and the boot process will skip that volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After entering all passphrases the boot should continue as usual." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:243 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "dm-crypt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:245 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "TODO: write something once it works." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:253 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:255 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If some of the encrypted volumes could not be mounted because a wrong passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. There are several cases." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:264 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first case concerns the root partition. When it is not mounted correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the computer to try again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:271 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The easiest case is for encrypted volumes holding data like <filename>/home</filename> or <filename>/srv</filename>. You can simply mount them manually after the boot. For loop-AES this is one-step operation: <informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>\n" @@ -244,75 +244,75 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> should be replaced by the particular directory (e.g. <filename>/home</filename>). The only difference from an ordinary mount is that you will be asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "For dm-crypt this is a bit trickier. First you need to register the volumes with <application>device mapper</application> by running: <informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> This will scan all volumes mentioned in <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> and will create appropriate devices under the <filename>/dev</filename> directory after entering the correct passphrases. (Already registered volumes will be skipped, so you can repeat this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: boot-new.xml:300 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:303 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If the volumes holding noncritical system files could not be mounted (<filename>/usr</filename> or <filename>/var</filename>), the system should still boot and you should be able to mount the volumes manually like in the previous case. However, you will also need to (re)start any services usually running in your default runlevel because it is very likely that they were not started. The easiest way to achieve this is by switching to the first runlevel and back by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> at the shell prompt and pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> when asked for the root password." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:326 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Log In" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in using the personal login and password you selected during the installation process. Your system is now ready to use." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:334 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is already installed on your system as you start to use it. There are currently several documentation systems, work is proceeding on integrating the different types of documentation. Here are a few starting points." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:342 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename>, under a subdirectory named after the program. For example, the APT User's Guide for using <command>apt</command> to install other programs on your system, is located in <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:351 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename> hierarchy. Linux HOWTOs are installed in <emphasis>.gz</emphasis> format, in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. After installing <command>dhelp</command> you will find a browse-able index of documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:361 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</userinput>, and type <userinput>lynx</userinput> followed by a space and a dot (the dot stands for the current directory)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:368 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> to see documentation on most commands available at the command prompt. Typing <userinput>help</userinput> will display help on shell commands. And typing a command followed by <userinput>--help</userinput> will usually display a short summary of the command's usage. If a command's results scroll past the top of the screen, type <userinput>| more</userinput> after the command to cause the results to pause before scrolling past the top of the screen. To see a list of all commands available which begin with a certain letter, type the letter and then two tabs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:383 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/gpl.pot b/po/pot/gpl.pot index bbd79606f..27dff43bd 100644 --- a/po/pot/gpl.pot +++ b/po/pot/gpl.pot @@ -1,46 +1,46 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:4 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:6 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "[[This note, consisting of two paragraphs, should only be included in your translation if you translate the GPL in this appendix. See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[LEAVE THIS PARAGRAPH IN ENGLISH! Only replace {language} with the English name of your language. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "[[See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[THIS PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE TRANSLATED. Replace {language} with the English name of your language before translating. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:37 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Version 2, June 1991" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:41 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.\n" @@ -49,279 +49,279 @@ msgid "" "of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:45 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preamble" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:46 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the gnu General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software — to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the gnu Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:58 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:75 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:83 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:98 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:115 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:121 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:143 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:154 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:160 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:175 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:183 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:197 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:210 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:224 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:233 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:241 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:260 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:273 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:281 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:292 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:304 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:315 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:368 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:383 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally." msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:397 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "NO WARRANTY" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:399 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:412 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL AND COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:428 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:433 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:434 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:441 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:448 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "<replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.</replaceable>\n" "Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" @@ -341,21 +341,21 @@ msgid "" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:450 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:455 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:460 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details\n" @@ -364,21 +364,21 @@ msgid "" "for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:462 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items — whatever suits your program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:470 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:476 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the\n" "program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written\n" @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ msgid "" "Ty Coon, President of Vice" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:478 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/hardware.pot b/po/pot/hardware.pot index a1c66f7ee..9c131ec60 100644 --- a/po/pot/hardware.pot +++ b/po/pot/hardware.pot @@ -1,3181 +1,3181 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "System Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:7 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section contains information about what hardware you need to get started with Debian. You will also find links to further information about hardware supported by GNU and Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Supported Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:22 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian does not impose hardware requirements beyond the requirements of the Linux kernel and the GNU tool-sets. Therefore, any architecture or platform to which the Linux kernel, libc, <command>gcc</command>, etc. have been ported, and for which a Debian port exists, can run Debian. Please refer to the Ports pages at <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> for more details on &arch-title; architecture systems which have been tested with Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:33 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Rather than attempting to describe all the different hardware configurations which are supported for &arch-title;, this section contains general information and pointers to where additional information can be found." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:42 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Supported Architectures" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian &release; supports eleven major architectures and several variations of each architecture known as <quote>flavors</quote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:55 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:55 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Debian Designation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:56 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:56 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Flavor" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:62 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Intel x86-based" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:63 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "i386" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:65 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "vanilla" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:67 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "speakup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:69 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "linux26" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:73 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Motorola 680x0" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:74 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "m68k" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:75 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Atari" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:76 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "atari" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:78 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Amiga" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:79 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "amiga" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:81 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "68k Macintosh" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>mac</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:84 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>VME</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:85 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "bvme6000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:87 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mvme147" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mvme16x" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:93 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DEC Alpha" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:94 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "alpha" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:100 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Sun SPARC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sparc" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:103 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sun4cdm" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sun4u" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ARM and StrongARM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:110 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>arm</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:111 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Netwinder and CATS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:112 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "netwinder" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Linksys NSLU2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:115 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "nslu2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>RiscPC</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>rpc</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IBM/Motorola PowerPC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:123 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>powerpc</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:124 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "CHRP" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "chrp" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerMac" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "pmac" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:130 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PReP" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:131 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>prep</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:133 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "APUS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>apus</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:138 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "HP PA-RISC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "hppa" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:140 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PA-RISC 1.1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:141 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>32</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:143 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PA-RISC 2.0" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:144 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>64</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:148 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Intel ia64-based" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ia64" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:155 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MIPS (big endian)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:156 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mips" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SGI IP22 (Indy/Indigo 2)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "r4k-ip22" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:160 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SGI IP32 (O2)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:161 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "r5k-ip32" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:163 hardware.xml:181 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:164 hardware.xml:182 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sb1-bcm91250a" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:166 hardware.xml:184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:167 hardware.xml:185 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sb1a-bcm91480b" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:171 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MIPS (little endian)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:172 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mipsel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:173 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Cobalt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:174 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "cobalt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:176 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:177 hardware.xml:1008 hardware.xml:1023 hardware.xml:1033 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "r4k-kn04" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:179 hardware.xml:1003 hardware.xml:1013 hardware.xml:1018 hardware.xml:1028 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "r3k-kn02" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IBM S/390" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:190 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "s390" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IPL from VM-reader and DASD" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:192 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "generic" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:194 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IPL from tape" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:195 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "tape" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:200 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document covers installation for the <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis> architecture. If you are looking for information on any of the other Debian-supported architectures take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Debian-Ports</ulink> pages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:208 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the first official release of &debian; for the &arch-title; architecture. We feel that it has proven itself sufficiently to be released. However, because it has not had the exposure (and hence testing by users) that some other architectures have had, you may encounter a few bugs. Use our <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Bug Tracking System</ulink> to report any problems; make sure to mention the fact that the bug is on the &arch-title; platform. It can be necessary to use the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink> as well." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:231 hardware.xml:690 hardware.xml:766 hardware.xml:785 hardware.xml:828 hardware.xml:870 hardware.xml:938 hardware.xml:1097 hardware.xml:1543 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CPU, Main Boards, and Video Support" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Complete information regarding supported DEC Alphas can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. The purpose of this section is to describe the systems supported by the boot disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:239 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Alpha machines are subdivided into different system types because there are a number of generations of motherboard and supporting chipsets. Different systems (<quote>sub-architectures</quote>) often have radically different engineering and capabilities. Therefore, the process of installing and, more to the point, booting, can vary from system to system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:247 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following table lists the system types supported by the Debian installation system. The table also indicates the <emphasis>code name</emphasis> for these system types. You'll need to know this code name when you actually begin the installation process:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:264 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Hardware Type" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MILO image" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:271 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ALCOR" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:272 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 500 5/266.300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:273 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Maverick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:274 hardware.xml:278 hardware.xml:282 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "alcor" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 500 5/333...500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:277 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Bret" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:280 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 600/266...300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:281 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Alcor" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:284 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 600/300...433" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:285 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>XLT</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:286 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>xlt</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "BOOK1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:291 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaBook1 (laptop)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:292 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Alphabook1/Burns" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:293 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "book1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:297 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AVANTI" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 200 4/100...166" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:299 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mustang" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:300 hardware.xml:304 hardware.xml:308 hardware.xml:312 hardware.xml:316 hardware.xml:320 hardware.xml:324 hardware.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "avanti" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 200 4/233" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:303 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mustang+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 205 4/133...333" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:307 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>LX3</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:310 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 250 4/300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>M3+</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 255 4/133...333" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:315 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "LX3+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:318 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 300 4/266" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Melmac" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:322 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 400 4/166" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Chinet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:326 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 400 4/233...300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:327 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Avanti" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:332 hardware.xml:345 hardware.xml:346 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "EB164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:333 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaPC164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:334 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PC164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:335 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "pc164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:337 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaPC164-LX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:338 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "LX164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "lx164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:341 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaPC164-SX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:342 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SX164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:343 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "sx164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:347 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb164" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:351 hardware.xml:360 hardware.xml:361 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "EB64+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaPC64" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:353 hardware.xml:357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Cabriolet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:354 hardware.xml:358 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "cabriolet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:356 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaPCI64" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:362 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb64p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:366 hardware.xml:367 hardware.xml:368 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "EB66" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:369 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb66" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:371 hardware.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "EB66+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:373 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "eb66p" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:377 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "JENSEN" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:378 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DEC 2000 Model 300(S)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:379 hardware.xml:387 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Jensen" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:380 hardware.xml:384 hardware.xml:388 hardware.xml:449 hardware.xml:453 hardware.xml:471 hardware.xml:475 hardware.xml:479 hardware.xml:483 hardware.xml:487 hardware.xml:491 hardware.xml:495 hardware.xml:509 hardware.xml:513 hardware.xml:517 hardware.xml:521 hardware.xml:525 hardware.xml:559 hardware.xml:563 hardware.xml:567 hardware.xml:571 hardware.xml:585 hardware.xml:589 hardware.xml:593 hardware.xml:597 hardware.xml:604 hardware.xml:608 hardware.xml:612 hardware.xml:616 hardware.xml:620 hardware.xml:624 hardware.xml:628 hardware.xml:632 hardware.xml:636 hardware.xml:640 hardware.xml:644 hardware.xml:648 hardware.xml:652 hardware.xml:659 hardware.xml:663 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>N/A</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:382 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DEC 2000 Model 500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:383 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Culzen" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:386 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECpc 150" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MIATA" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:393 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 433a" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:394 hardware.xml:398 hardware.xml:402 hardware.xml:406 hardware.xml:410 hardware.xml:414 hardware.xml:418 hardware.xml:422 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Miata" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:395 hardware.xml:399 hardware.xml:403 hardware.xml:407 hardware.xml:411 hardware.xml:415 hardware.xml:419 hardware.xml:423 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "miata" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:397 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 433au" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:401 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 466au" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:405 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 500a" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 500au" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:413 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 550au" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:417 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 600a" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:421 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal WorkStation 600au" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MIKASA" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:428 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000 4/200" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:429 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mikasa" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:430 hardware.xml:434 hardware.xml:438 hardware.xml:442 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "mikasa" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:432 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000 4/233..266" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:433 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mikasa+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:436 hardware.xml:440 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000 5/300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:437 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mikasa-Pinnacle" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:441 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mikasa-Primo" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:446 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "NAUTILUS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:447 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "UP1000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:448 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Nautilus" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:451 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "UP1100" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:452 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Galaxy-Train/Nautilus Jr." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:457 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "NONAME" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:458 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AXPpci33" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:459 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Noname" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:460 hardware.xml:464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "noname" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:462 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>UDB</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:463 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Multia" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:468 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "NORITAKE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 4/233...266" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:470 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Noritake" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:473 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 5/300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Noritake-Pinnacle" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:477 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 5/333...500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:478 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Noritake-Primo" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:481 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 800 5/333...500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:482 hardware.xml:490 hardware.xml:494 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Corelle" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:485 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaStation 600 A" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:486 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Alcor-Primo" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:489 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Digital Server 3300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Digital Server 3300R" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:499 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PLATFORM 2000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:500 hardware.xml:501 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>P2K</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:502 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>p2k</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:506 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "RAWHIDE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:507 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 1200 5/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:508 hardware.xml:520 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Tincup/DaVinci" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:511 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 4000 5/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:512 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Wrangler/Durango" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:515 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 4100 5/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:516 hardware.xml:524 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Dodge" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:519 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Digital Server 5300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:523 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Digital Server 7300" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:529 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "RUFFIAN" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:530 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DeskStation AlphaPC164-UX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:531 hardware.xml:535 hardware.xml:539 hardware.xml:543 hardware.xml:547 hardware.xml:551 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Ruffian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:532 hardware.xml:536 hardware.xml:540 hardware.xml:544 hardware.xml:548 hardware.xml:552 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "ruffian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:534 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DeskStation RPL164-2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:538 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DeskStation RPL164-4" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DeskStation RPX164-2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:546 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DeskStation RPX164-4" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Samsung AlphaPC164-BX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:556 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SABLE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:557 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 2000 4/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:558 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Demi-Sable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:561 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 2000 5/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:562 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Demi-Gamma-Sable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:565 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 2100 4/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:566 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Sable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:569 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer 2100 5/xxx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:570 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Gamma-Sable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:575 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "TAKARA" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:576 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "21164 PICMG SBC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:577 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Takara" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:578 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "takara" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:582 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "TITAN" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:583 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS15" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:584 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "HyperBrick2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:587 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS25" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:588 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Granite" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:591 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer ES45" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:592 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Privateer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:595 hardware.xml:634 hardware.xml:638 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "UNKNOWN" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:596 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Yukon" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:601 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "TSUNAMI" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:602 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS10" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:603 hardware.xml:651 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Webbrick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:606 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS10L" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:607 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Slate" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:610 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS20" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:611 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Catamaran/Goldrush" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:614 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS20E" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:615 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Goldrack" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:618 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer DS20L" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Shark" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:622 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer ES40" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:623 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Clipper" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:626 hardware.xml:627 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DP264" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:630 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SMARTengine 21264 PCI/ISA SBC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:631 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Eiger" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:635 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Warhol" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:639 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Windjammer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:642 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "UP2000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:643 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Swordfish" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:646 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "XP1000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:647 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Monet/Brisbane" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:650 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "XP900" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:656 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "WILDFIRE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:657 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer GS160" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:658 hardware.xml:662 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Wildfire" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:661 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "AlphaServer GS320" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:667 hardware.xml:669 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>XL</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:668 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "XL-233...266" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:670 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>xl</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:675 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is believed that Debian &releasename; supports installing on all alpha sub-architectures with the exception of the ARC-only Ruffian and XL sub-architectures and the Titan subarchitecture, which requires a change to the kernel compile options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:692 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Each distinct ARM architecture requires its own kernel. Because of this the standard Debian distribution only supports installation on a number of the most common systems. The Debian userland however may be used by <emphasis>any</emphasis> ARM CPU including xscale." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:700 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most ARM CPUs may be run in either endian mode (big or little). However, the majority of current system implementation uses little-endian mode. Debian currently only supports little-endian ARM systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:708 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The supported systems are:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:715 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Netwinder" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:716 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is actually the name for the group of machines based upon the StrongARM 110 CPU and Intel 21285 Northbridge (also known as Footbridge). It comprises of machines like: Netwinder (possibly one of the most common ARM boxes), CATS (also known as the EB110ATX), EBSA 285 and Compaq personal server (cps, aka skiff)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:729 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "NSLU2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:730 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Linksys NSLU2 (Network Storage Link for USB 2.0 Disk Drives) is a small device which allows you to easily provide storage via the network. It comes with an Ethernet connection and two USB ports to which hard drives can be connected." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:741 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "<term>RiscPC</term>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:742 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This machine is the oldest supported hardware: it was released in 1994. It has RISC OS in ROM, Linux can be booted from that OS using linloader. The RiscPC has a modular CPU card and typically has a 30MHz 610, 40MHz 710 or 233MHz Strongarm 110 CPU fitted. The mainboard has integrated IDE, SVGA video, parallel port, single serial port, PS/2 keyboard and proprietary mouse port. The proprietary module expansion bus allows for up to eight expansion cards to be fitted depending on configuration, several of these modules have Linux drivers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:767 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The are two major support <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: PA-RISC 1.1 and PA-RISC 2.0. The PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is targeted at 32-bit processors whereas the 2.0 architecture is targeted to the 64-bit processors. Some systems are able to run either kernel. In both cases, the userland is 32-bit. There is the possibility of a 64-bit userland in the future." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:786 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Complete information concerning supported peripherals can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. This section merely outlines the basics." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:794 hardware.xml:911 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "<title>CPU</title>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:795 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Nearly all x86-based processors are supported; this includes AMD and VIA (former Cyrix) processors as well. Also the new processors like Athlon XP and Intel P4 Xeon are supported. However, Linux will <emphasis>not</emphasis> run on 286 or earlier processors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:805 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "I/O Bus" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:806 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The system bus is the part of the motherboard which allows the CPU to communicate with peripherals such as storage devices. Your computer must use the ISA, EISA, PCI, the Microchannel Architecture (MCA, used in IBM's PS/2 line), or VESA Local Bus (VLB, sometimes called the VL bus)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:829 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Complete information concerning supported M68000 based (<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) systems can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. This section merely outlines the basics." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:836 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The &architecture; port of Linux runs on any 680x0 with a PMMU (Paged Memory Management Unit) and a FPU (floating-point unit). This includes the 68020 with an external 68851 PMMU, the 68030, and better, and excludes the <quote>EC</quote> line of 680x0 processors. See the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> for complete details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:844 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: Amiga, Atari, Macintosh and VME machines. Amiga and Atari were the first two systems to which Linux was ported; in keeping, they are also the two most well-supported Debian ports. The Macintosh line is supported incompletely, both by Debian and by the Linux kernel; see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;\">Linux m68k for Macintosh</ulink> for project status and supported hardware. The BVM and Motorola single board VMEbus computers are the most recent addition to the list of machines supported by Debian. Ports to other &architecture; architectures, such as the Sun3 architecture and NeXT black box, are underway but not yet supported by Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:871 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: this platform includes the SGI machines Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S. Since these machines are very similar, whenever this document refers to the SGI Indy, the Indigo 2 and Challenge S are meant as well. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: this platform is generally known as SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A 1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:912 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S with R4000, R4400, R4600 and R5000 processors are supported by the Debian installation system on big endian MIPS. On SGI IP32, currently only systems based on the R5000 are supported. The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, the BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with four cores which are supported in SMP mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:922 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some MIPS machines can be operated in both big and little endian mode. For little endian MIPS, please read the documentation for the mipsel architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:939 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> DECstation: various models of the DECstation are supported. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: only MIPS based Cobalt machines are covered here. This includes the Cobalt Qube 2700 (Qube1), RaQ, Qube2 and RaQ2, and the Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A 1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:979 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CPU/Machine types" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:981 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently only DECstations with R3000 and R4000/R4400 CPUs are supported by the Debian installation system on little endian MIPS. The Debian installation system works on the following machines:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:993 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "System Type" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:993 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>CPU</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:993 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Code-name" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:994 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Debian subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1000 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation 5000/1xx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1001 hardware.xml:1011 hardware.xml:1016 hardware.xml:1026 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "R3000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1002 hardware.xml:1007 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "3MIN" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1005 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation 5000/150" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1006 hardware.xml:1031 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "R4000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1010 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation 5000/200" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1012 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "3MAX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1015 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation 5000/240" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1017 hardware.xml:1022 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "3MAX+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1020 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DECstation 5000/260" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1021 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "R4400" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1025 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal DECstation 5000/xx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1027 hardware.xml:1032 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Maxine" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1030 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Personal DECstation 5000/50" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "All Cobalt machines are supported. In the past, only machines with a serial console were supported (that is, all machines except for the Qube 2700, aka Qube1). However, installations are now also possible through SSH." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1044 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, the BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with four cores which are supported in SMP mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Supported console options" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A serial console is available on all supported DECstations (9600 bps, 8N1). To use the serial console, you have to boot the installer image with the <literal>console=ttyS</literal><replaceable>x</replaceable> kernel parameter (with <replaceable>x</replaceable> being the number of the serial port you have your terminal connected to — usually <literal>2</literal>, but <literal>0</literal> for the Personal DECstations). On 3MIN and 3MAX+ (DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 and 5000/260) a local console is available with the PMAG-BA and the PMAGB-B graphics options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1066 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you have a Linux system to use as serial terminal, an easy way is to run <command>cu</command><footnote> <para> In Woody this command was part of the <classname>uucp</classname> package, but in later releases it is available as a separate package. </para> </footnote> on it. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ cu -l /dev/ttyS1 -s 9600\n" "</screen></informalexample> where the option <literal>-l</literal> (line) sets the serial port to use and <literal>-s</literal> (speed) sets the speed for the connection (9600 bits per second)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1084 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Both Cobalt and Broadcom BCM91250A/BCM91480B use 115200 bps." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1098 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> subarchitectures: PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System), and CHRP machines. Each subarchitecture has its own boot methods. In addition, there are four different kernel flavours, supporting different CPU variants." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Ports to other <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> architectures, such as the Be-Box and MBX architecture, are underway but not yet supported by Debian. We may have a 64-bit port in the future." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Kernel Flavours" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are four flavours of the powerpc kernel in Debian, based on the CPU type:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1123 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "<term>powerpc</term>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "power64" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1135 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The power64 kernel flavour supports the following CPUs:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The POWER3 processor is used in older IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the IntelliStation POWER Model 265, the pSeries 610 and 640, and the RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260, and 7044-270." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1145 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The POWER4 processor is used in more recent IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670, and 690." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1150 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 architecture, and use this kernel flavour." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "<term>prep</term>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1160 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This kernel flavour supports the PReP subarchitecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1168 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "<term>apus</term>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is currently disabled." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1182 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Power Macintosh (pmac) subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Apple (and briefly a few other manufacturers — Power Computing, for example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "OldWorld systems are most Power Macintoshes with a floppy drive and a PCI bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The so called NewWorld PowerMacs are any PowerMacs in translucent colored plastic cases and later models. That includes all iMacs, iBooks, G4 systems, blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Specifications for Apple hardware are available at <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink>, and, for older hardware, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1223 hardware.xml:1358 hardware.xml:1402 hardware.xml:1431 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Model Name/Number" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1224 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Generation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1230 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Apple" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iMac Bondi Blue, 5 Flavors, Slot Loading" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1232 hardware.xml:1235 hardware.xml:1238 hardware.xml:1241 hardware.xml:1244 hardware.xml:1247 hardware.xml:1250 hardware.xml:1253 hardware.xml:1256 hardware.xml:1259 hardware.xml:1262 hardware.xml:1265 hardware.xml:1268 hardware.xml:1271 hardware.xml:1274 hardware.xml:1277 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "NewWorld" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1234 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iMac Summer 2000, Early 2001" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1237 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iMac G5" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1240 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iBook, iBook SE, iBook Dual USB" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1243 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iBook2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1246 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "iBook G4" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1249 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh Blue and White (B&W) G3" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1252 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh G4 PCI, AGP, Cube" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1255 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh G4 Gigabit Ethernet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1258 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh G4 Digital Audio, Quicksilver" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh G5" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1264 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook G3 FireWire Pismo (2000)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook G3 Lombard (1999)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1270 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook G4 Titanium" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1273 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook G4 Aluminum" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Xserve G5" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1279 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Performa 4400, 54xx, 5500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1280 hardware.xml:1283 hardware.xml:1286 hardware.xml:1289 hardware.xml:1292 hardware.xml:1295 hardware.xml:1298 hardware.xml:1301 hardware.xml:1304 hardware.xml:1307 hardware.xml:1310 hardware.xml:1313 hardware.xml:1319 hardware.xml:1322 hardware.xml:1328 hardware.xml:1334 hardware.xml:1340 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "OldWorld" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1282 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Performa 6360, 6400, 6500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1285 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh 4400, 5400" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1288 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh 7200, 7300, 7500, 7600" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1291 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh 8200, 8500, 8600" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1294 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh 9500, 9600" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1297 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh (Beige) G3 Minitower" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1300 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Macintosh (Beige) Desktop, All-in-One" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1303 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook 2400, 3400, 3500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBook G3 Wallstreet (1998)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1309 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Twentieth Anniversary Macintosh" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Workgroup Server 7250, 7350, 8550, 9650, G3" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power Computing" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1318 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerBase, PowerTower / Pro, PowerWave" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1321 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PowerCenter / Pro, PowerCurve" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1326 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "UMAX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1327 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "C500, C600, J700, S900" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>APS</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "APS Tech M*Power 604e/2000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1338 hardware.xml:1364 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Motorola" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Starmax 3000, 4000, 5000, 5500" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "PReP subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Firepower, PowerStack Series E, PowerStack II" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1367 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MPC 7xx, 8xx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1369 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MTX, MTX+" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1371 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MVME2300(SC)/24xx/26xx/27xx/36xx/46xx" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "MCP(N)750" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1377 hardware.xml:1408 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IBM RS/6000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "40P, 43P" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1380 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Power 830/850/860 (6070, 6050)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "6030, 7025, 7043" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1384 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "p640" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CHRP subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "B50, 43P-150, 44P" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Genesi" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1413 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Pegasos I, Pegasos II" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1421 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "APUS subarchitecture" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1437 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Amiga Power-UP Systems (APUS)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:1438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "A1200, A3000, A4000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1446 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Nubus PowerMac subarchitecture (unsupported)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1448 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "NuBus systems are not currently supported by Debian/powerpc. The monolithic Linux/PPC kernel architecture does not have support for these machines; instead, one must use the MkLinux Mach microkernel, which Debian does not yet support. These include the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1485 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Non-PowerPC Macs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1487 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Macintosh computers using the 680x0 series of processors are <emphasis>not</emphasis> in the PowerPC family but are instead m68k machines. Those models start with <quote>Mac II</quote> series, go on to the <quote>LC</quote> family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This model range started with the Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), then the LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the Performa 200-640CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, please see the section above)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1520 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "S/390 and zSeries machine types" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1521 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Complete information regarding supported S/390 and zSeries machines can be found in IBM's Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> in chapter 2.1 or at the <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/documentation-2.4.shtml\">technical details web page</ulink> at <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">developerWorks</ulink>. In short, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 and all zSeries are fully supported; Multiprise 2000, G3 and G4 machines are supported with IEEE floating point emulation and thus degraded performance." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1544 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently the <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> port supports several types of Sparc systems. The most common identifiers for Sparc systems are sun4, sun4c, sun4m, sun4d and sun4u. Currently we do not support very old sun4 hardware. However, the other systems are supported. Sun4d has been tested the least of these, so expect possible problems with regard to the kernel stability. Sun4c and Sun4m, the most common of the older Sparc hardware, includes such systems as SparcStation 1, 1+, IPC, IPX and the SparcStation LX, 5, 10, and 20, respectively. The UltraSPARC class systems fall under the sun4u identifier, and are supported using the sun4u set of install images. Some systems that fall under these supported identifiers are known to not be supported. Known unsupported systems are the AP1000 multicomputer and the Tadpole Sparcbook 1. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARCProcessors FAQ</ulink> for complete information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1564 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Memory Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1565 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some older Sun workstations, notably the Sun IPX and Sun IPC have memory banks located at fixed locations in physical memory. Thus if the banks are not filled gaps will exist in the physical memory space. The Linux installation requires a contiguous memory block into which to load the kernel and the initial RAMdisk. If this is not available a <quote>Data Access Exception</quote> will result." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1574 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Thus you must configure the memory so that the lowest memory block is contiguous for at least 8Mb. In the IPX and IPC cited above, memory banks are mapped in at 16Mb boundaries. In effect this means that you must have a sufficiently large SIMM in bank zero to hold the kernel and RAMdisk. In this case 4Mb is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sufficient." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1582 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Example: In a Sun IPX you have a 16Mb SIMM and a 4Mb SIMM. There are four SIMM banks (0,1,2,3). [Bank zero is that furthest away from the SBUS connectors]. You must therefore install the 16Mb SIMM in bank 0; it is then recommended to install the 4Mb SIMM in bank 2." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1593 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Graphics Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1594 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Especially in the case of older Sun workstations, it is very common for there to be an onboard framebuffer which has been superseded (for example the bwtwo on a sun IPC), and an SBUS card containing a later probably accelerated buffer is then plugged in to an SBUS slot. Under Solaris/SunOS this causes no problems because both cards are initialized." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1603 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "However with Linux this can cause a problem, in that the boot PROM monitor may display its output on this additional card; however the linux kernel boot messages may then be directed to the original on board framebuffer, leaving <emphasis>no</emphasis> error messages on the screen, with the machine apparently stuck loading the RAMdisk." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1611 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To avoid this problem, connect the monitor (if required) to the video card in the lowest numbered SBUS slot (on motherboard card counts as below external slots). Alternatively it is possible to use a serial console." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1623 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Graphics Card" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1625 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You should be using a VGA-compatible display interface for the console terminal. Nearly every modern display card is compatible with VGA. Ancient standards such CGA, MDA, or HGA should also work, assuming you do not require X11 support. Note that X11 is not used during the installation process described in this document." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian's support for graphical interfaces is determined by the underlying support found in X.Org's X11 system. Most AGP, PCI and PCIe video cards work under X.Org. Details on supported graphics buses, cards, monitors, and pointing devices can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; ships with X.Org version &x11ver;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1642 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The X.Org X11 window system is only supported on the SGI Indy and the O2. The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range of graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1651 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The X.Org X11 window system is supported on some DECstation models. The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range of graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1663 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Laptops" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1664 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Laptops are also supported. Laptops are often specialized or contain proprietary hardware. To see if your particular laptop works well with GNU/Linux, see the <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux Laptop pages</ulink>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1676 hardware.xml:1701 hardware.xml:1724 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Multiple Processors" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1678 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard Debian &release; kernel image was compiled with SMP support. This should not prevent installation, since the SMP kernel should boot on non-SMP systems; the kernel will simply cause a bit more overhead." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1686 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to optimize the kernel for single CPU systems, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you disable SMP is to deselect <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1702 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. However, the standard Debian &release; kernel image does not support SMP. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1711 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1725 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture, and is supported by a precompiled Debian kernel image. Depending on your install media, this SMP-capable kernel may or may not be installed by default. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1735 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you should check to see if a kernel package that supports SMP is installed, and if not, choose an appropriate kernel package. You can also build your own customized kernel to support SMP. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1756 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1758 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section will help you determine which different media types you can use to install Debian. For example, if you have a floppy disk drive on your machine, it can be used to install Debian. There is a whole chapter devoted media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, which lists the advantages and disadvantages of each media type. You may want to refer back to this page once you reach that section." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1769 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Floppies" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1770 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In some cases, you'll have to do your first boot from floppy disks. Generally, all you will need is a high-density (1440 kilobytes) 3.5 inch floppy drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1776 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For CHRP, floppy support is currently broken." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1783 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CD-ROM/DVD-ROM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1785 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Whenever you see <quote>CD-ROM</quote> in this manual, it applies to both CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs, because both technologies are really the same from the operating system's point of view, except for some very old nonstandard CD-ROM drives which are neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1792 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "CD-ROM based installation is supported for some architectures. On machines which support bootable CD-ROMs, you should be able to do a completely <phrase arch=\"not-s390\">floppy-less</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape-less</phrase> installation. Even if your system doesn't support booting from a CD-ROM, you can use the CD-ROM in conjunction with the other techniques to install your system, once you've booted up by other means; see <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1804 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. In addition, all non-standard CD interfaces supported by Linux are supported by the boot disks (such as Mitsumi and Matsushita drives). However, these models might require special boot parameters or other massaging to get them to work, and booting off these non-standard interfaces is unlikely. The <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> contains in-depth information on using CD-ROMs with Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1814 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "USB CD-ROM drives are also supported, as are FireWire devices that are supported by the ohci1394 and sbp2 drivers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1819 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on &arch-title;, as long as the controller is supported by the SRM console. This rules out many add-on controller cards, but most integrated IDE and SCSI chips and controller cards that were provided by the manufacturer can be expected to work. To find out whether your device is supported from the SRM console, see the <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on all ARM machines. On RiscPCs, SCSI CD-ROMs are also supported." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1833 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position. To start the install, simply choose the <quote>System installation</quote> entry in the firmware. The Broadcom BCM91250A supports standard IDE devices, including CD-ROM drives, but CD images for this platform are currently not provided because the firmware doesn't recognize CD drives. In order to install Debian on an Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board, you need an PCI IDE, SATA or SCSI card." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1848 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On DECstations, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1857 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "CD 1 contains the installer for the r3k-kn02 subarchitecture (the R3000-based DECstations 5000/1xx and 5000/240 as well as the R3000-based Personal DECstation models), CD 2 the installer for the r4k-kn04 subarchitecture (the R4x00-based DECstations 5000/150 and 5000/260 as well as the Personal DECstation 5000/50)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1866 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot from CD, issue the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> on the firmware prompt, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot (3 on most DECstations) and <replaceable>id</replaceable> is the SCSI ID of the CD-ROM drive. If you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: hardware.xml:1878 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1885 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1887 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting the installation system directly from a hard disk is another option for many architectures. This will require some other operating system to load the installer onto the hard disk." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1893 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In fact, installation from your local disk is the preferred installation technique for most &architecture; machines." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1898 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although the &arch-title; does not allow booting from SunOS (Solaris), you can install from a SunOS partition (UFS slices)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1906 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "USB Memory Stick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1908 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many Debian boxes need their floppy and/or CD-ROM drives only for setting up the system and for rescue purposes. If you operate some servers, you will probably already have thought about omitting those drives and using an USB memory stick for installing and (when necessary) for recovering the system. This is also useful for small systems which have no room for unnecessary drives." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1920 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1922 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can also <emphasis>boot</emphasis> your system over the network. <phrase arch=\"mips\">This is the preferred installation technique for Mips.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1928 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Diskless installation, using network booting from a local area network and NFS-mounting of all local filesystems, is another option." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1933 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After the operating system kernel is installed, you can install the rest of your system via any sort of network connection (including PPP after installation of the base system), via FTP or HTTP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1942 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Un*x or GNU system" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1944 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are running another Unix-like system, you could use it to install &debian; without using the &d-i; described in the rest of the manual. This kind of install may be useful for users with otherwise unsupported hardware or on hosts which can't afford downtime. If you are interested in this technique, skip to the <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1956 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Supported Storage Systems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1958 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Debian boot disks contain a kernel which is built to maximize the number of systems it runs on. Unfortunately, this makes for a larger kernel, which includes many drivers that won't be used for your machine (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> to learn how to build your own kernel). Support for the widest possible range of devices is desirable in general, to ensure that Debian can be installed on the widest array of hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1968 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Generally, the Debian installation system includes support for floppies, IDE drives, IDE floppies, parallel port IDE devices, SCSI controllers and drives, USB, and FireWire. The supported file systems include FAT, Win-32 FAT extensions (VFAT) and NTFS." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1975 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Disk interfaces that emulate the <quote>AT</quote> hard disk interface — often called MFM, RLL, IDE, or ATA — are supported. Very old 8–bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer are supported only as a module. SCSI disk controllers from many different manufacturers are supported. See the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1985 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Pretty much all storage systems supported by the Linux kernel are supported by the Debian installation system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on the Macintosh at all, and the Debian installation system doesn't support floppies for Amigas. Also supported on the Atari is the Macintosh HFS system, and AFFS as a module. Macs support the Atari (FAT) file system. Amigas support the FAT file system, and HFS as a module." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1995 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. The following SCSI drivers are supported in the default kernel: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR and Symbios 53C8XX </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (such as the UltraSPARC 5) are also supported. See <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink> for more information on SPARC hardware supported by the Linux kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2028 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. This includes both SCSI and IDE disks. Note, however, that on many systems, the SRM console is unable to boot from IDE drives, and the Jensen is unable to boot from floppies. (see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information on booting the Jensen)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2037 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on CHRP systems at all." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2043 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support the floppy drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2049 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. This means that FBA and ECKD DASDs are supported with the old Linux disk layout (ldl) and the new common S/390 disk layout (cdl)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2071 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Peripherals and Other Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2072 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux supports a large variety of hardware devices such as mice, printers, scanners, PCMCIA and USB devices. However, most of these devices are not required while installing the system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2078 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "USB hardware generally works fine, only some USB keyboards may require additional configuration (see <xref linkend=\"usb-keyboard-config\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2084 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Again, see the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> to determine whether your specific hardware is supported by Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2090 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Package installations from XPRAM and tape are not supported by this system. All packages that you want to install need to be available on a DASD or over the network using NFS, HTTP or FTP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2096 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board features four 64 bit PCI slots." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2102 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board features four 64 bit PCI slots. The Cobalt RaQ has no support for additional devices but the Qube has one PCI slot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2112 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Purchasing Hardware Specifically for GNU/Linux" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are several vendors, who ship systems with Debian or other distributions of GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">pre-installed</ulink>. You might pay more for the privilege, but it does buy a level of peace of mind, since you can be sure that the hardware is well-supported by GNU/Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Unfortunately, it's quite rare to find any vendor shipping new &arch-title; machines at all." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you do have to buy a machine with Windows bundled, carefully read the software license that comes with Windows; you may be able to reject the license and obtain a rebate from your vendor. Searching the Internet for <quote>windows refund</quote> may get you some useful information to help with that." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2135 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Whether or not you are purchasing a system with Linux bundled, or even a used system, it is still important to check that your hardware is supported by the Linux kernel. Check if your hardware is listed in the references found above. Let your salesperson (if any) know that you're shopping for a Linux system. Support Linux-friendly hardware vendors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2146 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Avoid Proprietary or Closed Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2147 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some hardware manufacturers simply won't tell us how to write drivers for their hardware. Others won't allow us access to the documentation without a non-disclosure agreement that would prevent us from releasing the Linux source code." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2154 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Another example is the proprietary hardware in the older Macintosh line. In fact, no specifications or documentation have ever been released for any Macintosh hardware, most notably the ADB controller (used by the mouse and keyboard), the floppy controller, and all acceleration and CLUT manipulation of the video hardware (though we do now support CLUT manipulation on nearly all internal video chips). In a nutshell, this explains why the Macintosh Linux port lags behind other Linux ports." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2165 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Since we haven't been granted access to the documentation on these devices, they simply won't work under Linux. You can help by asking the manufacturers of such hardware to release the documentation. If enough people ask, they will realize that the free software community is an important market." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Windows-specific Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A disturbing trend is the proliferation of Windows-specific modems and printers. In some cases these are specially designed to be operated by the Microsoft Windows operating system and bear the legend <quote>WinModem</quote> or <quote>Made especially for Windows-based computers</quote>. This is generally done by removing the embedded processors of the hardware and shifting the work they do over to a Windows driver that is run by your computer's main CPU. This strategy makes the hardware less expensive, but the savings are often <emphasis>not</emphasis> passed on to the user and this hardware may even be more expensive than equivalent devices that retain their embedded intelligence." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You should avoid Windows-specific hardware for two reasons. The first is that the manufacturers do not generally make the resources available to write a Linux driver. Generally, the hardware and software interface to the device is proprietary, and documentation is not available without a non-disclosure agreement, if it is available at all. This precludes its being used for free software, since free software writers disclose the source code of their programs. The second reason is that when devices like these have had their embedded processors removed, the operating system must perform the work of the embedded processors, often at <emphasis>real-time</emphasis> priority, and thus the CPU is not available to run your programs while it is driving these devices. Since the typical Windows user does not multi-process as intensively as a Linux user, the manufacturers hope that the Windows user simply won't notice the burden this hardware places on their CPU. However, any multi-processing operating system, even Windows 2000 or XP, suffers from degraded performance when peripheral manufacturers skimp on the embedded processing power of their hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2212 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can help improve this situation by encouraging these manufacturers to release the documentation and other resources necessary for us to program their hardware, but the best strategy is simply to avoid this sort of hardware until it is listed as working in the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2225 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Fake or <quote>Virtual</quote> Parity RAM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2226 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you ask for Parity RAM in a computer store, you'll probably get <emphasis>virtual parity</emphasis> memory modules instead of <emphasis>true parity</emphasis> ones. Virtual parity SIMMs can often (but not always) be distinguished because they only have one more chip than an equivalent non-parity SIMM, and that one extra chip is smaller than all the others. Virtual-parity SIMMs work exactly like non-parity memory. They can't tell you when you have a single-bit RAM error the way true-parity SIMMs do in a motherboard that implements parity. Don't ever pay more for a virtual-parity SIMM than a non-parity one. Do expect to pay a little more for true-parity SIMMs, because you are actually buying one extra bit of memory for every 8 bits." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2241 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want complete information on &arch-title; RAM issues, and what is the best RAM to buy, see the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\">PC Hardware FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2247 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most, if not all, Alpha systems require true-parity RAM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2262 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Memory and Disk Space Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2264 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; of hard disk space. For a minimal console-based system (all standard packages), 250MB is required. If you want to install a reasonable amount of software, including the X Window System, and some development programs and libraries, you'll need at least 400MB. For a more or less complete desktop system, you'll need a few gigabytes." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2273 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the Amiga the size of FastRAM is relevant towards the total memory requirements. Also, using Zorro cards with 16-bit RAM is not supported; you'll need 32-bit RAM. The <command>amiboot</command> program can be used to disable 16-bit RAM; see the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Recent kernels should disable 16-bit RAM automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2282 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the Atari, both ST-RAM and Fast RAM (TT-RAM) are used by Linux. Many users have reported problems running the kernel itself in Fast RAM, so the Atari bootstrap will place the kernel in ST-RAM. The minimum requirement for ST-RAM is 2 MB. You will need an additional 12 MB or more of TT-RAM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the Macintosh, care should be taken on machines with RAM-based video (RBV). The RAM segment at physical address 0 is used as screen memory, making the default load position for the kernel unavailable. The alternate RAM segment used for kernel and RAMdisk must be at least 4 MB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: hardware.xml:2300 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "FIXME: is this still true?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Network Connectivity Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2313 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most PCI and many older ISA network cards are supported. Some network interface cards are not supported by most Debian installation disks, such as AX.25 cards and protocols; NI16510 EtherBlaster cards; Schneider & Koch G16 cards; and the Zenith Z-Note built-in network card. Microchannel (MCA) network cards are not supported by the standard installation system, but see <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux on MCA</ulink> for some (old) instructions. FDDI networks are also not supported by the installation disks, both cards and protocols." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As for ISDN, the D-channel protocol for the (old) German 1TR6 is not supported; Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards are also not supported by the &d-i;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2340 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module. Again, see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\"></ulink> for complete details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2349 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following network interface cards (NICs) are supported from the bootable kernel directly:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2355 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sun LANCE" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2361 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sun Happy Meal" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2369 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following network interface cards are supported as modules. They can be enabled once the drivers are installed during the setup. However, due to the magic of OpenPROM, you still should be able to boot from these devices:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2377 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sun BigMAC" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2383 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sun QuadEthernet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2388 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2395 hardware.xml:2401 hardware.xml:2407 hardware.xml:2413 hardware.xml:2419 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2425 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Due to kernel limitations only the onboard network interfaces on DECstations are supported, TurboChannel option network cards currently do not work." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2431 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel is also be supported by the boot disks. All network drivers are compiled as modules so you need to load one first during the initial network setup. The list of supported network devices is:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2439 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Channel to Channel (CTC) and ESCON connection (real or emulated)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2444 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "OSA-2 Token Ring/Ethernet and OSA-Express Fast Ethernet (non-QDIO)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2449 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests only" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2454 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "OSA-Express in QDIO mode, HiperSockets and Guest-LANs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2463 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot disks on Netwinder and CATS machines:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "PCI-based NE2000" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2475 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "DECchip Tulip" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2482 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot disks on RiscPCs:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2488 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Ether1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Ether3" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2498 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "EtherH" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2505 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your card is mentioned in the lists above, the complete installation can be carried out from the network with no need for CD-ROMs or floppy disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2511 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any other network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module; this means that you will have to install the operating system kernel and modules using some other media." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/install-methods.pot b/po/pot/install-methods.pot index 4a22dbba1..caf9ebd38 100644 --- a/po/pot/install-methods.pot +++ b/po/pot/install-methods.pot @@ -1,523 +1,523 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Obtaining System Installation Media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:12 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Official &debian; CD-ROM Sets" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Downloading Files from Debian Mirrors" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Where to Find Installation Images" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Alpha Installation Files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:152 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "RiscPC Installation Files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:165 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Netwinder Installation Files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:175 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CATS Installation Files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:185 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "NSLU2 Installation Files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Choosing a Kernel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Creating an IPL tape" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:287 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Creating Floppies from Disk Images" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k Macs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images From a Linux or Unix System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" "</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images From DOS, Windows, or OS/2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images on Atari Systems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images on Macintosh Systems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:457 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images From MacOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images with <command>Disk Copy</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Writing Disk Images with <command>suntar</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:585 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preparing Files for USB Memory Stick Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Copying the files — the easy way" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"i386\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Copying the files — the flexible way" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" @@ -525,24 +525,24 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" @@ -553,45 +553,45 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:802 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:807 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:812 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot configuration file)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:817 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:822 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Optional kernel modules" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" @@ -607,267 +607,267 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:845 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Adding an ISO image" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting the USB stick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:892 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preparing Files for Hard Disk Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:956 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk image)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for OldWorld Macs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1007 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for NewWorld Macs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1029 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1034 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1039 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "yaboot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1044 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1070 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preparing Files for TFTP Net Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1085 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1102 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1130 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1138 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1156 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# <userinput>/sbin/rarp -s\n" @@ -882,33 +882,33 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1185 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1212 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1213 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" @@ -923,21 +923,21 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1254 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1275 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" @@ -962,27 +962,27 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1288 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1307 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" @@ -1015,30 +1015,30 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1324 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" "</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1349 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" @@ -1047,168 +1047,168 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1371 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1399 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1411 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1422 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: install-methods.xml:1434 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1490 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1491 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" "</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1507 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1518 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1519 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1524 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1536 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1537 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1549 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1655 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1656 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1669 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1670 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1677 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot index c5d8d816b..deb920ef0 100644 --- a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot +++ b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot @@ -1,292 +1,292 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation Howto" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preliminaries" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting the installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CDROM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "USB memory stick" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:171 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:172 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Booting from hard disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:211 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:235 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:240 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:245 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:258 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:275 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:280 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:297 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:315 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:327 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "And finally.." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/partitioning.pot b/po/pot/partitioning.pot index 071a2c354..90c02a82b 100644 --- a/po/pot/partitioning.pot +++ b/po/pot/partitioning.pot @@ -1,628 +1,628 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning for Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:13 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Deciding on Debian Partitions and Sizes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:67 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "The Directory Tree" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Directory" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Content" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:88 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>bin</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential command binaries" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:91 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "boot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:92 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Static files of the boot loader" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:94 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>dev</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:95 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Device files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:97 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>etc</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:98 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Host-specific system configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:100 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "home" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "User home directories" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:103 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>lib</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:104 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential shared libraries and kernel modules" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Contains mount points for replaceable media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>mnt</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:110 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mount point for mounting a file system temporarily" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:112 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "proc" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:113 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Virtual directory for system information (2.4 and 2.6 kernels)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:115 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "root" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Home directory for the root user" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "sbin" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:119 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential system binaries" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:121 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sys</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Virtual directory for system information (2.6 kernels)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:124 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>tmp</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Temporary files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>usr</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Secondary hierarchy" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:130 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>var</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:131 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Variable data" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:133 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>opt</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Add-on application software packages" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed for the root partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4-6 GB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:171 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:187 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:219 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:220 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:229 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:237 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:249 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:256 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:270 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:280 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:305 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Device Names in Linux" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:336 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:342 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:354 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:369 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first XT disk is named <filename>/dev/xda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second XT disk is named <filename>/dev/xdb</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:379 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:388 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:420 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:445 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:452 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:467 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Debian Partitioning Programs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:468 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:480 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "partman" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:481 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:492 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The original Linux disk partitioner, good for gurus." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:497 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "cfdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:510 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A simple-to-use, full-screen disk partitioner for the rest of us." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:514 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:523 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "atari-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:524 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Atari-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:532 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "amiga-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:533 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Amiga-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:541 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "mac-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Mac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "pmac-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:551 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:560 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "fdasd" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:561 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:572 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this is not recommended." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" @@ -637,129 +637,129 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:598 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:614 partitioning.xml:674 partitioning.xml:698 partitioning.xml:794 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:615 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to use a disk label." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:626 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the <command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with the boot block." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:656 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:675 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally sufficient." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:699 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:730 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:740 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:748 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:762 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:774 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:808 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:821 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:829 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" @@ -772,99 +772,99 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:854 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:856 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:865 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:880 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:889 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:891 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:914 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:931 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:932 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:945 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:952 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:962 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:991 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:999 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1010 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/post-install.pot b/po/pot/post-install.pot index 4c5cc90e1..da95c97ee 100644 --- a/po/pot/post-install.pot +++ b/po/pot/post-install.pot @@ -1,349 +1,349 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Next Steps and Where to Go From Here" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:13 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "If You Are New to Unix" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:14 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are new to Unix, you probably should go out and buy some books and do some reading. A lot of valuable information can also be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. This <ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">list of Unix FAQs</ulink> contains a number of UseNet documents which provide a nice historical reference." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:22 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux is an implementation of Unix. The <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> collects a number of HOWTOs and online books relating to Linux. Most of these documents can be installed locally; just install the <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> package (HTML versions) or the <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> package (ASCII versions), then look in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. International versions of the LDP HOWTOs are also available as Debian packages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:43 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Orienting Yourself to Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian is a little different from other distributions. Even if you're familiar with Linux in other distributions, there are things you should know about Debian to help you to keep your system in a good, clean state. This chapter contains material to help you get oriented; it is not intended to be a tutorial for how to use Debian, but just a very brief glimpse of the system for the very rushed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:55 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Debian Packaging System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:56 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The most important concept to grasp is the Debian packaging system. In essence, large parts of your system should be considered under the control of the packaging system. These include: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> (excluding <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (you could make <filename>/var/local</filename> and be safe in there) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> For instance, if you replace <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>, that will work, but then if you upgrade your <classname>perl</classname> package, the file you put there will be replaced. Experts can get around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:97 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One of the best installation methods is apt. You can use the command line version <command>apt-get</command> or full-screen text version <application>aptitude</application>. Note apt will also let you merge main, contrib, and non-free so you can have export-restricted packages as well as standard versions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Application Version Management" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Alternative versions of applications are managed by update-alternatives. If you are maintaining multiple versions of your applications, read the update-alternatives man page." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:119 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Cron Job Management" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:120 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any jobs under the purview of the system administrator should be in <filename>/etc</filename>, since they are configuration files. If you have a root cron job for daily, weekly, or monthly runs, put them in <filename>/etc/cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. These are invoked from <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, and will run in alphabetic order, which serializes them." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:129 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:138 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In either case, you just edit the files and cron will notice them automatically. There is no need to run a special command. For more information see cron(8), crontab(5), and <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:155 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Reactivating DOS and Windows" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:156 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After installing the base system and writing to the <emphasis>Master Boot Record</emphasis>, you will be able to boot Linux, but probably nothing else. This depends what you have chosen during the installation. This chapter will describe how you can reactivate your old systems so that you can also boot your DOS or Windows again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:164 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>LILO</command> is a boot manager with which you can also boot other operating systems than Linux, which complies to PC conventions. The boot manager is configured via <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> file. Whenever you edited this file you have to run <command>lilo</command> afterwards. The reason for this is that the changes will take place only when you call the program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:174 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Important parts of the <filename>lilo.conf</filename> file are the lines containing the <userinput>image</userinput> and <userinput>other</userinput> keywords, as well as the lines following those. They can be used to describe a system which can be booted by <command>LILO</command>. Such a system can include a kernel (<userinput>image</userinput>), a root partition, additional kernel parameters, etc. as well as a configuration to boot another, non-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operating system. These keywords can also be used more than once. The ordering of these systems within the configuration file is important because it determines which system will be booted automatically after, for instance, a timeout (<userinput>delay</userinput>) presuming <command>LILO</command> wasn't stopped by pressing the <keycap>shift</keycap> key." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:190 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "After a fresh install of Debian, just the current system is configured for booting with <command>LILO</command>. If you want to boot another Linux kernel, you have to edit the configuration file <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> to add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "&additional-lilo-image;\n" "</screen></informalexample> For a basic setup just the first two lines are necessary. If you want to know more about the other two options please have a look at the <command>LILO</command> documentation. This can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. The file which should be read is <filename>Manual.txt</filename>. To have a quicker start into the world of booting a system you can also look at the <command>LILO</command> man pages <filename>lilo.conf</filename> for an overview of configuration keywords and <filename>lilo</filename> for description of the installation of the new configuration into the boot sector." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:210 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Notice that there are other boot loaders available in &debian;, such as GRUB (in <classname>grub</classname> package), CHOS (in <classname>chos</classname> package), Extended-IPL (in <classname>extipl</classname> package), loadlin (in <classname>loadlin</classname> package) etc." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:225 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Further Reading and Information" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:226 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you need information about a particular program, you should first try <userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>, or <userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is lots of useful documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename> as well. In particular, <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> and <filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> contain lots of interesting information. To submit bugs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. To read about Debian-specific issues for particular programs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/(package name)/README.Debian</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:243 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debian web site</ulink> contains a large quantity of documentation about Debian. In particular, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. An index of more Debian documentation is available from the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian Documentation Project</ulink>. The Debian community is self-supporting; to subscribe to one or more of the Debian mailing lists, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Mail List Subscription</ulink> page. Last, but not least, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> contain a wealth of information on Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A general source of information on GNU/Linux is the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. There you will find the HOWTOs and pointers to other very valuable information on parts of a GNU/Linux system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Compiling a New Kernel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:277 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Why would someone want to compile a new kernel? It is often not necessary since the default kernel shipped with Debian handles most configurations. Also, Debian often offers several alternative kernels. So you may want to check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new kernel in order to:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:287 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "handle special hardware needs, or hardware conflicts with the pre-supplied kernels" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:293 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "use options of the kernel which are not supported in the pre-supplied kernels (such as high memory support)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:299 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "optimize the kernel by removing useless drivers to speed up boot time" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:304 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "create a monolithic instead of a modularized kernel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:309 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "run an updated or development kernel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "learn more about linux kernels" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Kernel Image Management" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:324 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Don't be afraid to try compiling the kernel. It's fun and profitable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:328 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To compile a kernel the Debian way, you need some packages: <classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname> (the most recent version at the time of this writing)</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> and a few others which are probably already installed (see <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> for the complete list)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This method will make a .deb of your kernel source, and, if you have non-standard modules, make a synchronized dependent .deb of those too. It's a better way to manage kernel images; <filename>/boot</filename> will hold the kernel, the System.map, and a log of the active config file for the build." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:347 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that you don't <emphasis>have</emphasis> to compile your kernel the <quote>Debian way</quote>; but we find that using the packaging system to manage your kernel is actually safer and easier. In fact, you can get your kernel sources right from Linus instead of <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> compilation method." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that you'll find complete documentation on using <classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>. This section just contains a brief tutorial." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:364 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Hereafter, we'll assume you have free rein over your machine and will extract your kernel source to somewhere in your home directory<footnote> <para> There are other locations where you can extract kernel sources and build your custom kernel, but this is easiest as it does not require special permissions. </para> </footnote>. We'll also assume that your kernel version is &kernelversion;. Make sure you are in the directory to where you want to unpack the kernel sources, extract them using <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> and change to the directory <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> that will have been created." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:389 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now, you can configure your kernel. Run <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> if X11 is installed, configured and being run; run <userinput>make menuconfig</userinput> otherwise (you'll need <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> installed). Take the time to read the online help and choose carefully. When in doubt, it is typically better to include the device driver (the software which manages hardware peripherals, such as Ethernet cards, SCSI controllers, and so on) you are unsure about. Be careful: other options, not related to a specific hardware, should be left at the default value if you do not understand them. Do not forget to select <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> in <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (it is not selected by default). If not included, your Debian installation will experience problems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:404 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Clean the source tree and reset the <classname>kernel-package</classname> parameters. To do that, do <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now, compile the kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. The version number of <quote>1.0</quote> can be changed at will; this is just a version number that you will use to track your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once the compilation is complete, you can install your custom kernel like any package. As root, do <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> The <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> part is an optional sub-architecture, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> such as <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> depending on what kernel options you set. <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> will install the kernel, along with some other nice supporting files. For instance, the <filename>System.map</filename> will be properly installed (helpful for debugging kernel problems), and <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> will be installed, containing your current configuration set. Your new kernel package is also clever enough to automatically update your boot loader to use the new kernel. If you have created a modules package, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e.g., if you have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:446 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is time to reboot the system: read carefully any warning that the above step may have produced, then <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:451 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:467 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Recovering a Broken System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:468 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no longer bootable. Perhaps the boot loader configuration broke while trying out a change, or perhaps a new kernel you installed won't boot, or perhaps cosmic rays hit your disk and flipped a bit in <filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Regardless of the cause, you'll need to have a system to work from while you fix it, and rescue mode can be useful for this." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:478 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, or boot with the <userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput> boot parameter. You'll be shown the first few screens of the installer, with a note in the corner of the display to indicate that this is rescue mode, not a full installation. Don't worry, your system is not about to be overwritten! Rescue mode simply takes advantage of the hardware detection facilities available in the installer to ensure that your disks, network devices, and so on are available to you while repairing your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of the partitions on your system, and asked to select one of them. Normally, you should select the partition containing the root file system that you need to repair. You may select partitions on RAID and LVM devices as well as those created directly on disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:501 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary repairs. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> For example, if you need to reinstall the GRUB boot loader into the master boot record of the first hard disk, you could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do so. </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:513 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you selected, perhaps because the file system is corrupt, then it will issue a warning and offer to give you a shell in the installer environment instead. You may not have as many tools available in this environment, but they will often be enough to repair your system anyway. The root file system you selected will be mounted on the <filename>/target</filename> directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:522 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In either case, after you exit the shell, the system will reboot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:526 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this manual does not attempt to go into all the things that might have gone wrong or how to fix them. If you have problems, consult an expert." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preface.pot b/po/pot/preface.pot index c48073bcb..40e4faba0 100644 --- a/po/pot/preface.pot +++ b/po/pot/preface.pot @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: preface.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing &debian; &release; For &architecture;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preface.xml:6 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We are delighted that you have decided to try Debian, and are sure that you will find that Debian's GNU/Linux distribution is unique. &debian; brings together high-quality free software from around the world, integrating it into a coherent whole. We believe that you will find that the result is truly more than the sum of the parts." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preface.xml:15 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We understand that many of you want to install Debian without reading this manual, and the Debian installer is designed to make this possible. If you don't have time to read the whole Installation Guide right now, we recommend that you read the Installation Howto, which will walk you through the basic installation process, and links to the manual for more advanced topics or for when things go wrong. The Installation Howto can be found in <xref linkend=\"installation-howto\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preface.xml:25 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "With that said, we hope that you have the time to read most of this manual, and doing so will lead to a more informed and likely more successful installation experience." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preparing.pot b/po/pot/preparing.pot index 2637d7a07..3f921c03c 100644 --- a/po/pot/preparing.pot +++ b/po/pot/preparing.pot @@ -1,1654 +1,1654 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Before Installing &debian;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:6 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:19 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Overview of the Installation Process" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:27 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:35 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:48 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:56 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to install." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:62 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before starting the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Create partition-able space for Debian on your hard disk." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:73 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:79 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD users can boot from one of the CDs)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:85 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot the installation system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:90 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select installation language." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:95 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Activate the ethernet network connection, if available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Configure one network interface." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Open a ssh connection to the new system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:111 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Attach one or more DASDs (Direct Access Storage Device)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Create and mount the partitions on which Debian will be installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/or your existing system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Load the newly installed system for the first time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software actors in this installation drama:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load the new system for the first time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web server or a Desktop environment." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:163 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from <classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation is not within the scope of this manual." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:188 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Back Up Your Existing Data!" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the <quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Information You Will Need" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:234 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Documentation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:237 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation Manual" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." msgstr "" +#. Tag: itemizedlist #: preparing.xml:245 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: itemizedlist msgid "&list-install-manual-files;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and translations</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:272 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hardware documentation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:284 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO" msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux/m68k FAQ" msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:296 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux/Alpha FAQ" msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ" msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:308 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux/Mips website" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "&arch-title; Hardware References" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Device Drivers and Installation Commands" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and &arch-title; hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:345 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux for &arch-title;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the same across all &arch-title; distributions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:362 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: ulink msgid "Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Finding Sources of Hardware Information" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with your hardware before the install." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:379 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Hardware information can be gathered from:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:386 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:398 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The cases and boxes for each piece of hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:404 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The System window in the Windows Control Panel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and hard drive memory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:429 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hardware Information Needed for an Install" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Information You Might Need" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:439 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Hard Drives" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:440 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "How many you have." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:442 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Available free space." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Screen size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Port." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Printer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Video Card" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DASD" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium II-300 for a Server." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Install Type" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "No desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard desktop task, though it can be done in far less." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Work Console" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is around 140MB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Developer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the following command from Linux:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just worked with that setting and not without it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" @@ -1656,45 +1656,45 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the firmware patches installed to nvram." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics and simple scripts." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n" @@ -1703,216 +1703,216 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot 1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree." msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis #: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: emphasis msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the <command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to its rated value solved the problem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be <command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on memory parity errors." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the turbo switch." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with the cache disabled." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount of RAM in your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index b2bf76b52..19d4e3b58 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -1,264 +1,264 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:16 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Automating the installation using preseeding" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:43 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preseeding methods" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have been asked." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:64 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Installation method" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:64 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "initrd" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:65 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:65 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:71 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 preseed.xml:98 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:76 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "netboot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "floppy based (cd-drivers)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:91 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "floppy based (net-drivers)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:96 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "generic/tape" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Limitations" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:207 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the preconfiguration file has been loaded" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:241 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:247 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using preseeding" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:268 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Loading the preconfiguration file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:284 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:300 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "Boot parameters to specify:\n" "- if you're netbooting:\n" @@ -275,244 +275,244 @@ msgid "" " preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using a DHCP server to specify preconfiguration files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "if substring (option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 3) = \"d-i\" {\n" " filename \"http://host/preseed.cfg\";\n" "}" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:339 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:351 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using boot parameters to supplement preseeding" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:361 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:368 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:383 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:399 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:410 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:416 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:418 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:425 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:435 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname> where the translated values need to be used." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:441 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:452 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:459 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:461 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:477 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:485 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:503 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:520 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Localization" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:521 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:527 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:535 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" "#d-i console-tools/archs select at\n" @@ -521,53 +521,53 @@ msgid "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:544 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:553 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:563 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:564 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:572 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following lines:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" "netcfg" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" @@ -609,33 +609,33 @@ msgid "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:597 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:598 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:605 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:610 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:622 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" @@ -648,27 +648,27 @@ msgid "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:627 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:628 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:640 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -724,15 +724,15 @@ msgid "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:655 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" "d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" @@ -742,21 +742,21 @@ msgid "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:661 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" @@ -773,27 +773,27 @@ msgid "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:674 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:682 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" "# use sudo).\n" @@ -817,53 +817,53 @@ msgid "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:694 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:708 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:715 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:722 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -884,93 +884,93 @@ msgid "" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:734 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Package selection" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:735 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:744 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "standard" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:753 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:756 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "web-server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "print-server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "dns-server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:765 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "file-server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:768 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "mail-server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:771 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "sql-database" msgstr "" +#. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:774 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput msgid "laptop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:778 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:786 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" @@ -983,15 +983,15 @@ msgid "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:793 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" "d-i finish-install/reboot_in_progress note\n" @@ -1001,21 +1001,21 @@ msgid "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:798 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:799 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" " select no configuration at this time\n" @@ -1024,21 +1024,21 @@ msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:811 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "X configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:812 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:820 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" @@ -1062,15 +1062,15 @@ msgid "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:825 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:827 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" @@ -1081,21 +1081,21 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" @@ -1115,21 +1115,21 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:843 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:844 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" diff --git a/po/pot/random-bits.pot b/po/pot/random-bits.pot index 61178f1b0..c31211d1a 100644 --- a/po/pot/random-bits.pot +++ b/po/pot/random-bits.pot @@ -1,322 +1,322 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:4 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Random Bits" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:11 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Linux Devices" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware is different. There you have a special file which actually runs a driver which in turn accesses the hardware. The device file is an interface to the actual system component. Files under <filename>/dev</filename> also behave differently than ordinary files. Below are the most important device files listed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:27 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>fd0</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:28 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "First Floppy Drive" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:30 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>fd1</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:31 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Second Floppy Drive" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:37 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>hda</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:38 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Master)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:40 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>hdb</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:41 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:43 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>hdc</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Master)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:46 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>hdd</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:47 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:49 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "hda1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:50 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "First partition of the first IDE hard disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:52 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "hdd15" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:53 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Fifteenth partition of the fourth IDE hard disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:59 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sda</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:60 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SCSI Hard disk with lowest SCSI ID (e.g. 0)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:62 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sdb</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:63 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 1)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:65 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sdc</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:66 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 2)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "sda1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:69 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "First partition of the first SCSI hard disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:71 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "sdd10" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:72 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Tenth partition of the fourth SCSI hard disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:78 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sr0</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:79 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the lowest SCSI ID" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:81 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sr1</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the next higher SCSI ID" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:88 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "ttyS0" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Serial port 0, COM1 under MS-DOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:91 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "ttyS1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:92 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Serial port 1, COM2 under MS-DOS" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:94 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "psaux" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:95 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "PS/2 mouse device" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:97 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "gpmdata" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:98 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Pseudo device, repeater data from GPM (mouse) daemon" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:104 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "cdrom" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Symbolic link to the CD-ROM drive" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "mouse" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Symbolic link to the mouse device file" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:114 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "null" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:115 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Everything pointed to this device will disappear" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "zero" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "One can endlessly read zeros out of this device" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting Up Your Mouse" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: <informalexample><screen>\n" "mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" @@ -325,36 +325,36 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with <informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" "</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without restarting X." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to read directly from the mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:170 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# 3-button mouse emulation\n" "# turn on emulation\n" @@ -366,270 +366,270 @@ msgid "" "# For different keys, use showkey to tell you what the code is." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Disk Space Needed for Tasks" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:194 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:201 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:214 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Task" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:215 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:223 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:224 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "1392" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>460</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "1852" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:230 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Web server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>36</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>12</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:233 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>48</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:237 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Print server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:238 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>168</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>58</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:240 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>226</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:244 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "DNS server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:245 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "File server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:252 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>47</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:258 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mail server" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:259 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>10</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "SQL database" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:266 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>66</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>87</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE desktop environments." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:281 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:296 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:310 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:322 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" @@ -638,35 +638,35 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:355 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:366 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:396 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" @@ -674,80 +674,80 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the binary files from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the binaries." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:411 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_arch.deb\n" "# cd /\n" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:413 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> itself is a shell script, but it calls various utilities that require <classname>glibc</classname>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:424 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:425 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:434 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:440 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:457 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:463 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:469 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:475 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" @@ -773,57 +773,57 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:495 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:503 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:514 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:526 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" @@ -864,15 +864,15 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:563 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:564 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the locales support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" @@ -880,54 +880,54 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:582 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:591 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:597 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:598 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that debootstrap does not install a boot loader, though you can use apt-get inside your Debian chroot to do so." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:605 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:616 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" "root=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -938,15 +938,15 @@ msgid "" "label=Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:622 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:632 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" @@ -960,81 +960,81 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:650 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:652 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:668 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:673 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:683 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:692 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:697 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:703 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:715 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:716 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:721 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "\n" @@ -1053,93 +1053,93 @@ msgid "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:727 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing target" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:728 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are the answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:740 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: guimenuitem msgid "Load installer components" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:742 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: guimenuitem msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:755 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:764 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:776 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: <userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:782 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" msgstr "" +#. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:792 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: guimenuitem msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:795 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:800 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index a8ade4d0e..38508ab79 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -1,766 +1,766 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:7 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "How the Installer Works" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Components Introduction" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "main-menu" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "localechooser" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "kbd-chooser" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "hw-detect" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "cdrom-detect" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Looks for and mounts a Debian installation CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "netcfg" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "iso-scan" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "choose-mirror" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "cdrom-checker" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "lowmem" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "anna" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "partman" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "autopartkit" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "partitioner" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "partconf" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "lvmcfg" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "mdcfg" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "tzsetup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:290 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "clock-setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:298 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "user-setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "base-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "apt-setup" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "pkgsel" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "os-prober" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "bootloader-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "shell" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "save-logs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using Individual Components" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Check available memory" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:765 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "600MB" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:819 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "500MB" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:862 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -781,495 +781,495 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:911 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:948 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Type" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "optional" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1244 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1252 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1277 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "First, let's have a look at available options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Random key" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1457 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1486 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1520 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1543 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1599 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" @@ -1280,579 +1280,579 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1634 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1648 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1664 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1684 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1713 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1769 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1786 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1802 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1832 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1908 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1922 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1930 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1941 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "internet site" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1979 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2007 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2043 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2060 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2108 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2117 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2143 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2200 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: term msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2200 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2212 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2259 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2334 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2335 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" "<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" @@ -1863,339 +1863,339 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2386 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "scsi" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "partnr" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "config" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2414 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" "<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" +#. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: replaceable msgid "name" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" +#. Tag: screen #: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2528 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2529 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2546 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2592 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2618 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2631 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2655 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2668 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2742 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2788 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2805 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2824 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/welcome.pot b/po/pot/welcome.pot index 0295de415..1d715ed02 100644 --- a/po/pot/welcome.pot +++ b/po/pot/welcome.pot @@ -1,406 +1,406 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:4 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Welcome to Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:19 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is Debian?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian Developers</firstterm>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:35 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining software packages." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:52 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being free, and the package follows our quality standards." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:64 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:74 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. Some examples include:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux distribution." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:99 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in different GNU/Linux distributions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:133 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is GNU/Linux?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact with your computer and run other programs." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as <quote>Linux</quote>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:153 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by unpaid volunteers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:168 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of document formats)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the community that made Linux possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in 1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:204 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or desktop as something that they can change." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:213 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business users as well." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is &debian;?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found and fixed quickly." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:246 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations to high-end network servers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:253 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now commonplace." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:260 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring reinstallation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a complete operating system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:274 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, including the ability to install a single package or automatically update the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from being updated. You can even tell the package management system about software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:285 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and installed automatically across the Internet." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:295 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find there." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is Debian GNU/Hurd?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be made once the system becomes more stable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:329 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:346 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Getting Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades once installation is complete, if need be." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Getting the Newest Version of This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Organization of This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:394 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the hardware in your computer works." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:401 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert users to jump around in the document." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:408 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with each step:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:416 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:422 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:430 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary installation files for your method of installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:436 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:484 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Your Documentation Help is Welcome" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different architectures and languages for which this document is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "About Copyrights and Software Licenses" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may distribute the results of their work as well." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the archives." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the <emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all such programs is available in the Debian system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once you've installed a package on your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with <emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who have extended the software in this way." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/administrivia.po b/po/pt/administrivia.po index d08d7ae7b..c0c842171 100644 --- a/po/pt/administrivia.po +++ b/po/pt/administrivia.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: administrativia 24750\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 15:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -81,9 +81,11 @@ msgid "" "{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " "on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." msgstr "" -"Tradutor e coordenador da tradução do manual para Portugês: Miguel Figueiredo <email>elmig@debianpt.org</email>.\n" -"Agradecimentos a todos os outros que contribuíram para a tradução deste manual." -"Equipa Portuguesa de tradução contactável a partir de <ulink url=\"http://www.debianpt.org\">DebianPT.org</ulink>." +"Tradutor e coordenador da tradução do manual para Portugês: Miguel " +"Figueiredo <email>elmig@debianpt.org</email>.\n" +"Agradecimentos a todos os outros que contribuíram para a tradução deste " +"manual.Equipa Portuguesa de tradução contactável a partir de <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.debianpt.org\">DebianPT.org</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:50 diff --git a/po/pt/bookinfo.po b/po/pt/bookinfo.po index ab746ae62..e83646a68 100644 --- a/po/pt/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/pt/bookinfo.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 16:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -88,8 +88,9 @@ msgid "" "should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " "paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." msgstr "" -"Se desejar melhorar, manter, contribuir ou fazer comentários acerca da tradução deste manual entre em contacto com a equipa " -"de tradução em <ulink url=\"http://www.debianpt.org\">DebianPT.org</ulink>." +"Se desejar melhorar, manter, contribuir ou fazer comentários acerca da " +"tradução deste manual entre em contacto com a equipa de tradução em <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debianpt.org\">DebianPT.org</ulink>." #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 diff --git a/po/pt/boot-installer.po b/po/pt/boot-installer.po index 92d521387..c4d581897 100644 --- a/po/pt/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/pt/boot-installer.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-25 15:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1577,9 +1577,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "A informação dos métodos de arranque e dos parâmetros de arranque " "disponíveis que podem ser úteis, podem ser encontrados ao pressionar desde " -"<keycap>F2</keycap> até <keycap>F8</keycap>. Se adicionar algum parâmetro " -"à linha de comandos do arranque, garanta que escreve o método de arranque " -"(o pré-definido é <userinput>linux</userinput>) e um espaço antes do primeiro " +"<keycap>F2</keycap> até <keycap>F8</keycap>. Se adicionar algum parâmetro à " +"linha de comandos do arranque, garanta que escreve o método de arranque (o " +"pré-definido é <userinput>linux</userinput>) e um espaço antes do primeiro " "parâmetro (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." #. Tag: para @@ -1604,8 +1604,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Se está a instalar o sistema através de um dispositivo de gestão remota que " "disponibiliza um interface de texto na consola VGA, você pode não conseguir " -"ver o ecrã gráfico inicial quando iniciar o instalador; pode mesmo não ver a linha " -"de comandos. Exemplos destes dispositivos incluem a consola de texto " +"ver o ecrã gráfico inicial quando iniciar o instalador; pode mesmo não ver a " +"linha de comandos. Exemplos destes dispositivos incluem a consola de texto " "<quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) da Compaq e a <quote>Integrated " "Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA) da HP. Você pode carregar às cegas em F1 " "<footnote> <para>Em alguns casos estes dispositivos podem necessitar de " @@ -2417,8 +2417,8 @@ msgid "" "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" -"O Amiga actualmente não trabalha com o bogl, se vir erros do bogl, terá " -"de incluir no kernel o parâmetro <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +"O Amiga actualmente não trabalha com o bogl, se vir erros do bogl, terá de " +"incluir no kernel o parâmetro <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 @@ -2446,8 +2446,8 @@ msgid "" "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" -"O Atari actualmente não trabalha com bogl, se está a ver erros do bogl, terá de " -"incluir o parâmetro de arranque <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +"O Atari actualmente não trabalha com bogl, se está a ver erros do bogl, terá " +"de incluir o parâmetro de arranque <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 @@ -3745,9 +3745,9 @@ msgid "" "command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " "may be useful." msgstr "" -"O sistema de instalação reconhece alguns parâmetros de arranque " -"adicionais <footnote> <para> Note que o kernel 2.4 aceita um máximo de 8 opções " -"de linha de comandos e 8 opções de ambiente (incluindo qualquer opção " +"O sistema de instalação reconhece alguns parâmetros de arranque adicionais " +"<footnote> <para> Note que o kernel 2.4 aceita um máximo de 8 opções de " +"linha de comandos e 8 opções de ambiente (incluindo qualquer opção " "adicionada por omissão pelo instalador). Se este números forem excedidos, os " "kernel 2.4 irão retirar as opções em excesso. Com o kernel 2.6.9 pode " "utilizar 32 opções de linha de comandos e 32 opções de ambiente. </para> </" @@ -3766,7 +3766,8 @@ msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " "form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Este parâmetro ajusta a prioridade mínima das mensagens a serem mostradas. Forma resumida: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +"Este parâmetro ajusta a prioridade mínima das mensagens a serem mostradas. " +"Forma resumida: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 @@ -3777,9 +3778,10 @@ msgid "" "and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " "installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" -"A instalação por omissão utiliza <userinput>priority=high</" -"userinput>. Isto significa que ambas as mensagem de prioridade alta e crítica irão " -"ser mostradas, mas as mensagens de média e baixa prioridade não. Se forem encontrados problemas, o instalador ajusta a prioridade conforme necessário." +"A instalação por omissão utiliza <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Isto " +"significa que ambas as mensagem de prioridade alta e crítica irão ser " +"mostradas, mas as mensagens de média e baixa prioridade não. Se forem " +"encontrados problemas, o instalador ajusta a prioridade conforme necessário." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 @@ -3795,11 +3797,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Se acrescentou <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> como parâmetro de " "arranque irá-lhe ser mostrado o menu de instalação e assim ganhar mais " -"controlo sobre a instalação. Quando é utilizado <userinput>priority=low</userinput> todas as mensagens são mostradas (Isto é " -"equivalente ao método de arranque <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Com " -"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, o sistema de instalação " -"irá mostrar somente as mensagens críticas e tentará optar pelas opções " -"correctas sem grande confusão." +"controlo sobre a instalação. Quando é utilizado <userinput>priority=low</" +"userinput> todas as mensagens são mostradas (Isto é equivalente ao método de " +"arranque <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Com <userinput>priority=critical</" +"userinput>, o sistema de instalação irá mostrar somente as mensagens " +"críticas e tentará optar pelas opções correctas sem grande confusão." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -3946,7 +3948,9 @@ msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " "floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." msgstr "" -"A disquete de arranque, que normalmente procura todas as disquetes que poder para encontrar a disquete root, pode ser ultrapassado por este parâmetro para apenas olhar para um dispositivo." +"A disquete de arranque, que normalmente procura todas as disquetes que poder " +"para encontrar a disquete root, pode ser ultrapassado por este parâmetro " +"para apenas olhar para um dispositivo." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2946 @@ -3981,8 +3985,8 @@ msgid "" "reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" "O argumento <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> pode também ser utilizado " -"para desactivar a utilização de framebuffer pelo kernel. Tais problemas foram relatados num Dell " -"Inspiron com uma placa Mobile Radeon." +"para desactivar a utilização de framebuffer pelo kernel. Tais problemas " +"foram relatados num Dell Inspiron com uma placa Mobile Radeon." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 @@ -4114,7 +4118,8 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" "Especifique o caminho para carregar um ficheiro de pré-configuração para a " -"instalação automatizada. Veja a <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Forma resumida: <userinput>file</userinput>" +"instalação automatizada. Veja a <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Forma " +"resumida: <userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -4399,9 +4404,13 @@ msgid "" "console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" "Se o seu ecrã começa a mostrar uma fotografia estranha quando o seu kernel " -"arranca, eg. toda branca, toda preta, ou com coloração estranha dos pixels, o seu " -"sistema poderá ter uma placa gráfica problemática que não faz correctamente a " -"mudança para o modo framebuffer. Neste caso, pode usar o parâmetro de arranque <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput>, para desabilitar a consola com framebuffer. Apenas estará disponível o idioma Inglês durante a instalação devido às características limitadas da consola. Veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> para mais detalhes." +"arranca, eg. toda branca, toda preta, ou com coloração estranha dos pixels, " +"o seu sistema poderá ter uma placa gráfica problemática que não faz " +"correctamente a mudança para o modo framebuffer. Neste caso, pode usar o " +"parâmetro de arranque <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput>, para " +"desabilitar a consola com framebuffer. Apenas estará disponível o idioma " +"Inglês durante a instalação devido às características limitadas da consola. " +"Veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> para mais detalhes." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 diff --git a/po/pt/boot-new.po b/po/pt/boot-new.po index 9a6777d19..6ab31aae4 100644 --- a/po/pt/boot-new.po +++ b/po/pt/boot-new.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-14 14:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese \n" @@ -350,9 +350,9 @@ msgid "" "crypt and loop-AES." msgstr "" "Se criou volumes encriptados durante a instalação e associou-lhes pontos de " -"montagem, ser-lhe-á pedido para introduzir, durante o arranque, a frase-chave " -"para cada um desses volumes. O procedimento difere ligeiramente entr dm-crypt " -"e loop-AES." +"montagem, ser-lhe-á pedido para introduzir, durante o arranque, a frase-" +"chave para cada um desses volumes. O procedimento difere ligeiramente entr " +"dm-crypt e loop-AES." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 @@ -383,19 +383,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Para partições encriptadas via loop-AES, durante o arranque, ser-lhe-á " "mostrada a seguinte pergunta: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mount: vai utilizar o dispositivo loop /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" +"mount: vai utilizar o dispositivo loop /dev/loop<replaceable>X</" +"replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Na primeira linha da pergunta, <replaceable>X" -"</replaceable> é o número do dispositivo loop. Agora deve estar provavelmente " -"a pensar <emphasis>para qual volume</emphasis> está a introduzir a frase-chave. " -"Relaciona-se com o seu <filename>/home</filename>? Ou com o <filename>/var" -"</filename>? Claro que, se tiver apenas um volume encriptado, isto é fácil e " -"pode apenas introduzir a frase-chave que utilizou quando configurou este " -"volume. Se durante a instalação configurou mais de um volume encriptado, as " -"notas que escreveu na última etapa em <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> vêm " -"a calhar. Se não tomou nota antes do mapeamento entre o <filename>loop" -"<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> e o ponto de montagem, ainda o pode " -"encontrar em <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> do seu sistema." +"</screen></informalexample> Na primeira linha da pergunta, <replaceable>X</" +"replaceable> é o número do dispositivo loop. Agora deve estar provavelmente " +"a pensar <emphasis>para qual volume</emphasis> está a introduzir a frase-" +"chave. Relaciona-se com o seu <filename>/home</filename>? Ou com o " +"<filename>/var</filename>? Claro que, se tiver apenas um volume encriptado, " +"isto é fácil e pode apenas introduzir a frase-chave que utilizou quando " +"configurou este volume. Se durante a instalação configurou mais de um volume " +"encriptado, as notas que escreveu na última etapa em <xref linkend=\"partman-" +"crypto\"/> vêm a calhar. Se não tomou nota antes do mapeamento entre o " +"<filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> e o ponto de montagem, " +"ainda o pode encontrar em <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> do seu sistema." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 @@ -407,17 +408,20 @@ msgid "" "volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=" "\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." msgstr "" -"Não serão mostrados nenhuns caracteres (nem asteriscos) enquanto introduz " -"a frase-chave. Tenha cuidado, tem apenas <emphasis>uma</emphasis> tentativa." -"Se introduzir a frase-chave errada, irá aparecer uma mensagem de erro e o " +"Não serão mostrados nenhuns caracteres (nem asteriscos) enquanto introduz a " +"frase-chave. Tenha cuidado, tem apenas <emphasis>uma</emphasis> tentativa.Se " +"introduzir a frase-chave errada, irá aparecer uma mensagem de erro e o " "processo de aranque irá saltar esse volume e continuar a montar o próximo " -"sistema de ficheiros. Para mais informações por favor veja <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/>." +"sistema de ficheiros. Para mais informações por favor veja <xref linkend=" +"\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 #, no-c-format msgid "After entering all passphrases the boot should continue as usual." -msgstr "Após introduzir todas as frases-pass o arranque deve continuar como normalmente." +msgstr "" +"Após introduzir todas as frases-pass o arranque deve continuar como " +"normalmente." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:243 @@ -446,8 +450,8 @@ msgid "" "There are several cases." msgstr "" "Se alguns dos volumes encriptados não podem ser montados porque foi " -"introduzida uma frase-chave errada, após o arranque terá de os montar manualmente." -"Existem vários casos." +"introduzida uma frase-chave errada, após o arranque terá de os montar " +"manualmente.Existem vários casos." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:264 @@ -478,15 +482,16 @@ msgid "" "asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" "O caso mais fácil é para volumes encriptados que contém dados como o " -"<filename>/home</filename> ou <filename>/srv</filename>. Após o arranque pode " -"simplesmente monta-los manualmente. Para loop-AES isto é feito numa operação:" -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<filename>/home</filename> ou <filename>/srv</filename>. Após o arranque " +"pode simplesmente monta-los manualmente. Para loop-AES isto é feito numa " +"operação:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" "</screen></informalexample> onde <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> " -"deve ser trocado pelo directório em particular (e.g. <filename>/home</filename>). " -"A única diferença de um mount usual é que lhe será pedido para introduzir a " -"frase-chave para este volume." +"deve ser trocado pelo directório em particular (e.g. <filename>/home</" +"filename>). A única diferença de um mount usual é que lhe será pedido para " +"introduzir a frase-chave para este volume." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 @@ -509,8 +514,8 @@ msgstr "" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Isto irá pesquisar todos os volumes mencionados " "em <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> e após introduzir as frases-chave " -"correctas irá criar os dispositivos apropriados sob o directório <filename>" -"/dev</filename>. (Volumes já registados serão passados à frente, para que " +"correctas irá criar os dispositivos apropriados sob o directório <filename>/" +"dev</filename>. (Volumes já registados serão passados à frente, para que " "possa repetir este comando várias vezes sem se preocupar.) Após o registo " "com sucesso pode simplesmente montar os volumes da forma usual:" diff --git a/po/pt/gpl.po b/po/pt/gpl.po index 78425630c..33770d86f 100644 --- a/po/pt/gpl.po +++ b/po/pt/gpl.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gpl.po 25496\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 16:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -36,14 +36,12 @@ msgid "" "However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " "better understand the GNU GPL." msgstr "" -"This is an unofficial translation of " -"the GNU General Public License into Portuguese. It was not published by the " -"Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms " -"for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=" -"\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. " -"However, we hope that this translation will help Portuguese speakers to " -"better understand the GNU GPL." - +"This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"Portuguese. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does " +"not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help Portuguese speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 @@ -62,8 +60,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Esta é uma tradução não-oficial da GNU General Public License para " "Português. Não foi publicada pela Free Software Foundation, e não expressa " -"legalmente os termos de distribuição para o software que utiliza a GNU GPL —" -" apenas o faz o <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">texto Inglês</ulink> original da GNU GPL. No entanto, nós desejamos que esta tradução ajude os que falam Português a compreender melhor a GNU GPL." +"legalmente os termos de distribuição para o software que utiliza a GNU GPL " +"— apenas o faz o <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">texto Inglês</" +"ulink> original da GNU GPL. No entanto, nós desejamos que esta tradução " +"ajude os que falam Português a compreender melhor a GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:37 diff --git a/po/pt/hardware.po b/po/pt/hardware.po index 512047260..e7cee9a94 100644 --- a/po/pt/hardware.po +++ b/po/pt/hardware.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 15:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -2300,10 +2300,10 @@ msgid "" "different CPU variants." msgstr "" "Existem quatro principais sub-arquitecturas de <emphasis>&architecture;</" -"emphasis>: PMac (Power-Macintosh ou PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System), e " -"máquinas CHRP. Cada sub-arquitectura tem os seus próprios métodos de " -"arranque. Para mais, existem quatro variantes diferentes de kernel que suportam " -"diferentes variantes dos processadores. " +"emphasis>: PMac (Power-Macintosh ou PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP " +"System), e máquinas CHRP. Cada sub-arquitectura tem os seus próprios métodos " +"de arranque. Para mais, existem quatro variantes diferentes de kernel que " +"suportam diferentes variantes dos processadores. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 @@ -2349,7 +2349,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "A maioria dos sistemas usa este flavour do kernel, que suporta os " "processadores PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, e 7400. Todos os sistemas " -"Apple Power Macintosh até, e incluindo, ao G4 utilizam um destes processadores." +"Apple Power Macintosh até, e incluindo, ao G4 utilizam um destes " +"processadores." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 @@ -2393,7 +2394,8 @@ msgid "" "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " "architecture, and use this kernel flavour." msgstr "" -"Os sistemas que utilizam o Apple G5 (processador PPC970FX) são também baseados na arquitectura POWER4, e utilizam este kernel flavour." +"Os sistemas que utilizam o Apple G5 (processador PPC970FX) são também " +"baseados na arquitectura POWER4, e utilizam este kernel flavour." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 @@ -2419,7 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "<term>apus</term>" msgid "" "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is " "currently disabled." -msgstr "Este kernel flavour suporta o Amiga Power-UP Systemi, embora esteja actualmente desabilitado." +msgstr "" +"Este kernel flavour suporta o Amiga Power-UP Systemi, embora esteja " +"actualmente desabilitado." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1182 @@ -2452,7 +2456,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Os sistemas OldWorld são a maior parte dos Power Macintoshes com uma drive " "de disquetes e um bus PCI. A maior parte dos Power Machintoshes baseados nos " -"603, 603e, 604 e 604e são máquinas OldWorld. Esses modelos pré-iMac PowerPC da Apple usam um esquema de nome com quatro dígitos, excepto os sistemas G3 pintados de cor beige, que também são Oldworld." +"603, 603e, 604 e 604e são máquinas OldWorld. Esses modelos pré-iMac PowerPC " +"da Apple usam um esquema de nome com quatro dígitos, excepto os sistemas G3 " +"pintados de cor beige, que também são Oldworld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 @@ -2465,11 +2471,11 @@ msgid "" "quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." msgstr "" "Os intitulados de NewWorld PowerMacs são todos os PowerMacs em caixas de " -"plástico colorido translúcido e modelos posteriores. Isto inclui todos os iMacs, iBooks, sistemas " -"G4, sistemas G3 pintados de cor azul, e a maioria dos PowerBooks fabricados em e " -"depois de 1999. Os PowerMacs NewWorld também são conhecidos por usarem o " -"sistema <quote>Rom in Ram</quote> para o MacOS, e foram produzidos a partir " -"de meados de 1998 para a frente." +"plástico colorido translúcido e modelos posteriores. Isto inclui todos os " +"iMacs, iBooks, sistemas G4, sistemas G3 pintados de cor azul, e a maioria " +"dos PowerBooks fabricados em e depois de 1999. Os PowerMacs NewWorld também " +"são conhecidos por usarem o sistema <quote>Rom in Ram</quote> para o MacOS, " +"e foram produzidos a partir de meados de 1998 para a frente." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 @@ -2876,12 +2882,13 @@ msgstr "" "Os sistemas NuBus não são actualmente suportados pelo debian/powerpc. O " "kernel monolítico Linux/PPC não tem actualmente suporte para estas máquinas; " "em vez disso tem que utilizar a microkernel Mach MkLinux, que Debian ainda " -"não suporta. Estes encluem os seguintes: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power " -"Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa " -"5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, e " -"5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </" -"para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Está disponível um kernel linux para estas máquinas " -"em <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>" +"não suporta. Estes encluem os seguintes: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> " +"Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook " +"1400, 2300, e 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server " +"6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Está disponível um " +"kernel linux para estas máquinas em <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac." +"sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>" #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1485 @@ -2900,13 +2907,13 @@ msgid "" "These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " "Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." msgstr "" -"Os computadores Macintosh que usam a série de processadores 680x0 <emphasis>" -"não</emphasis> pertencem a família PowerPC, mas são sim máquinas m68k. Esses " -"modelos começam com a série <quote>Mac II</quote>, continuam para a família " -"<quote>LC</quote>, depois para a série Centris, e culminam com os Quadras e " -"Performas. Estes modelos geralmente têm um número de modelo com um numeral " -"romano ou com um número de modelo com 3-dígitos tal como o Mac IIcx, LCIII " -"ou Quadra 950." +"Os computadores Macintosh que usam a série de processadores 680x0 " +"<emphasis>não</emphasis> pertencem a família PowerPC, mas são sim máquinas " +"m68k. Esses modelos começam com a série <quote>Mac II</quote>, continuam " +"para a família <quote>LC</quote>, depois para a série Centris, e culminam " +"com os Quadras e Performas. Estes modelos geralmente têm um número de modelo " +"com um numeral romano ou com um número de modelo com 3-dígitos tal como o " +"Mac IIcx, LCIII ou Quadra 950." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 @@ -2920,9 +2927,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Esta gama de modelos começou com o Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, " "IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), depois com o LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, " -"580, 630), e depois com o Mac TV, depois o Centris (610, 650, 660AV), o Quadra " -"(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), e finalmente o " -"Performa 200-640CD." +"580, 630), e depois com o Mac TV, depois o Centris (610, 650, 660AV), o " +"Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), e finalmente " +"o Performa 200-640CD." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 @@ -2932,7 +2939,9 @@ msgid "" "and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " "please see the section above)." msgstr "" -"Em portáteis, começou com o Mac Portable, depois o PowerBook 100-190cs e o Powerbook Duo 210-550c (excluíndo o PowerBook 500 que é um Nubus, por favor veja a secção acima)." +"Em portáteis, começou com o Mac Portable, depois o PowerBook 100-190cs e o " +"Powerbook Duo 210-550c (excluíndo o PowerBook 500 que é um Nubus, por favor " +"veja a secção acima)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1520 diff --git a/po/pt/install-methods.po b/po/pt/install-methods.po index 52341f75b..76b153efa 100644 --- a/po/pt/install-methods.po +++ b/po/pt/install-methods.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods.po\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-29 20:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -353,10 +353,10 @@ msgid "" "sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." msgstr "" "Se não pode iniciar (IPL) a partir de CD-ROM e não está a utilizar VM " -"primeiro precisa criar uma tape IPL. Isto é descrito na secção 3.4.3 " -"no <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf" -"\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. " -"Os ficheiros que precisa escrever para a tape são (por esta ordem): " +"primeiro precisa criar uma tape IPL. Isto é descrito na secção 3.4.3 no " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> " +"Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. Os " +"ficheiros que precisa escrever para a tape são (por esta ordem): " "<filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> e " "<filename>initrd.debian</filename>. O download destes ficheiros pode ser " "feito a partir do sub-directório <filename>tape</filename>, visite <xref " @@ -385,7 +385,8 @@ msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " "drives." msgstr "" -"É relatado que falha ao arrancar a partir da disquete nas drives USB de disquetes Mac." +"É relatado que falha ao arrancar a partir da disquete nas drives USB de " +"disquetes Mac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 @@ -394,7 +395,8 @@ msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " "Macs." msgstr "" -"Não é suportado arrancar o instalador a partir de disquete em Amigas ou Macs 68k." +"Não é suportado arrancar o instalador a partir de disquete em Amigas ou Macs " +"68k." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 @@ -426,7 +428,8 @@ msgid "" "platforms." msgstr "" "Existem diferentes técnicas para criar disquetes a partir de imagens de " -"disco. Esta secção descreve como criar disquetes a partir de imagens de disco em diferentes plataformas." +"disco. Esta secção descreve como criar disquetes a partir de imagens de " +"disco em diferentes plataformas." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 @@ -846,8 +849,8 @@ msgstr "" "que o módulo do kernel usb-storage é carregado (<userinput>modprobe usb-" "storage</userinput>) e tente descobrir para qual dispositivo SCSI foi " "mapeado o stick USB (neste exemplo é utilizado o <filename>/dev/sda</" -"filename>). Para escrever para o seu stick, poderá ter de desligar o botão de " -"protecção de escrita." +"filename>). Para escrever para o seu stick, poderá ter de desligar o botão " +"de protecção de escrita." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 @@ -857,7 +860,8 @@ msgid "" "are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." msgstr "" "Note que o stick USB deverá ter no mínimo 256 MB de tamanho (são possíveis " -"configurações mais pequenas se seguir a <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +"configurações mais pequenas se seguir a <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/" +">)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -988,14 +992,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Dado que a maioria dos sticks USB vêm pré-configurados com uma única " "partição FAT16, provavelmente não terá de reparticionar ou reformatar o " -"stick. Se o tiver de fazer dessa maneira, utilize <command>cfdisk</" -"command> ou qualquer outra ferramenta de particionamento para criar uma " -"partição FAT16 e então criar o sistema de ficheiros utilizando: " +"stick. Se o tiver de fazer dessa maneira, utilize <command>cfdisk</command> " +"ou qualquer outra ferramenta de particionamento para criar uma partição " +"FAT16 e então criar o sistema de ficheiros utilizando: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Certifique-se de que utiliza o nome correcto do " -"seu dispositivo para o seu stick USB. O comando <command>mkdosfs</command> está contido no " -"pacote Debian <classname>dosfstools</classname>." +"seu dispositivo para o seu stick USB. O comando <command>mkdosfs</command> " +"está contido no pacote Debian <classname>dosfstools</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 @@ -1264,7 +1268,8 @@ msgstr "" "para dados adicionais necessários para a instalação. Por isso o próximo " "passo é copiar uma imagem Debian ISO (businesscard, netinst ou até uma " "imagem de CD completa) no seu stick (certifique-se que escolhe uma que " -"caiba). O nome do ficheiro de tal imagem tem de terminar em <filename>.iso</filename>." +"caiba). O nome do ficheiro de tal imagem tem de terminar em <filename>.iso</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 @@ -1590,10 +1595,11 @@ msgid "" "will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " "Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." msgstr "" -"Tome nota do número da partição MacOS onde colocou estes ficheiros. Se " -"tem o programa <command>pdisk</command> de MacOS, pode utilizar o comando <command>L</command> " -"para verificar o número da partição. Vai necessitar deste número de partição para o " -"comando que vai escrever na prompt do Open Firmware quando iniciar o instalador." +"Tome nota do número da partição MacOS onde colocou estes ficheiros. Se tem o " +"programa <command>pdisk</command> de MacOS, pode utilizar o comando " +"<command>L</command> para verificar o número da partição. Vai necessitar " +"deste número de partição para o comando que vai escrever na prompt do Open " +"Firmware quando iniciar o instalador." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 @@ -1849,7 +1855,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Estão disponíveis dois servidores BOOTP para GNU/Linux. O primeiro é o CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. O outro é na verdade um servidor DHCP: o ISC " -"<command>dhcpd</command>. Em &debian; estes estão contidos respectivamente nos pacotes <classname>bootp</classname> e <classname>dhcp</classname>." +"<command>dhcpd</command>. Em &debian; estes estão contidos respectivamente " +"nos pacotes <classname>bootp</classname> e <classname>dhcp</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1221 @@ -1888,17 +1895,18 @@ msgstr "" "Para utilizar o CMU <command>bootpd</command>, primeiro você tem de retirar " "o comentário (ou adicionar) da linha relevante em <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" "filename>. Em &debian;, você pode executar <userinput>update-inetd --enable " -"bootps</userinput>, para o fazer. No caso do seu servidor BOOTP não correr em Debian, a linha em questão deve parecer-se com: " +"bootps</userinput>, para o fazer. No caso do seu servidor BOOTP não correr " +"em Debian, a linha em questão deve parecer-se com: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" "</screen></informalexample>Agora, você tem de criar um ficheiro <filename>/" "etc/bootptab</filename>. Este tem o mesmo tipo de formato familiar e " -"críptico do bom velho BSD <filename>printcap</" -"filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, e <filename>disktab</filename>. " -"Para mais informações veja a página do manual de <filename>bootptab</" -"filename>. Para o CMU <command>bootpd</command>, você vai necessitar saber o " -"endereço de hardware (MAC) do cliente. Aqui está um <filename>/etc/bootptab</" -"filename> de exemplo: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"críptico do bom velho BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</" +"filename>, e <filename>disktab</filename>. Para mais informações veja a " +"página do manual de <filename>bootptab</filename>. Para o CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>, você vai necessitar saber o endereço de hardware " +"(MAC) do cliente. Aqui está um <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> de " +"exemplo: <informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -2282,9 +2290,9 @@ msgid "" "tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " "setups described above." msgstr "" -"Para DECstations, existem ficheiros tftpimage para cada subarquitectura, " -"que contém o kernel e o instalador num ficheiro. A convenção do " -"nome é <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img. Copie o " +"Para DECstations, existem ficheiros tftpimage para cada subarquitectura, que " +"contém o kernel e o instalador num ficheiro. A convenção do nome é " +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img. Copie o " "ficheiro tftpimage que quer utilizar para <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</" "userinput>, se trabalhar com o exemplo de configurações BOOTP/DHCP descritas " "acima." @@ -2406,15 +2414,18 @@ msgid "" "name." msgstr "" "As Arquitecturas SPARC acrescentam nomes de sub-srquitecturas, tais como " -"<quote>SUN4M</quote> ou <quote>SUN4C</quote>, ao nome do ficheiro. Assim, se a sub-" -"arquitectura do seu sistema for SUN4C, e o seu IP for 192.168.1.3, o nome do " -"ficheiros será <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. No entanto, existem também sub-arquitecturas onde o ficheiro que o cliente procura é apenas <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. Uma maneira simples de " -"determinar o código hexadecimal para o endereço IP é introduzir o seguinte comando numa shell (assumindo que o IP pretendido para a máquina é 10.0.0.4). " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> ou <quote>SUN4C</quote>, ao nome do ficheiro. Assim, se " +"a sub-arquitectura do seu sistema for SUN4C, e o seu IP for 192.168.1.3, o " +"nome do ficheiros será <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. No entanto, " +"existem também sub-arquitecturas onde o ficheiro que o cliente procura é " +"apenas <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. Uma maneira simples de " +"determinar o código hexadecimal para o endereço IP é introduzir o seguinte " +"comando numa shell (assumindo que o IP pretendido para a máquina é " +"10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Para obter " -"o nome do ficheiro correcto, necessitará de alterar todas as letras para " -"maiúsculas e se necessário adicionar o nome da sub-arquitectura." +"</screen></informalexample> Para obter o nome do ficheiro correcto, " +"necessitará de alterar todas as letras para maiúsculas e se necessário " +"adicionar o nome da sub-arquitectura." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1507 diff --git a/po/pt/installation-howto.po b/po/pt/installation-howto.po index e7af5d8a1..fc49aace6 100644 --- a/po/pt/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/pt/installation-howto.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto 24602\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-14 19:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ msgstr "" "A maneira mais fácil de preparar o seu stick de memória USB é fazer o " "download de <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, e utilizar o gunzip " "para extrair a imagem de 256 MB desse ficheiro. Escreva essa imagem " -"directamente para o seu stick de memória, que tem de ter pelo menos 256 MB de " -"capacidade. Naturalmente isto destruirá o que já estiver no stick de " +"directamente para o seu stick de memória, que tem de ter pelo menos 256 MB " +"de capacidade. Naturalmente isto destruirá o que já estiver no stick de " "memória. Em seguida monte o stick de memória USB, que terá agora um sistema " "de ficheiros FAT. Em seguida, faça o download da imagem de CD Debian " "netinst, e copie esse ficheiro para o stick de memória; qualquer ficheiro é " @@ -297,7 +297,8 @@ msgstr "" "Algumas BIOS podem arrancar directamente do armazenamento USB, e outras não. " "Você pode ter de configurar a sua BIOS para iniciar de uma <quote>removable " "drive</quote> ou até de <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> para que inicie a partir do " -"dispositivo USB. Para dicas úteis e detalhes, visite a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +"dispositivo USB. Para dicas úteis e detalhes, visite a <xref linkend=\"usb-" +"boot\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 @@ -497,10 +498,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "No ecrã seguinte irá ver a sua tabela de partições, como irão as partições " "ser formatadas, e onde irão ser montadas. Seleccione uma partição para a " -"modificar ou apagar. Se você fez o particionamento automático deverá poder ser capaz de " -"escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar particionamento e escrever alterações no disco</guimenuitem> do menu que utilizou para as criar. Lembre-se de atribuir pelo menos uma partição " -"para swap e montar uma partição em <filename>/</filename>. Veja o <xref " -"linkend=\"partitioning\"/> mais informações acerca do particionamento." +"modificar ou apagar. Se você fez o particionamento automático deverá poder " +"ser capaz de escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar particionamento e escrever " +"alterações no disco</guimenuitem> do menu que utilizou para as criar. Lembre-" +"se de atribuir pelo menos uma partição para swap e montar uma partição em " +"<filename>/</filename>. Veja o <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> mais " +"informações acerca do particionamento." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:275 diff --git a/po/pt/partitioning.po b/po/pt/partitioning.po index 7b6c513da..97542a36c 100644 --- a/po/pt/partitioning.po +++ b/po/pt/partitioning.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 15:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1038,10 +1038,10 @@ msgid "" "to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " "is not recommended." msgstr "" -"Um destes programas será corrido por omissão quando seleccionar <guimenuitem>" -"Particionar discos</guimenuitem> (ou similar). Pode ser possível utilizar " -"uma ferramenta de particionamento diferente a partir da linha de comandos no " -"VT2, mas isto não é recomendado." +"Um destes programas será corrido por omissão quando seleccionar " +"<guimenuitem>Particionar discos</guimenuitem> (ou similar). Pode ser " +"possível utilizar uma ferramenta de particionamento diferente a partir da " +"linha de comandos no VT2, mas isto não é recomendado." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 @@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ msgstr "" "criar dispositivos para a partição 21 e seguintes. O passo seguinte da " "inicialização da partição falhará a menos que um dispositivo apropriado " "esteja presente. Como exemplo, aqui estão os comandos que poderá utilizar no " -"<userinput>tty2</userinput> ou sob <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</guimenuitem> para adicionar um " -"dispositivo para que a 21ª partição possa ser inicializada: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>tty2</userinput> ou sob <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</" +"guimenuitem> para adicionar um dispositivo para que a 21ª partição possa ser " +"inicializada: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" diff --git a/po/pt/post-install.po b/po/pt/post-install.po index ea84032a8..1bcf2a98e 100644 --- a/po/pt/post-install.po +++ b/po/pt/post-install.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-09 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -661,13 +661,13 @@ msgid "" "word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel " "compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." msgstr "" -"Agora, compile o kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=custom.1.0 " -"kernel_image</userinput>. O número da versão <quote>1.0</quote> pode ser " -"alterado à vontade; isto é apenas um número de versão que irá usar para manter o " -"registo das suas compilações. Da mesma forma, pode colocar qualquer palavra " -"que deseje no lugar de <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., um host name). A " -"compilação do kernel poderá demorar um pouco, dependendo da capacidade da " -"sua máquina." +"Agora, compile o kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --" +"revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. O número da versão <quote>1.0</" +"quote> pode ser alterado à vontade; isto é apenas um número de versão que " +"irá usar para manter o registo das suas compilações. Da mesma forma, pode " +"colocar qualquer palavra que deseje no lugar de <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., " +"um host name). A compilação do kernel poderá demorar um pouco, dependendo da " +"capacidade da sua máquina." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 @@ -692,20 +692,23 @@ msgid "" "have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." msgstr "" "Quando a compilação estiver completa, poderá instalar o seu kernel " -"personalizado como qualquer pacote. Como root, faça <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">" -"<userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" -"replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-" -"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase>" -"A parte <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> é uma sub-arquitectura opcional, " +"personalizado como qualquer pacote. Como root, faça <phrase condition=" +"\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-" +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" +"userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -" +"i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" +"replaceable>_custom1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase>A parte " +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> é uma sub-arquitectura opcional, " "<phrase arch=\"i386\"> tal como <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> dependendo " -"das opções de kernel que colocou. <userinput>dpkg -i</" -"userinput> irá instalar o kernel, juntamente com alguns outros ficheiros de " -"suporte. Por exemplo, o <filename>System.map</filename> irá ser instalado " -"correctamente (ajuda a fazer debug de problemas no kernel), e <filename>/" -"boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> irá ser instalado, contendo a sua " -"configuração actual. O seu novo pacote de kernel é também suficiente esperto para actualizar " -"automaticamente o seu gestor de arranque para utilizar o novo kernel. Se criou um pacote de módulos, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e.g., se tem PCMCIA.</phrase> necessita instalar também esse pacote." +"das opções de kernel que colocou. <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> irá " +"instalar o kernel, juntamente com alguns outros ficheiros de suporte. Por " +"exemplo, o <filename>System.map</filename> irá ser instalado correctamente " +"(ajuda a fazer debug de problemas no kernel), e <filename>/boot/config-" +"&kernelversion;</filename> irá ser instalado, contendo a sua configuração " +"actual. O seu novo pacote de kernel é também suficiente esperto para " +"actualizar automaticamente o seu gestor de arranque para utilizar o novo " +"kernel. Se criou um pacote de módulos, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e." +"g., se tem PCMCIA.</phrase> necessita instalar também esse pacote." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:446 diff --git a/po/pt/preface.po b/po/pt/preface.po index 965ad0e30..7ba71cd34 100644 --- a/po/pt/preface.po +++ b/po/pt/preface.po @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface.xml 24750\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-31 21:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" diff --git a/po/pt/preparing.po b/po/pt/preparing.po index 926c03183..5aeef1a95 100644 --- a/po/pt/preparing.po +++ b/po/pt/preparing.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1927,8 +1927,9 @@ msgid "" "following command from Linux:" msgstr "" "Aparentemente, quando você criar ou redimensionar uma partição para utilizar " -"com o DOS, é uma boa ideia encher os primeiros sectores com zeros. Deve fazer isto " -"antes de correr o comando <command>format</command> do DOS, executando o seguinte comando a partir de Linux:" +"com o DOS, é uma boa ideia encher os primeiros sectores com zeros. Deve " +"fazer isto antes de correr o comando <command>format</command> do DOS, " +"executando o seguinte comando a partir de Linux:" #. Tag: screen #: preparing.xml:1177 @@ -2529,9 +2530,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Outra opção popular é arrancar a partir de armazenamento USB (também chamado " "memory stick ou chave USB). Algumas BIOS podem iniciar directamente a partir " -"de armazenamento USB, mas outras não podem. Você pode ter de configurar a sua " -"BIOS para arrancar a partir de <quote>Removable Drive</quote> ou mesmo de " -"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> para que arranque a partir do dispositivo USB." +"de armazenamento USB, mas outras não podem. Você pode ter de configurar a " +"sua BIOS para arrancar a partir de <quote>Removable Drive</quote> ou mesmo " +"de <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> para que arranque a partir do dispositivo USB." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1557 @@ -2950,14 +2951,14 @@ msgid "" "and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the " "firmware patches installed to nvram." msgstr "" -"O OpenfirmWare em máquinas OldWorld Beige G3, das versões 2.0f1 e 2.4, está estragado. " -"Estas máquinas muito provavelmente não serão capazes de " -"arrancar a partir do disco rígido a menos que patche o firmware. Um patch de " -"firmware está incluído no utilitário <application>System disk 2.3.1</" -"application>, disponível a partir da Apple em <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple." -"com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. " -"Após descomprimir o utilitário em MacOS, e o lançar, escolha <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> " -"para ter os patches de firmware instalados na nvram." +"O OpenfirmWare em máquinas OldWorld Beige G3, das versões 2.0f1 e 2.4, está " +"estragado. Estas máquinas muito provavelmente não serão capazes de arrancar " +"a partir do disco rígido a menos que patche o firmware. Um patch de firmware " +"está incluído no utilitário <application>System disk 2.3.1</application>, " +"disponível a partir da Apple em <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/" +"macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Após descomprimir " +"o utilitário em MacOS, e o lançar, escolha <guibutton>Save button</" +"guibutton> para ter os patches de firmware instalados na nvram." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1840 @@ -3030,13 +3031,13 @@ msgid "" "\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" "Você pode utilizar o OpenBoot para arrancar a partir de dispositivos " -"específicos, e também para mudar o dispositivo de arranque por omissão. No entanto, você " -"necessita saber alguns detalhes acerca de como o OpenBoot dá nomes aos dispositivos; é " -"muito diferente do esquema de nomes de dispositivos em Linux, descrito em " -"<xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Além disso, o comando pode variar um " -"pouco, dependendo de que versão do OpenBoot que você tem. Pode ser encontrada mais informação " -"acerca do OpenBoot na <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun " -"OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"específicos, e também para mudar o dispositivo de arranque por omissão. No " +"entanto, você necessita saber alguns detalhes acerca de como o OpenBoot dá " +"nomes aos dispositivos; é muito diferente do esquema de nomes de " +"dispositivos em Linux, descrito em <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Além " +"disso, o comando pode variar um pouco, dependendo de que versão do OpenBoot " +"que você tem. Pode ser encontrada mais informação acerca do OpenBoot na " +"<ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1885 @@ -3067,8 +3068,8 @@ msgstr "" "óbvios; o dispositivo <quote>net</quote> é utilizado para arrancar a partir " "da rede. Adicionalmente, o nome de dispositivo pode especificar uma partição " "específica do disco, tal como <quote>disk2:a</quote> para arrancar a partir " -"de disk2, a primeira partição. Nomes completos de dispositivos OpenBoot têm a " -"forma <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"de disk2, a primeira partição. Nomes completos de dispositivos OpenBoot têm " +"a forma <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>unit-address</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>device-arguments</replaceable>\n" @@ -3283,7 +3284,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "O servidor de instalação necessita copiar a estrutura exacta de directórios " "a partir de qualquer mirror &debian; mas apenas são necessários os ficheiros " -"de s390 e independentes de arquitectura. Pode também copiar o conteúdo de todos os CDs de instalação para essa tal estrutura de directórios." +"de s390 e independentes de arquitectura. Pode também copiar o conteúdo de " +"todos os CDs de instalação para essa tal estrutura de directórios." #. Tag: emphasis #: preparing.xml:2035 @@ -3552,8 +3554,8 @@ msgstr "" "problemas com o seu ecrã após re-iniciar (por vezes pode ver informação no " "monitor, mas noutras nada) ou, se o ecrã ficar preto após arrancar o " "instalador em vez de lhe mostrar o interface do utilizador, tente mudar as " -"configurações do ecrã no MacOS para utilizar 256 cores em vez de <quote>" -"thousands</quote> ou <quote>millions</quote>." +"configurações do ecrã no MacOS para utilizar 256 cores em vez de " +"<quote>thousands</quote> ou <quote>millions</quote>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or " diff --git a/po/pt/preseed.po b/po/pt/preseed.po index c7335acbb..78a9d2893 100644 --- a/po/pt/preseed.po +++ b/po/pt/preseed.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-28 22:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -858,8 +858,8 @@ msgid "" "relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " "your architecture." msgstr "" -"Note que este exemplo é basedo numa instalação para a arquitetura Intel " -"x86. Se está a instalar para uma arquitectura diferente, alguns dos exemplos " +"Note que este exemplo é basedo numa instalação para a arquitetura Intel x86. " +"Se está a instalar para uma arquitectura diferente, alguns dos exemplos " "(como a selecção do teclado e a instalação do booloader) podem não ser " "relevantes e irá ser preciso substituí-los por valores do debconf " "apropriados para a sua arquitectura." @@ -1010,9 +1010,9 @@ msgstr "" "quando se utiliza preseed de rede (utilizando <quote>preseed/url</quote>), " "você pode utilizar o seguinte truque para contornar isso, por exemplo se " "desejar atribuir um endereço estático para um interface de rede. O truque é " -"forçar a configuração da rede a ser corrida novemente após o ficheiro de " -"pré-configuração ter sido carregado ao criar um script <quote>preseed/run" -"</quote> que contenha as seguintes linhas:" +"forçar a configuração da rede a ser corrida novemente após o ficheiro de pré-" +"configuração ter sido carregado ao criar um script <quote>preseed/run</" +"quote> que contenha as seguintes linhas:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 diff --git a/po/pt/random-bits.po b/po/pt/random-bits.po index 3708d3d39..6513ee6e2 100644 --- a/po/pt/random-bits.po +++ b/po/pt/random-bits.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-27 00:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1185,8 +1185,8 @@ msgid "" "with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" "Para configurar a rede, edite <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " -"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> e <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> e " +"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces \n" "</screen></informalexample> Aqui estão alguns exemplos simples de <filename>/" "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1283,7 +1283,8 @@ msgstr "" "Se você pretende iniciar este sistema, você provavelmente quer um kernel " "Linux e um gestor de arranque. Identifique os kernels pré-empacotados " "disponíveis com <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" +"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> E depois instale a sua escolhe utilizando o nome " "do pacote." diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index a1a763daf..4243935d0 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 18:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:862 -#, no-c-format +#, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1475,13 +1475,13 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Este exemplo mostra dois discos rígidos IDE divididos em " -"várias partições; o primeiro disco possuí algum espaço livre. Cada linha de " -"partição consiste no número de partição, o seu tipo, tamanho, flags " -"opcionais, sistema de ficheiros e ponto de montagem (se existir). " +"</screen></informalexample> Este exemplo mostra dois discos rígidos IDE " +"divididos em várias partições; o primeiro disco possuí algum espaço livre. " +"Cada linha de partição consiste no número de partição, o seu tipo, tamanho, " +"flags opcionais, sistema de ficheiros e ponto de montagem (se existir). " "Nota: esta configuração particular não pode ser criada utilizando o " -"particionamento guiado mas mostra uma variação possível que pode ser alcançada " -"utilizando o particionamento manual." +"particionamento guiado mas mostra uma variação possível que pode ser " +"alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 @@ -2321,12 +2321,12 @@ msgid "" "prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " "encrypted data." msgstr "" -"O algoritmo <firstterm>Vector de Inicialização</firstterm> ou <firstterm>IV" -"</firstterm> é utilizado em criptografia para assegurar que assegurar que aplicando a " -"mesma cifra para os mesmos dados em <firstterm>texto em claro</firstterm> com a mesma " -"chave produz sempre um <firstterm>texto cifrado</firstterm> único. A ideia é " -"prevenir que o atacante deduza informação a partir de padrões repetidos nos " -"dados encriptados." +"O algoritmo <firstterm>Vector de Inicialização</firstterm> ou <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> é utilizado em criptografia para assegurar que assegurar que " +"aplicando a mesma cifra para os mesmos dados em <firstterm>texto em claro</" +"firstterm> com a mesma chave produz sempre um <firstterm>texto cifrado</" +"firstterm> único. A ideia é prevenir que o atacante deduza informação a " +"partir de padrões repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1390 @@ -2650,8 +2650,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Agora é altura de atribuir pontos de montagem aos " -"volumes e opcionalmente alterar os tipos de sistemas de ficheiros se os " +"</screen></informalexample> Agora é altura de atribuir pontos de montagem " +"aos volumes e opcionalmente alterar os tipos de sistemas de ficheiros se os " "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pt/welcome.po b/po/pt/welcome.po index 78e35558e..f3f5ff74e 100644 --- a/po/pt/welcome.po +++ b/po/pt/welcome.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-07 22:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -372,10 +372,10 @@ msgid "" "users as well." msgstr "" "É também menos provável que Linux bloqueie, que corra melhor mais de um " -"programa ao mesmo tempo, e seja mais seguro que muitos sistemas operativos. Com " -"estas vantagens, Linux é o sistema operativo que mais rapidamente cresce no " -"mercado de servidores. Mais recentemente, Linux passou a ser popular entre " -"os utilizadores domésticos e empresariais." +"programa ao mesmo tempo, e seja mais seguro que muitos sistemas operativos. " +"Com estas vantagens, Linux é o sistema operativo que mais rapidamente cresce " +"no mercado de servidores. Mais recentemente, Linux passou a ser popular " +"entre os utilizadores domésticos e empresariais." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:231 @@ -523,9 +523,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "O principal, e melhor, método para obter suporte para o seu sistema &debian; " "é comunicar com Debian Developers através das muitas mailing lists mantidas " -"pelo Debian Project (mais de &num-of-debian-maillists; quando isto " -"foi escrito). A forma mais fácil de subscrever uma ou mais destas mailing " -"lists é visitar a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> página de " +"pelo Debian Project (mais de &num-of-debian-maillists; quando isto foi " +"escrito). A forma mais fácil de subscrever uma ou mais destas mailing lists " +"é visitar a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> página de " "subscrição de mailing lists Debian</ulink> e preencher o formulário que vai " "lá encontrar." diff --git a/po/ro/bookinfo.po b/po/ro/bookinfo.po index 69fafae9f..ab99cd714 100644 --- a/po/ro/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/ro/bookinfo.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-09 17:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrişor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1))\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1))\n" #. Tag: title #: bookinfo.xml:5 @@ -106,4 +107,3 @@ msgstr "" "Acest manual este software liber; poate fi distribuit şi sau modificat în " "termenii licenţei GNU General Public License. Vă rugăm să citiţi licenţa la " "<xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ro/preface.po b/po/ro/preface.po index df3dcd6a7..cf2cf1760 100644 --- a/po/ro/preface.po +++ b/po/ro/preface.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-24 01:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrişor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ro/welcome.po b/po/ro/welcome.po index 252bd99d9..04ba93d0a 100644 --- a/po/ro/welcome.po +++ b/po/ro/welcome.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 13:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrişor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,401 +14,795 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1))\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1))\n" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:4 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Welcome to Debian" msgstr "Bine aţi venit în Debian" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." -msgstr "Acest capitol oferă o vedere de ansamblu asupra Proiectului Debian şi &debian;. Dacă cunoaşteţi deja cu isoria Proiectului Debian şi distribuţia &debian;, puteţi să treceţi direct la capitolul următor." +msgid "" +"This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you " +"already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; " +"distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Acest capitol oferă o vedere de ansamblu asupra Proiectului Debian şi " +"&debian;. Dacă cunoaşteţi deja cu isoria Proiectului Debian şi distribuţia " +"&debian;, puteţi să treceţi direct la capitolul următor." +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:19 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is Debian?" msgstr "Ce este Debian?" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:20 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian Developers</firstterm>." -msgstr "Debian este o organizaţie bazată pur pe voluntariat, dedicată dezvoltării de software liber şi promovarea idealurilor Free Software Foundation (Fundaţia pentru sotware liber). Proiectul Debian a început în anul 1993,când Ian Murdock a lansat o invitaţie deschisă către dezvoltatorii de software să contribuie la o distribuţie de software completă şi coerentă bazată pe nucleul relativ infant, numit Linux. Acel grup relativ mic de enthuziaşti dedicaţi au fondat iniţial <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Fundaţia pentru software liber</ulink> şi au influenţat filosofia <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink>, care, de-a lungul anilor, a devenit o organizaţie de aproximativ &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Dezvoltatori Debian</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free " +"software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The " +"Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to " +"software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software " +"distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small " +"band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years " +"into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian " +"Developers</firstterm>." +msgstr "" +"Debian este o organizaţie bazată pur pe voluntariat, dedicată dezvoltării de " +"software liber şi promovarea idealurilor Free Software Foundation (Fundaţia " +"pentru sotware liber). Proiectul Debian a început în anul 1993,când Ian " +"Murdock a lansat o invitaţie deschisă către dezvoltatorii de software să " +"contribuie la o distribuţie de software completă şi coerentă bazată pe " +"nucleul relativ infant, numit Linux. Acel grup relativ mic de enthuziaşti " +"dedicaţi au fondat iniţial <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Fundaţia pentru " +"software liber</ulink> şi au influenţat filosofia <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-" +"intro;\">GNU</ulink>, care, de-a lungul anilor, a devenit o organizaţie de " +"aproximativ &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Dezvoltatori Debian</" +"firstterm>." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:35 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining software packages." -msgstr "Dezvoltatorii Debian sunt implicaţi în multe activităţi, inclusiv administrarea <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">paginilor de web</ulink> şi <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">siturilor FTP</ulink> designul de grafică, analizelor legale a licenţelor de software, scrierea de documentaţie şi, desigur, mentenenţa pachetelor de software." +msgid "" +"Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;" +"\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of " +"software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining " +"software packages." +msgstr "" +"Dezvoltatorii Debian sunt implicaţi în multe activităţi, inclusiv " +"administrarea <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">paginilor de web</ulink> şi " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">siturilor FTP</ulink> designul de grafică, " +"analizelor legale a licenţelor de software, scrierea de documentaţie şi, " +"desigur, mentenenţa pachetelor de software." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" -msgstr "În scopul de a comunica filosofia noastră şi în scopul atragerii altor dezvoltatori care cred în principiile pentru care Debian luptă, Proiectul Debian a publicat o serie de documente ce schiţează valorile noastre şi servesc drept ghid pentru a înţelege ce înseamnă a fi Dezvoltator Debian:" +msgid "" +"In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers " +"who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has " +"published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides " +"to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" +msgstr "" +"În scopul de a comunica filosofia noastră şi în scopul atragerii altor " +"dezvoltatori care cred în principiile pentru care Debian luptă, Proiectul " +"Debian a publicat o serie de documente ce schiţează valorile noastre şi " +"servesc drept ghid pentru a înţelege ce înseamnă a fi Dezvoltator Debian:" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:52 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being free, and the package follows our quality standards." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Contracul Social al Debian </ulink> este o declaraţie a Debian în care se afirmă angajamentul acestuia faţă de Comunitatea Software-ului Liber. Oricine este de acord să respecte Contractul Social poate deveni <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">un responsabil de pachet (întreţinător)</ulink>. Orice responsabil de pechet poate introduce noi programe în Debian — cu condiţia ca programele în cauză să respecte criteriile noastre de libertate " -"şi pachetele respectă standardele noastre de calitate." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a " +"statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who " +"agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-" +"maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software " +"into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being " +"free, and the package follows our quality standards." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Contracul Social al Debian </ulink> " +"este o declaraţie a Debian în care se afirmă angajamentul acestuia faţă de " +"Comunitatea Software-ului Liber. Oricine este de acord să respecte " +"Contractul Social poate deveni <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">un " +"responsabil de pachet (întreţinător)</ulink>. Orice responsabil de pechet " +"poate introduce noi programe în Debian — cu condiţia ca programele în " +"cauză să respecte criteriile noastre de libertate şi pachetele respectă " +"standardele noastre de calitate." -#: welcome.xml:64 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: para # RO: trebuie să verific traducerea pentru DFSG cu ce e pe sit # RO: similar Open Source? -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Ghidul Debian al Software-ului Liber</ulink> este o declaraţie clară şi concisă a criteriilor Debian pentru software-ul liber. DFSG-ul (eng., acronim pentru Ghidul Debian al Software-ul Liber) este un document foarte influent în Mişcare Software-ului Liber, şi a fost foundaţia <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">Definiţiei pentru Open Source</ulink>." +#. Tag: para +#: welcome.xml:64 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a " +"clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG " +"is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the " +"foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Ghidul Debian al Software-ului Liber</ulink> este " +"o declaraţie clară şi concisă a criteriilor Debian pentru software-ul liber. " +"DFSG-ul (eng., acronim pentru Ghidul Debian al Software-ul Liber) este un " +"document foarte influent în Mişcare Software-ului Liber, şi a fost foundaţia " +"<ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">Definiţiei pentru Open Source</ulink>." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:74 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Manualul Regulilor Debian</ulink> este un set de specificaţii extensive a standardelor de calitate ale Proiectului Debian." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an " +"extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Manualul Regulilor Debian</ulink> este un " +"set de specificaţii extensive a standardelor de calitate ale Proiectului " +"Debian." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. Some examples include:" -msgstr "Dezvoltatorii Debian sunt împlicaţi şi în alte proiecte; unele sunt specifice Debian, iar altele implicând o parte sau întreaga comunitate Linux. Unele exemple includ:" +msgid "" +"Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some " +"specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. " +"Some examples include:" +msgstr "" +"Dezvoltatorii Debian sunt împlicaţi şi în alte proiecte; unele sunt " +"specifice Debian, iar altele implicând o parte sau întreaga comunitate " +"Linux. Unele exemple includ:" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux distribution." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) este un proiect direcţionat spre standardizarea sistemului de bază GNU/Linux, lucru care va putea permite terţilor dzvoltatori de software and hardware să proiecteze cu uşurinţă programe şi driver-e pentru dispozitive pentru Linux-în-general, în loc să o facă pentru o distribuţie specifică GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a " +"project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable " +"third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and " +"device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux " +"distribution." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) este un " +"proiect direcţionat spre standardizarea sistemului de bază GNU/Linux, lucru " +"care va putea permite terţilor dzvoltatori de software and hardware să " +"proiecteze cu uşurinţă programe şi driver-e pentru dispozitive pentru Linux-" +"în-general, în loc să o facă pentru o distribuţie specifică GNU/Linux." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:99 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in different GNU/Linux distributions." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Standardul pentru ierarhia sistemului de fişiere</ulink> (FHS) este un efort de standardizare a aranjamentului sistemului de fişiere Linux. FHS-ul va permite dezvoltatorilor de software să se concentreze efortul pentru a proiecta programe, fără să se îngrijoreze în legătură cu felul în care pachetul va fi instalat în diferitele distribuţii GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> " +"(FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The " +"FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing " +"programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in " +"different GNU/Linux distributions." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Standardul pentru ierarhia sistemului de " +"fişiere</ulink> (FHS) este un efort de standardizare a aranjamentului " +"sistemului de fişiere Linux. FHS-ul va permite dezvoltatorilor de software " +"să se concentreze efortul pentru a proiecta programe, fără să se îngrijoreze " +"în legătură cu felul în care pachetul va fi instalat în diferitele " +"distribuţii GNU/Linux." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> este un proiect intern, care este orientat spre a asigura că Debian are ceva de oferit celor mai tineri utilizatori ai noştri." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, " +"aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> este un proiect intern, " +"care este orientat spre a asigura că Debian are ceva de oferit celor mai " +"tineri utilizatori ai noştri." +# RO: FAQ=? +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -# RO: FAQ=? -msgid "For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informaţii generale despre Debian, a se vedea <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informaţii generale despre Debian, a se vedea <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:133 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is GNU/Linux?" msgstr "Ce este GNU/Linux?" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact with your computer and run other programs." -msgstr "Linux este un sistem de operare: o serie de programe care vă lasă să interacţionaţi cu calculatorul şi să rulaţi alte programe." +msgid "" +"Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact " +"with your computer and run other programs." +msgstr "" +"Linux este un sistem de operare: o serie de programe care vă lasă să " +"interacţionaţi cu calculatorul şi să rulaţi alte programe." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as <quote>Linux</quote>." -msgstr "Un sistem de operare este format din diverse programe fundamentale care sunt necesare calculatorului dumneavoastră să comunice şi să recepţioneze instrucţiuni de la utilizatori; citirea şi scrierea datelor pe discurile fixe, casete, şi la imprimante; controlul utilizării memoriei; şi rularea de alte programe. Cea mai importantă parte a unui sistem de operare este nucleul. Într-un sistem GNU/Linux, Linux este nucleul. Restul sistemului e format din alte programe, multe dintre acestea fiind scrise de către sau pentru Proiectul GNU. Deoarece doar nucleul Linux nu formează un sistem de operare funcţional, noi preferăm să folosim termenul <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> pentru a ne referi la sistemele la care mulţi oameni le spun neglijent <quote>Linux</quote>." +msgid "" +"An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are " +"needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions " +"from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control " +"the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an " +"operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel " +"component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which " +"were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does " +"not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/" +"Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as " +"<quote>Linux</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Un sistem de operare este format din diverse programe fundamentale care sunt " +"necesare calculatorului dumneavoastră să comunice şi să recepţioneze " +"instrucţiuni de la utilizatori; citirea şi scrierea datelor pe discurile " +"fixe, casete, şi la imprimante; controlul utilizării memoriei; şi rularea de " +"alte programe. Cea mai importantă parte a unui sistem de operare este " +"nucleul. Într-un sistem GNU/Linux, Linux este nucleul. Restul sistemului e " +"format din alte programe, multe dintre acestea fiind scrise de către sau " +"pentru Proiectul GNU. Deoarece doar nucleul Linux nu formează un sistem de " +"operare funcţional, noi preferăm să folosim termenul <quote>GNU/Linux</" +"quote> pentru a ne referi la sistemele la care mulţi oameni le spun " +"neglijent <quote>Linux</quote>." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:153 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by unpaid volunteers." -msgstr "Linux este modelat pe baza sistemului de operare Uni. De la început a fost proiectat să fie un sitem multi-tasking şi multi-utilizator. Doar aceste lucruri sunt suficiente pentru a face ca Linux să fie diferit faţă de alte sisteme de operare bine cunoscute. Totuşi Linux este şi mai diferit, mai mult decât v-aţi putea imagina. Faţă de alte sisteme de operare, nimieni nu deţine Linux. Mare parte din dezvoltarea sa este făcută de către volutari neplătiţi." +msgid "" +"Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was " +"designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to " +"make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux " +"is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other " +"operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by " +"unpaid volunteers." +msgstr "" +"Linux este modelat pe baza sistemului de operare Uni. De la început a fost " +"proiectat să fie un sitem multi-tasking şi multi-utilizator. Doar aceste " +"lucruri sunt suficiente pentru a face ca Linux să fie diferit faţă de alte " +"sisteme de operare bine cunoscute. Totuşi Linux este şi mai diferit, mai " +"mult decât v-aţi putea imagina. Faţă de alte sisteme de operare, nimieni nu " +"deţine Linux. Mare parte din dezvoltarea sa este făcută de către volutari " +"neplătiţi." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:162 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." -msgstr "Dezvoltarea a ceea ce a devenit mai târziu GNU/linux în 1984, când <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Fundaţia pentru Software Liber</ulink> a început dezvoltarea unui sistem de operare liber asemănător Unix-ului, numit GNU." +msgid "" +"Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began " +"development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." +msgstr "" +"Dezvoltarea a ceea ce a devenit mai târziu GNU/linux în 1984, când <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Fundaţia pentru Software Liber</ulink> a început " +"dezvoltarea unui sistem de operare liber asemănător Unix-ului, numit GNU." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:168 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of document formats)." -msgstr "Proiectul GNU a dezvoltat un set destul de complet de unelte software libere pentru a fi utilizate cu Unix™ şi sisteme de operare asemănătoare Unix-ului, cum a fost linux. Aceste unelte permit utilizatorilor să facă sarcini de la cele mai uzuale (cum ar fi copierile sau ştergerile din sistem) până la cele complicate (cum ar fi scrierea şi compilarea de programe, sau sau editările complicate într-o varietate de formate de documente)." +msgid "" +"The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for " +"use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These " +"tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as " +"copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing " +"and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of " +"document formats)." +msgstr "" +"Proiectul GNU a dezvoltat un set destul de complet de unelte software libere " +"pentru a fi utilizate cu Unix™ şi sisteme de operare asemănătoare Unix-" +"ului, cum a fost linux. Aceste unelte permit utilizatorilor să facă sarcini " +"de la cele mai uzuale (cum ar fi copierile sau ştergerile din sistem) până " +"la cele complicate (cum ar fi scrierea şi compilarea de programe, sau sau " +"editările complicate într-o varietate de formate de documente)." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:177 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the community that made Linux possible." -msgstr "În timp ce multe grupuri şi mulţi indivizi au contribuit la Linux, cel mai mare contribuitor încă este Fundaţia pentru Software Liber care a creat nu numai majoritatea uneltelor folosite în Linux, ci şi filosofia şi comunitatea care a făcut să Linux să fie posibil." +msgid "" +"While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest " +"single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not " +"only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the " +"community that made Linux possible." +msgstr "" +"În timp ce multe grupuri şi mulţi indivizi au contribuit la Linux, cel mai " +"mare contribuitor încă este Fundaţia pentru Software Liber care a creat nu " +"numai majoritatea uneltelor folosite în Linux, ci şi filosofia şi " +"comunitatea care a făcut să Linux să fie posibil." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:184 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in 1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Nucleul Linux</ulink> a apărut iniţial în 1991, când un student finlandez care studia ştiinţa calculatoarelor, numit Linus Torvalds a anunţat în grupurile de ştiri Usenet <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput> o versiune incipientă a unui nucleu ce înlocuia nucleul Minix. A se vedea <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Pagina istoriei Linux</ulink> scrisă de Linux International." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in " +"1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds " +"announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet " +"newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's " +"<ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Nucleul Linux</ulink> a apărut iniţial în " +"1991, când un student finlandez care studia ştiinţa calculatoarelor, numit " +"Linus Torvalds a anunţat în grupurile de ştiri Usenet <userinput>comp.os." +"minix</userinput> o versiune incipientă a unui nucleu ce înlocuia nucleul " +"Minix. A se vedea <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Pagina istoriei Linux</" +"ulink> scrisă de Linux International." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:193 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Linus Torvalds continuă să coordoneze munca a câtorva sute de dezvlotatori cu ajutorul a câtorva ajutoare de încredere. Un sumar săptămânal excelent al discuţiilor de pe lista de poştă electronică <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> este <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. Mai multe informaţii despre lista de discuţii <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> pot fi găsite pe pagina cu <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">cu întrebări frecvente despre lista linux-kernel</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred " +"developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly " +"summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing " +"list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More " +"information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can " +"be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel " +"mailing list FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Linus Torvalds continuă să coordoneze munca a câtorva sute de dezvlotatori " +"cu ajutorul a câtorva ajutoare de încredere. Un sumar săptămânal excelent al " +"discuţiilor de pe lista de poştă electronică <userinput>linux-kernel</" +"userinput> este <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. " +"Mai multe informaţii despre lista de discuţii <userinput>linux-kernel</" +"userinput> pot fi găsite pe pagina cu <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-" +"faq;\">cu întrebări frecvente despre lista linux-kernel</ulink>." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:204 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or desktop as something that they can change." -msgstr "Utilizatorii de Linux au o libertate imensă de alegere a programelor lor. De exemplu, utilizatorii de Linux pot alege dintr-o duzină de console pentru linia de comandă şi câteva medii grafice. Această selecţie adesea dezorientează utilizatorii altor sisteme de operare care nu sunt obişnuiţi să se gândească la linia de comandă sau mediul grafic ca la ceva ce se poate schimba." +msgid "" +"Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, " +"Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and " +"several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of " +"other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or " +"desktop as something that they can change." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorii de Linux au o libertate imensă de alegere a programelor lor. De " +"exemplu, utilizatorii de Linux pot alege dintr-o duzină de console pentru " +"linia de comandă şi câteva medii grafice. Această selecţie adesea " +"dezorientează utilizatorii altor sisteme de operare care nu sunt obişnuiţi " +"să se gândească la linia de comandă sau mediul grafic ca la ceva ce se poate " +"schimba." +# RO: ajutoooor: crash!??! în glosar e pană +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:213 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -# RO: ajutoooor: crash!??! în glosar e pană -msgid "Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business users as well." -msgstr "De asemenea Linux-ul are şanse mai mici să se blocheze sau să se defecteze, este mai capabil să ruleze mai mult de un program în acelaşi timp, şi este mult mai bine securizat decât multe sisteme de operare. Cu aceste avantaje, Linux este sistemul de operare cu cea mai mare rată de creştere de pe piaţa de servere. Recent, Linux a început să fie popular şi între utilizatorii casnici şi cei din mediul de afaceri." +msgid "" +"Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program " +"at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these " +"advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server " +"market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business " +"users as well." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea Linux-ul are şanse mai mici să se blocheze sau să se defecteze, " +"este mai capabil să ruleze mai mult de un program în acelaşi timp, şi este " +"mult mai bine securizat decât multe sisteme de operare. Cu aceste avantaje, " +"Linux este sistemul de operare cu cea mai mare rată de creştere de pe piaţa " +"de servere. Recent, Linux a început să fie popular şi între utilizatorii " +"casnici şi cei din mediul de afaceri." +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:231 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is &debian;?" msgstr "Ce este &debian;?" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:232 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found and fixed quickly." -msgstr "Combinaţia dintre filosofia şi metodologia Debian, uneltele GNU, nucleul Linux şi alte programe libere importante formează o distribuiţie unică numită &debian;.Această distribuţie este formată dintr-un număr mare de <emphasis>pachete</emphasis> de software. Fiecare pachet din distribuţie conţine executabile, script-uri, documentaţie şi informaţii de configurare şi au un <emphasis>responabil</emphasis> care este în special delegat să ţină pachetul actualizat, să urmărească rapoartele cu probleme şi să comunice cu autorul sau autorii software-ului împachetat. numărul nostru mare de utilizatori, combinat cu sistemul nostru de raportare a erorilor asigură ca problemele să fie găsite şi reparate repede." +msgid "" +"The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, " +"the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software " +"distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number " +"of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution " +"contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, " +"and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for " +"keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with " +"the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user " +"base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found " +"and fixed quickly." +msgstr "" +"Combinaţia dintre filosofia şi metodologia Debian, uneltele GNU, nucleul " +"Linux şi alte programe libere importante formează o distribuiţie unică " +"numită &debian;.Această distribuţie este formată dintr-un număr mare de " +"<emphasis>pachete</emphasis> de software. Fiecare pachet din distribuţie " +"conţine executabile, script-uri, documentaţie şi informaţii de configurare " +"şi au un <emphasis>responabil</emphasis> care este în special delegat să " +"ţină pachetul actualizat, să urmărească rapoartele cu probleme şi să " +"comunice cu autorul sau autorii software-ului împachetat. numărul nostru " +"mare de utilizatori, combinat cu sistemul nostru de raportare a erorilor " +"asigură ca problemele să fie găsite şi reparate repede." +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:246 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations to high-end network servers." +msgid "" +"Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, " +"and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve " +"many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations " +"to high-end network servers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:253 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now commonplace." +msgid "" +"Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical " +"excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the " +"Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now " +"commonplace." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:260 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring reinstallation." +msgid "" +"For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package " +"management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also " +"the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring " +"reinstallation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:267 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a complete operating system." +msgid "" +"Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development " +"process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can " +"work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a " +"complete operating system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:274 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, including the ability to install a single package or automatically update the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from being updated. You can even tell the package management system about software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." +msgid "" +"The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is " +"its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a " +"Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, " +"including the ability to install a single package or automatically update " +"the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from " +"being updated. You can even tell the package management system about " +"software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:285 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and installed automatically across the Internet." +msgid "" +"To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other " +"malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come " +"from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great " +"care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems " +"in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. " +"With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and " +"installed automatically across the Internet." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:295 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find there." +msgid "" +"The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system " +"and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists " +"maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-" +"maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of " +"these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's " +"mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find " +"there." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:317 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "What is Debian GNU/Hurd?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be made once the system becomes more stable." +msgid "" +"Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic " +"kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU " +"Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-" +"day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed " +"for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be " +"made once the system becomes more stable." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:329 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list." +msgid "" +"For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/" +"\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists." +"debian.org</email> mailing list." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:346 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Getting Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." +msgid "" +"For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom " +"official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official " +"Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:357 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades once installation is complete, if need be." +msgid "" +"Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation " +"procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades " +"once installation is complete, if need be." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:372 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Getting the Newest Version of This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." +msgid "" +"This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute " +"information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated " +"versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:392 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Organization of This Document" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:394 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the hardware in your computer works." +msgid "" +"This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It " +"tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. " +"However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the " +"hardware in your computer works." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:401 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert users to jump around in the document." +msgid "" +"Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this " +"document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware " +"supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert " +"users to jump around in the document." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:408 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with each step:" +msgid "" +"In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through " +"the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in " +"installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with " +"each step:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:416 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." +msgid "" +"Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the " +"installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:422 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." +msgid "" +"Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware " +"configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. " +"If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-" +"able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:430 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary installation files for your method of installation." +msgid "" +"In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary " +"installation files for your method of installation." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:436 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." +msgid "" +"describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses " +"troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " +"This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, " +"configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files " +"can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing " +"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, " +"then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up " +"the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>.)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." +msgid "" +"Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-" +"install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information " +"about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be " +"found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:484 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Your Documentation Help is Welcome" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different architectures and languages for which this document is available." +msgid "" +"Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. " +"Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different " +"architectures and languages for which this document is available." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." +msgid "" +"Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " +"for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, " +"comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-" +"guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already " +"reported)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "About Copyrights and Software Licenses" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most " +"commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy " +"of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that " +"at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school " +"or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help " +"them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies " +"and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. " +"Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being " +"based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may distribute the results of their work as well." +msgid "" +"Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software " +"isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software " +"must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the " +"licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege " +"of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not " +"only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may " +"distribute the results of their work as well." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the archives." +msgid "" +"The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some " +"packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These " +"packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only " +"available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</" +"userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP " +"archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the " +"archives." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the <emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all such programs is available in the Debian system." +msgid "" +"Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</" +"emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred " +"to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the " +"<emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you " +"distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license " +"ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this " +"provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to " +"locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of " +"the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all " +"such programs is available in the Debian system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once you've installed a package on your system." +msgid "" +"There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses " +"used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for " +"every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once " +"you've installed a package on your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether " +"software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with <emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who have extended the software in this way." +msgid "" +"The most important legal notice is that this software comes with " +"<emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this " +"software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made " +"as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since " +"the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your " +"needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who " +"have extended the software in this way." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/ru/administrivia.po b/po/ru/administrivia.po index 407cdaea1..3f07ae75b 100644 --- a/po/ru/administrivia.po +++ b/po/ru/administrivia.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: administrivia\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 21:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -252,4 +252,3 @@ msgstr "Торговые марки" #, no-c-format msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "Все торговые марки являются собственностью их владельцев." - diff --git a/po/ru/bookinfo.po b/po/ru/bookinfo.po index 5e1bba425..f5bdb8b0c 100644 --- a/po/ru/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/ru/bookinfo.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 21:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -88,7 +88,9 @@ msgid "" "worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments " "should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " "paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." -msgstr "Замечания, исправления можно отправлять в список рассылки debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org." +msgstr "" +"Замечания, исправления можно отправлять в список рассылки debian-l10n-" +"russian@lists.debian.org." #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 @@ -108,4 +110,3 @@ msgstr "" "распространять и/или модифицировать на условиях Стандартной Общественной " "Лицензии GNU. С текстом соглашения можно ознакомиться здесь: <xref linkend=" "\"appendix-gpl\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/boot-installer.po b/po/ru/boot-installer.po index 386219708..0ed1b0aa7 100644 --- a/po/ru/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ru/boot-installer.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-11 21:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1030,7 +1030,8 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1153 #: boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2668 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" "При возникновении проблем с загрузкой смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-" "troubleshooting\"/>." @@ -1201,7 +1202,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка с CD-ROM" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" msgstr "" "Загрузка из Linux с помощью <command>LILO</command> или <command>GRUB</" "command>" @@ -1504,7 +1506,8 @@ msgstr "Сетевая карта с сетевым BootROM" msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " "functionality." -msgstr "Возможно, что сетевая карта (NIC) предоставляет возможность загрузки по TFTP." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, что сетевая карта (NIC) предоставляет возможность загрузки по TFTP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1046 @@ -1604,11 +1607,12 @@ msgstr "" "вслепую нажать F1,<footnote> <para> В некоторых случаях на таких устройствах " "нужно ввести специальную комбинацию нажатий, которая работает как F1, " "например, для IRA это <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </" -"keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote>, чтобы " -"пропустить этот экран и увидеть экран с подсказкой. После прохождения момента с начальной заставкой и вывода экрана с подсказкой вводимые символы будут отображаться как обычно. Чтобы " -"указать программе установки не использовать framebuffer при установке, нужно " -"добавить параметр загрузки <userinput>fb=false</" -"userinput>, как описано в подсказке." +"keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote>, чтобы пропустить " +"этот экран и увидеть экран с подсказкой. После прохождения момента с " +"начальной заставкой и вывода экрана с подсказкой вводимые символы будут " +"отображаться как обычно. Чтобы указать программе установки не использовать " +"framebuffer при установке, нужно добавить параметр загрузки " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>, как описано в подсказке." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1161 @@ -3284,7 +3288,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка с карты памяти USB" #: boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." -msgstr "В настоящий момент системы NewWorld PowerMac можно загружать с USB устройств." +msgstr "" +"В настоящий момент системы NewWorld PowerMac можно загружать с USB устройств." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2446 @@ -3724,10 +3729,9 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки<footnote> <para>. Заметим, что ядро 2.4 позволяет задать только 8 " "параметров в командной строке и 8 переменных среды (включая параметры, " "добавляемые по умолчанию программой установки). Если данные значения " -"превышены, ядра версии 2.4 отбросят все лишние параметры. С ядрами " -"версии 2.6.9 и новее можно использовать 32 " -"параметра в командной строке и 32 переменных среды. </para> </footnote>, что " -"может быть полезно." +"превышены, ядра версии 2.4 отбросят все лишние параметры. С ядрами версии " +"2.6.9 и новее можно использовать 32 параметра в командной строке и 32 " +"переменных среды. </para> </footnote>, что может быть полезно." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 @@ -3754,8 +3758,8 @@ msgid "" "and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " "installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" -"Значение по умолчанию равно <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. " -"Это означает, что будут показаны сообщения с высоким и с критическим " +"Значение по умолчанию равно <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Это " +"означает, что будут показаны сообщения с высоким и с критическим " "приоритетами, а сообщения со средним и низким приоритетами будут пропущены. " "В случае возникновения проблем, программа установки подстраивает значение " "приоритета." @@ -3772,13 +3776,13 @@ msgid "" "system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " "without fuss." msgstr "" -"Если вы добавите <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> в качестве " -"параметра загрузки, то увидите меню программы установки и получите больший " -"контроль над установкой. При использовании <userinput>priority=low</" -"userinput> показываются все сообщения (эквивалентно методу загрузки " -"<emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Если указать " -"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, то система установки будет показывать только " -"критические сообщения и попробует всё сделать правильно самостоятельно." +"Если вы добавите <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> в качестве параметра " +"загрузки, то увидите меню программы установки и получите больший контроль " +"над установкой. При использовании <userinput>priority=low</userinput> " +"показываются все сообщения (эквивалентно методу загрузки <emphasis>expert</" +"emphasis>). Если указать <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, то " +"система установки будет показывать только критические сообщения и попробует " +"всё сделать правильно самостоятельно." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -3950,10 +3954,9 @@ msgstr "" "Некоторые архитектуры используют framebuffer ядра, чтобы предложить " "установку на нескольких языках. Если использование framebuffer вызывает " "проблемы на вашей системе, можно выключить его параметром <userinput>debian-" -"installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> или сокращённое " -"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Симптомы проблемы — сообщения " -"об ошибках bterm или bogl, пустой экран или замирание на несколько минут в " -"начале установки." +"installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> или сокращённое <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput>. Симптомы проблемы — сообщения об ошибках bterm или bogl, " +"пустой экран или замирание на несколько минут в начале установки." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 @@ -4079,8 +4082,8 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>url</userinput>" msgstr "" "Задайте url для загрузки файла с настройками и использования автоматической " -"установки. Смотрите <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Сокращённая форма: " -"<userinput>url</userinput>" +"установки. Смотрите <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Сокращённая " +"форма: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 @@ -4097,8 +4100,8 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" "Задайте файл с настройками для загрузки автоматической установки. Смотрите " -"<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Сокращённая форма: " -"<userinput>file</userinput>" +"<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Сокращённая форма: <userinput>file</" +"userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -4147,7 +4150,8 @@ msgstr "ramdisk_size" #: boot-installer.xml:3068 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Если вы используете ядро 2.2.x, может потребоваться установить &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете ядро 2.2.x, может потребоваться установить &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3076 @@ -4386,9 +4390,9 @@ msgstr "" "проблемную видеокарту, которая неправильно переключается в режим фрейм-" "буфера. В этом случае, вы можете попробовать параметр загрузки " "<userinput>fb=false</userinput> или <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput>, " -"чтобы выключить фрейм-буфер на консоли. Из-за этого ограничения консоли установка " -"будет доступна только на " -"английском языке. Подробней смотрите в <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +"чтобы выключить фрейм-буфер на консоли. Из-за этого ограничения консоли " +"установка будет доступна только на английском языке. Подробней смотрите в " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 @@ -4665,4 +4669,3 @@ msgstr "" "проблема, включая последние увиденные сообщения ядра в случае повисания " "ядра. Опишите шаги, которые вы делали, чтобы привести систему в проблемное " "состояние." - diff --git a/po/ru/boot-new.po b/po/ru/boot-new.po index 6dbbf0d75..ab9b5bacb 100644 --- a/po/ru/boot-new.po +++ b/po/ru/boot-new.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 22:49+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -83,7 +83,8 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" msgstr "" "<userinput>b6000</userinput> и нажмите &enterkey;, чтобы загрузить BVME " "4000/6000" @@ -92,13 +93,16 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" -msgstr "<userinput>b162</userinput> и нажмите &enterkey;, чтобы загрузить MVME162" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b162</userinput> и нажмите &enterkey;, чтобы загрузить MVME162" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" -msgstr "<userinput>b167</userinput> и нажмите &enterkey;, чтобы загрузить MVME166/167" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> и нажмите &enterkey;, чтобы загрузить MVME166/167" #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:58 @@ -350,8 +354,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Если вы создали шифрованные тома во время установки и назначили им точки " "монтирования, то во время загрузки машины вас попросят ввести ключевую фразу " -"на каждый том. В процедуре ввода для dm-crypt и loop-AES есть " -"некоторые различия." +"на каждый том. В процедуре ввода для dm-crypt и loop-AES есть некоторые " +"различия." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 @@ -380,21 +384,21 @@ msgid "" "the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</" "filename> of your new system." msgstr "" -"Для разделов, зашифрованных loop-AES, во время загрузки вы увидите " -"следующее сообщение: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Для разделов, зашифрованных loop-AES, во время загрузки вы увидите следующее " +"сообщение: <informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> В первой строке приглашения, вместо <replaceable>X</" -"replaceable> будет указан номер loop устройства. Вы, вероятно, задумаетесь " -"<emphasis>для какого тома</emphasis> нужно ввести ключевую фразу. " -"Это для <filename>/home</filename>? Или для <filename>/var</filename>? " -"Естественно, если у вас только один шифрованный том, это легко и вы можете " -"просто ввести ключевую фразу, которую задали при настройке тома. " +"</screen></informalexample> В первой строке приглашения, вместо " +"<replaceable>X</replaceable> будет указан номер loop устройства. Вы, " +"вероятно, задумаетесь <emphasis>для какого тома</emphasis> нужно ввести " +"ключевую фразу. Это для <filename>/home</filename>? Или для <filename>/var</" +"filename>? Естественно, если у вас только один шифрованный том, это легко и " +"вы можете просто ввести ключевую фразу, которую задали при настройке тома. " "Если же у вас несколько шифрованных томов, то пригодятся заметки, которые вы " -"сделали на последнем этапе <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/>. Если вы " -"ранее не записали соответствие между <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> " -"и точкой монтирования, то можете выяснить это в файле <filename>/etc/fstab</" -"filename>." +"сделали на последнем этапе <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/>. Если вы ранее " +"не записали соответствие между <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></" +"filename> и точкой монтирования, то можете выяснить это в файле <filename>/" +"etc/fstab</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 @@ -407,11 +411,10 @@ msgid "" "\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." msgstr "" "Во время ввода ключевой фразы символы не отображаются (даже звёздочками). " -"Осторожно, у вас есть только <emphasis>одна попытка</emphasis>. " -"Если вы введёте неверную ключевую фразу, появиться сообщение об ошибке " -"и процесс загрузки пропустит этот том и начнётся монтирование следующей " -"файловой системы. Подробней смотрите в <xref linkend=" -"\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/>." +"Осторожно, у вас есть только <emphasis>одна попытка</emphasis>. Если вы " +"введёте неверную ключевую фразу, появиться сообщение об ошибке и процесс " +"загрузки пропустит этот том и начнётся монтирование следующей файловой " +"системы. Подробней смотрите в <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 @@ -445,8 +448,8 @@ msgid "" "passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. " "There are several cases." msgstr "" -"Если некоторые шифрованные тома не были смонтированы из-за ввода неправильной " -"ключевой фразы, их можно смонтировать вручную после загрузки. " +"Если некоторые шифрованные тома не были смонтированы из-за ввода " +"неправильной ключевой фразы, их можно смонтировать вручную после загрузки. " "Но есть несколько случаев." #. Tag: para @@ -457,9 +460,9 @@ msgid "" "correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the " "computer to try again." msgstr "" -"Первый случай касается корневого раздела. Если он не смонтирован, то " -"процесс загрузки остановится, а вам придётся перезагрузить компьютер " -"чтобы попробовать ещё раз." +"Первый случай касается корневого раздела. Если он не смонтирован, то процесс " +"загрузки остановится, а вам придётся перезагрузить компьютер чтобы " +"попробовать ещё раз." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:271 @@ -478,16 +481,16 @@ msgid "" "asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" "Простейший случай — шифрованные тома с данными типа <filename>/home</" -"filename> или <filename>/srv</filename>. Вы можете просто смонтировать " -"их после загрузки. Для loop-AES это делается в одно действие: " +"filename> или <filename>/srv</filename>. Вы можете просто смонтировать их " +"после загрузки. Для loop-AES это делается в одно действие: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/точка_монтирования</replaceable></" -"userinput>\n" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/точка_монтирования</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>, где <replaceable>/точку_монтирования</replaceable> " -"нужно заменить именем каталога (например <filename>/home</filename>). " -"Отличие от обычной операции монтирования только в запросе ключевой фразы для " -"этого тома." +"</screen></informalexample>, где <replaceable>/точку_монтирования</" +"replaceable> нужно заменить именем каталога (например <filename>/home</" +"filename>). Отличие от обычной операции монтирования только в запросе " +"ключевой фразы для этого тома." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 @@ -504,16 +507,16 @@ msgid "" "this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration " "you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" msgstr "" -"Для dm-crypt немного сложнее. Во-первых вам нужно зарегистрировать тома " -"с помощью <application>device mapper</application>выполнив: " +"Для dm-crypt немного сложнее. Во-первых вам нужно зарегистрировать тома с " +"помощью <application>device mapper</application>выполнив: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Эта операция просканирует все тома указанные " -"в <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> и создаст соответствующие устройства " -"в каталоге <filename>/dev</filename> после ввода правильных ключевых фраз. " -"(Тома зарегистрированные ранее будут пропущены, поэтому вы можете спокойно запускать " -"эту команду несколько раз.) После успешной регистрации вы можете смонтировать тома " -"как обычно:" +"</screen></informalexample> Эта операция просканирует все тома указанные в " +"<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> и создаст соответствующие устройства в " +"каталоге <filename>/dev</filename> после ввода правильных ключевых фраз. " +"(Тома зарегистрированные ранее будут пропущены, поэтому вы можете спокойно " +"запускать эту команду несколько раз.) После успешной регистрации вы можете " +"смонтировать тома как обычно:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-new.xml:300 @@ -522,8 +525,8 @@ msgid "" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" "userinput>" msgstr "" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount " -"<replaceable>/точка_монтирования</replaceable></userinput>" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/точка_монтирования</" +"replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:303 @@ -542,17 +545,17 @@ msgid "" "root password." msgstr "" "Если на несмонтированных томах содержатся некритичные системные файлы " -"(<filename>/usr</filename> или <filename>/var</filename>), система " -"должна загрузиться и вы сможете смонтировать тома вручную как в предыдущем случае. " +"(<filename>/usr</filename> или <filename>/var</filename>), система должна " +"загрузиться и вы сможете смонтировать тома вручную как в предыдущем случае. " "Однако, может потребоваться (пере)запуск каждого сервиса, который обычно " "запускается на уровне выполнения по умолчанию, так как скорее всего они не " "смогли запуститься. Самый простой способ сделать это — перейти на " "первый уровень выполнения и вернуться назад с помощью запуска " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> в оболочке и нажать <keycombo> " -"<keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> когда " -"попросят ввести пароль суперпользователя." +"</screen></informalexample> в оболочке и нажать <keycombo> <keycap>Control</" +"keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> когда попросят ввести пароль " +"суперпользователя." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:326 @@ -665,4 +668,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Более полное введение в Debian и GNU/Linux, смотрите в <filename>/usr/share/" "doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." - diff --git a/po/ru/gpl.po b/po/ru/gpl.po index 0c9c2a4b0..ee431d667 100644 --- a/po/ru/gpl.po +++ b/po/ru/gpl.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gpl\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-22 09:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -39,13 +39,12 @@ msgid "" "However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " "better understand the GNU GPL." msgstr "" -"This is an unofficial translation of " -"the GNU General Public License into Russian. It was not published by the " -"Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms " -"for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=" -"\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. " -"However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " -"better understand the GNU GPL." +"This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"Russian. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not " +"legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 @@ -63,8 +62,8 @@ msgid "" "help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." msgstr "" "This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " -"Russian. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does " -"not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"Russian. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not " +"legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " "— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" "ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " "help Russian speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." @@ -860,8 +859,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:450 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." -msgstr "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." +msgid "" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." +msgstr "" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:455 @@ -950,4 +951,3 @@ msgstr "" "consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the " "library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public " "License instead of this License." - diff --git a/po/ru/hardware.po b/po/ru/hardware.po index 5d494bca3..7c2e1bc1f 100644 --- a/po/ru/hardware.po +++ b/po/ru/hardware.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-11 21:24+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2413,10 +2413,9 @@ msgid "" "different CPU variants." msgstr "" "Поддерживаются четыре основные разновидности <emphasis>&architecture;</" -"emphasis>: PMac (Power-Macintosh или PowerMac), PReP, " -"APUS (Amiga Power-UP System) и CHRP. " -"На каждой субархитектуре используется свой метод загрузки. Также, для каждой из " -"них собирается свой вариант ядра." +"emphasis>: PMac (Power-Macintosh или PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP " +"System) и CHRP. На каждой субархитектуре используется свой метод загрузки. " +"Также, для каждой из них собирается свой вариант ядра." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 @@ -2461,8 +2460,8 @@ msgid "" "including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." msgstr "" "На большинстве систем используется это ядро. Оно работает на процессорах " -"PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 и 7400. Во всех системах вплоть до " -"Apple PowerMac и так называемый G4 используют один из этих процессоров." +"PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 и 7400. Во всех системах вплоть до Apple " +"PowerMac и так называемый G4 используют один из этих процессоров." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 @@ -2505,8 +2504,8 @@ msgid "" "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " "architecture, and use this kernel flavour." msgstr "" -"Системы с Apple G5(процессор PPC970FX) также основан на архитектуре " -"POWER4 и использует этот вариант ядра." +"Системы с Apple G5(процессор PPC970FX) также основан на архитектуре POWER4 и " +"использует этот вариант ядра." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 @@ -2533,8 +2532,8 @@ msgid "" "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is " "currently disabled." msgstr "" -"Этот вариант ядра поддерживает Amiga Power-UP System, хотя " -"в данный момент заблокирован." +"Этот вариант ядра поддерживает Amiga Power-UP System, хотя в данный момент " +"заблокирован." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1182 @@ -2553,8 +2552,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Apple (и несколько других производителей, например, Power Computing) " "выпускает серию компьютеров Macintosh на основе процессоров PowerPC. С целью " -"поддержки архитектуры они подразделяются на NuBus (не поддерживается в Debian), " -"OldWorld PCI и NewWorld." +"поддержки архитектуры они подразделяются на NuBus (не поддерживается в " +"Debian), OldWorld PCI и NewWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1191 @@ -2567,9 +2566,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Системы OldWorld — это большая часть машин Power Macintosh с " "дисководом и шиной PCI. Большая часть систем PowerMacintosh на основе 603, " -"603e, 604 и 604e относятся к этой группе. До начала выпуска моделей iMac PowerPC " -"Apple использовала четырёх цифровую схему именования, за исключением" -"систем G3 бежевого цвета, которые также относятся к OldWorld." +"603e, 604 и 604e относятся к этой группе. До начала выпуска моделей iMac " +"PowerPC Apple использовала четырёх цифровую схему именования, за " +"исключениемсистем G3 бежевого цвета, которые также относятся к OldWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 @@ -2581,11 +2580,11 @@ msgid "" "The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</" "quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." msgstr "" -"Так называемые системы NewWorld PowerMac — это системы PowerMac " -"в прозрачных пластиковых корпусах и поздние модели. Сюда входят системы iMac, iBook, G4, " -"синие G3, а также большая часть систем PowerBook, выпущенных в 1999 году и " -"позже. Системы NewWorld PowerMac используют систему <quote>ROM в RAM</quote> " -"для MacOS и производятся с середины 1998 года." +"Так называемые системы NewWorld PowerMac — это системы PowerMac в " +"прозрачных пластиковых корпусах и поздние модели. Сюда входят системы iMac, " +"iBook, G4, синие G3, а также большая часть систем PowerBook, выпущенных в " +"1999 году и позже. Системы NewWorld PowerMac используют систему <quote>ROM в " +"RAM</quote> для MacOS и производятся с середины 1998 года." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 @@ -3024,12 +3023,12 @@ msgid "" "These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " "Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." msgstr "" -"Компьютеры Macintosh на основе процессоров серии 680x0 <emphasis>не</emphasis> " -"принадлежат к семейству PowerPC, они относятся к семейству m68k. " -"Эти модели начинаются с серии <quote>Mac II</quote>, продолжаются " -"семейством <quote>LC</quote>, затем серией Centris и завершаются Quadras и " -"Performas. Эти модели обычно имеют римскую цифру или трёхзначный номер модели, " -"например Mac IIcx, LCIII или Quadra 950." +"Компьютеры Macintosh на основе процессоров серии 680x0 <emphasis>не</" +"emphasis> принадлежат к семейству PowerPC, они относятся к семейству m68k. " +"Эти модели начинаются с серии <quote>Mac II</quote>, продолжаются семейством " +"<quote>LC</quote>, затем серией Centris и завершаются Quadras и Performas. " +"Эти модели обычно имеют римскую цифру или трёхзначный номер модели, например " +"Mac IIcx, LCIII или Quadra 950." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 @@ -3041,11 +3040,10 @@ msgid "" "(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the " "Performa 200-640CD." msgstr "" -"Диапазон моделей начинается с Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, " -"IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), затем LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, " -"580, 630), затем Mac TV, затем Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra " -"(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950) и завершается " -"Performa 200-640CD." +"Диапазон моделей начинается с Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, " +"IIvx, IIfx), затем LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), " +"затем Mac TV, затем Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, " +"660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950) и завершается Performa 200-640CD." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 @@ -3055,8 +3053,8 @@ msgid "" "and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " "please see the section above)." msgstr "" -"Модели ноутбуков начинаются с Mac Portable, затем PowerBook 100-190cs " -"и PowerBook Duo 210-550c (кроме PowerBook 500, который относится к Nubus, " +"Модели ноутбуков начинаются с Mac Portable, затем PowerBook 100-190cs и " +"PowerBook Duo 210-550c (кроме PowerBook 500, который относится к Nubus, " "смотрите раздел выше)." #. Tag: title @@ -4528,7 +4526,8 @@ msgstr "OSA-2 Token Ring/Ethernet или OSA-Express Fast Ethernet (не-QDIO)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2449 #, no-c-format -msgid "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests only" +msgid "" +"Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests only" msgstr "" "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — доступно только для гостевых " "VM" @@ -4612,4 +4611,3 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаться загрузочными дисками. Возможно, вам придётся загрузить " "драйвер платы как модуль; это означает, что вы будете устанавливать ядро " "операционной системы и модули с использованием каких-то других носителей." - diff --git a/po/ru/install-methods.po b/po/ru/install-methods.po index 340276977..1a1ce576c 100644 --- a/po/ru/install-methods.po +++ b/po/ru/install-methods.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-22 20:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -327,7 +327,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " "parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Все образы ядра версий 2.2.x для m68k требуют параметр ядра &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Все образы ядра версий 2.2.x для m68k требуют параметр ядра &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 @@ -380,7 +381,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " "drives." -msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет не работает в дисководах Mac USB." +msgstr "" +"Загрузка программы установки с дискет не работает в дисководах Mac USB." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 @@ -388,7 +390,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " "Macs." -msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет не поддерживается на Amiga или 68k Mac." +msgstr "" +"Загрузка программы установки с дискет не поддерживается на Amiga или 68k Mac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 @@ -774,14 +777,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." msgstr "Вставьте дискету, нажмите &enterkey; (начало с сектора 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." -msgstr "Выберите файл <filename>root.bin</filename> в появившемся диалоговом окне." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgstr "" +"Выберите файл <filename>root.bin</filename> в появившемся диалоговом окне." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 @@ -839,8 +845,8 @@ msgid "" "are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." msgstr "" "Заметим, что карта памяти USB должна быть как минимум 256 МБ (установка на " -"меньший размер возможна после прочтения " -"<xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +"меньший размер возможна после прочтения <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/" +">)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -2521,4 +2527,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Полную документацию по автоматической установке и рабочий пример, который вы " "можете отредактировать, находится в <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/installation-howto.po b/po/ru/installation-howto.po index 69b10233a..176aa2924 100644 --- a/po/ru/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ru/installation-howto.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-11 20:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -59,11 +59,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\">Debian-installer пока находится в " "состоянии тестирования. </phrase> Если вы обнаружите ошибки во время " -"установки, обратитесь к <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>, чтобы прочитать " -"как сообщить о них. Если у вас есть " -"вопросы, на которые нет ответа в этом документе, смело задавайте их в списке " -"рассылки debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;) или в IRC-канале (#debian-" -"boot в сети OFTC)." +"установки, обратитесь к <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>, чтобы прочитать как " +"сообщить о них. Если у вас есть вопросы, на которые нет ответа в этом " +"документе, смело задавайте их в списке рассылки debian-boot (&email-debian-" +"boot-list;) или в IRC-канале (#debian-boot в сети OFTC)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -602,4 +601,3 @@ msgstr "" "Мы надеемся, что установка Debian была приятной и что вы найдёте Debian " "полезным. Вероятно, вам пригодится информация из <xref linkend=\"post-install" "\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/partitioning.po b/po/ru/partitioning.po index 68dbc8f1c..6dd1d7897 100644 --- a/po/ru/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ru/partitioning.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 13:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -635,13 +635,15 @@ msgstr "" #: partitioning.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "The first floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." -msgstr "Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "The second floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." -msgstr "Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 @@ -743,8 +745,10 @@ msgstr "Первое устройство DASD называется <filename>/d #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 @@ -1009,8 +1013,8 @@ msgid "" "developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " "Installation Commands</ulink> for details." msgstr "" -"Версия <command>fdisk</command> для &arch-title;. Подробней читайте " -"страницу руководства или главу 13 в <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"Версия <command>fdisk</command> для &arch-title;. Подробней читайте страницу " +"руководства или главу 13 в <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" "developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\">Драйвера устройств и " "команды установки</ulink>." @@ -1024,9 +1028,9 @@ msgid "" "is not recommended." msgstr "" "Одна из этих программ будет запущена по умолчанию, когда вы выберите " -"<guimenuitem>Разметка дисков</guimenuitem> (или типа того). " -"Возможно использовать другую утилиту разметки из командной строки на VT2, " -"но это не рекомендуется." +"<guimenuitem>Разметка дисков</guimenuitem> (или типа того). Возможно " +"использовать другую утилиту разметки из командной строки на VT2, но это не " +"рекомендуется." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 @@ -1056,9 +1060,9 @@ msgstr "" "создать устройства для разделов начиная с 21-го и далее. Следующий шаг " "инициализации раздела завершится неудачно, если устройства не будет. В " "качестве примера здесь показаны команды, которые вы можете выполнить на " -"<userinput>tty2</userinput> или через " -"<guimenuitem>Запуск оболочки</guimenuitem> для добавления " -"устройства 21 раздела: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>tty2</userinput> или через <guimenuitem>Запуск оболочки</" +"guimenuitem> для добавления устройства 21 раздела: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" @@ -1756,4 +1760,3 @@ msgstr "" "(тип 5), и содержал весь диск целиком (от первого цилиндра до последнего). " "Это является простым соглашением в Sun disk label и помогает системному " "загрузчику<command>SILO</command> загружаться." - diff --git a/po/ru/post-install.po b/po/ru/post-install.po index ad7c3f917..744d39d25 100644 --- a/po/ru/post-install.po +++ b/po/ru/post-install.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 14:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -650,12 +650,12 @@ msgid "" "word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel " "compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." msgstr "" -"Теперь соберите ядро: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=custom.1.0 " -"kernel_image</userinput>. Номер версии <quote>1.0</quote> можно изменить; " -"этот номер версии нужен только для отслеживания ваших сборок. Более того, вы " -"можете добавить любое слово вместо <quote>custom</quote> (например имя " -"машины). Сборка ядра может занять некоторое время в зависимости от мощности " -"машины." +"Теперь соберите ядро: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --" +"revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. Номер версии <quote>1.0</" +"quote> можно изменить; этот номер версии нужен только для отслеживания ваших " +"сборок. Более того, вы можете добавить любое слово вместо <quote>custom</" +"quote> (например имя машины). Сборка ядра может занять некоторое время в " +"зависимости от мощности машины." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 @@ -680,19 +680,20 @@ msgid "" "have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." msgstr "" "После завершения сборки вы можете установить собранное ядро как обычный " -"пакет. От суперпользователя выполните <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-" -"&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" -"replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-" +"пакет. От суперпользователя выполните <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> " +"<userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-" "<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" -"userinput>. </phrase> Часть <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> — это необязательная " +"userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -" +"i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" +"replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> Часть " +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> — это необязательная " "субархитектура, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> например <quote>i586</quote>, </" -"phrase> зависящая от установленных параметров ядра. " -"<userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> установит ядро вместе с некоторыми полезными " -"файлами поддержки. Например, будет правильно установлен <filename>System." -"map</filename> (полезен при отладке проблем с ядром), а также <filename>/" -"boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename>, содержащий параметры сборки ядра. " -"Ваш новый пакет достаточно умён, чтобы автоматически использовать системный загрузчик " +"phrase> зависящая от установленных параметров ядра. <userinput>dpkg -i</" +"userinput> установит ядро вместе с некоторыми полезными файлами поддержки. " +"Например, будет правильно установлен <filename>System.map</filename> " +"(полезен при отладке проблем с ядром), а также <filename>/boot/config-" +"&kernelversion;</filename>, содержащий параметры сборки ядра. Ваш новый " +"пакет достаточно умён, чтобы автоматически использовать системный загрузчик " "платформы для обновления загрузки, что позволяет не делать перезапуск " "обновления системного загрузчика вручную. Если вы создали пакет с модулями, " "например, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">например, если у вас есть " @@ -843,4 +844,3 @@ msgstr "" "очень трудным делом, и это руководство не пытается описать все возможные " "случаи, которые могут произойти и способы их решения. Если у вас есть " "проблемы — обратитесь к профессионалам." - diff --git a/po/ru/preface.po b/po/ru/preface.po index c3ea43d64..94b575c0d 100644 --- a/po/ru/preface.po +++ b/po/ru/preface.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface.ru\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-20 14:47+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Russian L10N Team <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/ru/preparing.po b/po/ru/preparing.po index 293617971..0edf2c16e 100644 --- a/po/ru/preparing.po +++ b/po/ru/preparing.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-11 20:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для настройки системы под ваши нужды служит программа <classname>tasksel</" "classname>, которая позволяет выбрать для установки различные готовые группы " -"взаимосвязанных программ под задачу, например для веб сервера или настольного " -"компьютера." +"взаимосвязанных программ под задачу, например для веб сервера или " +"настольного компьютера." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:163 @@ -384,7 +384,8 @@ msgstr "Руководство по установке" #: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." -msgstr "Документ, который вы сейчас читаете, доступен в форматах ASCII, HTML или PDF." +msgstr "" +"Документ, который вы сейчас читаете, доступен в форматах ASCII, HTML или PDF." #. Tag: itemizedlist #: preparing.xml:245 @@ -426,7 +427,8 @@ msgstr "Техническая документация" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." +msgid "" +"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." msgstr "" "Часто содержит полезную информацию по настройке и использованию вашего " "аппаратного обеспечения." @@ -545,7 +547,8 @@ msgstr "Информацию по аппаратному обеспечению #: preparing.xml:386 #, no-c-format msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware." -msgstr "В руководствах, которые были вместе с приобретённым аппаратным обеспечением." +msgstr "" +"В руководствах, которые были вместе с приобретённым аппаратным обеспечением." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:391 @@ -957,7 +960,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " "Service) server." -msgstr "Система в сети, которая используется как DNS (Domain Name Service) сервер." +msgstr "" +"Система в сети, которая используется как DNS (Domain Name Service) сервер." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:619 @@ -1538,7 +1542,8 @@ msgstr "" #: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." -msgstr "Загрузить программу установки Debian, чтобы продолжить установку Debian." +msgstr "" +"Загрузить программу установки Debian, чтобы продолжить установку Debian." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:982 @@ -2277,7 +2282,8 @@ msgstr "" #: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" -msgstr "Настройка аппаратного обеспечения и операционной системы перед установкой" +msgstr "" +"Настройка аппаратного обеспечения и операционной системы перед установкой" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1412 @@ -2578,7 +2584,8 @@ msgstr "Изменение порядка загрузки на компьюте #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "" "Как только компьютер начнёт загружаться, нажмите клавиши для входа в меню " "настройки SCSI." @@ -2614,7 +2621,8 @@ msgstr "Найдите пункт изменения порядка загруз #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." +msgid "" +"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "Настройте так, что SCSI ID привода CD был первым в списке." #. Tag: para @@ -3492,13 +3500,11 @@ msgid "" "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " "<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." msgstr "" -"Некоторые OldWorld Powermac, особенно с драйвером дисплея " -"<quote>control</quote>, но возможно и другие, могут не показывать " -"корректно цветовую палитру в Linux если дисплей настроен на показ " -"более 256 цветов. Если вы испытываете такие проблемы с дисплеем после " -"перезагрузки (иногда на мониторе что-то видно, а иногда не видно вообще ничего) или, " -"если экран становится чёрным после загрузки программы установки вместо " -"отображения пользовательского интерфейса, попробуйте изменить настройки экрана " -"в MacOS на использование 256 цветов вместо <quote>тысяч</quote> или " -"<quote>миллионов</quote>." - +"Некоторые OldWorld Powermac, особенно с драйвером дисплея <quote>control</" +"quote>, но возможно и другие, могут не показывать корректно цветовую палитру " +"в Linux если дисплей настроен на показ более 256 цветов. Если вы испытываете " +"такие проблемы с дисплеем после перезагрузки (иногда на мониторе что-то " +"видно, а иногда не видно вообще ничего) или, если экран становится чёрным " +"после загрузки программы установки вместо отображения пользовательского " +"интерфейса, попробуйте изменить настройки экрана в MacOS на использование " +"256 цветов вместо <quote>тысяч</quote> или <quote>миллионов</quote>." diff --git a/po/ru/preseed.po b/po/ru/preseed.po index 15f0a7c73..776f28885 100644 --- a/po/ru/preseed.po +++ b/po/ru/preseed.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.po\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-11 20:46+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -154,8 +154,10 @@ msgstr "netboot" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(включая usb-носители)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(включая usb-носители)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 @@ -287,7 +289,8 @@ msgstr "" #: preseed.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" -msgstr "Использование автоматической установки для изменения значений по умолчанию" +msgstr "" +"Использование автоматической установки для изменения значений по умолчанию" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 @@ -468,14 +471,16 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " "even if the preseeding below misses some." msgstr "" -"Также, полезно добавить параметр загрузки <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. " -"Это поможет избежать большинства вопросов, даже если в файле ответов чего-нибудь не хватит." +"Также, полезно добавить параметр загрузки <userinput>priority=critical</" +"userinput>. Это поможет избежать большинства вопросов, даже если в файле " +"ответов чего-нибудь не хватит." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a DHCP server to specify preconfiguration files" -msgstr "Использование сервера DHCP для указания файлов автоматической конфигурации" +msgstr "" +"Использование сервера DHCP для указания файлов автоматической конфигурации" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 @@ -589,8 +594,9 @@ msgid "" "appendix instead of the full variable." msgstr "" "Заметим, что для некоторых переменных, которые часто задаются в приглашении " -"загрузчика, имеются короткие названия. Если имеется короткое название, то оно " -"используется в примерах в этом приложении вместо полного имени переменной." +"загрузчика, имеются короткие названия. Если имеется короткое название, то " +"оно используется в примерах в этом приложении вместо полного имени " +"переменной." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 @@ -667,13 +673,16 @@ msgstr "" #: preseed.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" -msgstr "<владелец> <имя вопроса> <тип вопроса> <значение>" +msgstr "" +"<владелец> <имя вопроса> <тип вопроса> <значение>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:418 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "При написании файла ответов есть несколько правил, которые нужно помнить." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"При написании файла ответов есть несколько правил, которые нужно помнить." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:425 @@ -871,7 +880,8 @@ msgid "" "replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" "Для указания языка и страны можно использовать локаль. Для назначения локали " -"в параметре загрузки, используйте <userinput>locale=<replaceable>ru_RU</replaceable></userinput>." +"в параметре загрузки, используйте <userinput>locale=<replaceable>ru_RU</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 @@ -966,10 +976,9 @@ msgid "" "preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" -"Если нужно использовать определённый интерфейс для загрузки по сети " -"перед загрузкой файла ответов из сети, используйте параметр " -"загрузки <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></" -"userinput>." +"Если нужно использовать определённый интерфейс для загрузки по сети перед " +"загрузкой файла ответов из сети, используйте параметр загрузки " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 @@ -984,11 +993,11 @@ msgid "" "lines:" msgstr "" "Хотя автоматическая настройка сети обычно невозможна при загрузки файла " -"ответов по сети (с помощью <quote>preseed/url</quote>), " -"вы можете обойти этот недостаток, например, если можете установить статический " -"адрес сетевого интерфейса. Данное обходное решение заставит запуститься настройку " -"сети ещё раз после загрузки файла ответов, если создать сценарий " -"<quote>preseed/run</quote> со следующими строчками:" +"ответов по сети (с помощью <quote>preseed/url</quote>), вы можете обойти " +"этот недостаток, например, если можете установить статический адрес сетевого " +"интерфейса. Данное обходное решение заставит запуститься настройку сети ещё " +"раз после загрузки файла ответов, если создать сценарий <quote>preseed/run</" +"quote> со следующими строчками:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 @@ -1488,7 +1497,8 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "MD5 хеш для пароля можно сгенерировать с помощью следующей команды." #. Tag: screen @@ -1974,4 +1984,3 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге\n" "# откуда взят файл ответов, который запускает их.\n" "d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" - diff --git a/po/ru/random-bits.po b/po/ru/random-bits.po index 9f0d4925d..69146b1ef 100644 --- a/po/ru/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ru/random-bits.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 14:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1682,8 +1682,10 @@ msgstr "Настроить сеть автоматически с помощью #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:800 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:805 @@ -1691,7 +1693,8 @@ msgstr "IP адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userin msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:811 @@ -1702,4 +1705,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Адреса серверов имён: можно указать те же адреса что и для источника " "(смотрите <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" - diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 4a6ec1c95..3ecf2f8d7 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 09:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -353,7 +353,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске." #. Tag: term @@ -452,7 +453,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем " "установкам." @@ -557,7 +559,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup" #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." -msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 @@ -659,7 +662,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на " "второй консоли." @@ -1252,13 +1256,13 @@ msgid "" "partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " "Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" -"Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то есть два пути: " -"создавать разделы непосредственно на жёстком диске (классический метод) или " -"использовать управление логическими томами (LVM). Во втором случае, " -"программа установки будет создавать сами разделы внутри одного большого " -"раздела; преимущество этого метода в том, что у разделов внутри этого большого " -"раздела можно легко изменить размеры позже. Замечание: LVM может " -"быть недоступен на некоторых архитектурах." +"Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то есть два пути: создавать разделы " +"непосредственно на жёстком диске (классический метод) или использовать " +"управление логическими томами (LVM). Во втором случае, программа установки " +"будет создавать сами разделы внутри одного большого раздела; преимущество " +"этого метода в том, что у разделов внутри этого большого раздела можно легко " +"изменить размеры позже. Замечание: LVM может быть недоступен на некоторых " +"архитектурах." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 @@ -1365,10 +1369,9 @@ msgid "" "a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " "partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" -"Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с использованием LVM, то " -"программа установки также создаст отдельный раздел /boot. " -"Остальные разделы, за исключением раздела подкачки, будут созданы " -"внутри раздела LVM." +"Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с использованием LVM, то программа " +"установки также создаст отдельный раздел /boot. Остальные разделы, за " +"исключением раздела подкачки, будут созданы внутри раздела LVM." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:842 @@ -1478,12 +1481,11 @@ msgstr "" "таблица разделов, то вы можете выбрать <guimenuitem>Закончить разметку и " "записать изменения на диск</guimenuitem> из меню для создания новой таблицы " "разделов (как описано в конце этого раздела). Если результат вам не " -"нравится, то можно выбрать " -"<guimenuitem>Отменить изменение разделов</guimenuitem><footnote> " -"<para> Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с LVM, то " -"вы не сможете отменить все изменения, которые были уже сделаны на диске. " -"Программа установки предупредит вас перед тем как это случится. </para> </footnote>" -"и запустить направляющую разметку снова или изменить предложенные " +"нравится, то можно выбрать <guimenuitem>Отменить изменение разделов</" +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с LVM, " +"то вы не сможете отменить все изменения, которые были уже сделаны на диске. " +"Программа установки предупредит вас перед тем как это случится. </para> </" +"footnote>и запустить направляющую разметку снова или изменить предложенные " "изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para @@ -2013,10 +2015,9 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" "Далее, вы должны выбрать <guimenuitem>Настройка программного RAID</" -"guimenuitem> из главного меню <command>partman</command>. " -"(Меню появится только после того как вы отметите хотя бы один раздел " -"используемый как <guimenuitem>физический том для RAID</guimenuitem>.)" -"На первом экране " +"guimenuitem> из главного меню <command>partman</command>. (Меню появится " +"только после того как вы отметите хотя бы один раздел используемый как " +"<guimenuitem>физический том для RAID</guimenuitem>.)На первом экране " "<command>mdcfg</command> просто выберите <guimenuitem>Создать MD устройство</" "guimenuitem>. Вам будет предложен список поддерживаемых типов MD устройств, " "из которого вы должны выбрать один (например, RAID1). Дальнейшие действия " @@ -2118,10 +2119,10 @@ msgstr "" "на такой раздел, немедленно сохраняется на устройстве в шифрованном виде. " "Доступ к шифрованным данным разрешается только после ввода " "<firstterm>ключевой фразы</firstterm>, которая задаётся при создании " -"шифрованного раздела. Эта возможность полезна для защиты конфиденциальных данных " -"на ноутбуке или жёстком диске при краже. Вор может получить физический доступ " -"к жёсткому диску, но не зная правильной ключевой фразы, данные на диске выглядят " -"как случайный набор символов." +"шифрованного раздела. Эта возможность полезна для защиты конфиденциальных " +"данных на ноутбуке или жёстком диске при краже. Вор может получить " +"физический доступ к жёсткому диску, но не зная правильной ключевой фразы, " +"данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1289 @@ -2139,17 +2140,17 @@ msgid "" "because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " "partition." msgstr "" -"Два наиболее важных раздела для шифрования: раздел /home, где " -"хранятся ваши личные данные, и раздел подкачки, куда важные данные " -"могут временно попасть во время работы с ними. Естественно, нет никаких " -"препятствий, чтобы зашифровать любые другие разделы, которые могут " -"представлять интерес. Например, <filename>/var</filename>, где сервера " -"баз данных, почтовые сервера или сервера печати хранят свои данные, или " -"<filename>/tmp</filename>, который используется разными программами для " -"хранения потенциально важных временных файлов. Некоторые люди могут захотеть " -"зашифровать всю систему. Исключение составляет лишь раздел " -"<filename>/boot</filename>, который должен остаться нешифрованным, " -"так как пока нельзя загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." +"Два наиболее важных раздела для шифрования: раздел /home, где хранятся ваши " +"личные данные, и раздел подкачки, куда важные данные могут временно попасть " +"во время работы с ними. Естественно, нет никаких препятствий, чтобы " +"зашифровать любые другие разделы, которые могут представлять интерес. " +"Например, <filename>/var</filename>, где сервера баз данных, почтовые " +"сервера или сервера печати хранят свои данные, или <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, который используется разными программами для хранения " +"потенциально важных временных файлов. Некоторые люди могут захотеть " +"зашифровать всю систему. Исключение составляет лишь раздел <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, который должен остаться нешифрованным, так как пока нельзя " +"загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1304 @@ -2161,9 +2162,9 @@ msgid "" "chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" "Заметим, что производительность шифрованных разделов будет меньше чем " -"нешифрованных, так как при каждом чтении и записи данных происходит шифрование " -"и дешифрование. Производительность зависит от быстродействия процессора, " -"выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." +"нешифрованных, так как при каждом чтении и записи данных происходит " +"шифрование и дешифрование. Производительность зависит от быстродействия " +"процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1311 @@ -2177,10 +2178,13 @@ msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" -"Для использования шифрования создайте новый раздел выделив свободное пространство " -"в главном меню разметки. Также можно выбрать уже существующий раздел " -"(например, обычный раздел, логический том LVM или том RAID). В меню <guimenu>Настройки раздела</guimenu> для <menuchoice> <guimenu>Использовать как:</guimenu> </menuchoice> нужно выбрать <guimenuitem>физический том для шифрования</guimenuitem>. " -"После этого в меню для раздела появятся несколько параметров шифрования." +"Для использования шифрования создайте новый раздел выделив свободное " +"пространство в главном меню разметки. Также можно выбрать уже существующий " +"раздел (например, обычный раздел, логический том LVM или том RAID). В меню " +"<guimenu>Настройки раздела</guimenu> для <menuchoice> <guimenu>Использовать " +"как:</guimenu> </menuchoice> нужно выбрать <guimenuitem>физический том для " +"шифрования</guimenuitem>. После этого в меню для раздела появятся несколько " +"параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1322 @@ -2192,11 +2196,11 @@ msgid "" "(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " "compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" -"&d-i; поддерживает несколько методов шифрования. Методом по умолчанию является " -"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (включён в новые ядра Linux, может работать " -"поверх физических томов LVM), также есть <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " -"(старый, сопровождается отдельно от ядра Linux). Если у вас нет непреодолимых " -"причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." +"&d-i; поддерживает несколько методов шифрования. Методом по умолчанию " +"является <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (включён в новые ядра Linux, может " +"работать поверх физических томов LVM), также есть <firstterm>loop-AES</" +"firstterm> (старый, сопровождается отдельно от ядра Linux). Если у вас нет " +"непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1334 @@ -2208,9 +2212,9 @@ msgid "" "chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" "Сначала давайте рассмотрим возможные параметры, если в качестве метода " -"шифрования выбран <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput>. " -"Как и всегда: если не знаете, используйте значения по умолчанию, так как " -"они вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." +"шифрования выбран <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput>. Как и " +"всегда: если не знаете, используйте значения по умолчанию, так как они " +"вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1344 @@ -2234,14 +2238,14 @@ msgid "" "century." msgstr "" "Этот параметр позволяет выбрать алгоритм шифрования (<firstterm>шифр</" -"firstterm>), который будет использоваться для шифрования данных раздела. " -"&d-i; поддерживает следующие блочные шифры: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"firstterm>), который будет использоваться для шифрования данных раздела. &d-" +"i; поддерживает следующие блочные шифры: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " "<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> и " -"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Здесь не будет обсуждаться стойкость " -"этих алгоритмов, однако, при выборе вам наверно будет небезынтересно узнать, что в " -"2000 году <emphasis>AES</emphasis> был выбран Национальным " -"Институтом Стандартизации США в качестве стандартного алгоритма шифрования " -"для защиты конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Здесь не будет обсуждаться стойкость этих " +"алгоритмов, однако, при выборе вам наверно будет небезынтересно узнать, что " +"в 2000 году <emphasis>AES</emphasis> был выбран Национальным Институтом " +"Стандартизации США в качестве стандартного алгоритма шифрования для защиты " +"конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1364 @@ -2258,10 +2262,10 @@ msgid "" "hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " "performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" -"Здесь вы можете указать длину ключа шифрования. С увеличением размера " -"ключа стойкость шифрования обычно усиливается. С другой стороны, " -"увеличение длины ключа обычно негативно сказывается на производительности. " -"Допустимые размеры ключа зависят от шифра." +"Здесь вы можете указать длину ключа шифрования. С увеличением размера ключа " +"стойкость шифрования обычно усиливается. С другой стороны, увеличение длины " +"ключа обычно негативно сказывается на производительности. Допустимые размеры " +"ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1378 @@ -2280,11 +2284,11 @@ msgid "" "prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " "encrypted data." msgstr "" -"<firstterm>Вектор инициализации</firstterm> или <firstterm>IV</" -"firstterm> алгоритм используется в криптографии для того, чтобы при шифровании " -"одного и того же <firstterm>обычного текста</firstterm> одинаковым ключём " -"всегда получался уникальный <firstterm>шифрованный текст</firstterm>. Это " -"было введено для того, чтобы при взломе шифра предотвратить нахождение " +"<firstterm>Вектор инициализации</firstterm> или <firstterm>IV</firstterm> " +"алгоритм используется в криптографии для того, чтобы при шифровании одного и " +"того же <firstterm>обычного текста</firstterm> одинаковым ключём всегда " +"получался уникальный <firstterm>шифрованный текст</firstterm>. Это было " +"введено для того, чтобы при взломе шифра предотвратить нахождение " "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para @@ -2296,10 +2300,11 @@ msgid "" "alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " "installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" -"Из предлагаемых возможностей, значение по умолчанию <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" -"userinput> является на сегодняшний момент наименее уязвимым к известным атакам. " -"Используйте альтернативы только когда это нужно для совместимости с раннее установленной " -"системой, в которой невозможно задействовать новые алгоритмы." +"Из предлагаемых возможностей, значение по умолчанию <userinput>cbc-essiv:" +"sha256</userinput> является на сегодняшний момент наименее уязвимым к " +"известным атакам. Используйте альтернативы только когда это нужно для " +"совместимости с раннее установленной системой, в которой невозможно " +"задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1402 @@ -2328,10 +2333,10 @@ msgid "" "\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " "which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" -"Ключ шифрования будет создан<footnote> <para> Использование ключевой " -"фразы в качестве ключа означает, что раздел будет настроен с помощью <ulink url=" -"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> на основе ключевой " -"фразы, которую вы сможете ввести позже." +"Ключ шифрования будет создан<footnote> <para> Использование ключевой фразы в " +"качестве ключа означает, что раздел будет настроен с помощью <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> на основе ключевой фразы, " +"которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 @@ -2350,12 +2355,12 @@ msgid "" "there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " "in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" -"Новый ключ шифрования будет генерироваться из произвольных данных " -"всякий раз при монтировании раздела. Другими словами: при каждом выключении " -"машины содержимое раздела теряется, так как ключ удаляется из памяти. (Естественно, " -"вы можете попробовать найти ключ перебором всех вариантов, но если в алгоритме " -"шифрования нет неизвестных уязвимостей, это недостижимо за нашу продолжительность " -"жизни.)" +"Новый ключ шифрования будет генерироваться из произвольных данных всякий раз " +"при монтировании раздела. Другими словами: при каждом выключении машины " +"содержимое раздела теряется, так как ключ удаляется из памяти. (Естественно, " +"вы можете попробовать найти ключ перебором всех вариантов, но если в " +"алгоритме шифрования нет неизвестных уязвимостей, это недостижимо за нашу " +"продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1436 @@ -2370,12 +2375,11 @@ msgid "" "data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" "Произвольные ключи полезны для разделов подкачки, так как вам не нужно " -"запоминать ключевую фразу из вычищать конфиденциальную информацию из" -"раздела подкачки перед выключением компьютера. Однако, это также " -"означает, что вы <emphasis>не</emphasis> сможете использовать " -"функцию <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> из новых ядер Linux, так как " -"невозможно (во время последующей загрузки) восстановить приостановленные " -"данные записанные в раздел подкачки." +"запоминать ключевую фразу из вычищать конфиденциальную информацию израздела " +"подкачки перед выключением компьютера. Однако, это также означает, что вы " +"<emphasis>не</emphasis> сможете использовать функцию <quote>suspend-to-disk</" +"quote> из новых ядер Linux, так как невозможно (во время последующей " +"загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 @@ -2396,13 +2400,13 @@ msgid "" "agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " "magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" -"Задаёт, нужно ли перезаписать содержимое раздела произвольными данными " -"перед настройкой шифрования. Это рекомендуется делать, так как иначе " -"это может позволить злоумышленнику разгадать какие части раздела " -"используются, а какие нет. Также, это усложнит процесс восстановления " -"любых оставшихся от предыдущей установки данных<footnote><para> " -"Однако, есть мнение, что ребята из служб на три буквы могут восстанавливать данные " -"даже после их неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." +"Задаёт, нужно ли перезаписать содержимое раздела произвольными данными перед " +"настройкой шифрования. Это рекомендуется делать, так как иначе это может " +"позволить злоумышленнику разгадать какие части раздела используются, а какие " +"нет. Также, это усложнит процесс восстановления любых оставшихся от " +"предыдущей установки данных<footnote><para> Однако, есть мнение, что ребята " +"из служб на три буквы могут восстанавливать данные даже после их " +"неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1477 @@ -2413,8 +2417,8 @@ msgid "" "changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" "Если вы выберите в <menuchoice> <guimenu>Алгоритм шифрования:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, то " -"меню будут следующие параметры:" +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, то меню будут " +"следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1486 @@ -2431,8 +2435,8 @@ msgid "" "sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" "В loop-AES, в отличие от dm-crypt, параметры для шифра и размера ключа " -"объединены, поэтому вы можете выбрать их вместе. Подробней о шифрах " -"и размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." +"объединены, поэтому вы можете выбрать их вместе. Подробней о шифрах и " +"размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1498 @@ -2461,8 +2465,8 @@ msgid "" "application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " "(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" -"Ключ шифрования будет сгенерирован из произвольных данных во " -"время установки. Кроме того, этот ключ будет зашифрован с помощью " +"Ключ шифрования будет сгенерирован из произвольных данных во время " +"установки. Кроме того, этот ключ будет зашифрован с помощью " "<application>GnuPG</application>, поэтому чтобы им воспользоваться, " "требуется ввести правильную ключевую фразу (которую вас попросят ввести " "позже в процессе установки)." @@ -2489,9 +2493,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" "Заметим, что в <emphasis>графической</emphasis> версии программы установки " -"более ограничена по сравнению с текстовой. Для криптографии это означает, что вы " -"можете настроить только тома с использованием <emphasis>ключевых фраз</emphasis> " -"в качестве ключей шифрования." +"более ограничена по сравнению с текстовой. Для криптографии это означает, " +"что вы можете настроить только тома с использованием <emphasis>ключевых " +"фраз</emphasis> в качестве ключей шифрования." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1550 @@ -2504,12 +2508,12 @@ msgid "" "partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " "new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" -"После выбора желаемых параметров для шифруемых разделов, вернитесь " -"обратно в главное меню разметки. Там должен появиться новый пункт " -"<guimenu>Настроить шифрование для томов</guimenu>. После " -"того как вы его выберите, вас попросят подтвердить удаление данных на " -"разделах, помеченных на стирании и возможно, другие действия, типа записи " -"новой таблицы разделов. Для огромных разделов это может занять некоторое время." +"После выбора желаемых параметров для шифруемых разделов, вернитесь обратно в " +"главное меню разметки. Там должен появиться новый пункт <guimenu>Настроить " +"шифрование для томов</guimenu>. После того как вы его выберите, вас попросят " +"подтвердить удаление данных на разделах, помеченных на стирании и возможно, " +"другие действия, типа записи новой таблицы разделов. Для огромных разделов " +"это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1561 @@ -2524,9 +2528,9 @@ msgstr "" "Затем вас попросят ввести ключевую фразу для разделов, настроенные на её " "использование. Хорошие ключевые фразы должны быть больше 8 знаков, должны " "содержать вперемешку буквы, числа и другие символы и не должны содержать " -"общеупотребительных словарных слов или информации, которая как-то относится к вам " -"лично (например, дни рождения, хобби, имена домашних животных, имена родственников и " -"тому подобное)." +"общеупотребительных словарных слов или информации, которая как-то относится " +"к вам лично (например, дни рождения, хобби, имена домашних животных, имена " +"родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1570 @@ -2543,14 +2547,14 @@ msgid "" "when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" "Перед вводом ключевых фраз вы должны убедиться, что клавиатура настроена " -"правильно и генерирует ожидаемые символы. Если вы не уверены, можно переключиться " -"на вторую виртуальную консоль и попробовать ввести текст. Это застрахует вас " -"от неожиданностей в последствии, например, если вы вводите ключевую фразу на " -"клавиатуре с раскладкой qwerty, а во время установки вы использовали " -"раскладку azerty. Такая ситуация может случиться по нескольким причинам. " -"Вы могли переключиться на другую раскладку клавиатуры во время установки, " -"или выбранная раскладка ещё не активирована ко времени ввода ключевой фразы для " -"корневой файловой системы." +"правильно и генерирует ожидаемые символы. Если вы не уверены, можно " +"переключиться на вторую виртуальную консоль и попробовать ввести текст. Это " +"застрахует вас от неожиданностей в последствии, например, если вы вводите " +"ключевую фразу на клавиатуре с раскладкой qwerty, а во время установки вы " +"использовали раскладку azerty. Такая ситуация может случиться по нескольким " +"причинам. Вы могли переключиться на другую раскладку клавиатуры во время " +"установки, или выбранная раскладка ещё не активирована ко времени ввода " +"ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1583 @@ -2565,15 +2569,15 @@ msgid "" "traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" "filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Если для создания ключей шифрования вы выбрали использование методов " -"без ключевой фразы, то они будут сгенерированы. Так как ядро могло не " -"собрать достаточное количество энтропии на данной ранней стадии установки, процесс " +"Если для создания ключей шифрования вы выбрали использование методов без " +"ключевой фразы, то они будут сгенерированы. Так как ядро могло не собрать " +"достаточное количество энтропии на данной ранней стадии установки, процесс " "может занять продолжительное время. Вы можете ускорить процесс генерации " "энтропии: например, нажимая произвольные клавиши, или переключиться в " "оболочку командной строки на второй виртуальной консоли и создать некоторый " -"обмен данными по сети или с диском (загрузив какие-то файлы, " -"скопировать большие файлы в <filename>/dev/null</filename> и т.д.). " -"Это нужно сделать для каждого шифруемого раздела." +"обмен данными по сети или с диском (загрузив какие-то файлы, скопировать " +"большие файлы в <filename>/dev/null</filename> и т.д.). Это нужно сделать " +"для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1599 @@ -2594,19 +2598,20 @@ msgid "" "volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " "suit you." msgstr "" -"После возвращения в главное меню разметки, вы увидите все шифрованные " -"тома как дополнительные разделы, которые можно настроить как обычные разделы. " -"В следующем примере показаны два разных тома. Первый зашифрован " -"с помощью dm-crypt, второй с помощью loop-AES. " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"После возвращения в главное меню разметки, вы увидите все шифрованные тома " +"как дополнительные разделы, которые можно настроить как обычные разделы. В " +"следующем примере показаны два разных тома. Первый зашифрован с помощью dm-" +"crypt, второй с помощью loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Шифрованный том (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 ГБ Linux device-" "mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" -"Файловое loopback устройство (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 МБ AES256 keyfile\n" +"Файловое loopback устройство (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 МБ " +"AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" "</screen></informalexample> Теперь можно назначить томам точки монтирования " -"и изменить тип файловых систем, если значения по умолчанию чем-то не устраивают." +"и изменить тип файловых систем, если значения по умолчанию чем-то не " +"устраивают." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1612 @@ -2621,11 +2626,11 @@ msgid "" ">." msgstr "" "Запишите где-нибудь информацию о соответствии идентификаторов в скобках " -"(<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> и <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> в " -"этом случае) и назначенных точках монтирования, которые вы назначили шифрованным томам. " -"Эти данные вам потребуются позже при загрузки системы. Различия между обычным " -"процессом загрузки и загрузки с шифрованием описана далее " -"в <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +"(<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> и <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> в этом " +"случае) и назначенных точках монтирования, которые вы назначили шифрованным " +"томам. Эти данные вам потребуются позже при загрузки системы. Различия между " +"обычным процессом загрузки и загрузки с шифрованием описана далее в <xref " +"linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 @@ -2633,7 +2638,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " "installation." -msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." +msgstr "" +"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1633 @@ -3385,7 +3391,8 @@ msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2131 @@ -3427,7 +3434,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2159 @@ -3550,7 +3558,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2231 @@ -3832,7 +3841,8 @@ msgstr "disk" msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " "installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable @@ -3847,7 +3857,8 @@ msgstr "partnr" msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" "filename> resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2413 @@ -3925,8 +3936,10 @@ msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2474 @@ -3934,7 +3947,8 @@ msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором уста msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " "resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2482 @@ -3972,7 +3986,8 @@ msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2510 @@ -3998,7 +4013,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2528 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2529 @@ -4041,7 +4057,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2565 @@ -4474,4 +4491,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." - diff --git a/po/ru/welcome.po b/po/ru/welcome.po index 4bcfcd077..34a91a909 100644 --- a/po/ru/welcome.po +++ b/po/ru/welcome.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-05 13:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/sv/administrivia.po b/po/sv/administrivia.po index 91c02f652..a7516fe76 100644 --- a/po/sv/administrivia.po +++ b/po/sv/administrivia.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 administrativa\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,25 +29,57 @@ msgstr "Om det här dokumentet" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was released under GPL in 2003." -msgstr "Den här manualen skapades för Sarges debian-installer och baserades på installationsmanualen för Woody för uppstartsdisketter som var baserad på tidigare installationsmanualer för Debian och på Progeny-utgåvans manual som utgavs under GPL år 2003." +msgid "" +"This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody " +"installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian " +"installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was " +"released under GPL in 2003." +msgstr "" +"Den här manualen skapades för Sarges debian-installer och baserades på " +"installationsmanualen för Woody för uppstartsdisketter som var baserad på " +"tidigare installationsmanualer för Debian och på Progeny-utgåvans manual som " +"utgavs under GPL år 2003." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet är skrivet i DocBook XML. Formaten för utdata genereras av olika program med information från paketen <classname>docbook-xml</classname> och <classname>docbook-xsl</classname>." +msgid "" +"This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by " +"various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</" +"classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet är skrivet i DocBook XML. Formaten för utdata genereras " +"av olika program med information från paketen <classname>docbook-xml</" +"classname> och <classname>docbook-xsl</classname>." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML source to this document contains information for each different architecture — profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as architecture-specific." -msgstr "För att förbättra hanteringen av det här dokumentet använder vi ett antal XML-funktioner såsom entities och profil-attribut. Dessa spelar en roll som är besläktad med variabler och villkor i programspråk. XML-källkoden till det här dokumentet innehåller information om varje arkitektur och profil-attribut används för att isolera vissa delar av texten som är arkitekturspecifik." +msgid "" +"In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number " +"of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a " +"role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML " +"source to this document contains information for each different architecture " +"— profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as " +"architecture-specific." +msgstr "" +"För att förbättra hanteringen av det här dokumentet använder vi ett antal " +"XML-funktioner såsom entities och profil-attribut. Dessa spelar en roll som " +"är besläktad med variabler och villkor i programspråk. XML-källkoden till " +"det här dokumentet innehåller information om varje arkitektur och profil-" +"attribut används för att isolera vissa delar av texten som är " +"arkitekturspecifik." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for {your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." +msgid "" +"Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for " +"the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention " +"the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a " +"phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for " +"{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " +"on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." msgstr "Not used" #. Tag: title @@ -58,20 +91,75 @@ msgstr "Bidrag till det här dokumentet" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-reported bug." -msgstr "Om du har problem eller förslag angående det här dokumentet bör du antagligen sända in om som en felrapport mot paketet <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname>. Se paketet <classname>reportbug</classname> eller läs online-dokumentationen för <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debians felrapporteringssystem</ulink>. Det vore trevligt om du kunde kontrollera <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">öppna fel mot paketet debian-installer-manual</ulink> för att se om ditt problem redan har blivit rapporterat. Om det har gjorts kan du ange ytterligare bekräftelse på problemet eller behjälplig information till <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email> där <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> är numret för den redan öppna felrapporten." +msgid "" +"If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should " +"probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-" +"installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> " +"package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;" +"\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check " +"the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-" +"installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been " +"reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful " +"information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-" +"reported bug." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem eller förslag angående det här dokumentet bör du " +"antagligen sända in om som en felrapport mot paketet <classname>debian-" +"installer-manual</classname>. Se paketet <classname>reportbug</classname> " +"eller läs online-dokumentationen för <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debians " +"felrapporteringssystem</ulink>. Det vore trevligt om du kunde kontrollera " +"<ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">öppna fel mot paketet debian-" +"installer-manual</ulink> för att se om ditt problem redan har blivit " +"rapporterat. Om det har gjorts kan du ange ytterligare bekräftelse på " +"problemet eller behjälplig information till <email><replaceable>XXXX</" +"replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email> där <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> är " +"numret för den redan öppna felrapporten." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> from the source root directory." -msgstr "Ännu bättre, skaffa en kopia av DocBook-källan för det här dokumentet och skapa rättningar mot den. DocBook-källan kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. Om du inte känner till DocBook, var inte rädd, det finns en enkel lathund i manualkatalogen som gör det lättare att starta. Det liknar html men riktar sig mer mot betydningen av texten hellre än presentationen. Rättningar som skickas till sändlistan debian-boot (se nedan) välkomnas. För instruktioner om hur man tar ner källan via SVN, se <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> från källans rotkatalog." +msgid "" +"Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce " +"patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with " +"DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory " +"that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning " +"of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-" +"boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check " +"out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> " +"from the source root directory." +msgstr "" +"Ännu bättre, skaffa en kopia av DocBook-källan för det här dokumentet och " +"skapa rättningar mot den. DocBook-källan kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. Om du inte känner till DocBook, " +"var inte rädd, det finns en enkel lathund i manualkatalogen som gör det " +"lättare att starta. Det liknar html men riktar sig mer mot betydningen av " +"texten hellre än presentationen. Rättningar som skickas till sändlistan " +"debian-boot (se nedan) välkomnas. För instruktioner om hur man tar ner " +"källan via SVN, se <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> från " +"källans rotkatalog." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." -msgstr "Vänligen kontakta <emphasis>inte</emphasis> författaren av det här dokumentet direkt. Det finns även en diskussionslista för &d-i; som inkluderar diskussioner om den här manualen. Sändlistan är <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instruktioner för prenumeration av den här listan kan hittas på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> eller så kan du bläddra i <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." +msgid "" +"Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document " +"directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes " +"discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists." +"debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found " +"at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List " +"Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." +msgstr "" +"Vänligen kontakta <emphasis>inte</emphasis> författaren av det här " +"dokumentet direkt. Det finns även en diskussionslista för &d-i; som " +"inkluderar diskussioner om den här manualen. Sändlistan är <email>debian-" +"boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instruktioner för prenumeration av den här " +"listan kan hittas på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;" +"\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> eller så kan du bläddra i <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> " +"online." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:99 @@ -82,26 +170,72 @@ msgstr "Stora bidragsgivare" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet blev från början skrivet av Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy och Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley skrev installationhjälpen. Många, många Debian-användare och utvecklare har bidragit till det här dokumentet. Speciellt tack måste ges till Michael Schmitz (m68k-stöd), Frank Neumann (originalförfattare av <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">installationsmanualen för Amiga</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC-information), Tapio Lehtonen och Stéphane Bortzmeyer för ett flertal redigeringar och texter. Vi måste tacka Pascal Le Bail för användbar information om uppstart från USB-minnen. Miroslav Kuře har dokumenterat en hel del av den nya funktionaliteten i debian-installer för Sarge." +msgid "" +"This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor " +"Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the " +"Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to " +"this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k " +"support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-" +"amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/" +"Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for " +"numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful " +"information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has " +"documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet blev från början skrivet av Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, " +"Igor Grobman, James Treacy och Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley skrev " +"installationhjälpen. Många, många Debian-användare och utvecklare har " +"bidragit till det här dokumentet. Speciellt tack måste ges till Michael " +"Schmitz (m68k-stöd), Frank Neumann (originalförfattare av <ulink url=\"&url-" +"m68k-old-amiga-install;\">installationsmanualen för Amiga</ulink>), Arto " +"Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC-information), Tapio Lehtonen och " +"Stéphane Bortzmeyer för ett flertal redigeringar och texter. Vi måste tacka " +"Pascal Le Bail för användbar information om uppstart från USB-minnen. " +"Miroslav Kuře har dokumenterat en hel del av den nya funktionaliteten i " +"debian-installer för Sarge." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:116 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources of information must be recognized." -msgstr "Mycket behjälplig text och information hittades i Jim Minthas HOWTO för uppstart via nätverket (ingen URL tillgänglig), <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink> bland andra. Ansvariga för dessa fritt tillgängliga och rikliga källor av information måste erkännas." +msgid "" +"Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for " +"network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</" +"ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors " +"FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, " +"amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources " +"of information must be recognized." +msgstr "" +"Mycket behjälplig text och information hittades i Jim Minthas HOWTO för " +"uppstart via nätverket (ingen URL tillgänglig), <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</" +"ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink> bland andra. " +"Ansvariga för dessa fritt tillgängliga och rikliga källor av information " +"måste erkännas." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." -msgstr "Sektionen om chrootade installationer i den här manualen (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) blev framtagen ur delar från dokument som är copyright Karsten M. Self." +msgid "" +"The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-" +"upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." +msgstr "" +"Sektionen om chrootade installationer i den här manualen (<xref linkend=" +"\"linux-upgrade\"/>) blev framtagen ur delar från dokument som är copyright " +"Karsten M. Self." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." -msgstr "Sektionen för installationer över plip i den här manualen (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) baserades på <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> av Gilles Lamiral." +msgid "" +"The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip" +"\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-" +"HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." +msgstr "" +"Sektionen för installationer över plip i den här manualen (<xref linkend=" +"\"plip\"/>) baserades på <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-" +"Install-HOWTO</ulink> av Gilles Lamiral." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:145 @@ -114,4 +248,3 @@ msgstr "Varumärken" #, no-c-format msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "Alla varumärken tillhör sina respektive ägare." - diff --git a/po/sv/bookinfo.po b/po/sv/bookinfo.po index c1dc5d68c..de1d6c823 100644 --- a/po/sv/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/sv/bookinfo.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 bookinfo\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 10:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,26 +23,75 @@ msgstr "Installationsguide för &debian;" #. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document contains installation instructions for the &debian; &release; system (codename <quote>&releasename;</quote>), for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) architecture. It also contains pointers to more information and information on how to make the most of your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet innehåller installationsinstruktioner för &debian; &release; system (kodnamn <quote>&releasename;</quote>) för arkitekturen &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>). Den innehåller även referenser till mer information och information om hur du får ut det mesta av ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This document contains installation instructions for the &debian; &release; " +"system (codename <quote>&releasename;</quote>), for the &arch-title; " +"(<quote>&architecture;</quote>) architecture. It also contains pointers to " +"more information and information on how to make the most of your new Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet innehåller installationsinstruktioner för &debian; " +"&release; system (kodnamn <quote>&releasename;</quote>) för arkitekturen " +"&arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>). Den innehåller även referenser " +"till mer information och information om hur du får ut det mesta av ditt nya " +"Debian-system." #. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:17 #, no-c-format -msgid "This installation guide is based on an earlier manual written for the old Debian installation system (the <quote>boot-floppies</quote>), and has been updated to document the new Debian installer. However, for &architecture;, the manual has not been fully updated and fact checked for the new installer. There may remain parts of the manual that are incomplete or outdated or that still document the boot-floppies installer. A newer version of this manual, possibly better documenting this architecture, may be found on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink>. You may also be able to find additional translations there." -msgstr "Den här installationsguiden är baserad på en tidigare manual skriven för det äldre installationssystemet för Debian med (<quote>startdisketter</quote>) och har uppdaterats för att dokumentera den nya Debian Installer. Men för &architecture; har manualen inte blivit fullt uppdaterad och faktakontrollerad för den nya installationen. Det kan finnas kvar delar av manualen som inte är kompletta, som är föråldrade och som fortfarande dokumenterar installationen med startdisketter. En nyare version av den här manualen, antagligen bättre dokumenterad för denna arkitektur kan hittas på Internet på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i;</ulink>. Där har du också möjligheten att hitta ytterligare översättningar." +msgid "" +"This installation guide is based on an earlier manual written for the old " +"Debian installation system (the <quote>boot-floppies</quote>), and has been " +"updated to document the new Debian installer. However, for &architecture;, " +"the manual has not been fully updated and fact checked for the new " +"installer. There may remain parts of the manual that are incomplete or " +"outdated or that still document the boot-floppies installer. A newer version " +"of this manual, possibly better documenting this architecture, may be found " +"on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink>. You " +"may also be able to find additional translations there." +msgstr "" +"Den här installationsguiden är baserad på en tidigare manual skriven för det " +"äldre installationssystemet för Debian med (<quote>startdisketter</quote>) " +"och har uppdaterats för att dokumentera den nya Debian Installer. Men för " +"&architecture; har manualen inte blivit fullt uppdaterad och " +"faktakontrollerad för den nya installationen. Det kan finnas kvar delar av " +"manualen som inte är kompletta, som är föråldrade och som fortfarande " +"dokumenterar installationen med startdisketter. En nyare version av den här " +"manualen, antagligen bättre dokumenterad för denna arkitektur kan hittas på " +"Internet på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i;</ulink>. Där har du också " +"möjligheten att hitta ytterligare översättningar." #. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this installation guide for &architecture; is mostly up-to-date, we plan to make some changes and reorganize parts of the manual after the official release of &releasename;. A newer version of this manual may be found on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink>. You may also be able to find additional translations there." -msgstr "Även om den här installationsguiden för &architecture; är mestadels uppdaterad planerar vi att göra några ändringar och organisera om delar av manualen efter den officiella utgåvan av &releasename;. En nyare version av denna manual kan hittas på Internet på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i;</ulink>. Där har du också möjligheten att hitta ytterligare översättningar." +msgid "" +"Although this installation guide for &architecture; is mostly up-to-date, we " +"plan to make some changes and reorganize parts of the manual after the " +"official release of &releasename;. A newer version of this manual may be " +"found on the Internet at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</" +"ulink>. You may also be able to find additional translations there." +msgstr "" +"Även om den här installationsguiden för &architecture; är mestadels " +"uppdaterad planerar vi att göra några ändringar och organisera om delar av " +"manualen efter den officiella utgåvan av &releasename;. En nyare version av " +"denna manual kan hittas på Internet på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i;</" +"ulink>. Där har du också möjligheten att hitta ytterligare översättningar." #. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:39 #, no-c-format -msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to provide some information about the status of the translation, for example if the translation is still being worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." -msgstr "Översatt av <emphasis>Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se></emphasis>. GNU General Public License översattes av <emphasis>Mikael Pawlo</emphasis>. Skicka synpunkter på översättningen till <emphasis><debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org></emphasis> eller <emphasis><tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se></emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Translators can use this paragraph to provide some information about the " +"status of the translation, for example if the translation is still being " +"worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments " +"should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " +"paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." +msgstr "" +"Översatt av <emphasis>Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se></" +"emphasis>. GNU General Public License översattes av <emphasis>Mikael Pawlo</" +"emphasis>. Skicka synpunkter på översättningen till <emphasis><debian-" +"l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org></emphasis> eller <emphasis><tp-" +"sv@listor.tp-sv.se></emphasis>." #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 @@ -52,6 +102,11 @@ msgstr "Debian Installer-teamet" #. Tag: para #: bookinfo.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "This manual is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License. Please refer to the license in <xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." -msgstr "Den här manualen är fri programvara; du kan distribuera den och/eller modifiera den under villkoren för GNU General Public License. Vänligen referera till licensen i <xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." - +msgid "" +"This manual is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it under " +"the terms of the GNU General Public License. Please refer to the license in " +"<xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Den här manualen är fri programvara; du kan distribuera den och/eller " +"modifiera den under villkoren för GNU General Public License. Vänligen " +"referera till licensen i <xref linkend=\"appendix-gpl\"/>." diff --git a/po/sv/boot-installer.po b/po/sv/boot-installer.po index a55aad80f..5a54f59f8 100644 --- a/po/sv/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-installer.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 boot-installer\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -34,56 +35,139 @@ msgstr "Konsollfirmware för Alpha" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" -msgstr "Konsollfirmware lagras i ett flash-rom och startas när ett Alpha-system slås på eller startas om. Det finns två olika konsollspecifikationer som används på Alpha-system och därav finns det två klasser av konsollfirmware tillgängliga:" +msgid "" +"Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system " +"is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used " +"on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" +msgstr "" +"Konsollfirmware lagras i ett flash-rom och startas när ett Alpha-system slås " +"på eller startas om. Det finns två olika konsollspecifikationer som används " +"på Alpha-system och därav finns det två klasser av konsollfirmware " +"tillgängliga:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." -msgstr "<emphasis>SRM-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Alpha Console Subsystem, som tillhandahåller ett operativmiljö för operativsystemen OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX och Linux." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " +"specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " +"UNIX, and Linux operating systems." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>SRM-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Alpha Console " +"Subsystem, som tillhandahåller ett operativmiljö för operativsystemen " +"OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX och Linux." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." -msgstr "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS eller ARCSBIOS-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Advanced RISC Computing (ARC), som tillhandahåller en operativmiljö för Windows NT." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " +"Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " +"environment for Windows NT." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS eller ARCSBIOS-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på " +"specifikationen Advanced RISC Computing (ARC), som tillhandahåller en " +"operativmiljö för Windows NT." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." -msgstr "Från användarens perspektiv är den mest viktiga skillnaden mellan SRM och ARC den att valet av konsoll begränsar den möjliga diskpartitionsplanen för hårddisken som du önskar starta upp från." +msgid "" +"From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and " +"ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning " +"scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." +msgstr "" +"Från användarens perspektiv är den mest viktiga skillnaden mellan SRM och " +"ARC den att valet av konsoll begränsar den möjliga diskpartitionsplanen för " +"hårddisken som du önskar starta upp från." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." -msgstr "ARC kräver att du använder en MS-DOS-partitionstabell (som skapas av <command>cfdisk</command>) för uppstartsdisken. Därför är MS-DOS-partitionstabeller det <quote>ursprungliga</quote> partitionsformatet vid uppstarter från ARC. Faktum är att eftersom AlphaBIOS innehåller ett diskpartitioneringsverktyg kanske du föredrar att partitionera dina diskar från firmwaremenyerna före installation av Linux." +msgid "" +"ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " +"tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. " +"In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may " +"prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing " +"Linux." +msgstr "" +"ARC kräver att du använder en MS-DOS-partitionstabell (som skapas av " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) för uppstartsdisken. Därför är MS-DOS-" +"partitionstabeller det <quote>ursprungliga</quote> partitionsformatet vid " +"uppstarter från ARC. Faktum är att eftersom AlphaBIOS innehåller ett " +"diskpartitioneringsverktyg kanske du föredrar att partitionera dina diskar " +"från firmwaremenyerna före installation av Linux." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." -msgstr "Motsatt är SRM <emphasis>inkompatibel</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifikt är formatet på uppstartssektorn som krävs av Console Subsystem Specification i konflikt med placeringen av DOS-partitionstabellen. </para> </footnote> med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller. Eftersom Tru64 Unix använder formatet för BSD-disketiketter, är det här det ursprungliga (<quote>native</quote>) partitionsformatet för SRM-installationer." +msgid "" +"Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " +"Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " +"Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </" +"para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the " +"BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for " +"SRM installations." +msgstr "" +"Motsatt är SRM <emphasis>inkompatibel</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifikt " +"är formatet på uppstartssektorn som krävs av Console Subsystem Specification " +"i konflikt med placeringen av DOS-partitionstabellen. </para> </footnote> " +"med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller. Eftersom Tru64 Unix använder formatet för BSD-" +"disketiketter, är det här det ursprungliga (<quote>native</quote>) " +"partitionsformatet för SRM-installationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." -msgstr "GNU/Linux är det enda operativsystemet på Alpha som kan startas upp från båda konsolltyperna, men &debian; &release; har endast stöd för uppstart på SRM-baserade system. Om du har en Alpha som det inte finns någon SRM-version tillgänglig för, om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart tillsammans med Windows NT, eller om din uppstartsenhet kräver stöd för ARC-konsoll för initiering av BIOS kommer du inte kunna använda installeraren för &debian; &release;. Du kan fortfarande köra &debian; &release; på sådana system genom att använda andra installationsmedia, till exempel kan du installera Debian woody med MILO och uppgradera." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both " +"console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based " +"systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if " +"you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device " +"requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able " +"to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; " +"&release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you " +"can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux är det enda operativsystemet på Alpha som kan startas upp från " +"båda konsolltyperna, men &debian; &release; har endast stöd för uppstart på " +"SRM-baserade system. Om du har en Alpha som det inte finns någon SRM-version " +"tillgänglig för, om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart tillsammans med Windows " +"NT, eller om din uppstartsenhet kräver stöd för ARC-konsoll för initiering " +"av BIOS kommer du inte kunna använda installeraren för &debian; &release;. " +"Du kan fortfarande köra &debian; &release; på sådana system genom att " +"använda andra installationsmedia, till exempel kan du installera Debian " +"woody med MILO och uppgradera." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." -msgstr "På grund av att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av Alpha-systemen för tillfället i produktion (i februari 2000), och på grund att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köra en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM om möjligt." +msgid "" +"Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " +"systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no " +"longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM " +"firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av " +"Alpha-systemen för tillfället i produktion (i februari 2000), och på grund " +"att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köra en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 " +"Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du " +"använder SRM om möjligt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." -msgstr "Följande tabell sammanställer tillgängliga och systemtyper/konsollkombinationer som stöds (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för namnen på systemtyperna). Ordet <quote>ARC</quote> nedan below indikerar någon av de ARC-godkända konsollerna." +msgid "" +"The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " +"combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " +"The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell sammanställer tillgängliga och systemtyper/" +"konsollkombinationer som stöds (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för namnen " +"på systemtyperna). Ordet <quote>ARC</quote> nedan below indikerar någon av " +"de ARC-godkända konsollerna." #. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -104,20 +188,11 @@ msgid "alcor" msgstr "alcor" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:115 -#: boot-installer.xml:118 -#: boot-installer.xml:124 -#: boot-installer.xml:130 -#: boot-installer.xml:133 -#: boot-installer.xml:136 -#: boot-installer.xml:139 -#: boot-installer.xml:145 -#: boot-installer.xml:148 -#: boot-installer.xml:151 -#: boot-installer.xml:160 -#: boot-installer.xml:169 -#: boot-installer.xml:184 -#: boot-installer.xml:187 +#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 +#: boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 +#: boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 +#: boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 +#: boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "ARC eller SRM" @@ -135,15 +210,9 @@ msgid "book1" msgstr "book1" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:121 -#: boot-installer.xml:127 -#: boot-installer.xml:142 -#: boot-installer.xml:154 -#: boot-installer.xml:163 -#: boot-installer.xml:166 -#: boot-installer.xml:172 -#: boot-installer.xml:178 -#: boot-installer.xml:181 +#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 +#: boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 +#: boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "SRM only" msgstr "Endast SRM" @@ -263,9 +332,7 @@ msgid "ruffian" msgstr "ruffian" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:175 -#: boot-installer.xml:190 -#: boot-installer.xml:193 +#: boot-installer.xml:175 boot-installer.xml:190 boot-installer.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC only" msgstr "Endast ARC" @@ -309,70 +376,151 @@ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. För SRM-konsollen används <command>aboot</command>, en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare. Se (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, " +"<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " +"See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så " +"behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. För SRM-konsollen används " +"<command>aboot</command>, en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare. Se " +"(tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer " +"information om <command>aboot</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." -msgstr "Följande paragrafer kommer från installationsmanualen för woody och inkluderas här som referens: de kan vara användbara för någon vid ett senare datum när Debian har stöd för MILO-baserade installationer igen." +msgid "" +"The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included " +"here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when " +"Debian supports MILO-based installs again." +msgstr "" +"Följande paragrafer kommer från installationsmanualen för woody och " +"inkluderas här som referens: de kan vara användbara för någon vid ett senare " +"datum när Debian har stöd för MILO-baserade installationer igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. Det finns två huvudsakliga Linux-inläsare: <command>MILO</command> och <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux " +"loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så " +"behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. Det finns två " +"huvudsakliga Linux-inläsare: <command>MILO</command> och <command>aboot</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command> är själv en konsoll, som ersätter ARC eller SRM i minnet. <command>MILO</command> kan startas upp från både ARC och SRM och är det enda sättet att bootstrapa Linux från ARC-konsollen. <command>MILO</command> är plattformsspecifik (olika <command>MILO</command> behövs för varje systemtyp) och existerar för de systemen, för vilka ARC-stöd visas i tabellen ovan.. Se även (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " +"memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is " +"the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</" +"command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed " +"for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " +"support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " +"<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command> är själv en konsoll, som ersätter ARC eller SRM i " +"minnet. <command>MILO</command> kan startas upp från både ARC och SRM och är " +"det enda sättet att bootstrapa Linux från ARC-konsollen. <command>MILO</" +"command> är plattformsspecifik (olika <command>MILO</command> behövs för " +"varje systemtyp) och existerar för de systemen, för vilka ARC-stöd visas i " +"tabellen ovan.. Se även (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;" +"\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "<command>aboot</command> är en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare, som endast körs från SRM. Se (även den föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which " +"runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"<command>aboot</command> är en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare, " +"som endast körs från SRM. Se (även den föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-" +"howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " +"console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available " +"for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), " +"and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix " +"license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you " +"use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, " +"unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" -"Därav är tre scenarion generellt sett möjliga, beroende på systemets konsollfirmware och huruvida <command>MILO</command> finns tillgänglig eller inte: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Därav är tre scenarion generellt sett möjliga, beroende på systemets " +"konsollfirmware och huruvida <command>MILO</command> finns tillgänglig eller " +"inte: <informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Därför att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av de Alpha-system som för närvarande produceras (från och med februari 2000), och på grund av att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köpa en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM och <command>aboot</command> på nyare installationer av GNU/Linux, om inte du önskar att även starta upp med Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Därför att <command>MILO</command> inte finns " +"tillgänglig för någon av de Alpha-system som för närvarande produceras (från " +"och med februari 2000), och på grund av att det inte längre är nödvändigt " +"att köpa en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på " +"din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM och <command>aboot</" +"command> på nyare installationer av GNU/Linux, om inte du önskar att även " +"starta upp med Windows NT." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." -msgstr "Majoriteten av de AlphaServer-modeller och alla nuvarande server- och arbetsstationsprodukter innehåller både SRM och AlphaBIOS i sina firmware. För <quote>half-flash</quote>-maskiner såsom de olika evalueringskorten, är det möjligt att byta från en version till en annan genom att skriva om firmware. När SRM har installerats, är det möjligt att köra ARC/AlphaBIOS från en diskett (med kommandot <command>arc</command>). Med anledningarna nämnda ovan, rekommenderar vi ett byte till SRM före installation av &debian;." +msgid "" +"The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products " +"contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</" +"quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to " +"switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once " +"SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk " +"(using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, " +"we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Majoriteten av de AlphaServer-modeller och alla nuvarande server- och " +"arbetsstationsprodukter innehåller både SRM och AlphaBIOS i sina firmware. " +"För <quote>half-flash</quote>-maskiner såsom de olika evalueringskorten, är " +"det möjligt att byta från en version till en annan genom att skriva om " +"firmware. När SRM har installerats, är det möjligt att köra ARC/AlphaBIOS " +"från en diskett (med kommandot <command>arc</command>). Med anledningarna " +"nämnda ovan, rekommenderar vi ett byte till SRM före installation av " +"&debian;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." -msgstr "Som på andra arkitekturer, bör du installera de senaste tillgängliga revisionen av firmware<footnote> <para> Utom på Jensen, där Linux inte stöds på firmware-versioner senare än 1.7 — se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> för mer information. </para> </footnote> före installation av &debian;. För Alpha, uppdateringar av firmware kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgid "" +"As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision " +"of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not " +"supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before " +"installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Som på andra arkitekturer, bör du installera de senaste tillgängliga " +"revisionen av firmware<footnote> <para> Utom på Jensen, där Linux inte stöds " +"på firmware-versioner senare än 1.7 — se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-" +"howto;\"></ulink> för mer information. </para> </footnote> före installation " +"av &debian;. För Alpha, uppdateringar av firmware kan hämtas från <ulink url=" +"\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 -#: boot-installer.xml:998 -#: boot-installer.xml:1489 -#: boot-installer.xml:1984 -#: boot-installer.xml:2066 -#: boot-installer.xml:2155 -#: boot-installer.xml:2499 -#: boot-installer.xml:2595 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:998 boot-installer.xml:1489 +#: boot-installer.xml:1984 boot-installer.xml:2066 boot-installer.xml:2155 +#: boot-installer.xml:2499 boot-installer.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" @@ -381,51 +529,86 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " +"prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" +"userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocol bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" -"I SRM är Ethernet-gränssnitt namngivna med prefixet <userinput>ewa</userinput>, och kommer att listas i utskriften från kommandot <userinput>show dev</userinput>, som denna (lite redigerat): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"I SRM är Ethernet-gränssnitt namngivna med prefixet <userinput>ewa</" +"userinput>, och kommer att listas i utskriften från kommandot " +"<userinput>show dev</userinput>, som denna (lite redigerat): " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver först ställa in uppstartsprotokollet: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver först ställa in uppstartsprotokollet: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocol bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Sedan kontrollera att mediatypen är korrekt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Sedan kontrollera att mediatypen är korrekt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>läge</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan få en lista på giltiga lägen med <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan få en lista på giltiga lägen med " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." +"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel " +"parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" -"Sedan, för att starta upp från det första Ethernet-gränssnittet, kan du skriva: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Sedan, för att starta upp från det första Ethernet-gränssnittet, kan du " +"skriva: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här kommer att starta upp med de kärnparametrar som är standard och som inkluderats i netboot-avbilden." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här kommer att starta upp med de " +"kärnparametrar som är standard och som inkluderats i netboot-avbilden." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" -msgstr "Om du önskar att använda en seriekonsoll, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du skicka med parametern <userinput>console=</userinput> till kärnan. Det kan göras med argumentet <userinput>-flags</userinput> till SRM-kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>. Serieportarna har samma namn som sina motsvarande filer i <userinput>/dev</userinput>. När ytterligare kärnparametrar anges, måste du upprepa vissa standardalternativ som behövs av &d-i;-avbilderna. Till exempel, för att starta upp från <userinput>ewa0</userinput> och använda en konsoll på första serieporten, skulle du skriva:" +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the " +"<userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done " +"using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</" +"userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their " +"corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying " +"additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that " +"are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" +msgstr "" +"Om du önskar att använda en seriekonsoll, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du " +"skicka med parametern <userinput>console=</userinput> till kärnan. Det kan " +"göras med argumentet <userinput>-flags</userinput> till SRM-kommandot " +"<userinput>boot</userinput>. Serieportarna har samma namn som sina " +"motsvarande filer i <userinput>/dev</userinput>. När ytterligare " +"kärnparametrar anges, måste du upprepa vissa standardalternativ som behövs " +"av &d-i;-avbilderna. Till exempel, för att starta upp från <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> och använda en konsoll på första serieporten, skulle du skriva:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" -msgstr ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" +msgid "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" +msgstr "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:328 @@ -439,11 +622,13 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med SRM-konsoll" msgid "" "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-" +"ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" "Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> är din cd-rom-enhet i SRM-notation." +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> är din cd-" +"rom-enhet i SRM-notation." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:341 @@ -454,8 +639,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." -msgstr "För att starta upp en cd-rom från ARC-konsollen, ta reda på kodnamnet för din underarkitektur (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), och ange sedan <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> som starthanterare och <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable></filename> (där <replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable> är det korrekta namnet på underarkitekturen) som sökväg till operativsystemet i menyn \"OS Selection Setup\". Ett undantag för ägare av Ruffian-system: De måste använda <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> som starthanterare." +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name " +"(see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload." +"exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " +"Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp en cd-rom från ARC-konsollen, ta reda på kodnamnet för " +"din underarkitektur (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), och ange sedan " +"<filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> som starthanterare och <filename>" +"\\milo\\<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable></filename> (där " +"<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable> är det korrekta namnet på " +"underarkitekturen) som sökväg till operativsystemet i menyn \"OS Selection " +"Setup\". Ett undantag för ägare av Ruffian-system: De måste använda " +"<filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> som starthanterare." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:358 @@ -467,35 +667,66 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med SRM-konsoll" #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " +"command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> " +"with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the " +"floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." +"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to " +"boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</" +"command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</" +"command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " +"boot." msgstr "" -"På SRM-prompten (<prompt>>>></prompt>), ange följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På SRM-prompten (<prompt>>>></prompt>), ange följande kommando: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ersätt möjligen <filename>dva0</filename> med det faktiska enhetsnamnet. Vanligtvis, är <filename>dva0</filename> diskettenheten; skriv <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ersätt möjligen <filename>dva0</filename> med " +"det faktiska enhetsnamnet. Vanligtvis, är <filename>dva0</filename> " +"diskettenheten; skriv <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att se listan på enheter (alltså, om du vill starta upp från en cd). Notera att om du startar upp via MILO, ignoreras argumentet <command>-flags</command>, så du kan helt enkelt skriva <command>boot dva0</command>. Om allt fungerar som det ska kommer du till slut se Linux-kärnan starta upp." +"</screen></informalexample> för att se listan på enheter (alltså, om du vill " +"starta upp från en cd). Notera att om du startar upp via MILO, ignoreras " +"argumentet <command>-flags</command>, så du kan helt enkelt skriva " +"<command>boot dva0</command>. Om allt fungerar som det ska kommer du till " +"slut se Linux-kärnan starta upp." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" +"command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, " +"the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux " +"boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel " +"parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." msgstr "" -"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>aboot</command>, använd följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (angivet på en rad), som ersätter, om nödvändigt, det faktiska namnet på uppstartsenheten i SRM för <filename>dva0</filename>, namnet för uppstartsenheten för Linux för <filename>fd0</filename>, och de önskade kärnparametrarna för <filename>arguments</filename>." +"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>aboot</command>, " +"använd följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (angivet på en rad), som ersätter, om " +"nödvändigt, det faktiska namnet på uppstartsenheten i SRM för " +"<filename>dva0</filename>, namnet för uppstartsenheten för Linux för " +"<filename>fd0</filename>, och de önskade kärnparametrarna för " +"<filename>arguments</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." -msgstr "Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>MILO</command>, måste du avbryta bootstrap när du kommit in i MILO. Se <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See " +"<xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>MILO</command>, " +"måste du avbryta bootstrap när du kommit in i MILO. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"booting-from-milo\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:398 @@ -506,8 +737,14 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." -msgstr "I valmenyn för operativsystem, ställ in <command>linload.exe</command> som starthanterare, och <command>milo</command> som \"OS Path\". Kör bootstrap med den nyligen skapade posten." +msgid "" +"In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " +"loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " +"newly created entry." +msgstr "" +"I valmenyn för operativsystem, ställ in <command>linload.exe</command> som " +"starthanterare, och <command>milo</command> som \"OS Path\". Kör bootstrap " +"med den nyligen skapade posten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:409 @@ -518,20 +755,36 @@ msgstr "Uppstart med MILO" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." -msgstr "MILO som finns på bootstrap-mediumet är konfigurerad att automatiskt fortsätta direkt till Linux. Om du önskar att avbryta är allt du behöver göra att trycka på blanksteg under MILO-nedräkningen." +msgid "" +"MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to " +"Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press " +"space during MILO countdown." +msgstr "" +"MILO som finns på bootstrap-mediumet är konfigurerad att automatiskt " +"fortsätta direkt till Linux. Om du önskar att avbryta är allt du behöver " +"göra att trycka på blanksteg under MILO-nedräkningen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " +"additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." +"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a " +"floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the " +"appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> " +"command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" -"Om du vill uttryckligen ange alla bitar (till exempel, för att skicka med ytterligare parametrar), kan du använda ett kommando som denna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du vill uttryckligen ange alla bitar (till exempel, för att skicka med " +"ytterligare parametrar), kan du använda ett kommando som denna: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du startar upp från något annat än en diskett, ersätt <filename>fd0</filename> i exemplet ovan med lämpligt enhetsnamn i Linux-notation. Kommandot <command>help</command> ger dig en kort referens på MILO-kommandon." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du startar upp från något annat än en " +"diskett, ersätt <filename>fd0</filename> i exemplet ovan med lämpligt " +"enhetsnamn i Linux-notation. Kommandot <command>help</command> ger dig en " +"kort referens på MILO-kommandon." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:435 @@ -540,37 +793,37 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 -#: boot-installer.xml:1004 -#: boot-installer.xml:1507 -#: boot-installer.xml:1990 -#: boot-installer.xml:2505 -#: boot-installer.xml:2601 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1004 boot-installer.xml:1507 +#: boot-installer.xml:1990 boot-installer.xml:2505 boot-installer.xml:2601 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." -msgstr "Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-" +"server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 -#: boot-installer.xml:1009 -#: boot-installer.xml:1512 -#: boot-installer.xml:1995 -#: boot-installer.xml:2510 -#: boot-installer.xml:2606 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1009 boot-installer.xml:1512 +#: boot-installer.xml:1995 boot-installer.xml:2510 boot-installer.xml:2606 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." -msgstr "Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en BOOTP-server." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." +msgstr "" +"Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en " +"BOOTP-server." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 -#: boot-installer.xml:1014 -#: boot-installer.xml:1517 -#: boot-installer.xml:2000 -#: boot-installer.xml:2515 -#: boot-installer.xml:2611 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1014 boot-installer.xml:1517 +#: boot-installer.xml:2000 boot-installer.xml:2515 boot-installer.xml:2611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i " +"<xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:459 @@ -581,62 +834,117 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NetWinder via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:460 #, no-c-format -msgid "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card (which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the 100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." -msgstr "Netwinder har två nätverksgränssnitt: Ett 10Mbps NE2000-kompatibelt kort (som generellt sett refereras till som <literal>eth0</literal>) och ett 100Mbps Tulip-kort. Det kan uppstå problem vid inläsning av avbilden via TFTP med 100Mbps-kortet så det rekommenderas att du använder 10Mbps-gränssnittet (det som är märkt som <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgid "" +"Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card " +"(which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps " +"Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the " +"100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one " +"labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgstr "" +"Netwinder har två nätverksgränssnitt: Ett 10Mbps NE2000-kompatibelt kort " +"(som generellt sett refereras till som <literal>eth0</literal>) och ett " +"100Mbps Tulip-kort. Det kan uppstå problem vid inläsning av avbilden via " +"TFTP med 100Mbps-kortet så det rekommenderas att du använder 10Mbps-" +"gränssnittet (det som är märkt som <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Du behöver NeTTrom 2.2.1 eller senare för att starta upp installationssystemet, och version 2.3.3 rekommenderas. Tyvärr finns inte firmwarefilerna tillgängliga för hämtning för tillfället på grund av licensproblem. Om denna situation ändras, kan du hitta nya avbilder på <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version " +"2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not " +"available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, " +"you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver NeTTrom 2.2.1 eller senare för att starta upp " +"installationssystemet, och version 2.3.3 rekommenderas. Tyvärr finns inte " +"firmwarefilerna tillgängliga för hämtning för tillfället på grund av " +"licensproblem. Om denna situation ändras, kan du hitta nya avbilder på " +"<ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during " +"the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed " +"in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default " +"settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, " +"either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the " +"netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the <userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the " +"local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server " +"and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP " +"image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your " +"Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a " +"keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> " +"command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that " +"the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</ulink> is available." +"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</" +"ulink> is available." msgstr "" -"När du startar upp din Netwinder måste du avbryta uppstartsprocessen under nedräkningen. Det här låter dig ställa in ett antal firmwareinställningar som behövs för att kunna starta upp installeraren. Börja först med att läsa in standardinställningarna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"När du startar upp din Netwinder måste du avbryta uppstartsprocessen under " +"nedräkningen. Det här låter dig ställa in ett antal firmwareinställningar " +"som behövs för att kunna starta upp installeraren. Börja först med att läsa " +"in standardinställningarna: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Sedan måste du konfigurera nätverket, antingen med en statisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Sedan måste du konfigurera nätverket, antingen " +"med en statisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där 24 är antalet bitar i nätmasken, eller en dynamisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> där 24 är antalet bitar i nätmasken, eller en " +"dynamisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kanske även behöver konfigurera inställningen <userinput>route1</userinput> om TFTP-servern inte finns på det lokala subnätet. Om du följer dessa inställningar, måste du ange TFTP-servern och avbildens plats. Du kan sedan lagra dina inställningar till flashminnet. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kanske även behöver konfigurera inställningen " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> om TFTP-servern inte finns på det lokala " +"subnätet. Om du följer dessa inställningar, måste du ange TFTP-servern och " +"avbildens plats. Du kan sedan lagra dina inställningar till flashminnet. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du berätta för firmware att TFTP-avbilden ska användas för att starta upp: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du berätta för firmware att TFTP-" +"avbilden ska användas för att starta upp: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du använder en seriekonsoll för att installera din Netwinder, behöver du lägga till följande inställning: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Alternativt, för installationer med ett tangentbord och skärm måste du ställa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Om du använder en seriekonsoll för att " +"installera din Netwinder, behöver du lägga till följande inställning: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternativt, för installationer med ett " +"tangentbord och skärm måste du ställa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan använda kommandot <command>printenv</command> för att granska dina miljöinställningar. Efter att du har validerat att inställningarna är korrekta kan du läsa in avbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan använda kommandot <command>printenv</" +"command> för att granska dina miljöinställningar. Efter att du har validerat " +"att inställningarna är korrekta kan du läsa in avbilden: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du springer på några problem, finns en <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detaljerad HOWTO</ulink> tillgänglig." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du springer på några problem, finns en <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detaljerad HOWTO</" +"ulink> tillgänglig." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:529 @@ -647,8 +955,12 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP på CATS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." -msgstr "På CATS-maskiner, använd <command>boot de0:</command> eller liknande på Cyclone-prompten." +msgid "" +"On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone " +"prompt." +msgstr "" +"På CATS-maskiner, använd <command>boot de0:</command> eller liknande på " +"Cyclone-prompten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:540 @@ -657,54 +969,76 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 -#: boot-installer.xml:716 -#: boot-installer.xml:1126 -#: boot-installer.xml:1947 -#: boot-installer.xml:2287 -#: boot-installer.xml:2641 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1126 +#: boot-installer.xml:1947 boot-installer.xml:2287 boot-installer.xml:2641 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." -msgstr "Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"i386\"> konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd, starta om och fortsätt till nästa kapitel." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning " +"Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för " +"att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"i386\"> " +"konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd, starta om och " +"fortsätt till nästa kapitel." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 -#: boot-installer.xml:727 -#: boot-installer.xml:1137 -#: boot-installer.xml:1958 -#: boot-installer.xml:2298 -#: boot-installer.xml:2652 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1137 +#: boot-installer.xml:1958 boot-installer.xml:2298 boot-installer.xml:2652 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." -msgstr "Notera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräver speciella drivrutiner och kan därför vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar sig att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Notera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräver speciella drivrutiner och kan därför " +"vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar sig " +"att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din " +"maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och " +"installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 -#: boot-installer.xml:735 -#: boot-installer.xml:1145 -#: boot-installer.xml:1966 -#: boot-installer.xml:2306 -#: boot-installer.xml:2660 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1145 +#: boot-installer.xml:1966 boot-installer.xml:2306 boot-installer.xml:2660 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." -msgstr "Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" +"Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera " +"Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt " +"enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att " +"installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka " +"installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 -#: boot-installer.xml:743 -#: boot-installer.xml:1153 -#: boot-installer.xml:1974 -#: boot-installer.xml:2314 -#: boot-installer.xml:2668 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1153 +#: boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2668 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/" +">." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" -msgstr "För att starta upp en cd-rom från Cyclones konsollprompt, använd kommandot <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp en cd-rom från Cyclones konsollprompt, använd kommandot " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:589 @@ -715,14 +1049,27 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från firmware" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:595 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." -msgstr "Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett flashchip på enheten. Installeraren kan skrivas till flash så att den automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." +msgid "" +"There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " +"flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " +"automatically start when you reboot your machines." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett " +"flashchip på enheten. Installeraren kan skrivas till flash så att den " +"automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." -msgstr "I många fall gäller inte din garanti när firmware i inbäddade enheter ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det inträffar problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ stegen noga." +msgid "" +"In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your " +"warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " +"are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " +"follow the steps precisely." +msgstr "" +"I många fall gäller inte din garanti när firmware i inbäddade enheter " +"ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det inträffar " +"problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ stegen noga." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:612 @@ -734,7 +1081,8 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NSLU2" #: boot-installer.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "There are three ways how to put the installer firmware into flash:" -msgstr "Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installerarens firmware i flash-minnet:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installerarens firmware i flash-minnet:" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:619 @@ -745,8 +1093,18 @@ msgstr "Använda webbgränssnittet i NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." -msgstr "Gå till administrationssektionen och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbilden du tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer sedan att starta upp direkt in i installeraren." +msgid "" +"Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have " +"previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " +"button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " +"then boot straight into the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gå till administrationssektionen och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbilden du " +"tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</" +"literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer " +"sedan att starta upp direkt in i installeraren." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:631 @@ -758,13 +1116,53 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Linux/Unix" #: boot-installer.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to " +"upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. " +"First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the " +"small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/" +"status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately " +"release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 " +"ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay " +"before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></" +"listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" +"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have " +"problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the " +"new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of " +"your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the " +"whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically " +"reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " +"installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" -"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen (tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du lägga in den nya flashavbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-" +"maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är " +"paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter " +"från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen " +"(tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att " +"starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och " +"se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från " +"orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och " +"grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i " +"uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> " +"om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du " +"lägga in den nya flashavbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen på din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-server. Efter att hela avbilden har skrivits och validerats kommer systemet att automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk igen nu, annars kommer installeraren inte att kunna hitta den." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen på " +"din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-server. " +"Efter att hela avbilden har skrivits och validerats kommer systemet att " +"automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk igen nu, annars " +"kommer installeraren inte att kunna hitta den." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:693 @@ -775,15 +1173,18 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Windows" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." -msgstr "Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera firmware via nätverket." +msgid "" +"There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware " +"via the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera " +"firmware via nätverket." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:710 -#: boot-installer.xml:1120 -#: boot-installer.xml:1935 -#: boot-installer.xml:2281 -#: boot-installer.xml:2635 +#: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1120 boot-installer.xml:1935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2281 boot-installer.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" @@ -791,32 +1192,73 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du första hämta och placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du första hämta och " +"placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." -msgstr "Om du bara tänkte använda hårddisken för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna. Den låter dig partionera om hårddisken från vilken du startar upp installeraren, fastän du bör göra det med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding " +"kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot " +"the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgstr "" +"Om du bara tänkte använda hårddisken för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt " +"över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/" +"initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna. Den låter dig partionera om " +"hårddisken från vilken du startar upp installeraren, fastän du bör göra det " +"med försiktighet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:864 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." -msgstr "Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en existerande partition på hårddisken i oförändrat skick under installationen, kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-avbild till enheten (se till att filens namn slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>). Installeraren kan sedan starta upp från enheten och installera från cd-avbilden, utan behov av nätverk." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive " +"(make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, " +"without needing the network." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en existerande partition på hårddisken i " +"oförändrat skick under installationen, kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-avbild till " +"enheten (se till att filens namn slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>). " +"Installeraren kan sedan starta upp från enheten och installera från cd-" +"avbilden, utan behov av nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:873 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" -msgstr "För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installeraren vid uppstart; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att använda en RAM-disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgstr "" +"För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i " +"<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att " +"läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installeraren vid uppstart; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att " +"använda en RAM-disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> " +"Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:894 @@ -837,20 +1279,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:894 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." -msgstr "För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu <userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu " +"<userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" "</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" -"Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska lik. Leta upp din <filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> (ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), lägg till följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska lik. Leta upp din " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"(ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), lägg till " +"följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title Ny installation\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" @@ -859,8 +1317,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." -msgstr "Notera att värden för <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva justeras efter initrd-avbildens storlek. Från och med nu bör det inte vara några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</command> och <command>LILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " +"be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be " +"no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Notera att värden för <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva " +"justeras efter initrd-avbildens storlek. Från och med nu bör det inte vara " +"några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</command> och <command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:925 @@ -871,60 +1335,122 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select" +"\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon " +"ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör " +"se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare " +"uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:939 -#: boot-installer.xml:2047 -#: boot-installer.xml:2541 +#: boot-installer.xml:939 boot-installer.xml:2047 boot-installer.xml:2541 #: boot-installer.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 -#: boot-installer.xml:2549 +#: boot-installer.xml:940 boot-installer.xml:2549 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." -msgstr "Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbilderna du behövde och skapat disketterna från avbilderna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbilderna du behövde och skapat disketterna " +"från avbilderna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." -msgstr "För att starta upp från installerarens startdiskett, placera den i primära diskettenheten, stäng ner systemet som vanligt och starta upp det igen." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från installerarens startdiskett, placera den i primära " +"diskettenheten, stäng ner systemet som vanligt och starta upp det igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt. Installation from LS-120 is only supported by 2.4 and later kernels." -msgstr "För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-versionen) med en uppsättning disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger enheten som drivrutinen kan mappa enheten till. Till exempel, om din LS-120-enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra kabeln, anger du <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Installation från LS-120 stöds endast av kärnor i 2.4-serien och senare." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt. Installation " +"from LS-120 is only supported by 2.4 and later kernels." +msgstr "" +"För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-versionen) med en uppsättning " +"disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här " +"gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger " +"enheten som drivrutinen kan mappa enheten till. Till exempel, om din LS-120-" +"enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra kabeln, anger du " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. " +"Installation från LS-120 stöds endast av kärnor i 2.4-serien och senare." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:964 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." -msgstr "Notera att på vissa maskiner, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> återställer inte korrekt maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du installerar från ett existerande operativsystem (exempelvis från en DOS-burk) har du inget val. Om inte, vänligen gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgstr "" +"Notera att på vissa maskiner, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> återställer inte " +"korrekt maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du " +"installerar från ett existerande operativsystem (exempelvis från en DOS-" +"burk) har du inget val. Om inte, vänligen gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:973 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgstr "" +"Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som " +"introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:979 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." -msgstr "När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgstr "" +"När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</" +"computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</" +"computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i " +"ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan " +"hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:988 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." -msgstr "Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> startas automatiskt." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata " +"in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in " +"i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> " +"startas automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1022 @@ -941,8 +1467,16 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort eller moderkort med stöd för PXE" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1029 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort erbjuder funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS " +"to boot from the network." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort erbjuder " +"funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-" +"uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet " +"kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1040 @@ -953,14 +1487,22 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort med Network BootROM" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1041 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta upp via TFTP." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta " +"upp via TFTP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1046 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." -msgstr "Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. Vänligen referera till det här dokumentet." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. " +"Vänligen referera till det här dokumentet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1054 @@ -971,8 +1513,12 @@ msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder " +"startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1064 @@ -984,25 +1530,73 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsprompten" #: boot-installer.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." +"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" -"När installeraren startar upp bör du presenteras med en snäll grafisk skärm som visar Debians logotyp och en uppstartsprompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"När installeraren startar upp bör du presenteras med en snäll grafisk skärm " +"som visar Debians logotyp och en uppstartsprompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid uppstartsprompten kan du antingen bara trycka &enterkey; för att starta upp installeraren med standardalternativ eller ange en specifik uppstartsmetod och, valfritt, uppstartsparametrar." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid uppstartsprompten kan du antingen bara " +"trycka &enterkey; för att starta upp installeraren med standardalternativ " +"eller ange en specifik uppstartsmetod och, valfritt, uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1077 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." -msgstr "Information om tillgängliga uppstartsmetoder och om uppstartsparametrar som kan vara användbara kan hittas genom att trycka <keycap>F2</keycap> till <keycap>F8</keycap>. Om du lägger till några parametrar till kommandoraden, tänk på att ange uppstartsmetoden (standard är <userinput>linux</userinput>) och ett blanksteg före den första parametern (exempelvis <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgstr "" +"Information om tillgängliga uppstartsmetoder och om uppstartsparametrar som " +"kan vara användbara kan hittas genom att trycka <keycap>F2</keycap> till " +"<keycap>F8</keycap>. Om du lägger till några parametrar till kommandoraden, " +"tänk på att ange uppstartsmetoden (standard är <userinput>linux</userinput>) " +"och ett blanksteg före den första parametern (exempelvis <userinput>linux " +"fb=false</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1086 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." -msgstr "Om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som tillhandahåller ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen, kan du inte se den initiala grafiska uppstartsskärmen under uppstarten av installeraren; du kanske inte heller kan se uppstartsprompten. Exempel på de här enheterna inkluderar textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) och HP:s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). Du kan helt blint trycka F1<footnote> <para> I vissa fall kräver de här enheterna en speciell tangentsekvens för att göra den här tangenttryckningen, till exempel använder IRA <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> för att komma förbi den här skärmen och visa hjälptexten. När du har kommit förbi uppstartsskärmen och är vid hjälptexten kommer dina tangenttryckningar att ekas vid prompten som förväntat. För att förhindra att installeraren använder grafikkortet i resten av installationen, kan du också lägga till <userinput>fb=false</userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivs i hjälptexten." +msgid "" +"If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the " +"initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not " +"see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of " +"Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press " +"F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape " +"sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. " +"Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes " +"will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from " +"using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " +"to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " +"the help text." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som tillhandahåller " +"ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen, kan du inte se den initiala grafiska " +"uppstartsskärmen under uppstarten av installeraren; du kanske inte heller " +"kan se uppstartsprompten. Exempel på de här enheterna inkluderar " +"textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) och HP:" +"s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). Du kan helt blint trycka " +"F1<footnote> <para> I vissa fall kräver de här enheterna en speciell " +"tangentsekvens för att göra den här tangenttryckningen, till exempel " +"använder IRA <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>," +" <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> för att komma förbi den här " +"skärmen och visa hjälptexten. När du har kommit förbi uppstartsskärmen och " +"är vid hjälptexten kommer dina tangenttryckningar att ekas vid prompten som " +"förväntat. För att förhindra att installeraren använder grafikkortet i " +"resten av installationen, kan du också lägga till <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivs i hjälptexten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1161 @@ -1013,32 +1607,115 @@ msgstr "Cd-innehåll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1163 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." -msgstr "Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan " +"<emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar " +"på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att " +"installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-" +"skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en " +"grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel " +"för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. " +"Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en " +"mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1179 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." -msgstr "Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface " +"(EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer " +"om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), " +"EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade " +"diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett " +"system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det " +"har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp " +"maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare " +"en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller " +"uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1195 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." -msgstr "Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, installerarens kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det körande systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna för uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där " +"starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, " +"installerarens kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det körande " +"systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna för " +"uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet som " +"beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1204 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." -msgstr "De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgstr "" +"De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och " +"startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, " +"installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av " +"grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att " +"misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-" +"partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av " +"installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. " +"Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns " +"före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1216 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av firmware. Den visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett alternativ. Beroende på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har lästs in på systemet kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. Det bör finnas åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första alternativet föredras, dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt eller att cd-skivan av någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det andra alternativet." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av firmware. Den " +"visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett alternativ. Beroende " +"på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har lästs in på systemet " +"kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. Det bör finnas " +"åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> " +"och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första alternativet föredras, " +"dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt eller att cd-skivan av " +"någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det andra alternativet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1235 @@ -1049,8 +1726,22 @@ msgstr "VIKTIGT" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1236 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid skalprompten." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis " +"det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras " +"av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och " +"systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för " +"att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du " +"återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid " +"skalprompten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1248 @@ -1061,38 +1752,89 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 1: Starta upp från Boot Option Maintenance Menu" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1255 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställt sin systeminitiering." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer " +"att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställt sin " +"systeminitiering." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna " +"och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1267 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter som firmware har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som innehåller antingen etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av menyraden kommer du att se att informationen för enheten och kontrollern är samma." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och " +"tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter " +"som firmware har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som innehåller antingen " +"etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller <command>Removable " +"Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av menyraden kommer du att se " +"att informationen för enheten och kontrollern är samma." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1278 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." -msgstr "Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer <command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) steg." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med " +"piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer " +"<command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart " +"påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst " +"[Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara " +"delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) " +"steg." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1289 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med " +"piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta " +"inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av uppstartskärna och flaggor." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." +msgstr "" +"Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida " +"för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av " +"uppstartskärna och flaggor." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1311 @@ -1103,44 +1845,104 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 2: Starta upp från EFI-skalet" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" -msgstr "Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan med följande steg:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när " +"EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan " +"med följande steg:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställer systeminitieringen." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer " +"att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställer " +"systeminitieringen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1329 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." -msgstr "Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck " +"<command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara " +"enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända " +"partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända " +"partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:" +"</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet " +"kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1343 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." -msgstr "Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." +msgstr "" +"Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är " +"antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med " +"startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1350 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." -msgstr "Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa partitionsnumret som sin prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på " +"<command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa " +"partitionsnumret som sin prompt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1357 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det " +"kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1364 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." +msgstr "" +"Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som " +"kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och " +"alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot " +"<command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. " +"Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1378 @@ -1151,32 +1953,86 @@ msgstr "Installation med en seriekonsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1380 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." -msgstr "Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är förkonfigurerade." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord " +"eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/" +"tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För " +"att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller " +"strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där " +"<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. " +"Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är " +"förkonfigurerade." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." -msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installeraren använder samma bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är säker på vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med kommandot <command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installeraren använder samma " +"bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är säker på " +"vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med kommandot " +"<command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1398 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." -msgstr "Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta inställningarna för konsollen för en av de existerande menyalternativen. Till exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, ange <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:</classname>." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för " +"serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta " +"inställningarna för konsollen för en av de existerande menyalternativen. " +"Till exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, " +"ange <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:" +"</classname>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." -msgstr "De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på 9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man startar installeraren i textläge." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgstr "" +"De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på " +"9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala " +"installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje " +"skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att " +"genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se " +"hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man " +"startar installeraren i textläge." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1418 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." -msgstr "Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar " +"men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan " +"startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1427 @@ -1187,50 +2043,125 @@ msgstr "Välj uppstartskärna och inställningar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1429 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett " +"textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna " +"väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i " +"textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på " +"lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> " +"förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de " +"vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" -msgstr "Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret <classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja installationen:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" +msgstr "" +"Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av " +"vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din " +"installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan " +"för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret " +"<classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den " +"kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det " +"installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under " +"installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du " +"installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja " +"installationen:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1459 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." -msgstr "Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov med piltangenterna." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." +msgstr "" +"Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov " +"med piltangenterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1464 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." -msgstr "Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." +msgstr "" +"Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten " +"kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom " +"inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1471 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första skärmen av Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. " +"Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första " +"skärmen av Debian Installer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1480 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." -msgstr "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer " +"att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1491 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." -msgstr "Starta upp ett IA64-system från nätverket är likt en uppstart från cd. Den enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot Manager kan läsas in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När installationskärnan är inläst och startar kommer systeminstallationen att fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen med undantaget av att paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages " +"of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp ett IA64-system från nätverket är likt en uppstart från cd. Den " +"enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot Manager kan " +"läsas in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När " +"installationskärnan är inläst och startar kommer systeminstallationen att " +"fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen med undantaget av att " +"paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för " +"cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1525 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." -msgstr "Nätverksuppstart för ia64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. På uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera <command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett nätverk." +msgid "" +"Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksuppstart för ia64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. På " +"uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera " +"<command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ " +"definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett " +"nätverk." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1536 @@ -1242,27 +2173,41 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av servern" #: boot-installer.xml:1537 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" -"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett ia64-system ser ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett ia64-system ser " +"ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera att målet är att få <command>elilo.efi</command> att köra på klienten." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera att målet är att få <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> att köra på klienten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." -msgstr "Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgstr "" +"Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används " +"som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/" +"lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att " +"skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller " +"uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1557 @@ -1285,8 +2230,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." -msgstr "Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad <filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgstr "" +"Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta " +"konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta " +"den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt " +"att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med " +"klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> " +"istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som " +"tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1574 @@ -1297,20 +2258,59 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av klienten" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1575 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." -msgstr "För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av <filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom " +"att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</" +"guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. " +"</para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med " +"texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än " +"en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för " +"gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för " +"att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, " +"och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, " +"och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av " +"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1607 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att starta Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och " +"bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen " +"med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan " +"och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att " +"starta Debian Installer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1616 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." -msgstr "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitionerna." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer " +"att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitionerna." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1629 @@ -1321,26 +2321,48 @@ msgstr "Välja en installationsmetod" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1631 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." -msgstr "Vissa underarkitekturer av &arch-title; har alternativet att starta upp med antingen en Linuxkärna av version 2.4.x eller 2.2.x. När en sådan valmöjlighet finns, prova 2.4.x-kärnan. Installeraren bör även kräva mindre minne när 2.4.x-kärnan används eftersom 2.2.x kräver en fast storlek på ramdisken och 2.4.x använder tmpfs." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " +"or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " +"kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x " +"linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses " +"tmpfs." +msgstr "" +"Vissa underarkitekturer av &arch-title; har alternativet att starta upp med " +"antingen en Linuxkärna av version 2.4.x eller 2.2.x. När en sådan " +"valmöjlighet finns, prova 2.4.x-kärnan. Installeraren bör även kräva mindre " +"minne när 2.4.x-kärnan används eftersom 2.2.x kräver en fast storlek på " +"ramdisken och 2.4.x använder tmpfs." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1639 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." -msgstr "Om du använder en Linux-kärna med version 2.2.x, behöver du använda kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " +"&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en Linux-kärna med version 2.2.x, behöver du använda " +"kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." -msgstr "Se till att <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> är en av dina kärnparametrar." +msgid "" +"Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Se till att <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> är en av dina " +"kärnparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1649 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du får problem, ta en titt i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du får problem, ta en titt i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1666 @@ -1351,14 +2373,24 @@ msgstr "Amiga" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1667 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden tillgänglig för amiga är via hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden tillgänglig för amiga är via hårddisken (se " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " +"inte startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1673 #, no-c-format -msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Amiga fungerar för tillfället inte med bogl, så om du ser fel från bogl behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Amiga fungerar för tillfället inte med bogl, så om du ser fel från bogl " +"behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 @@ -1369,14 +2401,25 @@ msgstr "Atari" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Installeraren för atari kan startas från antingen hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) eller från disketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för atari kan startas från antingen hårddisken (se <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) eller från disketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</" +"emphasis>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1690 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl " +"behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 @@ -1387,8 +2430,14 @@ msgstr "BVME6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1700 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." -msgstr "Installeraren för BVME6000 kan behöva startas från en cd-rom (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" +"\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/" +">), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för BVME6000 kan behöva startas från en cd-rom (se <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>), eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1710 @@ -1399,14 +2448,36 @@ msgstr "Macintosh" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1711 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för mac är från hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis> Mac har ingen fungerande 2.4.x-kärna." +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för mac är från hårddisken " +"(se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " +"inte startbar.</emphasis> Mac har ingen fungerande 2.4.x-kärna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1718 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara använder en 53c9x-baserad scsi-buss, behöver du kanske inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Maskinvara med två sådana scsi-bussar, såsom Quadra 950, behöver istället <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput>. Alternativt, parametern kan anges som <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> som lämnar automatisk identifiering påslagen, men som inaktiverar SCSI-nedkopplingar. Notera att den här parametern endast behöver anges om du har fler än en hårddisk; i annat fall kommer systemet att köra snabbare än om du inte angav det." +msgid "" +"If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " +"the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two " +"such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</" +"userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but " +"which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is " +"only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system " +"will run faster if you do not specify it." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara använder en 53c9x-baserad scsi-buss, behöver du kanske " +"inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Maskinvara med " +"två sådana scsi-bussar, såsom Quadra 950, behöver istället " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput>. Alternativt, parametern kan anges som " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> som lämnar automatisk identifiering " +"påslagen, men som inaktiverar SCSI-nedkopplingar. Notera att den här " +"parametern endast behöver anges om du har fler än en hårddisk; i annat fall " +"kommer systemet att köra snabbare än om du inte angav det." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1733 @@ -1417,8 +2488,16 @@ msgstr "MVME147 och MVME16x" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1734 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Installeraren för MVME147 och MVME16x kan behöva startas från antingen startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord är inte cd-skivan startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " +"(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för MVME147 och MVME16x kan behöva startas från antingen " +"startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) eller via " +"nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord är " +"inte cd-skivan startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1744 @@ -1429,8 +2508,14 @@ msgstr "Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1745 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för Q40/Q60 är från hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " +"(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom " +"is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för Q40/Q60 är från " +"hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, " +"cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1756 @@ -1439,30 +2524,59 @@ msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "Starta upp från en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1762 -#: boot-installer.xml:2360 +#: boot-installer.xml:1762 boot-installer.xml:2360 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." -msgstr "Uppstart från ett existerande operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från ett existerande operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, " +"för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1768 -#: boot-installer.xml:2366 +#: boot-installer.xml:1768 boot-installer.xml:2366 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du redan ha hämtat och placerat de filer som behövs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du redan ha hämtat och " +"placerat de filer som behövs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1777 #, no-c-format -msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." -msgstr "Åtminstone sex olika ramdiskar kan användas för att starta upp från hårddisken, tre olika typer vardera med och utan stöd för en Linuxkärna version 2.2.x (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> för detaljer)." +msgid "" +"At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " +"three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel " +"(see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/" +"MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." +msgstr "" +"Åtminstone sex olika ramdiskar kan användas för att starta upp från " +"hårddisken, tre olika typer vardera med och utan stöd för en Linuxkärna " +"version 2.2.x (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/" +"current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> för detaljer)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1785 #, no-c-format -msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." -msgstr "De tre olika typer av ramdiskar är <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename> och <filename>nativehd</filename>. De här ramdiskarna skiljer sig endast i sin källkod för installationspaketen. Ramdisken <filename>cdrom</filename> använder en cd-rom för att hämta paket för debian-installer. Ramdisken <filename>hd-media</filename> använder en iso-avbild av en cd-rom som för närvarande ligger på en hårddisk. Till slut, ramdisken <filename>nativehd</filename> använder nätet för att installera paket." +msgid "" +"The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " +"ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer " +"packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file " +"of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." +msgstr "" +"De tre olika typer av ramdiskar är <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-" +"media</filename> och <filename>nativehd</filename>. De här ramdiskarna " +"skiljer sig endast i sin källkod för installationspaketen. Ramdisken " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> använder en cd-rom för att hämta paket för debian-" +"installer. Ramdisken <filename>hd-media</filename> använder en iso-avbild av " +"en cd-rom som för närvarande ligger på en hårddisk. Till slut, ramdisken " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> använder nätet för att installera paket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1806 @@ -1473,14 +2587,36 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från AmigaOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1807 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." -msgstr "I <command>Workbench</command>, start Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> i katalogen <filename>debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " +"double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>debian</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"I <command>Workbench</command>, start Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> i katalogen " +"<filename>debian</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1813 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten två gånger efter att Amiga-installationsprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " +"program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the " +"screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black " +"screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel " +"debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to " +"read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program " +"should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten två gånger efter att Amiga-" +"installationsprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett " +"fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders " +"fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar " +"alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla " +"förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska " +"installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1828 @@ -1491,14 +2627,37 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från Atari TOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1829 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." -msgstr "I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen <filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i programmets inställningsruta." +msgid "" +"At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " +"on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</" +"filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program " +"options dialog box." +msgstr "" +"I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen " +"<filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i " +"programmets inställningsruta." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1836 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten efter att Atari-bootstrapprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " +"has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen " +"will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with " +"white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging " +"information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but " +"that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start " +"automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten efter att Atari-" +"bootstrapprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett " +"fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders " +"fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar " +"alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla " +"förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska " +"installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1851 @@ -1509,38 +2668,112 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1852 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." -msgstr "Du måste bibehålla original Mac-systemet och starta upp från det. Det är <emphasis>viktigt</emphasis> att starta upp MacOS för att förbereda en uppstart av starthanteraren Penguin, att du håller ned tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap> för att förhindra att utökningar läses in. Om du inte använder MacOS annat än för att läsa in Linux, kan du åstadkomma samma sak genom att ta bort alla utökningar och kontrollpaneler från Macens System-mapp. Annars kan körande utökningar lämnas kvar och orsaka diverse problem för den körande Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " +"<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for " +"booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key " +"down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for " +"loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions " +"and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be " +"left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Du måste bibehålla original Mac-systemet och starta upp från det. Det är " +"<emphasis>viktigt</emphasis> att starta upp MacOS för att förbereda en " +"uppstart av starthanteraren Penguin, att du håller ned tangenten " +"<keycap>shift</keycap> för att förhindra att utökningar läses in. Om du inte " +"använder MacOS annat än för att läsa in Linux, kan du åstadkomma samma sak " +"genom att ta bort alla utökningar och kontrollpaneler från Macens System-" +"mapp. Annars kan körande utökningar lämnas kvar och orsaka diverse problem " +"för den körande Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1863 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." -msgstr "Mac kräver starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command>. Om du inte har verktygen för att hantera ett <command>Stuffit</command>-arkiv, &penguin19.hfs; är en hfs-diskavbild med en uppackad <command>Penguin</command>. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> beskriver hur man kopierar den här avbilden till en diskett." +msgid "" +"Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " +"the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is " +"an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Mac kräver starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command>. Om du inte har " +"verktygen för att hantera ett <command>Stuffit</command>-arkiv, &penguin19." +"hfs; är en hfs-diskavbild med en uppackad <command>Penguin</command>. <xref " +"linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> beskriver hur man kopierar den här avbilden till " +"en diskett." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1872 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." -msgstr "På MacOS-skrivbordet, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon>-ikonen i katalogen <filename>Penguin</filename>. Uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att startas upp. Gå till posten <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> i menyn <guimenu>File</guimenu>, klicka på fliken <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel>. Välj kärnavbilden (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) och ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) i katalogen <filename>install</filename> genom att klicka på motsvarande knappar i övre högra hörnet, och navigera fram till filerna i dialogrutan." +msgid "" +"At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" +"clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> " +"booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in " +"the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. " +"Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk " +"(<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> " +"directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right " +"corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." +msgstr "" +"På MacOS-skrivbordet, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon>-ikonen i katalogen " +"<filename>Penguin</filename>. Uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command> kommer " +"att startas upp. Gå till posten <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> i menyn " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu>, klicka på fliken <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel>. Välj " +"kärnavbilden (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) och ramdisk (<filename>initrd." +"gz</filename>) i katalogen <filename>install</filename> genom att klicka på " +"motsvarande knappar i övre högra hörnet, och navigera fram till filerna i " +"dialogrutan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1887 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "För att ställa in uppstartsparametrarna i Penguin, välj <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, växla sedan till fliken <guilabel>Options</guilabel>. Uppstartsparametrar kan anges i textrutan. Om du alltid vill använda de här inställningarna, välj <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " +"<guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " +"<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the " +"text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in uppstartsparametrarna i Penguin, välj <guimenu>File</" +"guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, växla sedan till " +"fliken <guilabel>Options</guilabel>. Uppstartsparametrar kan anges i " +"textrutan. Om du alltid vill använda de här inställningarna, välj " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1896 #, no-c-format -msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." -msgstr "Stäng <guilabel>Settings</guilabel>-dialogen, spara inställningarna och starta bootstrap med posten <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> i <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn." +msgid "" +"Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " +"the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." +msgstr "" +"Stäng <guilabel>Settings</guilabel>-dialogen, spara inställningarna och " +"starta bootstrap med posten <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> i " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1903 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att skriva ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " +"into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few " +"seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, " +"displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may " +"scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of " +"seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can " +"continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att skriva ut viss " +"felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli " +"grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med " +"vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för " +"kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men " +"det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas " +"automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1918 @@ -1557,26 +2790,43 @@ msgstr "FIXME" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1924 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet ska starta automatiskt, så du kan fortsätta nedan i <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " +"below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet ska starta automatiskt, så du kan fortsätta nedan i " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1936 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." -msgstr "För närvarande, den enda underarkitekturen av &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart via cd-rom är BVME6000." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " +"booting is the BVME6000." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande, den enda underarkitekturen av &arch-title; som har stöd för " +"uppstart via cd-rom är BVME6000." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2008 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" -msgstr "Efter uppstarten av VMEbus-systemen kommer du bli presenterad med LILO-prompten <prompt>Boot:</prompt>. Vid prompten, ange en av följande för att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran med terminalemuleringen vt102." +msgid "" +"After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " +"<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to " +"boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 " +"terminal emulation:" +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstarten av VMEbus-systemen kommer du bli presenterad med LILO-" +"prompten <prompt>Boot:</prompt>. Vid prompten, ange en av följande för att " +"starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran med " +"terminalemuleringen vt102." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" -msgstr "ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2024 @@ -1588,29 +2838,42 @@ msgstr "ange <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME162" #: boot-installer.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" -msgstr "ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2036 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." -msgstr "Du kan även lägga till strängen <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> för att använda terminalemuleringen vt100, exempelvis <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgid "" +"You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " +"vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även lägga till strängen <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> för att använda " +"terminalemuleringen vt100, exempelvis <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</" +"screen>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2048 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." -msgstr "För de flesta &arch-title;-arkitekturer är uppstart från ett lokalt filsystem den metod som rekommenderas." +msgid "" +"For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " +"recommended method." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta &arch-title;-arkitekturer är uppstart från ett lokalt " +"filsystem den metod som rekommenderas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2053 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." -msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketten stöds endast på Atari och VME (med en SCSI-diskettenhet på VME) för tillfället." +msgid "" +"Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " +"SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från startdisketten stöds endast på Atari och VME (med en SCSI-" +"diskettenhet på VME) för tillfället." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2069 -#: boot-installer.xml:2116 +#: boot-installer.xml:2069 boot-installer.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" @@ -1621,46 +2884,63 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" "Efter man gått in i kommandomonitorn, använd <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och " +"påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera " +"måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> i kommandomonitorn för att göra det." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2089 -#: boot-installer.xml:2138 -#: boot-installer.xml:2193 +#: boot-installer.xml:2089 boot-installer.xml:2138 boot-installer.xml:2193 #: boot-installer.xml:2232 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2090 -#: boot-installer.xml:2194 +#: boot-installer.xml:2090 boot-installer.xml:2194 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load " +"the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian " +"installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but " +"it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you " +"can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can " +"load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." +"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in " +"this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " +"Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" -"På evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B, måste du läsa in starthanteraren SiByl via TFTP som sedan kommer att läsa in och starta Debian-installer. I de flesta fall kommer du första att ta emot en IP-adress via DHCP men det är även möjligt att konfigurera en statisk adress. För att använda DHCP kan du ange följande kommando på CFE-prompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B, måste du läsa in " +"starthanteraren SiByl via TFTP som sedan kommer att läsa in och starta " +"Debian-installer. I de flesta fall kommer du första att ta emot en IP-adress " +"via DHCP men det är även möjligt att konfigurera en statisk adress. För att " +"använda DHCP kan du ange följande kommando på CFE-prompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> När du har tagit emot en IP-adress, kan du läsa in SiByl med följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> När du har tagit emot en IP-adress, kan du läsa " +"in SiByl med följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ersätta IP-adressen som listas i exemplet med antingen namnet eller IP-adressen för din TFTP-server. När du kört det här kommandot kommer installeraren att läsas in automatiskt." +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ersätta IP-adressen som listas i " +"exemplet med antingen namnet eller IP-adressen för din TFTP-server. När du " +"kört det här kommandot kommer installeraren att läsas in automatiskt." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2113 -#: boot-installer.xml:2217 -#: boot-installer.xml:2740 +#: boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2217 boot-installer.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" @@ -1668,20 +2948,30 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2117 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot <command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot " +"<command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" -"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet " +"på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/" +"dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via " +"<command>append</command>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2132 @@ -1690,15 +2980,21 @@ msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2139 -#: boot-installer.xml:2233 +#: boot-installer.xml:2139 boot-installer.xml:2233 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt från CFE-prompten. Istället kan du redigera filen <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> på TFTP-servern och lägga till din parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable>." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " +"you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP " +"server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> " +"variable." +msgstr "" +"Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt från CFE-prompten. " +"Istället kan du redigera filen <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> på TFTP-" +"servern och lägga till din parametrar till variabeln " +"<replaceable>extra_args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2158 -#: boot-installer.xml:2220 +#: boot-installer.xml:2158 boot-installer.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "Cobalt TFTP Booting" msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" @@ -1706,26 +3002,62 @@ msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" -msgstr "Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installerarens filer i <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka ned vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta upp via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det finns följande installationsmetoder:" +msgid "" +"Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to " +"install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</" +"filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the " +"right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " +"network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " +"are the following two installation methods:" +msgstr "" +"Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du " +"behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installerarens filer i <filename>/" +"nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka ned " +"vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta upp " +"via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det finns " +"följande installationsmetoder:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." -msgstr "Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installeraren att konfigurera nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan att visa ett slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-adress) på Cobalts LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-klient kan du påbörja installationen." +msgid "" +"Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network " +"via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and " +"other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " +"connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installeraren att konfigurera " +"nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan att visa ett " +"slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-adress) på Cobalts " +"LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-klient kan du påbörja " +"installationen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since they have no serial port." -msgstr "Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodem-kabel kan du ansluta till serieporten på din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta sätt. Detta alternativ är inte tillgängligt för Qube 2700-maskiner (Qube1) eftersom de inte har en serieport." +msgid "" +"Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial " +"port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " +"this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since " +"they have no serial port." +msgstr "" +"Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodem-kabel kan du ansluta till serieporten på " +"din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta " +"sätt. Detta alternativ är inte tillgängligt för Qube 2700-maskiner (Qube1) " +"eftersom de inte har en serieport." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2221 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " +"<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " +"your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." +msgstr "" +"Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du " +"redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och " +"lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2249 @@ -1736,14 +3068,25 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2250 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." -msgstr "För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande " +"nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2255 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting a ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." -msgstr "Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta standardinstallationssystemet." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting a ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter " +"flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in " +"på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta " +"standardinstallationssystemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2266 @@ -1754,26 +3097,67 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2267 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." -msgstr "På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. Läs <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för mer information om S/390-specifika uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more " +"information about S/390-specific boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan " +"antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. Läs <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för mer " +"information om S/390-specifika uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2321 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." -msgstr "För närvarande är PReP och New World PowerMac de enda underarkitekturerna för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom. På PowerMac, håll ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars tangentkombinationen <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap> och <keycap>Delete</keycap> tillsammans vid uppstart för att starta upp från cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</" +"keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> " +"keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är PReP och New World PowerMac de enda underarkitekturerna " +"för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom. På PowerMac, håll " +"ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars tangentkombinationen " +"<keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"och <keycap>Delete</keycap> tillsammans vid uppstart för att starta upp från " +"cd-rom." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2330 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." -msgstr "OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd diskettenheten för att starta installeraren, och peka sedan installeraren till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att " +"OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin " +"skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns " +"inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd " +"diskettenheten för att starta installeraren, och peka sedan installeraren " +"till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2339 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" -msgstr "Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande " +"använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även " +"använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. " +"Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp " +"från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-" +"skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2348 @@ -1808,8 +3192,25 @@ msgstr "Starta upp OldWorld PowerMac från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2385 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." -msgstr "Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga ner MacOS och starta upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du " +"använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på " +"programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</" +"guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan " +"<guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka " +"sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga ner MacOS och " +"starta upp installeraren." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2403 @@ -1821,17 +3222,49 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NewWorld Mac från OpenFirmware" #: boot-installer.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and " +"immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and " +"<keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be " +"presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" -"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Starta om datorn, och omedelbart (under klockljudet) håll ned tangenterna <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (klöverblad/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap> och <keycap>f</keycap> samtidigt. Efter ett par sekunder kommer du att komma till Open Firmware-prompten. Vid prompten, ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd." +"gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/" +">. Starta om datorn, och omedelbart (under klockljudet) håll ned tangenterna " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (klöverblad/Apple)</keycap>, " +"<keycap>o</keycap> och <keycap>f</keycap> samtidigt. Efter ett par sekunder " +"kommer du att komma till Open Firmware-prompten. Vid prompten, ange " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med " +"partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna " +"placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett " +"par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians installationprogram ska nu starta." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange " +"antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install " +"video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet " +"<userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan " +"prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians " +"installationprogram ska nu starta." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2439 @@ -1843,79 +3276,178 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från USB-minne" #: boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." -msgstr "För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart via USB." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart " +"via USB." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2446 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." -msgstr "Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du använda Open Firmware-prompten, eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-lagringsenheter som standard. För att komma till prompten, håll ned <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> samtidigt vid uppstart (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. " +"För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du " +"använda Open Firmware-prompten, eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-" +"lagringsenheter som standard. För att komma till prompten, håll ned " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> samtidigt vid uppstart (se <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2458 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." -msgstr "Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom <command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom " +"<command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det " +"automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända " +"enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-" +"minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, " +"<filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</" +"filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" -"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den här för att starta upp installeraren: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade in uppstartsavbilden, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> instruerar Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi\" (alltså, <command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats med <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den " +"här för att starta upp installeraren: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den " +"Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade " +"in uppstartsavbilden, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> instruerar " +"Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi\" (alltså, " +"<command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats med " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2484 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. " +"Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2490 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." -msgstr "Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa " +"NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som " +"förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." -msgstr "För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart via nätverk." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart " +"via nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2527 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac, gå in i uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd kommandot <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP- och CHRP-maskiner kan ha olika sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin bör du prova med <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways " +"of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac, gå in i " +"uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd " +"kommandot <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP- och CHRP-maskiner kan ha " +"olika sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin bör du prova med " +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2542 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." -msgstr "Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett " +"endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med " +"diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2554 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." -msgstr "För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå sedan på systemet." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, " +"placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå " +"sedan på systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2560 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." -msgstr "För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara hårddiskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som " +"placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för " +"systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem " +"kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara " +"hårddiskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2567 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." -msgstr "Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. " +"Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas " +"automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2578 @@ -1926,20 +3458,58 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för PowerPC" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." -msgstr "Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgstr "" +"Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar " +"vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget " +"för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, " +"skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2619 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." -msgstr "På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen som ska installeras (ee <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Vissa äldre OpenBoot-revisioner kräver att man använder enhetsnamnet, såsom <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; de har antagligen inte stöd för BOOTP eller DHCP." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older " +"OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le" +"()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." +msgstr "" +"På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen " +"som ska installeras (ee <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd " +"kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- " +"och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och " +"BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Vissa äldre OpenBoot-revisioner kräver att man " +"använder enhetsnamnet, såsom <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; de har " +"antagligen inte stöd för BOOTP eller DHCP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2675 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." -msgstr "De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-enheten på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system). Du kanske måste använda det faktiska enhetsnamnet för äldre OpenBoot-versioner som inte har stöd för det här speciella kommandot. Notera att vissa problem har rapporterats på Sun4m-system (alltså Sparc 10 och Sparc 20) vid uppstart från cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual " +"device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special " +"command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc " +"10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." +msgstr "" +"De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</" +"userinput> som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-enheten " +"på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system). Du kanske måste " +"använda det faktiska enhetsnamnet för äldre OpenBoot-versioner som inte har " +"stöd för det här speciella kommandot. Notera att vissa problem har " +"rapporterats på Sun4m-system (alltså Sparc 10 och Sparc 20) vid uppstart " +"från cd-rom." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2690 @@ -1947,31 +3517,53 @@ msgstr "De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</us msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." +"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) " +"architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the " +"IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are " +"not supported." msgstr "" -"För att starta upp från en diskett på en Sparc, använd <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att starta upp från en diskett på en Sparc, använd " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tänk på att nyare Sun4u-arkitekturen (ultra) inte har stöd för uppstart på diskett. Ett typiskt felmeddelande är <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Vidare stöder inte ett antal Sun4c-modeller (såsom IPX) komprimerade avbilder som finns på disketter." +"</screen></informalexample> Tänk på att nyare Sun4u-arkitekturen (ultra) " +"inte har stöd för uppstart på diskett. Ett typiskt felmeddelande är " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Vidare stöder inte ett antal Sun4c-modeller (såsom " +"IPX) komprimerade avbilder som finns på disketter." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2702 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Ett flertal Sparc (exempelvis Ultra 10) har ett OBP-fel som förhindrar dem från att starta upp (istället för att inte stöda uppstart alls). Den lämpliga uppdateringen för OBP kan hämtas som produkt-id 106121 från <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " +"booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " +"update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://" +"sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ett flertal Sparc (exempelvis Ultra 10) har ett OBP-fel som förhindrar dem " +"från att starta upp (istället för att inte stöda uppstart alls). Den " +"lämpliga uppdateringen för OBP kan hämtas som produkt-id 106121 från <ulink " +"url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." +"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is " +"simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" -"Om du startar upp från disketten, och du ser meddelanden såsom <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du startar upp från disketten, och du ser meddelanden såsom " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> är det möjligt att uppstart via diskett inte stöds på din maskin." +"</screen></informalexample> är det möjligt att uppstart via diskett inte " +"stöds på din maskin." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2721 @@ -1982,50 +3574,125 @@ msgstr "IDPROM-meddelanden" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2722 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med <quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för ditt firmware, har slut på ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> för mer information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som " +"tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för ditt firmware, har slut på " +"ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> för mer " +"information." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2741 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." -msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. Dock, i vissa fall, behöver du hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett " +"används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta " +"kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. Dock, " +"i vissa fall, behöver du hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2748 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." -msgstr "Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar systemet om din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgstr "" +"Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de " +"uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) " +"och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan " +"du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar " +"systemet om din maskinvara." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2755 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, inklusive tips för obskyr maskinvara. Den här sektionen innehåller endast en del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns beskrivna i <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"inklusive tips för obskyr maskinvara. Den här sektionen innehåller endast en " +"del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns beskrivna i " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" "När kärnan startar upp bör meddelandet<informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen <quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." +"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable>k available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer " +"med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda " +"parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där " +"<replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen " +"<quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till " +"exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</" +"userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2780 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." -msgstr "Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll kommer generellt sett kärnan att autodetektera det<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (dock inte på DECstation)</phrase>. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett tangentbord anslutet till datorn som du önskar starta upp via seriekonsoll, kan du skicka med följande argument <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> är din serieenhet, som vanligtvis är något liknande <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</" +"phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached " +"to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to " +"pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> " +"argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your " +"serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll kommer generellt sett kärnan att " +"autodetektera det<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (dock inte på DECstation)</" +"phrase>. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett tangentbord anslutet " +"till datorn som du önskar starta upp via seriekonsoll, kan du skicka med " +"följande argument <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></" +"userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> är din " +"serieenhet, som vanligtvis är något liknande <filename>ttyS0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2793 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." -msgstr "För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna <envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna " +"<envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2804 @@ -2036,8 +3703,22 @@ msgstr "Parametrar för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2805 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." -msgstr "Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Notera att 2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här siffrorna överstigs kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta de flaggor som överstiger gränsen. Med kärnan 2.6.9 eller senare kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor eller 32 miljöflaggor. </para> </footnote> som kan vara användbara." +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " +"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " +"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " +"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " +"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " +"may be useful." +msgstr "" +"Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal " +"uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Notera att 2.4-kärnan accepterar " +"maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som " +"läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här siffrorna överstigs " +"kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta de flaggor som överstiger gränsen. Med kärnan " +"2.6.9 eller senare kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor eller 32 " +"miljöflaggor. </para> </footnote> som kan vara användbara." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 @@ -2048,20 +3729,47 @@ msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2826 #, no-c-format -msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" -msgstr "Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas. Kort form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgid "" +"This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " +"form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas. " +"Kort form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." -msgstr "Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem påträffas justerar installeraren prioriteten efter behov." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " +"means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " +"and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " +"installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgstr "" +"Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det " +"betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men " +"meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem " +"påträffas justerar installeraren prioriteten efter behov." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." -msgstr "Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med <userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla till det." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " +"will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages " +"are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot " +"method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " +"system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " +"without fuss." +msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som " +"uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer " +"kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> " +"används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med " +"uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast " +"att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla " +"till det." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -2072,8 +3780,43 @@ msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2853 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." -msgstr "Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som används för installeraren. De för närvarande möjliga parametervärdena är: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnitt är <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kan föredras för installationer via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet <userinput>newt</userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmedia så den här parametern är inte så användbar just nu." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is " +"available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." +msgstr "" +"Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som " +"används för installeraren. De för närvarande möjliga parametervärdena är: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnitt är " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kan föredras för installationer " +"via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet <userinput>newt</" +"userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmedia så den här parametern " +"är inte så användbar just nu." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2889 @@ -2084,8 +3827,16 @@ msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2890 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" -msgstr "Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att installerarens uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett informativt sätt. Ställ in den till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" +msgstr "" +"Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att installerarens " +"uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett informativt sätt. Ställ in den " +"till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i " +"uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" #. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2899 @@ -2132,8 +3883,12 @@ msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2915 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." -msgstr "Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgstr "" +"Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad " +"felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2929 @@ -2144,14 +3899,25 @@ msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2930 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" -msgstr "Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska " +"läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." -msgstr "Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på en enhet." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " +"floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter " +"rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på " +"en enhet." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2946 @@ -2163,14 +3929,33 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2947 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." -msgstr "Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=false</userinput> i kort form. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om bterm eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter efter påbörjad installation." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " +"Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " +"a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgstr "" +"Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en " +"installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på " +"ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern <userinput>debian-" +"installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> i kort form. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om bterm " +"eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter efter " +"påbörjad installation." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " +"reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgstr "" +"Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att " +"inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har " +"rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 @@ -2187,8 +3972,20 @@ msgstr "Liknande problem har blivit rapporterats för hppa." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2971 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>." -msgstr "På grund av skärmproblem på vissa system, stöd för framebuffer är <emphasis>inaktiverad som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan resultera i en ful skärm på system som korrekt sett har stöd för framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du ser skärmproblem i installeraren kan du prova att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På grund av skärmproblem på vissa system, stöd för framebuffer är " +"<emphasis>inaktiverad som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan " +"resultera i en ful skärm på system som korrekt sett har stöd för " +"framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du ser skärmproblem i " +"installeraren kan du prova att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-" +"installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2984 @@ -2199,8 +3996,12 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2985 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra sökning efter USB vid uppstart, om det orsakar problem." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " +"that causes problems." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra sökning efter " +"USB vid uppstart, om det orsakar problem." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2994 @@ -2211,14 +4012,30 @@ msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." -msgstr "Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-sökningen misslyckas." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." +msgstr "" +"Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. " +"Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna " +"inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-" +"sökningen misslyckas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3002 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." -msgstr "Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på " +"grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att " +"nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3013 @@ -2229,8 +4046,13 @@ msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3014 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för det här problemet." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-" +"tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för " +"det här problemet." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3024 @@ -2241,8 +4063,14 @@ msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>" -msgstr "Ange URL:en till en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta och användas för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: <userinput>url</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " +"the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>url</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ange URL:en till en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta och användas för att " +"automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort " +"form: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 @@ -2253,8 +4081,14 @@ msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>" -msgstr "Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil att läsa in för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: <userinput>file</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil att läsa in för att automatisera " +"installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -2265,14 +4099,32 @@ msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." -msgstr "Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in media automatiskt." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgstr "" +"Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat " +"som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte " +"startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till " +"exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren " +"inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in " +"media automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3056 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk " +"utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar " +"upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3067 @@ -2284,7 +4136,8 @@ msgstr "ramdisk_size" #: boot-installer.xml:3068 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Om du använder en 2.2.x-kärna, kan du behöva att ställa in &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en 2.2.x-kärna, kan du behöva att ställa in &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3076 @@ -2295,8 +4148,13 @@ msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3077 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget " +"istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3095 @@ -2313,32 +4171,72 @@ msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för disketter" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3102 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." -msgstr "Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." +msgstr "" +"Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera " +"Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3107 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den diskett med värsta problemen på grund av att den läses av maskinvaran direkt, före Linux startar upp. Ofta läser maskinvaran inte så tillförlitligt som Linux egna drivrutin för diskettenheten och kan bara stoppa upp utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser felaktig data. Det kan också bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna som visar sig som massor av meddelanden om disk in/ut-fel." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den diskett med värsta problemen på grund av att den läses " +"av maskinvaran direkt, före Linux startar upp. Ofta läser maskinvaran inte " +"så tillförlitligt som Linux egna drivrutin för diskettenheten och kan bara " +"stoppa upp utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser felaktig " +"data. Det kan också bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna som visar sig som massor " +"av meddelanden om disk in/ut-fel." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3116 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." -msgstr "Om du får installationen att stanna upp på en speciell diskett, första saken du bör göra är att hämta ned diskettavbilden igen och skriva den till en <emphasis>annan</emphasis> diskett. Bara omformatering av gamla disketten kanske inte räcker, även om det verkar som om disketten blev omformaterad och skriven utan fel. Det är användbart ibland att prova skriva disketten på ett annat system." +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " +"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " +"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " +"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " +"on a different system." +msgstr "" +"Om du får installationen att stanna upp på en speciell diskett, första saken " +"du bör göra är att hämta ned diskettavbilden igen och skriva den till en " +"<emphasis>annan</emphasis> diskett. Bara omformatering av gamla disketten " +"kanske inte räcker, även om det verkar som om disketten blev omformaterad " +"och skriven utan fel. Det är användbart ibland att prova skriva disketten på " +"ett annat system." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3126 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." -msgstr "En användare rapporterar att han måste skriva avbilderna till disketten <emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger före en fungerade och sedan var allt bra med den tredje disketten." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." +msgstr "" +"En användare rapporterar att han måste skriva avbilderna till disketten " +"<emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger före en fungerade och sedan var allt bra med " +"den tredje disketten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3132 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." -msgstr "Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i firmware." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgstr "" +"Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med " +"samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på " +"grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i firmware." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3141 @@ -2349,26 +4247,54 @@ msgstr "Uppstartskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3143 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem och kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller enheter som inte korrekt känns igen är uppstartsparametrarna den första saken att kontrollera, det diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem och kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte " +"känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller enheter som inte " +"korrekt känns igen är uppstartsparametrarna den första saken att " +"kontrollera, det diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3150 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du startar upp med din egna kärna istället för den som skickas med installeraren, se till att <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> är inställd i din kärna. Installeraren kräver <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " +"installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your " +"kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp med din egna kärna istället för den som skickas med " +"installeraren, se till att <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> är inställd i " +"din kärna. Installeraren kräver <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3157 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" -msgstr "Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Interna modem, ljudkort och enheter med Plug-n-Play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Internal modems, sound cards, " +"and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och " +"sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Interna modem, ljudkort " +"och enheter med Plug-n-Play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3163 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och installeraren hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva inkludera ett uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan ser, såsom <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och " +"installeraren hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva inkludera ett " +"uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan ser, såsom " +"<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3174 @@ -2379,32 +4305,78 @@ msgstr "Vanliga installationsproblem på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3175 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." -msgstr "Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installeraren." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas " +"genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installeraren." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3180 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." -msgstr "Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker " +"fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med " +"parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3186 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-" +"hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova " +"den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om " +"inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och " +"sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3195 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." -msgstr "Om du har en mycket gammal maskin, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det här testet." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en mycket gammal maskin, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du " +"prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det " +"här testet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3202 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis vitt, svart eller färgat pixelskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> för att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast det engelska språket kommer att vara tillgängligt under installationen på grund av begränsade konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false " +"video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " +"English language will be available during the installation due to limited " +"console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis " +"vitt, svart eller färgat pixelskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett " +"problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. " +"Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</" +"userinput> för att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast det engelska " +"språket kommer att vara tillgängligt under installationen på grund av " +"begränsade konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 @@ -2415,14 +4387,45 @@ msgstr "Systemet fryser under konfigurationsfasen för PCMCIA" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3217 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." -msgstr "Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar problemen." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." +msgstr "" +"Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha " +"när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa " +"maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever " +"sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du " +"inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/" +"start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter " +"installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar " +"problemen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3227 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." -msgstr "Alternativt kan du starta upp installeraren i expertläget. Du kommer då att bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din maskinvara behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som nämndes ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> här. Det finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Notera att du måste ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i installeraren." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du starta upp installeraren i expertläget. Du kommer då att " +"bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din maskinvara " +"behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som nämndes " +"ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> här. Det " +"finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=\"http://" +"pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System " +"resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Notera att du måste " +"ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i installeraren." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3244 @@ -2433,8 +4436,23 @@ msgstr "Systemet fryser vid inläsning av USB-moduler" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3245 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." -msgstr "Kärnan försöker normalt sett att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. Dock, det finns några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-kontrollern i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är att skicka med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten, som kommer att förhindra att modulerna läses in." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from " +"being loaded." +msgstr "" +"Kärnan försöker normalt sett att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för " +"USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. " +"Dock, det finns några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid " +"inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-" +"kontrollern i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är " +"att skicka med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> vid uppstartsprompten, som kommer att förhindra att modulerna " +"läses in." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3259 @@ -2445,8 +4463,39 @@ msgstr "Tolkning av kärnans uppstartsmeddelanden" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3261 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." -msgstr "Under uppstartssekvensen kan du se många meddelanden i formen <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput> <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller till och med <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är harmlösa. Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för att köras på datorer med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Så klart, ingen dator kommer att ha alla möjliga kringutrustningsenheter, så operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet pausar en stund. Det händer när det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och den enheten finns inte på ditt system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på tok för lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Under uppstartssekvensen kan du se många meddelanden i formen " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput> <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller till och med " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är " +"harmlösa. Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för " +"att köras på datorer med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Så klart, " +"ingen dator kommer att ha alla möjliga kringutrustningsenheter, så " +"operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning " +"som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet pausar en stund. Det händer " +"när det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och den enheten finns inte på " +"ditt system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på " +"tok för lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3286 @@ -2457,14 +4506,33 @@ msgstr "Felrapporterare" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3287 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." -msgstr "Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa installationen, kan menyvalet för felrapportering vara till hjälp. Den låter dig lagra felloggar från systemet och information om konfigurationen från installeraren till en diskett, eller hämta dem i en webbläsare. Den informationen kan innehålla ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man löser det. Om du skickar in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här informationen i felrapporten." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " +"logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgstr "" +"Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa " +"installationen, kan menyvalet för felrapportering vara till hjälp. Den låter " +"dig lagra felloggar från systemet och information om konfigurationen från " +"installeraren till en diskett, eller hämta dem i en webbläsare. Den " +"informationen kan innehålla ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man " +"löser det. Om du skickar in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här " +"informationen i felrapporten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> " +"efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3309 @@ -2475,20 +4543,39 @@ msgstr "Skicka installationsrapporter" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3310 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." -msgstr "Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt på flest antal olika maskinvarukonfigurationer." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." +msgstr "" +"Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi " +"uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen " +"lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt på flest antal " +"olika maskinvarukonfigurationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3317 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in en installationsrapport att installera paketen installation-report och reportbug (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " +"(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " +"the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in " +"en installationsrapport att installera paketen installation-report och " +"reportbug (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) " +"och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3324 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " +"report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" +"classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" @@ -2522,12 +4609,19 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." msgstr "" -"Använd den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter och skicka sedan rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet <classname>installation-reports</classname>, genom att skicka det till <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> (skriv på engelska). <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Använd den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter och skicka " +"sedan rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet <classname>installation-" +"reports</classname>, genom att skicka det till <email>submit@bugs.debian." +"org</email> (skriv på engelska). <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" -"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installeraren? Cd? Diskett? Nätverk?>\n" +"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installeraren? Cd? Diskett? Nätverk?" +">\n" "Image version: <Fyll i datum och var du fick tag på avbilden>\n" "Date: <Datum och tid för installationen>\n" "\n" @@ -2556,9 +4650,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" -"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa och eventuella tankar, kommentarer\n" +"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa och eventuella tankar, " +"kommentarer\n" " och idéer du hade under installationen.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet är, inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." +"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet är, " +"inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan " +"hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, " @@ -2574,10 +4671,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<xref linkend=\"floppy-boot\"/>; kärnan på startdisketten ska automatiskt " #~ "identifiera ditt USB-minne. När den frågar efter rotdisketten, tryck bara " #~ "&enterkey;. Du bör nu se &d-i; starta." + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" - diff --git a/po/sv/boot-new.po b/po/sv/boot-new.po index 28e260d96..61ad7f896 100644 --- a/po/sv/boot-new.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-new.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,14 +29,34 @@ msgstr "Sanningens minut" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system's first boot on its own power is what electrical engineers call the <quote>smoke test</quote>." -msgstr "Första uppstarten för ditt nya system kallas på el-ingenjörsspråk för <quote>röktest</quote>." +msgid "" +"Your system's first boot on its own power is what electrical engineers call " +"the <quote>smoke test</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Första uppstarten för ditt nya system kallas på el-ingenjörsspråk för " +"<quote>röktest</quote>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in rescue mode." -msgstr "Om du startar upp direkt i Debian och systemet inte startar upp korrekt, använd antingen ditt originalmedia för installation eller mata in en anpassad uppstartsdiskett om du har en och starta om ditt system. På det här sättet behöver du antagligen lägga till några startargument som <userinput>root=<replaceable>rot</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>rot</replaceable> är din rotpartition, såsom <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternativt, se <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> för instruktioner hur man använder installerarens inbyggda räddningsläge." +msgid "" +"If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, " +"either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot " +"floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably " +"need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</" +"replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root " +"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref " +"linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in " +"rescue mode." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp direkt i Debian och systemet inte startar upp korrekt, " +"använd antingen ditt originalmedia för installation eller mata in en " +"anpassad uppstartsdiskett om du har en och starta om ditt system. På det här " +"sättet behöver du antagligen lägga till några startargument som " +"<userinput>root=<replaceable>rot</replaceable></userinput>, där " +"<replaceable>rot</replaceable> är din rotpartition, såsom <filename>/dev/" +"sda1</filename>. Alternativt, se <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> för " +"instruktioner hur man använder installerarens inbyggda räddningsläge." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:27 @@ -46,26 +67,40 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för BVME 6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:28 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus machine: once the system has loaded the <command>tftplilo</command> program from the TFTP server, from the <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> prompt enter one of:" -msgstr "Om du precis har genomfört en disklös installation på en BVM eller Motorola VMEbus-maskin: när systemet har läst in programmet <command>tftplilo</command> från TFTP-servern, mata in vid <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> en av:" +msgid "" +"If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus " +"machine: once the system has loaded the <command>tftplilo</command> program " +"from the TFTP server, from the <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> prompt enter one " +"of:" +msgstr "" +"Om du precis har genomfört en disklös installation på en BVM eller Motorola " +"VMEbus-maskin: när systemet har läst in programmet <command>tftplilo</" +"command> från TFTP-servern, mata in vid <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> en av:" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" -msgstr "<userinput>b6000</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en BVME 4000/6000" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b6000</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en BVME " +"4000/6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" -msgstr "<userinput>b162</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME162" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b162</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME162" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" -msgstr "<userinput>b167</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME166/167" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en " +"MVME166/167" #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:58 @@ -76,32 +111,78 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för Macintosh" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:60 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the <command>Penguin</command> booter, holding down the <keycap>command</keycap> key. Go to the <userinput>Settings</userinput> dialogue (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), and locate the kernel options line which should look like <userinput>root=/dev/ram video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> or similar." -msgstr "Gå till katalogen som innehåller installationsfilerna och starta upp uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command>, håll nere tangenten <keycap>command</keycap>. Gå till dialogen <userinput>Settings</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), och leta upp raden med kärnflaggor som bör se ut som <userinput>root=/dev/ram video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> eller liknande." +msgid "" +"Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the " +"<command>Penguin</command> booter, holding down the <keycap>command</keycap> " +"key. Go to the <userinput>Settings</userinput> dialogue (<keycombo> " +"<keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), and locate the " +"kernel options line which should look like <userinput>root=/dev/ram " +"video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> or similar." +msgstr "" +"Gå till katalogen som innehåller installationsfilerna och starta upp " +"uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command>, håll nere tangenten " +"<keycap>command</keycap>. Gå till dialogen <userinput>Settings</userinput> " +"(<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), och " +"leta upp raden med kärnflaggor som bör se ut som <userinput>root=/dev/ram " +"video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> eller liknande." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:70 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></userinput>. Replace the <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> with the Linux name of the partition onto which you installed the system (e.g. <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); you wrote this down earlier. The <userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> is recommended especially for users with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." -msgstr "Du behöver ändra posten till <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></userinput>. Ersätt <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> med Linux-namnet på partitionen till vilken du installerat systemet (alltså <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); du skriv ner det här tidigare. <userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> rekommenderas speciellt för användare med små skärmar. Kärnan skulle välja ett snyggare (6x11) typsnitt men konsolldrivrutinen för det här typsnittet kan hänga maskinen, så användning av 8x16 eller 8x8 är säkrare för tillfället. Du kan ändra det här när som helst." +msgid "" +"You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Replace the <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> with " +"the Linux name of the partition onto which you installed the system (e.g. " +"<filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); you wrote this down earlier. The " +"<userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> is recommended especially for users " +"with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the " +"console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is " +"safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ändra posten till <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Ersätt <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> med Linux-" +"namnet på partitionen till vilken du installerat systemet (alltså <filename>/" +"dev/sda1</filename>); du skriv ner det här tidigare. <userinput>video=font:" +"VGA8x8</userinput> rekommenderas speciellt för användare med små skärmar. " +"Kärnan skulle välja ett snyggare (6x11) typsnitt men konsolldrivrutinen för " +"det här typsnittet kan hänga maskinen, så användning av 8x16 eller 8x8 är " +"säkrare för tillfället. Du kan ändra det här när som helst." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:83 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, uncheck the <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput> option. Save your settings in the <filename>Prefs</filename> file using the <userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput> option." -msgstr "Om du inte vill starta GNU/Linux omedelbart varje gång du startar, kryssa av alternativet <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput>. Spara dina inställningar i filen <filename>Prefs</filename> med alternativet <userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, " +"uncheck the <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput> option. Save your settings in " +"the <filename>Prefs</filename> file using the <userinput>Save Settings As " +"Default</userinput> option." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill starta GNU/Linux omedelbart varje gång du startar, kryssa av " +"alternativet <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput>. Spara dina inställningar i " +"filen <filename>Prefs</filename> med alternativet <userinput>Save Settings " +"As Default</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) to start your freshly installed GNU/Linux instead of the RAMdisk installer system." -msgstr "Välj nu <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) för att starta ditt nyligen installerade GNU/Linux istället för RAMdisk-installationssystemet." +msgid "" +"Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</" +"keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) to start your freshly installed GNU/" +"Linux instead of the RAMdisk installer system." +msgstr "" +"Välj nu <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> " +"<keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) för att starta ditt nyligen installerade GNU/" +"Linux istället för RAMdisk-installationssystemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:96 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first booted the installation system, followed by some new messages." -msgstr "Debian bör starta upp och du bör se samma meddelanden som när du först startade installationssystemet, följt av några nya meddelanden." +msgid "" +"Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first " +"booted the installation system, followed by some new messages." +msgstr "" +"Debian bör starta upp och du bör se samma meddelanden som när du först " +"startade installationssystemet, följt av några nya meddelanden." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:106 @@ -112,20 +193,68 @@ msgstr "OldWorld PowerMac" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, try typing <userinput>Linux</userinput> followed by &enterkey;. (The default boot configuration in <filename>quik.conf</filename> is labeled Linux). The labels defined in <filename>quik.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. You can also try booting back into the installer, and editing the <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Om maskinen misslyckas att starta upp efter färdigställandet av installationen, och stoppar med en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, försök mata in <userinput>Linux</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. (Standardkonfiguration för uppstart i <filename>quik.conf</filename> är märkt som Linux). Märkningen definierad i <filename>quik.conf</filename> kommer att visas om du trycker tangenten <keycap>Tab</keycap> vid prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Du kan också försöka starta upp i installeraren, och redigera <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename> placerad där av steget <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. Ledtrådar för hantering av <command>quik</command> finns tillgängliga på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops " +"with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, try typing <userinput>Linux</" +"userinput> followed by &enterkey;. (The default boot configuration in " +"<filename>quik.conf</filename> is labeled Linux). The labels defined in " +"<filename>quik.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. You can also " +"try booting back into the installer, and editing the <filename>/target/etc/" +"quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard " +"Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are " +"available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om maskinen misslyckas att starta upp efter färdigställandet av " +"installationen, och stoppar med en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, försök " +"mata in <userinput>Linux</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. " +"(Standardkonfiguration för uppstart i <filename>quik.conf</filename> är " +"märkt som Linux). Märkningen definierad i <filename>quik.conf</filename> " +"kommer att visas om du trycker tangenten <keycap>Tab</keycap> vid prompten " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt>. Du kan också försöka starta upp i installeraren, och " +"redigera <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename> placerad där av steget " +"<guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. Ledtrådar för " +"hantering av <command>quik</command> finns tillgängliga på <ulink url=\"&url-" +"powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:121 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</userinput> at the OpenFirmware prompt (assuming MacOS has not been removed from the machine). To obtain an OpenFirmware prompt, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine. If you need to reset the OpenFirmware nvram changes to the MacOS default in order to boot back to MacOS, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." -msgstr "För att starta upp det gamla MacOS utan att återställa nvram, skriv <userinput>bye</userinput> vid OpenFirmware-prompten (antar att MacOS inte har tagits bort från maskinen). För att få fram en OpenFirmware-prompt, håll nere tangenterna <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen. Om du behöver återställa ändringar i nvram till MacOS-standard för att kunna starta upp tillbaka till MacOS, håll ned tangenterna <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen." +msgid "" +"To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</" +"userinput> at the OpenFirmware prompt (assuming MacOS has not been removed " +"from the machine). To obtain an OpenFirmware prompt, hold down the " +"<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine. " +"If you need to reset the OpenFirmware nvram changes to the MacOS default in " +"order to boot back to MacOS, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</" +"keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </" +"keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp det gamla MacOS utan att återställa nvram, skriv " +"<userinput>bye</userinput> vid OpenFirmware-prompten (antar att MacOS inte " +"har tagits bort från maskinen). För att få fram en OpenFirmware-prompt, håll " +"nere tangenterna <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> " +"<keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen. " +"Om du behöver återställa ändringar i nvram till MacOS-standard för att kunna " +"starta upp tillbaka till MacOS, håll ned tangenterna <keycombo> " +"<keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> " +"<keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just select your desired kernel in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder, un-choose the ramdisk option, and add a root device corresponding to your installation; e.g. <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du använder <command>BootX</command> för att starta upp i det installerade system, välj bara din önskade kärna i katalogen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>, välj bort ramdisk-alternativet, och lägg till en rotenhet som passar din installation; exempelvis <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just " +"select your desired kernel in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder, " +"un-choose the ramdisk option, and add a root device corresponding to your " +"installation; e.g. <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder <command>BootX</command> för att starta upp i det " +"installerade system, välj bara din önskade kärna i katalogen <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>, välj bort ramdisk-alternativet, och lägg till en " +"rotenhet som passar din installation; exempelvis <userinput>/dev/hda8</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:146 @@ -136,32 +265,76 @@ msgstr "NewWorld PowerMac" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:147 #, no-c-format -msgid "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will be a button with a small penguin icon." -msgstr "På G4-maskiner och iBook:ar kan du hålla ned tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> och få en grafisk skärm med en knapp för varje startbart OS, &debian; kommer att vara en knapp med en liten pingvin på." +msgid "" +"On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key " +"and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will " +"be a button with a small penguin icon." +msgstr "" +"På G4-maskiner och iBook:ar kan du hålla ned tangenten <keycap>option</" +"keycap> och få en grafisk skärm med en knapp för varje startbart OS, " +"&debian; kommer att vara en knapp med en liten pingvin på." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:154 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-device</envar> variable you should reset OpenFirmware to its default configuration. To do this hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." -msgstr "Om du behållde MacOS och vid någon tidpunkt ändrar <envar>boot-device</envar>-variabeln i OpenFirmware bör du återställa OpenFirmware till sin standardkonfiguration. För att göra det här, håll ned tangenterna <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen." +msgid "" +"If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-" +"device</envar> variable you should reset OpenFirmware to its default " +"configuration. To do this hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> " +"<keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> " +"keys while cold booting the machine." +msgstr "" +"Om du behållde MacOS och vid någon tidpunkt ändrar <envar>boot-device</" +"envar>-variabeln i OpenFirmware bör du återställa OpenFirmware till sin " +"standardkonfiguration. För att göra det här, håll ned tangenterna <keycombo> " +"<keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> " +"<keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> vid kallstart av maskinen." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "Märkena definierade i <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> kommer att visas om du trycker ned tangenten <keycap>Tab</keycap> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten." +msgid "" +"The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if " +"you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgstr "" +"Märkena definierade i <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> kommer att visas om " +"du trycker ned tangenten <keycap>Tab</keycap> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-" +"prompten." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:168 #, no-c-format -msgid "Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; by default (if you correctly partitioned and placed the Apple_Bootstrap partition first). If you have &debian; on a SCSI disk and MacOS on an IDE disk this may not work and you will have to enter OpenFirmware and set the <envar>boot-device</envar> variable, <command>ybin</command> normally does this automatically." -msgstr "Återställning av OpenFirmware på G3 eller G4-maskinvara kommer att göra att den startar upp &debian; som standard (om du partitionerat den korrekt och placerat Apple_Bootstrap-partitionen först). Om du har &debian; på en SCSI-disk och MacOS på en IDE-disk kanske inte det här fungerar om du kommer att behöva på in i OpenFirmware och ställa in variabeln <envar>boot-device</envar>, <command>ybin</command> gör normalt det här helt automatiskt." +msgid "" +"Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; " +"by default (if you correctly partitioned and placed the Apple_Bootstrap " +"partition first). If you have &debian; on a SCSI disk and MacOS on an IDE " +"disk this may not work and you will have to enter OpenFirmware and set the " +"<envar>boot-device</envar> variable, <command>ybin</command> normally does " +"this automatically." +msgstr "" +"Återställning av OpenFirmware på G3 eller G4-maskinvara kommer att göra att " +"den startar upp &debian; som standard (om du partitionerat den korrekt och " +"placerat Apple_Bootstrap-partitionen först). Om du har &debian; på en SCSI-" +"disk och MacOS på en IDE-disk kanske inte det här fungerar om du kommer att " +"behöva på in i OpenFirmware och ställa in variabeln <envar>boot-device</" +"envar>, <command>ybin</command> gör normalt det här helt automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:177 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional options you desire (such as dual boot options) to <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> and run <command>ybin</command> to update your boot partition with the changed configuration. Please read the <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "Efter du har startat upp &debian; för första gången kan du lägga till ytterligare flaggor som du önskar (såsom flaggor för dubbla startalternativ) till <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> och köra <command>ybin</command> för att uppdatera din startpartition med den ändrade konfigurationen. Vänligen läs <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> för mer information." +msgid "" +"After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional " +"options you desire (such as dual boot options) to <filename>/etc/yaboot." +"conf</filename> and run <command>ybin</command> to update your boot " +"partition with the changed configuration. Please read the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har startat upp &debian; för första gången kan du lägga till " +"ytterligare flaggor som du önskar (såsom flaggor för dubbla startalternativ) " +"till <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> och köra <command>ybin</command> " +"för att uppdatera din startpartition med den ändrade konfigurationen. " +"Vänligen läs <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> " +"för mer information." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:191 @@ -172,8 +345,16 @@ msgstr "Montering av krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you created encrypted volumes during the installation and assigned them mount points, you will be asked to enter the passphrase for each of these volumes during the boot. The actual procedure differs slightly between dm-crypt and loop-AES." -msgstr "Om du skapade krypterade volymer under installationen och tilldelade monteringspunkter till dem, kommer du att bli efterfrågad vid uppstart om att ange lösenfrasen för varje av dessa volymer. Det faktiska proceduren skiljer sig markant mellan dm-crypt och loop-AES." +msgid "" +"If you created encrypted volumes during the installation and assigned them " +"mount points, you will be asked to enter the passphrase for each of these " +"volumes during the boot. The actual procedure differs slightly between dm-" +"crypt and loop-AES." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapade krypterade volymer under installationen och tilldelade " +"monteringspunkter till dem, kommer du att bli efterfrågad vid uppstart om " +"att ange lösenfrasen för varje av dessa volymer. Det faktiska proceduren " +"skiljer sig markant mellan dm-crypt och loop-AES." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 @@ -185,27 +366,63 @@ msgstr "loop-AES" #: boot-new.xml:205 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"For partitions encrypted via loop-AES you will be shown the following prompt during the boot: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"For partitions encrypted via loop-AES you will be shown the following prompt " +"during the boot: <informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the first line of the prompt, <replaceable>X</replaceable> is the number of the loop device. You are now probably wondering <emphasis>for which volume</emphasis> you are actually entering the passphrase. Does it relate to your <filename>/home</filename>? Or to <filename>/var</filename>? Of course, if you have just one encrypted volume, this is easy and you can just enter the passphrase you used when setting up this volume. If you set up more than one encrypted volume during the installation, the notes you wrote down as the last step in <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> come in handy. If you did not make a note of the mapping between <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> and the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> of your new system." +"</screen></informalexample> In the first line of the prompt, <replaceable>X</" +"replaceable> is the number of the loop device. You are now probably " +"wondering <emphasis>for which volume</emphasis> you are actually entering " +"the passphrase. Does it relate to your <filename>/home</filename>? Or to " +"<filename>/var</filename>? Of course, if you have just one encrypted volume, " +"this is easy and you can just enter the passphrase you used when setting up " +"this volume. If you set up more than one encrypted volume during the " +"installation, the notes you wrote down as the last step in <xref linkend=" +"\"partman-crypto\"/> come in handy. If you did not make a note of the " +"mapping between <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> and " +"the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename> of your new system." msgstr "" -"För partitioner som är krypterade via loop-AES kommer du att bli visad följande prompt under uppstarten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För partitioner som är krypterade via loop-AES kommer du att bli visad " +"följande prompt under uppstarten: <informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På första raden av prompten, är <replaceable>X</replaceable> numret på loop-enheten. Du undrar kanske nu <emphasis>för vilken volym</emphasis> du faktiskt anger lösenfrasen för. Relaterar det till din <filename>/home</filename>? Eller till <filename>/var</filename>? Så klart, om du bara ställt in en krypterat volym är detta enkelt och du behöver bara ange lösenfrasen som du ställde in med volymen. Om du har ställt in fler än en krypterad volym under installationen, kan anteckningarna du skrev ner i sista steget i <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> komma till hands. Om du inte antecknade mappningen mellan <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> och monteringspunkterna kan du fortfarande hitta dem i <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> på ditt nya system." +"</screen></informalexample> På första raden av prompten, är <replaceable>X</" +"replaceable> numret på loop-enheten. Du undrar kanske nu <emphasis>för " +"vilken volym</emphasis> du faktiskt anger lösenfrasen för. Relaterar det " +"till din <filename>/home</filename>? Eller till <filename>/var</filename>? " +"Så klart, om du bara ställt in en krypterat volym är detta enkelt och du " +"behöver bara ange lösenfrasen som du ställde in med volymen. Om du har " +"ställt in fler än en krypterad volym under installationen, kan " +"anteckningarna du skrev ner i sista steget i <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto" +"\"/> komma till hands. Om du inte antecknade mappningen mellan " +"<filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> och " +"monteringspunkterna kan du fortfarande hitta dem i <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename> på ditt nya system." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "No characters (even asterisks) will be shown while entering the passphrase. Be careful, you have only <emphasis>one try</emphasis>. If you enter wrong passphrase, an error message will appear and the boot process will skip that volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." -msgstr "Inga tecken (inte ens stjärnor) kommer att visas när lösenfrasen matas in. Var försiktig, du har endast <emphasis>ett försök</emphasis>. Om du matar in fel lösenord kommer ett felmeddelande att visas och uppstartsprocessen kommer att hoppa över den volymen och fortsätta att montera nästa filsystem. Se <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> för ytterligare information." +msgid "" +"No characters (even asterisks) will be shown while entering the passphrase. " +"Be careful, you have only <emphasis>one try</emphasis>. If you enter wrong " +"passphrase, an error message will appear and the boot process will skip that " +"volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=" +"\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." +msgstr "" +"Inga tecken (inte ens stjärnor) kommer att visas när lösenfrasen matas in. " +"Var försiktig, du har endast <emphasis>ett försök</emphasis>. Om du matar in " +"fel lösenord kommer ett felmeddelande att visas och uppstartsprocessen " +"kommer att hoppa över den volymen och fortsätta att montera nästa filsystem. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> för ytterligare information." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 #, no-c-format msgid "After entering all passphrases the boot should continue as usual." -msgstr "Efter att alla lösenfraser har matats in ska uppstarten fortsätta som normalt." +msgstr "" +"Efter att alla lösenfraser har matats in ska uppstarten fortsätta som " +"normalt." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:243 @@ -228,58 +445,120 @@ msgstr "Problemlösning" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:255 #, no-c-format -msgid "If some of the encrypted volumes could not be mounted because a wrong passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. There are several cases." -msgstr "Om någon av de krypterade volymerna inte kunde monteras på grund av att en felaktig lösenfras matades in, kan du montera dem manuellt efter uppstart. Det finns ett flertal olika situationer." +msgid "" +"If some of the encrypted volumes could not be mounted because a wrong " +"passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. " +"There are several cases." +msgstr "" +"Om någon av de krypterade volymerna inte kunde monteras på grund av att en " +"felaktig lösenfras matades in, kan du montera dem manuellt efter uppstart. " +"Det finns ett flertal olika situationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first case concerns the root partition. When it is not mounted correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the computer to try again." -msgstr "Den första situationen gäller rotpartitionen. När den inte har monterats korrekt kommer uppstartsprocessen att stoppa och du måste starta om datorn och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"The first case concerns the root partition. When it is not mounted " +"correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the " +"computer to try again." +msgstr "" +"Den första situationen gäller rotpartitionen. När den inte har monterats " +"korrekt kommer uppstartsprocessen att stoppa och du måste starta om datorn " +"och försöka igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:271 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The easiest case is for encrypted volumes holding data like <filename>/home</filename> or <filename>/srv</filename>. You can simply mount them manually after the boot. For loop-AES this is one-step operation: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The easiest case is for encrypted volumes holding data like <filename>/home</" +"filename> or <filename>/srv</filename>. You can simply mount them manually " +"after the boot. For loop-AES this is one-step operation: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> should be replaced by the particular directory (e.g. <filename>/home</filename>). The only difference from an ordinary mount is that you will be asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> " +"should be replaced by the particular directory (e.g. <filename>/home</" +"filename>). The only difference from an ordinary mount is that you will be " +"asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" -"Den enklaste situationen är för krypterade volymer som innehåller data som <filename>/home</filename> eller <filename>/srv</filename>. Du kan helt enkelt montera dem manuellt efter uppstarten. För loop-AES är detta en enstegsoperation: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Den enklaste situationen är för krypterade volymer som innehåller data som " +"<filename>/home</filename> eller <filename>/srv</filename>. Du kan helt " +"enkelt montera dem manuellt efter uppstarten. För loop-AES är detta en " +"enstegsoperation: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</replaceable> bör ersättas med den specifika katalogen (t.ex. <filename>/home</filename>). Den enda skillnaden från en vanlig montering är att du kommer att bli frågad om att ange lösenfrasen för denna volym." +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</replaceable> " +"bör ersättas med den specifika katalogen (t.ex. <filename>/home</filename>). " +"Den enda skillnaden från en vanlig montering är att du kommer att bli frågad " +"om att ange lösenfrasen för denna volym." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"For dm-crypt this is a bit trickier. First you need to register the volumes with <application>device mapper</application> by running: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"For dm-crypt this is a bit trickier. First you need to register the volumes " +"with <application>device mapper</application> by running: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will scan all volumes mentioned in <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> and will create appropriate devices under the <filename>/dev</filename> directory after entering the correct passphrases. (Already registered volumes will be skipped, so you can repeat this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" +"</screen></informalexample> This will scan all volumes mentioned in " +"<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> and will create appropriate devices under " +"the <filename>/dev</filename> directory after entering the correct " +"passphrases. (Already registered volumes will be skipped, so you can repeat " +"this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration " +"you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" msgstr "" -"För dm-crypt är detta lite svårare. Först behöver du registrera volymerna med <application>device mapper</application> genom att köra: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För dm-crypt är detta lite svårare. Först behöver du registrera volymerna " +"med <application>device mapper</application> genom att köra: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Detta kommer att söka av alla volymer som angivits i <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> och skapa lämpliga enheter under katalogen <filename>/dev</filename> efter att de korrekta lösenfraserna har angivits. (Redan registrerade volymer kommer att hoppas över så att du kan upprepa detta kommando flera gånger utan att vara orolig.) Efter en lyckad registrering kan du helt enkelt montera volymerna på vanligt sätt:" +"</screen></informalexample> Detta kommer att söka av alla volymer som " +"angivits i <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> och skapa lämpliga enheter " +"under katalogen <filename>/dev</filename> efter att de korrekta " +"lösenfraserna har angivits. (Redan registrerade volymer kommer att hoppas " +"över så att du kan upprepa detta kommando flera gånger utan att vara " +"orolig.) Efter en lyckad registrering kan du helt enkelt montera volymerna " +"på vanligt sätt:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-new.xml:300 #, no-c-format -msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/monteringspunkt</" +"replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:303 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the volumes holding noncritical system files could not be mounted (<filename>/usr</filename> or <filename>/var</filename>), the system should still boot and you should be able to mount the volumes manually like in the previous case. However, you will also need to (re)start any services usually running in your default runlevel because it is very likely that they were not started. The easiest way to achieve this is by switching to the first runlevel and back by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If the volumes holding noncritical system files could not be mounted " +"(<filename>/usr</filename> or <filename>/var</filename>), the system should " +"still boot and you should be able to mount the volumes manually like in the " +"previous case. However, you will also need to (re)start any services usually " +"running in your default runlevel because it is very likely that they were " +"not started. The easiest way to achieve this is by switching to the first " +"runlevel and back by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> at the shell prompt and pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> when asked for the root password." +"</screen></informalexample> at the shell prompt and pressing <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> when asked for the " +"root password." msgstr "" -"Om volymerna som innehåller ickekritiska systemfiler inte kan monteras (<filename>/usr</filename> eller <filename>/var</filename>), ska systemet fortfarande kunna starta upp och du ska kunna montera volymerna manuellt precis som i föregående situation. Dock behöver du även starta (om) de tjänster som normalt kör i din standardkörnivå på grund av att det är sannolikt att de inte startades. Det enklaste sättet att genomföra detta är att byta till den första körnivån och sedan tillbaka genom att köra <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om volymerna som innehåller ickekritiska systemfiler inte kan monteras " +"(<filename>/usr</filename> eller <filename>/var</filename>), ska systemet " +"fortfarande kunna starta upp och du ska kunna montera volymerna manuellt " +"precis som i föregående situation. Dock behöver du även starta (om) de " +"tjänster som normalt kör i din standardkörnivå på grund av att det är " +"sannolikt att de inte startades. Det enklaste sättet att genomföra detta är " +"att byta till den första körnivån och sedan tillbaka genom att köra " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid skalprompten och trycka <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> när rootlösenordet efterfrågas." +"</screen></informalexample> vid skalprompten och trycka <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> när rootlösenordet " +"efterfrågas." #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:326 @@ -290,71 +569,147 @@ msgstr "Logga in" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:328 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in using the personal login and password you selected during the installation process. Your system is now ready to use." -msgstr "När ditt system startar upp kommer du bli presenterad med inloggningsprompten. Logga in med ditt personliga konto och lösenord som du valde under installationsprocessen. Ditt system är nu klart att användas." +msgid "" +"Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in " +"using the personal login and password you selected during the installation " +"process. Your system is now ready to use." +msgstr "" +"När ditt system startar upp kommer du bli presenterad med " +"inloggningsprompten. Logga in med ditt personliga konto och lösenord som du " +"valde under installationsprocessen. Ditt system är nu klart att användas." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:334 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is already installed on your system as you start to use it. There are currently several documentation systems, work is proceeding on integrating the different types of documentation. Here are a few starting points." -msgstr "Om du är en ny användare kanske du vill utforska dokumentationen som redan finns installerad på ditt system när du börjar använda det. Det finns för närvarande ett flertal dokumentationssystem, arbete fortgår på att integrera de olika dokumentationstyperna. Här är ett par startpunkter." +msgid "" +"If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is " +"already installed on your system as you start to use it. There are currently " +"several documentation systems, work is proceeding on integrating the " +"different types of documentation. Here are a few starting points." +msgstr "" +"Om du är en ny användare kanske du vill utforska dokumentationen som redan " +"finns installerad på ditt system när du börjar använda det. Det finns för " +"närvarande ett flertal dokumentationssystem, arbete fortgår på att integrera " +"de olika dokumentationstyperna. Här är ett par startpunkter." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename>, under a subdirectory named after the program. For example, the APT User's Guide for using <command>apt</command> to install other programs on your system, is located in <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>." -msgstr "Dokumentation följer med program som du installerar finns i <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename>, under en underkatalog uppkallad efter programmet. Till exempel, APT:s användarguiden för att använda <command>apt</command> för att installera andra program på ditt system, finns i <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>." +msgid "" +"Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/</filename>, under a subdirectory named after the program. For " +"example, the APT User's Guide for using <command>apt</command> to install " +"other programs on your system, is located in <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/" +"guide.html/index.html</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentation följer med program som du installerar finns i <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/</filename>, under en underkatalog uppkallad efter programmet. " +"Till exempel, APT:s användarguiden för att använda <command>apt</command> " +"för att installera andra program på ditt system, finns i <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename> hierarchy. Linux HOWTOs are installed in <emphasis>.gz</emphasis> format, in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. After installing <command>dhelp</command> you will find a browse-able index of documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." -msgstr "I tillägg finns det några speciella kataloger i hierarkin <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename>. Ett flertal Linux HOWTO finns installerade i <emphasis>.gz</emphasis>-format, i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. Efter installation av <command>dhelp</command> kommer du att hitta ett bläddringsbart index av dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." +msgid "" +"In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/</filename> hierarchy. Linux HOWTOs are installed in <emphasis>.gz</" +"emphasis> format, in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. " +"After installing <command>dhelp</command> you will find a browse-able index " +"of documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." +msgstr "" +"I tillägg finns det några speciella kataloger i hierarkin <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/</filename>. Ett flertal Linux HOWTO finns installerade i " +"<emphasis>.gz</emphasis>-format, i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</" +"filename>. Efter installation av <command>dhelp</command> kommer du att " +"hitta ett bläddringsbart index av dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"HTML/index.html</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:361 #, no-c-format -msgid "One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</userinput>, and type <userinput>lynx</userinput> followed by a space and a dot (the dot stands for the current directory)." -msgstr "Ett lätt sätt att visa dessa dokument är att <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</userinput>, och skriva <userinput>lynx</userinput> följt av ett blanksteg och en punkt (punkten står för aktuell katalog)." +msgid "" +"One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</" +"userinput>, and type <userinput>lynx</userinput> followed by a space and a " +"dot (the dot stands for the current directory)." +msgstr "" +"Ett lätt sätt att visa dessa dokument är att <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</" +"userinput>, och skriva <userinput>lynx</userinput> följt av ett blanksteg " +"och en punkt (punkten står för aktuell katalog)." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> to see documentation on most commands available at the command prompt. Typing <userinput>help</userinput> will display help on shell commands. And typing a command followed by <userinput>--help</userinput> will usually display a short summary of the command's usage. If a command's results scroll past the top of the screen, type <userinput>| more</userinput> after the command to cause the results to pause before scrolling past the top of the screen. To see a list of all commands available which begin with a certain letter, type the letter and then two tabs." -msgstr "Du kan också skriva <userinput>info <replaceable>kommando</replaceable></userinput> eller <userinput>man <replaceable>kommando</replaceable></userinput> för att se dokumentation om de flesta tillgängliga kommandon på kommandoprompten. Skriva <userinput>help</userinput> kommer att visa hjälp om skalkommandon. Skriva ett kommando följt av <userinput>--help</userinput> visar normalt sett kortfattad information om hur kommandot används. Om ett kommandos resultat rullar förbi på skärmen, skriv <userinput>| more</userinput> efter kommandot för att pausa resultatet före det rullar förbi på skärmen. För att se en lista på alla tillgängliga kommandon som börjar med en speciell bokstav, skriv bokstaven och tryck två gånger på tabulatorn." +msgid "" +"You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></" +"userinput> or <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> " +"to see documentation on most commands available at the command prompt. " +"Typing <userinput>help</userinput> will display help on shell commands. And " +"typing a command followed by <userinput>--help</userinput> will usually " +"display a short summary of the command's usage. If a command's results " +"scroll past the top of the screen, type <userinput>| more</userinput> after " +"the command to cause the results to pause before scrolling past the top of " +"the screen. To see a list of all commands available which begin with a " +"certain letter, type the letter and then two tabs." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också skriva <userinput>info <replaceable>kommando</replaceable></" +"userinput> eller <userinput>man <replaceable>kommando</replaceable></" +"userinput> för att se dokumentation om de flesta tillgängliga kommandon på " +"kommandoprompten. Skriva <userinput>help</userinput> kommer att visa hjälp " +"om skalkommandon. Skriva ett kommando följt av <userinput>--help</userinput> " +"visar normalt sett kortfattad information om hur kommandot används. Om ett " +"kommandos resultat rullar förbi på skärmen, skriv <userinput>| more</" +"userinput> efter kommandot för att pausa resultatet före det rullar förbi på " +"skärmen. För att se en lista på alla tillgängliga kommandon som börjar med " +"en speciell bokstav, skriv bokstaven och tryck två gånger på tabulatorn." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." -msgstr "För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." +msgid "" +"For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." #~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" + #~ msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" #~ msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" + #~ msgid "Set the Root Password" #~ msgstr "Sätta ett lösenord för root" + #~ msgid "Create an Ordinary User" #~ msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" + #~ msgid "Setting Up PPP" #~ msgstr "Sätta upp PPP" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for " #~ "more information on using PPP on Debian." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Läs filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> för " #~ "mer information om hur man använder PPP i Debian." + #~ msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" #~ msgstr "Ställa in PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)" + #~ msgid "Configuring APT" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera APT" + #~ msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera paketkällor på nätverket" + #~ msgid "Package Installation" #~ msgstr "Paketinstallation" + #~ msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" #~ msgstr "Avancerade paketval med <command>aptitude</command>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " #~ "<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set " @@ -364,6 +719,7 @@ msgstr "För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filenam #~ "<command>aptitude</command> låter dig att välja individuella paket, " #~ "paketuppsättningar som matchar angivna kriterier (för avancerade " #~ "användare) eller kompletta uppgifter." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> " #~ "<thead> <row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> " @@ -395,19 +751,25 @@ msgstr "För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filenam #~ "row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Aktivera meny.</" #~ "entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> För flera kommandon, se " #~ "onlinehjälpen under <keycap>?</keycap>-tangenten." + #~ msgid "Settings for the X Server" #~ msgstr "Inställningar för X-servern" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." #~ msgstr "Musenheten bör sättas till <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." + #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din mailserver (MTA)" + #~ msgid "internet site" #~ msgstr "internetsystem" + #~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" #~ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" + #~ msgid "local delivery only" #~ msgstr "endast lokal leverans" + #~ msgid "no configuration at this time" #~ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" - diff --git a/po/sv/gpl.po b/po/sv/gpl.po index 9557c6c78..6dff02357 100644 --- a/po/sv/gpl.po +++ b/po/sv/gpl.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 gpl\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-13 15:59+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,14 +23,48 @@ msgstr "GNU General Public License" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "[[This note, consisting of two paragraphs, should only be included in your translation if you translate the GPL in this appendix. See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[LEAVE THIS PARAGRAPH IN ENGLISH! Only replace {language} with the English name of your language. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." -msgstr "This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into Swedish. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help Swedish speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." +msgid "" +"[[This note, consisting of two paragraphs, should only be included in your " +"translation if you translate the GPL in this appendix. See build/lang-" +"options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional " +"information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[LEAVE THIS PARAGRAPH " +"IN ENGLISH! Only replace {language} with the English name of your language. " +"Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of " +"the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the " +"Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms " +"for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=" +"\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. " +"However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " +"better understand the GNU GPL." +msgstr "" +"This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"Swedish. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not " +"legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help Swedish speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 #, no-c-format -msgid "[[See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[THIS PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE TRANSLATED. Replace {language} with the English name of your language before translating. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." -msgstr "Det här är en inofficiell svensk översättning av GNU General Public License. Den har inte publicerats av Free Software Foundation och fastställer inte heller de juridiska villkor för distribuering för programvara som använder GNU GPL — det gör endast den ursprungliga <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">engelska texten</ulink> av GNU GPL. Dock hoppas vi att denna översättning kan hjälpa svenska läsare att förstå GNU GPL bättre." +msgid "" +"[[See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for " +"additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[THIS " +"PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE TRANSLATED. Replace {language} with the English name of " +"your language before translating. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This " +"is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"{language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does " +"not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en inofficiell svensk översättning av GNU General Public License. " +"Den har inte publicerats av Free Software Foundation och fastställer inte " +"heller de juridiska villkor för distribuering för programvara som använder " +"GNU GPL — det gör endast den ursprungliga <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-" +"copyleft;\">engelska texten</ulink> av GNU GPL. Dock hoppas vi att denna " +"översättning kan hjälpa svenska läsare att förstå GNU GPL bättre." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:37 @@ -62,50 +97,132 @@ msgstr "BAKGRUND" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:46 #, no-c-format -msgid "The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the gnu General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software — to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the gnu Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too." -msgstr "De flesta programvarulicenser är skapade för att ta bort din frihet att ändra och dela med dig av programvaran. GNU General Public License är tvärtom skapad för att garantera din frihet att dela med dig av och förändra fri programvara -- för att försäkra att programvaran är fri för alla dess användare. Den här licensen [General Public License] används för de flesta av Free Software Foundations programvaror och för alla andra program vars upphovsmän använder sig av General Public License. (Viss programvara från Free Software Foundation använder istället GNU Library General Public License.) Du kan använda licensen för dina program." +msgid "" +"The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to " +"share and change it. By contrast, the gnu General Public License is intended " +"to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software — to make " +"sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License " +"applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other " +"program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software " +"Foundation software is covered by the gnu Library General Public License " +"instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too." +msgstr "" +"De flesta programvarulicenser är skapade för att ta bort din frihet att " +"ändra och dela med dig av programvaran. GNU General Public License är " +"tvärtom skapad för att garantera din frihet att dela med dig av och förändra " +"fri programvara -- för att försäkra att programvaran är fri för alla dess " +"användare. Den här licensen [General Public License] används för de flesta " +"av Free Software Foundations programvaror och för alla andra program vars " +"upphovsmän använder sig av General Public License. (Viss programvara från " +"Free Software Foundation använder istället GNU Library General Public " +"License.) Du kan använda licensen för dina program." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things." -msgstr "När vi talar om fri programvara syftar vi på frihet och inte på pris. Våra [General Public License-] licenser är skapade för att garantera din rätt distribuera och sprida kopior av fri programvara (och ta betalt för den här tjänsten om du önskar), att garantera att du får källkoden till programvaran eller kan få den om du så önskar, att garantera att du kan ändra och modifiera programvaran eller använda dess delar i ny fri programvara samt slutligen att garantera att du är medveten om dessa rättigheter." +msgid "" +"When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our " +"General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom " +"to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you " +"wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you " +"can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that " +"you know you can do these things." +msgstr "" +"När vi talar om fri programvara syftar vi på frihet och inte på pris. Våra " +"[General Public License-] licenser är skapade för att garantera din rätt " +"distribuera och sprida kopior av fri programvara (och ta betalt för den här " +"tjänsten om du önskar), att garantera att du får källkoden till programvaran " +"eller kan få den om du så önskar, att garantera att du kan ändra och " +"modifiera programvaran eller använda dess delar i ny fri programvara samt " +"slutligen att garantera att du är medveten om dessa rättigheter." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it." -msgstr "För att skydda dina rättigheter, måste vi begränsa var och ens möjlighet att hindra dig från att använda dig av dessa rättigheter samt från att kräva att du ger upp dessa rättigheter. Dessa begränsningar motsvaras av en förpliktelse för dig om du distribuerar kopior av programvaran eller om du ändrar eller modifierar programvaran." +msgid "" +"To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to " +"deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These " +"restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute " +"copies of the software, or if you modify it." +msgstr "" +"För att skydda dina rättigheter, måste vi begränsa var och ens möjlighet att " +"hindra dig från att använda dig av dessa rättigheter samt från att kräva att " +"du ger upp dessa rättigheter. Dessa begränsningar motsvaras av en " +"förpliktelse för dig om du distribuerar kopior av programvaran eller om du " +"ändrar eller modifierar programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:75 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights." -msgstr "Om du exempelvis distribuerar kopior av en fri programvara, oavsett om du gör det gratis eller mot en avgift, måste du ge mottagaren alla de rättigheter du själv har. Du måste också tillse att mottagaren får källkoden eller kan få den om mottagaren så önskar. Du måste också visa dessa licensvillkor för mottagaren så att mottagaren känner till sina rättigheter." +msgid "" +"For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or " +"for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You " +"must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you " +"must show them these terms so they know their rights." +msgstr "" +"Om du exempelvis distribuerar kopior av en fri programvara, oavsett om du " +"gör det gratis eller mot en avgift, måste du ge mottagaren alla de " +"rättigheter du själv har. Du måste också tillse att mottagaren får källkoden " +"eller kan få den om mottagaren så önskar. Du måste också visa dessa " +"licensvillkor för mottagaren så att mottagaren känner till sina rättigheter." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:83 #, no-c-format -msgid "We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software." -msgstr "Vi skyddar dina rättigheter i två steg: (1) upphovsrätt till programvaran och (2) dessa licensvillkor som ger dig rätt att kopiera, distribuera och eller ändra programvaran." +msgid "" +"We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) " +"offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute " +"and/or modify the software." +msgstr "" +"Vi skyddar dina rättigheter i två steg: (1) upphovsrätt till programvaran " +"och (2) dessa licensvillkor som ger dig rätt att kopiera, distribuera och " +"eller ändra programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:89 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations." -msgstr "För varje upphovsmans säkerhet och vår säkerhet vill vi för tydlighets skull klargöra att det inte lämnas några garantier för den här fria programvaran. Om programvaran förändras av någon annan än upphovsmannen vill vi klargöra för mottagaren att det som mottagaren har är inte originalversionen av programvaran och att förändringar av och felaktigheter i programvaran inte skall belasta den ursprunglige upphovsmannen." +msgid "" +"Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that " +"everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If " +"the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its " +"recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any " +"problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' " +"reputations." +msgstr "" +"För varje upphovsmans säkerhet och vår säkerhet vill vi för tydlighets skull " +"klargöra att det inte lämnas några garantier för den här fria programvaran. " +"Om programvaran förändras av någon annan än upphovsmannen vill vi klargöra " +"för mottagaren att det som mottagaren har är inte originalversionen av " +"programvaran och att förändringar av och felaktigheter i programvaran inte " +"skall belasta den ursprunglige upphovsmannen." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:98 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all." -msgstr "Slutligen skall det sägas att all fri programvara ständigt hotas av programvarupatent. Vi vill undvika att en distributör [eller vidareutvecklare] av fri programvara individuellt skaffar patentlicenser till programvaran och därmed gör programvaran till föremål för äganderätt. För att undvika det här har vi gjort det tydligt att samtliga programvarupatent måste registreras för allas fria användning eller inte registreras alls." +msgid "" +"Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We " +"wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will " +"individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program " +"proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be " +"licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all." +msgstr "" +"Slutligen skall det sägas att all fri programvara ständigt hotas av " +"programvarupatent. Vi vill undvika att en distributör [eller " +"vidareutvecklare] av fri programvara individuellt skaffar patentlicenser " +"till programvaran och därmed gör programvaran till föremål för äganderätt. " +"För att undvika det här har vi gjort det tydligt att samtliga " +"programvarupatent måste registreras för allas fria användning eller inte " +"registreras alls." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow." -msgstr "Här nedan följer licensvillkoren för att kopiera, distribuera och ändra programvaran." +msgid "" +"The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Här nedan följer licensvillkoren för att kopiera, distribuera och ändra " +"programvaran." #. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:115 @@ -122,164 +239,495 @@ msgstr "VILLKOR FÖR ATT KOPIERA, DISTRIBUERA OCH ÄNDRA PROGRAMVARAN" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:121 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> Dessa licensvillkor gäller varje programvara eller annat verk som innehåller en hänvisning till dessa licensvillkor där upphovsrättsinnehavaren stadgat att programvaran kan distribueras enligt [General Public License] dessa villkor. \"Programvaran\" enligt nedan syftar på varje sådan programvara eller verk och \"Verk baserat på Programvaran\" syftar på antingen Programvaran eller på derivativa verk, såsom ett verk som innehåller Programvaran eller en del av Programvaran, antingen en exakt kopia eller en ändrad kopia och/eller översatt till ett annat språk. (översättningar ingår nedan utan begränsningar i begreppet \"förändringar\", \"förändra\" samt \"ändringar\" eller \"ändra\".) Varje licenstagare benämns som \"Du\"." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program or " +"other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it " +"may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The " +"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based " +"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under " +"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of " +"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another " +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the " +"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> Dessa licensvillkor gäller varje " +"programvara eller annat verk som innehåller en hänvisning till dessa " +"licensvillkor där upphovsrättsinnehavaren stadgat att programvaran kan " +"distribueras enligt [General Public License] dessa villkor. \"Programvaran\" " +"enligt nedan syftar på varje sådan programvara eller verk och \"Verk baserat " +"på Programvaran\" syftar på antingen Programvaran eller på derivativa verk, " +"såsom ett verk som innehåller Programvaran eller en del av Programvaran, " +"antingen en exakt kopia eller en ändrad kopia och/eller översatt till ett " +"annat språk. (översättningar ingår nedan utan begränsningar i begreppet " +"\"förändringar\", \"förändra\" samt \"ändringar\" eller \"ändra\".) Varje " +"licenstagare benämns som \"Du\"." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does." -msgstr "Åtgärder utom kopiering, distribution och ändringar täcks inte av dessa licensvillkor. Användningen av Programvaran är inte begränsad och resultatet av användningen av Programvaran täcks endast av dessa licensvillkor om resultatet utgör ett Verk baserat på Programvaran (oberoende av att det skapats av att programmet körts). Det beror på vad Programvaran gör." +msgid "" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered " +"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program " +"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its " +"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been " +"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the " +"Program does." +msgstr "" +"Åtgärder utom kopiering, distribution och ändringar täcks inte av dessa " +"licensvillkor. Användningen av Programvaran är inte begränsad och resultatet " +"av användningen av Programvaran täcks endast av dessa licensvillkor om " +"resultatet utgör ett Verk baserat på Programvaran (oberoende av att det " +"skapats av att programmet körts). Det beror på vad Programvaran gör." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:143 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> Du äger kopiera och distribuera exakta kopior av Programvarans källkod såsom du mottog den, i alla medier, förutsatt att Du tydligt och på ett skäligt sätt på varje exemplar fäster en riktig upphovsrättsklausul och garantiavsägelse, vidhåller alla hänvisningar till dessa licensvillkor och till alla garantiavsägelser samt att till alla mottagaren av Programvaran ge en kopia av dessa licensvillkor tillsammans med Programvaran." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim " +"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, " +"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an " +"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the " +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and " +"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with " +"the Program." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> Du äger kopiera och distribuera exakta " +"kopior av Programvarans källkod såsom du mottog den, i alla medier, " +"förutsatt att Du tydligt och på ett skäligt sätt på varje exemplar fäster en " +"riktig upphovsrättsklausul och garantiavsägelse, vidhåller alla hänvisningar " +"till dessa licensvillkor och till alla garantiavsägelser samt att till alla " +"mottagaren av Programvaran ge en kopia av dessa licensvillkor tillsammans " +"med Programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:154 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." -msgstr "Du äger utta en avgift för mekaniseringen [att fysiskt fästa Programvaran på ett medium, såsom en diskett eller en CD-ROM-skiva] eller överföringen av en kopia och du äger erbjuda en garanti för Programvaran mot en avgift." +msgid "" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you " +"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." +msgstr "" +"Du äger utta en avgift för mekaniseringen [att fysiskt fästa Programvaran på " +"ett medium, såsom en diskett eller en CD-ROM-skiva] eller överföringen av en " +"kopia och du äger erbjuda en garanti för Programvaran mot en avgift." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:160 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> Du äger ändra ditt exemplar eller andra kopior av Programvaran eller någon del av Programvaran och därmed skapa ett Verk baserat på Programvaran, samt att kopiera och distribuera sådana förändrade versioner av Programvaran eller verk enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 ovan, förutsatt att du också uppfyller följande villkor:" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of " +"the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, " +"and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of " +"Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> Du äger ändra ditt exemplar eller " +"andra kopior av Programvaran eller någon del av Programvaran och därmed " +"skapa ett Verk baserat på Programvaran, samt att kopiera och distribuera " +"sådana förändrade versioner av Programvaran eller verk enligt villkoren i " +"paragraf 1 ovan, förutsatt att du också uppfyller följande villkor:" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:169 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change." -msgstr "Du tillser att de förändrade filerna har ett tydligt meddelande som berättar att Du ändrat filerna samt vilket datum dessa ändringar gjordes." +msgid "" +"You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that " +"you changed the files and the date of any change." +msgstr "" +"Du tillser att de förändrade filerna har ett tydligt meddelande som berättar " +"att Du ändrat filerna samt vilket datum dessa ändringar gjordes." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License." -msgstr "Du tillser att alla verk som du distribuerar eller offentliggör som till en del eller i sin helhet innehåller eller är härlett från Programvaran eller en del av Programvaran, licensieras i sin helhet, utan kostnad till tredje man enligt dessa licensvillkor." +msgid "" +"You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in " +"part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be " +"licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of " +"this License." +msgstr "" +"Du tillser att alla verk som du distribuerar eller offentliggör som till en " +"del eller i sin helhet innehåller eller är härlett från Programvaran eller " +"en del av Programvaran, licensieras i sin helhet, utan kostnad till tredje " +"man enligt dessa licensvillkor." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:183 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)" -msgstr "Om den förändrade Programvaran i sitt normala utförande kan utföra interaktiv kommandon när det körs, måste Du tillse att när Programmet startas skall det skriva ut eller visa, på ett enkelt tillgängligt sätt, ett meddelande som tydligt och på ett skäligt sätt på varje exemplar fäster en riktig upphovsrättsklausul och garantiavsägelse (eller i förekommande fall ett meddelande som klargör att du tillhandahåller en garanti) samt att mottagaren äger distribuera Programvaran enligt dessa licensvillkor samt berätta hur mottagaren kan se dessa licensvillkor. (Från den här skyldigheten undantas det fall att Programvaran förvisso är interaktiv, men i sitt normala utförande inte visar ett meddelande av den här typen. I sådant fall behöver Verk baserat Programvaran inte visa ett sådant meddelande som nämns ovan.)" +msgid "" +"If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you " +"must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most " +"ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate " +"copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying " +"that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program " +"under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this " +"License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not " +"normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not " +"required to print an announcement.)" +msgstr "" +"Om den förändrade Programvaran i sitt normala utförande kan utföra " +"interaktiv kommandon när det körs, måste Du tillse att när Programmet " +"startas skall det skriva ut eller visa, på ett enkelt tillgängligt sätt, ett " +"meddelande som tydligt och på ett skäligt sätt på varje exemplar fäster en " +"riktig upphovsrättsklausul och garantiavsägelse (eller i förekommande fall " +"ett meddelande som klargör att du tillhandahåller en garanti) samt att " +"mottagaren äger distribuera Programvaran enligt dessa licensvillkor samt " +"berätta hur mottagaren kan se dessa licensvillkor. (Från den här " +"skyldigheten undantas det fall att Programvaran förvisso är interaktiv, men " +"i sitt normala utförande inte visar ett meddelande av den här typen. I " +"sådant fall behöver Verk baserat Programvaran inte visa ett sådant " +"meddelande som nämns ovan.)" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:197 #, no-c-format -msgid "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it." -msgstr "Dessa krav gäller det förändrade verket i dess helhet. Om identifierbara delar av verket inte härrör från Programvaran och skäligen kan anses vara fristående och självständiga verk i sig, då skall dessa licensvillkor inte gälla i de delarna när de distribueras som egna verk. Men om samma delar distribueras tillsammans med en helhet som innehåller verk som härrör från Programvaran, måste distributionen i sin helhet ske enligt dessa licensvillkor. Licensvillkoren skall i sådant fall gälla för andra licenstagare för hela verket och sålunda till alla delar av Programvaran, oavsett vem som är upphovsman till vilka delar av verket." +msgid "" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable " +"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be " +"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then " +"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you " +"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections " +"as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of " +"the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other " +"licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part " +"regardless of who wrote it." +msgstr "" +"Dessa krav gäller det förändrade verket i dess helhet. Om identifierbara " +"delar av verket inte härrör från Programvaran och skäligen kan anses vara " +"fristående och självständiga verk i sig, då skall dessa licensvillkor inte " +"gälla i de delarna när de distribueras som egna verk. Men om samma delar " +"distribueras tillsammans med en helhet som innehåller verk som härrör från " +"Programvaran, måste distributionen i sin helhet ske enligt dessa " +"licensvillkor. Licensvillkoren skall i sådant fall gälla för andra " +"licenstagare för hela verket och sålunda till alla delar av Programvaran, " +"oavsett vem som är upphovsman till vilka delar av verket." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:210 #, no-c-format -msgid "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program." -msgstr "Den här paragrafen skall sålunda inte tolkas som att anspråk görs på rättigheter eller att ifrågasätta Dina rättigheter till programvara som skrivits helt av Dig. Syftet är att tillse att rätten att kontrollera distributionen av derivativa eller samlingsverk av Programvaran." +msgid "" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your " +"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise " +"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works " +"based on the Program." +msgstr "" +"Den här paragrafen skall sålunda inte tolkas som att anspråk görs på " +"rättigheter eller att ifrågasätta Dina rättigheter till programvara som " +"skrivits helt av Dig. Syftet är att tillse att rätten att kontrollera " +"distributionen av derivativa eller samlingsverk av Programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:217 #, no-c-format -msgid "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License." -msgstr "Förekomsten av ett annat verk på ett lagringsmedium eller samlingsmedium som innehåller Programvaran eller Verk baserat på Programvaran leder inte till att det andra verket omfattas av dessa licensvillkor." +msgid "" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with " +"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage " +"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this " +"License." +msgstr "" +"Förekomsten av ett annat verk på ett lagringsmedium eller samlingsmedium som " +"innehåller Programvaran eller Verk baserat på Programvaran leder inte till " +"att det andra verket omfattas av dessa licensvillkor." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:224 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Du äger kopiera och distribuera Programvaran (eller Verk baserat på Programvaran enligt paragraf 2) i objektkod eller i körbar form enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och paragraf 2 förutsatt att Du också gör en av följande saker:" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the " +"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or " +"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you " +"also do one of the following:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Du äger kopiera och distribuera " +"Programvaran (eller Verk baserat på Programvaran enligt paragraf 2) i " +"objektkod eller i körbar form enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och paragraf 2 " +"förutsatt att Du också gör en av följande saker:" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:233 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," -msgstr "Bifogar den kompletta källkoden i maskinläsbar form, som måste distribueras enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och 2 på ett medium som i allmänhet används för utbyte av programvara, eller" +msgid "" +"Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, " +"which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a " +"medium customarily used for software interchange; or," +msgstr "" +"Bifogar den kompletta källkoden i maskinläsbar form, som måste distribueras " +"enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och 2 på ett medium som i allmänhet används " +"för utbyte av programvara, eller" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:241 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," -msgstr "Bifogar ett skriftligt erbjudande, med minst tre års giltighet, att ge tredje man, mot en avgift som högst uppgår till Din kostnad att utföra fysisk distribution, en fullständig kopia av källkoden i maskinläsbar form, distribuerad enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och 2 på ett medium som i allmänhet används för utbyte av programvara, eller" +msgid "" +"Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give " +"any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically " +"performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the " +"corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 " +"and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," +msgstr "" +"Bifogar ett skriftligt erbjudande, med minst tre års giltighet, att ge " +"tredje man, mot en avgift som högst uppgår till Din kostnad att utföra " +"fysisk distribution, en fullständig kopia av källkoden i maskinläsbar form, " +"distribuerad enligt villkoren i paragraf 1 och 2 på ett medium som i " +"allmänhet används för utbyte av programvara, eller" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)" -msgstr "Bifogar det skriftligt erbjudande Du fick att erhålla källkoden. (Det här alternativet kan endast användas för icke-kommersiell distribution och endast om Du erhållit ett program i objektkod eller körbar form med ett erbjudande i enlighet med b ovan.)" +msgid "" +"Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute " +"corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for " +"noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object " +"code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b " +"above.)" +msgstr "" +"Bifogar det skriftligt erbjudande Du fick att erhålla källkoden. (Det här " +"alternativet kan endast användas för icke-kommersiell distribution och " +"endast om Du erhållit ett program i objektkod eller körbar form med ett " +"erbjudande i enlighet med b ovan.)" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable." -msgstr "Källkoden för ett verk avser den form av ett verk som är att föredra för att göra förändringar av verket. För ett körbart verk avser källkoden all källkod för moduler det innehåller, samt alla tillhörande gränssnittsfiler, definitioner, scripts för att kontrollera kompilering och installation av den körbara Programvaran. Ett undantag kan dock göras för sådant som normalt distribueras, antingen i binär form eller som källkod, med huvudkomponterna i operativsystemet (kompliator, kärna och så vidare) i vilket den körbara programvaran körs, om inte den här komponenten medföljer den körbara programvaran." +msgid "" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making " +"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all " +"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface " +"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and " +"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source " +"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in " +"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, " +"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that " +"component itself accompanies the executable." +msgstr "" +"Källkoden för ett verk avser den form av ett verk som är att föredra för att " +"göra förändringar av verket. För ett körbart verk avser källkoden all " +"källkod för moduler det innehåller, samt alla tillhörande gränssnittsfiler, " +"definitioner, scripts för att kontrollera kompilering och installation av " +"den körbara Programvaran. Ett undantag kan dock göras för sådant som normalt " +"distribueras, antingen i binär form eller som källkod, med huvudkomponterna " +"i operativsystemet (kompliator, kärna och så vidare) i vilket den körbara " +"programvaran körs, om inte den här komponenten medföljer den körbara " +"programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code." -msgstr "Om distributionen av körbar Programvara eller objektkod görs genom att erbjuda tillgång till att kopiera från en bestämd plats, då skall motsvarande tillgång till att kopiera källkoden från samma plats räknas som distribution av källkoden, även om trejde man inte behöver kopiera källkoden tillsammans med objektkoden." +msgid "" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to " +"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the " +"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, " +"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with " +"the object code." +msgstr "" +"Om distributionen av körbar Programvara eller objektkod görs genom att " +"erbjuda tillgång till att kopiera från en bestämd plats, då skall " +"motsvarande tillgång till att kopiera källkoden från samma plats räknas som " +"distribution av källkoden, även om trejde man inte behöver kopiera källkoden " +"tillsammans med objektkoden." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> Du äger inte kopiera, ändra, licensiera eller distribuera Programvaran utom på dessa licensvillkor. All övrig kopiering, ändringar, licensiering eller distribution av Programvaran är ogiltig och kommer automatiskt medföra att Du förlorar Dina rättigheter enligt dessa licensvillkor. Tredje man som har mottagit kopior eller rättigheter från Dig enligt dessa licensvillkor kommer dock inte att förlora sina rättigheter så länge de följer licensvillkoren." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, " +"or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. " +"Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program " +"is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. " +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this " +"License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties " +"remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> Du äger inte kopiera, ändra, " +"licensiera eller distribuera Programvaran utom på dessa licensvillkor. All " +"övrig kopiering, ändringar, licensiering eller distribution av Programvaran " +"är ogiltig och kommer automatiskt medföra att Du förlorar Dina rättigheter " +"enligt dessa licensvillkor. Tredje man som har mottagit kopior eller " +"rättigheter från Dig enligt dessa licensvillkor kommer dock inte att förlora " +"sina rättigheter så länge de följer licensvillkoren." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:292 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> Du åläggs inte att acceptera licensvillkoren, då du inte har skrivit under det här avtalet. Du har dock ingen rätt att ändra eller distribuera Programvaran eller Verk baserat på Programvaran. Sådan verksamhet är förbjuden i lag om du inte accepterar och följer dessa licensvillkor. Genom att ändra eller distribuera Programvaran (eller verk baserat på Programvaran) visar du med genom ditt handlande att du accepterar licensvillkoren och alla villkor för att kopiera, distribuera eller ändra Programvaran eller Verk baserat på Programvaran." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this " +"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you " +"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. " +"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. " +"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on " +"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all " +"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program " +"or works based on it." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> Du åläggs inte att acceptera " +"licensvillkoren, då du inte har skrivit under det här avtalet. Du har dock " +"ingen rätt att ändra eller distribuera Programvaran eller Verk baserat på " +"Programvaran. Sådan verksamhet är förbjuden i lag om du inte accepterar och " +"följer dessa licensvillkor. Genom att ändra eller distribuera Programvaran " +"(eller verk baserat på Programvaran) visar du med genom ditt handlande att " +"du accepterar licensvillkoren och alla villkor för att kopiera, distribuera " +"eller ändra Programvaran eller Verk baserat på Programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:304 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Var gång du distributerar Progamvaran (eller Verk baserat på Programvaran), kommer mottagaren per automatik att få en licens från den första licensgivaren att kopiera, distribuera eller ändra Programvaran enligt dessa licensvillkor. Du äger inte ålägga mottagaren några andra restriktioner än de som följer av licensvillkoren. Du är inte skyldig att tillse att tredje man följer licensvillkoren." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program " +"(or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a " +"license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program " +"subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further " +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You " +"are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this " +"License." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Var gång du distributerar Progamvaran " +"(eller Verk baserat på Programvaran), kommer mottagaren per automatik att få " +"en licens från den första licensgivaren att kopiera, distribuera eller ändra " +"Programvaran enligt dessa licensvillkor. Du äger inte ålägga mottagaren " +"några andra restriktioner än de som följer av licensvillkoren. Du är inte " +"skyldig att tillse att tredje man följer licensvillkoren." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:315 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> Om Du på grund av domstolsdom eller anklagelse om patentintrång eller på grund av annan anledning (ej begränsat till patentfrågor), Du får villkor (oavsett om de kommer via domstols dom, avtal eller på annat sätt) som strider mot dessa licensvillkor så fråntar de inte Dina förpliktelser enligt dessa licensvillkor. Om du inte kan distribuera Programvaran och samtidigt uppfylla licensvillkor och andra skyldigheter, får du som en konsekvens inte distribuera Programvaran. Om exempelvis ett patent gör att Du inte distribuera Programvaran fritt till alla de som mottager kopior direkt eller indirekt från Dig, så måste Du helt sluta distribuera Programvaran." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court " +"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not " +"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court " +"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this " +"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you " +"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under " +"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you " +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license " +"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who " +"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you " +"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from " +"distribution of the Program." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> Om Du på grund av domstolsdom eller " +"anklagelse om patentintrång eller på grund av annan anledning (ej begränsat " +"till patentfrågor), Du får villkor (oavsett om de kommer via domstols dom, " +"avtal eller på annat sätt) som strider mot dessa licensvillkor så fråntar de " +"inte Dina förpliktelser enligt dessa licensvillkor. Om du inte kan " +"distribuera Programvaran och samtidigt uppfylla licensvillkor och andra " +"skyldigheter, får du som en konsekvens inte distribuera Programvaran. Om " +"exempelvis ett patent gör att Du inte distribuera Programvaran fritt till " +"alla de som mottager kopior direkt eller indirekt från Dig, så måste Du helt " +"sluta distribuera Programvaran." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." -msgstr "Om delar av den här paragrafen förklaras ogiltig eller annars inte kan verkställas skall resten av paragrafen äga fortsatt giltighet och paragrafen i sin helhet äga fortsatt giltighet i andra sammanhang." +msgid "" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any " +"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and " +"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." +msgstr "" +"Om delar av den här paragrafen förklaras ogiltig eller annars inte kan " +"verkställas skall resten av paragrafen äga fortsatt giltighet och paragrafen " +"i sin helhet äga fortsatt giltighet i andra sammanhang." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice." -msgstr "Syftet med den här paragrafen är inte att förmå Dig att begå patentintrång eller att begå intrång i andra rättigheter eller att förmå Dig att betrida giltigheten i sådana rättigheter. Den här paragrafen har ett enda syfte, vilket är att skydda distributionssystemet för fri programvara vilket görs genom användandet av dessa licensvillkor. Många har bidragit till det stora utbudet av programvara som distribueras med hjälp av dessa licensvillkor och den fortsatta giltigheten och användningen av det här systemet, men det är upphovsmannen själv som måste besluta om han eller hon vill distribuera Programvaran genom det här systemet eller ett annat och en licenstagare kan inte tvinga en upphovsman till ett annat beslut." +msgid "" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents " +"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; " +"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free " +"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license " +"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of " +"software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent " +"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or " +"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a " +"licensee cannot impose that choice." +msgstr "" +"Syftet med den här paragrafen är inte att förmå Dig att begå patentintrång " +"eller att begå intrång i andra rättigheter eller att förmå Dig att betrida " +"giltigheten i sådana rättigheter. Den här paragrafen har ett enda syfte, " +"vilket är att skydda distributionssystemet för fri programvara vilket görs " +"genom användandet av dessa licensvillkor. Många har bidragit till det stora " +"utbudet av programvara som distribueras med hjälp av dessa licensvillkor och " +"den fortsatta giltigheten och användningen av det här systemet, men det är " +"upphovsmannen själv som måste besluta om han eller hon vill distribuera " +"Programvaran genom det här systemet eller ett annat och en licenstagare kan " +"inte tvinga en upphovsman till ett annat beslut." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License." -msgstr "Den här paragrafen har till syfte att ställa det utom tvivel vad som anses följa av resten av dessa licensvillkor." +msgid "" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a " +"consequence of the rest of this License." +msgstr "" +"Den här paragrafen har till syfte att ställa det utom tvivel vad som anses " +"följa av resten av dessa licensvillkor." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> Om distributionen och/eller användningen av Programvaran är begränsad i vissa länder på grund av patent eller upphovsrättsligt skyddade gränssnitt kan upphovsmannen till Programvaran lägga till en geografisk spridningsklausul, enligt vilken distribution är tillåten i länder förutom dem i vilket det är förbjudet. Om så är fallet kommer begränsningen att utgöra en fullvärdig del av licensvillkoren." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the " +"Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by " +"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program " +"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation " +"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or " +"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates " +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> Om distributionen och/eller " +"användningen av Programvaran är begränsad i vissa länder på grund av patent " +"eller upphovsrättsligt skyddade gränssnitt kan upphovsmannen till " +"Programvaran lägga till en geografisk spridningsklausul, enligt vilken " +"distribution är tillåten i länder förutom dem i vilket det är förbjudet. Om " +"så är fallet kommer begränsningen att utgöra en fullvärdig del av " +"licensvillkoren." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation kan offentliggöra ändrade och/eller nya versioner av the General Public License från tid till annan. Sådana nya versioner kommer i sin helhet att påminna om nuvarande version av the General Public License, men kan vara ändrade i detaljer för att behandla nya problem eller göra nya överväganden. Varje version ges ett särskiljande versionsnummer. Om Programvaran specificerar ett versionsnummer av licensvillkoren samt \"alla senare versioner\" kan Du välja mellan att följa dessa licensvillkor eller licensvillkoren i alla senare versioner offentliggjorda av the Free Software Foundation. Om Programvaran inte specificerar ett versionnummer av licensvillkoren kan Du välja fritt bland samtliga versioner som någonsin offentligjorts." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may " +"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time " +"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, " +"but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version " +"is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version " +"number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you " +"have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version " +"or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the " +"Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " +"any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation kan " +"offentliggöra ändrade och/eller nya versioner av the General Public License " +"från tid till annan. Sådana nya versioner kommer i sin helhet att påminna om " +"nuvarande version av the General Public License, men kan vara ändrade i " +"detaljer för att behandla nya problem eller göra nya överväganden. Varje " +"version ges ett särskiljande versionsnummer. Om Programvaran specificerar " +"ett versionsnummer av licensvillkoren samt \"alla senare versioner\" kan Du " +"välja mellan att följa dessa licensvillkor eller licensvillkoren i alla " +"senare versioner offentliggjorda av the Free Software Foundation. Om " +"Programvaran inte specificerar ett versionnummer av licensvillkoren kan Du " +"välja fritt bland samtliga versioner som någonsin offentligjorts." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> Om du vill använda delar av Programvaran i annan fri programvara som distribueras enligt andra licensvillkor, begär tillstånd från upphovsmannen. För Programvaran var upphovsrätt innehas av Free Software Foundation, skriv till Free Software Foundation, vi gör ibland undantag för det här. Vårt beslut grundas på våra två mål att bibehålla den fria statusen av alla verk som härleds från vår Programvara och främjandet av att dela med sig av och återanvända programvara i allmänhet." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of " +"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are " +"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is " +"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software " +"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be " +"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of " +"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software " +"generally." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> Om du vill använda delar av " +"Programvaran i annan fri programvara som distribueras enligt andra " +"licensvillkor, begär tillstånd från upphovsmannen. För Programvaran var " +"upphovsrätt innehas av Free Software Foundation, skriv till Free Software " +"Foundation, vi gör ibland undantag för det här. Vårt beslut grundas på våra " +"två mål att bibehålla den fria statusen av alla verk som härleds från vår " +"Programvara och främjandet av att dela med sig av och återanvända " +"programvara i allmänhet." #. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:397 @@ -290,14 +738,53 @@ msgstr "INGEN GARANTI" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> DÅ DENNA PROGRAMVARA LICENSIERAS UTAN KOSTNAD GES INGEN GARANTI FÖR PROGRAMMET, UTOM SÅDAN GARANTI SOM MÅSTE GES ENLIGT TILLÄMPLIG LAG. FÖRUTOM DÅ DET UTTRYCKS I SKRIFT TILLHANDAHÅLLER UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVAREN OCH/ELLER ANDRA PARTER PROGRAMMET \"I BEFINTLIGT SKICK\" (\"AS IS\") UTAN GARANTIER AV NÅGRA SLAG, VARKEN UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA GARANTIER VID KÖP OCH LÄMPLIGHET FÖR ETT SÄRSKILT ÄNDAMÅL. HELA RISKEN FÖR KVALITET OCH ANVÄNDBARHET BÄRS AV DIG. OM PROGRAMMET SKULLE VISA SIG HA DEFEKTER SKALL DU BÄRA ALLA KOSTNADER FÖR FELETS AVHJÄLPANDE, REPARATIONER ELLER NÖDVÄNDIGSERVICE." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE " +"OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY " +"APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT " +"HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY " +"OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE " +"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. " +"THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH " +"YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL " +"NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> DÅ DENNA PROGRAMVARA LICENSIERAS UTAN " +"KOSTNAD GES INGEN GARANTI FÖR PROGRAMMET, UTOM SÅDAN GARANTI SOM MÅSTE GES " +"ENLIGT TILLÄMPLIG LAG. FÖRUTOM DÅ DET UTTRYCKS I SKRIFT TILLHANDAHÅLLER " +"UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVAREN OCH/ELLER ANDRA PARTER PROGRAMMET \"I BEFINTLIGT " +"SKICK\" (\"AS IS\") UTAN GARANTIER AV NÅGRA SLAG, VARKEN UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER " +"UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA GARANTIER " +"VID KÖP OCH LÄMPLIGHET FÖR ETT SÄRSKILT ÄNDAMÅL. HELA RISKEN FÖR KVALITET " +"OCH ANVÄNDBARHET BÄRS AV DIG. OM PROGRAMMET SKULLE VISA SIG HA DEFEKTER " +"SKALL DU BÄRA ALLA KOSTNADER FÖR FELETS AVHJÄLPANDE, REPARATIONER ELLER " +"NÖDVÄNDIGSERVICE." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:412 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL AND COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> INTE I NÅGOT FALL, UTOM NÄR DET GÄLLER ENLIGT TILLÄMPLIG LAG ELLER NÄR DET ÖVERENSKOMMITS SKRIFTLIGEN, SKALL EN UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVARE ELLER ANNAN PART SOM ÄGER ÄNDRA OCH/ELLER DISTRIBUERA PROGRAMVARAN ENLIGT OVAN, VARA SKYLDIG UTGE ERSÄTTNING FÖR SKADA DU LIDER, INKLUSIVE ALLMÄN, DIREKT ELLER INDIREKT SKADA SOM FÖLJER PÅ GRUND AV ANVÄNDNING ELLER OMÖJLIGHET ATT ANVÄNDA PROGRAMVARAN (INKLUSIVE MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL FÖRLUST AV DATA OCH INFORMATION ELLER DATA OCH INFORMATION SOM FRAMSTÄLLTS FELAKTIGT AV DIG ELLER TREDJE PART ELLER FEL DÄR PROGRAMMET INTE KUNNAT KÖRAS SAMTIDIGT MED ANNAN PROGRAMVARA), ÄVEN OM EN SÅDAN UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVAREN ELLER ANNAN PART UPPLYSTS OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDAN SKADA." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY " +"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL AND COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY " +"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED " +"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, " +"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO " +"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING " +"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE " +"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR " +"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> INTE I NÅGOT FALL, UTOM NÄR DET " +"GÄLLER ENLIGT TILLÄMPLIG LAG ELLER NÄR DET ÖVERENSKOMMITS SKRIFTLIGEN, SKALL " +"EN UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVARE ELLER ANNAN PART SOM ÄGER ÄNDRA OCH/ELLER " +"DISTRIBUERA PROGRAMVARAN ENLIGT OVAN, VARA SKYLDIG UTGE ERSÄTTNING FÖR SKADA " +"DU LIDER, INKLUSIVE ALLMÄN, DIREKT ELLER INDIREKT SKADA SOM FÖLJER PÅ GRUND " +"AV ANVÄNDNING ELLER OMÖJLIGHET ATT ANVÄNDA PROGRAMVARAN (INKLUSIVE MEN INTE " +"BEGRÄNSAT TILL FÖRLUST AV DATA OCH INFORMATION ELLER DATA OCH INFORMATION " +"SOM FRAMSTÄLLTS FELAKTIGT AV DIG ELLER TREDJE PART ELLER FEL DÄR PROGRAMMET " +"INTE KUNNAT KÖRAS SAMTIDIGT MED ANNAN PROGRAMVARA), ÄVEN OM EN SÅDAN " +"UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVAREN ELLER ANNAN PART UPPLYSTS OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDAN " +"SKADA." #. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:428 @@ -314,20 +801,36 @@ msgstr "METOD FÖR ATT ANVÄNDA DESSA VILLKOR" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms." -msgstr "Om du utvecklar ett nytt program och vill att det skall vara av största möjliga nytta för allmänheten är det bästa du kan göra att göra programmet till fri programvara som var och en kan mångfaldiga och ändra enligt dessa villkor." +msgid "" +"If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible " +"use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software " +"which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms." +msgstr "" +"Om du utvecklar ett nytt program och vill att det skall vara av största " +"möjliga nytta för allmänheten är det bästa du kan göra att göra programmet " +"till fri programvara som var och en kan mångfaldiga och ändra enligt dessa " +"villkor." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found." -msgstr "För att uppnå det här skall du lägga till följande text till programmet. Det är säkrast att lägga dem i början av varje källkodsfil för att tillse att du med överlåtelser avsaknaden av garantiåtagande och varje fil skall minst ha \"copyright\"-raderna och en länk till var användaren hittar hela licensen." +msgid "" +"To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to " +"attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the " +"exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \"copyright\" " +"line and a pointer to where the full notice is found." +msgstr "" +"För att uppnå det här skall du lägga till följande text till programmet. Det " +"är säkrast att lägga dem i början av varje källkodsfil för att tillse att du " +"med överlåtelser avsaknaden av garantiåtagande och varje fil skall minst ha " +"\"copyright\"-raderna och en länk till var användaren hittar hela licensen." #. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"<replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.</replaceable>\n" +"<replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it " +"does.</replaceable>\n" "Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" "\n" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" @@ -342,9 +845,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" -"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." +"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, " +"USA." msgstr "" -"<replaceable>en rad för programmets namn och en kort beskrivning av vad det gör.</replaceable>\n" +"<replaceable>en rad för programmets namn och en kort beskrivning av vad det " +"gör.</replaceable>\n" "Copyright © <replaceable>år namn på upphovsmannen</replaceable>\n" "\n" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" @@ -359,31 +864,40 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" -"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." +"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, " +"USA." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:450 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." -msgstr "Lägg här in information om hur användaren når dig per e-post och vanlig post." +msgid "" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." +msgstr "" +"Lägg här in information om hur användaren når dig per e-post och vanlig post." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:455 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:" -msgstr "Om ditt program är interaktivt visa följande för användaren när programmet startas i interaktivt läge:" +msgid "" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when " +"it starts in an interactive mode:" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt program är interaktivt visa följande för användaren när programmet " +"startas i interaktivt läge:" #. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" +"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</" +"replaceable>\n" "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details\n" "type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome\n" "to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'\n" "for details." msgstr "" -"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright © <replaceable>år namn på upphovsman</replaceable>\n" +"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright © <replaceable>år namn på upphovsman</" +"replaceable>\n" "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details\n" "type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome\n" "to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'\n" @@ -392,14 +906,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:462 #, no-c-format -msgid "The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items — whatever suits your program." -msgstr "Kommandot \"show w\" respektive \"show c\" skall visa tillämpliga delar av General Public License. Du kan givetvis använda andra kommandon än \"show w\" och \"show c\" det kan till och med röra sig om musklick eller menyval, använd det som passar till programmet." +msgid "" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate " +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be " +"called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-" +"clicks or menu items — whatever suits your program." +msgstr "" +"Kommandot \"show w\" respektive \"show c\" skall visa tillämpliga delar av " +"General Public License. Du kan givetvis använda andra kommandon än \"show w" +"\" och \"show c\" det kan till och med röra sig om musklick eller menyval, " +"använd det som passar till programmet." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:470 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:" -msgstr "Om du arbetar som programmerare skall din arbetsgivare eller din skola skriva under en \"copyright disclaimer\" för programmet om det är nödvändigt. Här är ett exempel, ändra namnen:" +msgid "" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your " +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if " +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:" +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar som programmerare skall din arbetsgivare eller din skola " +"skriva under en \"copyright disclaimer\" för programmet om det är " +"nödvändigt. Här är ett exempel, ändra namnen:" #. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:476 @@ -422,8 +950,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License." -msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt program i icke-fri programvara. Om du utvecklar subrutiner eller programbibliotek kan det vara lämpligt att tillåta länkning till icke-fri programvara. Om du vill göra det här bör du istället för den här licensen använda GNU Lesser General Public License." +msgid "" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into " +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may " +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the " +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public " +"License instead of this License." +msgstr "" +"Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt program " +"i icke-fri programvara. Om du utvecklar subrutiner eller programbibliotek " +"kan det vara lämpligt att tillåta länkning till icke-fri programvara. Om du " +"vill göra det här bör du istället för den här licensen använda GNU Lesser " +"General Public License." #~ msgid "" #~ "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. — 51 " @@ -431,16 +969,19 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ msgstr "" #~ "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. — 51 " #~ "Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." + #~ msgid "" #~ "one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En rad för att berätta programmets namn och en beskrivning av vad det gör " #~ "[min kommentar: här menar Richard M Stallman att ni skall införa en sådan " #~ "rad på egen hand, därefter införs nedanstående text]." + #~ msgid "Copyright (C) year name of author" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Copyright (C) åååå upphovsmannens namn [åååå ersätts med årtal för " #~ "programmets skapande]" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " #~ "under the terms of the gnu General Public License as published by the " @@ -451,6 +992,7 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the " #~ "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your " #~ "option) any later version." + #~ msgid "" #~ "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " #~ "without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of " @@ -461,6 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ "without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of " #~ "merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. See the gnu General " #~ "Public License for more details." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You should have received a copy of the gnu General Public License along " #~ "with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., " @@ -469,22 +1012,28 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ "You should have received a copy of the gnu General Public License along " #~ "with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., " #~ "51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." + #~ msgid "Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author" #~ msgstr "Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details type `show w'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details type `show w'." + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under " #~ "certain conditions; type `show c' for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under " #~ "certain conditions; type `show c' for details." + #~ msgid "signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989" #~ msgstr "signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989" + #~ msgid "Ty Coon, President of Vice" #~ msgstr "Ty Coon, President of Vice" + #~ msgid "" #~ "because the program is licensed free of charge, there is no warranty for " #~ "the program, to the extent permitted by applicable law. except when " @@ -506,6 +1055,7 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ "ANVÄNDBARHET BÄRS AV DIG. OM PROGRAMMET SKULLE VISA SIG HA DEFEKTER SKALL " #~ "DU BÄRA ALLA KOSTNADER FöR FELETS AVHJÄLPANDE, REPARATIONER ELLER " #~ "NÖDVÄNDIG SERVICE." + #~ msgid "" #~ "in no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing " #~ "will any copyright holder, or any other party who may modify and/or " @@ -528,4 +1078,3 @@ msgstr "Den här General Public License tillåter inte att du inkorperar ditt pr #~ "SAMTIDIGT MED ANNAN PROGRAMVARA), ÄVEN OM EN SÅDAN " #~ "UPPHOVSRÄTTSINNEHAVAREN ELLER ANNAN PART UPPLYSTS OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL " #~ "SÅDAN SKADA." - diff --git a/po/sv/hardware.po b/po/sv/hardware.po index 3e7f7a1b9..168684097 100644 --- a/po/sv/hardware.po +++ b/po/sv/hardware.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-21 10:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +23,14 @@ msgstr "Systemkrav" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section contains information about what hardware you need to get started with Debian. You will also find links to further information about hardware supported by GNU and Linux." -msgstr "Den här sektionen innehåller information om vilken maskinvara du behöver för att börja med Debian. Du kommer också att hitta länkar till ytterligare information om vilken maskinvara som stöds av GNU och Linux." +msgid "" +"This section contains information about what hardware you need to get " +"started with Debian. You will also find links to further information about " +"hardware supported by GNU and Linux." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen innehåller information om vilken maskinvara du behöver för " +"att börja med Debian. Du kommer också att hitta länkar till ytterligare " +"information om vilken maskinvara som stöds av GNU och Linux." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:20 @@ -34,14 +41,33 @@ msgstr "Maskinvara som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:22 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian does not impose hardware requirements beyond the requirements of the Linux kernel and the GNU tool-sets. Therefore, any architecture or platform to which the Linux kernel, libc, <command>gcc</command>, etc. have been ported, and for which a Debian port exists, can run Debian. Please refer to the Ports pages at <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> for more details on &arch-title; architecture systems which have been tested with Debian." -msgstr "Debian sätter inga maskinvarukrav utöver kraven ställda för Linux-kärnan och GNU:s verktyg. Därför har alla arkitekturer eller plattformar till vilken Linuxkärna, libc, <command>gcc</command> och så vidare som har blivit porterade och för vilken en portering till Debian finns, kan köra Debian. Vänligen referera till Ports-sidorna på <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> för mera detaljer om &arch-title;-arkitektursystem som har blivit testade med Debian." +msgid "" +"Debian does not impose hardware requirements beyond the requirements of the " +"Linux kernel and the GNU tool-sets. Therefore, any architecture or platform " +"to which the Linux kernel, libc, <command>gcc</command>, etc. have been " +"ported, and for which a Debian port exists, can run Debian. Please refer to " +"the Ports pages at <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> for more details on " +"&arch-title; architecture systems which have been tested with Debian." +msgstr "" +"Debian sätter inga maskinvarukrav utöver kraven ställda för Linux-kärnan och " +"GNU:s verktyg. Därför har alla arkitekturer eller plattformar till vilken " +"Linuxkärna, libc, <command>gcc</command> och så vidare som har blivit " +"porterade och för vilken en portering till Debian finns, kan köra Debian. " +"Vänligen referera till Ports-sidorna på <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> " +"för mera detaljer om &arch-title;-arkitektursystem som har blivit testade " +"med Debian." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:33 #, no-c-format -msgid "Rather than attempting to describe all the different hardware configurations which are supported for &arch-title;, this section contains general information and pointers to where additional information can be found." -msgstr "Hellre än att försöka att beskriva alla de olika maskinvarukonfigurationerna som finns stöd för i &arch-title; innehåller den här sektionen allmän information och pekare till var ytterligare information kan hittas." +msgid "" +"Rather than attempting to describe all the different hardware configurations " +"which are supported for &arch-title;, this section contains general " +"information and pointers to where additional information can be found." +msgstr "" +"Hellre än att försöka att beskriva alla de olika maskinvarukonfigurationerna " +"som finns stöd för i &arch-title; innehåller den här sektionen allmän " +"information och pekare till var ytterligare information kan hittas." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:42 @@ -52,8 +78,12 @@ msgstr "Arkitekturer som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian &release; supports eleven major architectures and several variations of each architecture known as <quote>flavors</quote>." -msgstr "Debian &release; stöder elva större arkitekturer och ett flertal variationer av varje arkitektur kända som <quote>varianter</quote>." +msgid "" +"Debian &release; supports eleven major architectures and several variations " +"of each architecture known as <quote>flavors</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Debian &release; stöder elva större arkitekturer och ett flertal variationer " +"av varje arkitektur kända som <quote>varianter</quote>." #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:55 @@ -410,29 +440,25 @@ msgid "r5k-ip32" msgstr "r5k-ip32" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:163 -#: hardware.xml:181 +#: hardware.xml:163 hardware.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM)" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM)" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:164 -#: hardware.xml:182 +#: hardware.xml:164 hardware.xml:182 #, no-c-format msgid "sb1-bcm91250a" msgstr "sb1-bcm91250a" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:166 -#: hardware.xml:184 +#: hardware.xml:166 hardware.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur)" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur)" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:167 -#: hardware.xml:185 +#: hardware.xml:167 hardware.xml:185 #, no-c-format msgid "sb1a-bcm91480b" msgstr "sb1a-bcm91480b" @@ -468,19 +494,13 @@ msgid "DECstation" msgstr "DECstation" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:177 -#: hardware.xml:1008 -#: hardware.xml:1023 -#: hardware.xml:1033 +#: hardware.xml:177 hardware.xml:1008 hardware.xml:1023 hardware.xml:1033 #, no-c-format msgid "r4k-kn04" msgstr "r4k-kn04" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:179 -#: hardware.xml:1003 -#: hardware.xml:1013 -#: hardware.xml:1018 +#: hardware.xml:179 hardware.xml:1003 hardware.xml:1013 hardware.xml:1018 #: hardware.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "r3k-kn02" @@ -525,24 +545,42 @@ msgstr "band" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document covers installation for the <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis> architecture. If you are looking for information on any of the other Debian-supported architectures take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Debian-Ports</ulink> pages." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet täcker in installationen för <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis>-arkitekturen. Om du letar efter information om någon av de andra arkitekturerna som Debian stöder kan du se på sidorna för <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Anpassningar (porteringar)</ulink>." +msgid "" +"This document covers installation for the <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis> " +"architecture. If you are looking for information on any of the other Debian-" +"supported architectures take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." +"org/ports/\">Debian-Ports</ulink> pages." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet täcker in installationen för <emphasis>&arch-title;</" +"emphasis>-arkitekturen. Om du letar efter information om någon av de andra " +"arkitekturerna som Debian stöder kan du se på sidorna för <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Anpassningar (porteringar)</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:208 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the first official release of &debian; for the &arch-title; architecture. We feel that it has proven itself sufficiently to be released. However, because it has not had the exposure (and hence testing by users) that some other architectures have had, you may encounter a few bugs. Use our <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Bug Tracking System</ulink> to report any problems; make sure to mention the fact that the bug is on the &arch-title; platform. It can be necessary to use the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink> as well." -msgstr "Det här är den första officiella utgåvan av &debian; för arkitekturen &arch-title;. Vi känner att den har bevisat sig vara tillräckligt bra för att ges ut. Dock har den inte haft samma exponering (och följaktligen testad av användarna) som andra arkitekturer har haft, kan du påträffa ett fåtal fel. Använd vår <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Felhanteringssystem</ulink> för att rapportera problem; se till att påpeka fakta att felet gäller för plattformen &arch-title;. Det kan vara nödvändigt att använda <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">sändlistan debian-&arch-listname;</ulink> också." +msgid "" +"This is the first official release of &debian; for the &arch-title; " +"architecture. We feel that it has proven itself sufficiently to be released. " +"However, because it has not had the exposure (and hence testing by users) " +"that some other architectures have had, you may encounter a few bugs. Use " +"our <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Bug Tracking System</ulink> to report any " +"problems; make sure to mention the fact that the bug is on the &arch-title; " +"platform. It can be necessary to use the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;" +"\">debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink> as well." +msgstr "" +"Det här är den första officiella utgåvan av &debian; för arkitekturen &arch-" +"title;. Vi känner att den har bevisat sig vara tillräckligt bra för att ges " +"ut. Dock har den inte haft samma exponering (och följaktligen testad av " +"användarna) som andra arkitekturer har haft, kan du påträffa ett fåtal fel. " +"Använd vår <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Felhanteringssystem</ulink> för att " +"rapportera problem; se till att påpeka fakta att felet gäller för " +"plattformen &arch-title;. Det kan vara nödvändigt att använda <ulink url=" +"\"&url-list-subscribe;\">sändlistan debian-&arch-listname;</ulink> också." #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:231 -#: hardware.xml:690 -#: hardware.xml:766 -#: hardware.xml:785 -#: hardware.xml:828 -#: hardware.xml:870 -#: hardware.xml:938 -#: hardware.xml:1097 +#: hardware.xml:231 hardware.xml:690 hardware.xml:766 hardware.xml:785 +#: hardware.xml:828 hardware.xml:870 hardware.xml:938 hardware.xml:1097 #: hardware.xml:1543 #, no-c-format msgid "CPU, Main Boards, and Video Support" @@ -551,20 +589,44 @@ msgstr "Processor, moderkort och grafikstöd" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information regarding supported DEC Alphas can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. The purpose of this section is to describe the systems supported by the boot disks." -msgstr "Komplett information angående DEC Alpha som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. Meningen med den här sektionen är att beskriva system som stöds av uppstartsdisketter." +msgid "" +"Complete information regarding supported DEC Alphas can be found at <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. The purpose of this " +"section is to describe the systems supported by the boot disks." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående DEC Alpha som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. Meningen med den här " +"sektionen är att beskriva system som stöds av uppstartsdisketter." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alpha machines are subdivided into different system types because there are a number of generations of motherboard and supporting chipsets. Different systems (<quote>sub-architectures</quote>) often have radically different engineering and capabilities. Therefore, the process of installing and, more to the point, booting, can vary from system to system." -msgstr "Alpha-maskiner är uppdelade i olika systemtyper för att de är ett antal generationer av moderkort och chipset. Olika system (<quote>underarkitekturer</quote>) är ofta radikalt olikt utvecklade och har olika möjligheter. Därför kan processen att installera och starta upp variera från system till system. " +msgid "" +"Alpha machines are subdivided into different system types because there are " +"a number of generations of motherboard and supporting chipsets. Different " +"systems (<quote>sub-architectures</quote>) often have radically different " +"engineering and capabilities. Therefore, the process of installing and, more " +"to the point, booting, can vary from system to system." +msgstr "" +"Alpha-maskiner är uppdelade i olika systemtyper för att de är ett antal " +"generationer av moderkort och chipset. Olika system " +"(<quote>underarkitekturer</quote>) är ofta radikalt olikt utvecklade och har " +"olika möjligheter. Därför kan processen att installera och starta upp " +"variera från system till system. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:247 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table lists the system types supported by the Debian installation system. The table also indicates the <emphasis>code name</emphasis> for these system types. You'll need to know this code name when you actually begin the installation process:" -msgstr "Följande tabell listar de systemtyper som stöds av Debians installationssystem. Tabellen indikerar också <emphasis>kodnamnet</emphasis> för dessa systemtyper. Du behöver veta det här kodnamnet när du påbörjar installationsprocessen:" +msgid "" +"The following table lists the system types supported by the Debian " +"installation system. The table also indicates the <emphasis>code name</" +"emphasis> for these system types. You'll need to know this code name when " +"you actually begin the installation process:" +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell listar de systemtyper som stöds av Debians " +"installationssystem. Tabellen indikerar också <emphasis>kodnamnet</emphasis> " +"för dessa systemtyper. Du behöver veta det här kodnamnet när du påbörjar " +"installationsprocessen:" #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:264 @@ -603,9 +665,7 @@ msgid "Maverick" msgstr "Maverick" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:274 -#: hardware.xml:278 -#: hardware.xml:282 +#: hardware.xml:274 hardware.xml:278 hardware.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "alcor" msgstr "alcor" @@ -695,14 +755,8 @@ msgid "Mustang" msgstr "Mustang" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:300 -#: hardware.xml:304 -#: hardware.xml:308 -#: hardware.xml:312 -#: hardware.xml:316 -#: hardware.xml:320 -#: hardware.xml:324 -#: hardware.xml:328 +#: hardware.xml:300 hardware.xml:304 hardware.xml:308 hardware.xml:312 +#: hardware.xml:316 hardware.xml:320 hardware.xml:324 hardware.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "avanti" msgstr "avanti" @@ -792,9 +846,7 @@ msgid "Avanti" msgstr "Avanti" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:332 -#: hardware.xml:345 -#: hardware.xml:346 +#: hardware.xml:332 hardware.xml:345 hardware.xml:346 #, no-c-format msgid "EB164" msgstr "EB164" @@ -860,9 +912,7 @@ msgid "eb164" msgstr "eb164" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:351 -#: hardware.xml:360 -#: hardware.xml:361 +#: hardware.xml:351 hardware.xml:360 hardware.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "EB64+" msgstr "EB64+" @@ -874,15 +924,13 @@ msgid "AlphaPC64" msgstr "AlphaPC64" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:353 -#: hardware.xml:357 +#: hardware.xml:353 hardware.xml:357 #, no-c-format msgid "Cabriolet" msgstr "Cabriolet" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:354 -#: hardware.xml:358 +#: hardware.xml:354 hardware.xml:358 #, no-c-format msgid "cabriolet" msgstr "cabriolet" @@ -900,9 +948,7 @@ msgid "eb64p" msgstr "eb64p" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:366 -#: hardware.xml:367 -#: hardware.xml:368 +#: hardware.xml:366 hardware.xml:367 hardware.xml:368 #, no-c-format msgid "EB66" msgstr "EB66" @@ -914,8 +960,7 @@ msgid "eb66" msgstr "eb66" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:371 -#: hardware.xml:372 +#: hardware.xml:371 hardware.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "EB66+" msgstr "EB66+" @@ -939,53 +984,22 @@ msgid "DEC 2000 Model 300(S)" msgstr "DEC 2000 Modell 300(S)" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:379 -#: hardware.xml:387 +#: hardware.xml:379 hardware.xml:387 #, no-c-format msgid "Jensen" msgstr "Jensen" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:380 -#: hardware.xml:384 -#: hardware.xml:388 -#: hardware.xml:449 -#: hardware.xml:453 -#: hardware.xml:471 -#: hardware.xml:475 -#: hardware.xml:479 -#: hardware.xml:483 -#: hardware.xml:487 -#: hardware.xml:491 -#: hardware.xml:495 -#: hardware.xml:509 -#: hardware.xml:513 -#: hardware.xml:517 -#: hardware.xml:521 -#: hardware.xml:525 -#: hardware.xml:559 -#: hardware.xml:563 -#: hardware.xml:567 -#: hardware.xml:571 -#: hardware.xml:585 -#: hardware.xml:589 -#: hardware.xml:593 -#: hardware.xml:597 -#: hardware.xml:604 -#: hardware.xml:608 -#: hardware.xml:612 -#: hardware.xml:616 -#: hardware.xml:620 -#: hardware.xml:624 -#: hardware.xml:628 -#: hardware.xml:632 -#: hardware.xml:636 -#: hardware.xml:640 -#: hardware.xml:644 -#: hardware.xml:648 -#: hardware.xml:652 -#: hardware.xml:659 -#: hardware.xml:663 +#: hardware.xml:380 hardware.xml:384 hardware.xml:388 hardware.xml:449 +#: hardware.xml:453 hardware.xml:471 hardware.xml:475 hardware.xml:479 +#: hardware.xml:483 hardware.xml:487 hardware.xml:491 hardware.xml:495 +#: hardware.xml:509 hardware.xml:513 hardware.xml:517 hardware.xml:521 +#: hardware.xml:525 hardware.xml:559 hardware.xml:563 hardware.xml:567 +#: hardware.xml:571 hardware.xml:585 hardware.xml:589 hardware.xml:593 +#: hardware.xml:597 hardware.xml:604 hardware.xml:608 hardware.xml:612 +#: hardware.xml:616 hardware.xml:620 hardware.xml:624 hardware.xml:628 +#: hardware.xml:632 hardware.xml:636 hardware.xml:640 hardware.xml:644 +#: hardware.xml:648 hardware.xml:652 hardware.xml:659 hardware.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>N/A</entry>" msgstr "<entry>Inte tillgänglig</entry>" @@ -1021,27 +1035,15 @@ msgid "Personal WorkStation 433a" msgstr "Personal WorkStation 433a" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:394 -#: hardware.xml:398 -#: hardware.xml:402 -#: hardware.xml:406 -#: hardware.xml:410 -#: hardware.xml:414 -#: hardware.xml:418 -#: hardware.xml:422 +#: hardware.xml:394 hardware.xml:398 hardware.xml:402 hardware.xml:406 +#: hardware.xml:410 hardware.xml:414 hardware.xml:418 hardware.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "Miata" msgstr "Miata" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:395 -#: hardware.xml:399 -#: hardware.xml:403 -#: hardware.xml:407 -#: hardware.xml:411 -#: hardware.xml:415 -#: hardware.xml:419 -#: hardware.xml:423 +#: hardware.xml:395 hardware.xml:399 hardware.xml:403 hardware.xml:407 +#: hardware.xml:411 hardware.xml:415 hardware.xml:419 hardware.xml:423 #, no-c-format msgid "miata" msgstr "miata" @@ -1107,10 +1109,7 @@ msgid "Mikasa" msgstr "Mikasa" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:430 -#: hardware.xml:434 -#: hardware.xml:438 -#: hardware.xml:442 +#: hardware.xml:430 hardware.xml:434 hardware.xml:438 hardware.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "mikasa" msgstr "mikasa" @@ -1128,8 +1127,7 @@ msgid "Mikasa+" msgstr "Mikasa+" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:436 -#: hardware.xml:440 +#: hardware.xml:436 hardware.xml:440 #, no-c-format msgid "AlphaServer 1000 5/300" msgstr "AlphaServer 1000 5/300" @@ -1195,8 +1193,7 @@ msgid "Noname" msgstr "Noname" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:460 -#: hardware.xml:464 +#: hardware.xml:460 hardware.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "noname" msgstr "noname" @@ -1262,9 +1259,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer 800 5/333...500" msgstr "AlphaServer 800 5/333...500" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:482 -#: hardware.xml:490 -#: hardware.xml:494 +#: hardware.xml:482 hardware.xml:490 hardware.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "Corelle" msgstr "Corelle" @@ -1300,8 +1295,7 @@ msgid "PLATFORM 2000" msgstr "PLATTFORM 2000" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:500 -#: hardware.xml:501 +#: hardware.xml:500 hardware.xml:501 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>P2K</entry>" msgstr "<entry>P2K</entry>" @@ -1325,8 +1319,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer 1200 5/xxx" msgstr "AlphaServer 1200 5/xxx" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:508 -#: hardware.xml:520 +#: hardware.xml:508 hardware.xml:520 #, no-c-format msgid "Tincup/DaVinci" msgstr "Tincup/DaVinci" @@ -1350,8 +1343,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer 4100 5/xxx" msgstr "AlphaServer 4100 5/xxx" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:516 -#: hardware.xml:524 +#: hardware.xml:516 hardware.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Dodge" msgstr "Dodge" @@ -1381,23 +1373,15 @@ msgid "DeskStation AlphaPC164-UX" msgstr "DeskStation AlphaPC164-UX" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:531 -#: hardware.xml:535 -#: hardware.xml:539 -#: hardware.xml:543 -#: hardware.xml:547 -#: hardware.xml:551 +#: hardware.xml:531 hardware.xml:535 hardware.xml:539 hardware.xml:543 +#: hardware.xml:547 hardware.xml:551 #, no-c-format msgid "Ruffian" msgstr "Ruffian" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:532 -#: hardware.xml:536 -#: hardware.xml:540 -#: hardware.xml:544 -#: hardware.xml:548 -#: hardware.xml:552 +#: hardware.xml:532 hardware.xml:536 hardware.xml:540 hardware.xml:544 +#: hardware.xml:548 hardware.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "ruffian" msgstr "ruffian" @@ -1553,9 +1537,7 @@ msgid "Privateer" msgstr "Privateer" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:595 -#: hardware.xml:634 -#: hardware.xml:638 +#: hardware.xml:595 hardware.xml:634 hardware.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "UNKNOWN" msgstr "OKÄND" @@ -1579,8 +1561,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer DS10" msgstr "AlphaServer DS10" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:603 -#: hardware.xml:651 +#: hardware.xml:603 hardware.xml:651 #, no-c-format msgid "Webbrick" msgstr "Webbrick" @@ -1646,8 +1627,7 @@ msgid "Clipper" msgstr "Clipper" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:626 -#: hardware.xml:627 +#: hardware.xml:626 hardware.xml:627 #, no-c-format msgid "DP264" msgstr "DP264" @@ -1719,8 +1699,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer GS160" msgstr "AlphaServer GS160" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:658 -#: hardware.xml:662 +#: hardware.xml:658 hardware.xml:662 #, no-c-format msgid "Wildfire" msgstr "Wildfire" @@ -1732,8 +1711,7 @@ msgid "AlphaServer GS320" msgstr "AlphaServer GS320" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:667 -#: hardware.xml:669 +#: hardware.xml:667 hardware.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>XL</entry>" msgstr "<entry>XL</entry>" @@ -1753,20 +1731,43 @@ msgstr "<entry>xl</entry>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:675 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is believed that Debian &releasename; supports installing on all alpha sub-architectures with the exception of the ARC-only Ruffian and XL sub-architectures and the Titan subarchitecture, which requires a change to the kernel compile options." -msgstr "Det är känt att Debian &releasename; har stöd för installationer på alla Alphas underarkitekturer med undantaget för Ruffian (endast ARC) och underarkitekturerna XL och Titan som kräver en ändring i inställningarna för kärnbyggnationen." +msgid "" +"It is believed that Debian &releasename; supports installing on all alpha " +"sub-architectures with the exception of the ARC-only Ruffian and XL sub-" +"architectures and the Titan subarchitecture, which requires a change to the " +"kernel compile options." +msgstr "" +"Det är känt att Debian &releasename; har stöd för installationer på alla " +"Alphas underarkitekturer med undantaget för Ruffian (endast ARC) och " +"underarkitekturerna XL och Titan som kräver en ändring i inställningarna för " +"kärnbyggnationen." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:692 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each distinct ARM architecture requires its own kernel. Because of this the standard Debian distribution only supports installation on a number of the most common systems. The Debian userland however may be used by <emphasis>any</emphasis> ARM CPU including xscale." -msgstr "Varje enstake ARM-arkitektur kräver sin egna kärna. På grund av det här har Debian-utgåvan endast stöd för installation på ett antal av de mest vanliga systemen. Debians användarmiljö kan dock användas av <emphasis>alla</emphasis> ARM-processor inklusive xscale." +msgid "" +"Each distinct ARM architecture requires its own kernel. Because of this the " +"standard Debian distribution only supports installation on a number of the " +"most common systems. The Debian userland however may be used by " +"<emphasis>any</emphasis> ARM CPU including xscale." +msgstr "" +"Varje enstake ARM-arkitektur kräver sin egna kärna. På grund av det här har " +"Debian-utgåvan endast stöd för installation på ett antal av de mest vanliga " +"systemen. Debians användarmiljö kan dock användas av <emphasis>alla</" +"emphasis> ARM-processor inklusive xscale." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:700 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most ARM CPUs may be run in either endian mode (big or little). However, the majority of current system implementation uses little-endian mode. Debian currently only supports little-endian ARM systems." -msgstr "De flesta ARM-processorer kan köras i båda endian-lägena (big eller little). Dock använder majoriteten av alla nuvarande systemimplementationer läget för little-endian. Debian har för närvarande endast stöd för little-endian på ARM-system." +msgid "" +"Most ARM CPUs may be run in either endian mode (big or little). However, the " +"majority of current system implementation uses little-endian mode. Debian " +"currently only supports little-endian ARM systems." +msgstr "" +"De flesta ARM-processorer kan köras i båda endian-lägena (big eller little). " +"Dock använder majoriteten av alla nuvarande systemimplementationer läget för " +"little-endian. Debian har för närvarande endast stöd för little-endian på " +"ARM-system." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:708 @@ -1783,8 +1784,18 @@ msgstr "Netwinder" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:716 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is actually the name for the group of machines based upon the StrongARM 110 CPU and Intel 21285 Northbridge (also known as Footbridge). It comprises of machines like: Netwinder (possibly one of the most common ARM boxes), CATS (also known as the EB110ATX), EBSA 285 and Compaq personal server (cps, aka skiff)." -msgstr "Det här är det faktiska namnet för gruppen av maskiner baserade på StrongARM 110-processorn och Intel 21285 Northbridge (även känd som Footbridge). Det omfattar maskiner såsom: Netwinder (antagligen en av de mest vanliga ARM-boxarna), CATS (också känd som EB110ATX), EBSA 285 och Compaq personal server (cps, också känd som skiff)." +msgid "" +"This is actually the name for the group of machines based upon the StrongARM " +"110 CPU and Intel 21285 Northbridge (also known as Footbridge). It comprises " +"of machines like: Netwinder (possibly one of the most common ARM boxes), " +"CATS (also known as the EB110ATX), EBSA 285 and Compaq personal server (cps, " +"aka skiff)." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det faktiska namnet för gruppen av maskiner baserade på StrongARM " +"110-processorn och Intel 21285 Northbridge (även känd som Footbridge). Det " +"omfattar maskiner såsom: Netwinder (antagligen en av de mest vanliga ARM-" +"boxarna), CATS (också känd som EB110ATX), EBSA 285 och Compaq personal " +"server (cps, också känd som skiff)." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:729 @@ -1795,8 +1806,16 @@ msgstr "NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:730 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Linksys NSLU2 (Network Storage Link for USB 2.0 Disk Drives) is a small device which allows you to easily provide storage via the network. It comes with an Ethernet connection and two USB ports to which hard drives can be connected." -msgstr "Linksys NSLU2 (Nätverkslagringslänk för USB 2.0-hårddiskar) är en liten enhet som låter dig enkelt erbjuda lagringsmöjlighet via nätverket. Den kommer med en Ethernet-anslutning och två USB-portar till vilka hårddiskar kan anslutas." +msgid "" +"The Linksys NSLU2 (Network Storage Link for USB 2.0 Disk Drives) is a small " +"device which allows you to easily provide storage via the network. It comes " +"with an Ethernet connection and two USB ports to which hard drives can be " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"Linksys NSLU2 (Nätverkslagringslänk för USB 2.0-hårddiskar) är en liten " +"enhet som låter dig enkelt erbjuda lagringsmöjlighet via nätverket. Den " +"kommer med en Ethernet-anslutning och två USB-portar till vilka hårddiskar " +"kan anslutas." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:741 @@ -1807,24 +1826,56 @@ msgstr "<term>RiscPC</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:742 #, no-c-format -msgid "This machine is the oldest supported hardware: it was released in 1994. It has RISC OS in ROM, Linux can be booted from that OS using linloader. The RiscPC has a modular CPU card and typically has a 30MHz 610, 40MHz 710 or 233MHz Strongarm 110 CPU fitted. The mainboard has integrated IDE, SVGA video, parallel port, single serial port, PS/2 keyboard and proprietary mouse port. The proprietary module expansion bus allows for up to eight expansion cards to be fitted depending on configuration, several of these modules have Linux drivers." -msgstr "Den här maskinen är den äldsta maskinvaran som stöds: den gavs ut 1994. Det har RISC OS i ROM, Linux kan startas från det med linloader. RiscPC har ett modulärt processorkort och har normalt sett en 30MHz 610, 40MHz 710 eller en 233MHz Strongarm 110-processor. Moderkortet har integrerad IDE, SVGA, video, parallellport, en serieport, PS/2-tangentbord och properitär musport. Den properitära modulutökningsbussen tillåter upp till åtta utökningskort att monteras beroende på konfiguration, flera av dessa moduler har Linux-drivrutiner." +msgid "" +"This machine is the oldest supported hardware: it was released in 1994. It " +"has RISC OS in ROM, Linux can be booted from that OS using linloader. The " +"RiscPC has a modular CPU card and typically has a 30MHz 610, 40MHz 710 or " +"233MHz Strongarm 110 CPU fitted. The mainboard has integrated IDE, SVGA " +"video, parallel port, single serial port, PS/2 keyboard and proprietary " +"mouse port. The proprietary module expansion bus allows for up to eight " +"expansion cards to be fitted depending on configuration, several of these " +"modules have Linux drivers." +msgstr "" +"Den här maskinen är den äldsta maskinvaran som stöds: den gavs ut 1994. Det " +"har RISC OS i ROM, Linux kan startas från det med linloader. RiscPC har ett " +"modulärt processorkort och har normalt sett en 30MHz 610, 40MHz 710 eller en " +"233MHz Strongarm 110-processor. Moderkortet har integrerad IDE, SVGA, video, " +"parallellport, en serieport, PS/2-tangentbord och properitär musport. Den " +"properitära modulutökningsbussen tillåter upp till åtta utökningskort att " +"monteras beroende på konfiguration, flera av dessa moduler har Linux-" +"drivrutiner." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "The are two major support <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: PA-RISC 1.1 and PA-RISC 2.0. The PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is targeted at 32-bit processors whereas the 2.0 architecture is targeted to the 64-bit processors. Some systems are able to run either kernel. In both cases, the userland is 32-bit. There is the possibility of a 64-bit userland in the future." -msgstr "Det finns två större <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> varianter som stöds: PA-RISC 1.1 och PA-RISC 2.0. Målsättningen för arkitekturen PA-RISC 1.1 är 32-bitars processor och 2.0-arkitekturen är målet 64-bitar processorer. Vissa system kan köra båda kärnorna. I båda fallet är userland 32-bitars. Det finns en möjlighet för ett 64-bitars userland i framtiden." +msgid "" +"The are two major support <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: PA-" +"RISC 1.1 and PA-RISC 2.0. The PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is targeted at 32-bit " +"processors whereas the 2.0 architecture is targeted to the 64-bit " +"processors. Some systems are able to run either kernel. In both cases, the " +"userland is 32-bit. There is the possibility of a 64-bit userland in the " +"future." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två större <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> varianter som " +"stöds: PA-RISC 1.1 och PA-RISC 2.0. Målsättningen för arkitekturen PA-RISC " +"1.1 är 32-bitars processor och 2.0-arkitekturen är målet 64-bitar " +"processorer. Vissa system kan köra båda kärnorna. I båda fallet är userland " +"32-bitars. Det finns en möjlighet för ett 64-bitars userland i framtiden." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:786 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information concerning supported peripherals can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. This section merely outlines the basics." -msgstr "Komplett information angående kringutrustning som stöds kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. Den här sektionen innehåller endast grundläggande information." +msgid "" +"Complete information concerning supported peripherals can be found at <ulink " +"url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. " +"This section merely outlines the basics." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående kringutrustning som stöds kan hittas i <ulink " +"url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. Den " +"här sektionen innehåller endast grundläggande information." #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:794 -#: hardware.xml:911 +#: hardware.xml:794 hardware.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "<title>CPU</title>" msgstr "<title>Processor</title>" @@ -1832,8 +1883,16 @@ msgstr "<title>Processor</title>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:795 #, no-c-format -msgid "Nearly all x86-based processors are supported; this includes AMD and VIA (former Cyrix) processors as well. Also the new processors like Athlon XP and Intel P4 Xeon are supported. However, Linux will <emphasis>not</emphasis> run on 286 or earlier processors." -msgstr "Nästan alla x86-baserade processorer finns stöd för; det här inkluderar processorer från AMD och VIA (tidigare Cyrix) också. Även nya processorer som Athlon XP och Intel P4 Xeon finns stöd för. Dock kan Linux <emphasis>inte</emphasis> köras på 286 eller tidigare processorer." +msgid "" +"Nearly all x86-based processors are supported; this includes AMD and VIA " +"(former Cyrix) processors as well. Also the new processors like Athlon XP " +"and Intel P4 Xeon are supported. However, Linux will <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> run on 286 or earlier processors." +msgstr "" +"Nästan alla x86-baserade processorer finns stöd för; det här inkluderar " +"processorer från AMD och VIA (tidigare Cyrix) också. Även nya processorer " +"som Athlon XP och Intel P4 Xeon finns stöd för. Dock kan Linux " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> köras på 286 eller tidigare processorer." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:805 @@ -1844,50 +1903,177 @@ msgstr "In/ut-buss" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:806 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system bus is the part of the motherboard which allows the CPU to communicate with peripherals such as storage devices. Your computer must use the ISA, EISA, PCI, the Microchannel Architecture (MCA, used in IBM's PS/2 line), or VESA Local Bus (VLB, sometimes called the VL bus)." -msgstr "Systembussen är den del av moderkortet som tillåter processorn att kommunicera med kringutrustning såsom lagringsenheter. Din dator måste använda ISA, EISA, PCI, MCA (Microchannel Architecture som används i IBM:s PS/2-utrustning) eller VESA Local Bus (VLB, kallas ibland VL-buss)." +msgid "" +"The system bus is the part of the motherboard which allows the CPU to " +"communicate with peripherals such as storage devices. Your computer must use " +"the ISA, EISA, PCI, the Microchannel Architecture (MCA, used in IBM's PS/2 " +"line), or VESA Local Bus (VLB, sometimes called the VL bus)." +msgstr "" +"Systembussen är den del av moderkortet som tillåter processorn att " +"kommunicera med kringutrustning såsom lagringsenheter. Din dator måste " +"använda ISA, EISA, PCI, MCA (Microchannel Architecture som används i IBM:s " +"PS/2-utrustning) eller VESA Local Bus (VLB, kallas ibland VL-buss)." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:829 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information concerning supported M68000 based (<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) systems can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. This section merely outlines the basics." -msgstr "Komplett information angående stöd för M68000-baserade (<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) system kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Den här sektionen innehåller endast grundläggande information." +msgid "" +"Complete information concerning supported M68000 based " +"(<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) systems can be found at the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. This section merely outlines the " +"basics." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående stöd för M68000-baserade " +"(<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) system kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-" +"m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Den här sektionen innehåller endast " +"grundläggande information." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:836 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; port of Linux runs on any 680x0 with a PMMU (Paged Memory Management Unit) and a FPU (floating-point unit). This includes the 68020 with an external 68851 PMMU, the 68030, and better, and excludes the <quote>EC</quote> line of 680x0 processors. See the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> for complete details." -msgstr "Porteringen av &architecture; för Linux körs på valfri 680x0 med en PMMU (Paged Memory Management Unit) och en FPU (flyttalsprocessor). Det här inkluderar 68020 med en extern 68851 PMMU, 68030 och bättre men inte de olika <quote>EC</quote>-modellerna av 680x0-processorerna. Se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> för kompletterande detaljer." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; port of Linux runs on any 680x0 with a PMMU (Paged Memory " +"Management Unit) and a FPU (floating-point unit). This includes the 68020 " +"with an external 68851 PMMU, the 68030, and better, and excludes the " +"<quote>EC</quote> line of 680x0 processors. See the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-" +"faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> for complete details." +msgstr "" +"Porteringen av &architecture; för Linux körs på valfri 680x0 med en PMMU " +"(Paged Memory Management Unit) och en FPU (flyttalsprocessor). Det här " +"inkluderar 68020 med en extern 68851 PMMU, 68030 och bättre men inte de " +"olika <quote>EC</quote>-modellerna av 680x0-processorerna. Se <ulink url=" +"\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> för kompletterande detaljer." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:844 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: Amiga, Atari, Macintosh and VME machines. Amiga and Atari were the first two systems to which Linux was ported; in keeping, they are also the two most well-supported Debian ports. The Macintosh line is supported incompletely, both by Debian and by the Linux kernel; see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;\">Linux m68k for Macintosh</ulink> for project status and supported hardware. The BVM and Motorola single board VMEbus computers are the most recent addition to the list of machines supported by Debian. Ports to other &architecture; architectures, such as the Sun3 architecture and NeXT black box, are underway but not yet supported by Debian." -msgstr "Det finns fyra större varianter av <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> som stöds: Amiga, Atari, Macintosh och VME-maskiner. Amiga och Atari var de första två system till vilka Linux porterades; de var också de två Debianporteringar med mest stöd. Macintosh-familjen saknar fullt stöd, både av Debian och av Linux-kärnan; se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;\">Linux m68k för Macintosh</ulink> för projektstatus och maskinvara som stöds. BVM- och Motorola enkelkorts VMEbus-datorer är de senast tillagda till listan av maskiner som stöds av Debian. Porteringar till andra &architecture;-arkitekturer, såsom Sun3-arkitekturen och NeXT-blackbox pågår men stöds ännu inte av Debian." +msgid "" +"There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: " +"Amiga, Atari, Macintosh and VME machines. Amiga and Atari were the first two " +"systems to which Linux was ported; in keeping, they are also the two most " +"well-supported Debian ports. The Macintosh line is supported incompletely, " +"both by Debian and by the Linux kernel; see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;" +"\">Linux m68k for Macintosh</ulink> for project status and supported " +"hardware. The BVM and Motorola single board VMEbus computers are the most " +"recent addition to the list of machines supported by Debian. Ports to other " +"&architecture; architectures, such as the Sun3 architecture and NeXT black " +"box, are underway but not yet supported by Debian." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra större varianter av <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> som " +"stöds: Amiga, Atari, Macintosh och VME-maskiner. Amiga och Atari var de " +"första två system till vilka Linux porterades; de var också de två " +"Debianporteringar med mest stöd. Macintosh-familjen saknar fullt stöd, både " +"av Debian och av Linux-kärnan; se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;\">Linux m68k " +"för Macintosh</ulink> för projektstatus och maskinvara som stöds. BVM- och " +"Motorola enkelkorts VMEbus-datorer är de senast tillagda till listan av " +"maskiner som stöds av Debian. Porteringar till andra &architecture;-" +"arkitekturer, såsom Sun3-arkitekturen och NeXT-blackbox pågår men stöds ännu " +"inte av Debian." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:871 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: this platform includes the SGI machines Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S. Since these machines are very similar, whenever this document refers to the SGI Indy, the Indigo 2 and Challenge S are meant as well. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: this platform is generally known as SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A 1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." -msgstr "Debian på &arch-title; stöder för närvarande följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: den här plattformen inkluderar SGI-maskinerna Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S. Eftersom dessa maskiner är mycket lika och när det här dokumentet refererar till SGI Indy, innefattar det även Indigo 2 och Challenge S. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: den här plattformen är generellt sett känd som SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): det här är ett ATX-evalueringskort från Broadcom baserat på deras dubbelkärnade SB1 1250-processor. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): det är är ett ATX-format evalueringskort från Broadcom baserad på deras fyrkärnade SB1A 1480-processor. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information angående stöd för mips/mipsel-maskiner kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS-hemsidan</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system som stöds av Debians installerare av täckas in. Om du letar efter stöd för andra underarkitekturer, vänligen kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> SGI IP22: this platform includes the SGI machines Indy, " +"Indigo 2 and Challenge S. Since these machines are very similar, whenever " +"this document refers to the SGI Indy, the Indigo 2 and Challenge S are meant " +"as well. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: this platform is " +"generally known as SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom " +"BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom " +"based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board " +"from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A 1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines " +"can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</" +"ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer " +"will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, " +"please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-" +"listname; mailing list</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian på &arch-title; stöder för närvarande följande plattformar: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: den här plattformen inkluderar SGI-" +"maskinerna Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S. Eftersom dessa maskiner är mycket " +"lika och när det här dokumentet refererar till SGI Indy, innefattar det även " +"Indigo 2 och Challenge S. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: den " +"här plattformen är generellt sett känd som SGI O2. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): det här är ett ATX-" +"evalueringskort från Broadcom baserat på deras dubbelkärnade SB1 1250-" +"processor. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): " +"det är är ett ATX-format evalueringskort från Broadcom baserad på deras " +"fyrkärnade SB1A 1480-processor. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett " +"information angående stöd för mips/mipsel-maskiner kan hittas på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS-hemsidan</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer " +"endast system som stöds av Debians installerare av täckas in. Om du letar " +"efter stöd för andra underarkitekturer, vänligen kontakta sändlistan <ulink " +"url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:912 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S with R4000, R4400, R4600 and R5000 processors are supported by the Debian installation system on big endian MIPS. On SGI IP32, currently only systems based on the R5000 are supported. The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, the BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with four cores which are supported in SMP mode." -msgstr "På SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S med R4000, R4400, R4600 och R5000-processorer stöds av Debians installationssystem på big-endian MIPS. På SGI IP32, stöds för närvarande endast system baserade på R5000. Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A kommer med ett SB1 1250-chip med två kärnor som stöds i SMP-läget av den här installeraren. Även evalueringskortet BCM91480B som innehåller ett SB1A 1480-chip med fyra kärnor stöds i SMP-läget." +msgid "" +"On SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S with R4000, R4400, R4600 and " +"R5000 processors are supported by the Debian installation system on big " +"endian MIPS. On SGI IP32, currently only systems based on the R5000 are " +"supported. The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 " +"chip with two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. " +"Similarly, the BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with " +"four cores which are supported in SMP mode." +msgstr "" +"På SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S med R4000, R4400, R4600 och " +"R5000-processorer stöds av Debians installationssystem på big-endian MIPS. " +"På SGI IP32, stöds för närvarande endast system baserade på R5000. " +"Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A kommer med ett SB1 1250-chip med två " +"kärnor som stöds i SMP-läget av den här installeraren. Även " +"evalueringskortet BCM91480B som innehåller ett SB1A 1480-chip med fyra " +"kärnor stöds i SMP-läget." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:922 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some MIPS machines can be operated in both big and little endian mode. For little endian MIPS, please read the documentation for the mipsel architecture." -msgstr "Vissa MIPS-maskiner kan opereras i både big- och little-endian. För little-endian MIPS, vänligen läs dokumentationen för arkitekturen mipsel." +msgid "" +"Some MIPS machines can be operated in both big and little endian mode. For " +"little endian MIPS, please read the documentation for the mipsel " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"Vissa MIPS-maskiner kan opereras i både big- och little-endian. För little-" +"endian MIPS, vänligen läs dokumentationen för arkitekturen mipsel." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:939 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> DECstation: various models of the DECstation are supported. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: only MIPS based Cobalt machines are covered here. This includes the Cobalt Qube 2700 (Qube1), RaQ, Qube2 and RaQ2, and the Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A 1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." -msgstr "Debian på &arch-title; stöds på följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> DECstation: olika modeller av DECstation stöds. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: endast MIPS-baserade Cobalt-maskiner täcks in här. Det här inkluderar Cobalt Qube 2700 (Qube1), RaQ, Qube2 och RaQ2, och Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): det här är ett ATX-evalueringskort från Broadcom baserat på deras dubbelkärnade SB1 1250-processor. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): detta är ett ATX-evalueringskort från Broadcom baserad på deras fyrkärnade SB1A 1480-processor. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information angående vilka mips/mipsel-maskiner som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS-hemsidan</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system som stöds av Debians installerare att täckas in. Om du letar efter stöds för andra underarkitekturer, vänligen kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> DECstation: various models of the DECstation are supported. " +"</para></listitem> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: only MIPS based " +"Cobalt machines are covered here. This includes the Cobalt Qube 2700 " +"(Qube1), RaQ, Qube2 and RaQ2, and the Gateway Microserver. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): this is an ATX form " +"factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the dual-core SB1 1250 CPU. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): this is an " +"ATX form factor evaluation board from Broadcom based on the quad-core SB1A " +"1480 CPU. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding " +"supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-" +"mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems " +"supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for " +"support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian på &arch-title; stöds på följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> DECstation: olika modeller av DECstation stöds. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: endast MIPS-baserade Cobalt-" +"maskiner täcks in här. Det här inkluderar Cobalt Qube 2700 (Qube1), RaQ, " +"Qube2 och RaQ2, och Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM): det här är ett ATX-evalueringskort från Broadcom " +"baserat på deras dubbelkärnade SB1 1250-processor. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur): detta är ett ATX-" +"evalueringskort från Broadcom baserad på deras fyrkärnade SB1A 1480-" +"processor. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information angående " +"vilka mips/mipsel-maskiner som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-" +"mips;\">Linux-MIPS-hemsidan</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system " +"som stöds av Debians installerare att täckas in. Om du letar efter stöds för " +"andra underarkitekturer, vänligen kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-" +"subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:979 @@ -1898,8 +2084,14 @@ msgstr "Processor/Maskintyper" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:981 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently only DECstations with R3000 and R4000/R4400 CPUs are supported by the Debian installation system on little endian MIPS. The Debian installation system works on the following machines:" -msgstr "För närvarande stöds endast DECstations med R3000 och R4000/R4400-processorer av Debians installationssystem på little-endian MIPS. Debians installationssystem fungerar på följande maskiner:" +msgid "" +"Currently only DECstations with R3000 and R4000/R4400 CPUs are supported by " +"the Debian installation system on little endian MIPS. The Debian " +"installation system works on the following machines:" +msgstr "" +"För närvarande stöds endast DECstations med R3000 och R4000/R4400-" +"processorer av Debians installationssystem på little-endian MIPS. Debians " +"installationssystem fungerar på följande maskiner:" #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:993 @@ -1932,17 +2124,13 @@ msgid "DECstation 5000/1xx" msgstr "DECstation 5000/1xx" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1001 -#: hardware.xml:1011 -#: hardware.xml:1016 -#: hardware.xml:1026 +#: hardware.xml:1001 hardware.xml:1011 hardware.xml:1016 hardware.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "R3000" msgstr "R3000" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1002 -#: hardware.xml:1007 +#: hardware.xml:1002 hardware.xml:1007 #, no-c-format msgid "3MIN" msgstr "3MIN" @@ -1954,8 +2142,7 @@ msgid "DECstation 5000/150" msgstr "DECstation 5000/150" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1006 -#: hardware.xml:1031 +#: hardware.xml:1006 hardware.xml:1031 #, no-c-format msgid "R4000" msgstr "R4000" @@ -1979,8 +2166,7 @@ msgid "DECstation 5000/240" msgstr "DECstation 5000/240" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1017 -#: hardware.xml:1022 +#: hardware.xml:1017 hardware.xml:1022 #, no-c-format msgid "3MAX+" msgstr "3MAX+" @@ -2004,8 +2190,7 @@ msgid "Personal DECstation 5000/xx" msgstr "Personal DECstation 5000/xx" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1027 -#: hardware.xml:1032 +#: hardware.xml:1027 hardware.xml:1032 #, no-c-format msgid "Maxine" msgstr "Maxine" @@ -2019,14 +2204,28 @@ msgstr "Personal DECstation 5000/50" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -msgid "All Cobalt machines are supported. In the past, only machines with a serial console were supported (that is, all machines except for the Qube 2700, aka Qube1). However, installations are now also possible through SSH." -msgstr "Alla Cobalt-maskiner stöds. Tidigare fanns det bara stöd för maskiner med en seriekonsoll (alltså, alla maskiner förutom Qube 2700, även kallad Qube1). Dock är nu även installationer möjliga genom SSH." +msgid "" +"All Cobalt machines are supported. In the past, only machines with a serial " +"console were supported (that is, all machines except for the Qube 2700, aka " +"Qube1). However, installations are now also possible through SSH." +msgstr "" +"Alla Cobalt-maskiner stöds. Tidigare fanns det bara stöd för maskiner med en " +"seriekonsoll (alltså, alla maskiner förutom Qube 2700, även kallad Qube1). " +"Dock är nu även installationer möjliga genom SSH." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1044 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, the BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with four cores which are supported in SMP mode." -msgstr "Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A kommer med ett SB1 1250-chip med två kärnor som stöds i SMP-läget av den här installeraren. Även evalueringskortet BCM91480B som innehåller ett SB1A 1480-chip med fyra kärnor stöds i SMP-läget." +msgid "" +"The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with two " +"cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, the " +"BCM91480B evaluation board contains an SB1A 1480 chip with four cores which " +"are supported in SMP mode." +msgstr "" +"Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A kommer med ett SB1 1250-chip med två " +"kärnor som stöds i SMP-läget av den här installeraren. Även " +"evalueringskortet BCM91480B som innehåller ett SB1A 1480-chip med fyra " +"kärnor stöds i SMP-läget." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1054 @@ -2037,20 +2236,48 @@ msgstr "Konsollinställningar som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -msgid "A serial console is available on all supported DECstations (9600 bps, 8N1). To use the serial console, you have to boot the installer image with the <literal>console=ttyS</literal><replaceable>x</replaceable> kernel parameter (with <replaceable>x</replaceable> being the number of the serial port you have your terminal connected to — usually <literal>2</literal>, but <literal>0</literal> for the Personal DECstations). On 3MIN and 3MAX+ (DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 and 5000/260) a local console is available with the PMAG-BA and the PMAGB-B graphics options." -msgstr "En seriekonsoll finns tillgänglig på alla DECstation (9600 bps, 8N1) som stöds. För att använda en seriekonsoll måste du starta upp installationsavbilden med kärnparametern <literal>console=ttyS</literal><replaceable>x</replaceable> (där <replaceable>x</replaceable> är siffran på den serieport som du har din terminal ansluten till — normalt sett <literal>2</literal>, men <literal>0</literal> för Personal DECstation). För 3MIN och 3MAX+ (DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 och 5000/260) är lokal konsoll tillgänglig med grafikalternativen PMAG-BA och PMAGB-B." +msgid "" +"A serial console is available on all supported DECstations (9600 bps, 8N1). " +"To use the serial console, you have to boot the installer image with the " +"<literal>console=ttyS</literal><replaceable>x</replaceable> kernel parameter " +"(with <replaceable>x</replaceable> being the number of the serial port you " +"have your terminal connected to — usually <literal>2</literal>, but " +"<literal>0</literal> for the Personal DECstations). On 3MIN and 3MAX+ " +"(DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 and 5000/260) a local console is available " +"with the PMAG-BA and the PMAGB-B graphics options." +msgstr "" +"En seriekonsoll finns tillgänglig på alla DECstation (9600 bps, 8N1) som " +"stöds. För att använda en seriekonsoll måste du starta upp " +"installationsavbilden med kärnparametern <literal>console=ttyS</" +"literal><replaceable>x</replaceable> (där <replaceable>x</replaceable> är " +"siffran på den serieport som du har din terminal ansluten till — " +"normalt sett <literal>2</literal>, men <literal>0</literal> för Personal " +"DECstation). För 3MIN och 3MAX+ (DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 och 5000/260) " +"är lokal konsoll tillgänglig med grafikalternativen PMAG-BA och PMAGB-B." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1066 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have a Linux system to use as serial terminal, an easy way is to run <command>cu</command><footnote> <para> In Woody this command was part of the <classname>uucp</classname> package, but in later releases it is available as a separate package. </para> </footnote> on it. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you have a Linux system to use as serial terminal, an easy way is to run " +"<command>cu</command><footnote> <para> In Woody this command was part of the " +"<classname>uucp</classname> package, but in later releases it is available " +"as a separate package. </para> </footnote> on it. Example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "$ cu -l /dev/ttyS1 -s 9600\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where the option <literal>-l</literal> (line) sets the serial port to use and <literal>-s</literal> (speed) sets the speed for the connection (9600 bits per second)." +"</screen></informalexample> where the option <literal>-l</literal> (line) " +"sets the serial port to use and <literal>-s</literal> (speed) sets the speed " +"for the connection (9600 bits per second)." msgstr "" -"Om du har ett Linux-system att använda som serieterminal, ett lätt sätt är att köra <command>cu</command><footnote> <para> I Woody var det här kommandot en del av paketet <classname>uucp</classname>, men i senare utgåvor är det tillgängligt som ett separat paket. </para> </footnote> på det. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du har ett Linux-system att använda som serieterminal, ett lätt sätt är " +"att köra <command>cu</command><footnote> <para> I Woody var det här " +"kommandot en del av paketet <classname>uucp</classname>, men i senare " +"utgåvor är det tillgängligt som ett separat paket. </para> </footnote> på " +"det. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ cu -l /dev/ttyS1 -s 9600\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där flaggan <literal>-l</literal> (line) ställer in serieporten som ska användas och <literal>-s</literal> (hastighet) ställer in hastigheten för anslutningen (9600 bitar per sekund)." +"</screen></informalexample> där flaggan <literal>-l</literal> (line) ställer " +"in serieporten som ska användas och <literal>-s</literal> (hastighet) " +"ställer in hastigheten för anslutningen (9600 bitar per sekund)." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1084 @@ -2061,14 +2288,30 @@ msgstr "Både Cobalt och Broadcom BCM91250A/BCM91480B använder 115200 bps." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1098 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> subarchitectures: PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System), and CHRP machines. Each subarchitecture has its own boot methods. In addition, there are four different kernel flavours, supporting different CPU variants." -msgstr "Det finns fyra större <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>-underarkitekturer som stöds: PMac (Power-Macintosh), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System) och CHRP-maskiner. Varje underarkitektur har sina egna uppstartsmetoder. I tillägg finns det fyra olika varianter av kärnan med stöd för olika processorvarianter." +msgid "" +"There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> " +"subarchitectures: PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga " +"Power-UP System), and CHRP machines. Each subarchitecture has its own boot " +"methods. In addition, there are four different kernel flavours, supporting " +"different CPU variants." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra större <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>-underarkitekturer " +"som stöds: PMac (Power-Macintosh), PReP, APUS (Amiga Power-UP System) och " +"CHRP-maskiner. Varje underarkitektur har sina egna uppstartsmetoder. I " +"tillägg finns det fyra olika varianter av kärnan med stöd för olika " +"processorvarianter." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 #, no-c-format -msgid "Ports to other <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> architectures, such as the Be-Box and MBX architecture, are underway but not yet supported by Debian. We may have a 64-bit port in the future." -msgstr "Porteringar till andra <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> arkitekturer, såsom Be-Box och MBX-arkitekturen är på gång men stöds ännu inte av Debian. Vi kan ha en 64-bitars portering i framtiden." +msgid "" +"Ports to other <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> architectures, such as " +"the Be-Box and MBX architecture, are underway but not yet supported by " +"Debian. We may have a 64-bit port in the future." +msgstr "" +"Porteringar till andra <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> arkitekturer, " +"såsom Be-Box och MBX-arkitekturen är på gång men stöds ännu inte av Debian. " +"Vi kan ha en 64-bitars portering i framtiden." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1114 @@ -2079,8 +2322,12 @@ msgstr "Varianter av kärnan" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are four flavours of the powerpc kernel in Debian, based on the CPU type:" -msgstr "Det finns fyra varianter av powerpc-kärnan i Debian, baserat på processortypen:" +msgid "" +"There are four flavours of the powerpc kernel in Debian, based on the CPU " +"type:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra varianter av powerpc-kärnan i Debian, baserat på " +"processortypen:" #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1123 @@ -2091,8 +2338,15 @@ msgstr "<term>powerpc</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." -msgstr "De flesta system använder den här varianten av kärnan, vilken har stöds för PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 och 7400-processorerna. Alla Apple Power Mac-maskiner upp till och med den som marknadsförs som G4 använder en av dessa processorer." +msgid "" +"Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, " +"604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and " +"including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." +msgstr "" +"De flesta system använder den här varianten av kärnan, vilken har stöds för " +"PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 och 7400-processorerna. Alla Apple Power Mac-" +"maskiner upp till och med den som marknadsförs som G4 använder en av dessa " +"processorer." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 @@ -2109,20 +2363,34 @@ msgstr "Kärnvarianten power64 har stöd för följande processorer:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The POWER3 processor is used in older IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the IntelliStation POWER Model 265, the pSeries 610 and 640, and the RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260, and 7044-270." -msgstr "POWER3-processorn används i äldre IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller inkluderar IntelliStation POWER Model 265, pSeries 610 och 640, RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260 och 7044-270." +msgid "" +"The POWER3 processor is used in older IBM 64-bit server systems: known " +"models include the IntelliStation POWER Model 265, the pSeries 610 and 640, " +"and the RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260, and 7044-270." +msgstr "" +"POWER3-processorn används i äldre IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller " +"inkluderar IntelliStation POWER Model 265, pSeries 610 och 640, RS/6000 7044-" +"170, 7043-260 och 7044-270." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1145 #, no-c-format -msgid "The POWER4 processor is used in more recent IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670, and 690." -msgstr "Processorn POWER4 används i senare IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller inkluderar pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670 och 690." +msgid "" +"The POWER4 processor is used in more recent IBM 64-bit server systems: known " +"models include the pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670, and 690." +msgstr "" +"Processorn POWER4 används i senare IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända " +"modeller inkluderar pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670 och 690." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1150 #, no-c-format -msgid "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 architecture, and use this kernel flavour." -msgstr "System som använder Apple G5 (PPC970FX-processor) är också baserad på POWER4-arkitekturen och använder den här kärnvarianten." +msgid "" +"Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " +"architecture, and use this kernel flavour." +msgstr "" +"System som använder Apple G5 (PPC970FX-processor) är också baserad på POWER4-" +"arkitekturen och använder den här kärnvarianten." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 @@ -2145,8 +2413,12 @@ msgstr "<term>apus</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1169 #, no-c-format -msgid "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is currently disabled." -msgstr "Den här kärnvarianten har stöd för Amiga Power-UP System men den är för närvarande inaktiverad." +msgid "" +"This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is " +"currently disabled." +msgstr "" +"Den här kärnvarianten har stöd för Amiga Power-UP System men den är för " +"närvarande inaktiverad." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1182 @@ -2157,32 +2429,64 @@ msgstr "Underarkitekturen Power Macintosh (pmac)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple (and briefly a few other manufacturers — Power Computing, for example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." -msgstr "Apple (och några få andra tillverkare — Power Computing, till exempel) tillverkar en serie av Macintosh-datorer baserade på PowerPC-processorn. För att ge stöd för arkitekturerna har de kategoriserats som NuBus (stöds inte av Debian), OldWorld och NewWorld." +msgid "" +"Apple (and briefly a few other manufacturers — Power Computing, for " +"example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC " +"processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as " +"NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." +msgstr "" +"Apple (och några få andra tillverkare — Power Computing, till exempel) " +"tillverkar en serie av Macintosh-datorer baserade på PowerPC-processorn. För " +"att ge stöd för arkitekturerna har de kategoriserats som NuBus (stöds inte " +"av Debian), OldWorld och NewWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1191 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld systems are most Power Macintoshes with a floppy drive and a PCI bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." -msgstr "OldWorld-systemen är de flesta Power Macintosh med en diskettenhet och en PCI-buss. De flesta 603, 603e, 604 och 604e-baserade Power Macintosh är OldWorld-maskiner. De som kom före iMac PowerPC-modellerna från Apple använde ett fyrsiffrigt namnschema, undantaget de beigefärgade G3-systemen som också är OldWorld." +msgid "" +"OldWorld systems are most Power Macintoshes with a floppy drive and a PCI " +"bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld " +"machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming " +"scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld-systemen är de flesta Power Macintosh med en diskettenhet och en " +"PCI-buss. De flesta 603, 603e, 604 och 604e-baserade Power Macintosh är " +"OldWorld-maskiner. De som kom före iMac PowerPC-modellerna från Apple " +"använde ett fyrsiffrigt namnschema, undantaget de beigefärgade G3-systemen " +"som också är OldWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -msgid "The so called NewWorld PowerMacs are any PowerMacs in translucent colored plastic cases and later models. That includes all iMacs, iBooks, G4 systems, blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." -msgstr "De så kallade NewWorld PowerMac är alla PowerMac i halvgenomskinligt färgade plastkabinett. Det inkluderar alla iMac, iBook, G4-system, blåfärgade G3-system och de flesta PowerBook tillverkade i och efter 1999. NewWorld PowerMac är också kända för att använda <quote>ROM i RAM</quote>-system för MacOS och tillverkades från mitten av 1998 och framåt." +msgid "" +"The so called NewWorld PowerMacs are any PowerMacs in translucent colored " +"plastic cases and later models. That includes all iMacs, iBooks, G4 systems, " +"blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. " +"The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</" +"quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." +msgstr "" +"De så kallade NewWorld PowerMac är alla PowerMac i halvgenomskinligt färgade " +"plastkabinett. Det inkluderar alla iMac, iBook, G4-system, blåfärgade G3-" +"system och de flesta PowerBook tillverkade i och efter 1999. NewWorld " +"PowerMac är också kända för att använda <quote>ROM i RAM</quote>-system för " +"MacOS och tillverkades från mitten av 1998 och framåt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specifications for Apple hardware are available at <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink>, and, for older hardware, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." -msgstr "Specifikationer för Apple-maskinvara finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink> och för äldre maskinvara, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Specifications for Apple hardware are available at <ulink url=\"http://www." +"info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink>, and, for older " +"hardware, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/" +"index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Specifikationer för Apple-maskinvara finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink> och " +"för äldre maskinvara, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/" +"applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1223 -#: hardware.xml:1358 -#: hardware.xml:1402 -#: hardware.xml:1431 +#: hardware.xml:1223 hardware.xml:1358 hardware.xml:1402 hardware.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "Model Name/Number" msgstr "Modellnamn/Nummer" @@ -2206,22 +2510,10 @@ msgid "iMac Bondi Blue, 5 Flavors, Slot Loading" msgstr "iMac Bondi Blue, 5 sorter, Slot Loading" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1232 -#: hardware.xml:1235 -#: hardware.xml:1238 -#: hardware.xml:1241 -#: hardware.xml:1244 -#: hardware.xml:1247 -#: hardware.xml:1250 -#: hardware.xml:1253 -#: hardware.xml:1256 -#: hardware.xml:1259 -#: hardware.xml:1262 -#: hardware.xml:1265 -#: hardware.xml:1268 -#: hardware.xml:1271 -#: hardware.xml:1274 -#: hardware.xml:1277 +#: hardware.xml:1232 hardware.xml:1235 hardware.xml:1238 hardware.xml:1241 +#: hardware.xml:1244 hardware.xml:1247 hardware.xml:1250 hardware.xml:1253 +#: hardware.xml:1256 hardware.xml:1259 hardware.xml:1262 hardware.xml:1265 +#: hardware.xml:1268 hardware.xml:1271 hardware.xml:1274 hardware.xml:1277 #, no-c-format msgid "NewWorld" msgstr "NewWorld" @@ -2323,22 +2615,10 @@ msgid "Performa 4400, 54xx, 5500" msgstr "Performa 4400, 54xx, 5500" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1280 -#: hardware.xml:1283 -#: hardware.xml:1286 -#: hardware.xml:1289 -#: hardware.xml:1292 -#: hardware.xml:1295 -#: hardware.xml:1298 -#: hardware.xml:1301 -#: hardware.xml:1304 -#: hardware.xml:1307 -#: hardware.xml:1310 -#: hardware.xml:1313 -#: hardware.xml:1319 -#: hardware.xml:1322 -#: hardware.xml:1328 -#: hardware.xml:1334 +#: hardware.xml:1280 hardware.xml:1283 hardware.xml:1286 hardware.xml:1289 +#: hardware.xml:1292 hardware.xml:1295 hardware.xml:1298 hardware.xml:1301 +#: hardware.xml:1304 hardware.xml:1307 hardware.xml:1310 hardware.xml:1313 +#: hardware.xml:1319 hardware.xml:1322 hardware.xml:1328 hardware.xml:1334 #: hardware.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "OldWorld" @@ -2453,8 +2733,7 @@ msgid "APS Tech M*Power 604e/2000" msgstr "APS Tech M*Power 604e/2000" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1338 -#: hardware.xml:1364 +#: hardware.xml:1338 hardware.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "Motorola" msgstr "Motorola" @@ -2502,8 +2781,7 @@ msgid "MCP(N)750" msgstr "MCP(N)750" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:1377 -#: hardware.xml:1408 +#: hardware.xml:1377 hardware.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM RS/6000" msgstr "IBM RS/6000" @@ -2583,8 +2861,27 @@ msgstr "Underarkitekturen Nubus PowerMac (stöds ej)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1448 #, no-c-format -msgid "NuBus systems are not currently supported by Debian/powerpc. The monolithic Linux/PPC kernel architecture does not have support for these machines; instead, one must use the MkLinux Mach microkernel, which Debian does not yet support. These include the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "NuBus-system stöds för närvarande inte av Debian/powerpc. Den monolitiska Linux/PPC-kärnarkitekturen har inte stöd för dessa maskiner; istället måste man använda mikrokärnan MkLinux Mach, som Debian ännu inte har stöd för. Det inkluderar följande: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 och 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> En linux-kärna för dessa maskiner och begränsat stöd finns på <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"NuBus systems are not currently supported by Debian/powerpc. The monolithic " +"Linux/PPC kernel architecture does not have support for these machines; " +"instead, one must use the MkLinux Mach microkernel, which Debian does not " +"yet support. These include the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> " +"Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook " +"1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server " +"6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these " +"machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac." +"sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"NuBus-system stöds för närvarande inte av Debian/powerpc. Den monolitiska " +"Linux/PPC-kärnarkitekturen har inte stöd för dessa maskiner; istället måste " +"man använda mikrokärnan MkLinux Mach, som Debian ännu inte har stöd för. Det " +"inkluderar följande: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, " +"7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 och 5300 </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> En linux-kärna för dessa maskiner och begränsat " +"stöd finns på <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1485 @@ -2595,20 +2892,47 @@ msgstr "Icke-PowerPC Mac" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1487 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macintosh computers using the 680x0 series of processors are <emphasis>not</emphasis> in the PowerPC family but are instead m68k machines. Those models start with <quote>Mac II</quote> series, go on to the <quote>LC</quote> family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." -msgstr "Macintosh-datorer som använder 680x0-processorserien är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> i PowerPC-familjen men är istället m68k-maskiner. Dessa modeller börjar med <quote>Mac II</quote>-serien, fortsätter med <quote>LC</quote>-familjen, sedan Centris-serien och avslutas med Quadra- och Performa-familjerna. Dessa modeller har vanligtvis en romerskt tal eller 3-siffrigt modellnummer såsom Mac IIcx, LCIII eller Quadra 950." +msgid "" +"Macintosh computers using the 680x0 series of processors are <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> in the PowerPC family but are instead m68k machines. Those models " +"start with <quote>Mac II</quote> series, go on to the <quote>LC</quote> " +"family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. " +"These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " +"Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." +msgstr "" +"Macintosh-datorer som använder 680x0-processorserien är <emphasis>inte</" +"emphasis> i PowerPC-familjen men är istället m68k-maskiner. Dessa modeller " +"börjar med <quote>Mac II</quote>-serien, fortsätter med <quote>LC</quote>-" +"familjen, sedan Centris-serien och avslutas med Quadra- och Performa-" +"familjerna. Dessa modeller har vanligtvis en romerskt tal eller 3-siffrigt " +"modellnummer såsom Mac IIcx, LCIII eller Quadra 950." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 #, no-c-format -msgid "This model range started with the Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), then the LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the Performa 200-640CD." -msgstr "Denna modellfamilj börjar med Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), sedan LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), sedan Mac TV, sedan Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), och till slut Performa 200-640CD." +msgid "" +"This model range started with the Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, " +"IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), then the LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, " +"580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra " +"(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the " +"Performa 200-640CD." +msgstr "" +"Denna modellfamilj börjar med Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, " +"IIvx, IIfx), sedan LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), " +"sedan Mac TV, sedan Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, " +"660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), och till slut Performa 200-640CD." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 #, no-c-format -msgid "In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, please see the section above)." -msgstr "För bärbara datorer, börjar det med Mac Portable, sedan PowerBook 100-190cs och PowerBook Duo 210-550c (undantaget PowerBook 500 som är Nubus, se sektionen ovan)." +msgid "" +"In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs " +"and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " +"please see the section above)." +msgstr "" +"För bärbara datorer, börjar det med Mac Portable, sedan PowerBook 100-190cs " +"och PowerBook Duo 210-550c (undantaget PowerBook 500 som är Nubus, se " +"sektionen ovan)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1520 @@ -2619,14 +2943,61 @@ msgstr "S/390 och zSeries-maskintyper" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1521 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information regarding supported S/390 and zSeries machines can be found in IBM's Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> in chapter 2.1 or at the <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/documentation-2.4.shtml\">technical details web page</ulink> at <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">developerWorks</ulink>. In short, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 and all zSeries are fully supported; Multiprise 2000, G3 and G4 machines are supported with IEEE floating point emulation and thus degraded performance." -msgstr "Komplett information angående stöd för S/390 och zSeries-maskiner kan hittas i IBMs Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och S/390: Distributioner</ulink> i kapitel 2.1 eller i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/documentation-2.4.shtml\">tekniska detaljer</ulink> på <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">developerWorks</ulink>. I korthet, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 och alla zSeries finns det fullt stöd för; Multiprise 2000, G3 och G4-maskiner finns stöd för med emulering av IEEE-flyttalsprocessorn och därav minskad prestanda." +msgid "" +"Complete information regarding supported S/390 and zSeries machines can be " +"found in IBM's Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: " +"Distributions</ulink> in chapter 2.1 or at the <ulink url=\"http://oss." +"software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/documentation-2.4.shtml" +"\">technical details web page</ulink> at <ulink url=\"http://oss.software." +"ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">developerWorks</" +"ulink>. In short, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 and all zSeries are fully " +"supported; Multiprise 2000, G3 and G4 machines are supported with IEEE " +"floating point emulation and thus degraded performance." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående stöd för S/390 och zSeries-maskiner kan hittas " +"i IBMs Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och S/390: Distributioner</" +"ulink> i kapitel 2.1 eller i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/documentation-2.4.shtml\">tekniska " +"detaljer</ulink> på <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/" +"opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">developerWorks</ulink>. I korthet, G5, " +"Multiprise 3000, G6 och alla zSeries finns det fullt stöd för; Multiprise " +"2000, G3 och G4-maskiner finns stöd för med emulering av IEEE-" +"flyttalsprocessorn och därav minskad prestanda." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1544 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> port supports several types of Sparc systems. The most common identifiers for Sparc systems are sun4, sun4c, sun4m, sun4d and sun4u. Currently we do not support very old sun4 hardware. However, the other systems are supported. Sun4d has been tested the least of these, so expect possible problems with regard to the kernel stability. Sun4c and Sun4m, the most common of the older Sparc hardware, includes such systems as SparcStation 1, 1+, IPC, IPX and the SparcStation LX, 5, 10, and 20, respectively. The UltraSPARC class systems fall under the sun4u identifier, and are supported using the sun4u set of install images. Some systems that fall under these supported identifiers are known to not be supported. Known unsupported systems are the AP1000 multicomputer and the Tadpole Sparcbook 1. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARCProcessors FAQ</ulink> for complete information." -msgstr "För närvarande finns det stöd för flera typer av Sparc-system i porteringen <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>. De mest vanliga identifierarna för Sparc-system är sun4, sun4c, sun4m, sun4d och sun4u. För närvarande har vi inte stöd för väldigt gammal sun4-maskinvara. Dock finns det stöd för de andra systemen. Sun4d har testats minst av dessa så förvänta dig eventuella problem med stabiliteten i kärnan. Sun4c och Sun4m, de mest vanliga av den äldre Sparc-maskinvaran, inkluderar system som SparcStation 1, 1+, IPC, IPX och SparcStation LX, 5, 10, och 20, respektive. UltraSPARC-systemklassen ligger under identifieraren sun4u, och finns stöd för med uppsättningen sun4u av installationsavbilderna. Vissa system som faller under dessa stödda identifierare är kända att inte var stödda. Kända system som inte stöds är AP1000 multicomputer och Tadpole Sparcbook 1. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> för utförlig information." +msgid "" +"Currently the <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> port supports several " +"types of Sparc systems. The most common identifiers for Sparc systems are " +"sun4, sun4c, sun4m, sun4d and sun4u. Currently we do not support very old " +"sun4 hardware. However, the other systems are supported. Sun4d has been " +"tested the least of these, so expect possible problems with regard to the " +"kernel stability. Sun4c and Sun4m, the most common of the older Sparc " +"hardware, includes such systems as SparcStation 1, 1+, IPC, IPX and the " +"SparcStation LX, 5, 10, and 20, respectively. The UltraSPARC class systems " +"fall under the sun4u identifier, and are supported using the sun4u set of " +"install images. Some systems that fall under these supported identifiers are " +"known to not be supported. Known unsupported systems are the AP1000 " +"multicomputer and the Tadpole Sparcbook 1. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-" +"linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARCProcessors FAQ</ulink> for complete information." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande finns det stöd för flera typer av Sparc-system i porteringen " +"<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>. De mest vanliga identifierarna för " +"Sparc-system är sun4, sun4c, sun4m, sun4d och sun4u. För närvarande har vi " +"inte stöd för väldigt gammal sun4-maskinvara. Dock finns det stöd för de " +"andra systemen. Sun4d har testats minst av dessa så förvänta dig eventuella " +"problem med stabiliteten i kärnan. Sun4c och Sun4m, de mest vanliga av den " +"äldre Sparc-maskinvaran, inkluderar system som SparcStation 1, 1+, IPC, IPX " +"och SparcStation LX, 5, 10, och 20, respektive. UltraSPARC-systemklassen " +"ligger under identifieraren sun4u, och finns stöd för med uppsättningen " +"sun4u av installationsavbilderna. Vissa system som faller under dessa stödda " +"identifierare är kända att inte var stödda. Kända system som inte stöds är " +"AP1000 multicomputer och Tadpole Sparcbook 1. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-" +"linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> för utförlig " +"information." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1564 @@ -2637,20 +3008,50 @@ msgstr "Minneskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1565 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older Sun workstations, notably the Sun IPX and Sun IPC have memory banks located at fixed locations in physical memory. Thus if the banks are not filled gaps will exist in the physical memory space. The Linux installation requires a contiguous memory block into which to load the kernel and the initial RAMdisk. If this is not available a <quote>Data Access Exception</quote> will result." -msgstr "Vissa äldre Sun-arbetstationer, speciellt Sun IPX och Sun IPC har minnesbanker placerade på fixerade platser i den fysiska minnet. Om inte bankerna fylls kommer tomrum att finns i det fysisk minnesutrymmet. Linux-installationen kräver ett närliggande minnesblock till vilken kärnan och den initiala ramdisken läses in. Om det här inte är tillgängligt inträffar en <quote>Data Access Exception</quote>." +msgid "" +"Some older Sun workstations, notably the Sun IPX and Sun IPC have memory " +"banks located at fixed locations in physical memory. Thus if the banks are " +"not filled gaps will exist in the physical memory space. The Linux " +"installation requires a contiguous memory block into which to load the " +"kernel and the initial RAMdisk. If this is not available a <quote>Data " +"Access Exception</quote> will result." +msgstr "" +"Vissa äldre Sun-arbetstationer, speciellt Sun IPX och Sun IPC har " +"minnesbanker placerade på fixerade platser i den fysiska minnet. Om inte " +"bankerna fylls kommer tomrum att finns i det fysisk minnesutrymmet. Linux-" +"installationen kräver ett närliggande minnesblock till vilken kärnan och den " +"initiala ramdisken läses in. Om det här inte är tillgängligt inträffar en " +"<quote>Data Access Exception</quote>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1574 #, no-c-format -msgid "Thus you must configure the memory so that the lowest memory block is contiguous for at least 8Mb. In the IPX and IPC cited above, memory banks are mapped in at 16Mb boundaries. In effect this means that you must have a sufficiently large SIMM in bank zero to hold the kernel and RAMdisk. In this case 4Mb is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sufficient." -msgstr "Därför måste du konfigurera minnet så att det lägsta minnesblocket saknar hål upp till åtminstone 8Mb. För IPX och IPC nämnda ovan är minnebankerna mappade i 16Mb gränser. Det här betyder att du måste ha ett tillräckligt stort SIMM-minne i bank noll för att hålla kärnan och ramdisk. I det här fallet är 4Mb <emphasis>inte</emphasis> tillräckligt." +msgid "" +"Thus you must configure the memory so that the lowest memory block is " +"contiguous for at least 8Mb. In the IPX and IPC cited above, memory banks " +"are mapped in at 16Mb boundaries. In effect this means that you must have a " +"sufficiently large SIMM in bank zero to hold the kernel and RAMdisk. In this " +"case 4Mb is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sufficient." +msgstr "" +"Därför måste du konfigurera minnet så att det lägsta minnesblocket saknar " +"hål upp till åtminstone 8Mb. För IPX och IPC nämnda ovan är minnebankerna " +"mappade i 16Mb gränser. Det här betyder att du måste ha ett tillräckligt " +"stort SIMM-minne i bank noll för att hålla kärnan och ramdisk. I det här " +"fallet är 4Mb <emphasis>inte</emphasis> tillräckligt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1582 #, no-c-format -msgid "Example: In a Sun IPX you have a 16Mb SIMM and a 4Mb SIMM. There are four SIMM banks (0,1,2,3). [Bank zero is that furthest away from the SBUS connectors]. You must therefore install the 16Mb SIMM in bank 0; it is then recommended to install the 4Mb SIMM in bank 2." -msgstr "Exempel: I en Sun IPX har du en 16MB SIMM och en 4MB SIMM. Det finns fyra SIMM-banker (0,1,2,3). [Bank noll är den längst bort från SBUS-anslutningen]. Du måste därför installera en 16MB SIMM i bank 0; det är då rekommenderat att installera en 4MB SIMM i bank 2." +msgid "" +"Example: In a Sun IPX you have a 16Mb SIMM and a 4Mb SIMM. There are four " +"SIMM banks (0,1,2,3). [Bank zero is that furthest away from the SBUS " +"connectors]. You must therefore install the 16Mb SIMM in bank 0; it is then " +"recommended to install the 4Mb SIMM in bank 2." +msgstr "" +"Exempel: I en Sun IPX har du en 16MB SIMM och en 4MB SIMM. Det finns fyra " +"SIMM-banker (0,1,2,3). [Bank noll är den längst bort från SBUS-" +"anslutningen]. Du måste därför installera en 16MB SIMM i bank 0; det är då " +"rekommenderat att installera en 4MB SIMM i bank 2." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1593 @@ -2662,20 +3063,47 @@ msgstr "Grafikkonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1594 #, no-c-format -msgid "Especially in the case of older Sun workstations, it is very common for there to be an onboard framebuffer which has been superseded (for example the bwtwo on a sun IPC), and an SBUS card containing a later probably accelerated buffer is then plugged in to an SBUS slot. Under Solaris/SunOS this causes no problems because both cards are initialized." -msgstr "Speciellt om det gäller äldre Sun-arbetsstationer, det är mycket vanligt att det finns ett inbyggt grafikkort som har ersatts (till exempel bwtwp på en Sun IPC) och ett SBUS-kort innehållandes en senare antagligen accelererad buffert som sen är inkopplad på en SBUS-plats. Under Solaris/SunOS skapar det här inga problem därför att båda korten är initierade." +msgid "" +"Especially in the case of older Sun workstations, it is very common for " +"there to be an onboard framebuffer which has been superseded (for example " +"the bwtwo on a sun IPC), and an SBUS card containing a later probably " +"accelerated buffer is then plugged in to an SBUS slot. Under Solaris/SunOS " +"this causes no problems because both cards are initialized." +msgstr "" +"Speciellt om det gäller äldre Sun-arbetsstationer, det är mycket vanligt att " +"det finns ett inbyggt grafikkort som har ersatts (till exempel bwtwp på en " +"Sun IPC) och ett SBUS-kort innehållandes en senare antagligen accelererad " +"buffert som sen är inkopplad på en SBUS-plats. Under Solaris/SunOS skapar " +"det här inga problem därför att båda korten är initierade." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1603 #, no-c-format -msgid "However with Linux this can cause a problem, in that the boot PROM monitor may display its output on this additional card; however the linux kernel boot messages may then be directed to the original on board framebuffer, leaving <emphasis>no</emphasis> error messages on the screen, with the machine apparently stuck loading the RAMdisk." -msgstr "Dock kan det här orsaka problem med Linux, i det att boot PROM-skärmen kan visa sin utskrift på det här extrakortet; dock kan linux-kärnan uppstartsmeddelanden omdirigeras till det inbyggda originalgrafikkortet, och <emphasis>inte</emphasis> skicka några felmeddelanden till skärmen och maskinen tydligen fastnat vid inläsning av ramdisken." +msgid "" +"However with Linux this can cause a problem, in that the boot PROM monitor " +"may display its output on this additional card; however the linux kernel " +"boot messages may then be directed to the original on board framebuffer, " +"leaving <emphasis>no</emphasis> error messages on the screen, with the " +"machine apparently stuck loading the RAMdisk." +msgstr "" +"Dock kan det här orsaka problem med Linux, i det att boot PROM-skärmen kan " +"visa sin utskrift på det här extrakortet; dock kan linux-kärnan " +"uppstartsmeddelanden omdirigeras till det inbyggda originalgrafikkortet, och " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> skicka några felmeddelanden till skärmen och " +"maskinen tydligen fastnat vid inläsning av ramdisken." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1611 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid this problem, connect the monitor (if required) to the video card in the lowest numbered SBUS slot (on motherboard card counts as below external slots). Alternatively it is possible to use a serial console." -msgstr "För att undvika det här problemet, anslut skärmen (om krävs) till grafikkortet på de lägst numrerade SBUS-platsen (på moderkortet räknas de under externa platser). Alternativt är det möjligt att använda en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"To avoid this problem, connect the monitor (if required) to the video card " +"in the lowest numbered SBUS slot (on motherboard card counts as below " +"external slots). Alternatively it is possible to use a serial console." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika det här problemet, anslut skärmen (om krävs) till " +"grafikkortet på de lägst numrerade SBUS-platsen (på moderkortet räknas de " +"under externa platser). Alternativt är det möjligt att använda en " +"seriekonsoll." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1623 @@ -2686,26 +3114,67 @@ msgstr "Grafikkort" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1625 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should be using a VGA-compatible display interface for the console terminal. Nearly every modern display card is compatible with VGA. Ancient standards such CGA, MDA, or HGA should also work, assuming you do not require X11 support. Note that X11 is not used during the installation process described in this document." -msgstr "Du bör använda ett VGA-kompatibelt skärmgränssnitt för konsollterminalen. Nästan alla moderna grafikkort är kompatibla med VGA. Urgamla standarder som CGA, MDA eller HGA bör också fungera om du inte kräver X11-stöd. Notera att X11 inte används under installationsprocessen som beskrivs i det här dokumentet." +msgid "" +"You should be using a VGA-compatible display interface for the console " +"terminal. Nearly every modern display card is compatible with VGA. Ancient " +"standards such CGA, MDA, or HGA should also work, assuming you do not " +"require X11 support. Note that X11 is not used during the installation " +"process described in this document." +msgstr "" +"Du bör använda ett VGA-kompatibelt skärmgränssnitt för konsollterminalen. " +"Nästan alla moderna grafikkort är kompatibla med VGA. Urgamla standarder som " +"CGA, MDA eller HGA bör också fungera om du inte kräver X11-stöd. Notera att " +"X11 inte används under installationsprocessen som beskrivs i det här " +"dokumentet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1633 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian's support for graphical interfaces is determined by the underlying support found in X.Org's X11 system. Most AGP, PCI and PCIe video cards work under X.Org. Details on supported graphics buses, cards, monitors, and pointing devices can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; ships with X.Org version &x11ver;." -msgstr "Debians stöd för grafiska gränssnitt bestäms av det underliggande stöd som hittas i X.Org:s X11-system. De flesta AGP-, PCI- och PCIe-grafikkort fungerar under X.Org. Detaljer för grafikbussar, kort, skärmar och pekenheter som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; skickar med X.Org version &x11ver;." +msgid "" +"Debian's support for graphical interfaces is determined by the underlying " +"support found in X.Org's X11 system. Most AGP, PCI and PCIe video cards work " +"under X.Org. Details on supported graphics buses, cards, monitors, and " +"pointing devices can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian " +"&release; ships with X.Org version &x11ver;." +msgstr "" +"Debians stöd för grafiska gränssnitt bestäms av det underliggande stöd som " +"hittas i X.Org:s X11-system. De flesta AGP-, PCI- och PCIe-grafikkort " +"fungerar under X.Org. Detaljer för grafikbussar, kort, skärmar och " +"pekenheter som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. " +"Debian &release; skickar med X.Org version &x11ver;." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1642 #, no-c-format -msgid "The X.Org X11 window system is only supported on the SGI Indy and the O2. The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range of graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." -msgstr "X.Org X11-fönstersystemet stöds endast på SGI Indy och O2. Evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B har standard 3.3v PCI-platser och har stöd för VGA-emulering eller Linux-framebuffer på ett urval av grafikkort. En <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"The X.Org X11 window system is only supported on the SGI Indy and the O2. " +"The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v " +"PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range " +"of graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility " +"listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." +msgstr "" +"X.Org X11-fönstersystemet stöds endast på SGI Indy och O2. Evalueringskorten " +"Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B har standard 3.3v PCI-platser och har stöd " +"för VGA-emulering eller Linux-framebuffer på ett urval av grafikkort. En " +"<ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för " +"Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns tillgänglig." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1651 #, no-c-format -msgid "The X.Org X11 window system is supported on some DECstation models. The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range of graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." -msgstr "X.Org X11-fönstersystemet stöds på några DECstation-modeller. Evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B har standard 3.3v PCI-platser och har stöd för VGA-emulering eller Linux-framebuffer på ett urval av grafikkort. En <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"The X.Org X11 window system is supported on some DECstation models. The " +"Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v PCI " +"slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected range of " +"graphics cards. A <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;\">compatibility " +"listing</ulink> for Broadcom evaluation boards is available." +msgstr "" +"X.Org X11-fönstersystemet stöds på några DECstation-modeller. " +"Evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B har standard 3.3v PCI-" +"platser och har stöd för VGA-emulering eller Linux-framebuffer på ett urval " +"av grafikkort. En <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;" +"\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns " +"tillgänglig." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1663 @@ -2716,13 +3185,18 @@ msgstr "Bärbara datorer" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1664 #, no-c-format -msgid "Laptops are also supported. Laptops are often specialized or contain proprietary hardware. To see if your particular laptop works well with GNU/Linux, see the <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux Laptop pages</ulink>" -msgstr "Bärbara datorer stöds också. Bärbara är ofta specialiserade eller innehåller properitär maskinvara. För att se om din speciella bärbara dator fungerar bra med GNU/Linux, se <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux för bärbara</ulink>" +msgid "" +"Laptops are also supported. Laptops are often specialized or contain " +"proprietary hardware. To see if your particular laptop works well with GNU/" +"Linux, see the <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux Laptop pages</ulink>" +msgstr "" +"Bärbara datorer stöds också. Bärbara är ofta specialiserade eller innehåller " +"properitär maskinvara. För att se om din speciella bärbara dator fungerar " +"bra med GNU/Linux, se <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux för bärbara</" +"ulink>" #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:1676 -#: hardware.xml:1701 -#: hardware.xml:1724 +#: hardware.xml:1676 hardware.xml:1701 hardware.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "Multiple Processors" msgstr "Flera processorer" @@ -2730,38 +3204,109 @@ msgstr "Flera processorer" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1678 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard Debian &release; kernel image was compiled with SMP support. This should not prevent installation, since the SMP kernel should boot on non-SMP systems; the kernel will simply cause a bit more overhead." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbilden för Debian &release; blev byggd med SMP-stöd. Det här bör inte förhindra installation eftersom SMP-kärnan kan starta på system utan SMP; kärnan kommer helt enkelt skapa lite mer overhead." +msgid "" +"Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-" +"processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The " +"standard Debian &release; kernel image was compiled with SMP support. This " +"should not prevent installation, since the SMP kernel should boot on non-SMP " +"systems; the kernel will simply cause a bit more overhead." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbilden för Debian &release; blev byggd med SMP-" +"stöd. Det här bör inte förhindra installation eftersom SMP-kärnan kan starta " +"på system utan SMP; kärnan kommer helt enkelt skapa lite mer overhead." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1686 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to optimize the kernel for single CPU systems, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you disable SMP is to deselect <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "För att optimera kärnan för system en en processor behöver du ersätta Debians standardkärna. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) som du inaktiverar SMP på är att välja bort <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"In order to optimize the kernel for single CPU systems, you'll have to " +"replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do " +"this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version " +"&kernelversion;) the way you disable SMP is to deselect <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the " +"kernel config." +msgstr "" +"För att optimera kärnan för system en en processor behöver du ersätta " +"Debians standardkärna. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i " +"<xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av " +"kärnan) som du inaktiverar SMP på är att välja bort <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> i <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i " +"konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1702 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. However, the standard Debian &release; kernel image does not support SMP. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — kallas även för <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen. Dock finns det inte stöd för SMP i standardkärnavbilden för Debian &release;. Det här bör inte förhindra en installation eftersom den standard icke-SMP-kärnan ska kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." +msgid "" +"Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-" +"processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. " +"However, the standard Debian &release; kernel image does not support SMP. " +"This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel " +"should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — kallas även för <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen. Dock finns det inte stöd för SMP i standardkärnavbilden för " +"Debian &release;. Det här bör inte förhindra en installation eftersom den " +"standard icke-SMP-kärnan ska kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer " +"helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1711 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "För att dra fördel av flera processorer behöver du ersätta standardkärnan i Debian. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur du gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you'll have to replace " +"the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in " +"<xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version " +"&kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the " +"kernel config." +msgstr "" +"För att dra fördel av flera processorer behöver du ersätta standardkärnan i " +"Debian. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur du gör det här i <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du " +"aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i " +"<quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1725 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture, and is supported by a precompiled Debian kernel image. Depending on your install media, this SMP-capable kernel may or may not be installed by default. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — kallas även för <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen, och stöd finns i en förkompilerad Debian-kärnavbild. Beroende på ditt installationsmedia kan eller kan den här SMP-kapabla kärnan inte installeras som standard. Det här ska inte förhindra en installation eftersom den standard icke-SMP-kärnan bör kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." +msgid "" +"Multi-processor support — also called <quote>symmetric multi-" +"processing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture, and is " +"supported by a precompiled Debian kernel image. Depending on your install " +"media, this SMP-capable kernel may or may not be installed by default. This " +"should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should " +"boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — kallas även för <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen, och stöd finns i en förkompilerad Debian-kärnavbild. Beroende " +"på ditt installationsmedia kan eller kan den här SMP-kapabla kärnan inte " +"installeras som standard. Det här ska inte förhindra en installation " +"eftersom den standard icke-SMP-kärnan bör kunna starta upp på SMP-system; " +"kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1735 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you should check to see if a kernel package that supports SMP is installed, and if not, choose an appropriate kernel package. You can also build your own customized kernel to support SMP. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "För att dra nytta av flera processorer bör du kontrollera om ett kärnpaket som har stöd för SMP finns installerat, och om inte välja ett lämpligt kärnpaket. Du kan också bygga din egna anpassade kärna för att få stöd för SMP. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you should check to see " +"if a kernel package that supports SMP is installed, and if not, choose an " +"appropriate kernel package. You can also build your own customized kernel to " +"support SMP. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way " +"you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the " +"<quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." +msgstr "" +"För att dra nytta av flera processorer bör du kontrollera om ett kärnpaket " +"som har stöd för SMP finns installerat, och om inte välja ett lämpligt " +"kärnpaket. Du kan också bygga din egna anpassade kärna för att få stöd för " +"SMP. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du " +"aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i " +"<quote>&smp-config-section;</quote>-sektionen i konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1756 @@ -2772,8 +3317,20 @@ msgstr "Installationsmedia" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1758 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section will help you determine which different media types you can use to install Debian. For example, if you have a floppy disk drive on your machine, it can be used to install Debian. There is a whole chapter devoted media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, which lists the advantages and disadvantages of each media type. You may want to refer back to this page once you reach that section." -msgstr "Den här sektionen kommer att hjälpa dig att fastställa vilka olika medium du kan använda för att installera Debian. Till exempel om du har en diskettenhet i din dator kan den användas för att installera Debian. Det finns ett helt kapitel tillägnat media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, som listar fördelar och nackdelar med varje typ av media. Du kanske vill referera tillbaka till den här sidan när du har nått fram till den sektionen." +msgid "" +"This section will help you determine which different media types you can use " +"to install Debian. For example, if you have a floppy disk drive on your " +"machine, it can be used to install Debian. There is a whole chapter devoted " +"media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, which lists the advantages and " +"disadvantages of each media type. You may want to refer back to this page " +"once you reach that section." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen kommer att hjälpa dig att fastställa vilka olika medium du " +"kan använda för att installera Debian. Till exempel om du har en " +"diskettenhet i din dator kan den användas för att installera Debian. Det " +"finns ett helt kapitel tillägnat media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, " +"som listar fördelar och nackdelar med varje typ av media. Du kanske vill " +"referera tillbaka till den här sidan när du har nått fram till den sektionen." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1769 @@ -2784,8 +3341,14 @@ msgstr "Disketter" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1770 #, no-c-format -msgid "In some cases, you'll have to do your first boot from floppy disks. Generally, all you will need is a high-density (1440 kilobytes) 3.5 inch floppy drive." -msgstr "I vissa fall behöver du göra din första uppstart från startdisketter. Generellt sett är allt du behöver en högdensitets (1440 kilobyte) 3.5-tums diskettenhet." +msgid "" +"In some cases, you'll have to do your first boot from floppy disks. " +"Generally, all you will need is a high-density (1440 kilobytes) 3.5 inch " +"floppy drive." +msgstr "" +"I vissa fall behöver du göra din första uppstart från startdisketter. " +"Generellt sett är allt du behöver en högdensitets (1440 kilobyte) 3.5-tums " +"diskettenhet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1776 @@ -2802,68 +3365,185 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom/Dvd-rom" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1785 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whenever you see <quote>CD-ROM</quote> in this manual, it applies to both CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs, because both technologies are really the same from the operating system's point of view, except for some very old nonstandard CD-ROM drives which are neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI." -msgstr "När du ser <quote>cd-rom</quote> i den här manualen betyder det både cd-rom och dvd-rom för att båda teknikerna är egentligen samma från operativsystemets synvinkel med undantag för vissa mycket gamla icke-standard cd-rom-enheter som varken är SCSI eller IDE/ATAPI." +msgid "" +"Whenever you see <quote>CD-ROM</quote> in this manual, it applies to both CD-" +"ROMs and DVD-ROMs, because both technologies are really the same from the " +"operating system's point of view, except for some very old nonstandard CD-" +"ROM drives which are neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI." +msgstr "" +"När du ser <quote>cd-rom</quote> i den här manualen betyder det både cd-rom " +"och dvd-rom för att båda teknikerna är egentligen samma från " +"operativsystemets synvinkel med undantag för vissa mycket gamla icke-" +"standard cd-rom-enheter som varken är SCSI eller IDE/ATAPI." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1792 #, no-c-format -msgid "CD-ROM based installation is supported for some architectures. On machines which support bootable CD-ROMs, you should be able to do a completely <phrase arch=\"not-s390\">floppy-less</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape-less</phrase> installation. Even if your system doesn't support booting from a CD-ROM, you can use the CD-ROM in conjunction with the other techniques to install your system, once you've booted up by other means; see <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." -msgstr "Cd-rom-baserad installation stöds för vissa arkitekturer. På maskiner som har stöd för startbara cd-rom bör du kunna för en göra en totalt <phrase arch=\"not-s390\">diskettlös</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">bandlös</phrase> installation. Även om ditt system inte har stöd för att starta upp från en cd-rom kan du använda cd-rom:en i förbindelse med andra tekniker för att installera ditt system, när du väl har startat upp på andra sätt; se <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." +msgid "" +"CD-ROM based installation is supported for some architectures. On machines " +"which support bootable CD-ROMs, you should be able to do a completely " +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">floppy-less</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape-" +"less</phrase> installation. Even if your system doesn't support booting from " +"a CD-ROM, you can use the CD-ROM in conjunction with the other techniques to " +"install your system, once you've booted up by other means; see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-installer\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Cd-rom-baserad installation stöds för vissa arkitekturer. På maskiner som " +"har stöd för startbara cd-rom bör du kunna för en göra en totalt <phrase " +"arch=\"not-s390\">diskettlös</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">bandlös</phrase> " +"installation. Även om ditt system inte har stöd för att starta upp från en " +"cd-rom kan du använda cd-rom:en i förbindelse med andra tekniker för att " +"installera ditt system, när du väl har startat upp på andra sätt; se <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1804 #, no-c-format -msgid "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. In addition, all non-standard CD interfaces supported by Linux are supported by the boot disks (such as Mitsumi and Matsushita drives). However, these models might require special boot parameters or other massaging to get them to work, and booting off these non-standard interfaces is unlikely. The <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> contains in-depth information on using CD-ROMs with Linux." -msgstr "Både cd-rom med SCSI- och IDE/ATAPI-gränssnitt stöds. I tillägg stöds icke-standardiserade cd-gränssnitt som stöds av Linux stöds av startdisketterna (såsom Mitsumi och Matsushita-enheter). Dock kräver dessa modeller speciella startparametrar eller annan massage för att få dem att fungerar, och att starta upp från dessa icke-standardiserade gränssnitt är nog inte möjligt. <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> innehåller djupare information om hur man använder cd-enheter med Linux." +msgid "" +"Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. In addition, all non-standard " +"CD interfaces supported by Linux are supported by the boot disks (such as " +"Mitsumi and Matsushita drives). However, these models might require special " +"boot parameters or other massaging to get them to work, and booting off " +"these non-standard interfaces is unlikely. The <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;" +"\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> contains in-depth information on using CD-ROMs " +"with Linux." +msgstr "" +"Både cd-rom med SCSI- och IDE/ATAPI-gränssnitt stöds. I tillägg stöds icke-" +"standardiserade cd-gränssnitt som stöds av Linux stöds av startdisketterna " +"(såsom Mitsumi och Matsushita-enheter). Dock kräver dessa modeller speciella " +"startparametrar eller annan massage för att få dem att fungerar, och att " +"starta upp från dessa icke-standardiserade gränssnitt är nog inte möjligt. " +"<ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> innehåller djupare " +"information om hur man använder cd-enheter med Linux." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1814 #, no-c-format -msgid "USB CD-ROM drives are also supported, as are FireWire devices that are supported by the ohci1394 and sbp2 drivers." -msgstr "Cd-rom-enheter via USB stöds också, såväl som FireWire-enheter som stöds av drivrutinerna ohci1394 och sbp2." +msgid "" +"USB CD-ROM drives are also supported, as are FireWire devices that are " +"supported by the ohci1394 and sbp2 drivers." +msgstr "" +"Cd-rom-enheter via USB stöds också, såväl som FireWire-enheter som stöds av " +"drivrutinerna ohci1394 och sbp2." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1819 #, no-c-format -msgid "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on &arch-title;, as long as the controller is supported by the SRM console. This rules out many add-on controller cards, but most integrated IDE and SCSI chips and controller cards that were provided by the manufacturer can be expected to work. To find out whether your device is supported from the SRM console, see the <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Både cd-rom med SCSI- och IDE/ATAPI-gränssnitt stöds på &arch-title;, så länge som kontrollern stöds av SRM-konsollen. Det här utesluter många tilläggskontrollerkort men de flesta integrerade IDE- och SCSI-chip som kontrollerkort som erbjöds av tillverkaren kan förväntas att fungera. För att ta reda på om din enhet stöds från SRM-konsollen, se <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on &arch-title;, as long as " +"the controller is supported by the SRM console. This rules out many add-on " +"controller cards, but most integrated IDE and SCSI chips and controller " +"cards that were provided by the manufacturer can be expected to work. To " +"find out whether your device is supported from the SRM console, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Både cd-rom med SCSI- och IDE/ATAPI-gränssnitt stöds på &arch-title;, så " +"länge som kontrollern stöds av SRM-konsollen. Det här utesluter många " +"tilläggskontrollerkort men de flesta integrerade IDE- och SCSI-chip som " +"kontrollerkort som erbjöds av tillverkaren kan förväntas att fungera. För " +"att ta reda på om din enhet stöds från SRM-konsollen, se <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -msgid "IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on all ARM machines. On RiscPCs, SCSI CD-ROMs are also supported." -msgstr "IDE/ATAPI cd-rom stöds på alla ARM-maskiner. På RiscPC stöds även SCSI cd-rom." +msgid "" +"IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on all ARM machines. On RiscPCs, SCSI CD-" +"ROMs are also supported." +msgstr "" +"IDE/ATAPI cd-rom stöds på alla ARM-maskiner. På RiscPC stöds även SCSI cd-" +"rom." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1833 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position. To start the install, simply choose the <quote>System installation</quote> entry in the firmware. The Broadcom BCM91250A supports standard IDE devices, including CD-ROM drives, but CD images for this platform are currently not provided because the firmware doesn't recognize CD drives. In order to install Debian on an Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board, you need an PCI IDE, SATA or SCSI card." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI-cd-enhet som är kapabel att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI-cd-rom-enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om din cd-rom-enhet har en bygel som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller <quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller <quote>512</quote>. För att starta installationen, välj helt enkelt <quote>System installation</quote> i firmware. Broadcom BCM91250A har stöd för standard IDE-enheter inklusive cd-rom-enheter, men cd-avbilder för den här plattformen finns inte på grund av att firmware inte känner igen cd-enheter. För att installera Debian på ett Broadcom BCM91480B-evalueringskort, behöver du ett PCI IDE, SATA eller SCSI-kort." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of " +"working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM " +"drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM " +"drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</" +"quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position. " +"To start the install, simply choose the <quote>System installation</quote> " +"entry in the firmware. The Broadcom BCM91250A supports standard IDE devices, " +"including CD-ROM drives, but CD images for this platform are currently not " +"provided because the firmware doesn't recognize CD drives. In order to " +"install Debian on an Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board, you need an PCI " +"IDE, SATA or SCSI card." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI-cd-enhet som är kapabel " +"att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI-cd-rom-" +"enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om din cd-" +"rom-enhet har en bygel som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller " +"<quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller " +"<quote>512</quote>. För att starta installationen, välj helt enkelt " +"<quote>System installation</quote> i firmware. Broadcom BCM91250A har stöd " +"för standard IDE-enheter inklusive cd-rom-enheter, men cd-avbilder för den " +"här plattformen finns inte på grund av att firmware inte känner igen cd-" +"enheter. För att installera Debian på ett Broadcom BCM91480B-" +"evalueringskort, behöver du ett PCI IDE, SATA eller SCSI-kort." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1848 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position." -msgstr "På DECstationer kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI cd-rom-enhet som är kapabel att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI cd-rom-enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om din cd-rom-enhet har en jumper som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller <quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller <quote>512</quote>." +msgid "" +"On DECstations, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of " +"working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM " +"drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM " +"drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</" +"quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI cd-rom-enhet som är " +"kapabel att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI " +"cd-rom-enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om " +"din cd-rom-enhet har en jumper som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller " +"<quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller " +"<quote>512</quote>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1857 #, no-c-format -msgid "CD 1 contains the installer for the r3k-kn02 subarchitecture (the R3000-based DECstations 5000/1xx and 5000/240 as well as the R3000-based Personal DECstation models), CD 2 the installer for the r4k-kn04 subarchitecture (the R4x00-based DECstations 5000/150 and 5000/260 as well as the Personal DECstation 5000/50)." -msgstr "Cd 1 innehåller installeraren för underarkitekturen r3k-kn02 (R3000-baserade DECstation 5000/1xx och 5000/240 såväl som de R3000-baserade Personal DECstation-modellerna), Cd 2 innehåller installeraren för underarkitekturen r4k-kn04 (R4x00-baserade DECstation 5000/150 och 5000/260 såväl som Personal DECstation 5000/50)." +msgid "" +"CD 1 contains the installer for the r3k-kn02 subarchitecture (the R3000-" +"based DECstations 5000/1xx and 5000/240 as well as the R3000-based Personal " +"DECstation models), CD 2 the installer for the r4k-kn04 subarchitecture (the " +"R4x00-based DECstations 5000/150 and 5000/260 as well as the Personal " +"DECstation 5000/50)." +msgstr "" +"Cd 1 innehåller installeraren för underarkitekturen r3k-kn02 (R3000-baserade " +"DECstation 5000/1xx och 5000/240 såväl som de R3000-baserade Personal " +"DECstation-modellerna), Cd 2 innehåller installeraren för underarkitekturen " +"r4k-kn04 (R4x00-baserade DECstation 5000/150 och 5000/260 såväl som Personal " +"DECstation 5000/50)." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1866 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from CD, issue the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> on the firmware prompt, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot (3 on most DECstations) and <replaceable>id</replaceable> is the SCSI ID of the CD-ROM drive. If you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" -msgstr "För att starta från en cd, ange kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> vid firmware-prompten, där <replaceable>#</replaceable> är numret för TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från (3 på de flesta DECstationer) och <replaceable>id</replaceable> är SCSI ID för cd-enheten. Om du behöver skicka med ytterligare parametrar kan de valfritt läggas till med följande syntax:" +msgid "" +"To boot from CD, issue the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> on the firmware " +"prompt, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel " +"device from which to boot (3 on most DECstations) and <replaceable>id</" +"replaceable> is the SCSI ID of the CD-ROM drive. If you need to pass " +"additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following " +"syntax:" +msgstr "" +"För att starta från en cd, ange kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> vid firmware-" +"prompten, där <replaceable>#</replaceable> är numret för TurboChannel-" +"enheten som ska startas från (3 på de flesta DECstationer) och " +"<replaceable>id</replaceable> är SCSI ID för cd-enheten. Om du behöver " +"skicka med ytterligare parametrar kan de valfritt läggas till med följande " +"syntax:" #. Tag: userinput #: hardware.xml:1878 #, no-c-format -msgid "boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." -msgstr "boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." +msgid "" +"boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." +msgstr "" +"boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1885 @@ -2874,20 +3554,34 @@ msgstr "Hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1887 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installation system directly from a hard disk is another option for many architectures. This will require some other operating system to load the installer onto the hard disk." -msgstr "Starta upp installationssystemet direkt från en hårddisk är en annan möjlighet för många arkitekturer. Det här kräver ett annat operativsystem för att läsa in installeraren på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Booting the installation system directly from a hard disk is another option " +"for many architectures. This will require some other operating system to " +"load the installer onto the hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installationssystemet direkt från en hårddisk är en annan " +"möjlighet för många arkitekturer. Det här kräver ett annat operativsystem " +"för att läsa in installeraren på hårddisken." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1893 #, no-c-format -msgid "In fact, installation from your local disk is the preferred installation technique for most &architecture; machines." -msgstr "Faktiskt är installation från din lokala disk den installationsteknik som föredras för de flesta &architecture;-maskiner." +msgid "" +"In fact, installation from your local disk is the preferred installation " +"technique for most &architecture; machines." +msgstr "" +"Faktiskt är installation från din lokala disk den installationsteknik som " +"föredras för de flesta &architecture;-maskiner." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1898 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although the &arch-title; does not allow booting from SunOS (Solaris), you can install from a SunOS partition (UFS slices)." -msgstr "Även om &arch-title; inte tillåter uppstart från SunOS (Solaris) kan du installera från en SunOS-partition (UFS-slice)." +msgid "" +"Although the &arch-title; does not allow booting from SunOS (Solaris), you " +"can install from a SunOS partition (UFS slices)." +msgstr "" +"Även om &arch-title; inte tillåter uppstart från SunOS (Solaris) kan du " +"installera från en SunOS-partition (UFS-slice)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1906 @@ -2898,8 +3592,19 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1908 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many Debian boxes need their floppy and/or CD-ROM drives only for setting up the system and for rescue purposes. If you operate some servers, you will probably already have thought about omitting those drives and using an USB memory stick for installing and (when necessary) for recovering the system. This is also useful for small systems which have no room for unnecessary drives." -msgstr "Många Debianburkar behöver sina diskett- och/eller cd-enheter endast för att ställa in systemet och för räddningsaktioner. Om du använder ett antal servrar har du säkert redan tänkt på att strunta i dessa enheter och använda ett USB-minne för att installera och (vid behov) återställa systemet. Det är också användbart för mindre system som inte har plats för onödiga enheter." +msgid "" +"Many Debian boxes need their floppy and/or CD-ROM drives only for setting up " +"the system and for rescue purposes. If you operate some servers, you will " +"probably already have thought about omitting those drives and using an USB " +"memory stick for installing and (when necessary) for recovering the system. " +"This is also useful for small systems which have no room for unnecessary " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Många Debianburkar behöver sina diskett- och/eller cd-enheter endast för att " +"ställa in systemet och för räddningsaktioner. Om du använder ett antal " +"servrar har du säkert redan tänkt på att strunta i dessa enheter och använda " +"ett USB-minne för att installera och (vid behov) återställa systemet. Det är " +"också användbart för mindre system som inte har plats för onödiga enheter." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1920 @@ -2910,20 +3615,35 @@ msgstr "Nätverk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1922 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also <emphasis>boot</emphasis> your system over the network. <phrase arch=\"mips\">This is the preferred installation technique for Mips.</phrase>" -msgstr "Du kan också <emphasis>starta upp</emphasis> ditt system över nätverket. <phrase arch=\"mips\">Det är den installtionsteknik som föredras för Mips.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"You can also <emphasis>boot</emphasis> your system over the network. <phrase " +"arch=\"mips\">This is the preferred installation technique for Mips.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan också <emphasis>starta upp</emphasis> ditt system över nätverket. " +"<phrase arch=\"mips\">Det är den installtionsteknik som föredras för Mips.</" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1928 #, no-c-format -msgid "Diskless installation, using network booting from a local area network and NFS-mounting of all local filesystems, is another option." -msgstr "Disklös installation med nätverksuppstart från ett lokalt nätverk och nfs-montering av alla lokala filsystem är ett annat alternativ." +msgid "" +"Diskless installation, using network booting from a local area network and " +"NFS-mounting of all local filesystems, is another option." +msgstr "" +"Disklös installation med nätverksuppstart från ett lokalt nätverk och nfs-" +"montering av alla lokala filsystem är ett annat alternativ." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1933 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the operating system kernel is installed, you can install the rest of your system via any sort of network connection (including PPP after installation of the base system), via FTP or HTTP." -msgstr "Efter att operativsystemskärnan är installerad kan du installera resten av ditt system via någon form av nätverksanslutning (inklusive PPP efter installation av grundsystemet), via FTP eller HTTP." +msgid "" +"After the operating system kernel is installed, you can install the rest of " +"your system via any sort of network connection (including PPP after " +"installation of the base system), via FTP or HTTP." +msgstr "" +"Efter att operativsystemskärnan är installerad kan du installera resten av " +"ditt system via någon form av nätverksanslutning (inklusive PPP efter " +"installation av grundsystemet), via FTP eller HTTP." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1942 @@ -2934,8 +3654,19 @@ msgstr "Un*x eller GNU-system" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1944 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are running another Unix-like system, you could use it to install &debian; without using the &d-i; described in the rest of the manual. This kind of install may be useful for users with otherwise unsupported hardware or on hosts which can't afford downtime. If you are interested in this technique, skip to the <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." -msgstr "Om du kör ett annat Unix-liknande system skulle du kunna använda det för att installera &debian; utan att använda &d-i; som beskrivs i resten av manualen. Den här typen av installation kan vara användbar för användare med maskinvara som annars inte stöds eller på värdar som inte kan vara nere. Om du är intresserad i den här tekniken, hoppa över till <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you are running another Unix-like system, you could use it to install " +"&debian; without using the &d-i; described in the rest of the manual. This " +"kind of install may be useful for users with otherwise unsupported hardware " +"or on hosts which can't afford downtime. If you are interested in this " +"technique, skip to the <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du kör ett annat Unix-liknande system skulle du kunna använda det för att " +"installera &debian; utan att använda &d-i; som beskrivs i resten av " +"manualen. Den här typen av installation kan vara användbar för användare med " +"maskinvara som annars inte stöds eller på värdar som inte kan vara nere. Om " +"du är intresserad i den här tekniken, hoppa över till <xref linkend=\"linux-" +"upgrade\"/>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1956 @@ -2946,62 +3677,155 @@ msgstr "Lagringssystem som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1958 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian boot disks contain a kernel which is built to maximize the number of systems it runs on. Unfortunately, this makes for a larger kernel, which includes many drivers that won't be used for your machine (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> to learn how to build your own kernel). Support for the widest possible range of devices is desirable in general, to ensure that Debian can be installed on the widest array of hardware." -msgstr "Debians startdisketter innehåller en kärna som är byggd för att maximera antalet system de kan köras på. Tyvärr betyder det här att kärnan blir stor, vilket inkluderar många drivrutiner som inte kommer att användas för din maskin (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> för att lära dig hur man bygger en egen kärna). Stöd för ett stort antal enheter är allmänt önskvärt, för att se till att Debian kan installeras på ett stort antal maskinvaror." +msgid "" +"The Debian boot disks contain a kernel which is built to maximize the number " +"of systems it runs on. Unfortunately, this makes for a larger kernel, which " +"includes many drivers that won't be used for your machine (see <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/> to learn how to build your own kernel). Support for the " +"widest possible range of devices is desirable in general, to ensure that " +"Debian can be installed on the widest array of hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debians startdisketter innehåller en kärna som är byggd för att maximera " +"antalet system de kan köras på. Tyvärr betyder det här att kärnan blir stor, " +"vilket inkluderar många drivrutiner som inte kommer att användas för din " +"maskin (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> för att lära dig hur man bygger " +"en egen kärna). Stöd för ett stort antal enheter är allmänt önskvärt, för " +"att se till att Debian kan installeras på ett stort antal maskinvaror." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1968 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, the Debian installation system includes support for floppies, IDE drives, IDE floppies, parallel port IDE devices, SCSI controllers and drives, USB, and FireWire. The supported file systems include FAT, Win-32 FAT extensions (VFAT) and NTFS." -msgstr "Generellt sett inkluderar Debians installationssystem stöd för disketter, IDE-diskar, IDE-disketter, IDE-enheter via parallellport, SCSI-kontrollrar och diskar, USB och FireWire. Filsystemen som stöds inkluderar FAT, Win-32 FAT-utökningar (VFAT) och NTFS." +msgid "" +"Generally, the Debian installation system includes support for floppies, IDE " +"drives, IDE floppies, parallel port IDE devices, SCSI controllers and " +"drives, USB, and FireWire. The supported file systems include FAT, Win-32 " +"FAT extensions (VFAT) and NTFS." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett inkluderar Debians installationssystem stöd för disketter, " +"IDE-diskar, IDE-disketter, IDE-enheter via parallellport, SCSI-kontrollrar " +"och diskar, USB och FireWire. Filsystemen som stöds inkluderar FAT, Win-32 " +"FAT-utökningar (VFAT) och NTFS." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1975 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk interfaces that emulate the <quote>AT</quote> hard disk interface — often called MFM, RLL, IDE, or ATA — are supported. Very old 8–bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer are supported only as a module. SCSI disk controllers from many different manufacturers are supported. See the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "Diskgränssnitten som emulerar <quote>AT</quote>-hårddiskgränssnittet som ofta kallas MFM, RLL, IDE eller ATA finns det stöd för. Mycket gamla 8–bitars hårddiskkontrollrar som används i IBM XT-datorn stöds endast som en modul. SCSI-diskkontrollrar från många olika tillverkare stöds. Se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för fler detaljer." +msgid "" +"Disk interfaces that emulate the <quote>AT</quote> hard disk interface " +"— often called MFM, RLL, IDE, or ATA — are supported. Very old " +"8–bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer are supported " +"only as a module. SCSI disk controllers from many different manufacturers " +"are supported. See the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware " +"Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> for more details." +msgstr "" +"Diskgränssnitten som emulerar <quote>AT</quote>-hårddiskgränssnittet som " +"ofta kallas MFM, RLL, IDE eller ATA finns det stöd för. Mycket gamla 8–" +"bitars hårddiskkontrollrar som används i IBM XT-datorn stöds endast som en " +"modul. SCSI-diskkontrollrar från många olika tillverkare stöds. Se <ulink " +"url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för " +"fler detaljer." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1985 #, no-c-format -msgid "Pretty much all storage systems supported by the Linux kernel are supported by the Debian installation system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on the Macintosh at all, and the Debian installation system doesn't support floppies for Amigas. Also supported on the Atari is the Macintosh HFS system, and AFFS as a module. Macs support the Atari (FAT) file system. Amigas support the FAT file system, and HFS as a module." -msgstr "Så gott som alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds av Debians installationssystem. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för disketter alls på Macintosh och att Debians installationsystem inte har stöd för disketter för Amiga. På Atari finns även stöd för Machintosh HFS-system och AFFS som en modul. Mac:ar har stöd för Ataris (FAT) filsystem. Amiga har stöd för FAT-filsystemet och HFS som en modul." +msgid "" +"Pretty much all storage systems supported by the Linux kernel are supported " +"by the Debian installation system. Note that the current Linux kernel does " +"not support floppies on the Macintosh at all, and the Debian installation " +"system doesn't support floppies for Amigas. Also supported on the Atari is " +"the Macintosh HFS system, and AFFS as a module. Macs support the Atari (FAT) " +"file system. Amigas support the FAT file system, and HFS as a module." +msgstr "" +"Så gott som alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds av Debians " +"installationssystem. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för " +"disketter alls på Macintosh och att Debians installationsystem inte har stöd " +"för disketter för Amiga. På Atari finns även stöd för Machintosh HFS-system " +"och AFFS som en modul. Mac:ar har stöd för Ataris (FAT) filsystem. Amiga har " +"stöd för FAT-filsystemet och HFS som en modul." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1995 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. The following SCSI drivers are supported in the default kernel: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR and Symbios 53C8XX </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (such as the UltraSPARC 5) are also supported. See <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink> for more information on SPARC hardware supported by the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Följande SCSI-drivrutiner stöds i standardkärnan: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR och Symbios 53C8XX </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (såsom UltraSPARC 5) stöds också. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> för mer information om SPARC-maskinvara som stöds av Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. The following SCSI drivers are supported in the default kernel: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec " +"AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR and Symbios 53C8XX </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (such as the UltraSPARC 5) are also " +"supported. See <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC " +"Processors FAQ</ulink> for more information on SPARC hardware supported by " +"the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Följande SCSI-drivrutiner stöds i standardkärnan: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec " +"AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR och Symbios 53C8XX </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (såsom UltraSPARC 5) stöds också. Se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> " +"för mer information om SPARC-maskinvara som stöds av Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2028 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. This includes both SCSI and IDE disks. Note, however, that on many systems, the SRM console is unable to boot from IDE drives, and the Jensen is unable to boot from floppies. (see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information on booting the Jensen)" -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Det här inkluderar både SCSI- och IDE-diskar. Notera att på många system kan inte SRM-konsollen starta upp från IDE-enheter och Jensen kan inte starta upp från disketter. (se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> för mere information hur man starta upp en Jensen)" +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. This includes both SCSI and IDE disks. Note, however, that on " +"many systems, the SRM console is unable to boot from IDE drives, and the " +"Jensen is unable to boot from floppies. (see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;" +"\"></ulink> for more information on booting the Jensen)" +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Det här inkluderar både SCSI- och IDE-diskar. Notera att " +"på många system kan inte SRM-konsollen starta upp från IDE-enheter och " +"Jensen kan inte starta upp från disketter. (se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-" +"howto;\"></ulink> för mere information hur man starta upp en Jensen)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2037 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on CHRP systems at all." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för disketter på CHRP-system alls." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on " +"CHRP systems at all." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för " +"disketter på CHRP-system alls." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2043 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support the floppy drive." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för diskettenheten." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support the floppy " +"drive." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Notera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för " +"diskettenheten." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2049 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. " +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. This means that FBA and ECKD DASDs are supported with the old Linux disk layout (ldl) and the new common S/390 disk layout (cdl)." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Det här betyder att FBA och ECKD DASDs stöds med den gamla disklayouten i Linux (ldl) och den nya vanliga S/390 disklayout (cdl)." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. This means that FBA and ECKD DASDs are supported with the old " +"Linux disk layout (ldl) and the new common S/390 disk layout (cdl)." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Det här betyder att FBA och ECKD DASDs stöds med den " +"gamla disklayouten i Linux (ldl) och den nya vanliga S/390 disklayout (cdl)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2071 @@ -3012,38 +3836,74 @@ msgstr "Kringutrustning och annan maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2072 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux supports a large variety of hardware devices such as mice, printers, scanners, PCMCIA and USB devices. However, most of these devices are not required while installing the system." -msgstr "Linux har stöd för ett stort antal maskinvaruenheter såsom möss, skrivare, skannrar, PCMCIA och USB-enheter. Dock krävs inte de flesta av dessa enheter vid installation av systemet." +msgid "" +"Linux supports a large variety of hardware devices such as mice, printers, " +"scanners, PCMCIA and USB devices. However, most of these devices are not " +"required while installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Linux har stöd för ett stort antal maskinvaruenheter såsom möss, skrivare, " +"skannrar, PCMCIA och USB-enheter. Dock krävs inte de flesta av dessa enheter " +"vid installation av systemet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2078 #, no-c-format -msgid "USB hardware generally works fine, only some USB keyboards may require additional configuration (see <xref linkend=\"usb-keyboard-config\"/>)." -msgstr "USB-maskinvara fungerar allmänt bra, endast vissa USB-tangentbord kan kräva ytterligare konfiguration (se <xref linkend=\"usb-keyboard-config\"/>)." +msgid "" +"USB hardware generally works fine, only some USB keyboards may require " +"additional configuration (see <xref linkend=\"usb-keyboard-config\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"USB-maskinvara fungerar allmänt bra, endast vissa USB-tangentbord kan kräva " +"ytterligare konfiguration (se <xref linkend=\"usb-keyboard-config\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2084 #, no-c-format -msgid "Again, see the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> to determine whether your specific hardware is supported by Linux." -msgstr "Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för att fastställa om din specifika maskinvara stöds av Linux. " +msgid "" +"Again, see the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware " +"Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> to determine whether your specific hardware is " +"supported by Linux." +msgstr "" +"Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware " +"Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för att fastställa om din specifika maskinvara " +"stöds av Linux. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2090 #, no-c-format -msgid "Package installations from XPRAM and tape are not supported by this system. All packages that you want to install need to be available on a DASD or over the network using NFS, HTTP or FTP." -msgstr "Paketinstallationer från XPRAM och band stöds inte av det här systemet. Alla paket som du vill installera behöver vara tillgängliga på en DASD eller över nätverket via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." +msgid "" +"Package installations from XPRAM and tape are not supported by this system. " +"All packages that you want to install need to be available on a DASD or over " +"the network using NFS, HTTP or FTP." +msgstr "" +"Paketinstallationer från XPRAM och band stöds inte av det här systemet. Alla " +"paket som du vill installera behöver vara tillgängliga på en DASD eller över " +"nätverket via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2096 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board features four 64 bit PCI slots." -msgstr "Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitars och 64-bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser." +msgid "" +"The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 " +"bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation " +"board features four 64 bit PCI slots." +msgstr "" +"Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitars och 64-" +"bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet Broadcom " +"BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2102 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation board features four 64 bit PCI slots. The Cobalt RaQ has no support for additional devices but the Qube has one PCI slot." -msgstr "Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitars och 64-bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser. Cobalt RaQ har inget stöd för ytterligare enheter men Qube har en PCI-plats." +msgid "" +"The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and 64 " +"bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B evaluation " +"board features four 64 bit PCI slots. The Cobalt RaQ has no support for " +"additional devices but the Qube has one PCI slot." +msgstr "" +"Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitars och 64-" +"bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet Broadcom " +"BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser. Cobalt RaQ har inget stöd " +"för ytterligare enheter men Qube har en PCI-plats." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2112 @@ -3054,26 +3914,61 @@ msgstr "Köpa maskinvara specifikt för GNU/Linux" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2114 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several vendors, who ship systems with Debian or other distributions of GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">pre-installed</ulink>. You might pay more for the privilege, but it does buy a level of peace of mind, since you can be sure that the hardware is well-supported by GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Det finns ett flertal tillverkare som levererar system med Debian eller andra distributioner av GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">förinstallerat</ulink>. Du kan betala mer för privilegiet men det ger en känsla av trygghet eftersom du kan vara säker på att maskinvaran har bra stöd av GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"There are several vendors, who ship systems with Debian or other " +"distributions of GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">pre-installed</" +"ulink>. You might pay more for the privilege, but it does buy a level of " +"peace of mind, since you can be sure that the hardware is well-supported by " +"GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett flertal tillverkare som levererar system med Debian eller " +"andra distributioner av GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;" +"\">förinstallerat</ulink>. Du kan betala mer för privilegiet men det ger en " +"känsla av trygghet eftersom du kan vara säker på att maskinvaran har bra " +"stöd av GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2122 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, it's quite rare to find any vendor shipping new &arch-title; machines at all." -msgstr "Tyvärr är det ganska ovanligt att hitta någon tillverkare som levererar nya &arch-title;-maskiner." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it's quite rare to find any vendor shipping new &arch-title; " +"machines at all." +msgstr "" +"Tyvärr är det ganska ovanligt att hitta någon tillverkare som levererar nya " +"&arch-title;-maskiner." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2127 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do have to buy a machine with Windows bundled, carefully read the software license that comes with Windows; you may be able to reject the license and obtain a rebate from your vendor. Searching the Internet for <quote>windows refund</quote> may get you some useful information to help with that." -msgstr "Om du måste köpa en maskin paketerad med Windows, läs noga igenom programvarulicensen som kommer med Windows; du kan ha möjligheten att vägra licensen och hämta ut en återbetalning från din försäljare. Sök på Internet efter <quote>windows refund</quote> och du kan hitta användbar information för det här ändamålet." +msgid "" +"If you do have to buy a machine with Windows bundled, carefully read the " +"software license that comes with Windows; you may be able to reject the " +"license and obtain a rebate from your vendor. Searching the Internet for " +"<quote>windows refund</quote> may get you some useful information to help " +"with that." +msgstr "" +"Om du måste köpa en maskin paketerad med Windows, läs noga igenom " +"programvarulicensen som kommer med Windows; du kan ha möjligheten att vägra " +"licensen och hämta ut en återbetalning från din försäljare. Sök på Internet " +"efter <quote>windows refund</quote> och du kan hitta användbar information " +"för det här ändamålet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2135 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whether or not you are purchasing a system with Linux bundled, or even a used system, it is still important to check that your hardware is supported by the Linux kernel. Check if your hardware is listed in the references found above. Let your salesperson (if any) know that you're shopping for a Linux system. Support Linux-friendly hardware vendors." -msgstr "Om du köper ett system paketerat med Linux eller inte, eller till och med ett begagnat system är det fortfarande viktigt att kontrollera att din maskinvara stöds av Linux-kärnan. Kontrollera om din maskinvara finns listad i referenserna som hittas ovan. Låt din försäljare (om någon) veta att du vill köpa ett system för Linux. Stöd de maskinvarutillverkare som är Linux-vänliga." +msgid "" +"Whether or not you are purchasing a system with Linux bundled, or even a " +"used system, it is still important to check that your hardware is supported " +"by the Linux kernel. Check if your hardware is listed in the references " +"found above. Let your salesperson (if any) know that you're shopping for a " +"Linux system. Support Linux-friendly hardware vendors." +msgstr "" +"Om du köper ett system paketerat med Linux eller inte, eller till och med " +"ett begagnat system är det fortfarande viktigt att kontrollera att din " +"maskinvara stöds av Linux-kärnan. Kontrollera om din maskinvara finns listad " +"i referenserna som hittas ovan. Låt din försäljare (om någon) veta att du " +"vill köpa ett system för Linux. Stöd de maskinvarutillverkare som är Linux-" +"vänliga." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2146 @@ -3084,20 +3979,52 @@ msgstr "Undvik properitär eller sluten maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2147 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some hardware manufacturers simply won't tell us how to write drivers for their hardware. Others won't allow us access to the documentation without a non-disclosure agreement that would prevent us from releasing the Linux source code." -msgstr "Vissa maskinvarutillverkare berättar helt enkelt inte för oss hur man skriver drivrutiner för deras maskinvara. Andra tillåter inte att vi får tillgång till dokumentationen utan ett avtal för tystnadsplikt som skulle hindra oss från att ge ut Linux källkod." +msgid "" +"Some hardware manufacturers simply won't tell us how to write drivers for " +"their hardware. Others won't allow us access to the documentation without a " +"non-disclosure agreement that would prevent us from releasing the Linux " +"source code." +msgstr "" +"Vissa maskinvarutillverkare berättar helt enkelt inte för oss hur man " +"skriver drivrutiner för deras maskinvara. Andra tillåter inte att vi får " +"tillgång till dokumentationen utan ett avtal för tystnadsplikt som skulle " +"hindra oss från att ge ut Linux källkod." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2154 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another example is the proprietary hardware in the older Macintosh line. In fact, no specifications or documentation have ever been released for any Macintosh hardware, most notably the ADB controller (used by the mouse and keyboard), the floppy controller, and all acceleration and CLUT manipulation of the video hardware (though we do now support CLUT manipulation on nearly all internal video chips). In a nutshell, this explains why the Macintosh Linux port lags behind other Linux ports." -msgstr "Ett annat exempel är dem properitära maskinvaran i den äldre Macintosh-familjen. Faktum är att inga specifikationer eller dokumentationer har någonsin getts ut för någon Macintosh-maskinvara, mest tänkvärd är ADB-kontrollern (används av mus och tangentbord), diskettkontrollern och all accelering och CLUT-manipulering i grafikmaskinvaran (även om vi nu har stöd för CLUT-manipulering på nästan alla interna grafikchip). I ett nötskal, det här förklarar varför Linux-porteringen till Macintosh ligger efter andra Linux-porteringar." +msgid "" +"Another example is the proprietary hardware in the older Macintosh line. In " +"fact, no specifications or documentation have ever been released for any " +"Macintosh hardware, most notably the ADB controller (used by the mouse and " +"keyboard), the floppy controller, and all acceleration and CLUT manipulation " +"of the video hardware (though we do now support CLUT manipulation on nearly " +"all internal video chips). In a nutshell, this explains why the Macintosh " +"Linux port lags behind other Linux ports." +msgstr "" +"Ett annat exempel är dem properitära maskinvaran i den äldre Macintosh-" +"familjen. Faktum är att inga specifikationer eller dokumentationer har " +"någonsin getts ut för någon Macintosh-maskinvara, mest tänkvärd är ADB-" +"kontrollern (används av mus och tangentbord), diskettkontrollern och all " +"accelering och CLUT-manipulering i grafikmaskinvaran (även om vi nu har stöd " +"för CLUT-manipulering på nästan alla interna grafikchip). I ett nötskal, det " +"här förklarar varför Linux-porteringen till Macintosh ligger efter andra " +"Linux-porteringar." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2165 #, no-c-format -msgid "Since we haven't been granted access to the documentation on these devices, they simply won't work under Linux. You can help by asking the manufacturers of such hardware to release the documentation. If enough people ask, they will realize that the free software community is an important market." -msgstr "Eftersom vi inte har tillåtits ta del av dokumentationen för dessa enheter fungerar de helt enkelt inte under Linux. Du kan hjälpa till genom att fråga tillverkare av sådan maskinvara att ge ut dokumentationen. Om ett tillräckligt antal personer frågar kommer de förstå att den fria programvarugemenskapen är en viktig marknad." +msgid "" +"Since we haven't been granted access to the documentation on these devices, " +"they simply won't work under Linux. You can help by asking the manufacturers " +"of such hardware to release the documentation. If enough people ask, they " +"will realize that the free software community is an important market." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom vi inte har tillåtits ta del av dokumentationen för dessa enheter " +"fungerar de helt enkelt inte under Linux. Du kan hjälpa till genom att fråga " +"tillverkare av sådan maskinvara att ge ut dokumentationen. Om ett " +"tillräckligt antal personer frågar kommer de förstå att den fria " +"programvarugemenskapen är en viktig marknad." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2177 @@ -3108,20 +4035,83 @@ msgstr "Windows-specifik maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -msgid "A disturbing trend is the proliferation of Windows-specific modems and printers. In some cases these are specially designed to be operated by the Microsoft Windows operating system and bear the legend <quote>WinModem</quote> or <quote>Made especially for Windows-based computers</quote>. This is generally done by removing the embedded processors of the hardware and shifting the work they do over to a Windows driver that is run by your computer's main CPU. This strategy makes the hardware less expensive, but the savings are often <emphasis>not</emphasis> passed on to the user and this hardware may even be more expensive than equivalent devices that retain their embedded intelligence." -msgstr "En besvärande trend är ökningen av Windows-specifika modem och skrivare. I vissa fall är dessa speciellt designade för att köras på operativsystemet Microsoft Windows och har märken såsom <quote>WinModem</quote> eller <quote>Tillverkad speciellt för Windows-baserade datorer</quote>. Det här är generellt sett gjort genom att ta bort de inbäddade processorerna från maskinvaran och flytta över det jobb de gjort över till en Windows-drivrutin som körs av din dators huvudprocessor. Den här strategin gör maskinvaran billigare men prissänkningen flyttas ofta <emphasis>inte</emphasis> över på användaren och den här maskinvaran kan även vara dyrare än liknande enheter som har kvar sin inbäddade intelligens." +msgid "" +"A disturbing trend is the proliferation of Windows-specific modems and " +"printers. In some cases these are specially designed to be operated by the " +"Microsoft Windows operating system and bear the legend <quote>WinModem</" +"quote> or <quote>Made especially for Windows-based computers</quote>. This " +"is generally done by removing the embedded processors of the hardware and " +"shifting the work they do over to a Windows driver that is run by your " +"computer's main CPU. This strategy makes the hardware less expensive, but " +"the savings are often <emphasis>not</emphasis> passed on to the user and " +"this hardware may even be more expensive than equivalent devices that retain " +"their embedded intelligence." +msgstr "" +"En besvärande trend är ökningen av Windows-specifika modem och skrivare. I " +"vissa fall är dessa speciellt designade för att köras på operativsystemet " +"Microsoft Windows och har märken såsom <quote>WinModem</quote> eller " +"<quote>Tillverkad speciellt för Windows-baserade datorer</quote>. Det här är " +"generellt sett gjort genom att ta bort de inbäddade processorerna från " +"maskinvaran och flytta över det jobb de gjort över till en Windows-drivrutin " +"som körs av din dators huvudprocessor. Den här strategin gör maskinvaran " +"billigare men prissänkningen flyttas ofta <emphasis>inte</emphasis> över på " +"användaren och den här maskinvaran kan även vara dyrare än liknande enheter " +"som har kvar sin inbäddade intelligens." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should avoid Windows-specific hardware for two reasons. The first is that the manufacturers do not generally make the resources available to write a Linux driver. Generally, the hardware and software interface to the device is proprietary, and documentation is not available without a non-disclosure agreement, if it is available at all. This precludes its being used for free software, since free software writers disclose the source code of their programs. The second reason is that when devices like these have had their embedded processors removed, the operating system must perform the work of the embedded processors, often at <emphasis>real-time</emphasis> priority, and thus the CPU is not available to run your programs while it is driving these devices. Since the typical Windows user does not multi-process as intensively as a Linux user, the manufacturers hope that the Windows user simply won't notice the burden this hardware places on their CPU. However, any multi-processing operating system, even Windows 2000 or XP, suffers from degraded performance when peripheral manufacturers skimp on the embedded processing power of their hardware." -msgstr "Du bör undvika Windows-specifik maskinvara av två anledningar. Första är att tillverkarna generellt sett inte gör resurser tillgängliga för att skriva en Linux-drivrutin. Generellt sett är maskinvaran och programvarugränssnittet till enheten properitär och dokumentationen är inte tillgänglig utan ett avtal om tystnadsplikt, om den finns tillgänglig över huvudtaget. Det här förhindrar att den kan användas för fri programvara eftersom utvecklare av fri programvara delger källkoden för sina program. Den andra anledningen är att när enheter som dessa har fått sina inbäddade processorer borttagna måste operativsystemet göra arbetet som de inbäddade processorerna gjorde tidigare, ofta i <emphasis>realtidsprioritet</emphasis> och därför är inte processorn tillgänglig för att köra dina program när den kör dessa enheter. Eftersom de typiska Windows-användarna inte kör flera processer lika intensivt som en Linux-användare, hoppas tillverkarna att Windows-användarna inte ska märka av den extra börda som den här maskinvaran belastar deras processor med. Dock lider alla operativsystem med multi-processing, även Windows 2000 eller XP, från minskad prestanda när tillverkare av kringutrustning snålar med den inbäddade processorkraften i sin maskinvara." +msgid "" +"You should avoid Windows-specific hardware for two reasons. The first is " +"that the manufacturers do not generally make the resources available to " +"write a Linux driver. Generally, the hardware and software interface to the " +"device is proprietary, and documentation is not available without a non-" +"disclosure agreement, if it is available at all. This precludes its being " +"used for free software, since free software writers disclose the source code " +"of their programs. The second reason is that when devices like these have " +"had their embedded processors removed, the operating system must perform the " +"work of the embedded processors, often at <emphasis>real-time</emphasis> " +"priority, and thus the CPU is not available to run your programs while it is " +"driving these devices. Since the typical Windows user does not multi-process " +"as intensively as a Linux user, the manufacturers hope that the Windows user " +"simply won't notice the burden this hardware places on their CPU. However, " +"any multi-processing operating system, even Windows 2000 or XP, suffers from " +"degraded performance when peripheral manufacturers skimp on the embedded " +"processing power of their hardware." +msgstr "" +"Du bör undvika Windows-specifik maskinvara av två anledningar. Första är att " +"tillverkarna generellt sett inte gör resurser tillgängliga för att skriva en " +"Linux-drivrutin. Generellt sett är maskinvaran och programvarugränssnittet " +"till enheten properitär och dokumentationen är inte tillgänglig utan ett " +"avtal om tystnadsplikt, om den finns tillgänglig över huvudtaget. Det här " +"förhindrar att den kan användas för fri programvara eftersom utvecklare av " +"fri programvara delger källkoden för sina program. Den andra anledningen är " +"att när enheter som dessa har fått sina inbäddade processorer borttagna " +"måste operativsystemet göra arbetet som de inbäddade processorerna gjorde " +"tidigare, ofta i <emphasis>realtidsprioritet</emphasis> och därför är inte " +"processorn tillgänglig för att köra dina program när den kör dessa enheter. " +"Eftersom de typiska Windows-användarna inte kör flera processer lika " +"intensivt som en Linux-användare, hoppas tillverkarna att Windows-användarna " +"inte ska märka av den extra börda som den här maskinvaran belastar deras " +"processor med. Dock lider alla operativsystem med multi-processing, även " +"Windows 2000 eller XP, från minskad prestanda när tillverkare av " +"kringutrustning snålar med den inbäddade processorkraften i sin maskinvara." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2212 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can help improve this situation by encouraging these manufacturers to release the documentation and other resources necessary for us to program their hardware, but the best strategy is simply to avoid this sort of hardware until it is listed as working in the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Du kan hjälpa till genom att uppmuntra dessa tillverkare att ge ut dokumentation och andra resurser som är nödvändiga för oss att programmera deras maskinvara, men den bästa strategin är helt enkelt att undvika den här typen av maskinvara tills den är listad som fungerande i <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"You can help improve this situation by encouraging these manufacturers to " +"release the documentation and other resources necessary for us to program " +"their hardware, but the best strategy is simply to avoid this sort of " +"hardware until it is listed as working in the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-" +"howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hjälpa till genom att uppmuntra dessa tillverkare att ge ut " +"dokumentation och andra resurser som är nödvändiga för oss att programmera " +"deras maskinvara, men den bästa strategin är helt enkelt att undvika den här " +"typen av maskinvara tills den är listad som fungerande i <ulink url=\"&url-" +"hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2225 @@ -3132,20 +4122,49 @@ msgstr "RAM-minne med falsk eller <quote>virtuell</quote> paritet" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2226 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you ask for Parity RAM in a computer store, you'll probably get <emphasis>virtual parity</emphasis> memory modules instead of <emphasis>true parity</emphasis> ones. Virtual parity SIMMs can often (but not always) be distinguished because they only have one more chip than an equivalent non-parity SIMM, and that one extra chip is smaller than all the others. Virtual-parity SIMMs work exactly like non-parity memory. They can't tell you when you have a single-bit RAM error the way true-parity SIMMs do in a motherboard that implements parity. Don't ever pay more for a virtual-parity SIMM than a non-parity one. Do expect to pay a little more for true-parity SIMMs, because you are actually buying one extra bit of memory for every 8 bits." -msgstr "Om du frågar efter RAM-minne med paritet i en datorbutik får du antagligen minnesmoduler med <emphasis>virtuell paritet</emphasis> istället för <emphasis>riktig paritet</emphasis>. SIMM med virtuell paritet kan ofta (men inte alltid) urskiljas därför att de endast har ett chip mer än motsvarande SIMM-minnen med icke-paritet och det extra chippet är mindre än alla de andra. SIMM-minnen med virtuell paritet fungerar exakt som minnen med icke-paritet. De kan inte säga till dig när du har ett bitfel i RAM på det sätt som SIMM med riktig paritet gör på ett moderkort som implementerar paritet. Betala aldrig mer för ett SIMM-minne med virtuell paritet än ett med icke-paritet. Förvänta dig att betala lite mer för SIMM med riktig paritet för att du faktiskt köper en extra bit minne för varje 8 bitar." +msgid "" +"If you ask for Parity RAM in a computer store, you'll probably get " +"<emphasis>virtual parity</emphasis> memory modules instead of <emphasis>true " +"parity</emphasis> ones. Virtual parity SIMMs can often (but not always) be " +"distinguished because they only have one more chip than an equivalent non-" +"parity SIMM, and that one extra chip is smaller than all the others. Virtual-" +"parity SIMMs work exactly like non-parity memory. They can't tell you when " +"you have a single-bit RAM error the way true-parity SIMMs do in a " +"motherboard that implements parity. Don't ever pay more for a virtual-parity " +"SIMM than a non-parity one. Do expect to pay a little more for true-parity " +"SIMMs, because you are actually buying one extra bit of memory for every 8 " +"bits." +msgstr "" +"Om du frågar efter RAM-minne med paritet i en datorbutik får du antagligen " +"minnesmoduler med <emphasis>virtuell paritet</emphasis> istället för " +"<emphasis>riktig paritet</emphasis>. SIMM med virtuell paritet kan ofta (men " +"inte alltid) urskiljas därför att de endast har ett chip mer än motsvarande " +"SIMM-minnen med icke-paritet och det extra chippet är mindre än alla de " +"andra. SIMM-minnen med virtuell paritet fungerar exakt som minnen med icke-" +"paritet. De kan inte säga till dig när du har ett bitfel i RAM på det sätt " +"som SIMM med riktig paritet gör på ett moderkort som implementerar paritet. " +"Betala aldrig mer för ett SIMM-minne med virtuell paritet än ett med icke-" +"paritet. Förvänta dig att betala lite mer för SIMM med riktig paritet för " +"att du faktiskt köper en extra bit minne för varje 8 bitar." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2241 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want complete information on &arch-title; RAM issues, and what is the best RAM to buy, see the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\">PC Hardware FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill ha mer komplett information om RAM-problem på &arch-title;, och vad som är det bästa RAM-minnet att köpa, se <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\">PC Hardware FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want complete information on &arch-title; RAM issues, and what is the " +"best RAM to buy, see the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\">PC Hardware FAQ</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha mer komplett information om RAM-problem på &arch-title;, och " +"vad som är det bästa RAM-minnet att köpa, se <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;" +"\">PC Hardware FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "Most, if not all, Alpha systems require true-parity RAM." -msgstr "De flesta, om inte alla, Alpha-system kräver RAM-minne med riktig paritet." +msgstr "" +"De flesta, om inte alla, Alpha-system kräver RAM-minne med riktig paritet." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:2262 @@ -3156,26 +4175,64 @@ msgstr "Krav för minne och diskplats" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2264 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; of hard disk space. For a minimal console-based system (all standard packages), 250MB is required. If you want to install a reasonable amount of software, including the X Window System, and some development programs and libraries, you'll need at least 400MB. For a more or less complete desktop system, you'll need a few gigabytes." -msgstr "Du måste ha åtminstone &minimum-memory; minne och &minimum-fs-size; hårddiskutrymme. På ett minimalt konsollbaserat system (alla standardpaket) krävs det 250MB. Om du vill installera en rimlig mängd programvara, inklusive fönstersystemet X och några programvaror för utveckling och bibliotek behöver du minst 400MB. För ett mer eller mindre komplett skrivbordssystem behöver du ett par gigabyte." +msgid "" +"You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; of " +"hard disk space. For a minimal console-based system (all standard packages), " +"250MB is required. If you want to install a reasonable amount of software, " +"including the X Window System, and some development programs and libraries, " +"you'll need at least 400MB. For a more or less complete desktop system, " +"you'll need a few gigabytes." +msgstr "" +"Du måste ha åtminstone &minimum-memory; minne och &minimum-fs-size; " +"hårddiskutrymme. På ett minimalt konsollbaserat system (alla standardpaket) " +"krävs det 250MB. Om du vill installera en rimlig mängd programvara, " +"inklusive fönstersystemet X och några programvaror för utveckling och " +"bibliotek behöver du minst 400MB. För ett mer eller mindre komplett " +"skrivbordssystem behöver du ett par gigabyte." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2273 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the Amiga the size of FastRAM is relevant towards the total memory requirements. Also, using Zorro cards with 16-bit RAM is not supported; you'll need 32-bit RAM. The <command>amiboot</command> program can be used to disable 16-bit RAM; see the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Recent kernels should disable 16-bit RAM automatically." -msgstr "På Amigan är storleken på FastRAM relevant jäntemot de totala minneskraven. Tänk även på att Zorro-kort med 16-bitars RAM-minne inte stöds, du behöver 32-bitars RAM-minne. Programmet <command>amiboot</command> kan användas för att stänga av 16-bitars RAM; se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Senare kärnor bör stänga av 16-bitars RAM automatiskt." +msgid "" +"On the Amiga the size of FastRAM is relevant towards the total memory " +"requirements. Also, using Zorro cards with 16-bit RAM is not supported; " +"you'll need 32-bit RAM. The <command>amiboot</command> program can be used " +"to disable 16-bit RAM; see the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</" +"ulink>. Recent kernels should disable 16-bit RAM automatically." +msgstr "" +"På Amigan är storleken på FastRAM relevant jäntemot de totala minneskraven. " +"Tänk även på att Zorro-kort med 16-bitars RAM-minne inte stöds, du behöver " +"32-bitars RAM-minne. Programmet <command>amiboot</command> kan användas för " +"att stänga av 16-bitars RAM; se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k " +"FAQ</ulink>. Senare kärnor bör stänga av 16-bitars RAM automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2282 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the Atari, both ST-RAM and Fast RAM (TT-RAM) are used by Linux. Many users have reported problems running the kernel itself in Fast RAM, so the Atari bootstrap will place the kernel in ST-RAM. The minimum requirement for ST-RAM is 2 MB. You will need an additional 12 MB or more of TT-RAM." -msgstr "På Atari är både ST-RAM och Fast RAM (TT-RAM) använt av Linux. Många användare har rapporterat problem med att köra kärnan i Fast RAM så Ataris bootstrap kommer att placera kärnan i ST-RAM. Minimikrav för ST-RAM är 2 MB. Du kommer att behöva ytterligare 12 MB eller mer av TT-RAM." +msgid "" +"On the Atari, both ST-RAM and Fast RAM (TT-RAM) are used by Linux. Many " +"users have reported problems running the kernel itself in Fast RAM, so the " +"Atari bootstrap will place the kernel in ST-RAM. The minimum requirement for " +"ST-RAM is 2 MB. You will need an additional 12 MB or more of TT-RAM." +msgstr "" +"På Atari är både ST-RAM och Fast RAM (TT-RAM) använt av Linux. Många " +"användare har rapporterat problem med att köra kärnan i Fast RAM så Ataris " +"bootstrap kommer att placera kärnan i ST-RAM. Minimikrav för ST-RAM är 2 MB. " +"Du kommer att behöva ytterligare 12 MB eller mer av TT-RAM." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2290 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the Macintosh, care should be taken on machines with RAM-based video (RBV). The RAM segment at physical address 0 is used as screen memory, making the default load position for the kernel unavailable. The alternate RAM segment used for kernel and RAMdisk must be at least 4 MB." -msgstr "På Macintosh bör man vara försiktig på maskiner med RAM-baserad grafik (RBV). RAM-segmentet på fysiska adressen 0 används som skärmminne och gör standardpositionen för inläsning av kärnan inte tillgänglig. Det alternativa RAM-segmentet som används för kärna och ramdisk måste vara minst 4 MB." +msgid "" +"On the Macintosh, care should be taken on machines with RAM-based video " +"(RBV). The RAM segment at physical address 0 is used as screen memory, " +"making the default load position for the kernel unavailable. The alternate " +"RAM segment used for kernel and RAMdisk must be at least 4 MB." +msgstr "" +"På Macintosh bör man vara försiktig på maskiner med RAM-baserad grafik " +"(RBV). RAM-segmentet på fysiska adressen 0 används som skärmminne och gör " +"standardpositionen för inläsning av kärnan inte tillgänglig. Det alternativa " +"RAM-segmentet som används för kärna och ramdisk måste vara minst 4 MB." #. Tag: emphasis #: hardware.xml:2300 @@ -3192,25 +4249,55 @@ msgstr "Maskinvara för anslutning till nätverk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most PCI and many older ISA network cards are supported. Some network interface cards are not supported by most Debian installation disks, such as AX.25 cards and protocols; NI16510 EtherBlaster cards; Schneider & Koch G16 cards; and the Zenith Z-Note built-in network card. Microchannel (MCA) network cards are not supported by the standard installation system, but see <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux on MCA</ulink> for some (old) instructions. FDDI networks are also not supported by the installation disks, both cards and protocols." -msgstr "De flesta PCI och många äldre ISA-nätverkskort stöds. Vissa nätverkskort stöds inte av de flesta av Debians installationsdisketter, såsom AX.25-kort och protokoll; NI16510 EtherBlaster-kort; Schneider & Koch G16-kot; och Zenith Z-Note inbyggt nätverkskort. Nätverkskort som använder microchannel (MCA) stöds inte av standardinstallationssystemet, men se på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux på MCA</ulink> för några (gamla) instruktioner. FDDI-nätverk stöds inte heller av installationsdisketterna, både kort och protokoll." +msgid "" +"Most PCI and many older ISA network cards are supported. Some network " +"interface cards are not supported by most Debian installation disks, such as " +"AX.25 cards and protocols; NI16510 EtherBlaster cards; Schneider & Koch " +"G16 cards; and the Zenith Z-Note built-in network card. Microchannel (MCA) " +"network cards are not supported by the standard installation system, but see " +"<ulink url=\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux on MCA</ulink> for some (old) " +"instructions. FDDI networks are also not supported by the installation " +"disks, both cards and protocols." +msgstr "" +"De flesta PCI och många äldre ISA-nätverkskort stöds. Vissa nätverkskort " +"stöds inte av de flesta av Debians installationsdisketter, såsom AX.25-kort " +"och protokoll; NI16510 EtherBlaster-kort; Schneider & Koch G16-kot; och " +"Zenith Z-Note inbyggt nätverkskort. Nätverkskort som använder microchannel " +"(MCA) stöds inte av standardinstallationssystemet, men se på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux på MCA</ulink> för några (gamla) instruktioner. " +"FDDI-nätverk stöds inte heller av installationsdisketterna, både kort och " +"protokoll." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2332 #, no-c-format -msgid "As for ISDN, the D-channel protocol for the (old) German 1TR6 is not supported; Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards are also not supported by the &d-i;." -msgstr "För ISDN, D-kanalsprotokollet för (gamla) tyska 1TR6 stöds inte; Spellcaster BRI ISDN-kort stöds inte heller av &d-i;." +msgid "" +"As for ISDN, the D-channel protocol for the (old) German 1TR6 is not " +"supported; Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards are also not supported by the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"För ISDN, D-kanalsprotokollet för (gamla) tyska 1TR6 stöds inte; Spellcaster " +"BRI ISDN-kort stöds inte heller av &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module. Again, see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\"></ulink> for complete details." -msgstr "De nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd för på startdisketterna. Du kan behöva att läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som en modul. Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\"></ulink> för utförliga detaljer." +msgid "" +"Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also " +"be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as " +"a module. Again, see <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\"></ulink> for complete " +"details." +msgstr "" +"De nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd för på " +"startdisketterna. Du kan behöva att läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som en " +"modul. Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\"></ulink> för utförliga " +"detaljer." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2349 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following network interface cards (NICs) are supported from the bootable kernel directly:" +msgid "" +"The following network interface cards (NICs) are supported from the bootable " +"kernel directly:" msgstr "Följande nätverkskort (NIC) stöds direkt i den startbara kärnan:" #. Tag: para @@ -3228,8 +4315,14 @@ msgstr "Sun Happy Meal" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2369 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following network interface cards are supported as modules. They can be enabled once the drivers are installed during the setup. However, due to the magic of OpenPROM, you still should be able to boot from these devices:" -msgstr "Följande nätverkskort stöds som moduler. De kan aktiveras när drivrutinerna har installerats under inställningen. Dock, på grund av magin i OpenPROM, bör du fortfarande kunna starta upp från dessa enheter:" +msgid "" +"The following network interface cards are supported as modules. They can be " +"enabled once the drivers are installed during the setup. However, due to the " +"magic of OpenPROM, you still should be able to boot from these devices:" +msgstr "" +"Följande nätverkskort stöds som moduler. De kan aktiveras när drivrutinerna " +"har installerats under inställningen. Dock, på grund av magin i OpenPROM, " +"bör du fortfarande kunna starta upp från dessa enheter:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2377 @@ -3250,26 +4343,42 @@ msgid "MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet" msgstr "MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet" #. Tag: para -#: hardware.xml:2395 -#: hardware.xml:2401 -#: hardware.xml:2407 -#: hardware.xml:2413 +#: hardware.xml:2395 hardware.xml:2401 hardware.xml:2407 hardware.xml:2413 #: hardware.xml:2419 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module." -msgstr "Alla nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd för av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som en modul." +msgid "" +"Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also " +"be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as " +"a module." +msgstr "" +"Alla nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd för " +"av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som en " +"modul." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2425 #, no-c-format -msgid "Due to kernel limitations only the onboard network interfaces on DECstations are supported, TurboChannel option network cards currently do not work." -msgstr "På grund av begränsningar i kärnan finns endast stöd för nätverkskort på moderkortet för DECstation, TurboChannel-nätverkskort fungerar för närvarande inte." +msgid "" +"Due to kernel limitations only the onboard network interfaces on DECstations " +"are supported, TurboChannel option network cards currently do not work." +msgstr "" +"På grund av begränsningar i kärnan finns endast stöd för nätverkskort på " +"moderkortet för DECstation, TurboChannel-nätverkskort fungerar för " +"närvarande inte." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2431 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel is also be supported by the boot disks. All network drivers are compiled as modules so you need to load one first during the initial network setup. The list of supported network devices is:" -msgstr "Alla nätverksgränssnittskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds även av startdisketterna. Alla nätverksdrivrutiner byggs som moduler så att du behöver läsa in en först under den initiala nätverksinställningen. Listan över nätverksenheter som stöds är:" +msgid "" +"Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel is also be " +"supported by the boot disks. All network drivers are compiled as modules so " +"you need to load one first during the initial network setup. The list of " +"supported network devices is:" +msgstr "" +"Alla nätverksgränssnittskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds även av " +"startdisketterna. Alla nätverksdrivrutiner byggs som moduler så att du " +"behöver läsa in en först under den initiala nätverksinställningen. Listan " +"över nätverksenheter som stöds är:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2439 @@ -3286,8 +4395,11 @@ msgstr "OSA-2 Token Ring/Ethernet och OSA-Express Fast Ethernet (non-QDIO)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2449 #, no-c-format -msgid "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests only" -msgstr "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — endast tillgänglig för VM-gäster" +msgid "" +"Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests only" +msgstr "" +"Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — endast tillgänglig för VM-" +"gäster" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2454 @@ -3298,8 +4410,12 @@ msgstr "OSA-Express i QDIO-läge, HiperSockets och Gäst-LAN" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2463 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot disks on Netwinder and CATS machines:" -msgstr "De följande nätverkskorten har stöds direkt av startdisketterna på NetWinder och CATS-maskiner:" +msgid "" +"The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot " +"disks on Netwinder and CATS machines:" +msgstr "" +"De följande nätverkskorten har stöds direkt av startdisketterna på NetWinder " +"och CATS-maskiner:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2469 @@ -3316,7 +4432,9 @@ msgstr "DECchip Tulip" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2482 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot disks on RiscPCs:" +msgid "" +"The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot " +"disks on RiscPCs:" msgstr "Följande nätverkskort har direktstöd av startdisketterna på RiscPC:" #. Tag: para @@ -3340,29 +4458,48 @@ msgstr "EtherH" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2505 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your card is mentioned in the lists above, the complete installation can be carried out from the network with no need for CD-ROMs or floppy disks." -msgstr "Om ditt kort nämns i listan ovan kan en komplett installation utföras från nätverket utan behov av cd-rom eller disketter." +msgid "" +"If your card is mentioned in the lists above, the complete installation can " +"be carried out from the network with no need for CD-ROMs or floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt kort nämns i listan ovan kan en komplett installation utföras från " +"nätverket utan behov av cd-rom eller disketter." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:2511 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any other network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network driver as a module; this means that you will have to install the operating system kernel and modules using some other media." -msgstr "Alla övriga nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd för av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva att läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som en modul; det här betyder att du måste installera operativsystemskärnan och moduler via ett annat media." +msgid "" +"Any other network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should " +"also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network " +"driver as a module; this means that you will have to install the operating " +"system kernel and modules using some other media." +msgstr "" +"Alla övriga nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas " +"stöd för av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva att läsa in din " +"nätverksdrivrutin som en modul; det här betyder att du måste installera " +"operativsystemskärnan och moduler via ett annat media." #~ msgid "riscpc" #~ msgstr "riscpc" + #~ msgid "prep" #~ msgstr "prep" + #~ msgid "r5k-ip22" #~ msgstr "r5k-ip22" + #~ msgid "power3" #~ msgstr "power3" + #~ msgid "RiscPC and Riscstation" #~ msgstr "RiscPC och Riscstation" + #~ msgid "RiscPC" #~ msgstr "RiscPC" + #~ msgid "Riscstation" #~ msgstr "Riscstation" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is an inexpensive 56MHz 7500FE based machine with integrated video, " #~ "IDE, PS/2 keyboard and mouse and two serial ports. Its lack of processing " @@ -3373,18 +4510,23 @@ msgstr "Alla övriga nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också #~ "IDE, PS/2-tangentbord, mus och två seriellportar. Avsaknaden av " #~ "processorkraft var mindre viktigt på grund av dess pris. Den kan hittas i " #~ "två konfigurationer, en med RISC OS och en med en enkel starthanterare." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and " #~ "64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitar och " #~ "64-bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar." + #~ msgid "shark" #~ msgstr "shark" + #~ msgid "lart" #~ msgstr "lart" + #~ msgid "Bast" #~ msgstr "Bast" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a modern ARM 920 board with a 266MHz Samsung processor. It has " #~ "integrated IDE, USB, Serial, Parallel, audio, video, flash and two " @@ -3395,8 +4537,10 @@ msgstr "Alla övriga nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också #~ "har integrerad IDE, USB, Seriell, Parallell, ljud, grafik, flash och två " #~ "Ethernetportar. Det här systemet har en bra starthanterare som också " #~ "hittas på CATS och Riscstation-system." + #~ msgid "LART" #~ msgstr "LART" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a modular open hardware platform intended to be built by " #~ "enthusiasts. To be useful to install Debian it requires its KSB expansion " @@ -3405,10 +4549,10 @@ msgstr "Alla övriga nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också #~ "Det här är en modulär och öppen hårdvaruplattform menad för att byggas av " #~ "entusiaster. För att vara användbar för installation med Debian kräver " #~ "den sitt KSB-utökningskort." + #~ msgid "" #~ "All Cobalt machines are supported which have a serial console (which is " #~ "needed for the installation)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alla Cobalt-maskiner stöds som har en seriell konsoll (som behövs för " #~ "installationen)." - diff --git a/po/sv/install-methods.po b/po/sv/install-methods.po index 8c277e53d..465d0ca5e 100644 --- a/po/sv/install-methods.po +++ b/po/sv/install-methods.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-21 10:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,26 +29,92 @@ msgstr "Officiella &debian; cd-rom-uppsättningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbilder från en Debian-spegel och göra en egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata skivor in och ut. " +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell " +"uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en " +"leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</" +"ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbilder från en Debian-spegel och göra en " +"egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare " +"(se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> för " +"detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor " +"och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till " +"att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full " +"uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du " +"behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-" +"versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata " +"skivor in och ut. " #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systeminstalleraren. Filerna du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-katalogen är identisk. När filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver för uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-" +"uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, " +"emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in " +"kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systeminstalleraren. Filerna " +"du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; " +"organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-katalogen är identisk. När " +"filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver för " +"uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma kataloger och " +"underkataloger på din cd." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." -msgstr "När installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver från cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver " +"från cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett installationsband</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en diskett eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att starta upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för " +"installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett installationsband</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en diskett eller</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att " +"starta upp installeraren." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -58,14 +125,22 @@ msgstr "Hämta filer från Debian-speglar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "När filer hämta från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att hämta filerna i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " +"in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"När filer hämta från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att hämta filerna i " +"<emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 @@ -76,8 +151,18 @@ msgstr "Var man får tag på installationsavbilder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "Installationsavbilder finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess funktion." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"Installationsavbilder finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess " +"funktion." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -88,20 +173,57 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Alpha" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -msgstr "Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware och starthanterare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" +"command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. " +"See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha " +"firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " +"<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</" +"command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</" +"command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware " +"och starthanterare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</" +"filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." -msgstr "Tyvärr, de här <command>MILO</command>-avbilderna kunde inte testas och kanske inte fungerar för alla underarkitekturer. Om du upptäcker att de inte fungerar för dig, försök att kopiera den lämpliga <command>MILO</command> binären till disketten (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Notera att de här <command>MILO</command>:arna inte har stöd för <quote>sparse superblocks</quote> i ext2, så du kan inte använda dem för att läsa in kärnor från nyligen genererade ext2-filsystem. En lösning är att du kan lägga din kärna på FAT-partitionen bredvid <command>MILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and " +"might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for " +"you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the " +"floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). " +"Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse " +"superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " +"generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " +"the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Tyvärr, de här <command>MILO</command>-avbilderna kunde inte testas och " +"kanske inte fungerar för alla underarkitekturer. Om du upptäcker att de inte " +"fungerar för dig, försök att kopiera den lämpliga <command>MILO</command> " +"binären till disketten (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/" +"MILO/\"></ulink>). Notera att de här <command>MILO</command>:arna inte har " +"stöd för <quote>sparse superblocks</quote> i ext2, så du kan inte använda " +"dem för att läsa in kärnor från nyligen genererade ext2-filsystem. En " +"lösning är att du kan lägga din kärna på FAT-partitionen bredvid " +"<command>MILO</command>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command>-binärer är plattformsspecifika. Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för att fastställa den lämpliga <command>MILO</command>-avbilden för din Alpha-plattform." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " +"for your Alpha platform." +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command>-binärer är plattformsspecifika. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> för att fastställa den lämpliga <command>MILO</command>-" +"avbilden för din Alpha-plattform." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:152 @@ -112,8 +234,16 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för RiscPC" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." -msgstr "RiscPC-installeraren startas initialt upp från RISC OS. Alla nödvändiga filer finns i ett Zip-arkiv, &rpc-install-kit;. Hämta den här filen till RISC OS-maskinen, kopiera komponenterna <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> till rätt plats, och kör <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgid "" +"The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " +"files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " +"onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgstr "" +"RiscPC-installeraren startas initialt upp från RISC OS. Alla nödvändiga " +"filer finns i ett Zip-arkiv, &rpc-install-kit;. Hämta den här filen till " +"RISC OS-maskinen, kopiera komponenterna <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"till rätt plats, och kör <filename>!dInstall</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:165 @@ -124,8 +254,12 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NetWinder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att starta upp en NetWinder är över nätverket, med den medskickade TFTP-avbilden &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied " +"TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att starta upp en NetWinder är över nätverket, med den " +"medskickade TFTP-avbilden &netwinder-boot-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:175 @@ -136,8 +270,12 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för CATS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -msgid "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." -msgstr "CATS kan startas upp antingen via nätverket eller från cd-rom. Kärnan och initrd kan hämtas från &cats-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " +"initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"CATS kan startas upp antingen via nätverket eller från cd-rom. Kärnan och " +"initrd kan hämtas från &cats-boot-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:185 @@ -148,8 +286,14 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." -msgstr "En firmware-avbild tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Den här firmware-avbilden kan hämtas från &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"En firmware-avbild tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som automatiskt kommer " +"att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Den här firmware-" +"avbilden kan hämtas från &nslu2-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:232 @@ -160,14 +304,29 @@ msgstr "Välja en kärna" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." -msgstr "Vissa m68k-underarkitekturer har flera val av kärnor att installera. Allmänt sett rekommenderar vi att försöka den senaste versionen först. Om din underarkitektur eller maskin behöver använda en 2.2.x-kärna, se till att välja en av avbilderna som har stöd för 2.2.x-kärnor (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " +"recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine " +"needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " +"supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Vissa m68k-underarkitekturer har flera val av kärnor att installera. Allmänt " +"sett rekommenderar vi att försöka den senaste versionen först. Om din " +"underarkitektur eller maskin behöver använda en 2.2.x-kärna, se till att " +"välja en av avbilderna som har stöd för 2.2.x-kärnor (se <ulink url=" +"\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +"\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Alla m68k-avbilder som använder 2.2.x-kärnor kräver kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " +"parameter &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Alla m68k-avbilder som använder 2.2.x-kärnor kräver kärnparametern " +"&ramdisksize;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 @@ -178,8 +337,24 @@ msgstr "Skapa ett IPL-band" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i sektion 3.4.3 i en \"redbook\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här ordningen): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från underkatalogen <filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver " +"du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i sektion 3.4.3 i en \"redbook" +"\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</" +"ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här ordningen): " +"<filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> och " +"<filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från underkatalogen " +"<filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:287 @@ -190,38 +365,76 @@ msgstr "Skapa startdisketter från diskettavbilder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp installeraren på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller på andra sätt." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgstr "" +"Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp " +"installeraren på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller på andra " +"sätt." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." -msgstr "Starta upp installeraren från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-diskettenheter enligt rapporter." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installeraren från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-diskettenheter " +"enligt rapporter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k Macs." -msgstr "Starta upp installeraren från diskett stöds inte på Amiga eller 68k Mac." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " +"Macs." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installeraren från diskett stöds inte på Amiga eller 68k Mac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "Diskettavbilder är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbilder, såsom <filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildsfilerna till disketter i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här avbilderna är råa representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra en <emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Diskettavbilder är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en " +"diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbilder, såsom " +"<filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. " +"Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildsfilerna till disketter i " +"<emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här avbilderna är råa " +"representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra en " +"<emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." -msgstr "Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbilder. Den här sektionen beskriver hur man skapar disketter från diskettavbilder på olika plattformar." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " +"section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " +"platforms." +msgstr "" +"Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbilder. Den " +"här sektionen beskriver hur man skapar disketter från diskettavbilder på " +"olika plattformar." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt skadas." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma " +"ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för " +"att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt skadas." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 @@ -233,25 +446,86 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från ett Linux eller Unix-system" #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> " +"for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be " +"different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is " +"<filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the " +"prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the " +"disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and " +"the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some " +"systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " +"manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" -"För att skriva diskettavbildsfilerna till disketterna, behöver du antagligen root-tillgång till systemet. Placera en bra, blank diskett i diskettenheten. Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av diskettavbildsfilerna (se <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> för vad <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> skall vara). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> är ett vanligt använt namn på diskettstationen, det kan vara olikt på din arbetsstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris är det <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före Unix har skrivit klart disketten, så se på aktivitetslampan på diskettenheten och se till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera före du matar ut den från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett kommando för att mata ut disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris, använd <command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." +"För att skriva diskettavbildsfilerna till disketterna, behöver du antagligen " +"root-tillgång till systemet. Placera en bra, blank diskett i diskettenheten. " +"Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av " +"diskettavbildsfilerna (se <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> för vad " +"<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> skall vara). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> är ett vanligt använt namn på diskettstationen, det kan vara olikt " +"på din arbetsstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris är det <filename>/" +"dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före " +"Unix har skrivit klart disketten, så se på aktivitetslampan på " +"diskettenheten och se till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera " +"före du matar ut den från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett " +"kommando för att mata ut disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på " +"Solaris, använd <command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen före arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Tyvärr, hur man gör det här beror helt på ditt operativsystem. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för att få råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där <replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din systemadministratör. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den " +"i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen före " +"arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</" +"emphasis>. Tyvärr, hur man gör det här beror helt på ditt operativsystem. " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för " +"att få råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt " +"monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i " +"filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande " +"exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där " +"<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som " +"angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din " +"systemadministratör. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." -msgstr "Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva installera det." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." +msgstr "" +"Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. " +"Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva " +"installera det." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 @@ -262,26 +536,50 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från DOS, Windows eller OS/2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "Om du har tillgång till en i386-maskin, kan du använda ett av följande program för att kopiera avbilder till disketter." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following " +"programs to copy images to floppies." +msgstr "" +"Om du har tillgång till en i386-maskin, kan du använda ett av följande " +"program för att kopiera avbilder till disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan " +"användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till " +"att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-" +"prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från " +"Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, " +"2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du " +"packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under " +"katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 @@ -292,8 +590,16 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder på Atari-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." -msgstr "Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." +msgid "" +"You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy " +"disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " +"type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " +"the TOS program command line dialog box." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som " +"diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen " +"och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i " +"dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:438 @@ -304,8 +610,18 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder på Macintosh-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." -msgstr "Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter (och det vore ingen mening att göra det här eftersom du inte kan använda disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs de här filererna för installationen av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." +msgid "" +"There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there " +"would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the " +"installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " +"However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " +"and modules, later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter " +"(och det vore ingen mening att göra det här eftersom du inte kan använda " +"disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan " +"och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs de här filererna för " +"installationen av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:457 @@ -316,14 +632,38 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." -msgstr "Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildsfilerna. Det kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp (unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildsfil till det. Du måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och fortsätta att skriva filavbilden till den." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." +msgstr "" +"Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns " +"tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildsfilerna. Det kan " +"hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp " +"(unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildsfil till det. Du " +"måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. " +"Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och " +"fortsätta att skriva filavbilden till den." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." -msgstr "Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbild. Använd en av följande metoder för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbilden med de här verktygen." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, " +"eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbild. Använd en av följande metoder " +"för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbilden med de här verktygen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 @@ -334,38 +674,81 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder med <command>Disk Copy</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." -msgstr "Om du skapar diskettavbilderna från filer som från början kom från en officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om du hämtade avbildsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapar diskettavbilderna från filer som från början kom från en " +"officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. " +"Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om " +"du hämtade avbildsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." -msgstr "Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</" +"ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." -msgstr "Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbild). De här fälten är skiftkänsliga." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." +msgstr "" +"Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till " +"<userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbild). De här fälten är " +"skiftkänsliga." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." -msgstr "<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbilden, och <quote>X</quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att MacOS inte kan ta bort startblocken om avbilden monteras av misstag." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbilden, och <quote>X</" +"quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att MacOS inte kan " +"ta bort startblocken om avbilden monteras av misstag." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd " +"finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." -msgstr "Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildsfilen från dialogrutan. Den kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj " +"sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildsfilen från dialogrutan. Den " +"kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen " +"vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 @@ -376,32 +759,56 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder med <command>suntar</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" +"\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." -msgstr "Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgstr "" +"Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "Välj filen <filename>root.bin</filename> i filöppningsdialogen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." -msgstr "Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en annan." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." +msgstr "" +"Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel " +"under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en " +"annan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." -msgstr "Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." +msgstr "" +"Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</" +"emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:585 @@ -412,14 +819,30 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format -msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs och där USB stöds. Du bör se till att kärnmodulen usb-storage är inläst (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) och försöka lista ut vilken SCSI-enhet som USB-minnet har länkats till (i det här exemplet används <filename>/dev/sda</filename>). För att skriva till minnet måste du kanske inaktivera skrivskyddet på minnet." +msgid "" +"To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already " +"running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage " +"kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and " +"try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this " +"example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you " +"may have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs " +"och där USB stöds. Du bör se till att kärnmodulen usb-storage är inläst " +"(<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) och försöka lista ut vilken " +"SCSI-enhet som USB-minnet har länkats till (i det här exemplet används " +"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>). För att skriva till minnet måste du kanske " +"inaktivera skrivskyddet på minnet." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Notera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Notera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer är " +"möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -430,8 +853,16 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det enkla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som <command>SYSLINUX</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Du behöver bara extrahera den direkt till ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " +"extract it directly to your USB stick:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> " +"som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Du behöver bara " +"extrahera den direkt till ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 @@ -442,8 +873,20 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" -msgstr "Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som <command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Skapa en partition av typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på¨ditt USB-minne med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och extrahera avbilder direkt till den:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of " +"type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " +"to that:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som " +"innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som " +"<command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Skapa en partition av " +"typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på¨ditt USB-minne med kommandot <userinput>C</" +"userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och extrahera avbilder direkt till " +"den:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 @@ -454,14 +897,32 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." -msgstr "Den här metoden förstör allt som redan finns på enheten. Se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " +"that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." +msgstr "" +"Den här metoden förstör allt som redan finns på enheten. Se till att du " +"använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"i386\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Efter det, montera USB-minnet (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), som nu har <phrase arch=\"i386\">ett FAT-filsystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och kopiera en av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbilder till den. Notera att filnamnet måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>. Avmontera minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är klar." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +"\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"i386\">a " +"FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> " +"on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " +"note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." +msgstr "" +"Efter det, montera USB-minnet (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"i386\">/" +"dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>), som nu har <phrase arch=\"i386\">ett FAT-filsystem</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och " +"kopiera en av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbilder till den. " +"Notera att filnamnet måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>. Avmontera " +"minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är klar." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 @@ -472,12 +933,15 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det flexibla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." -msgstr "Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer, bör du använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer, bör du " +"använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:662 -#: install-methods.xml:754 +#: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" @@ -485,102 +949,214 @@ msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första partitionen, istället för hela enheten." +msgid "" +"We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." +msgstr "" +"Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första " +"partitionen, istället för hela enheten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to " +"create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-partition, behöver du antagligen inte partitionera om eller formatera om minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå, använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-partition och skapa sedan filsystemet med: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-" +"partition, behöver du antagligen inte partitionera om eller formatera om " +"minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå, använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller " +"något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-partition och " +"skapa sedan filsystemet med: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi på en starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis <command>LILO</command>) bör fungera, är det bekvämt att använda <command>SYSLINUX</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar till konfigurationen av starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</" +"command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, " +"since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi på en " +"starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis " +"<command>LILO</command>) bör fungera, är det bekvämt att använda " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och " +"kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som " +"har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar till " +"konfigurationen av starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, " +"install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." msgstr "" -"För att lägga <command>SYSLINUX</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och <classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system, och kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att lägga <command>SYSLINUX</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-" +"minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och " +"<classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system, och kör: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>SYSLINUX</command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller starthanterarens programkod." +"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen " +"och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller " +"starthanterarens programkod." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kärnbinär) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbild) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (konfigurationsfil för SYSLINUX) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Valfria kärnmoduler </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Om du vill byta namn på filerna, vänligen notera att <command>SYSLINUX</command> endast kan behandla DOS-filnamn (8.3)." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk " +"image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional " +"kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) och " +"kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kärnbinär) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbild) </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(konfigurationsfil för SYSLINUX) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Valfria " +"kärnmoduler </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Om du vill byta namn på " +"filerna, vänligen notera att <command>SYSLINUX</command> endast kan behandla " +"DOS-filnamn (8.3)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> bör innehålla de två följande raderna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> bör innehålla de två " +"följande raderna: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vänligen notera att parametern <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." +"</screen></informalexample> Vänligen notera att parametern " +"<userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du " +"startar upp." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new " +"partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new " +"partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> " +"command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map " +"itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"De flesta USB-minne kommer in förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp från dem, så du behöver partitionera om minnet. På Mac-system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initiera en ny partitionskarta med kommandot <userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. (Notera att den första \"partitionen\" alltid kommer att vara själva partitionskartan.) Ange sedan <informalexample><screen>\n" +"De flesta USB-minne kommer in förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open Firmware " +"kan starta upp från dem, så du behöver partitionera om minnet. På Mac-" +"system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initiera en ny " +"partitionskarta med kommandot <userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny " +"partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. " +"(Notera att den första \"partitionen\" alltid kommer att vara själva " +"partitionskartan.) Ange sedan <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder den korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder den korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en " +"starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan " +"installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera " +"en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas " +"för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" -"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med <command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste installera <command>yaboot</command> manuellt genom att använda verktygen från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med " +"<command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste " +"installera <command>yaboot</command> manuellt genom att använda verktygen " +"från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen, och använder HFS-verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp på den. Genom att göra det här, kan resten av USB-minnet förberedas med de normala Unix-verktygen." +"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. " +"Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen, och använder " +"HFS-verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan " +"starta upp på den. Genom att göra det här, kan resten av USB-minnet " +"förberedas med de normala Unix-verktygen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) och " +"kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet:" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:802 @@ -616,7 +1192,8 @@ msgstr "Valfria kärnmoduler" #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -627,9 +1204,12 @@ msgid "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande " +"rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -640,7 +1220,8 @@ msgstr "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vänligen notera att parametern <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." +"</screen></informalexample> Vänligen notera att parametern <userinput>initrd-" +"size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:845 @@ -651,20 +1232,44 @@ msgstr "Lägga till en ISO-avbild" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." -msgstr "Installeraren kommer att leta efter en Debian ISO-avbild på minnet som dess källa för ytterligare data som behövs för installationen. Så ditt nästa steg är att kopiera en Debian ISO-avbild (visitkort, netinst eller till och med en fullständig cd-avbild) till ditt USB-minne (se till att välja den som passar). Filnamnet på avbilden måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgid "" +"The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source " +"for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to " +"copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto " +"your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image " +"must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kommer att leta efter en Debian ISO-avbild på minnet som dess " +"källa för ytterligare data som behövs för installationen. Så ditt nästa steg " +"är att kopiera en Debian ISO-avbild (visitkort, netinst eller till och med " +"en fullständig cd-avbild) till ditt USB-minne (se till att välja den som " +"passar). Filnamnet på avbilden måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." -msgstr "Om du vill installera över nätverket, utan att använda en ISO-avbild, kommer du så klart hoppa över föregående steg. Vidare måste du använda den initiala ramdisken från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> istället för den från <filename>hd-media</filename>, på grund av att <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> inte har stöd för nätverk." +msgid "" +"If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " +"will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " +"initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " +"the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera över nätverket, utan att använda en ISO-avbild, kommer " +"du så klart hoppa över föregående steg. Vidare måste du använda den initiala " +"ramdisken från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> istället för den från " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, på grund av att <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</" +"filename> inte har stöd för nätverk." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." -msgstr "När du är klar, avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och aktivera dess skrivskydd." +msgid "" +"When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"När du är klar, avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) " +"och aktivera dess skrivskydd." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 @@ -675,8 +1280,15 @@ msgstr "Starta upp på USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att " +"minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, " +"använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</" +"classname>:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 @@ -693,14 +1305,27 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "Installeraren kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en existerande hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem eller genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en existerande " +"hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem eller " +"genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." -msgstr "En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och bränna cd-avbilder eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga disketter." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." +msgstr "" +"En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den " +"här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och " +"bränna cd-avbilder eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 @@ -711,38 +1336,79 @@ msgstr "Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett NTFS-filsystem." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." -msgstr "Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av typen HFS+. MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla NewWorld PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt existerande filsystem är HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. HFS-filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt installationsfilerna du hämtade." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av typen HFS+. " +"MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla NewWorld " +"PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt existerande filsystem är " +"HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. HFS-" +"filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-" +"filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en " +"HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt " +"installationsfilerna du hämtade." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." -msgstr "Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en <quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgstr "" +"Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, " +"beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" +msgstr "" +"Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller " +"<command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "Den här sektionen förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en existerande Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en " +"existerande Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller " +"<command>GRUB</command>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." -msgstr "Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även en diskavbild i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem av kärnan." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även " +"en diskavbild i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem av " +"kärnan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din " +"hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 @@ -759,8 +1425,12 @@ msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdiskavbild)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." -msgstr "Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 @@ -771,14 +1441,54 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på OldWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." -msgstr "Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som <command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så <application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." +msgstr "" +"Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</" +"application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</" +"application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på " +"hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för " +"uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> " +"kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-" +"installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som " +"<command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så " +"<application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." -msgstr "Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> i den aktiva Systemmappen." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." +msgstr "" +"Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, " +"tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i " +"katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. " +"Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från " +"sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/" +"current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"i den aktiva Systemmappen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1007 @@ -789,14 +1499,36 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på NewWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." -msgstr "NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för installeraren är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan diskettenheter. <command>BootX</command> stöds inte och får inte ses på NewWorld PowerMac." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en " +"ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här " +"maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som " +"har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, " +"såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för installeraren " +"är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan diskettenheter. <command>BootX</" +"command> stöds inte och får inte ses på NewWorld PowerMac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till hårddisksikonen)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du " +"hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här " +"kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till " +"hårddisksikonen)." #. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1029 @@ -825,14 +1557,26 @@ msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." -msgstr "Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-prompten när du startar upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " +"will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " +"Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de " +"här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du " +"använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. " +"Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-" +"prompten när du startar upp installeraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren, fortsätt till <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren, fortsätt till <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1070 @@ -843,50 +1587,133 @@ msgstr "Förbered filerna för nätverksuppstart via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att " +"starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta " +"upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna " +"placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för " +"att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." -msgstr "Du behöver ställa in en TFTP-server och för många maskiner, en BOOTP-server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, eller DHCP-server</phrase>." +msgid "" +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ställa in en TFTP-server och för många maskiner, en BOOTP-server " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, eller DHCP-server</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1085 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en uppstartsavbild. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Ytterligare ett alternativ finns på VMEbus-system: IP-adressen kan manuellt konfigureras i uppstarts-ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) är en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast konfigureras via DHCP. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " +"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " +"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska " +"använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet. </phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en " +"dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en " +"uppstartsavbild. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Ytterligare ett alternativ " +"finns på VMEbus-system: IP-adressen kan manuellt konfigureras i uppstarts-" +"ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP (Dynamic Host " +"Configuration Protocol) är en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av " +"BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast konfigureras via DHCP. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1102 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." -msgstr "För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte starta upp via BOOTP." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé " +"att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte " +"starta upp via BOOTP." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1108 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." -msgstr "Tvärtemot Open Firmware som finns på Sparc och PowerPC-maskiner, använder SRM-konsollen <emphasis>inte</emphasis> RARP för att hämta sin IP-adress, och därför måste du använda BOOTP för nätverksuppstart av din Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha-system kan också nätverksstartas med DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), men det täcks inte in här. Antagligen kan din lokala OpenVMS-operatör gladeligen assistera dig om du har ett stort behov av att använda MOP för att start upp Linux på din Alpha. </para> </footnote>. Du kan också ange IP-konfigurationen för nätverksgränssnitt direkt i SRM-konsollen." +msgid "" +"Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " +"console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and " +"therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> " +"Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance " +"Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local " +"OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning " +"need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " +"also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " +"console." +msgstr "" +"Tvärtemot Open Firmware som finns på Sparc och PowerPC-maskiner, använder " +"SRM-konsollen <emphasis>inte</emphasis> RARP för att hämta sin IP-adress, " +"och därför måste du använda BOOTP för nätverksuppstart av din " +"Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha-system kan också nätverksstartas med DECNet MOP " +"(Maintenance Operations Protocol), men det täcks inte in här. Antagligen kan " +"din lokala OpenVMS-operatör gladeligen assistera dig om du har ett stort " +"behov av att använda MOP för att start upp Linux på din Alpha. </para> </" +"footnote>. Du kan också ange IP-konfigurationen för nätverksgränssnitt " +"direkt i SRM-konsollen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." -msgstr "Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> tillgängligt i Debian." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än " +"BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> " +"tillgängligt i Debian." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1130 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda uppstartsavbilder till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på alla plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I exemplen i den här sektionen, ska vi ge kommandon för SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (även kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda " +"uppstartsavbilder till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på alla " +"plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I exemplen " +"i den här sektionen, ska vi ge kommandon för SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (även " +"kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1138 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgstr "" +"För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-" +"uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</" +"userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> " +"och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar " +"<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1156 @@ -897,14 +1724,30 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av RARP-server" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format -msgid "To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." -msgstr "För att ställa in RARP, behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-adressen) för klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den informationen, kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda OpenBoots kommando <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput>, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in RARP, behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-" +"adressen) för klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den " +"informationen, kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från " +"uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda OpenBoots kommando <userinput>." +"enet-addr</userinput>, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</" +"quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot " +"<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the " +"kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# <userinput>/sbin/rarp -s\n" "<replaceable>client-hostname</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" @@ -914,9 +1757,13 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you get <informalexample><screen>\n" "SIOCSRARP: Invalid argument\n" -"</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." +"</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module " +"or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</" +"userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." msgstr "" -"På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.2.x-kärna, behöver du befolka kärnans RARP-tabell. För att göra det här, kör följande kommandon: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.2.x-kärna, behöver du " +"befolka kärnans RARP-tabell. För att göra det här, kör följande kommandon: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# <userinput>/sbin/rarp -s\n" "<replaceable>client-hostname</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" @@ -926,19 +1773,39 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Om du får <informalexample><screen>\n" "SIOCSRARP: Invalid argument\n" -"</screen></informalexample> behöver du antagligen läsa in kärnmodulen för RARP eller bygga in stöd för RARP i kärnan. Försök med <userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> och försök sedan med kommandot <command>rarp</command> igen." +"</screen></informalexample> behöver du antagligen läsa in kärnmodulen för " +"RARP eller bygga in stöd för RARP i kärnan. Försök med <userinput>modprobe " +"rarp</userinput> och försök sedan med kommandot <command>rarp</command> igen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1185 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." -msgstr "På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4.x-kärna, finns det ingen RARP-modul, du bör istället använda programmet <command>rarpd</command>. Proceduren liknar den som används under SunOS i nästa paragraf." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, " +"and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The " +"procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." +msgstr "" +"På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4.x-kärna, finns det ingen " +"RARP-modul, du bör istället använda programmet <command>rarpd</command>. " +"Proceduren liknar den som används under SunOS i nästa paragraf." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." -msgstr "Under SunOS, behöver du se till att klientens maskinvaruadress för Ethernet-gränssnittet finns listad i <quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i filen <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i <quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan behöver du starta RARP-demonen. I SunOS 4, ange kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>; i SunOS 5, använd <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the " +"client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the " +"<filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the " +"<quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In " +"SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</" +"userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Under SunOS, behöver du se till att klientens maskinvaruadress för Ethernet-" +"gränssnittet finns listad i <quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i " +"filen <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i " +"<quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan behöver du starta RARP-demonen. I " +"SunOS 4, ange kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</" +"userinput>; i SunOS 5, använd <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1212 @@ -949,16 +1816,37 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av BOOTP-server" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1213 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." -msgstr "Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU <command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</classname> respektive <classname>dhcp</classname>." +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " +"respectively." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</" +"classname> respektive <classname>dhcp</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1221 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server " +"does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -966,11 +1854,28 @@ msgid "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" -"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera " +"bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</" +"userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att " +"göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så " +"här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla " +"goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> " +"och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du " +"känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en " +"<filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -978,13 +1883,36 @@ msgstr "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet <quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet <quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens MAC-adress. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet " +"<quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet " +"<quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref " +"linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-" +"maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</" +"userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens " +"MAC-adress. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1254 #, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din är en av de, läs sektionen <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara lägga till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten, och starta om <command>dhcpd</command> med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt " +"enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-" +"klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta " +"upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din är en av de, läs sektionen <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara lägga " +"till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till " +"konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten, och starta om " +"<command>dhcpd</command> med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1275 @@ -996,7 +1924,10 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av DHCP-server" #: install-methods.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " +"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1016,9 +1947,13 @@ msgid "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" +"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" -"En DHCP-server som är fri programvara är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. I &debian; är den tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En DHCP-server som är fri programvara är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. " +"I &debian; är den tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är " +"en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.exempel.se;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1038,19 +1973,37 @@ msgstr "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet <classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet " +"<classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1288 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet <replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska hämtas via TFTP." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</" +"replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och " +"nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, " +"såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska " +"hämtas via TFTP." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1298 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, " +"starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1306 @@ -1062,7 +2015,8 @@ msgstr "Aktivera PXE-uppstart i DHCP-konfigurationen" #: install-methods.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1090,9 +2044,13 @@ msgid "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" -"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> som använder Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) i TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> som använder " +"Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) i TFTP. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1120,7 +2078,9 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera att för uppstart via PXE, klientfilnamnet <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> är en starthanterare, inte en kärnavbild (se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera att för uppstart via PXE, klientfilnamnet " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> är en starthanterare, inte en kärnavbild (se " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1323 @@ -1132,35 +2092,78 @@ msgstr "Aktivering av TFTP-server" #: install-methods.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" -"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att <command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att " +"<command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att " +"ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer allmänt sett att ställa in det korrekt som standard när de installeras." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer allmänt sett att ställa in " +"det korrekt som standard när de installeras." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Leta i den filen och kom ihåg katalogen som används som argument till <command>in.tftpd</command>; du behöver veta det senare. Argumentet <userinput>-l</userinput> gör att vissa versioner av <command>in.tftpd</command> loggar alla begäran till systemloggarna; det här är användbart för att felsöka uppstartsfel. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, behöver du meddela det till den körande <command>inetd</command>-processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " +"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" +"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " +"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " +"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " +"has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" +"userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" +"command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Leta i den filen och kom ihåg katalogen som används som argument till " +"<command>in.tftpd</command>; du behöver veta det senare. Argumentet " +"<userinput>-l</userinput> gör att vissa versioner av <command>in.tftpd</" +"command> loggar alla begäran till systemloggarna; det här är användbart för " +"att felsöka uppstartsfel. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>, behöver du meddela det till den körande <command>inetd</command>-" +"processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/" +"init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket " +"process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör <userinput>kill -HUP " +"<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en " +"GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan " +"SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas " +"från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att " +"stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här " +"felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som Linux TFTP-server använder." +"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som " +"Linux TFTP-server använder." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1371 @@ -1171,26 +2174,70 @@ msgstr "Flytta TFTP-avbilderna till rätt plats" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbilden du behöver, som du hittar i <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Generellt sett är denna katalog <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Du behöver göra en länk från den filen till den fil som <command>tftpd</command> ska använda för att starta upp en speciell klient. Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det finns inga riktiga standarder." +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " +"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " +"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " +"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " +"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgstr "" +"Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbilden du behöver, som du hittar i <xref " +"linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för " +"<command>tftpd</command>. Generellt sett är denna katalog <filename>/" +"tftpboot</filename>. Du behöver göra en länk från den filen till den fil som " +"<command>tftpd</command> ska använda för att starta upp en speciell klient. " +"Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det finns inga riktiga " +"standarder." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." -msgstr "På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner, behöver du ställa in starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbild. <command>Yaboot</command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbilderna via TFTP. För nätverksuppstart, använd <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Byt bara namn på den till <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i TFTP-katalogen." +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" +"filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner, behöver du ställa in starthanteraren " +"<command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbild. <command>Yaboot</" +"command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbilderna via TFTP. " +"För nätverksuppstart, använd <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Byt " +"bara namn på den till <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i TFTP-katalogen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot." +"tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder " +"för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad " +"att skicka <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> " +"som filnamnet att starta upp på." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1399 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot." +"tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder " +"för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad " +"att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> till " +"<command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1411 @@ -1201,14 +2248,38 @@ msgstr "Avbilder för DECstation TFTP" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." -msgstr "För DECstation, finns det tftpimage-filer för varje underarkitektur, som innehåller både kärna och installerare i en fil. Namnkonventionen är <filename><replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Kopiera den tftpimage-fil du vill använda till <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> om du arbetar med det exemplet för BOOTP/DHCP-konfigurationer som beskrivs ovan." +msgid "" +"For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " +"contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is " +"<filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " +"setups described above." +msgstr "" +"För DECstation, finns det tftpimage-filer för varje underarkitektur, som " +"innehåller både kärna och installerare i en fil. Namnkonventionen är " +"<filename><replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Kopiera den tftpimage-fil du vill använda till <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> om du arbetar med det exemplet för BOOTP/" +"DHCP-konfigurationer som beskrivs ovan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1422 #, no-c-format -msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" -msgstr "DECstationens firmware kan starta upp via TFTP med kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, där <replaceable>#</replaceable> är numret på den TurboChannel-enhet från vilken uppstarten ska ske. På de flesta DECstationer är det <quote>3</quote>. Om BOOTP/DHCP-servern inte ger ut filnamnet eller om du behöver skicka ytterligare parametrar, kan de valfritt läggas till med följande syntax:" +msgid "" +"The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On " +"most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " +"supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " +"optionally be appended with the following syntax:" +msgstr "" +"DECstationens firmware kan starta upp via TFTP med kommandot <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, där <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> är numret på den TurboChannel-enhet från vilken uppstarten ska " +"ske. På de flesta DECstationer är det <quote>3</quote>. Om BOOTP/DHCP-" +"servern inte ger ut filnamnet eller om du behöver skicka ytterligare " +"parametrar, kan de valfritt läggas till med följande syntax:" #. Tag: userinput #: install-methods.xml:1434 @@ -1219,8 +2290,41 @@ msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Flera revisioner av DECstation-firmware har ett problem angående nätverksuppstart: överföringen startar, men efter en viss tid stoppar den med en <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Det kan finnas flera anledningar: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Firmware svarar inte på ARP-begäran under en TFTP-överföring. Det leder till en ARP-timeout och överföringen stoppas. Lösningen är att statiskt lägga till MAC-adressen på Ethernet-kortet i DECstationen till ARP-tabellen på TFTP-servern. Det görs genom att köra <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-adress</replaceable></userinput> som root på maskinen som fungerar som TFTP-server. MAC-adressen för DECstationen kan läsas av genom att ange <command>cnfg</command> i DECstationens firmware-prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Firmware har en storleksgräns på de filer som kan startas upp via TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Det finns också revisioner av firmware som inte kan starta upp via TFTP alls. En översikt av de olika revisionerna av firmware kan hittas på webbsidorna för NetBSD: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " +"booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " +"<computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests " +"during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. " +"The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the " +"DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by " +"running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine " +"acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by " +"entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that " +"can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also " +"firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " +"different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Flera revisioner av DECstation-firmware har ett problem angående " +"nätverksuppstart: överföringen startar, men efter en viss tid stoppar den " +"med en <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Det kan finnas flera " +"anledningar: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Firmware svarar inte på ARP-" +"begäran under en TFTP-överföring. Det leder till en ARP-timeout och " +"överföringen stoppas. Lösningen är att statiskt lägga till MAC-adressen på " +"Ethernet-kortet i DECstationen till ARP-tabellen på TFTP-servern. Det görs " +"genom att köra <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-adress</replaceable></userinput> som root på maskinen som " +"fungerar som TFTP-server. MAC-adressen för DECstationen kan läsas av genom " +"att ange <command>cnfg</command> i DECstationens firmware-prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Firmware har en storleksgräns på de filer som kan " +"startas upp via TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Det finns också " +"revisioner av firmware som inte kan starta upp via TFTP alls. En översikt av " +"de olika revisionerna av firmware kan hittas på webbsidorna för NetBSD: " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></" +"ulink>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1474 @@ -1231,8 +2335,24 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för Alpha via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format -msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." -msgstr "På Alpha, måste du ange filnamnet (som en relativ sökväg till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder) med argumentet <userinput>-file</userinput> till SRM-kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>, eller genom att ställa in miljövariabeln <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Alternativ kan filnamnet anges via BOOTP (i ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, använd direktivet <userinput>filename</userinput>). Tvärtemot Open Firmware, finns det <emphasis>inget standardfilnamn</emphasis> på SRM, så du <emphasis>måste</emphasis> ange ett filnamn genom en av de här metoderna." +msgid "" +"On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " +"image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM " +"<userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</" +"userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given " +"via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " +"filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " +"filename by either one of these methods." +msgstr "" +"På Alpha, måste du ange filnamnet (som en relativ sökväg till katalogen för " +"uppstartsavbilder) med argumentet <userinput>-file</userinput> till SRM-" +"kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>, eller genom att ställa in " +"miljövariabeln <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Alternativ kan filnamnet " +"anges via BOOTP (i ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, använd direktivet " +"<userinput>filename</userinput>). Tvärtemot Open Firmware, finns det " +"<emphasis>inget standardfilnamn</emphasis> på SRM, så du <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> ange ett filnamn genom en av de här metoderna." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1490 @@ -1244,21 +2364,47 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SPARC" #: install-methods.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your " +"system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename " +"would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also " +"subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the " +"hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a " +"shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " +"change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " +"name." msgstr "" -"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom <quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara <filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal (anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till underarkitekturens namn." +"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om " +"ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde " +"filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även " +"underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara " +"<filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den " +"hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal " +"(anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du " +"ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till " +"underarkitekturens namn." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1507 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." -msgstr "Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom <userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbild</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas i katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn " +"genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom " +"<userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbild</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas i " +"katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1518 @@ -1269,14 +2415,28 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1519 #, no-c-format -msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -msgstr "För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " +"<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; " +"till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1524 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." -msgstr "Sedan, konfigurera ditt uppstarts-ROM elle BOOTP-server att initialt läsa in filen <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> eller <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> från TFTP-servern. Referera till filen <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> för din underarkitektur för ytterligare systemspecifik konfigurationsinformation." +msgid "" +"Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " +"<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " +"files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " +"file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Sedan, konfigurera ditt uppstarts-ROM elle BOOTP-server att initialt läsa in " +"filen <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> eller <filename>tftplilo.mvme</" +"filename> från TFTP-servern. Referera till filen <filename>tftplilo.txt</" +"filename> för din underarkitektur för ytterligare systemspecifik " +"konfigurationsinformation." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1536 @@ -1287,8 +2447,16 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SGI" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1537 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet <userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar " +"med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet " +"<userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1549 @@ -1299,8 +2467,12 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1550 #, no-c-format -msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." -msgstr "Du behöver inte konfigurera DHCP på något speciellt sätt på grund av att du skickar hela sökvägen till filen som ska läsas in av CFE." +msgid "" +"You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " +"full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver inte konfigurera DHCP på något speciellt sätt på grund av att du " +"skickar hela sökvägen till filen som ska läsas in av CFE." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1655 @@ -1311,8 +2483,18 @@ msgstr "Automatisk installation" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1656 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, och själva Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgstr "" +"För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska " +"installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</" +"classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, och själva Debian Installer." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1669 @@ -1323,14 +2505,26 @@ msgstr "Automatisk installation med Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1670 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via " +"förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket " +"eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som " +"ställs under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1677 #, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du " +"kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The only supported boot method for CATS is to use the combined image " @@ -1340,10 +2534,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "Den enda uppstartsmetoden som stöds för CATS är att använda den " #~ "kombinerade avbilden &cats-boot-img;. Den kan läsas in från alla enheter " #~ "som är nåbara från starthanteraren Cyclone." + #~ msgid "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" - diff --git a/po/sv/installation-howto.po b/po/sv/installation-howto.po index 0fd6441a5..a6ff6217a 100644 --- a/po/sv/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/sv/installation-howto.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 installation howto\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +23,21 @@ msgstr "Installationshjälp" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;</link>." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för " +"&arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är " +"en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all " +"information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan " +"vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i " +"<link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;" +"</link>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -34,8 +48,20 @@ msgstr "Förberedelser" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, vänligen referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det här dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i " +"ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, " +"vänligen referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om " +"hur man rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det " +"här dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-" +"boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -46,20 +72,43 @@ msgstr "Starta upp installeraren" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-" +"avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </" +"ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-" +"i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. " +"För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=" +"\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </" +"ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje tänkbar installation." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje " +"tänkbar installation." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -70,14 +119,42 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan " +"användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är " +"tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, " +"därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den " +"fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder " +"visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill " +"kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att " +"installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"i386\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd, tryck <keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-" +"konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd, tryck " +"<keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> " +"för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -88,32 +165,69 @@ msgstr "Diskett" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av drivrutinsdisketterna." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att " +"installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av " +"drivrutinsdisketterna." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett — använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här " +"disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett " +"— använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller ytterligare drivrutiner för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional " +"drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att " +"behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller " +"ytterligare drivrutiner för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp " +"från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> " +"på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje <filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dom." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del " +"dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje " +"<filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan " +"använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en " +"diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dom." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 @@ -124,32 +238,74 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till " +"exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian " +"från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB " +"stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt " +"minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att " +"förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har " +"ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och " +"kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det " +"slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av " +"Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre " +"minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du " +"kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en " +"<quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> " +"för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och " +"detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manual användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manual " +"användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:171 @@ -160,14 +316,32 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från nätverk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika " +"metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. " +"Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp " +"filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ " +"in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> " +"till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade " +"instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 @@ -178,8 +352,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en " +"existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se " +"till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. " +"Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -190,74 +379,177 @@ msgstr "Installation" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck &enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för andra uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. <footnote><para> 2.6-kärnan är standard för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men är inte tillgänglig vid uppstart från startdiskett. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck " +"&enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för andra " +"uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</" +"userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. <footnote><para> 2.6-kärnan " +"är standard för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men är inte tillgänglig vid " +"uppstart från startdiskett. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd " +"piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att " +"fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som " +"inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta " +"listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den förvalda om du är osäker." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den " +"förvalda om du är osäker." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, startdiskett, USB etc." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer " +"identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, " +"startdiskett, USB etc." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att konfigurera nätverket manuellt." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din " +"nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten " +"till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att " +"konfigurera nätverket manuellt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." -msgstr "Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en disk. Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " +"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " +"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten " +"att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en " +"disk. Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men " +"om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:258 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Om du har en existerande DOS eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manual partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en existerande DOS eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, " +"var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manual " +"partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på " +"existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-" +"installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:265 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har mer information om partitionering." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att " +"formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera " +"eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att " +"tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en " +"partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har " +"mer information om partitionering." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av kärnan." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera " +"grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av " +"kärnan." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:280 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Som standard kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att åsidosätta det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren " +"identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de " +"i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Som standard " +"kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken " +"som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att " +"åsidosätta det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata " +"ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta " +"om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen " +"vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:297 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:306 @@ -268,14 +560,32 @@ msgstr "Sänd oss en installationsrapport" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, vänligen ta dig tid att skicka oss en rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, vänligen ta dig tid att " +"skicka oss en rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att " +"installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) " +"och köra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:315 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i " +"Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi " +"känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en " +"installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt " +"misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:327 @@ -286,8 +596,12 @@ msgstr "Och till slut.." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian " +"är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " @@ -311,4 +625,3 @@ msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att D #~ "sättet att göra detta är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-" #~ "get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-" #~ "report</command>. </phrase>" - diff --git a/po/sv/partitioning.po b/po/sv/partitioning.po index 3237a95cd..c88dbb0e9 100644 --- a/po/sv/partitioning.po +++ b/po/sv/partitioning.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,26 +29,89 @@ msgstr "Bestämma Debian-partitioner och storlekar" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." -msgstr "Som ett absolut minimum behöver GNU/Linux en partition för sig själv. Du kan ha en enstaka partition som innehåller hela operativsystemet, program och dina personliga filer. De flesta personer tycker att en separat partition för växlingsutrymme också är nödvändig, även om det inte helt är sant. <quote>Växlingsutrymme</quote> är ett utrymme för ett operativsystem som låter systemet använda disklagring som <quote>virtuellt minne</quote>. Genom att lägga växlingsutrymmet på en separat partition kan Linux använda det mer effektivt. Det är möjligt att tvinga Linux att använda en vanlig fil som växlingsutrymme, men det är inte rekommenderat." +msgid "" +"At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a " +"single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and " +"your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also " +"a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch " +"space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage " +"as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, " +"Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux " +"to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"Som ett absolut minimum behöver GNU/Linux en partition för sig själv. Du kan " +"ha en enstaka partition som innehåller hela operativsystemet, program och " +"dina personliga filer. De flesta personer tycker att en separat partition " +"för växlingsutrymme också är nödvändig, även om det inte helt är sant. " +"<quote>Växlingsutrymme</quote> är ett utrymme för ett operativsystem som " +"låter systemet använda disklagring som <quote>virtuellt minne</quote>. Genom " +"att lägga växlingsutrymmet på en separat partition kan Linux använda det mer " +"effektivt. Det är möjligt att tvinga Linux att använda en vanlig fil som " +"växlingsutrymme, men det är inte rekommenderat." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." -msgstr "De flesta personer väljer att ge GNU/Linux fler än det minimala antalet partitioner. Det finns två skäl för att du vill dela upp filsystemet till ett antal mindre partitioner. Först är det av säkerhetsskäl. Om något händer och filsystemet blir skadat, påverkas oftast endast en partition. Även om du endast behöver ersätta (från de säkerhetskopior du noga har gjort) en del av ditt system. På ett minimum, du bör tänka över att skapa vad som normallt sett kallas en <quote>rotpartition</quote>. Den här innehåller de mest nödvändiga komponenterna i systemet. Om några andra partitioner blir skadade, kan du fortfarande starta upp GNU/Linux för att rätta till systemet. Det här kan göra att du slipper installera om systemet från början." +msgid "" +"Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of " +"partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the " +"file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If " +"something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition " +"is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been " +"carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should " +"consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. " +"This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other " +"partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the " +"system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" +"De flesta personer väljer att ge GNU/Linux fler än det minimala antalet " +"partitioner. Det finns två skäl för att du vill dela upp filsystemet till " +"ett antal mindre partitioner. Först är det av säkerhetsskäl. Om något händer " +"och filsystemet blir skadat, påverkas oftast endast en partition. Även om du " +"endast behöver ersätta (från de säkerhetskopior du noga har gjort) en del av " +"ditt system. På ett minimum, du bör tänka över att skapa vad som normallt " +"sett kallas en <quote>rotpartition</quote>. Den här innehåller de mest " +"nödvändiga komponenterna i systemet. Om några andra partitioner blir " +"skadade, kan du fortfarande starta upp GNU/Linux för att rätta till " +"systemet. Det här kan göra att du slipper installera om systemet från början." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." -msgstr "Det andra skälet är att generellt sett mer viktigt i en företagsmiljö, men det är beroende på din användning av maskinen. Till exempel, en e-postserver får in ett stort antal spam via e-post som lätt kan fylla upp en partition. Om du gjorde <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition på e-postservern, kommer det mesta av systemet fortfarande fungera även om du blir spammad." +msgid "" +"The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it " +"really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server " +"getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most " +"of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." +msgstr "" +"Det andra skälet är att generellt sett mer viktigt i en företagsmiljö, men " +"det är beroende på din användning av maskinen. Till exempel, en e-postserver " +"får in ett stort antal spam via e-post som lätt kan fylla upp en partition. " +"Om du gjorde <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition på e-" +"postservern, kommer det mesta av systemet fortfarande fungera även om du " +"blir spammad." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" -msgstr "Den enda riktiga nackdelen med att använda fler partitioner är att det ofta är svårt att veta i förväg vilka dina behov kommer att vara. Om du gör en partition för liten så behöver du antingen installera om systemet eller så kommer du få flytta runt saker hela tiden för att skapa plats på partitionen. På andra sidan, om du gör partitionen för stor, kommer du att slösa utrymme som kunde användas någon annanstans. Diskutrymme är billigt nuförtiden, men varför kasta bort dina pengar?" +msgid "" +"The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often " +"difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a " +"partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you " +"will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized " +"partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be " +"wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, " +"but why throw your money away?" +msgstr "" +"Den enda riktiga nackdelen med att använda fler partitioner är att det ofta " +"är svårt att veta i förväg vilka dina behov kommer att vara. Om du gör en " +"partition för liten så behöver du antingen installera om systemet eller så " +"kommer du få flytta runt saker hela tiden för att skapa plats på " +"partitionen. På andra sidan, om du gör partitionen för stor, kommer du att " +"slösa utrymme som kunde användas någon annanstans. Diskutrymme är billigt " +"nuförtiden, men varför kasta bort dina pengar?" #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:67 @@ -58,8 +122,18 @@ msgstr "Katalogträdet" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" -msgstr "&debian; följer <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> för namngivning av kataloger och filer. Den här standarden låter användarna och programvaror att förutse platsen för filer och kataloger. Rotnivåkatalogen representeras helt enkelt av ett snedstreck, <filename>/</filename>. På rotnivån, alla inkluderar Debian-system dessa kataloger:" +msgid "" +"&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users " +"and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The " +"root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</" +"filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" +msgstr "" +"&debian; följer <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</" +"ulink> för namngivning av kataloger och filer. Den här standarden låter " +"användarna och programvaror att förutse platsen för filer och kataloger. " +"Rotnivåkatalogen representeras helt enkelt av ett snedstreck, <filename>/</" +"filename>. På rotnivån, alla inkluderar Debian-system dessa kataloger:" #. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 @@ -268,38 +342,120 @@ msgstr "Tilläggsprogrampaket" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." -msgstr "Följande är en lista på viktiga beaktanden angående kataloger och partitioner. Notera att diskanvändning varierar stort beroende på systemkonfiguration och specifika användningsmönster. Rekommendationerna här är allmänna riktlinjer och ge en startpunkt för partitionering." +msgid "" +"The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories " +"and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system " +"configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are " +"general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Följande är en lista på viktiga beaktanden angående kataloger och " +"partitioner. Notera att diskanvändning varierar stort beroende på " +"systemkonfiguration och specifika användningsmönster. Rekommendationerna här " +"är allmänna riktlinjer och ge en startpunkt för partitionering." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed for the root partition." -msgstr "Rotpartitionen <filename>/</filename> måste alltid fysiskt innehålla <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> och <filename>/dev</filename>, annars kommer du inte kunna starta upp. Typiskt behövs 150–250 MB för rotpartitionen." +msgid "" +"The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, " +"otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed " +"for the root partition." +msgstr "" +"Rotpartitionen <filename>/</filename> måste alltid fysiskt innehålla " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> och <filename>/dev</filename>, annars " +"kommer du inte kunna starta upp. Typiskt behövs 150–250 MB för " +"rotpartitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4-6 GB." -msgstr "<filename>/usr</filename>: innehåller alla användarprogram (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), bibliotek (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. Det här är den del av filsystemet som generellt sett tar upp mest plats. Du bör ge den minst 500 MB diskutrymme. Den här mängden bör ökas beroende på antalet och typ av paket du planerar att installera. En generöst installerad arbetsstation eller serverinstallation bör använda 4-6 GB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</" +"filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file " +"system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 " +"MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number " +"and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server " +"installation should allow 4-6 GB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: innehåller alla användarprogram (<filename>/usr/" +"bin</filename>), bibliotek (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. Det här är den del av " +"filsystemet som generellt sett tar upp mest plats. Du bör ge den minst 500 " +"MB diskutrymme. Den här mängden bör ökas beroende på antalet och typ av " +"paket du planerar att installera. En generöst installerad arbetsstation " +"eller serverinstallation bör använda 4-6 GB." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:171 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." -msgstr "<filename>/var</filename>: variabel data såsom nyhetsartiklar, e-post, webbplatser, databaser, cache för paketsystemet, etc. kommer att placeras under den här katalogen. Storleken på den här katalogen beror stort på användningen av ditt system, men för de flesta personer kommer det här att bestämmas av pakethanteringsverktygets behov. Om du tänker göra en full installation av i stort sett allt som Debian kan erbjuda, på en gång, ställa in 2 eller 3 gigabyte utrymme för <filename>/var</filename> bör vara tillräckligt. Om du tänker installera i omgångar (så att säga, installera tjänster och verktyg, följt av textprogram, sedan X, ...), kan du komma runt med 300–500 MB. Om hårddiskutrymme är begränsat och du inte planerar att göra några större systemuppdateringar, kan du komma runt med så lite som 30 eller 40 MB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web " +"sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this " +"directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your " +"system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management " +"tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about " +"everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 " +"gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you " +"are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and " +"utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with " +"300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on " +"doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variabel data såsom nyhetsartiklar, e-post, " +"webbplatser, databaser, cache för paketsystemet, etc. kommer att placeras " +"under den här katalogen. Storleken på den här katalogen beror stort på " +"användningen av ditt system, men för de flesta personer kommer det här att " +"bestämmas av pakethanteringsverktygets behov. Om du tänker göra en full " +"installation av i stort sett allt som Debian kan erbjuda, på en gång, ställa " +"in 2 eller 3 gigabyte utrymme för <filename>/var</filename> bör vara " +"tillräckligt. Om du tänker installera i omgångar (så att säga, installera " +"tjänster och verktyg, följt av textprogram, sedan X, ...), kan du komma runt " +"med 300–500 MB. Om hårddiskutrymme är begränsat och du inte planerar " +"att göra några större systemuppdateringar, kan du komma runt med så lite som " +"30 eller 40 MB." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:187 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." -msgstr "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporärdata skapade av program kommer sannolikt att hamna i den här katalogen. 40–100 MB bör nog vara tillräckligt. Vissa program — inkluderar arkivhanterare, verktyg för att Cd/Dvd-tillverkning och multimediaprogram — kan använda <filename>/tmp</filename> för att temporärt lagra bildfiler. Om du planerar att använda sådan program, bör du justera tillräckligt utrymme i <filename>/tmp</filename> på lämpligt sätt." +msgid "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most " +"likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some " +"applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, " +"and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to " +"temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you " +"should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporärdata skapade av program kommer sannolikt " +"att hamna i den här katalogen. 40–100 MB bör nog vara tillräckligt. " +"Vissa program — inkluderar arkivhanterare, verktyg för att Cd/Dvd-" +"tillverkning och multimediaprogram — kan använda <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> för att temporärt lagra bildfiler. Om du planerar att använda " +"sådan program, bör du justera tillräckligt utrymme i <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> på lämpligt sätt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home directory." -msgstr "<filename>/home</filename>: varje användare komma att lägga sin personliga data i en underkatalog i den här katalogen. Dess storlek beror på hur många användare som kommer att använda systemet och vilka filer som lagras i deras kataloger. Beroende på din planerade användning bör du reservera omkring 100 MB för varje användare, men anpassa det här värdet till dina behov. Reservera mycket mer utrymme om du planerar att spara en hel del multimediafiler (bilder, MP3, filmer) i din hemkatalog." +msgid "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " +"subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " +"using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " +"Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " +"user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: varje användare komma att lägga sin personliga " +"data i en underkatalog i den här katalogen. Dess storlek beror på hur många " +"användare som kommer att använda systemet och vilka filer som lagras i deras " +"kataloger. Beroende på din planerade användning bör du reservera omkring 100 " +"MB för varje användare, men anpassa det här värdet till dina behov. " +"Reservera mycket mer utrymme om du planerar att spara en hel del " +"multimediafiler (bilder, MP3, filmer) i din hemkatalog." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:219 @@ -310,56 +466,148 @@ msgstr "Rekommenderad partitionstabell" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:220 #, no-c-format -msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." -msgstr "För nya användare, personliga Debianburkar, hemsystem och andra en-användarkonfigurationer, en enda <filename>/</filename>-partition (plus växlingsutrymme) är antagligen det lättaste, enklaste sättet att köra. Dock, om din partition är större än omkring 6GB, välj ext3 som din partitionstyp. Ext2-partitioner behöver periodiska integritetskontroller av filsystemet, och det här kan orsaka fördröjningar under uppstart när partitionen är större." +msgid "" +"For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user " +"setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably " +"the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than " +"around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need " +"periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " +"booting when the partition is large." +msgstr "" +"För nya användare, personliga Debianburkar, hemsystem och andra en-" +"användarkonfigurationer, en enda <filename>/</filename>-partition (plus " +"växlingsutrymme) är antagligen det lättaste, enklaste sättet att köra. Dock, " +"om din partition är större än omkring 6GB, välj ext3 som din partitionstyp. " +"Ext2-partitioner behöver periodiska integritetskontroller av filsystemet, " +"och det här kan orsaka fördröjningar under uppstart när partitionen är " +"större." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:229 #, no-c-format -msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." -msgstr "För fleranvändarsystem eller system med massor av diskutrymme, är det bäst att lägga <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, och <filename>/home</filename> på egna partitioner, separerade från partitionen <filename>/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put " +"<filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions " +"separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." +msgstr "" +"För fleranvändarsystem eller system med massor av diskutrymme, är det bäst " +"att lägga <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/" +"tmp</filename>, och <filename>/home</filename> på egna partitioner, " +"separerade från partitionen <filename>/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:237 #, no-c-format -msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." -msgstr "Du kan behöva en separat <filename>/usr/local</filename>-partition om du planerar att installera många program som inte är en del av Debian-utgåvan. Om din maskin kommer att vara en e-postserver, behöver du kanske göra <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition. Ofta, lägga <filename>/tmp</filename> på sin egna partition, till exempel 20 till 50MB, är en bra idé. Om du sätter upp en server med många användarkonton, är det generellt sett bra att ha en separat, stor <filename>/home</filename>-partition. Allmänt sett, partitionering varierar från dator till dator beroende på dess användning." +msgid "" +"You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you " +"plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. " +"If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If " +"you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good " +"to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, " +"the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its " +"uses." +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva en separat <filename>/usr/local</filename>-partition om du " +"planerar att installera många program som inte är en del av Debian-utgåvan. " +"Om din maskin kommer att vara en e-postserver, behöver du kanske göra " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition. Ofta, lägga " +"<filename>/tmp</filename> på sin egna partition, till exempel 20 till 50MB, " +"är en bra idé. Om du sätter upp en server med många användarkonton, är det " +"generellt sett bra att ha en separat, stor <filename>/home</filename>-" +"partition. Allmänt sett, partitionering varierar från dator till dator " +"beroende på dess användning." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:249 #, no-c-format -msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." -msgstr "För mycket komplexa system, bör du se <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Den innehåller fördjupad information, mestadels av intresse för Internetleverantörer och personer som installerar servrar." +msgid "" +"For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-" +"howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, " +"mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." +msgstr "" +"För mycket komplexa system, bör du se <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> " +"Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Den innehåller fördjupad information, mestadels av " +"intresse för Internetleverantörer och personer som installerar servrar." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:256 #, no-c-format -msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." -msgstr "Med tanke på frågan om storleken för växlingsutrymmet, finns det många synsätt. En tumregel som fungerar bra är att använda så mycket växlingsutrymme som du har systemminne. Den bör heller inte vara mindre än 16MB, i de flesta fall. Så klart, det finns ett antal undantag till dessa regler. Om du försöker lösa 10000 simultana uträkningar på en maskin med 256MB minne, behöver du kanske en gigabyte (eller mer) växlingsutrymme." +msgid "" +"With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One " +"rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system " +"memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, " +"there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 " +"simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a " +"gigabyte (or more) of swap." +msgstr "" +"Med tanke på frågan om storleken för växlingsutrymmet, finns det många " +"synsätt. En tumregel som fungerar bra är att använda så mycket " +"växlingsutrymme som du har systemminne. Den bör heller inte vara mindre än " +"16MB, i de flesta fall. Så klart, det finns ett antal undantag till dessa " +"regler. Om du försöker lösa 10000 simultana uträkningar på en maskin med " +"256MB minne, behöver du kanske en gigabyte (eller mer) växlingsutrymme." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:265 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." -msgstr "På andra sidan, Atari Falcon och MacIntosh känner smärta vid användandet av växlingsutrymmet, så istället för en stor partition för växling, skaffa så mycket RAM-minne som möjligt." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so " +"instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." +msgstr "" +"På andra sidan, Atari Falcon och MacIntosh känner smärta vid användandet av " +"växlingsutrymmet, så istället för en stor partition för växling, skaffa så " +"mycket RAM-minne som möjligt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." -msgstr "På 32-bitars arkitekturer (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC och PowerPC), maximal storlek för en växlingspartition är 2GB. Det bör vara tillräckligt för nästan alla installationer. Dock, om dina krav för växlingsutrymme är så här höga, bör du kanske försöka att sprida växlingen över olika diskar (kallas också <quote>spindles</quote>) och, om möjligt, olika SCSI- eller IDE-kanaler. Kärnan kommer att balansera växlingsanvändningen mellan flera växlingspartitioner, som ger bättre prestanda." +msgid "" +"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " +"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " +"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " +"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " +"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " +"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " +"better performance." +msgstr "" +"På 32-bitars arkitekturer (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC och PowerPC), maximal " +"storlek för en växlingspartition är 2GB. Det bör vara tillräckligt för " +"nästan alla installationer. Dock, om dina krav för växlingsutrymme är så här " +"höga, bör du kanske försöka att sprida växlingen över olika diskar (kallas " +"också <quote>spindles</quote>) och, om möjligt, olika SCSI- eller IDE-" +"kanaler. Kärnan kommer att balansera växlingsanvändningen mellan flera " +"växlingspartitioner, som ger bättre prestanda." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:280 #, no-c-format -msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." -msgstr "Som ett exempel, en äldre hemdator kan ha 32MB RAM-minne och en 1.7GB stor IDE-disk på <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Det kan finns en 500MB stor partition för ett annat operativsystem på <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, en 32MB stor växlingspartition på <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> och ungefär 1.2GB på <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> som Linux-partitionen." +msgid "" +"As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE " +"drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for " +"another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " +"partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" +"dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." +msgstr "" +"Som ett exempel, en äldre hemdator kan ha 32MB RAM-minne och en 1.7GB stor " +"IDE-disk på <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Det kan finns en 500MB stor " +"partition för ett annat operativsystem på <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, en " +"32MB stor växlingspartition på <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> och ungefär " +"1.2GB på <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> som Linux-partitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." -msgstr "Som en idé för utrymmet som tas upp av de funktioner som du kanske är intresserade av att lägga in efter din systeminstallation är klar, se på <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding " +"after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" +"size-list\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Som en idé för utrymmet som tas upp av de funktioner som du kanske är " +"intresserade av att lägga in efter din systeminstallation är klar, se på " +"<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:305 @@ -370,8 +618,14 @@ msgstr "Enhetsnamn i Linux" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:306 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" -msgstr "Namnen på Linux diskar och partitioner kan vara olika från andra operativsystem. Du behöver veta namnen som Linux använder när du skapar och monterar partitioner. Här är de grundläggande benämningarna:" +msgid "" +"Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating " +"systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and " +"mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" +msgstr "" +"Namnen på Linux diskar och partitioner kan vara olika från andra " +"operativsystem. Du behöver veta namnen som Linux använder när du skapar och " +"monterar partitioner. Här är de grundläggande benämningarna:" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:314 @@ -388,38 +642,69 @@ msgstr "Den andra diskettenheten kallas <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:330 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" +"Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:336 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." -msgstr "Masterdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Masterdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:348 #, no-c-format -msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." -msgstr "Slavdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Slavdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:354 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" -msgstr "Master- och slavdiskar för sekundära kontrollern kan kallas <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> och <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respektive. Nyare IDE-kontrollrar kan faktiskt ha två kanaler, och fungera som två kontrollrar. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Bokstäverna kan skilja sig från vad som visas i Mac-programmet pdisk (alltså, vad som visas som <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> i pdisk kan visas som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> i Debian). </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, " +"respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, " +"effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters " +"may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> in Debian). </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Master- och slavdiskar för sekundära kontrollern kan kallas <filename>/dev/" +"hdc</filename> och <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respektive. Nyare IDE-" +"kontrollrar kan faktiskt ha två kanaler, och fungera som två kontrollrar. " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Bokstäverna kan skilja sig från vad som visas i Mac-" +"programmet pdisk (alltså, vad som visas som <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> i " +"pdisk kan visas som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> i Debian). </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:369 @@ -436,8 +721,12 @@ msgstr "Den andra XT-disken kallas <filename>/dev/xdb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:379 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." -msgstr "Den första ACSI-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, den andra kallas <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is " +"named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första ACSI-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, den andra " +"kallas <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:388 @@ -448,50 +737,122 @@ msgstr "Den första DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Den andra DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, och så vidare." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Den andra DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, och så vidare." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." -msgstr "Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av lägga till ett decimaltal till disknamnet: <filename>sda1</filename> och <filename>sda2</filename> representerar den första och andra partitionen på första SCSI-disken i ditt system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av lägga till ett decimaltal till " +"disknamnet: <filename>sda1</filename> och <filename>sda2</filename> " +"representerar den första och andra partitionen på första SCSI-disken i ditt " +"system." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." -msgstr "Här är ett exempel från dagliga livet. Låt oss anta att du har ett system med 2 SCSI-diskar, en på SCSI-adress 2 och den andra på SCSI-adress 4. Den första disken (på adress 2) kallas för <filename>sda</filename>, och den andra <filename>sdb</filename>. Om <filename>sda</filename>-disken har 3 partitioner på sig, kommer dessa att kallas <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, och <filename>sda3</filename>. Det samma gäller för <filename>sdb</filename>-disken och dess partitioner." +msgid "" +"Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI " +"disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk " +"(at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second " +"<filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 " +"partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies " +"to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel från dagliga livet. Låt oss anta att du har ett system " +"med 2 SCSI-diskar, en på SCSI-adress 2 och den andra på SCSI-adress 4. Den " +"första disken (på adress 2) kallas för <filename>sda</filename>, och den " +"andra <filename>sdb</filename>. Om <filename>sda</filename>-disken har 3 " +"partitioner på sig, kommer dessa att kallas <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, och <filename>sda3</filename>. Det samma gäller " +"för <filename>sdb</filename>-disken och dess partitioner." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:420 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." -msgstr "Notera att om du har två SCSI-värdbussadaptrar (alltså, kontrollrar), ordningen på diskarna kan vara förvirrande. Den bästa lösningen i det här fallet är att se på uppstartsmeddelandena, och antagligen känner du till diskmodellerna och/eller storlekarna." +msgid "" +"Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the " +"order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to " +"watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or " +"capacities." +msgstr "" +"Notera att om du har två SCSI-värdbussadaptrar (alltså, kontrollrar), " +"ordningen på diskarna kan vara förvirrande. Den bästa lösningen i det här " +"fallet är att se på uppstartsmeddelandena, och antagligen känner du till " +"diskmodellerna och/eller storlekarna." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." -msgstr "Linux representerar de primära partitionerna som disknamnet, plus siffrorna 1 till 4. Till exempel, den första primära partitionen på första IDE-disken är <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. De logiska partitionerna är numrerade från 5 och uppåt, så den första logiska partitionen på den disken är <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Kom ihåg att den utökade partitionen, alltså, den primära partitionen som tillhandahåller de logiska partitionerna, inte är användbar. Det här gäller för SCSI-diskar såväl som för IDE-diskar." +msgid "" +"Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers " +"1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive " +"is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered " +"starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that " +"is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by " +"itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." +msgstr "" +"Linux representerar de primära partitionerna som disknamnet, plus siffrorna " +"1 till 4. Till exempel, den första primära partitionen på första IDE-disken " +"är <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. De logiska partitionerna är numrerade " +"från 5 och uppåt, så den första logiska partitionen på den disken är " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Kom ihåg att den utökade partitionen, " +"alltså, den primära partitionen som tillhandahåller de logiska " +"partitionerna, inte är användbar. Det här gäller för SCSI-diskar såväl som " +"för IDE-diskar." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:438 #, no-c-format -msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." -msgstr "VMEbus-system som använder TEAC FC-1 SCSI-diskettenhet kommer att se den som en normal SCSI-disk. För att göra identifieringen av enheten lättare kommer installationsprogramvaran att skapa en symbolisk länk till lämplig enhet och namnge den <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgid "" +"VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal " +"SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation " +"software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it " +"<filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"VMEbus-system som använder TEAC FC-1 SCSI-diskettenhet kommer att se den som " +"en normal SCSI-disk. För att göra identifieringen av enheten lättare kommer " +"installationsprogramvaran att skapa en symbolisk länk till lämplig enhet och " +"namnge den <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." -msgstr "Sun-diskpartitioner tillåter 8 separata partitioner (eller \"slices\"). Den tredje partitionen är normalt sett (och föredras att vara där) en partition för <quote>hela disken</quote>. Den här partitionen refererar till alla sektorer på disken, och används av starthanteraren (antingen SILO eller Suns egna)." +msgid "" +"Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third " +"partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</" +"quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, " +"and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." +msgstr "" +"Sun-diskpartitioner tillåter 8 separata partitioner (eller \"slices\"). Den " +"tredje partitionen är normalt sett (och föredras att vara där) en partition " +"för <quote>hela disken</quote>. Den här partitionen refererar till alla " +"sektorer på disken, och används av starthanteraren (antingen SILO eller Suns " +"egna)." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:452 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." -msgstr "Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av att lägga till ett decimaltal tll diskens namn: <filename>dasda1</filename> och <filename>dasda2</filename> representerar första och andra partitionen på första DASD-enheten i ditt system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av att lägga till ett decimaltal " +"tll diskens namn: <filename>dasda1</filename> och <filename>dasda2</" +"filename> representerar första och andra partitionen på första DASD-enheten " +"i ditt system." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:467 @@ -502,8 +863,16 @@ msgstr "Debians partitioneringsprogram" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." -msgstr "Flera varianter av partitioneringsprogram har anpassats av Debians utvecklare för att fungera på olika typer av hårddiskar och datorarkitekturer. Följande är en listan på de program som lämpar sig för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian " +"developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer " +"architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"Flera varianter av partitioneringsprogram har anpassats av Debians " +"utvecklare för att fungera på olika typer av hårddiskar och " +"datorarkitekturer. Följande är en listan på de program som lämpar sig för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:480 @@ -514,8 +883,15 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." -msgstr "Rekommenderat partitioneringsverktyg i Debian. Den här schweiziska armékniven kan också ändra storlek på partitioner, skapa filsystem <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>formatera</quote> på Windows-språk)</phrase> och tilldela dem monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also " +"resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</" +"quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Rekommenderat partitioneringsverktyg i Debian. Den här schweiziska " +"armékniven kan också ändra storlek på partitioner, skapa filsystem <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>formatera</quote> på Windows-språk)</phrase> och " +"tilldela dem monteringspunkter." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:492 @@ -532,8 +908,18 @@ msgstr "Den originella diskpartitioneraren för Linux, bra för experter." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" -msgstr "Var försiktig om du har existerande FreeBSD-partitioner på din maskin. Installationskärnorna inkluderar stöd för dessa partitioner, men sättet som <command>fdisk</command> representerar dem på (eller inte) kan göra att enhetsnamnen skiljer sig. Se <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" +msgid "" +"Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The " +"installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that " +"<command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names " +"differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</" +"ulink>" +msgstr "" +"Var försiktig om du har existerande FreeBSD-partitioner på din maskin. " +"Installationskärnorna inkluderar stöd för dessa partitioner, men sättet som " +"<command>fdisk</command> representerar dem på (eller inte) kan göra att " +"enhetsnamnen skiljer sig. Se <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux" +"+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:509 @@ -545,13 +931,18 @@ msgstr "cfdisk" #: partitioning.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "A simple-to-use, full-screen disk partitioner for the rest of us." -msgstr "En diskpartitionerare i helskärm som är enkel att använda för resten av oss." +msgstr "" +"En diskpartitionerare i helskärm som är enkel att använda för resten av oss." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:514 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." -msgstr "Notera att <command>cfdisk</command> inte förstår FreeBSD-partitioner alls, och, igen, som ett resultat av det kan enhetsnamnen skilja sig." +msgid "" +"Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at " +"all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." +msgstr "" +"Notera att <command>cfdisk</command> inte förstår FreeBSD-partitioner alls, " +"och, igen, som ett resultat av det kan enhetsnamnen skilja sig." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:523 @@ -598,8 +989,12 @@ msgstr "pmac-fdisk" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:551 #, no-c-format -msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." -msgstr "PowerMac-medveten version av <command>fdisk</command>, används också av BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system." +msgid "" +"PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and " +"Motorola VMEbus systems." +msgstr "" +"PowerMac-medveten version av <command>fdisk</command>, används också av BVM " +"och Motorola VMEbus-system." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:560 @@ -610,56 +1005,96 @@ msgstr "fdasd" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:561 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." -msgstr "&arch-title;-versionen av <command>fdisk</command>; Läs manualsidan fdasd eller kapitel 13 i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd " +"manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"&arch-title;-versionen av <command>fdisk</command>; Läs manualsidan fdasd " +"eller kapitel 13 i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/" +"opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation " +"Commands</ulink> för detaljer." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this is not recommended." -msgstr "Ett av dessa program kommer att köras som standard när du väljer <guimenuitem>Partitionera diskar</guimenuitem> (eller liknande). Det kan vara möjligt att använda ett annat partitioneringsverktyg från kommandoraden på VT2, men det är inte rekommenderat." +msgid "" +"One of these programs will be run by default when you select " +"<guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible " +"to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " +"is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"Ett av dessa program kommer att köras som standard när du väljer " +"<guimenuitem>Partitionera diskar</guimenuitem> (eller liknande). Det kan " +"vara möjligt att använda ett annat partitioneringsverktyg från kommandoraden " +"på VT2, men det är inte rekommenderat." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " +"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " +"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " +"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " +"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " +"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /target/dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot " +"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" msgstr "" -"Om du kommer att arbeta med mer än 20 partitioner på din ide-disk, behöver du skapa enheter för partitionerna 21 och högre. Nästa steg för initiering av partitionen kommer att misslyckas om inte en korrekt enhet finns. Som ett exempel, här är de kommandon du kan använda i <userinput>tty2</userinput> eller under <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> för att lägga till en enhet så att 21:a partitionen kan initieras: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du kommer att arbeta med mer än 20 partitioner på din ide-disk, behöver " +"du skapa enheter för partitionerna 21 och högre. Nästa steg för initiering " +"av partitionen kommer att misslyckas om inte en korrekt enhet finns. Som ett " +"exempel, här är de kommandon du kan använda i <userinput>tty2</userinput> " +"eller under <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> för att lägga till en " +"enhet så att 21:a partitionen kan initieras: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Starta upp i det nya systemet kommer att misslyckas om inte korrekta enheter finns på målsystemet. Efter installering av kärnan och moduler, kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Starta upp i det nya systemet kommer att " +"misslyckas om inte korrekta enheter finns på målsystemet. Efter installering " +"av kärnan och moduler, kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /target/dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Kom ihåg att markera din uppstartspartition som <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Kom ihåg att markera din " +"uppstartspartition som <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:598 #, no-c-format -msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." -msgstr "En nyckelpunkt när Mac-diskar partitioneras är att växlingspartitionen identifieras med dess namn; den måste namnges <quote>swap</quote>. Alla Mac-Linux-partitioner har samma partitionstyp, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Vänligen läs manualen. Vi föreslår även att du läser <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, som inkluderar de steg du bör ta om du delar din disk med MacOS." +msgid "" +"One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " +"partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. " +"All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. " +"Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you " +"should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." +msgstr "" +"En nyckelpunkt när Mac-diskar partitioneras är att växlingspartitionen " +"identifieras med dess namn; den måste namnges <quote>swap</quote>. Alla Mac-" +"Linux-partitioner har samma partitionstyp, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Vänligen läs " +"manualen. Vi föreslår även att du läser <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;" +"\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, som inkluderar de steg du bör ta om du delar " +"din disk med MacOS." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:614 -#: partitioning.xml:674 -#: partitioning.xml:698 -#: partitioning.xml:794 -#: partitioning.xml:913 -#: partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:614 partitioning.xml:674 partitioning.xml:698 +#: partitioning.xml:794 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionera för &arch-title;" @@ -667,92 +1102,321 @@ msgstr "Partitionera för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to use a disk label." -msgstr "Starta upp Debian från SRM-konsollen (den enda diskuppstartsmetoden som stöds av &releasename;) kräver att du har en BSD-disketikett, inte en DOS-partitionstabell, på din uppstartsdisk. (Kom ihåg, SRM-startblocket är inte kompatibelt med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller — se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) Som ett resultat av det, skapar <command>partman</command> BSD-disketiketter vid körning på &architecture;, men om din disk redan har en DOS-partitionstabell kommer de existerande partitionerna att behöva tas bort före parman kan konvertera den till att använda en disketikett." +msgid "" +"Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " +"&releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition " +"table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with " +"MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As " +"a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on " +"&architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the " +"existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to " +"use a disk label." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Debian från SRM-konsollen (den enda diskuppstartsmetoden som " +"stöds av &releasename;) kräver att du har en BSD-disketikett, inte en DOS-" +"partitionstabell, på din uppstartsdisk. (Kom ihåg, SRM-startblocket är inte " +"kompatibelt med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller — se <xref linkend=\"alpha-" +"firmware\"/>.) Som ett resultat av det, skapar <command>partman</command> " +"BSD-disketiketter vid körning på &architecture;, men om din disk redan har " +"en DOS-partitionstabell kommer de existerande partitionerna att behöva tas " +"bort före parman kan konvertera den till att använda en disketikett." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:626 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." -msgstr "Om du har valt att använda <command>fdisk</command> för att partitionera din disk, och disken som du har valt för partitionering inte innehåller en BSD-disketikett, måste du använda kommandot <quote>b</quote> för att gå in i disketikettläge." +msgid "" +"If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " +"and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already " +"contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter " +"disk label mode." +msgstr "" +"Om du har valt att använda <command>fdisk</command> för att partitionera din " +"disk, och disken som du har valt för partitionering inte innehåller en BSD-" +"disketikett, måste du använda kommandot <quote>b</quote> för att gå in i " +"disketikettläge." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the <command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with the boot block." -msgstr "Såvida du önskar använda disken du partitionerar från Tru64 Unix eller en av de fria operativsystemsderivaten från 4.4BSD-Lite (FreeBSD, OpenBSD eller NetBSD), föreslås det att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> gör så den tredje partitionen innehåller hela disken. Det här krävs inte av <command>aboot</command>, och faktiskt, det kan leda till missförstånd eftersom verktyget <command>swriteboot</command> som används för att installera <command>aboot</command> i uppstartssektorn kommer att klaga på en partition som överlappar uppstartsblocket." +msgid "" +"Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " +"of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or " +"NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third " +"partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</" +"command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the " +"<command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</" +"command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with " +"the boot block." +msgstr "" +"Såvida du önskar använda disken du partitionerar från Tru64 Unix eller en av " +"de fria operativsystemsderivaten från 4.4BSD-Lite (FreeBSD, OpenBSD eller " +"NetBSD), föreslås det att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> gör så den tredje " +"partitionen innehåller hela disken. Det här krävs inte av <command>aboot</" +"command>, och faktiskt, det kan leda till missförstånd eftersom verktyget " +"<command>swriteboot</command> som används för att installera <command>aboot</" +"command> i uppstartssektorn kommer att klaga på en partition som överlappar " +"uppstartsblocket." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." -msgstr "Också, på grund av att <command>aboot</command> skrivs till de första sektorerna på disken (för närvarande ockuperar den ungefär 70 kilobyte, eller 150 sektorer), <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du lämna kvar tillräckligt med ledigt utrymme i början av disken för det. Tidigare föreslogs det att du skapade en liten partition i början av disken som lämnades kvar oformaterad. Av samma anledning som nämns ovan, föreslår vi nu att du inte gör det på diskar som endast används av GNU/Linux. När <command>partman</command> används, kommer en liten partition fortfarande att skapas åt <command>aboot</command> av bekvämlighetsskäl." +msgid "" +"Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " +"of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you " +"<emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the " +"disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition " +"at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason " +"mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will " +"only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small " +"partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience " +"reasons." +msgstr "" +"Också, på grund av att <command>aboot</command> skrivs till de första " +"sektorerna på disken (för närvarande ockuperar den ungefär 70 kilobyte, " +"eller 150 sektorer), <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du lämna kvar tillräckligt " +"med ledigt utrymme i början av disken för det. Tidigare föreslogs det att du " +"skapade en liten partition i början av disken som lämnades kvar oformaterad. " +"Av samma anledning som nämns ovan, föreslår vi nu att du inte gör det på " +"diskar som endast används av GNU/Linux. När <command>partman</command> " +"används, kommer en liten partition fortfarande att skapas åt <command>aboot</" +"command> av bekvämlighetsskäl." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:656 #, no-c-format -msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." -msgstr "För ARC-installationer, bör du göra en liten FAT-partition i början av disken som ska innehålla <command>MILO</command> och <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabyte bör räcka, se <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Tyvärr kan man inte göra FAT-filsystem från menyn, så du får göra det manuellt från skalet med <command>mkdosfs</command> innan försöket att installera starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " +"beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and " +"<command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see " +"<xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file " +"systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually " +"from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install " +"the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För ARC-installationer, bör du göra en liten FAT-partition i början av " +"disken som ska innehålla <command>MILO</command> och <command>linload.exe</" +"command> — 5 megabyte bör räcka, se <xref linkend=\"non-debian-" +"partitioning\"/>. Tyvärr kan man inte göra FAT-filsystem från menyn, så du " +"får göra det manuellt från skalet med <command>mkdosfs</command> innan " +"försöket att installera starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:675 #, no-c-format -msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally sufficient." -msgstr "PALO, starthanteraren för HPPA, kräver en partition av typen <quote>F0</quote> någonstans inom de första 2 GB. Det är där starthanteraren, en valfri kärna och ramdisken kommer att lagras, så gör den tillräckligt stor för det — åtminstone 4 Mb (8–16MB föreslås). Ett ytterligare krav på firmware är att Linux-kärnan måste finns inom de första 2 GB av disken. Det här kan normalt sett göras genom att göra så rotpartitionen (ext2) passar in helt inom de första 2 GB av disken. Alternativt kan du skapa en liten ext2-partition nära början av disken och montera den på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom det är den katalogen som Linux-kärnan kommer att lagras. Partitionen <filename>/boot</filename> behöver vara tillräckligt stor för att innehåla de olika kärnor du kanske vill läsa in; 25–50MB är oftast tillräckligt." +msgid "" +"PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " +"somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional " +"kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at " +"least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware " +"is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This " +"is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within " +"the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 " +"partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be " +"stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever " +"kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally " +"sufficient." +msgstr "" +"PALO, starthanteraren för HPPA, kräver en partition av typen <quote>F0</" +"quote> någonstans inom de första 2 GB. Det är där starthanteraren, en valfri " +"kärna och ramdisken kommer att lagras, så gör den tillräckligt stor för det " +"— åtminstone 4 Mb (8–16MB föreslås). Ett ytterligare krav på " +"firmware är att Linux-kärnan måste finns inom de första 2 GB av disken. Det " +"här kan normalt sett göras genom att göra så rotpartitionen (ext2) passar in " +"helt inom de första 2 GB av disken. Alternativt kan du skapa en liten ext2-" +"partition nära början av disken och montera den på <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, eftersom det är den katalogen som Linux-kärnan kommer att lagras. " +"Partitionen <filename>/boot</filename> behöver vara tillräckligt stor för " +"att innehåla de olika kärnor du kanske vill läsa in; 25–50MB är oftast " +"tillräckligt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:699 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." -msgstr "Om du har ett existerande annat operativsystem såsom DOS eller Windows och du vill behålla det operativsystemet efter installationen av Debian, kan du behöva förändra partitionsstorleken för att få mer ledigt diskutrymme för Debian-installationen. Installeraren har stöd för att förändra storleken på både FAT- och NTFS-filsystem; när du kommer till installerarens partitioneringssteg, välj alternativet att partitionera manuellt och välj sedan helt enkelt en existerande partition och ändra dess storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " +"you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may " +"need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. " +"The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you " +"get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition " +"manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ett existerande annat operativsystem såsom DOS eller Windows och " +"du vill behålla det operativsystemet efter installationen av Debian, kan du " +"behöva förändra partitionsstorleken för att få mer ledigt diskutrymme för " +"Debian-installationen. Installeraren har stöd för att förändra storleken på " +"både FAT- och NTFS-filsystem; när du kommer till installerarens " +"partitioneringssteg, välj alternativet att partitionera manuellt och välj " +"sedan helt enkelt en existerande partition och ändra dess storlek." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." -msgstr "Generellt sett lägger PC BIOS till ytterligare begränsningar för diskpartitionering. Det finns en gräns för hur många <quote>primära</quote> och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner en enhet kan innehålla. Ytterligare, med BIOS före 1994–98, finns det gränser för var på enheten som BIOS kan starta från. Mer information kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, men den här sektionen kommer att inkludera en enkel översikt för att hjälpa dig att planera de flesta situationer." +msgid "" +"The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " +"There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</" +"quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 " +"BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More " +"information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux " +"Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-" +"disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief " +"overview to help you plan most situations." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett lägger PC BIOS till ytterligare begränsningar för " +"diskpartitionering. Det finns en gräns för hur många <quote>primära</quote> " +"och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner en enhet kan innehålla. Ytterligare, " +"med BIOS före 1994–98, finns det gränser för var på enheten som BIOS " +"kan starta från. Mer information kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-partition-" +"howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-" +"faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, men den här sektionen kommer att " +"inkludera en enkel översikt för att hjälpa dig att planera de flesta " +"situationer." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format -msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." -msgstr "<quote>Primära</quote> partitioner är den originella partitioneringsplanen för PC-diskar. Dock, det kan endast finnas fyra av dem. För att komma runt den här begränsningen, uppfanns <quote>utökade</quote> och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner. Genom att ställa in en av dina primära partitioner som en utökad partition, kan du dela upp utrymmet som allokerats till den partitionen in i logiska partitioner. Du kan skapa upp till 60 logiska partitioner per utökad partition; dock, kan du endast ha en utökad partition per enhet." +msgid "" +"<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " +"PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this " +"limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions " +"were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended " +"partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into " +"logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended " +"partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." +msgstr "" +"<quote>Primära</quote> partitioner är den originella partitioneringsplanen " +"för PC-diskar. Dock, det kan endast finnas fyra av dem. För att komma runt " +"den här begränsningen, uppfanns <quote>utökade</quote> och <quote>logiska</" +"quote> partitioner. Genom att ställa in en av dina primära partitioner som " +"en utökad partition, kan du dela upp utrymmet som allokerats till den " +"partitionen in i logiska partitioner. Du kan skapa upp till 60 logiska " +"partitioner per utökad partition; dock, kan du endast ha en utökad partition " +"per enhet." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:730 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." -msgstr "Linux begränsar antalet partitioner per disk till 15 partitioner för SCSI-diskar (3 användbara primära partitioner, 12 logiska partitioner), och 63 partitioner på en IDE-disk (3 användbara primära partitioner, 60 logiska partitioner). Dock ger det normala &debian;-systemet endast 20 enheter för partitioner, så du kan inte installera på partitioner högre än 20 om du inte manuellt skapar enheterna för dessa partitioner först." +msgid "" +"Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " +"usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an " +"IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the " +"normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may " +"not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create " +"devices for those partitions." +msgstr "" +"Linux begränsar antalet partitioner per disk till 15 partitioner för SCSI-" +"diskar (3 användbara primära partitioner, 12 logiska partitioner), och 63 " +"partitioner på en IDE-disk (3 användbara primära partitioner, 60 logiska " +"partitioner). Dock ger det normala &debian;-systemet endast 20 enheter för " +"partitioner, så du kan inte installera på partitioner högre än 20 om du inte " +"manuellt skapar enheterna för dessa partitioner först." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:740 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." -msgstr "Om du har en stor IDE-disk, och varken använder LBA-adressering eller överliggande drivrutiner (kommer ibland från hårddisktillverkarna), måste uppstartspartition (den partition som innehåller din kärnavbild) placeras inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (normalt sett runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning)." +msgid "" +"If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the " +"boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed " +"within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 " +"megabytes, without BIOS translation)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor IDE-disk, och varken använder LBA-adressering eller " +"överliggande drivrutiner (kommer ibland från hårddisktillverkarna), måste " +"uppstartspartition (den partition som innehåller din kärnavbild) placeras " +"inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (normalt sett runt 524 " +"megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning)." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:748 #, no-c-format -msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." -msgstr "Den här begränsningen gäller inte om du har ett BIOS som är nyare än runt 1995–98 (beroende på tillverkaren) som har stöd för <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Både Lilo, Linux-starthanteraren och Debians alternativa <command>mbr</command> måste använda BIOS för att läsa kärnan från disken till RAM-minnet. Om BIOS int 0x13, utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, hittas, kommer de att användas. Annars kommer det gamla diskåtkomstgränssnittet att fallas tillbaka på och användas, och det kan inte användas för att adressera en plats på disken högre än 1023:e cylindern. När Linux har startats upp, oavsett vilket BIOS din dator har, gäller dessa begränsningar inte längre, eftersom Linux inte använder BIOS för diskåtkomst." +msgid "" +"This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " +"1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the " +"<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the " +"Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the " +"BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large " +"disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. " +"Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it " +"cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd " +"cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these " +"restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk " +"access." +msgstr "" +"Den här begränsningen gäller inte om du har ett BIOS som är nyare än runt " +"1995–98 (beroende på tillverkaren) som har stöd för <quote>Enhanced " +"Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Både Lilo, Linux-starthanteraren " +"och Debians alternativa <command>mbr</command> måste använda BIOS för att " +"läsa kärnan från disken till RAM-minnet. Om BIOS int 0x13, utökningar för " +"åtkomst till stora diskar, hittas, kommer de att användas. Annars kommer det " +"gamla diskåtkomstgränssnittet att fallas tillbaka på och användas, och det " +"kan inte användas för att adressera en plats på disken högre än 1023:e " +"cylindern. När Linux har startats upp, oavsett vilket BIOS din dator har, " +"gäller dessa begränsningar inte längre, eftersom Linux inte använder BIOS " +"för diskåtkomst." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:762 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." -msgstr "Om du har en stor disk, måste du kanske använda tekniker för cylinderöversättning, som du kan ställa in från ditt BIOS-konfigurationsprogram, såsom LBA (Logisk blockadressering) eller CHS-översättningsläget (<quote>Large</quote>). Mer information om problem med stora diskar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Om du använder ett cylinderöversättningsschema, och BIOS inte har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, måste din uppstartspartition passa inom den <emphasis>översatta</emphasis> representationen av 1024:de cylindern." +msgid "" +"If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " +"techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA " +"(Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). " +"More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a " +"cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk " +"access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the " +"<emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor disk, måste du kanske använda tekniker för " +"cylinderöversättning, som du kan ställa in från ditt BIOS-" +"konfigurationsprogram, såsom LBA (Logisk blockadressering) eller CHS-" +"översättningsläget (<quote>Large</quote>). Mer information om problem med " +"stora diskar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk " +"HOWTO</ulink>. Om du använder ett cylinderöversättningsschema, och BIOS inte " +"har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, måste din " +"uppstartspartition passa inom den <emphasis>översatta</emphasis> " +"representationen av 1024:de cylindern." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:774 #, no-c-format -msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." -msgstr "Det rekommenderade sättet att göra det här på är att skapa en liten (25–50MB bör räcka) partition i början av disken för att användas som uppstartspartition, och sedan skapa de andra partitioner som du önskar att ha, på återstående plats. Den här uppstartspartitionen <emphasis>måste</emphasis> monteras på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom den här är katalogen där Linux kärna/kärnor kommer att lagras. Denna konfiguration kommer att fungera på alla system, oavsett om LBA eller CHS-översättning för stora diskar används, och oavsett om ditt BIOS har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar." +msgid "" +"The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " +"(25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be " +"used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you " +"wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</" +"emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the " +"directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will " +"work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation " +"is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access " +"extensions." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderade sättet att göra det här på är att skapa en liten " +"(25–50MB bör räcka) partition i början av disken för att användas som " +"uppstartspartition, och sedan skapa de andra partitioner som du önskar att " +"ha, på återstående plats. Den här uppstartspartitionen <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> monteras på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom den här är " +"katalogen där Linux kärna/kärnor kommer att lagras. Denna konfiguration " +"kommer att fungera på alla system, oavsett om LBA eller CHS-översättning för " +"stora diskar används, och oavsett om ditt BIOS har stöd för utökningar för " +"åtkomst till stora diskar." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." -msgstr "Diskpartitioneraren <command>partman</command> är standardverktyget för partitionering för installeraren. Den hanterar uppsättningen av partitioner och deras monteringspunkter för att se till att diskarna och filsystemen är korrekt konfigurerade för en lyckad installation. Den använder faktiskt <command>parted</command> för att göra diskpartitioneringen." +msgid "" +"The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " +"tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount " +"points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a " +"successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to " +"do the on-disk partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Diskpartitioneraren <command>partman</command> är standardverktyget för " +"partitionering för installeraren. Den hanterar uppsättningen av partitioner " +"och deras monteringspunkter för att se till att diskarna och filsystemen är " +"korrekt konfigurerade för en lyckad installation. Den använder faktiskt " +"<command>parted</command> för att göra diskpartitioneringen." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:808 @@ -763,20 +1427,48 @@ msgstr "Kända format av EFI" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." -msgstr "IA64 EFI-firmware har stöd för två format av partitionstabeller (eller disketikett), GPT och MS-DOS. MS-DOS, formatet som normalt sett används på i386 PC-datorer, rekommenderas inte längre för IA64-system. Även om installeraren också erbjuder <command>cfdisk</command>, bör du endast använda <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> för att den kan hantera både GPT- och MS-DOS-tabeller korrekt." +msgid "" +"The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " +"GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer " +"recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the " +"<command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt" +"\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT " +"and MS-DOS tables correctly." +msgstr "" +"IA64 EFI-firmware har stöd för två format av partitionstabeller (eller " +"disketikett), GPT och MS-DOS. MS-DOS, formatet som normalt sett används på " +"i386 PC-datorer, rekommenderas inte längre för IA64-system. Även om " +"installeraren också erbjuder <command>cfdisk</command>, bör du endast " +"använda <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> för att " +"den kan hantera både GPT- och MS-DOS-tabeller korrekt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:821 #, no-c-format -msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." -msgstr "Det automatiska partitioneringsreceptet för <command>partman</command> allokerar en EFI-partition som första partitionen på disken. Du kan också ställa in partitionen under <guimenuitem>Guidad partitionering</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn på ett sätt som liknar när man ställer in en <emphasis>växlingspartition</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " +"an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the " +"partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Det automatiska partitioneringsreceptet för <command>partman</command> " +"allokerar en EFI-partition som första partitionen på disken. Du kan också " +"ställa in partitionen under <guimenuitem>Guidad partitionering</guimenuitem> " +"från huvudmenyn på ett sätt som liknar när man ställer in en " +"<emphasis>växlingspartition</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " +"For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you " +"can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> " +"utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to " +"erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then " +"something similar to the following command sequence could be used: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -784,9 +1476,22 @@ msgid "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." +"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three " +"partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file " +"system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are " +"specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the " +"disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting " +"at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space " +"with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it " +"scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" -"Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> hanterar de flesta disklayouter. För de onormala fallen där det är nödvändigt att manuellt ställa in en disk, kan du använda skalet som beskrivs ovanför och köra verktyget <command>parted</command> direkt med dess kommandoradsgränssnitt. Antar att du vill radera hela din disk och skapa en GPT-tabell och några partitioner, så kan något liknande den här kommandosekvensen användas: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> hanterar de flesta disklayouter. " +"För de onormala fallen där det är nödvändigt att manuellt ställa in en disk, " +"kan du använda skalet som beskrivs ovanför och köra verktyget " +"<command>parted</command> direkt med dess kommandoradsgränssnitt. Antar att " +"du vill radera hela din disk och skapa en GPT-tabell och några partitioner, " +"så kan något liknande den här kommandosekvensen användas: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -794,7 +1499,15 @@ msgstr "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här skapar en ny partitionstabell, och tre partitioner som ska användas som en EFI-uppstartspartition, växlingsutrymme, och ett rotfilsystem. Till sist ställer det in en uppstartsflagga på EFI-partitionen. Partitioner anges i megabyte, med start- och slutposition från början av disken. Så, till exempel, vi skapade ovan en 1999MB stor ext2-filsystem som startade på positionen 1001MB från början av disken. Notera att formatering av växlingsutrymmet med <command>parted</command> kan ta några minuter att färdigställa, eftersom den letar efter felaktiga block på partitionen." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här skapar en ny partitionstabell, och tre " +"partitioner som ska användas som en EFI-uppstartspartition, växlingsutrymme, " +"och ett rotfilsystem. Till sist ställer det in en uppstartsflagga på EFI-" +"partitionen. Partitioner anges i megabyte, med start- och slutposition från " +"början av disken. Så, till exempel, vi skapade ovan en 1999MB stor ext2-" +"filsystem som startade på positionen 1001MB från början av disken. Notera " +"att formatering av växlingsutrymmet med <command>parted</command> kan ta " +"några minuter att färdigställa, eftersom den letar efter felaktiga block på " +"partitionen." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:854 @@ -805,20 +1518,56 @@ msgstr "Krav för starthanterarens partition" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." -msgstr "ELILO, starthanteraren för ia64, kräver en partition som innehåller ett FAT-filsystem med <userinput>boot</userinput>-flaggan inställd. Partitionen måste vara tillräckligt stor för att hålla starthanteraren och de kärnor eller ramdiskar som du önskar starta upp. En minimal storlek skulle vara ungefär 20MB, men om du förväntar dig att köra flera kärnor, så är kanske 128MB ett bättre storlek." +msgid "" +"ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " +"system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be " +"big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish " +"to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with " +"multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." +msgstr "" +"ELILO, starthanteraren för ia64, kräver en partition som innehåller ett FAT-" +"filsystem med <userinput>boot</userinput>-flaggan inställd. Partitionen " +"måste vara tillräckligt stor för att hålla starthanteraren och de kärnor " +"eller ramdiskar som du önskar starta upp. En minimal storlek skulle vara " +"ungefär 20MB, men om du förväntar dig att köra flera kärnor, så är kanske " +"128MB ett bättre storlek." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:865 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." -msgstr "EFI-uppstartshanteraren och EFI-skalet har full stöd för GPT-tabellen så att uppstartspartitionen inte nödvändigtvis behöver vara den första partitionen eller till och med på samma disk. De här är bekvämt om du skulle glömma att allokera partitionen och komma på det efter du har formaterat de andra partitionerna på din disk (eller diskar). Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> letar efter en EFI-partition samtidigt som den leter efter en korrekt uppsatt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-partition. Det här ger dig en möjlighet att rätta till disklayouten före paketinstallationen påbörjas. Det enklaste sättet att rätta till det här problemet är att minska den sista partitionen på disken för att skapa tillräckligt ledigt utrymme för att lägga till en EFI-partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " +"boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even " +"on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the " +"partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on " +"your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI " +"partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk " +"layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this " +"omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free " +"space for adding an EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"EFI-uppstartshanteraren och EFI-skalet har full stöd för GPT-tabellen så att " +"uppstartspartitionen inte nödvändigtvis behöver vara den första partitionen " +"eller till och med på samma disk. De här är bekvämt om du skulle glömma att " +"allokera partitionen och komma på det efter du har formaterat de andra " +"partitionerna på din disk (eller diskar). Partitioneraren <command>partman</" +"command> letar efter en EFI-partition samtidigt som den leter efter en " +"korrekt uppsatt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-partition. Det här ger dig en " +"möjlighet att rätta till disklayouten före paketinstallationen påbörjas. Det " +"enklaste sättet att rätta till det här problemet är att minska den sista " +"partitionen på disken för att skapa tillräckligt ledigt utrymme för att " +"lägga till en EFI-partition." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:880 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att du allokerar EFI-uppstartspartitionen på samma disk som <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-filsystemet." +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " +"same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas starkt att du allokerar EFI-uppstartspartitionen på samma " +"disk som <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-filsystemet." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:889 @@ -829,14 +1578,42 @@ msgstr "EFI-diagnostiseringspartitioner" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:891 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." -msgstr "EFI-firmware är mycket mer sofistikerat än vanliga BIOS på de flesta x86 PC-datorer. Vissa systemtillverkare använder möjligheten i EFI att komma åt filer och köra program från en hårddisks filsystem för att lagra diagnostik och EFI-baserade systemhanteringsverktyg på hårddisken. Det här är ett separat FAT-formaterat filsystem på systemdisken. Konsultera systemdokumentationen och tillbehör som skickades med systemet för detaljer. Den tidpunkt som är enklast att ställa in en partition för diagnostik är samma tidpunkt som när du ställer in EFI-uppstartspartitionen." +msgid "" +"The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " +"seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of " +"the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to " +"store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard " +"disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult " +"the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for " +"details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " +"time you set up the EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"EFI-firmware är mycket mer sofistikerat än vanliga BIOS på de flesta x86 PC-" +"datorer. Vissa systemtillverkare använder möjligheten i EFI att komma åt " +"filer och köra program från en hårddisks filsystem för att lagra diagnostik " +"och EFI-baserade systemhanteringsverktyg på hårddisken. Det här är ett " +"separat FAT-formaterat filsystem på systemdisken. Konsultera " +"systemdokumentationen och tillbehör som skickades med systemet för detaljer. " +"Den tidpunkt som är enklast att ställa in en partition för diagnostik är " +"samma tidpunkt som när du ställer in EFI-uppstartspartitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:914 #, no-c-format -msgid "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." -msgstr "SGI-datorer kräver en SGI-disketikett för att göra systemet startbart från hårddisk. Den kan skapas under expertmenyn i fdisk. Det då skapade volymhuvudet (partition nummer 9) bör vara minst 3 MB stor. Om det skapade volymhuvudet är för litet, kan du helt enkelt ta bort partition nummer 9 och lägga till den igen med en annan storlek. Notera att volymhuvudet måste börja på sektor 0." +msgid "" +"SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " +"from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby " +"created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If " +"the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition " +"number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header " +"must start at sector 0." +msgstr "" +"SGI-datorer kräver en SGI-disketikett för att göra systemet startbart från " +"hårddisk. Den kan skapas under expertmenyn i fdisk. Det då skapade " +"volymhuvudet (partition nummer 9) bör vara minst 3 MB stor. Om det skapade " +"volymhuvudet är för litet, kan du helt enkelt ta bort partition nummer 9 och " +"lägga till den igen med en annan storlek. Notera att volymhuvudet måste " +"börja på sektor 0." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:931 @@ -847,50 +1624,148 @@ msgstr "Partitionering av nyare PowerMac" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:932 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." -msgstr "Om du installerar på en NewWorld PowerMac måste du skapa en speciell bootstrap-partition som tillhandahåller starthanteraren. Storleken på den här partitionen måste vara 800KB och dess partitionstyp måste vara <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. Om bootstrap-partitionen inte skapas som typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> kan din maskin inte starta upp från hårddisken. Den här partitionen kan enkelt skapas genom att skapa en ny partition i <command>partman</command> och säga till den att använda den som en <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, eller i <command>mac-fdisk</command> med kommandot <userinput>b</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " +"bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must " +"be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</" +"emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made " +"bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by " +"creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use " +"it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar på en NewWorld PowerMac måste du skapa en speciell " +"bootstrap-partition som tillhandahåller starthanteraren. Storleken på den " +"här partitionen måste vara 800KB och dess partitionstyp måste vara " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. Om bootstrap-partitionen inte skapas " +"som typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> kan din maskin inte starta " +"upp från hårddisken. Den här partitionen kan enkelt skapas genom att skapa " +"en ny partition i <command>partman</command> och säga till den att använda " +"den som en <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, eller i <command>mac-" +"fdisk</command> med kommandot <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:945 #, no-c-format -msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." -msgstr "Den speciella partitionstypen Apple_Bootstrap krävs för att förhindra att MacOS monterar och skadar bootstrap-partitionen, eftersom det är speciella ändringar gjorda till den för att få OpenFirmware att starta upp på den automatiskt." +msgid "" +"The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " +"mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special " +"modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." +msgstr "" +"Den speciella partitionstypen Apple_Bootstrap krävs för att förhindra att " +"MacOS monterar och skadar bootstrap-partitionen, eftersom det är speciella " +"ändringar gjorda till den för att få OpenFirmware att starta upp på den " +"automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:952 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." -msgstr "Notera att bootstrap-partitionen endast är tänkt att tillhandahålla 3 mycket små filer: binären <command>yaboot</command>, dess konfiguration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, och ett förstastegsinläsare för OpenFirmware <command>ofboot.b</command>. Den behöver inte och måste inte monteras på ditt filsystem och inte heller få kärnor eller något annat kopierat till sig. Verktygen <command>ybin</command> och <command>mkofboot</command> används för att manipulera den här partitionen." +msgid "" +"Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " +"the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</" +"command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have " +"kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and " +"<command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." +msgstr "" +"Notera att bootstrap-partitionen endast är tänkt att tillhandahålla 3 mycket " +"små filer: binären <command>yaboot</command>, dess konfiguration " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, och ett förstastegsinläsare för " +"OpenFirmware <command>ofboot.b</command>. Den behöver inte och måste inte " +"monteras på ditt filsystem och inte heller få kärnor eller något annat " +"kopierat till sig. Verktygen <command>ybin</command> och <command>mkofboot</" +"command> används för att manipulera den här partitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." -msgstr "För att OpenFirmware ska starta upp &debian; automatiskt bör bootstrap-partitionen synas före andra uppstartspartitioner på disken, speciellt uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Bootstrap-partitionen bör vara den första du skapar. Dock, om du lägger till en bootstrap-partition senare, kan du använda kommandot <userinput>r</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> för att ordna om partitionskartan så att bootstrap-partitionen kommer rätt efter kartan (som alltid är partition 1). Det är den logiska kartordningen, inte den fysiska adressordningen, som räknas." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " +"partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you " +"create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder " +"the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map " +"(which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical " +"address order, that counts." +msgstr "" +"För att OpenFirmware ska starta upp &debian; automatiskt bör bootstrap-" +"partitionen synas före andra uppstartspartitioner på disken, speciellt " +"uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Bootstrap-partitionen bör vara den första du " +"skapar. Dock, om du lägger till en bootstrap-partition senare, kan du " +"använda kommandot <userinput>r</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> " +"för att ordna om partitionskartan så att bootstrap-partitionen kommer rätt " +"efter kartan (som alltid är partition 1). Det är den logiska kartordningen, " +"inte den fysiska adressordningen, som räknas." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." -msgstr "Apple-diskar har normalt sett många mindre drivrutinspartitioner. Om du tänker starta upp din maskin med MacOS X, bör du bevara de här partitionerna och en liten HFS-partition (800k är minsta storleken). Det är på grund av att MacOS X, vid varje uppstart, erbjuder sig att initiera alla diskar som inte har aktiva MacOS-partitioner och drivrutinspartitioner." +msgid "" +"Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " +"dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a " +"small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on " +"every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS " +"partitions and driver partitions." +msgstr "" +"Apple-diskar har normalt sett många mindre drivrutinspartitioner. Om du " +"tänker starta upp din maskin med MacOS X, bör du bevara de här partitionerna " +"och en liten HFS-partition (800k är minsta storleken). Det är på grund av " +"att MacOS X, vid varje uppstart, erbjuder sig att initiera alla diskar som " +"inte har aktiva MacOS-partitioner och drivrutinspartitioner." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." -msgstr "Se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun-disketikett</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det här är den enda sorten av partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och därför är det den enda plan vilken du kan starta upp från. Tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> används i <command>fdisk</command> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter." +msgid "" +"Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " +"is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and " +"so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key " +"is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." +msgstr "" +"Se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun-disketikett</quote> på din " +"uppstartsdisk. Det här är den enda sorten av partitionsplan som OpenBoot " +"PROM förstår, och därför är det den enda plan vilken du kan starta upp från. " +"Tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> används i <command>fdisk</command> för att " +"skapa Sun-disketiketter." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:999 #, no-c-format -msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." -msgstr "Vidare, på &arch-title;-diskar, se till att din första partition på din uppstartsdisk börjar på cylinder 0. Då det här krävs, betyder det också att första partitionen kommer att innehålla partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket, vilka är de första två sektorerna på disken. Du får <emphasis>inte</emphasis> lägga en växlingspartition som första partition på uppstartsenheten, eftersom växlingspartitioner inte bevarar de första sektorerna av partitionen. Du kan lägga in Ext2- eller UFS-partitioner där; de lämnar partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket i fred." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " +"boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that " +"the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, " +"which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap " +"partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can " +"put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and " +"the boot block alone." +msgstr "" +"Vidare, på &arch-title;-diskar, se till att din första partition på din " +"uppstartsdisk börjar på cylinder 0. Då det här krävs, betyder det också att " +"första partitionen kommer att innehålla partitionstabellen och " +"uppstartsblocket, vilka är de första två sektorerna på disken. Du får " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> lägga en växlingspartition som första partition på " +"uppstartsenheten, eftersom växlingspartitioner inte bevarar de första " +"sektorerna av partitionen. Du kan lägga in Ext2- eller UFS-partitioner där; " +"de lämnar partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket i fred." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1010 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." -msgstr "Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quote>Whole disk</quote> (typ 5), och innehålla hela disken (från första cylindern till den sista). Det här är helt enkelt en sammanslagning av Sun-disketiketter, och hjälper starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> att behålla sina riktmärken." +msgid "" +"It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder " +"to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the " +"<command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." +msgstr "" +"Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (typ 5), och innehålla hela disken (från första cylindern till " +"den sista). Det här är helt enkelt en sammanslagning av Sun-disketiketter, " +"och hjälper starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> att behålla sina " +"riktmärken." #~ msgid "" #~ "One of these programs will be run by default when you select " @@ -911,4 +1786,3 @@ msgstr "Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quot #~ "behövs). Hoppa sedan över <guimenuitem>Partitionera en hårddisk</" #~ "guimenuitem> steget i <command>debian-installer</command> och fortsätt " #~ "till nästa steg." - diff --git a/po/sv/post-install.po b/po/sv/post-install.po index 56a604822..09b8e20ae 100644 --- a/po/sv/post-install.po +++ b/po/sv/post-install.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,14 +29,40 @@ msgstr "Om du är nybörjare i Unix" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are new to Unix, you probably should go out and buy some books and do some reading. A lot of valuable information can also be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. This <ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">list of Unix FAQs</ulink> contains a number of UseNet documents which provide a nice historical reference." -msgstr "Om du är nybörjare i Unix-världen bör du antagligen gå ut och köpa några böcker att läsa. En hel del värdefull information kan också hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debianreferens</ulink>. Den här listan av <ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">Unix FAQ</ulink> innehåller ett antal av UseNet-dokument som ger trevliga historiska referenser." +msgid "" +"If you are new to Unix, you probably should go out and buy some books and do " +"some reading. A lot of valuable information can also be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. This <ulink url=" +"\"&url-unix-faq;\">list of Unix FAQs</ulink> contains a number of UseNet " +"documents which provide a nice historical reference." +msgstr "" +"Om du är nybörjare i Unix-världen bör du antagligen gå ut och köpa några " +"böcker att läsa. En hel del värdefull information kan också hittas på <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debianreferens</ulink>. Den här listan av " +"<ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">Unix FAQ</ulink> innehåller ett antal av " +"UseNet-dokument som ger trevliga historiska referenser." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:22 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is an implementation of Unix. The <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> collects a number of HOWTOs and online books relating to Linux. Most of these documents can be installed locally; just install the <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> package (HTML versions) or the <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> package (ASCII versions), then look in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. International versions of the LDP HOWTOs are also available as Debian packages." -msgstr "Linux är en implementering av Unix. <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> samlar ett antal HOWTO-dokument och onlineböcker relaterade till Linux. De flesta av dessa dokument kan installeras lokalt; installera helt enkelt paketet <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> (HTML-versioner) eller paketet <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> (ASCII-versioner) och se i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. Internationella versioner av LDPs HOWTO-dokument finns också tillgängliga som Debian-paket." +msgid "" +"Linux is an implementation of Unix. The <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux " +"Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> collects a number of HOWTOs and online " +"books relating to Linux. Most of these documents can be installed locally; " +"just install the <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> package (HTML " +"versions) or the <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> package (ASCII " +"versions), then look in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. " +"International versions of the LDP HOWTOs are also available as Debian " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Linux är en implementering av Unix. <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux " +"Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> samlar ett antal HOWTO-dokument och " +"onlineböcker relaterade till Linux. De flesta av dessa dokument kan " +"installeras lokalt; installera helt enkelt paketet <classname>doc-linux-" +"html</classname> (HTML-versioner) eller paketet <classname>doc-linux-text</" +"classname> (ASCII-versioner) och se i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</" +"filename>. Internationella versioner av LDPs HOWTO-dokument finns också " +"tillgängliga som Debian-paket." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:43 @@ -46,8 +73,20 @@ msgstr "Orientera dig runt i Debian" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is a little different from other distributions. Even if you're familiar with Linux in other distributions, there are things you should know about Debian to help you to keep your system in a good, clean state. This chapter contains material to help you get oriented; it is not intended to be a tutorial for how to use Debian, but just a very brief glimpse of the system for the very rushed." -msgstr "Debian är lite olik från övriga distributioner. Även om du känner till Linux i andra distributioner är det några saker du bör känna till Debian för att hjälpa dig att behålla ditt system i bra och ren kondition. Det här kapitlet innehåller material för att hjälpa dig att ta dig fram i systemet; det är inte menat att vara en hjälp för att använda Debian men helt enkelt en kort sammanfattning av systemet för de som har bråttom." +msgid "" +"Debian is a little different from other distributions. Even if you're " +"familiar with Linux in other distributions, there are things you should know " +"about Debian to help you to keep your system in a good, clean state. This " +"chapter contains material to help you get oriented; it is not intended to be " +"a tutorial for how to use Debian, but just a very brief glimpse of the " +"system for the very rushed." +msgstr "" +"Debian är lite olik från övriga distributioner. Även om du känner till Linux " +"i andra distributioner är det några saker du bör känna till Debian för att " +"hjälpa dig att behålla ditt system i bra och ren kondition. Det här kapitlet " +"innehåller material för att hjälpa dig att ta dig fram i systemet; det är " +"inte menat att vara en hjälp för att använda Debian men helt enkelt en kort " +"sammanfattning av systemet för de som har bråttom." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:55 @@ -58,14 +97,51 @@ msgstr "Debians paketsystem" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:56 #, no-c-format -msgid "The most important concept to grasp is the Debian packaging system. In essence, large parts of your system should be considered under the control of the packaging system. These include: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> (excluding <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (you could make <filename>/var/local</filename> and be safe in there) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> For instance, if you replace <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>, that will work, but then if you upgrade your <classname>perl</classname> package, the file you put there will be replaced. Experts can get around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</command>." -msgstr "Det viktigaste konceptet att få grepp om är Debians paketsystem. Stora delar av ditt system bör anses vara under paketsystemets kontroll. Dessa inkluderar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> (undantaget <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (du kan skapa <filename>/var/local</filename> och vara säker där) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Till exempel om du ersätter <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename> kommer det att fungera men om du uppgraderar ditt <classname>perl</classname>-paket kommer filen du placerade där att ersättas. Experter kan komma runt det här genom att <quote>hålla kvar</quote> paket i <command>aptitude</command>." +msgid "" +"The most important concept to grasp is the Debian packaging system. In " +"essence, large parts of your system should be considered under the control " +"of the packaging system. These include: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> " +"<filename>/usr</filename> (excluding <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (you could make " +"<filename>/var/local</filename> and be safe in there) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> For instance, if you replace <filename>/usr/bin/perl</" +"filename>, that will work, but then if you upgrade your <classname>perl</" +"classname> package, the file you put there will be replaced. Experts can get " +"around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"Det viktigaste konceptet att få grepp om är Debians paketsystem. Stora delar " +"av ditt system bör anses vara under paketsystemets kontroll. Dessa " +"inkluderar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> " +"(undantaget <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (du kan skapa <filename>/var/" +"local</filename> och vara säker där) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"<filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/" +"sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</" +"filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Till exempel om du ersätter " +"<filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename> kommer det att fungera men om du " +"uppgraderar ditt <classname>perl</classname>-paket kommer filen du placerade " +"där att ersättas. Experter kan komma runt det här genom att <quote>hålla " +"kvar</quote> paket i <command>aptitude</command>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:97 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the best installation methods is apt. You can use the command line version <command>apt-get</command> or full-screen text version <application>aptitude</application>. Note apt will also let you merge main, contrib, and non-free so you can have export-restricted packages as well as standard versions." -msgstr "En av de bästa installationsmetoderna är apt. Du kan använda kommandoradsversionen <command>apt-get</command> eller textversionen i fullskärmsläget, <application>aptitude</application>. Notera att apt också låter dig att sammanföra main, contrib och non-free så att du kan använda paket med exportrestriktioner såväl som standardversioner." +msgid "" +"One of the best installation methods is apt. You can use the command line " +"version <command>apt-get</command> or full-screen text version " +"<application>aptitude</application>. Note apt will also let you merge main, " +"contrib, and non-free so you can have export-restricted packages as well as " +"standard versions." +msgstr "" +"En av de bästa installationsmetoderna är apt. Du kan använda " +"kommandoradsversionen <command>apt-get</command> eller textversionen i " +"fullskärmsläget, <application>aptitude</application>. Notera att apt också " +"låter dig att sammanföra main, contrib och non-free så att du kan använda " +"paket med exportrestriktioner såväl som standardversioner." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:108 @@ -76,8 +152,14 @@ msgstr "Hantera programversioner" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:109 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternative versions of applications are managed by update-alternatives. If you are maintaining multiple versions of your applications, read the update-alternatives man page." -msgstr "Alternativa versioner av applikationer hanteras av update-alternatives. Om du hantera ett flertal versioner av dina applikationer, läs manualsidan för update-alternatives." +msgid "" +"Alternative versions of applications are managed by update-alternatives. If " +"you are maintaining multiple versions of your applications, read the update-" +"alternatives man page." +msgstr "" +"Alternativa versioner av applikationer hanteras av update-alternatives. Om " +"du hantera ett flertal versioner av dina applikationer, läs manualsidan för " +"update-alternatives." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:119 @@ -88,20 +170,50 @@ msgstr "Hantera cronjobb" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:120 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any jobs under the purview of the system administrator should be in <filename>/etc</filename>, since they are configuration files. If you have a root cron job for daily, weekly, or monthly runs, put them in <filename>/etc/cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. These are invoked from <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, and will run in alphabetic order, which serializes them." -msgstr "Alla jobb under systemadministratörens ansvar bör ligga i <filename>/etc</filename> eftersom de är konfigurationsfiler. Om root har ett cronjobb för dagliga, veckomässiga eller månatliga körningar, lägg dem i <filename>/etc/cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. Dessa startas från <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> och kommer att köras i alfabetisk ordning." +msgid "" +"Any jobs under the purview of the system administrator should be in " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, since they are configuration files. If you have a " +"root cron job for daily, weekly, or monthly runs, put them in <filename>/etc/" +"cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. These are invoked from <filename>/" +"etc/crontab</filename>, and will run in alphabetic order, which serializes " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Alla jobb under systemadministratörens ansvar bör ligga i <filename>/etc</" +"filename> eftersom de är konfigurationsfiler. Om root har ett cronjobb för " +"dagliga, veckomässiga eller månatliga körningar, lägg dem i <filename>/etc/" +"cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. Dessa startas från <filename>/etc/" +"crontab</filename> och kommer att köras i alfabetisk ordning." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:129 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." -msgstr "Men om du har ett cronjobb som (a) behöver köras som en speciell användare eller (b) behöver köras vid en speciell tidpunkt eller frekvens kan du antingen använda <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> eller ännu bättre <filename>/etc/cron.d/vadsomhelst</filename>. Dessa speciella filer har också ett extra fält som låter dig bestämma den användare som cronjobbet ska köras som." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " +"user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " +"<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" +"whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " +"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +msgstr "" +"Men om du har ett cronjobb som (a) behöver köras som en speciell användare " +"eller (b) behöver köras vid en speciell tidpunkt eller frekvens kan du " +"antingen använda <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> eller ännu bättre " +"<filename>/etc/cron.d/vadsomhelst</filename>. Dessa speciella filer har " +"också ett extra fält som låter dig bestämma den användare som cronjobbet ska " +"köras som." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "In either case, you just edit the files and cron will notice them automatically. There is no need to run a special command. For more information see cron(8), crontab(5), and <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." -msgstr "I annat fall kan du bara redigera filerna och cron kommer att upptäcka dem automatiskt. Det finns inget behov att köra ett speciellt kommando. För mer information, se manualsidorna cron(8), crontab(5) och <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"In either case, you just edit the files and cron will notice them " +"automatically. There is no need to run a special command. For more " +"information see cron(8), crontab(5), and <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/" +"README.Debian</filename>." +msgstr "" +"I annat fall kan du bara redigera filerna och cron kommer att upptäcka dem " +"automatiskt. Det finns inget behov att köra ett speciellt kommando. För mer " +"information, se manualsidorna cron(8), crontab(5) och <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:155 @@ -112,38 +224,113 @@ msgstr "Återaktivera DOS och Windows" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:156 #, no-c-format -msgid "After installing the base system and writing to the <emphasis>Master Boot Record</emphasis>, you will be able to boot Linux, but probably nothing else. This depends what you have chosen during the installation. This chapter will describe how you can reactivate your old systems so that you can also boot your DOS or Windows again." -msgstr "Efter installation av grundsystemet och skrivning av <emphasis>huvudstartsektorn</emphasis> (MBR) kan du starta upp Linux men kanske inte så mycket mer. Det här beror på vad du har valt under installationen. Det här kapitlet kommer att beskriva hur du kan återaktivera dina gamla system så att du också kan starta upp DOS eller Windows igen." +msgid "" +"After installing the base system and writing to the <emphasis>Master Boot " +"Record</emphasis>, you will be able to boot Linux, but probably nothing " +"else. This depends what you have chosen during the installation. This " +"chapter will describe how you can reactivate your old systems so that you " +"can also boot your DOS or Windows again." +msgstr "" +"Efter installation av grundsystemet och skrivning av " +"<emphasis>huvudstartsektorn</emphasis> (MBR) kan du starta upp Linux men " +"kanske inte så mycket mer. Det här beror på vad du har valt under " +"installationen. Det här kapitlet kommer att beskriva hur du kan återaktivera " +"dina gamla system så att du också kan starta upp DOS eller Windows igen." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:164 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>LILO</command> is a boot manager with which you can also boot other operating systems than Linux, which complies to PC conventions. The boot manager is configured via <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> file. Whenever you edited this file you have to run <command>lilo</command> afterwards. The reason for this is that the changes will take place only when you call the program." -msgstr "<command>LILO</command> är en starthanterare som med vilken du också kan starta upp andra operativsystem än Linux vilket är i enlighet med PC-reglerna. Starthanteraren konfigureras via filen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>. När du redigerar denna fil måste du köra <command>lilo</command> efteråt. Anledning till det här är att de ändringar som gjorts endast blir aktiva efter du har kört programmet." +msgid "" +"<command>LILO</command> is a boot manager with which you can also boot other " +"operating systems than Linux, which complies to PC conventions. The boot " +"manager is configured via <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> file. Whenever " +"you edited this file you have to run <command>lilo</command> afterwards. The " +"reason for this is that the changes will take place only when you call the " +"program." +msgstr "" +"<command>LILO</command> är en starthanterare som med vilken du också kan " +"starta upp andra operativsystem än Linux vilket är i enlighet med PC-" +"reglerna. Starthanteraren konfigureras via filen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</" +"filename>. När du redigerar denna fil måste du köra <command>lilo</command> " +"efteråt. Anledning till det här är att de ändringar som gjorts endast blir " +"aktiva efter du har kört programmet." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:174 #, no-c-format -msgid "Important parts of the <filename>lilo.conf</filename> file are the lines containing the <userinput>image</userinput> and <userinput>other</userinput> keywords, as well as the lines following those. They can be used to describe a system which can be booted by <command>LILO</command>. Such a system can include a kernel (<userinput>image</userinput>), a root partition, additional kernel parameters, etc. as well as a configuration to boot another, non-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operating system. These keywords can also be used more than once. The ordering of these systems within the configuration file is important because it determines which system will be booted automatically after, for instance, a timeout (<userinput>delay</userinput>) presuming <command>LILO</command> wasn't stopped by pressing the <keycap>shift</keycap> key." -msgstr "Viktiga delar av filen <filename>lilo.conf</filename> är raderna som innehåller nyckelorden <userinput>image</userinput> och <userinput>other</userinput> såväl som de efterföljande raderna. De kan användas för att beskriva ett system som kan startas upp av <command>LILO</command>. Ett sådant system kan inkludera en kärna (<userinput>avbild</userinput>), en rotpartition, icke-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operativsystem. Dessa nyckelord kan också användas flera gånger. För att dessa system i konfigurationsfilen är viktiga är för att den bestämmer vilket system som ska startas upp automatiskt efter, till exempel en viss tid (<userinput>fördröjning</userinput>) om inte <command>LILO</command> stoppades genom att trycka på tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap>." +msgid "" +"Important parts of the <filename>lilo.conf</filename> file are the lines " +"containing the <userinput>image</userinput> and <userinput>other</userinput> " +"keywords, as well as the lines following those. They can be used to describe " +"a system which can be booted by <command>LILO</command>. Such a system can " +"include a kernel (<userinput>image</userinput>), a root partition, " +"additional kernel parameters, etc. as well as a configuration to boot " +"another, non-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operating system. These " +"keywords can also be used more than once. The ordering of these systems " +"within the configuration file is important because it determines which " +"system will be booted automatically after, for instance, a timeout " +"(<userinput>delay</userinput>) presuming <command>LILO</command> wasn't " +"stopped by pressing the <keycap>shift</keycap> key." +msgstr "" +"Viktiga delar av filen <filename>lilo.conf</filename> är raderna som " +"innehåller nyckelorden <userinput>image</userinput> och <userinput>other</" +"userinput> såväl som de efterföljande raderna. De kan användas för att " +"beskriva ett system som kan startas upp av <command>LILO</command>. Ett " +"sådant system kan inkludera en kärna (<userinput>avbild</userinput>), en " +"rotpartition, icke-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operativsystem. " +"Dessa nyckelord kan också användas flera gånger. För att dessa system i " +"konfigurationsfilen är viktiga är för att den bestämmer vilket system som " +"ska startas upp automatiskt efter, till exempel en viss tid " +"(<userinput>fördröjning</userinput>) om inte <command>LILO</command> " +"stoppades genom att trycka på tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:190 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After a fresh install of Debian, just the current system is configured for booting with <command>LILO</command>. If you want to boot another Linux kernel, you have to edit the configuration file <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> to add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"After a fresh install of Debian, just the current system is configured for " +"booting with <command>LILO</command>. If you want to boot another Linux " +"kernel, you have to edit the configuration file <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</" +"filename> to add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "&additional-lilo-image;\n" -"</screen></informalexample> For a basic setup just the first two lines are necessary. If you want to know more about the other two options please have a look at the <command>LILO</command> documentation. This can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. The file which should be read is <filename>Manual.txt</filename>. To have a quicker start into the world of booting a system you can also look at the <command>LILO</command> man pages <filename>lilo.conf</filename> for an overview of configuration keywords and <filename>lilo</filename> for description of the installation of the new configuration into the boot sector." +"</screen></informalexample> For a basic setup just the first two lines are " +"necessary. If you want to know more about the other two options please have " +"a look at the <command>LILO</command> documentation. This can be found in " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. The file which should be read is " +"<filename>Manual.txt</filename>. To have a quicker start into the world of " +"booting a system you can also look at the <command>LILO</command> man pages " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename> for an overview of configuration keywords and " +"<filename>lilo</filename> for description of the installation of the new " +"configuration into the boot sector." msgstr "" -"Efter en färsk installation av Debian är bara nuvarande systemet konfigurerat för uppstart med <command>LILO</command>. Om du vill starta upp en annan Linuxkärna måste du redigera konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> och lägga till följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Efter en färsk installation av Debian är bara nuvarande systemet " +"konfigurerat för uppstart med <command>LILO</command>. Om du vill starta upp " +"en annan Linuxkärna måste du redigera konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/" +"lilo.conf</filename> och lägga till följande rader: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "&additional-lilo-image;\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För en enkel inställning är endast de två första raderna nödvändiga. Om du vill veta mer om de andra två inställningar, se på dokumentationen för <command>LILO</command>. Denna kan hittas i <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. Filen som bör läsas är <filename>Manual.txt</filename>. För att få en snabbare start i hur man startar upp ett system med <command>LILO</command> kan du också se på manualsidorna för <filename>lilo.conf</filename> för en översikt av nyckelorden och <filename>lilo</filename> för beskrivning av installation av ny konfiguration i startsektorn." +"</screen></informalexample> För en enkel inställning är endast de två första " +"raderna nödvändiga. Om du vill veta mer om de andra två inställningar, se på " +"dokumentationen för <command>LILO</command>. Denna kan hittas i <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. Filen som bör läsas är <filename>Manual.txt</" +"filename>. För att få en snabbare start i hur man startar upp ett system med " +"<command>LILO</command> kan du också se på manualsidorna för <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> för en översikt av nyckelorden och <filename>lilo</filename> " +"för beskrivning av installation av ny konfiguration i startsektorn." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:210 #, no-c-format -msgid "Notice that there are other boot loaders available in &debian;, such as GRUB (in <classname>grub</classname> package), CHOS (in <classname>chos</classname> package), Extended-IPL (in <classname>extipl</classname> package), loadlin (in <classname>loadlin</classname> package) etc." -msgstr "Notera att det finns andra starthanterare tillgängliga i &debian; såsom GRUB (i paketet <classname>grub</classname>), CHOS (i paketet <classname>chos</classname>), Extended-IPL (i paketet <classname>extipl</classname>) och loadlin (i paketet <classname>loadlin</classname>) etc." +msgid "" +"Notice that there are other boot loaders available in &debian;, such as GRUB " +"(in <classname>grub</classname> package), CHOS (in <classname>chos</" +"classname> package), Extended-IPL (in <classname>extipl</classname> " +"package), loadlin (in <classname>loadlin</classname> package) etc." +msgstr "" +"Notera att det finns andra starthanterare tillgängliga i &debian; såsom GRUB " +"(i paketet <classname>grub</classname>), CHOS (i paketet <classname>chos</" +"classname>), Extended-IPL (i paketet <classname>extipl</classname>) och " +"loadlin (i paketet <classname>loadlin</classname>) etc." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:225 @@ -154,26 +341,75 @@ msgstr "Ytterligare läsning och information" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need information about a particular program, you should first try <userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>, or <userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver information om ett speciellt program bör du först prova <userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput> eller <userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need information about a particular program, you should first try " +"<userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>, or " +"<userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver information om ett speciellt program bör du först prova " +"<userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput> eller " +"<userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is lots of useful documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename> as well. In particular, <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> and <filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> contain lots of interesting information. To submit bugs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. To read about Debian-specific issues for particular programs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/(package name)/README.Debian</filename>." -msgstr "Det finns också en mängd användbar dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. Speciellt <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> och <filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> innehåller mycket intressant information. För att skicka in felrapporter, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. För att läsa om Debian-specifika problem för specifika program, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/(paketnamn)/README.Debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"There is lots of useful documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename> " +"as well. In particular, <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> and " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> contain lots of interesting " +"information. To submit bugs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</" +"filename>. To read about Debian-specific issues for particular programs, " +"look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/(package name)/README.Debian</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns också en mängd användbar dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/doc</" +"filename>. Speciellt <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> och " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> innehåller mycket intressant " +"information. För att skicka in felrapporter, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. För att läsa om Debian-specifika problem " +"för specifika program, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/(paketnamn)/" +"README.Debian</filename>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debian web site</ulink> contains a large quantity of documentation about Debian. In particular, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. An index of more Debian documentation is available from the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian Documentation Project</ulink>. The Debian community is self-supporting; to subscribe to one or more of the Debian mailing lists, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Mail List Subscription</ulink> page. Last, but not least, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> contain a wealth of information on Debian." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debians webbplats</ulink> innehåller en mängd dokumentation om Debian. Se gärna <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> och <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Ett index av mera Debian-dokumentation är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debians dokumentationsprojekt</ulink>. Debians gemenskap är självförsörjande; för att prenumerera på en eller flera av Debians sändlistor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink>. Sist men inte minst, <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> innehåller mycket värdefull information om Debian." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debian web site</ulink> contains a " +"large quantity of documentation about Debian. In particular, see the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> and the " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian " +"Reference</ulink>. An index of more Debian documentation is available from " +"the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian Documentation " +"Project</ulink>. The Debian community is self-supporting; to subscribe to " +"one or more of the Debian mailing lists, see the <ulink url=\"http://www." +"debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Mail List Subscription</ulink> page. " +"Last, but not least, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian " +"Mailing List Archives</ulink> contain a wealth of information on Debian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debians webbplats</ulink> innehåller " +"en mängd dokumentation om Debian. Se gärna <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." +"org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> och <ulink url=\"http://www." +"debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Ett " +"index av mera Debian-dokumentation är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debians dokumentationsprojekt</ulink>. Debians " +"gemenskap är självförsörjande; för att prenumerera på en eller flera av " +"Debians sändlistor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" +"MailingLists/subscribe\"> Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink>. Sist men inte " +"minst, <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</" +"ulink> innehåller mycket värdefull information om Debian." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "A general source of information on GNU/Linux is the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. There you will find the HOWTOs and pointers to other very valuable information on parts of a GNU/Linux system." -msgstr "En allmän källa för information för GNU/Linux är webbplatsen för <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. Där kan du hitta HOWTO-dokument och pekare till annan mycket värdefull information om delar av GNU/Linux-systemet." +msgid "" +"A general source of information on GNU/Linux is the <ulink url=\"http://www." +"tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. There you will find the " +"HOWTOs and pointers to other very valuable information on parts of a GNU/" +"Linux system." +msgstr "" +"En allmän källa för information för GNU/Linux är webbplatsen för <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. Där kan du " +"hitta HOWTO-dokument och pekare till annan mycket värdefull information om " +"delar av GNU/Linux-systemet." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:276 @@ -184,26 +420,48 @@ msgstr "Bygg en ny kärna" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why would someone want to compile a new kernel? It is often not necessary since the default kernel shipped with Debian handles most configurations. Also, Debian often offers several alternative kernels. So you may want to check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new kernel in order to:" -msgstr "Varför vill någon bygga en ny kärna? Det behövs ofta inte eftersom standardkärnan som skickas med Debian hanterar de flesta konfigurationer. Debian erbjuder även ett flertal alternativa kärnor. Så du kanske vill kontrollera först om det finns ett alternativt kärnavbildspaket som bättre passar för din maskinvara. Dock kan det vara användbart att bygga en ny kärna för att:" +msgid "" +"Why would someone want to compile a new kernel? It is often not necessary " +"since the default kernel shipped with Debian handles most configurations. " +"Also, Debian often offers several alternative kernels. So you may want to " +"check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better " +"corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new " +"kernel in order to:" +msgstr "" +"Varför vill någon bygga en ny kärna? Det behövs ofta inte eftersom " +"standardkärnan som skickas med Debian hanterar de flesta konfigurationer. " +"Debian erbjuder även ett flertal alternativa kärnor. Så du kanske vill " +"kontrollera först om det finns ett alternativt kärnavbildspaket som bättre " +"passar för din maskinvara. Dock kan det vara användbart att bygga en ny " +"kärna för att:" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:287 #, no-c-format -msgid "handle special hardware needs, or hardware conflicts with the pre-supplied kernels" -msgstr "hantera speciella maskinvarubehov eller maskinvarukonflikter med de medskickade kärnorna" +msgid "" +"handle special hardware needs, or hardware conflicts with the pre-supplied " +"kernels" +msgstr "" +"hantera speciella maskinvarubehov eller maskinvarukonflikter med de " +"medskickade kärnorna" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "use options of the kernel which are not supported in the pre-supplied kernels (such as high memory support)" -msgstr "använda funktioner i kärnan som inte stöds i de medskickade kärnorna (såsom stöd för mycket minne (high memory support))" +msgid "" +"use options of the kernel which are not supported in the pre-supplied " +"kernels (such as high memory support)" +msgstr "" +"använda funktioner i kärnan som inte stöds i de medskickade kärnorna (såsom " +"stöd för mycket minne (high memory support))" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "optimize the kernel by removing useless drivers to speed up boot time" -msgstr "optimera kärnan genom att ta bort oanvända drivrutiner för att snabba på uppstarten" +msgstr "" +"optimera kärnan genom att ta bort oanvända drivrutiner för att snabba på " +"uppstarten" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:304 @@ -238,68 +496,230 @@ msgstr "Var inte rädd att försöka bygga en kärna. Det är kul och ger mycket #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:328 #, no-c-format -msgid "To compile a kernel the Debian way, you need some packages: <classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname> (the most recent version at the time of this writing)</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> and a few others which are probably already installed (see <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> for the complete list)." -msgstr "För att bygga en kärna på Debians sätt behöver du några paket: <classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname> (den senaste versionen i skrivande stund)</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> och ett fåtal andra som antagligen redan är installerade (se <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> för den kompletta listan)." +msgid "" +"To compile a kernel the Debian way, you need some packages: " +"<classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</" +"classname> (the most recent version at the time of this writing)</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></" +"phrase> and a few others which are probably already installed (see " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> for the " +"complete list)." +msgstr "" +"För att bygga en kärna på Debians sätt behöver du några paket: " +"<classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</" +"classname> (den senaste versionen i skrivande stund)</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> " +"och ett fåtal andra som antagligen redan är installerade (se <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> för den kompletta listan)." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method will make a .deb of your kernel source, and, if you have non-standard modules, make a synchronized dependent .deb of those too. It's a better way to manage kernel images; <filename>/boot</filename> will hold the kernel, the System.map, and a log of the active config file for the build." -msgstr "Denna metod kommer att göra en .deb av källkoden för din kärna och om du har icke-standardmoduler, göra ett synkroniserat beroende .deb av dessa också. Det här är ett bättre sätt att hantera kärnavbilder; <filename>/boot</filename> kommer att tillhandahålla kärnan, System.map och en logg för den aktiva konfigurationsfilen för byggnationen." +msgid "" +"This method will make a .deb of your kernel source, and, if you have non-" +"standard modules, make a synchronized dependent .deb of those too. It's a " +"better way to manage kernel images; <filename>/boot</filename> will hold the " +"kernel, the System.map, and a log of the active config file for the build." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod kommer att göra en .deb av källkoden för din kärna och om du har " +"icke-standardmoduler, göra ett synkroniserat beroende .deb av dessa också. " +"Det här är ett bättre sätt att hantera kärnavbilder; <filename>/boot</" +"filename> kommer att tillhandahålla kärnan, System.map och en logg för den " +"aktiva konfigurationsfilen för byggnationen." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:347 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you don't <emphasis>have</emphasis> to compile your kernel the <quote>Debian way</quote>; but we find that using the packaging system to manage your kernel is actually safer and easier. In fact, you can get your kernel sources right from Linus instead of <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> compilation method." -msgstr "Notera att du inte <emphasis>behöver</emphasis> bygga din kärna på <quote>Debians sätt</quote>; men vi tycker att användning av paketsystemet för att hantera din kärna är faktiskt säkrare och lättare. Faktiskt kan du hämta källkod för din kärna från Linus istället för <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> och ändå använda byggnationsmetoden för <classname>kernel-package</classname>." +msgid "" +"Note that you don't <emphasis>have</emphasis> to compile your kernel the " +"<quote>Debian way</quote>; but we find that using the packaging system to " +"manage your kernel is actually safer and easier. In fact, you can get your " +"kernel sources right from Linus instead of <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg" +"\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> " +"yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> compilation method." +msgstr "" +"Notera att du inte <emphasis>behöver</emphasis> bygga din kärna på " +"<quote>Debians sätt</quote>; men vi tycker att användning av paketsystemet " +"för att hantera din kärna är faktiskt säkrare och lättare. Faktiskt kan du " +"hämta källkod för din kärna från Linus istället för <phrase condition=" +"\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</" +"classname>,</phrase> och ändå använda byggnationsmetoden för " +"<classname>kernel-package</classname>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you'll find complete documentation on using <classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>. This section just contains a brief tutorial." -msgstr "Notera att du kan hitta komplett dokumentation om användningen av <classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>. Denna sektion innehåller bara en kort genomgång." +msgid "" +"Note that you'll find complete documentation on using <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</" +"filename>. This section just contains a brief tutorial." +msgstr "" +"Notera att du kan hitta komplett dokumentation om användningen av " +"<classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-" +"package</filename>. Denna sektion innehåller bara en kort genomgång." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:364 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hereafter, we'll assume you have free rein over your machine and will extract your kernel source to somewhere in your home directory<footnote> <para> There are other locations where you can extract kernel sources and build your custom kernel, but this is easiest as it does not require special permissions. </para> </footnote>. We'll also assume that your kernel version is &kernelversion;. Make sure you are in the directory to where you want to unpack the kernel sources, extract them using <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> and change to the directory <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> that will have been created." -msgstr "Från och med nu antar vi att du har fria tyglar över din maskin och kommer att packa upp källkoden till din kärna någonstans i din hemkatalog<footnote> <para> Det finns andra platser där du kan packa upp källkoden och bygga din anpassade kärna men det är lättast eftersom det inte kräver speciella rättigheter. </para> </footnote>. Se till att du står i katalogen du vill packa upp källkoden till, packa upp den med <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> och byt till katalogen <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> som har skapats." +msgid "" +"Hereafter, we'll assume you have free rein over your machine and will " +"extract your kernel source to somewhere in your home directory<footnote> " +"<para> There are other locations where you can extract kernel sources and " +"build your custom kernel, but this is easiest as it does not require special " +"permissions. </para> </footnote>. We'll also assume that your kernel version " +"is &kernelversion;. Make sure you are in the directory to where you want to " +"unpack the kernel sources, extract them using <phrase condition=\"classic-" +"kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</" +"userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /" +"usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> and change " +"to the directory <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-" +"&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg" +"\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> that will have " +"been created." +msgstr "" +"Från och med nu antar vi att du har fria tyglar över din maskin och kommer " +"att packa upp källkoden till din kärna någonstans i din hemkatalog<footnote> " +"<para> Det finns andra platser där du kan packa upp källkoden och bygga din " +"anpassade kärna men det är lättast eftersom det inte kräver speciella " +"rättigheter. </para> </footnote>. Se till att du står i katalogen du vill " +"packa upp källkoden till, packa upp den med <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg" +"\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</" +"userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /" +"usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> och byt " +"till katalogen <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-" +"&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg" +"\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> som har " +"skapats." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:389 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now, you can configure your kernel. Run <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> if X11 is installed, configured and being run; run <userinput>make menuconfig</userinput> otherwise (you'll need <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> installed). Take the time to read the online help and choose carefully. When in doubt, it is typically better to include the device driver (the software which manages hardware peripherals, such as Ethernet cards, SCSI controllers, and so on) you are unsure about. Be careful: other options, not related to a specific hardware, should be left at the default value if you do not understand them. Do not forget to select <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> in <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (it is not selected by default). If not included, your Debian installation will experience problems." -msgstr "Nu kan du konfigurera din kärna. Kör <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> om X11 är installerad, konfigurerad och körs; kör <userinput>make menuconfig</userinput> annars (du behöver ha <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> installerad). Ta lite tid att läsa igenom onlinehjälpen och välj försiktigt. När du är osäker är det normalt sett bättre att inkludera enhetsdrivrutinen (den programvara som hanterar maskinvara och kringutrustning såsom nätverkskort, SCSI-kontrollrar och så vidare) du är osäker på. Var försiktig: andra inställningar som inte är relaterade till specifik maskinvara bör lämnas kvar med förvalda värden om du inte förstår dom. Glöm inte att välja <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> i <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (den är inte vald som standard). Om den inte inkluderas kommer din Debian-installation att få problem." +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure your kernel. Run <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> " +"if X11 is installed, configured and being run; run <userinput>make " +"menuconfig</userinput> otherwise (you'll need <classname>libncurses5-dev</" +"classname> installed). Take the time to read the online help and choose " +"carefully. When in doubt, it is typically better to include the device " +"driver (the software which manages hardware peripherals, such as Ethernet " +"cards, SCSI controllers, and so on) you are unsure about. Be careful: other " +"options, not related to a specific hardware, should be left at the default " +"value if you do not understand them. Do not forget to select <quote>Kernel " +"module loader</quote> in <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (it is not " +"selected by default). If not included, your Debian installation will " +"experience problems." +msgstr "" +"Nu kan du konfigurera din kärna. Kör <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> om " +"X11 är installerad, konfigurerad och körs; kör <userinput>make menuconfig</" +"userinput> annars (du behöver ha <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> " +"installerad). Ta lite tid att läsa igenom onlinehjälpen och välj försiktigt. " +"När du är osäker är det normalt sett bättre att inkludera enhetsdrivrutinen " +"(den programvara som hanterar maskinvara och kringutrustning såsom " +"nätverkskort, SCSI-kontrollrar och så vidare) du är osäker på. Var " +"försiktig: andra inställningar som inte är relaterade till specifik " +"maskinvara bör lämnas kvar med förvalda värden om du inte förstår dom. Glöm " +"inte att välja <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> i <quote>Loadable module " +"support</quote> (den är inte vald som standard). Om den inte inkluderas " +"kommer din Debian-installation att få problem." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Clean the source tree and reset the <classname>kernel-package</classname> parameters. To do that, do <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." -msgstr "Rensa källkodsträdet och återställ parametrarna för <classname>kernel-package</classname>. För att göra det här, kör <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree and reset the <classname>kernel-package</classname> " +"parameters. To do that, do <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Rensa källkodsträdet och återställ parametrarna för <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname>. För att göra det här, kör <userinput>make-kpkg clean</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now, compile the kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. The version number of <quote>1.0</quote> can be changed at will; this is just a version number that you will use to track your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." -msgstr "Bygg nu kärnan: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=anpassad.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. Versionsnumret <quote>1.0</quote> kan ändras om du vill; det är bara ett versionsnummer så att du kan hålla reda på dina kärnbyggnationer. Du kan även mata in vilket ord som helst istället för <quote>anpassad</quote> (till exempel ett värdnamn). Kärnbyggnationen kan ta sin tid beroende på hur kraftfull din maskin är." +msgid "" +"Now, compile the kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --" +"revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. The version number of " +"<quote>1.0</quote> can be changed at will; this is just a version number " +"that you will use to track your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any " +"word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel " +"compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." +msgstr "" +"Bygg nu kärnan: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --" +"revision=anpassad.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. Versionsnumret <quote>1.0</" +"quote> kan ändras om du vill; det är bara ett versionsnummer så att du kan " +"hålla reda på dina kärnbyggnationer. Du kan även mata in vilket ord som " +"helst istället för <quote>anpassad</quote> (till exempel ett värdnamn). " +"Kärnbyggnationen kan ta sin tid beroende på hur kraftfull din maskin är." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the compilation is complete, you can install your custom kernel like any package. As root, do <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> The <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> part is an optional sub-architecture, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> such as <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> depending on what kernel options you set. <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> will install the kernel, along with some other nice supporting files. For instance, the <filename>System.map</filename> will be properly installed (helpful for debugging kernel problems), and <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> will be installed, containing your current configuration set. Your new kernel package is also clever enough to automatically update your boot loader to use the new kernel. If you have created a modules package, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e.g., if you have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." -msgstr "När kompileringen är färdig kan du installera din anpassade kärna som ett vanligt paket. Som root, kör <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <replaceable>Underarkitekturens</replaceable> del är en valfri underarkitektur, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> såsom <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> beroende på vilka kärninställningar du valt. <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> kommer att installera kärnan tillsammans med några andra trevliga hjälpfiler. Till exempel, <filename>System.map</filename> kommer att korrekt installeras (behjälplig för felsökning av problem med kärnan) och <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> kommer att installeras som innehåller dina aktuella konfigurationsinställningar. Ditt nya kärnpaket är också tillräckligt smart för att automatiskt uppdatera starthanteraren för din plattform för att använda den nya kärnan. Om du skapat ett modulpaket, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">till exempel om du har PCMCIA</phrase> behöver du installera det paketet också." +msgid "" +"Once the compilation is complete, you can install your custom kernel like " +"any package. As root, do <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg " +"-i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" +"replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-" +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" +"userinput>. </phrase> The <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> part is " +"an optional sub-architecture, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> such as <quote>i586</" +"quote>, </phrase> depending on what kernel options you set. <userinput>dpkg -" +"i</userinput> will install the kernel, along with some other nice supporting " +"files. For instance, the <filename>System.map</filename> will be properly " +"installed (helpful for debugging kernel problems), and <filename>/boot/" +"config-&kernelversion;</filename> will be installed, containing your current " +"configuration set. Your new kernel package is also clever enough to " +"automatically update your boot loader to use the new kernel. If you have " +"created a modules package, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e.g., if you " +"have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." +msgstr "" +"När kompileringen är färdig kan du installera din anpassade kärna som ett " +"vanligt paket. Som root, kör <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> " +"<userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-" +"<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" +"userinput>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -" +"i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>underarkitektur</" +"replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. </phrase> " +"<replaceable>Underarkitekturens</replaceable> del är en valfri " +"underarkitektur, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> såsom <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> " +"beroende på vilka kärninställningar du valt. <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> " +"kommer att installera kärnan tillsammans med några andra trevliga " +"hjälpfiler. Till exempel, <filename>System.map</filename> kommer att korrekt " +"installeras (behjälplig för felsökning av problem med kärnan) och <filename>/" +"boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> kommer att installeras som innehåller " +"dina aktuella konfigurationsinställningar. Ditt nya kärnpaket är också " +"tillräckligt smart för att automatiskt uppdatera starthanteraren för din " +"plattform för att använda den nya kärnan. Om du skapat ett modulpaket, " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">till exempel om du har PCMCIA</phrase> " +"behöver du installera det paketet också." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:446 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is time to reboot the system: read carefully any warning that the above step may have produced, then <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." -msgstr "Nu är det tid för att starta om systemet: läs noga alla varningar som det ovanstående steget kan ha producerat, kör sedan <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." +msgid "" +"It is time to reboot the system: read carefully any warning that the above " +"step may have produced, then <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det tid för att starta om systemet: läs noga alla varningar som det " +"ovanstående steget kan ha producerat, kör sedan <userinput>shutdown -r now</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:451 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." -msgstr "För mer information om Debians kärnor och byggnation av kärnor, se <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Handbok för Debians Linuxkärna</ulink>. För mer information om <classname>kernel-package</classname>, läs den utmärkta dokumentationen i <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." +msgid "" +"For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. " +"For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine " +"documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För mer information om Debians kärnor och byggnation av kärnor, se <ulink " +"url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Handbok för Debians Linuxkärna</ulink>. För " +"mer information om <classname>kernel-package</classname>, läs den utmärkta " +"dokumentationen i <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:467 @@ -310,32 +730,98 @@ msgstr "Återställning av ett trasigt system" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no longer bootable. Perhaps the boot loader configuration broke while trying out a change, or perhaps a new kernel you installed won't boot, or perhaps cosmic rays hit your disk and flipped a bit in <filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Regardless of the cause, you'll need to have a system to work from while you fix it, and rescue mode can be useful for this." -msgstr "Ibland kan saker och ting gå fel och systemet du noga installerat inte kan startas upp. Kanske är konfigurationen för starthanteraren trasig efter att ha provat ut en ändring, kanske startar inte den nya kärnan du installerat eller kanske kosmiska strålar träffat din disk och vänta på en bit i <filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Oavsett anledning behöver du ett fungerande system under tiden du reparerar det och räddningsläget kan då vara användbart för det här. " +msgid "" +"Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no " +"longer bootable. Perhaps the boot loader configuration broke while trying " +"out a change, or perhaps a new kernel you installed won't boot, or perhaps " +"cosmic rays hit your disk and flipped a bit in <filename>/sbin/init</" +"filename>. Regardless of the cause, you'll need to have a system to work " +"from while you fix it, and rescue mode can be useful for this." +msgstr "" +"Ibland kan saker och ting gå fel och systemet du noga installerat inte kan " +"startas upp. Kanske är konfigurationen för starthanteraren trasig efter att " +"ha provat ut en ändring, kanske startar inte den nya kärnan du installerat " +"eller kanske kosmiska strålar träffat din disk och vänta på en bit i " +"<filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Oavsett anledning behöver du ett fungerande " +"system under tiden du reparerar det och räddningsläget kan då vara " +"användbart för det här. " #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, or boot with the <userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput> boot parameter. You'll be shown the first few screens of the installer, with a note in the corner of the display to indicate that this is rescue mode, not a full installation. Don't worry, your system is not about to be overwritten! Rescue mode simply takes advantage of the hardware detection facilities available in the installer to ensure that your disks, network devices, and so on are available to you while repairing your system." -msgstr "För att komma åt räddningsläget, ange <userinput>rescue</userinput> vid prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt> eller starta med startparametern <userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput>. Du kommer då att visas de första skärmarna av installeraren med en notering i skärmhörnet som indikerar att den körs i räddningsläget och inte en full installation. Var lugn, ditt system kommer inte att skrivas över! Räddningsläget använder helt enkelt fördelarna av funktionerna för identifiering av maskinvara som är tillgängliga i installeraren för att vara säker på att dina diskar, nätverksenheter och så vidare är tillgängliga för dig under tiden du reparerar ditt system." +msgid "" +"To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, or boot with the <userinput>rescue/" +"enable=true</userinput> boot parameter. You'll be shown the first few " +"screens of the installer, with a note in the corner of the display to " +"indicate that this is rescue mode, not a full installation. Don't worry, " +"your system is not about to be overwritten! Rescue mode simply takes " +"advantage of the hardware detection facilities available in the installer to " +"ensure that your disks, network devices, and so on are available to you " +"while repairing your system." +msgstr "" +"För att komma åt räddningsläget, ange <userinput>rescue</userinput> vid " +"prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt> eller starta med startparametern " +"<userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput>. Du kommer då att visas de första " +"skärmarna av installeraren med en notering i skärmhörnet som indikerar att " +"den körs i räddningsläget och inte en full installation. Var lugn, ditt " +"system kommer inte att skrivas över! Räddningsläget använder helt enkelt " +"fördelarna av funktionerna för identifiering av maskinvara som är " +"tillgängliga i installeraren för att vara säker på att dina diskar, " +"nätverksenheter och så vidare är tillgängliga för dig under tiden du " +"reparerar ditt system." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of the partitions on your system, and asked to select one of them. Normally, you should select the partition containing the root file system that you need to repair. You may select partitions on RAID and LVM devices as well as those created directly on disks." -msgstr "Istället för partioneringsverktyget bör du nu presenteras med en lista av partitionerna på ditt system och bli frågad att välja ett av dom. Normalt sett bör du välja partitionen som innehåller rotfilsystemet du behöver reparera. Du kan välja partitioner på RAID- och LVM-enheter såväl som de som skapas direkt på diskarna." +msgid "" +"Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of " +"the partitions on your system, and asked to select one of them. Normally, " +"you should select the partition containing the root file system that you " +"need to repair. You may select partitions on RAID and LVM devices as well as " +"those created directly on disks." +msgstr "" +"Istället för partioneringsverktyget bör du nu presenteras med en lista av " +"partitionerna på ditt system och bli frågad att välja ett av dom. Normalt " +"sett bör du välja partitionen som innehåller rotfilsystemet du behöver " +"reparera. Du kan välja partitioner på RAID- och LVM-enheter såväl som de som " +"skapas direkt på diskarna." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:501 #, no-c-format -msgid "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary repairs. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> For example, if you need to reinstall the GRUB boot loader into the master boot record of the first hard disk, you could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do so. </phrase>" -msgstr "Om möjligt kommer installeraren nu att ge dig en skalprompt i filsystemet du valt vilket du kan använda för att genomföra nödvändiga reparationer. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Till exempel om du behöver installera om starthanteraren GRUB till huvudstartsektorn på första hårddisken kan du ange kommandot <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> för att göra det här. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the " +"file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary " +"repairs. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> For example, if you need to reinstall the " +"GRUB boot loader into the master boot record of the first hard disk, you " +"could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do " +"so. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om möjligt kommer installeraren nu att ge dig en skalprompt i filsystemet du " +"valt vilket du kan använda för att genomföra nödvändiga reparationer. " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\"> Till exempel om du behöver installera om " +"starthanteraren GRUB till huvudstartsektorn på första hårddisken kan du ange " +"kommandot <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> för att göra det här. " +"</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you selected, perhaps because the file system is corrupt, then it will issue a warning and offer to give you a shell in the installer environment instead. You may not have as many tools available in this environment, but they will often be enough to repair your system anyway. The root file system you selected will be mounted on the <filename>/target</filename> directory." -msgstr "Om installeraren inte kan köra ett användbart skal i rotfilsystemet du valt kanske det här beror på att filsystemet innehåller fel och då skriva ut en varning och efter det ge dig ett skal i installerarens miljö istället. Du kanske inte har så många verktyg tillgängliga i denna miljö men de räcker ofta för att laga ditt system. Rotfilsystemet du valt kommer att monteras på katalogen <filename>/target</filename>." +msgid "" +"If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you " +"selected, perhaps because the file system is corrupt, then it will issue a " +"warning and offer to give you a shell in the installer environment instead. " +"You may not have as many tools available in this environment, but they will " +"often be enough to repair your system anyway. The root file system you " +"selected will be mounted on the <filename>/target</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"Om installeraren inte kan köra ett användbart skal i rotfilsystemet du valt " +"kanske det här beror på att filsystemet innehåller fel och då skriva ut en " +"varning och efter det ge dig ett skal i installerarens miljö istället. Du " +"kanske inte har så många verktyg tillgängliga i denna miljö men de räcker " +"ofta för att laga ditt system. Rotfilsystemet du valt kommer att monteras på " +"katalogen <filename>/target</filename>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:522 @@ -346,8 +832,14 @@ msgstr "Oavsett, efter du har avslutat skalet kommer systemet att startas om." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this manual does not attempt to go into all the things that might have gone wrong or how to fix them. If you have problems, consult an expert." -msgstr "Till slut, notera att reparering av trasiga system kan vara svårt och denna manual försöker inte att gå in så djupt i alla saker som kan ha gått fel och hur man rättar till dom. Om du har problem, konsultera en expert." +msgid "" +"Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this " +"manual does not attempt to go into all the things that might have gone wrong " +"or how to fix them. If you have problems, consult an expert." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, notera att reparering av trasiga system kan vara svårt och denna " +"manual försöker inte att gå in så djupt i alla saker som kan ha gått fel och " +"hur man rättar till dom. Om du har problem, konsultera en expert." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you require PCMCIA support, you'll also need to install the " @@ -363,4 +855,3 @@ msgstr "Till slut, notera att reparering av trasiga system kan vara svårt och d #~ "modulerna hittades där de förväntas vara, nämligen <filename>/usr/src/" #~ "modules</filename>). Efter det, kör <userinput>make-kpkg modules_image</" #~ "userinput>." - diff --git a/po/sv/preface.po b/po/sv/preface.po index d830ed586..e0f5759cd 100644 --- a/po/sv/preface.po +++ b/po/sv/preface.po @@ -5,12 +5,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 preface\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -22,18 +23,47 @@ msgstr "Installation av &debian; &release; för &architecture;" #. Tag: para #: preface.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "We are delighted that you have decided to try Debian, and are sure that you will find that Debian's GNU/Linux distribution is unique. &debian; brings together high-quality free software from around the world, integrating it into a coherent whole. We believe that you will find that the result is truly more than the sum of the parts." -msgstr "Vi är glada att du har valt att prova Debian och är säkra på att du kommer att tycka att utgåvan av Debian GNU/Linux är unik. &debian; sammanför högkvalitativa fria programvaror från hela världen och integrerar dem i en sammanhängande helhet. Vi tror att du kommer att tycka att resultatet verkligen är mer än summan av delarna." +msgid "" +"We are delighted that you have decided to try Debian, and are sure that you " +"will find that Debian's GNU/Linux distribution is unique. &debian; brings " +"together high-quality free software from around the world, integrating it " +"into a coherent whole. We believe that you will find that the result is " +"truly more than the sum of the parts." +msgstr "" +"Vi är glada att du har valt att prova Debian och är säkra på att du kommer " +"att tycka att utgåvan av Debian GNU/Linux är unik. &debian; sammanför " +"högkvalitativa fria programvaror från hela världen och integrerar dem i en " +"sammanhängande helhet. Vi tror att du kommer att tycka att resultatet " +"verkligen är mer än summan av delarna." #. Tag: para #: preface.xml:15 #, no-c-format -msgid "We understand that many of you want to install Debian without reading this manual, and the Debian installer is designed to make this possible. If you don't have time to read the whole Installation Guide right now, we recommend that you read the Installation Howto, which will walk you through the basic installation process, and links to the manual for more advanced topics or for when things go wrong. The Installation Howto can be found in <xref linkend=\"installation-howto\"/>." -msgstr "Vi förstår att många av er vill installera Debian utan att läsa den här manualen och Debian Installer är designad för att göra det möjligt. Om du inte har tid att läsa hela installationsguiden just nu rekommenderar vi att du läser installationshjälpen som går igenom den grundläggande installationsprocessen och länkar till manualen för mer avancerade ämnen eller när saker går fel. Installationshjälpen kan du hitta i <xref linkend=\"installation-howto\"/>." +msgid "" +"We understand that many of you want to install Debian without reading this " +"manual, and the Debian installer is designed to make this possible. If you " +"don't have time to read the whole Installation Guide right now, we recommend " +"that you read the Installation Howto, which will walk you through the basic " +"installation process, and links to the manual for more advanced topics or " +"for when things go wrong. The Installation Howto can be found in <xref " +"linkend=\"installation-howto\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vi förstår att många av er vill installera Debian utan att läsa den här " +"manualen och Debian Installer är designad för att göra det möjligt. Om du " +"inte har tid att läsa hela installationsguiden just nu rekommenderar vi att " +"du läser installationshjälpen som går igenom den grundläggande " +"installationsprocessen och länkar till manualen för mer avancerade ämnen " +"eller när saker går fel. Installationshjälpen kan du hitta i <xref linkend=" +"\"installation-howto\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preface.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "With that said, we hope that you have the time to read most of this manual, and doing so will lead to a more informed and likely more successful installation experience." -msgstr "Med det sagt hoppas vi att du får tid att läsa större delen av den här manualen och genom att göra det bli mer informerad och få positiva erfarenheter av installationen." - +msgid "" +"With that said, we hope that you have the time to read most of this manual, " +"and doing so will lead to a more informed and likely more successful " +"installation experience." +msgstr "" +"Med det sagt hoppas vi att du får tid att läsa större delen av den här " +"manualen och genom att göra det bli mer informerad och få positiva " +"erfarenheter av installationen." diff --git a/po/sv/preparing.po b/po/sv/preparing.po index c90408309..94475a98a 100644 --- a/po/sv/preparing.po +++ b/po/sv/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation guide 20051025 preparing\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-22 12:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +23,15 @@ msgstr "Före installation av &debian;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." -msgstr "Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian före du startar upp installeraren. Det här inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt data, insamling av information om din maskinvara och att hitta all nödvändig information." +msgid "" +"This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you " +"even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering " +"information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." +msgstr "" +"Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian före du " +"startar upp installeraren. Det här inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt " +"data, insamling av information om din maskinvara och att hitta all nödvändig " +"information." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:19 @@ -34,38 +42,83 @@ msgstr "Översikt av installationsprocessen" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:20 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." -msgstr "Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer, med Debian är omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga orsakerna." +msgid "" +"First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that " +"will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps " +"mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." +msgstr "" +"Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer, med Debian är " +"omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket " +"ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga " +"orsakerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:27 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." -msgstr "Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya operativsystemet." +msgid "" +"Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be " +"performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS " +"versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the " +"programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." +msgstr "" +"Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs " +"när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av " +"operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta " +"program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya " +"operativsystemet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:35 #, no-c-format -msgid "Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." -msgstr "Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att installeras om över ett existerande system." +msgid "" +"Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather " +"than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale " +"installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost " +"always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version " +"requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that " +"all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The " +"point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-" +"installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas " +"istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en " +"total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen " +"är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en " +"ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem " +"att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och " +"installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att installeras om över ett existerande " +"system." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation process." -msgstr "Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" +"Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:56 #, no-c-format -msgid "Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to install." -msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du planerar att installera." +msgid "" +"Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du " +"planerar att installera." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:62 #, no-c-format -msgid "Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before starting the installation." -msgstr "Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du startar installationen." +msgid "" +"Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before " +"starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du " +"startar installationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:68 @@ -76,14 +129,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian på din hårddisk." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:73 #, no-c-format -msgid "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." -msgstr "Hitta och/eller hämta installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella specialdrivrutiner som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." +msgid "" +"Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver " +"files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." +msgstr "" +"Hitta och/eller hämta installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella " +"specialdrivrutiner som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD users can boot from one of the CDs)." -msgstr "Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler (de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." +msgid "" +"Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD " +"users can boot from one of the CDs)." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler " +"(de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:85 @@ -130,14 +191,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa och montera partitioner på vilka Debian kommer att installeras." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:122 #, no-c-format -msgid "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>." -msgstr "Se den automatiska hämtningen/installeringen/konfigureringen av <firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</" +"firstterm>." +msgstr "" +"Se den automatiska hämtningen/installeringen/konfigureringen av " +"<firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/or your existing system." -msgstr "Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp &debian; och/eller ditt existerande system." +msgid "" +"Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/" +"or your existing system." +msgstr "" +"Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp " +"&debian; och/eller ditt existerande system." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 @@ -148,32 +217,79 @@ msgstr "Läs in det nyligen installerade systemet för första gången." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software actors in this installation drama:" -msgstr "Om du får problem under installationen, hjälper det att veta vilka paket som ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här installationsdramat:" +msgid "" +"If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which " +"packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software " +"actors in this installation drama:" +msgstr "" +"Om du får problem under installationen, hjälper det att veta vilka paket som " +"ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här " +"installationsdramat:" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load the new system for the first time." -msgstr "Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det primära målet för den här manualen. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser in lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> för att installera grundsystempaketen. Många fler skådespelare spelar mindre roller i denna process, men <classname>debian-installer</classname> har gjort klart sin funktion när du startar upp det nya systemet för första gången." +msgid "" +"The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the " +"primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate " +"drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network " +"connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base " +"system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load " +"the new system for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det " +"primära målet för den här manualen. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser in " +"lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att " +"ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> " +"för att installera grundsystempaketen. Många fler skådespelare spelar mindre " +"roller i denna process, men <classname>debian-installer</classname> har " +"gjort klart sin funktion när du startar upp det nya systemet för första " +"gången." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format -msgid "To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web server or a Desktop environment." -msgstr "För att justera systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö." +msgid "" +"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you " +"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web " +"server or a Desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"För att justera systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</" +"classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av " +"programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." -msgstr "När <classname>debian-installer</classname> är klar, före första systemuppstarten, har du endast ett enkelt kommandoradsstyrt system. Det grafiska gränssnittet som visar fönster på din skärm kommer inte att installeras om du inte väljer det med <classname>tasksel</classname>. Det är valfritt på grund av att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen inte har något behov av ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt jobb." +msgid "" +"When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first " +"system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The " +"graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be " +"installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's " +"optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have " +"any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." +msgstr "" +"När <classname>debian-installer</classname> är klar, före första " +"systemuppstarten, har du endast ett enkelt kommandoradsstyrt system. Det " +"grafiska gränssnittet som visar fönster på din skärm kommer inte att " +"installeras om du inte väljer det med <classname>tasksel</classname>. Det är " +"valfritt på grund av att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen " +"inte har något behov av ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt " +"jobb." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from <classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation is not within the scope of this manual." -msgstr "Tänk dock på att X-systemet är totalt separerat från <classname>debian-installer</classname>, och är faktiskt mycket mer komplicerat. Installation och felsökning av X-installationen täcks inte in av den här manualen." +msgid "" +"Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more " +"complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation " +"is not within the scope of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Tänk dock på att X-systemet är totalt separerat från <classname>debian-" +"installer</classname>, och är faktiskt mycket mer komplicerat. Installation " +"och felsökning av X-installationen täcks inte in av den här manualen." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:188 @@ -184,20 +300,62 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera din existerande data!" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." -msgstr "Före du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som finns på ditt system. Om det här är första gången som ett helt nytt operativsystem installeras på din dator, är det stor chans att du behöver partitionera om din disk för att göra plats åt &debian;. När du partitionerar din disk bör du räkna med att allt på disken kommer att förloras, oavsett vilket program du använder för att göra det. Programmen som används i installationen är ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har använts i flera år; men de är också ganska kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg kan kosta dig mycket. Även efter säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar på eller gör något. Två minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt arbete." +msgid "" +"Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your " +"system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been " +"installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition " +"your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you " +"should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you " +"use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most " +"have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move " +"can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers " +"and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." +msgstr "" +"Före du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som finns på ditt " +"system. Om det här är första gången som ett helt nytt operativsystem " +"installeras på din dator, är det stor chans att du behöver partitionera om " +"din disk för att göra plats åt &debian;. När du partitionerar din disk bör " +"du räkna med att allt på disken kommer att förloras, oavsett vilket program " +"du använder för att göra det. Programmen som används i installationen är " +"ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har använts i flera år; men de är också " +"ganska kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg kan kosta dig mycket. Även efter " +"säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar " +"på eller gör något. Två minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt " +"arbete." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." -msgstr "Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du partitionerar om din hårddisk, du kanske behöver installera om starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna." +msgid "" +"If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the " +"distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. " +"Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have " +"to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole " +"operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har " +"installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du " +"partitionerar om din hårddisk, du kanske behöver installera om " +"starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela " +"operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the <quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." -msgstr "Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>." +msgid "" +"With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only " +"supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk " +"or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you " +"will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to " +"boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the " +"<quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." +msgstr "" +"Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda " +"installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk " +"eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här " +"maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp " +"Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver " +"du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:231 @@ -221,7 +379,8 @@ msgstr "Installationsmanual" #: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format." #. Tag: itemizedlist #: preparing.xml:245 @@ -232,14 +391,28 @@ msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and translations</ulink>." -msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the " +"Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in " +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and " +"translations</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av " +"Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i " +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och " +"översättningar</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." -msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the " +"Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden " +"för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-" +"manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:272 @@ -250,8 +423,11 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarudokumentation" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." -msgstr "Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder " +"din maskinvara." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:284 @@ -292,8 +468,12 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarureferenser för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" -msgstr "Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna" +msgid "" +"Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, " +"z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" +msgstr "" +"Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, " +"tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna" #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:330 @@ -304,8 +484,12 @@ msgstr "Enhetsdrivrutiner och installationskommandon" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and &arch-title; hardware." -msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-title;-maskinvara." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " +"&arch-title; hardware." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-" +"title;-maskinvara." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:345 @@ -316,8 +500,14 @@ msgstr "Linux för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the same across all &arch-title; distributions." -msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; utgåvor." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. " +"It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the " +"same across all &arch-title; distributions." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om " +"Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; " +"utgåvor." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:362 @@ -334,8 +524,14 @@ msgstr "Hitta informationskällor för maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with your hardware before the install." -msgstr "I många fall, kan installeraren automatiskt identifiera din maskinvara. Men för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig hemmastadd med din maskinvara före installationen." +msgid "" +"In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your " +"hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with " +"your hardware before the install." +msgstr "" +"I många fall, kan installeraren automatiskt identifiera din maskinvara. Men " +"för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig hemmastadd med din " +"maskinvara före installationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:379 @@ -352,8 +548,14 @@ msgstr "Manualerna som kommer med varje maskinvarudel." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." -msgstr "BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din manual efter kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>." +msgid "" +"The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you " +"start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for " +"the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." +msgstr "" +"BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar " +"din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din manual efter " +"kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:398 @@ -370,14 +572,25 @@ msgstr "Systemfönstret i Windows kontrollpanel." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and hard drive memory." -msgstr "Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme." +msgid "" +"System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager " +"displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and " +"hard drive memory." +msgstr "" +"Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive " +"filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om " +"RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." -msgstr "Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din nätverksanslutning och e-post." +msgid "" +"Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can " +"tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." +msgstr "" +"Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan " +"informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din " +"nätverksanslutning och e-post." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:429 @@ -428,8 +641,7 @@ msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "Om IDE eller SCSI används (de flesta m68k-datorer använder SCSI)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 -#: preparing.xml:502 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Tillgängligt ledigt utrymme." @@ -453,10 +665,7 @@ msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Skärm" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:458 -#: preparing.xml:478 -#: preparing.xml:484 -#: preparing.xml:490 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Modell och tillverkare." @@ -522,15 +731,13 @@ msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Antal knappar." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:477 -#: preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Nätverk" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:480 -#: preparing.xml:506 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Typ av adapter." @@ -562,8 +769,12 @@ msgstr "Tillgängligt videominne." #. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format -msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)." -msgstr "Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din skärm klarar av)." +msgid "" +"Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " +"monitor's capabilities)." +msgstr "" +"Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din " +"skärm klarar av)." #. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:499 @@ -598,26 +809,48 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarukompatibilitet" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems." -msgstr "Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Maskinvara för Linux förbättras dagligen. Dock, Linux kör fortfarande inte så många olika typer av maskinvara som andra operativsystem." +msgid "" +"Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " +"for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many " +"different types of hardware as some operating systems." +msgstr "" +"Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Maskinvara för Linux " +"förbättras dagligen. Dock, Linux kör fortfarande inte så många olika typer " +"av maskinvara som andra operativsystem." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work." -msgstr "Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte kör maskinvara som kräver en körande version av Windows för att fungera." +msgid "" +"In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " +"version of Windows to work." +msgstr "" +"Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte kör maskinvara som kräver en körande " +"version av Windows för att fungera." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete." -msgstr "Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder det ofta en extra insats. Ytterligare är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort bli föråldrade." +msgid "" +"Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " +"so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-" +"specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they " +"can quickly become obsolete." +msgstr "" +"Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder " +"det ofta en extra insats. Ytterligare är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-" +"specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort " +"bli föråldrade." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format -msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." -msgstr "Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika." +msgid "" +"So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " +"printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." +msgstr "" +"Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan " +"även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:542 @@ -634,14 +867,23 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillverkarens webbplatser för nya drivrutiner." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." -msgstr "Ser på webbsidor eller manualer efter information om emulering. Mindre kända märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller inställningar från mer kända märken." +msgid "" +"Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " +"known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." +msgstr "" +"Ser på webbsidor eller manualer efter information om emulering. Mindre kända " +"märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller inställningar från mer kända " +"märken." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture." -msgstr "Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är dedicerade för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är " +"dedicerade för din arkitektur." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:565 @@ -658,8 +900,14 @@ msgstr "Nätverksinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information." -msgstr "Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis, Ethernet eller liknande anslutning — inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du fråga din nätverksadministratör efter den informationen." +msgid "" +"If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " +"or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your " +"network's system administrator for this information." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis, Ethernet " +"eller liknande anslutning — inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du fråga din " +"nätverksadministratör efter den informationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:585 @@ -688,20 +936,36 @@ msgstr "Nätmasken som används på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." -msgstr "IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway." +msgid "" +"The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " +"network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." +msgstr "" +"IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om " +"ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server." -msgstr "Systemet på ditt nätverk som du bör använda som en DNS-server (Domännamnstjänst)." +msgid "" +"The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " +"Service) server." +msgstr "" +"Systemet på ditt nätverk som du bör använda som en DNS-server " +"(Domännamnstjänst)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process." -msgstr "Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information för att DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " +"available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because " +"the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server " +"finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information för " +"att DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under " +"installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:626 @@ -730,32 +994,55 @@ msgstr "Matcha minimikrav för maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do." -msgstr "När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra." +msgid "" +"Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " +"that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to " +"do." +msgstr "" +"När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att " +"din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." -msgstr "Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Dock, de flesta användare riskerar att bli frustrerade om de ignorera de här förslagen." +msgid "" +"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " +"recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk " +"being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas " +"av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Dock, de flesta användare riskerar " +"att bli frustrerade om de ignorera de här förslagen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium II-300 for a Server." -msgstr "En Pentium 100 är minimum rekommendationen för skrivbordssystem, och en Pentium II-300 för servrar." +msgid "" +"A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " +"II-300 for a Server." +msgstr "" +"En Pentium 100 är minimum rekommendationen för skrivbordssystem, och en " +"Pentium II-300 för servrar." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format -msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown." -msgstr "En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här." +msgid "" +"A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " +"with a little less drive space than shown." +msgstr "" +"En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du " +"kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." -msgstr "Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC kan fungera bra som ett skrivbordssystem. För servrar är rekommendationen minst en 132 Mhz-maskin." +msgid "" +"Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " +"servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC kan fungera bra som ett " +"skrivbordssystem. För servrar är rekommendationen minst en 132 Mhz-maskin." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:685 @@ -838,8 +1125,14 @@ msgstr "4 gigabyte" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en uppskattning på några vanliga systemkonfigurationer för Debian. Du kan också få en överblick om det diskutrymme som används av relaterade programgrupper genom att referera till <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " +"get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by " +"referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en uppskattning på några vanliga systemkonfigurationer för Debian. Du " +"kan också få en överblick om det diskutrymme som används av relaterade " +"programgrupper genom att referera till <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:720 @@ -850,8 +1143,16 @@ msgstr "Standardserver" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." -msgstr "Det här är en liten serverprofil, användbar för en avklädd server som inte har en massa lull-lull för skalanvändare. Den inkluderar en FTP-server, en webbserver, DNS, NIS och POP. För den här bör 100MB diskutrymme räcka och sedan kan du behöva lägga till utrymme för den data du vill lägga in." +msgid "" +"This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " +"not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web " +"server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and " +"then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten serverprofil, användbar för en avklädd server som inte " +"har en massa lull-lull för skalanvändare. Den inkluderar en FTP-server, en " +"webbserver, DNS, NIS och POP. För den här bör 100MB diskutrymme räcka och " +"sedan kan du behöva lägga till utrymme för den data du vill lägga in." #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:733 @@ -862,8 +1163,14 @@ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format -msgid "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard desktop task, though it can be done in far less." -msgstr "En standardskrivbordsburk, inklusive X-fönstersystemet, fullständiga skrivbordsmiljöer, ljud, redigerare, etc. Du komma att behöva ungefär 2GB med standardskrivbordsfunktionen, även om den kan göras mycket mindre." +msgid "" +"A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " +"environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard " +"desktop task, though it can be done in far less." +msgstr "" +"En standardskrivbordsburk, inklusive X-fönstersystemet, fullständiga " +"skrivbordsmiljöer, ljud, redigerare, etc. Du komma att behöva ungefär 2GB " +"med standardskrivbordsfunktionen, även om den kan göras mycket mindre." #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:744 @@ -874,8 +1181,13 @@ msgstr "Arbetskonsoll" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format -msgid "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is around 140MB." -msgstr "En mer avklädd användarmaskin, utan X-fönstersystemet eller X-program. Passar möjligen för en bärbar eller mobil dator. Storleken är ungefär 140 MB." +msgid "" +"A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " +"applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is " +"around 140MB." +msgstr "" +"En mer avklädd användarmaskin, utan X-fönstersystemet eller X-program. " +"Passar möjligen för en bärbar eller mobil dator. Storleken är ungefär 140 MB." #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:755 @@ -886,14 +1198,40 @@ msgstr "Utvecklare" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of machine." -msgstr "En skrivbordskonfiguration med alla utvecklingspaket, såsom Perl, C, C++ etc. Storlek på ungefär 475 MB. Om du lägger in X11 och några ytterligare paket för annan användning, bör du planera ungefär 800 MB för den här typen av maskin." +msgid "" +"A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " +"etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional " +"packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of " +"machine." +msgstr "" +"En skrivbordskonfiguration med alla utvecklingspaket, såsom Perl, C, C++ " +"etc. Storlek på ungefär 475 MB. Om du lägger in X11 och några ytterligare " +"paket för annan användning, bör du planera ungefär 800 MB för den här typen " +"av maskin." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Tänk på att de här storlekarna inte inkluderar allt material som normalt sett kan hittas, såsom användarfiler, e-post, och data. Det är alltid bäst att vara generös när du beräknar utrymmet för dina egna filer och data. Speciellt partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del statusinformation specifik till Debian i tillägg till sitt vanliga innehåll som exempelvis loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt ta upp 20MB. Även, <command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här före dem installeras. Du bör normalt sett allokera åtminstone 100MB för <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " +"usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best " +"to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. " +"Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state " +"information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like " +"logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all " +"installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</" +"command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should " +"usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att de här storlekarna inte inkluderar allt material som normalt " +"sett kan hittas, såsom användarfiler, e-post, och data. Det är alltid bäst " +"att vara generös när du beräknar utrymmet för dina egna filer och data. " +"Speciellt partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del " +"statusinformation specifik till Debian i tillägg till sitt vanliga innehåll " +"som exempelvis loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med " +"information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt ta upp 20MB. Även, " +"<command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här före dem installeras. Du " +"bör normalt sett allokera åtminstone 100MB för <filename>/var</filename>." # Kolla denna #. Tag: title @@ -905,32 +1243,90 @@ msgstr "Förpartionering för system med flera operativsystem" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room." -msgstr "Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum." +msgid "" +"Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " +"into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly " +"equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one " +"room it doesn't affect any other room." +msgstr "" +"Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp " +"din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är " +"grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer " +"in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." -msgstr "När den här sektionen nämner <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta det till en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin betyder en LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet." +msgid "" +"Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " +"this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine " +"means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." +msgstr "" +"När den här sektionen nämner <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta det till " +"en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin betyder en " +"LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." -msgstr "Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du partitionera om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner. Det kan inte installeras på Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver åtminstone en dedicerad partition för Debians rot." +msgid "" +"If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, " +"…) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, " +"Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, " +"OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac " +"OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will " +"need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. " +"It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to " +"share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. " +"At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." +msgstr "" +"Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> " +"(Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, " +"FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, " +"…) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, " +"…) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du partitionera " +"om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner. Det kan inte " +"installeras på Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa " +"partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver " +"åtminstone en dedicerad partition för Debians rot." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes." -msgstr "Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase arch=\"i386\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg erbjuder alltid ett sätt att visa existerande partitioner utan att göra ändringar." +msgid "" +"You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " +"partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, " +"such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as " +"Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as " +"HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as " +"the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show " +"existing partitions without making changes." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att " +"använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase " +"arch=\"i386\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=" +"\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase " +"arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg erbjuder " +"alltid ett sätt att visa existerande partitioner utan att göra ändringar." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format -msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it." -msgstr "Allmänt sett, ändra en partition med ett redan aktivt filsystem på sig kommer att förstöra all information där. Därför bör du alltid göra säkerhetskopior före du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med huset skulle du antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler före väggarna flyttas annars riskerar du att förstöra dem." +msgid "" +"In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " +"destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before " +"doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably " +"want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you " +"risk destroying it." +msgstr "" +"Allmänt sett, ändra en partition med ett redan aktivt filsystem på sig " +"kommer att förstöra all information där. Därför bör du alltid göra " +"säkerhetskopior före du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med " +"huset skulle du antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler före väggarna flyttas " +"annars riskerar du att förstöra dem." #. Tag: emphasis #: preparing.xml:851 @@ -941,56 +1337,154 @@ msgstr "FIXME: skriva om HP-UX-diskar?" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely." -msgstr "Om din dator har fler än en hårddisk, kanske du vill dedicera en av hårddisk helt till Debian. Om så är fallet, behöver du inte partitionera den disken före uppstarten av installationssystemet; installerarens inkluderade partitioneringsprogram kan vackert hantera det jobbet." +msgid "" +"If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " +"of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition " +"that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included " +"partitioning program can handle the job nicely." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator har fler än en hårddisk, kanske du vill dedicera en av hårddisk " +"helt till Debian. Om så är fallet, behöver du inte partitionera den disken " +"före uppstarten av installationssystemet; installerarens inkluderade " +"partitioneringsprogram kan vackert hantera det jobbet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs." -msgstr "Om din maskin endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det aktuella operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att partitionera som en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), efter du har startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det här om du planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från band, cd-rom eller filer på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på: om du startar upp från filer placerade på hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i installationssystemet, och därav raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara att hoppas att installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här fallet, bör du ha något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din maskin såsom det ursprungliga systemets installationsband eller cd-skivor." +msgid "" +"If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " +"replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to " +"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), " +"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if " +"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a " +"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, " +"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus " +"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the " +"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate " +"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes " +"or CDs." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det aktuella " +"operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att partitionera som " +"en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), efter du har " +"startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det här om du " +"planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från band, cd-rom eller filer " +"på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på: om du startar upp från filer placerade på " +"hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i installationssystemet, " +"och därav raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara att hoppas att " +"installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här fallet, bör du ha " +"något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din maskin såsom det ursprungliga " +"systemets installationsband eller cd-skivor." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway." -msgstr "Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du även vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du bör fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på existerande partitioner inom partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före installation." +msgid "" +"If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " +"provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can " +"wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still " +"read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances " +"like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that " +"force you to partition before installing anyway." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme " +"kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du " +"även vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du bör " +"fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas " +"speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på existerande partitioner inom " +"partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före installation." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem." -msgstr "Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet." +msgid "" +"If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " +"you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the " +"filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och " +"Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian " +"Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain." -msgstr "Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk före du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra operativsystem, bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för det operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> försöker skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat operativsystem. Du bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det ursprungliga operativsystemet som du vill bibehålla." +msgid "" +"If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " +"starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some " +"of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should " +"create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. " +"We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create " +"partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you " +"should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to " +"retain." +msgstr "" +"Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk " +"före du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme för " +"Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra operativsystem, " +"bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för det " +"operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> försöker " +"skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat operativsystem. Du " +"bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"som du vill bibehålla." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." -msgstr "Om du kommer att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör du installera alla andra system före du börjar med Linux-installationen. Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, eller uppmuntrar dig att formatera om icke-ursprungliga partitioner." +msgid "" +"If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " +"machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux " +"installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to " +"start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." +msgstr "" +"Om du kommer att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör " +"du installera alla andra system före du börjar med Linux-installationen. " +"Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, " +"eller uppmuntrar dig att formatera om icke-ursprungliga partitioner." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble." -msgstr "Du kan reparera efter de här åtgärderna eller undvika dem, men installera det ursprungliga systemet först sparar dig en hel del problem." +msgid "" +"You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " +"system first saves you trouble." +msgstr "" +"Du kan reparera efter de här åtgärderna eller undvika dem, men installera " +"det ursprungliga systemet först sparar dig en hel del problem." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions." -msgstr "För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " +"partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; " +"you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions " +"dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the " +"placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, " +"and replace it with Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-" +"partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt " +"uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du " +"bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de " +"andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade " +"för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma " +"partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska " +"installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:" -msgstr "Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: " +msgid "" +"If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " +"desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system " +"and Debian, you will need to:" +msgstr "" +"Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning " +"för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det " +"ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: " #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:935 @@ -1001,14 +1495,27 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera allt på datorn." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>" -msgstr "Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom cd-rom eller band. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " +"tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the " +"<keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active " +"MacOS system.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom " +"cd-rom eller band. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, " +"håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan " +"att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." -msgstr "Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör utrymme för &debian;." +msgid "" +"Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " +"Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga " +"systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör " +"utrymme för &debian;." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:957 @@ -1019,8 +1526,12 @@ msgstr "Installera det ursprungliga operativsystemet på dess nya partition." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files." -msgstr "Start upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att validera att allting är OK, och hämta sedan ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " +"the Debian installer boot files." +msgstr "" +"Start upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att validera att allting är OK, " +"och hämta sedan ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:968 @@ -1037,32 +1548,99 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format -msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." -msgstr "Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, använder en partitioneringsplan liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> i Linux." +msgid "" +"Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " +"as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</" +"quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The " +"partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in " +"Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</" +"quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</" +"quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. " +"For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be " +"called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." +msgstr "" +"Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, " +"använder en partitioneringsplan liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, " +"vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras " +"från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</" +"quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och " +"högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</" +"quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</" +"filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> " +"i Linux." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." -msgstr "Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappas. Dessutom, om denn disk kommer att användas från Tru64, krävs det att <quote>c</quote>-partitionen spänner över hela disken (därav överlapar alla andra icke-tomma partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan monteras under Debian efter installation är färdig." +msgid "" +"Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " +"used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the " +"entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux " +"this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> " +"(<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so " +"on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle " +"overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not " +"recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 " +"disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." +msgstr "" +"Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappas. Dessutom, om denn disk " +"kommer att användas från Tru64, krävs det att <quote>c</quote>-partitionen " +"spänner över hela disken (därav överlapar alla andra icke-tomma " +"partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk " +"med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</" +"filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget " +"partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för " +"tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte " +"att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan " +"monteras under Debian efter installation är färdig." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data." -msgstr "Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en kärna. Notera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du måste inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data." +msgid "" +"Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " +"start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot " +"block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you " +"need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that " +"this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file " +"system onto it, or you'll destroy data." +msgstr "" +"Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta " +"från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med " +"disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du " +"ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en " +"kärna. Notera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du måste " +"inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." -msgstr "Det är möjligt, och även ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göra en <command>mkswap</command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux före växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>." +msgid "" +"It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " +"between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a " +"<command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is " +"rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You " +"may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts " +"before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt, och även ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition " +"mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göra en <command>mkswap</" +"command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till " +"Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill " +"köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux före " +"växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former." -msgstr "Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, notera att Digital UNIX kan använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast förstår det senare." +msgid "" +"If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " +"use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only " +"understands the former." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, notera att Digital UNIX kan " +"använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast " +"förstår det senare." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1035 @@ -1073,14 +1651,45 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." -msgstr "Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder den ursprungliga verktygen i Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, du kan även partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Notera att när du kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den <emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att förstöra partitionsinformationen." +msgid "" +"Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " +"existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " +"Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " +"from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " +"partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " +"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " +"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"destroy the partition information." +msgstr "" +"Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar " +"existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder " +"den ursprungliga verktygen i Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, du kan även " +"partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det " +"inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna " +"partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Notera att när du " +"kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless " +"signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den " +"<emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att " +"förstöra partitionsinformationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." -msgstr "Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC." +msgid "" +"If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " +"need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows " +"NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this " +"purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you " +"already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other " +"media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, " +"behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT " +"är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta " +"ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du " +"redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat " +"media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1067 @@ -1091,62 +1700,172 @@ msgstr "Partitionera från DOS eller Windows" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." -msgstr "Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du antingen använder planen nedan eller de ursprungliga verktygen i Windows eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att partitionera från DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb." +msgid "" +"If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " +"that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. " +"Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the " +"Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." +msgstr "" +"Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det " +"att du antingen använder planen nedan eller de ursprungliga verktygen i " +"Windows eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att " +"partitionera från DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör " +"generellt sett ett bättre jobb." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." -msgstr "Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och varken använder LBA-adressering, överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), inte hellre ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för tillgång till stora diskar, då måste du leta upp din uppstartspartition för Debian försiktigt. I det här fallet, måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partition." +msgid "" +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " +"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " +"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " +"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " +"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " +"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +msgstr "" +"Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och varken använder LBA-adressering, " +"överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), " +"inte hellre ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för " +"tillgång till stora diskar, då måste du leta upp din uppstartspartition för " +"Debian försiktigt. I det här fallet, måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen " +"inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 " +"megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta " +"existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partition." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" -msgstr "Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2" +msgstr "" +"Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below." -msgstr "En av de mest vanliga installationer är på ett system som redan innehåller DOS (inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) eller OS/2, och det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan att förstöra tidigare system. Notera att installeraren har stöd för att ändra storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och Windows. Starta helt enkelt installeraren, välj alternativet att <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, välj partitionen att ändra, och ange dess nya storlek. I de flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs här nedan." +msgid "" +"One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " +"DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, " +"XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without " +"destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of " +"FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the " +"installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit " +"partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, " +"and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the " +"method described below." +msgstr "" +"En av de mest vanliga installationer är på ett system som redan innehåller " +"DOS (inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) " +"eller OS/2, och det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan att " +"förstöra tidigare system. Notera att installeraren har stöd för att ändra " +"storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och Windows. Starta " +"helt enkelt installeraren, välj alternativet att <menuchoice> " +"<guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, välj partitionen att ändra, och ange dess nya storlek. I de " +"flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs här nedan." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system." -msgstr "Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. Metoden i den här sektionen kommer endast att dela upp en partition i två delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och den andra kommer att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian, kommer du ges möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du anser passa, alltså, som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem." +msgid "" +"Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " +"up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two " +"pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for " +"Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity " +"to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a " +"file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. " +"Metoden i den här sektionen kommer endast att dela upp en partition i två " +"delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och den andra kommer " +"att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian, kommer du ges " +"möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du anser passa, alltså, " +"som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format -msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition." -msgstr "Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen." +msgid "" +"The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " +"changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is " +"important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and " +"repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end " +"of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from " +"the partition." +msgstr "" +"Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före " +"partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt " +"att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för " +"att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom " +"det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk." -msgstr "Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>före</emphasis> du defragmenterar disken." +msgid "" +"The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " +"available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest " +"Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</" +"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> " +"to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command " +"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with " +"very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need " +"to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk " +"manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> you defragment the disk." +msgstr "" +"Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns " +"tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-" +"spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</" +"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> " +"till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot " +"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket " +"bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva " +"läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller " +"en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>före</" +"emphasis> du defragmenterar disken." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format -msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher." -msgstr "Nästa som behövs är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. <command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en lista på annan programvara som kan göra liknande. Notera att om du har Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som används i Windows 95 och högre." +msgid "" +"The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " +"partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and " +"later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation " +"for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have " +"Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS " +"doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used " +"in Windows 95 and higher." +msgstr "" +"Nästa som behövs är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. " +"<command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan " +"lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en " +"lista på annan programvara som kan göra liknande. Notera att om du har " +"Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS " +"inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som " +"används i Windows 95 och högre." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format -msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." -msgstr "Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna." +msgid "" +"After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " +"reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy " +"drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor " +"disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i " +"diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." -msgstr "Notera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att <command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig." +msgid "" +"Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " +"<command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." +msgstr "" +"Notera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att " +"<command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1160 @@ -1157,14 +1876,32 @@ msgstr "Partitionering för DOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows." -msgstr "Om du partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, många personer har upplevt problem med att arbeta på de ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat dålig prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller andra konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows." +msgid "" +"If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " +"partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with " +"the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow " +"performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other " +"weird errors in DOS or Windows." +msgstr "" +"Om du partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-" +"partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, många personer har upplevt problem med att " +"arbeta på de ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat " +"dålig prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller " +"andra konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the following command from Linux:" -msgstr "Tydligen, när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition för DOS-användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med nollor. Gör det här före du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, genom att köra följande kommando från Linux:" +msgid "" +"Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " +"good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior " +"to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the " +"following command from Linux:" +msgstr "" +"Tydligen, när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition för DOS-" +"användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med nollor. Gör " +"det här före du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, genom att köra " +"följande kommando från Linux:" #. Tag: screen #: preparing.xml:1177 @@ -1181,8 +1918,12 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i AmigaOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." -msgstr "Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation." +msgid "" +"If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " +"program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> " +"för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1197 @@ -1193,56 +1934,154 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Atari TOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible." -msgstr "Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och gör hela disken otillgänglig." +msgid "" +"Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " +"data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory " +"installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), " +"for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the " +"appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process " +"from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use " +"the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the " +"whole disk inaccessible." +msgstr "" +"Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> " +"för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för " +"litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), " +"för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in " +"lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess " +"från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker " +"använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och " +"gör hela disken otillgänglig." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)." -msgstr "Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-id); det här manualen kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft GmBH)." +msgid "" +"There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " +"<command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition " +"ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The " +"following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft " +"GmBH)." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-" +"verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-" +"id); det här manualen kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. " +"Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft " +"GmBH)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format -msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." -msgstr "Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." +msgid "" +"Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " +"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." +msgstr "" +"Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera " +"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice." -msgstr "Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra existerande partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet." +msgid "" +"From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, " +"or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. " +"Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only " +"want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably " +"the best choice." +msgstr "" +"Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra existerande " +"partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra " +"en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta " +"storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar en lista på existerande partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" +"guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window " +"shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll " +"buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition " +"list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When " +"you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving " +"the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> " +"i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar " +"en lista på existerande partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, " +"eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är " +"partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När " +"du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna " +"genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " +"change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> " +"in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the " +"location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save " +"changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra " +"i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa " +"fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och " +"låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret " +"med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format -msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." -msgstr "Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för användning med Linux — se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." +msgid "" +"Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " +"for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för " +"användning med Linux — se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format -msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." -msgstr "Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, eller hur?)." +msgid "" +"Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " +"item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make " +"sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM " +"partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told " +"you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." +msgstr "" +"Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</" +"guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om " +"gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du " +"ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste " +"återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, " +"eller hur?)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs." -msgstr "Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att redigera partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). <command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov." +msgid "" +"There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" +"command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition " +"your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition " +"editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this " +"crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). " +"<command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of " +"which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; " +"select the tool that suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-" +"fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi " +"att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något " +"diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att " +"redigera partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare " +"tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). " +"<command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi " +"känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan " +"finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1289 @@ -1253,14 +2092,39 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i MacOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." -msgstr "Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 " +"(FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</" +"command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</" +"command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a " +"patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found " +"at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</" +"command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</" +"command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och " +"<command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs " +"för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-" +"verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en " +"beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</" +"command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." -msgstr "För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av pdisk som finns tillgänglig från MkLinux FTP-server." +msgid "" +"For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " +"create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " +"FTP server." +msgstr "" +"För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive " +"Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och " +"färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av " +"pdisk som finns tillgänglig från MkLinux FTP-server." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1317 @@ -1271,8 +2135,25 @@ msgstr "Partitionering från SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du partitionera med SunOS före Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. Se till att du lämnar plats för Debians rotpartition inom de första 1 GB av uppstartsdisken. Du kan även placera kärnavbilden på en UFS-partition om det är lättare än att lägga rotpartitionen där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp Linux och SunOS från filsystem av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs och iso9660 (CDROM)." +msgid "" +"It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " +"both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " +"partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel " +"understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure " +"you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " +"the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " +"that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " +"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"(CDROM) partitions." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker " +"köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du " +"partitionera med SunOS före Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns " +"disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. Se till att du lämnar plats för " +"Debians rotpartition inom de första 1 GB av uppstartsdisken. Du kan även " +"placera kärnavbilden på en UFS-partition om det är lättare än att lägga " +"rotpartitionen där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp Linux och SunOS från " +"filsystem av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs och iso9660 (CDROM)." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1334 @@ -1283,14 +2164,40 @@ msgstr "Partitionering från Linux eller annat OS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur." -msgstr "Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det enda sortens partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det enda plan från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, används tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du behöver bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri." +msgid "" +"Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " +"<quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of " +"partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only " +"scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</" +"keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on " +"drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive " +"that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must " +"create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely " +"occur." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du " +"skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det " +"enda sortens partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det enda " +"plan från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, används " +"tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du behöver " +"bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du " +"använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan " +"arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem " +"antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). <command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " +"small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</" +"command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din " +"starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). " +"<command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1363 @@ -1301,26 +2208,75 @@ msgstr "MacOS/OSX-partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>." -msgstr "Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen <filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att justera existerande partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av hela disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i <application>Drive Setup</application>." +msgid "" +"The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " +"the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not " +"adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at " +"once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</" +"application>." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen " +"<filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att " +"justera existerande partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av " +"hela disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i " +"<application>Drive Setup</application>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." -msgstr "Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas bort och ersättas senare in i &debian;-installeraren." +msgid "" +"Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " +"positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it " +"will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." +msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i " +"disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas " +"bort och ersättas senare in i &debian;-installeraren." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från antingen OS 9 eller OS X." +msgid "" +"If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " +"separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same " +"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used " +"to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made " +"at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X " +"will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and " +"separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> " +"boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable " +"partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X " +"partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa " +"separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma " +"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste " +"användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte " +"göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata " +"alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> " +"hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras " +"i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer " +"att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka " +"uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från " +"antingen OS 9 eller OS X." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." -msgstr "GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS (även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " +"support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two " +"types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka " +"MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/" +"Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT " +"partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för " +"HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två " +"typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS " +"(även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan " +"MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, " +"HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1411 @@ -1331,8 +2287,22 @@ msgstr "Inställning av maskinvara och operativsystem före installation" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted." -msgstr "Den här sektionen kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra före Debian installeras. Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar i firmware för ditt system. <quote>Firmware</quote> är kärnprogramvaran som används av maskinvaran; den anropas under bootstrap-processen (efter påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som påverkar tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med." +msgid "" +"This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " +"that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this " +"involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. " +"The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is " +"most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known " +"hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are " +"also highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före " +"installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra före Debian installeras. " +"Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar " +"i firmware för ditt system. <quote>Firmware</quote> är kärnprogramvaran som " +"används av maskinvaran; den anropas under bootstrap-processen (efter " +"påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som påverkar " +"tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1429 @@ -1343,14 +2313,34 @@ msgstr "Starta BIOS-inställningsmenyn" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format -msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." -msgstr "BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som används för att konfigurera BIOS. Före du installerar, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; genom att inte göra det kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan installeras." +msgid "" +"BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " +"operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a " +"BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, " +"you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not " +"doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." +msgstr "" +"BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta " +"upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. " +"Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som " +"används för att konfigurera BIOS. Före du installerar, <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; genom att inte göra " +"det kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format -msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" -msgstr "Resten av den här sektionen är hämtad från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller <quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:" +msgid "" +"The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" +"ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration " +"menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) " +"configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" +msgstr "" +"Resten av den här sektionen är hämtad från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" +"ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i " +"CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller " +"<quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:" #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1454 @@ -1373,8 +2363,12 @@ msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet" #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1473 @@ -1397,8 +2391,14 @@ msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " +"</keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " +"</keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term #: preparing.xml:1496 @@ -1409,24 +2409,43 @@ msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</" +"keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-" +"invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " +"They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the " +"Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using " +"a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. " +"De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten " +"för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda " +"ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;" +"\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1529 -#: preparing.xml:1873 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet" @@ -1435,26 +2454,64 @@ msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." -msgstr "Många inställningsmenyer i BIOS låter dig välja de enheter som ska användas för att starta systemet. Ställ in den här till att leta efter ett startbart operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), sedan eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian." +msgid "" +"Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " +"bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on " +"<filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first " +"CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:" +"</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). " +"This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, " +"which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." +msgstr "" +"Många inställningsmenyer i BIOS låter dig välja de enheter som ska användas " +"för att starta systemet. Ställ in den här till att leta efter ett startbart " +"operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), sedan " +"eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</" +"filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</" +"filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta " +"upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga " +"uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." -msgstr "Om du har en nyare SCSI-kontroller och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra är att aktivera uppstarter från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på din kontroller." +msgid "" +"If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " +"it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is " +"enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en nyare SCSI-kontroller och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till " +"den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra " +"är att aktivera uppstarter från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på din kontroller." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device." -msgstr "Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet (kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten." +msgid "" +"Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " +"USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB " +"storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot " +"from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to " +"get it to boot from the USB device." +msgstr "" +"Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet " +"(kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt " +"från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver " +"konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</" +"quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp " +"från USB-enheten." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive." -msgstr "Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du startar om din maskin från hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " +"boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from " +"the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att " +"återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du " +"startar om din maskin från hårddisken." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1566 @@ -1465,14 +2522,24 @@ msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med IDE" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." -msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Dock, konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " +"is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware " +"documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgstr "" +"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. " +"Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Dock, konsultera " +"maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format -msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." -msgstr "Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna." +msgid "" +"Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " +"BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." +msgstr "" +"Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på " +"ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1581 @@ -1489,14 +2556,24 @@ msgstr "C är hårddisken och A är diskettenheten." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices." -msgstr "Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller <keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen." +msgid "" +"Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " +"Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys " +"cycle through the possible choices." +msgstr "" +"Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är " +"först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller " +"<keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer." -msgstr "Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man sparar ändringarna på din dator." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer." +msgstr "" +"Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man " +"sparar ändringarna på din dator." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1610 @@ -1507,20 +2584,34 @@ msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med SCSI" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." -msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-inställningsverktyget." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." +msgstr "" +"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-" +"inställningsverktyget." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." -msgstr "Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din dator." +msgid "" +"You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " +"about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och " +"meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din " +"dator." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format -msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." -msgstr "Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Dock, konsultera din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna." +msgid "" +"The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " +"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, " +"consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgstr "" +"Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det " +"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Dock, " +"konsultera din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1633 @@ -1531,14 +2622,20 @@ msgstr "Hitta verktyget för att ändra uppstartsordningen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." -msgstr "Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan." +msgid "" +"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." -msgstr "Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." +msgstr "" +"Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du " +"sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1658 @@ -1555,8 +2652,16 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom-inställningar" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande <userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här." +msgid "" +"Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " +"speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. " +"If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be " +"your problem." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-" +"hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss " +"säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande " +"<userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1671 @@ -1567,8 +2672,16 @@ msgstr "Utökat mot Expanderat minne" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory." -msgstr "Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne." +msgid "" +"If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " +"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much " +"extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended " +"memory and cannot use expanded memory." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och " +"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det " +"finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux " +"kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1682 @@ -1579,8 +2692,27 @@ msgstr "Virusskydd" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte kompatibla med GNU/Linux; för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund av filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att startshanteraren har ställts in. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " +"virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled " +"or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with " +"GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory " +"of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After " +"installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers " +"no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a " +"catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) " +"after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om " +"du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är " +"inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte " +"kompatibla med GNU/Linux; för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund av " +"filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> " +"Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. " +"Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det " +"förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med " +"huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att startshanteraren har ställts in. </para> </" +"footnote>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1704 @@ -1591,8 +2723,27 @@ msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." -msgstr "Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt moderkort och på vissa kontrollerkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har startat upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara istället för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra något av det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna shadow RAM aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till maskinvaruenheter." +msgid "" +"Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " +"caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, " +"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all " +"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your " +"motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these " +"ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software " +"in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may " +"make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the " +"shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." +msgstr "" +"Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-" +"cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, " +"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt " +"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt " +"moderkort och på vissa kontrollerkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har " +"startat upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara " +"istället för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra " +"något av det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna " +"shadow RAM aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till " +"maskinvaruenheter." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1722 @@ -1603,14 +2754,35 @@ msgstr "Minneshål" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM." -msgstr "Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, vänligen inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om du har så mycket RAM." +msgid "" +"If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" +"quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have " +"that much RAM." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" +"quote>, vänligen inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om " +"du har så mycket RAM." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format -msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just worked with that setting and not without it." -msgstr "Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När den är inaktiverad läses installationsdisketten inte riktigt korrekt, och systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här speciella enheten fungerar — det bara fungerade med den inställningen och inte utan den." +msgid "" +"We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " +"option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This " +"had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set " +"it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was " +"not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we " +"don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just " +"worked with that setting and not without it." +msgstr "" +"Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns " +"ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</" +"quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och " +"<quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När " +"den är inaktiverad läses installationsdisketten inte riktigt korrekt, och " +"systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här " +"speciella enheten fungerar — det bara fungerade med den inställningen " +"och inte utan den." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1745 @@ -1621,8 +2793,18 @@ msgstr "Avancerad strömhantering (APM)" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS." -msgstr "Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena doze, standby, suspend, nap, och sleep, och inaktivera hårddiskens power-down timer. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena och kan göra ett bättre jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan." +msgid "" +"If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " +"so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, " +"suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. " +"Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-" +"management than the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera " +"det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena doze, " +"standby, suspend, nap, och sleep, och inaktivera hårddiskens power-down " +"timer. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena och kan göra ett bättre " +"jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1764 @@ -1633,8 +2815,26 @@ msgstr "Revisioner av firmware och konfigurering av existerande operativsystem" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge." -msgstr "&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte konfiguration av firmware. Dock bör du se till att du har de lämpliga ROM och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det rekommenderat på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i videodrivrutinerna som förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera videoavbrott, och som resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-system bör du se till att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G eller högre. Uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-systemen men finns tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " +"firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the " +"appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 " +"is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers " +"preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting " +"in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using " +"BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as " +"standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of " +"charge." +msgstr "" +"&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte " +"konfiguration av firmware. Dock bör du se till att du har de lämpliga ROM " +"och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det rekommenderat " +"på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i videodrivrutinerna som " +"förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera videoavbrott, och som " +"resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-system bör du se till " +"att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G eller högre. Uppstarts-" +"ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-systemen men finns " +"tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1789 @@ -1645,14 +2845,36 @@ msgstr "Starta OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine." -msgstr "Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med din maskin." +msgid "" +"There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" +"title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but " +"unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to " +"manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came " +"with your machine." +msgstr "" +"Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) " +"på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men " +"tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare " +"till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med " +"din maskin." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format -msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints." -msgstr "På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips." +msgid "" +"On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</" +"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check " +"for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model " +"to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more " +"hints." +msgstr "" +"På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</" +"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer " +"den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta " +"tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-" +"powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1807 @@ -1661,18 +2883,44 @@ msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" "0 >\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the " +"default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is " +"through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these " +"machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program " +"running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to " +"interact with OpenFirmware." msgstr "" "OpenFirmware-prompten ser ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" "0 >\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; Mac-datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion i OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på en av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; Mac-" +"datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion i " +"OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på en " +"av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs " +"ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till " +"modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format -msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the firmware patches installed to nvram." -msgstr "OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från hårddisken om inte firmware blir uppdaterat. En programfix för firmware finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application>, tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Efter uppackning av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen <guibutton>Save</guibutton> för att få programfixarna för firmware installerade till nvram." +msgid "" +"The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " +"is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard " +"drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the " +"<application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple " +"at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/" +"SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, " +"and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the " +"firmware patches installed to nvram." +msgstr "" +"OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är " +"trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från " +"hårddisken om inte firmware blir uppdaterat. En programfix för firmware " +"finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application>, " +"tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/" +"macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Efter uppackning " +"av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen <guibutton>Save</" +"guibutton> för att få programfixarna för firmware installerade till nvram." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1840 @@ -1683,52 +2931,145 @@ msgstr "Starta OpenBoot" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format -msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics and simple scripts." -msgstr "OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript." +msgid "" +"OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " +"architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 " +"architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth " +"interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, " +"such as diagnostics and simple scripts." +msgstr "" +"OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att " +"starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som " +"BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en " +"inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din " +"maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." -msgstr "För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten <keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten <keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten <keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller <userinput>></userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten <keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten." +msgid "" +"To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " +"key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have " +"a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the " +"<keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either " +"<userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to " +"have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style " +"prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." +msgstr "" +"För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten " +"<keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten " +"<keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten " +"<keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-" +"PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>></userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-" +"prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten " +"<keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program." -msgstr "Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program." +msgid "" +"If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " +"Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, " +"then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your " +"terminal emulator if you are using a different program." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med " +"Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</" +"keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera " +"dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." -msgstr "Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +msgid "" +"You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " +"default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how " +"OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device " +"naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command " +"will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More " +"information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;" +"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även " +"för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några " +"detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux " +"namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot " +"skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du " +"har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;" +"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " +"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, " +"<quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious " +"meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. " +"Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, " +"such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot " +"device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>unit-address</replaceable>:\n" "<replaceable>device-arguments</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming " +"is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI " +"disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</" +"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-" +"lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in " +"newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured " +"devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en speciell partition på en disk, såsom <quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom " +"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, " +"<quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara " +"betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. " +"Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en speciell partition på en disk, såsom " +"<quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. " +"Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>drivrutinsnamn</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>enhetsadress</replaceable>:\n" "<replaceable>enhetsargument</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd(<replaceable>kontroller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot <userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar för att visa de för närvarande konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig information, oavsett revision, se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var " +"enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</" +"quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd" +"(<replaceable>kontroller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</" +"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot " +"<userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar " +"för att visa de för närvarande konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig " +"information, oavsett revision, se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot " +"Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot 1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as " +"the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the " +"name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot " +"1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</" +"replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command " +"<userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. " +"Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command " +"on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/" +"options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:" msgstr "" -"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Notera, det här är också konfigureringsbart med kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga filer i <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta " +"beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, " +"namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-" +"revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from " +"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av " +"OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Notera, det här är också konfigureringsbart med " +"kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga filer i " +"<filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under Linux: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> och under Solaris:" @@ -1747,20 +3088,70 @@ msgstr "BIOS-inställning" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." -msgstr "För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att notera en annan stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad." +msgid "" +"In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " +"first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is " +"inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there " +"are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big " +"difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time " +"you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like " +"telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where " +"the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." +msgstr "" +"För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver " +"du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna " +"plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det " +"finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att notera en annan " +"stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) " +"av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss " +"klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på " +"grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är " +"radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you." -msgstr "Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig." +msgid "" +"Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" +"called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM " +"system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some " +"other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For " +"example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot " +"from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this " +"option is available for you." +msgstr "" +"Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så " +"kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-" +"systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan " +"använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns " +"tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en " +"virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på " +"en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." -msgstr "Före du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man faktiskt startar upp från det mediat. Kopiera den information hit är varken möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock, vi kommer att beskriva här vilken sort av Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediat och genomföra en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din klientsession, kom tillbaka till detta dokument för de Debian-specifika installationsstegen." +msgid "" +"Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " +"and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " +"necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " +"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " +"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " +"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " +"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +msgstr "" +"Före du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- " +"och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela " +"processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man " +"faktiskt startar upp från det mediat. Kopiera den information hit är varken " +"möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock, vi kommer att beskriva här vilken sort av " +"Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda " +"informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediat och " +"genomföra en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din " +"klientsession, kom tillbaka till detta dokument för de Debian-specifika " +"installationsstegen." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1977 @@ -1771,8 +3162,18 @@ msgstr "Ursprunglig och LPAR-installationer" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." -msgstr "Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." +msgstr "" +"Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/" +"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och " +"kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: " +"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:1992 @@ -1783,14 +3184,33 @@ msgstr "Installation som en VM-gäst" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." -msgstr "Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." +msgstr "" +"Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/" +"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och " +"kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: " +"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra " +"Linux." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters." -msgstr "Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken." +msgid "" +"You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" +"directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed " +"record length of 80 characters." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</" +"filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en " +"fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2016 @@ -1801,14 +3221,30 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en installationsserver" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." -msgstr "Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " +"proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed " +"from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and " +"must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en " +"webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma " +"åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera " +"och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree." -msgstr "Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en &debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett sådant katalogträd." +msgid "" +"The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " +"&debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are " +"required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a " +"directory tree." +msgstr "" +"Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en " +"&debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är " +"nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett " +"sådant katalogträd." #. Tag: emphasis #: preparing.xml:2035 @@ -1825,32 +3261,90 @@ msgstr "Maskinvaruproblem att se upp för" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the <command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to its rated value solved the problem." -msgstr "Många personer har försökt att köra sina 90 MHz-processorer på 100 MHz, etc. Det fungerar ibland men är känslig för temperatur och andra faktorer och kan faktiskt skada ditt system. En av upphovsmännen av det här dokumentet överklockade sitt egna system i ett år och sedan började systemet att avbryta programmet <command>gcc</command> med en oväntad signal när det kompilerade kärnan för operativsystemet. Ställa ned processorhastigheten till sitt normala värde löste problemet." +msgid "" +"Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " +"sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can " +"actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-" +"clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the " +"<command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was " +"compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to " +"its rated value solved the problem." +msgstr "" +"Många personer har försökt att köra sina 90 MHz-processorer på 100 MHz, etc. " +"Det fungerar ibland men är känslig för temperatur och andra faktorer och kan " +"faktiskt skada ditt system. En av upphovsmännen av det här dokumentet " +"överklockade sitt egna system i ett år och sedan började systemet att " +"avbryta programmet <command>gcc</command> med en oväntad signal när det " +"kompilerade kärnan för operativsystemet. Ställa ned processorhastigheten " +"till sitt normala värde löste problemet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be <command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." -msgstr "Kompilatorn <command>gcc</command> är ofta den första som dör på grund av trasiga minnesbrickor (eller andra maskinvaruproblem som ändrar data oförutsägbart) på grund av att den bygger otroligt stora datastrukturer som den upprepade gånger går över. Ett fel i de här datastrukturerna kommer att orsaka att den startar en ogiltig instruktion eller kommer åt en icke-existerande adress. Symptomen för det här kommer att vara att <command>gcc</command> dör av en oväntad signal." +msgid "" +"The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " +"memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) " +"because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An " +"error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal " +"instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be " +"<command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." +msgstr "" +"Kompilatorn <command>gcc</command> är ofta den första som dör på grund av " +"trasiga minnesbrickor (eller andra maskinvaruproblem som ändrar data " +"oförutsägbart) på grund av att den bygger otroligt stora datastrukturer som " +"den upprepade gånger går över. Ett fel i de här datastrukturerna kommer att " +"orsaka att den startar en ogiltig instruktion eller kommer åt en icke-" +"existerande adress. Symptomen för det här kommer att vara att <command>gcc</" +"command> dör av en oväntad signal." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" -msgstr "Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-användare kan behöva att undanta RAM genom en \"booter memfile\". <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av det här behövs. </emphasis></phrase>" +msgid "" +"Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " +"encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. " +"Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </" +"emphasis></phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du " +"upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-" +"användare kan behöva att undanta RAM genom en \"booter memfile\". <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av det här behövs. " +"</emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format -msgid "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." -msgstr "De allra bästa moderkorten har stöd för RAM-minnen med paritet och kommer att berätta för dig om ditt system har ett en-bitsfel i RAM. Tyvärr, de har inte ett sätt att rätta till felet, därför att de generellt sätt kraschar direkt efter att de berättat för dig om det trasiga minnet. Fortfarande är det bättre att bli informerad att du har ett trasigt minne än att det i tysthet lägger in fel i ditt data. Därför har de bästa systemen moderkort som har stöd för minnesbrickor med paritet och riktig paritet (true-parity); se <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." +msgid "" +"The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " +"your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a " +"way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell " +"you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory " +"than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems " +"have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see " +"<xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." +msgstr "" +"De allra bästa moderkorten har stöd för RAM-minnen med paritet och kommer " +"att berätta för dig om ditt system har ett en-bitsfel i RAM. Tyvärr, de har " +"inte ett sätt att rätta till felet, därför att de generellt sätt kraschar " +"direkt efter att de berättat för dig om det trasiga minnet. Fortfarande är " +"det bättre att bli informerad att du har ett trasigt minne än att det i " +"tysthet lägger in fel i ditt data. Därför har de bästa systemen moderkort " +"som har stöd för minnesbrickor med paritet och riktig paritet (true-parity); " +"se <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on memory parity errors." -msgstr "Om du har RAM-minne med riktig paritet och ditt moderkort kan hantera det, se till att aktivera de BIOS-inställningar som gör att moderkortet avbryter vid paritetsfel i minnet." +msgid "" +"If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " +"to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on " +"memory parity errors." +msgstr "" +"Om du har RAM-minne med riktig paritet och ditt moderkort kan hantera det, " +"se till att aktivera de BIOS-inställningar som gör att moderkortet avbryter " +"vid paritetsfel i minnet." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2093 @@ -1861,8 +3355,22 @@ msgstr "Turbo-knappen" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the turbo switch." -msgstr "Många system har en <emphasis>turboväxlare</emphasis> som kontrollerar hastigheten på processorn. Välj den snabbaste inställningen. Om ditt BIOS låter dig inaktivera programvarukontroll av turboväxlaren (eller programvarukontroll av processorhastighet), gör så och lås systemet i högsta läget. Vi har en rapport på ett speciellt system som när Linux automatiskt sonderar (letar efter maskinvaruenheter) kan av misstag komma åt programvarukontrollen för turboväxlaren." +msgid "" +"Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " +"speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to " +"disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU " +"speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report " +"that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for " +"hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the " +"turbo switch." +msgstr "" +"Många system har en <emphasis>turboväxlare</emphasis> som kontrollerar " +"hastigheten på processorn. Välj den snabbaste inställningen. Om ditt BIOS " +"låter dig inaktivera programvarukontroll av turboväxlaren (eller " +"programvarukontroll av processorhastighet), gör så och lås systemet i högsta " +"läget. Vi har en rapport på ett speciellt system som när Linux automatiskt " +"sonderar (letar efter maskinvaruenheter) kan av misstag komma åt " +"programvarukontrollen för turboväxlaren." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2107 @@ -1873,14 +3381,32 @@ msgstr "Cyrix-processorer och diskettfel" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with the cache disabled." -msgstr "Många användare med Cyrix-processorer måste inaktivera cachen i sina system under installation på grund av att diskettenheten får fel om dem inte gör det. Om du måste göra så här, se till att återaktivera cachen när du är klar med installationen, eftersom systemet kör <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> långsammare när cachen är inaktiverad." +msgid "" +"Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " +"during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If " +"you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished " +"with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with " +"the cache disabled." +msgstr "" +"Många användare med Cyrix-processorer måste inaktivera cachen i sina system " +"under installation på grund av att diskettenheten får fel om dem inte gör " +"det. Om du måste göra så här, se till att återaktivera cachen när du är klar " +"med installationen, eftersom systemet kör <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"långsammare när cachen är inaktiverad." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -msgid "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." -msgstr "Vi tror inte att det nödvändigtvis är fel i Cyrix-processorn. Det kan vara något som Linux kan komma runt. Vi fortsätter att se på problemet. För de tekniska nyfikna, vi misstänker ett problem med att cachen är ogiltig efter ett byte från 16- till 32-bitars kod." +msgid "" +"We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " +"something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the " +"problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache " +"being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." +msgstr "" +"Vi tror inte att det nödvändigtvis är fel i Cyrix-processorn. Det kan vara " +"något som Linux kan komma runt. Vi fortsätter att se på problemet. För de " +"tekniska nyfikna, vi misstänker ett problem med att cachen är ogiltig efter " +"ett byte från 16- till 32-bitars kod." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2126 @@ -1891,14 +3417,30 @@ msgstr "Inställningar för kringutrustning" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." -msgstr "Du kanske måste ändra vissa inställningar eller byglar på din dators kringutrustningskort. Vissa kort har inställningsmenyer medan andra förlitar sig på byglar. Det här dokumentet kan inte ge komplett information på varje maskinvaruenhet men hoppas på att ge användbara tips." +msgid "" +"You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " +"peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. " +"This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware " +"device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste ändra vissa inställningar eller byglar på din dators " +"kringutrustningskort. Vissa kort har inställningsmenyer medan andra förlitar " +"sig på byglar. Det här dokumentet kan inte ge komplett information på varje " +"maskinvaruenhet men hoppas på att ge användbara tips." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format -msgid "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount of RAM in your system." -msgstr "Om några kort använder <quote>mapped memory</quote> bör minnet mappas någonstans mellan 0xA0000 och 0xFFFFF (från 640K till precis under 1 megabyte) eller vid en adress åtminstone 1 megabyte större än den totala mängden RAM-minne i ditt system." +msgid "" +"If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " +"mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 " +"megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount " +"of RAM in your system." +msgstr "" +"Om några kort använder <quote>mapped memory</quote> bör minnet mappas " +"någonstans mellan 0xA0000 och 0xFFFFF (från 640K till precis under 1 " +"megabyte) eller vid en adress åtminstone 1 megabyte större än den totala " +"mängden RAM-minne i ditt system." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2145 @@ -1909,8 +3451,23 @@ msgstr "USB BIOS-stöd och tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options." -msgstr "Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. Konsultera manualen för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</quote>." +msgid "" +"If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " +"enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the " +"installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for " +"some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support " +"if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look " +"in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB " +"keyboard support</quote> options." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du " +"behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. " +"Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt " +"tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan " +"du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. " +"Konsultera manualen för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen " +"<quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</" +"quote>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2159 @@ -1921,8 +3478,12 @@ msgstr "Mer än 64 MB RAM" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Linux-kärnan kan inte alltid identifiera den mängd RAM-minne du har. Om så är fallet, ta en titt på <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " +"is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Linux-kärnan kan inte alltid identifiera den mängd RAM-minne du har. Om så " +"är fallet, ta en titt på <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2169 @@ -1933,6 +3494,23 @@ msgstr "Skärmsynlighet på OldWorld Powermac-datorer" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." -msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-grafikdrivrutin men kanske även andra, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta med pålitliga resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är konfigurerad för fler än 256 färger. Om du påträffar liknande problem med din skärm efter omstart (du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall inte se någonting alls) eller, om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av installeraren istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att ändra din skärminställning under MacOS att använda 256 färger istället för <quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger." - +msgid "" +"Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " +"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " +"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " +"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " +"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " +"black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " +"try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " +"<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-" +"grafikdrivrutin men kanske även andra, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta " +"med pålitliga resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är " +"konfigurerad för fler än 256 färger. Om du påträffar liknande problem med " +"din skärm efter omstart (du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall " +"inte se någonting alls) eller, om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av " +"installeraren istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att " +"ändra din skärminställning under MacOS att använda 256 färger istället för " +"<quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger." diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index e55a25f98..adb87509c 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-21 10:55+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,15 +23,23 @@ msgstr "Automatiserad installation med förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in " +"&d-i; to automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på " +"frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 -#: preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även " +"tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-" +"preseed;." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 @@ -41,8 +50,18 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under " +"installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden " +"installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de " +"flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte " +"finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:43 @@ -53,14 +72,34 @@ msgstr "Metoder för förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have been asked." -msgstr "Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och <firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. " +"With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be " +"preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have " +"been asked." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och " +"<firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla " +"installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men " +"den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan " +"användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de " +"första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med vilka installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med " +"vilka installationsmetoder." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:64 @@ -93,28 +132,15 @@ msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "Cd/Dvd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:72 -#: preseed.xml:73 -#: preseed.xml:77 -#: preseed.xml:79 -#: preseed.xml:82 -#: preseed.xml:83 -#: preseed.xml:87 -#: preseed.xml:88 -#: preseed.xml:92 -#: preseed.xml:94 -#: preseed.xml:97 -#: preseed.xml:99 +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:74 -#: preseed.xml:78 -#: preseed.xml:84 -#: preseed.xml:89 -#: preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 #: preseed.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" @@ -129,8 +155,10 @@ msgstr "nätuppstart" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 @@ -153,20 +181,50 @@ msgstr "generisk/band" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding " +"this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is " +"even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been " +"loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd " +"görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan " +"ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-" +"avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter " +"att nätverket har konfigurerats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." -msgstr "I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de redan ha behandlats." +msgid "" +"In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " +"questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have " +"been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to " +"network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at " +"medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also " +"already have been processed." +msgstr "" +"I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har " +"frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För " +"förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till " +"nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller " +"låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de " +"redan ha behandlats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the " +"preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är " +"inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder " +"ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:134 @@ -177,8 +235,17 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID." -msgstr "Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste (om)partitionera en hel disk eller använda tillgängligt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att använda existerande partitioner. Du kan för närvarande inte använda förinställning för att ställa in RAID." +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID." +msgstr "" +"Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här " +"metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste (om)partitionera en hel disk " +"eller använda tillgängligt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att " +"använda existerande partitioner. Du kan för närvarande inte använda " +"förinställning för att ställa in RAID." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:207 @@ -189,20 +256,37 @@ msgstr "Kör anpassade kommandon under installationen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." -msgstr "Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " +"the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the " +"installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av " +"förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript " +"vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för " +"detaljer." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the preconfiguration file has been loaded" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the " +"preconfiguration file has been loaded" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> har avmonterats" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på " +"slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> " +"har avmonterats" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:231 @@ -213,8 +297,16 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar för att ändra på standardvärden" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan <firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att värdet ställts in för en fråga." +msgid "" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a question." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en " +"fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan " +"<firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att " +"värdet ställts in för en fråga." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:241 @@ -235,14 +327,37 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; vänligen konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." +msgid "" +"Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it " +"in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration " +"file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location " +"is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the " +"file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or " +"DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the " +"preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this " +"document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på " +"den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras " +"senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska " +"självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa " +"filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en " +"cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in " +"förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här " +"dokumentet; vänligen konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här appendixet." +msgid "" +"An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own " +"preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file " +"is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna " +"förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den " +"filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här " +"appendixet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:268 @@ -253,26 +368,61 @@ msgstr "Inläsning av förkonfigurationsfilen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att " +"filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i " +"rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om " +"den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot " +"parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader " +"configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the " +"parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren " +"vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka " +"med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller " +"genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av " +"den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:284 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, " +"you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot " +"the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</" +"literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, " +"behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter " +"för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-" +"värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can " +"optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " +"md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " +"installer will refuse to use it." +msgstr "" +"För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du " +"valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en " +"md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så " +"kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:300 @@ -309,14 +459,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:302 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "Notera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast <filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till <filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " +"<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " +"<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Notera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast " +"<filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till " +"<filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." +msgid "" +"While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " +"even if the preseeding below misses some." +msgstr "" +"När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de " +"flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 @@ -327,8 +489,22 @@ msgstr "Använd en DHCP-server för att ange förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to " +"download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this " +"is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media " +"that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use " +"it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the " +"dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian " +"package)." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil " +"att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt " +"är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara " +"en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via " +"nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf " +"för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:330 @@ -345,14 +521,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "Notera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla installationer på ditt nätverk." +msgid "" +"Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that " +"identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " +"but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " +"particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." +msgstr "" +"Notera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som " +"identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga " +"DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats " +"för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla " +"installationer på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." -msgstr "Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to " +"your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your " +"network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the " +"installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully " +"automate Debian installs should only be done with care." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa " +"värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska " +"användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att " +"automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan " +"genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt " +"automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:351 @@ -363,44 +559,101 @@ msgstr "Användning av uppstartsparametrar för att bistå förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." -msgstr "Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " +"of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration " +"file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over " +"the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd " +"preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form " +"av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen " +"hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En " +"anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter " +"förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:361 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." -msgstr "Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara <userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." +msgid "" +"If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +"can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +"kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</" +"userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." +msgstr "" +"Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, " +"kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan " +"skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara " +"<userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de " +"förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable." -msgstr "Notera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas i exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." +msgid "" +"Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " +"shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " +"appendix instead of the full variable." +msgstr "" +"Notera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett " +"kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas i " +"exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." -msgstr "Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för starthanteraren). Notera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland de uppstartsparametrar som är standard." +msgid "" +"A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " +"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " +"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " +"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. " +"Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade " +"starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för " +"starthanteraren). Notera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland de " +"uppstartsparametrar som är standard." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." -msgstr "2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." +msgid "" +"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " +"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " +"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " +"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options." +msgstr "" +"2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor " +"(inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de " +"här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som " +"överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du " +"använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:392 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för förinställningen." +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely " +"removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din " +"konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas " +"bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för " +"förinställningen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för " +"uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:409 @@ -411,8 +664,14 @@ msgstr "Skapa en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" -msgstr "Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a " +"preconfiguration file is:" +msgstr "" +"Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot " +"<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad " +"i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:416 @@ -423,44 +682,82 @@ msgstr "<ägare> <frågans namn> <frågetyp> <värde>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:418 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en förkonfigurationsfil." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en " +"förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:425 #, no-c-format -msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." -msgstr "Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." +msgid "" +"Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " +"whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." +msgstr "" +"Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: " +"eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format -msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value." -msgstr "En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." +msgid "" +"A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " +"(<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A " +"good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is " +"between type and value." +msgstr "" +"En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt " +"snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett " +"radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; " +"en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:435 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname> where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "De flesta frågor behöver vara förinställda med giltiga värden på engelska och inte de översatta värdena. Dock, det finns några frågor (till exempel i <classname>partman</classname> där de översatta värdena behöver användas." +msgid "" +"Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " +"not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " +"<classname>partman</classname> where the translated values need to be used." +msgstr "" +"De flesta frågor behöver vara förinställda med giltiga värden på engelska " +"och inte de översatta värdena. Dock, det finns några frågor (till exempel i " +"<classname>partman</classname> där de översatta värdena behöver användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." -msgstr "Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som visas under installationen." +msgid "" +"Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " +"shown during installation." +msgstr "" +"Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som " +"visas under installationen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och arbeta vidare därifrån." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " +"linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda " +"exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och " +"arbeta vidare därifrån." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:452 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet <classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" +msgid "" +"An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " +"rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " +"database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" +msgstr "" +"En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter " +"omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen " +"och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:459 @@ -475,32 +772,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:461 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta användare." +msgid "" +"However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " +"not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte " +"bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." -msgstr "Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av root." +msgid "" +"This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " +"installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " +"contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas " +"installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan " +"innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av " +"root." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:477 #, no-c-format -msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet <classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgid "" +"The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " +"will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den " +"kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:485 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." +msgid "" +"To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " +"to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an " +"installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " +"raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " +"and for the values assigned to variables." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</" +"command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> " +"under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för " +"de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella " +"värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " +"performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före " +"en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:503 @@ -511,8 +846,18 @@ msgstr "Innehållet av en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Notera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen (såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Notera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-" +"arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen " +"(såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är " +"relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:520 @@ -523,14 +868,27 @@ msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:521 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be " +"loaded after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du " +"använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer " +"förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har " +"ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:527 #, no-c-format -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " +"locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</" +"replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen " +"som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 @@ -545,8 +903,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:535 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid " +"for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en " +"tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen " +"vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. " +"Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:542 @@ -567,14 +933,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:544 #, no-c-format -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout fortsätter vara aktiv." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</" +"userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout " +"fortsätter vara aktiv." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett " +"tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:563 @@ -585,20 +964,51 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're " +"booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from " +"the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om " +"du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra " +"när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in " +"förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med " +"konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " +"preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via " +"nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd " +"en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following lines:" -msgstr "Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som innehåller följande rader:" +msgid "" +"Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " +"using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the " +"following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a " +"static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network " +"configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " +"by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är " +"möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</" +"quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om " +"du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar " +"nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har " +"lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som " +"innehåller följande rader:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 @@ -654,21 +1064,25 @@ msgid "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" "# netcfg kommer att välja ett nätgränssnitt som har länk om möjligt.\n" -"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett nätgränssnitt.\n" +"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett " +"nätgränssnitt.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" "# För att istället välja ett speciellt nätgränssnitt:\n" "#d-i netcfg/choose_interface select eth1\n" "\n" -"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan på\n" +"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan " +"på\n" "# den kan det här vara användbart.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" "\n" -"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här raden\n" +"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här " +"raden\n" "# och den statiska nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och utan \n" +"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och " +"utan \n" "# en dhcpserver, kommentera bort de här raderna och den statiska\n" "# nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_failed note\n" @@ -689,7 +1103,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Inaktivera den störande WEP-nyckeldialogen.\n" "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett lösenord.\n" +"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett " +"lösenord.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title @@ -701,20 +1116,44 @@ msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:598 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " +"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " +"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både " +"för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och " +"för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:610 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</" +"classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för " +"ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att " +"ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma " +"överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för " +"installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet " +"för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/" +"suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:622 @@ -749,14 +1188,34 @@ msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:628 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID." -msgstr "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller en hela disken. Utseendet på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning eller att ställa in RAID." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " +"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " +"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " +"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to " +"set up RAID." +msgstr "" +"Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " +"begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan " +"välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller " +"en hela disken. Utseendet på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett " +"fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept " +"som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt " +"at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning eller att ställa in RAID." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:640 #, no-c-format -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner " +"läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker " +"på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 @@ -784,7 +1243,8 @@ msgid "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" @@ -838,13 +1298,16 @@ msgstr "" "# select Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp\n" "\n" "# Eller använd ett eget recept...\n" -"# Formatet på receptet finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# Formatet på receptet finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# Om du har ett sätt att hämta en receptfil in i d-i-miljön, kan du\n" "# bara peka på det.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en (logisk)\n" -"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt växlingsutrymme\n" +"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en " +"(logisk)\n" +"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt " +"växlingsutrymme\n" "# och använder resten av utrymmet till rotpartitionen:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -866,7 +1329,8 @@ msgstr "" "# Det här gör att partman partitionerar automatiskt utan bekräftelse.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" -" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken\n" +" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till " +"hårddisken\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title @@ -902,8 +1366,16 @@ msgstr "Apt-inställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:661 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." -msgstr "Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och " +"grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på " +"din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt " +"lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:669 @@ -923,11 +1395,13 @@ msgid "" "# URL to the public key of the local repository\n" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" msgstr "" -"# Du kan välja att installera programvara från sektionerna non-free och contrib.\n" +"# Du kan välja att installera programvara från sektionerna non-free och " +"contrib.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" "# Avkommentera denna för att undvika att lägga till säkerhetskällor, eller\n" -"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian.org.\n" +"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian." +"org.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/security_host string\n" "\n" "# Ytterligare förråd, local[0-9] tillgängliga\n" @@ -946,14 +1420,30 @@ msgstr "Kontoinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga " +"användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen " +"klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla " +"med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här " +"lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en " +"falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den " +"kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:692 @@ -980,7 +1470,8 @@ msgid "" "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" msgstr "" -"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att kunna\n" +"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att " +"kunna\n" "# använda sudo).\n" "#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" "# Alternativt, för att hoppa över skapandet av ett normalt användarkonto.\n" @@ -1004,13 +1495,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</command>)." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas " +"med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det " +"motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-" +"kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter " +"administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att " +"använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</" +"command>)." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord kan genereras med följande kommando." #. Tag: screen @@ -1028,17 +1535,25 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystem" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:715 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." -msgstr "Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående installationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " +"installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " +"kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här " +"steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående " +"installationen av kärnan." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:722 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" msgstr "" -"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-kärnor.\n" +"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-" +"kärnor.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title @@ -1055,11 +1570,13 @@ msgid "" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1069,16 +1586,20 @@ msgid "" "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" msgstr "" -"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill ha lilo installerad\n" +"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill ha lilo " +"installerad\n" "# istället, kommentera bort den här:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt till MBR\n" +"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras " +"automatiskt till MBR\n" "# om inga andra operativsystem hittades på maskinen.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några andra operativsystem\n" -"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det andra operativsystemet.\n" +"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några " +"andra operativsystem\n" +"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det " +"andra operativsystemet.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternativt, om du vill installera till en plats annan än MBR,\n" @@ -1096,8 +1617,12 @@ msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:735 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns " +"tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" #. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:744 @@ -1168,8 +1693,14 @@ msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:778 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." -msgstr "Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>standard</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram " +"installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar " +"alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:786 @@ -1189,10 +1720,14 @@ msgstr "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, kde-desktop\n" "\n" -"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken programvara\n" -"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att inte\n" -"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att bestämma\n" -"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-skivor.\n" +"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken " +"programvara\n" +"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att " +"inte\n" +"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att " +"bestämma\n" +"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-" +"skivor.\n" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title @@ -1228,8 +1763,13 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av e-postserver" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:799 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." -msgstr "Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är möjliga." +msgid "" +"During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " +"even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." +msgstr "" +"Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här " +"förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är " +"möjliga." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:806 @@ -1256,8 +1796,14 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av X" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:812 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." -msgstr "Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." +msgid "" +"Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " +"details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " +"configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." +msgstr "" +"Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen " +"känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians " +"X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:820 @@ -1277,21 +1823,26 @@ msgid "" "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " select medium\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" -"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du förinställer,\n" -"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan överallt.\n" +"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du " +"förinställer,\n" +"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan " +"överallt.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/device/driver select vesa\n" "\n" "# En nackdel med automatisk identifiering av möss är att om det misslyckas,\n" -"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska göras\n" +"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska " +"göras\n" "# finns det en möjlighet för att en oändlig upprepning sker om inte musen\n" -"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse " +"boolean true\n" "\n" "# Automatisk identifiering av skärmen rekommenderas.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" @@ -1323,8 +1874,10 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker går fel\n" -"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan ställas.\n" +"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker " +"går fel\n" +"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan " +"ställas.\n" "# Du kan förinställa de här också, så klart. För att få en lista på alla\n" "# möjliga frågor som kan ställas under en installation, gör en\n" "# installation, och kör sedan de här kommandona:\n" @@ -1364,10 +1917,13 @@ msgid "" "# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren undersöker\n" +"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren " +"undersöker\n" "# efter buffertöverflöden eller andra attackförsök genom värdena i en\n" -"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler från en\n" -"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt sett\n" +"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler " +"från en\n" +"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt " +"sett\n" "# användbart, här är ett sätt att automatiskt köra de skalkommandon du vill\n" "# inne i installeraren.\n" "\n" @@ -1375,9 +1931,12 @@ msgstr "" "# att förinställningen är inläst.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" -"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när det\n" -"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot till /target och\n" -"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target för att\n" +"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när " +"det\n" +"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot " +"till /target och\n" +"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target " +"för att\n" "# enkelt installera paket och köra kommandon på målsystemet.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" @@ -1390,8 +1949,19 @@ msgstr "Kedjeinläsning av förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:844 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i andra filer." +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " +"preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-" +"existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, " +"for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and " +"more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta " +"eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det " +"möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din " +"plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i " +"andra filer." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:854 @@ -1420,17 +1990,20 @@ msgid "" "d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" msgstr "" "# Fler än en fil kan listas, separerade med blanksteg; alla kommer att\n" -"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för preseed/include.\n" +"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för " +"preseed/include.\n" "# Notera att om filnamnen är relativa, tas de från samma katalog som\n" "# förkonfigurationsfilen som inkluderar dem.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" +"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för " +"förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" "# de används. För närvarande stöds endast md5sums, lista md5sum\n" "# i samma ordning som listan av filer som ska inkluderas.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen på\n" +"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen " +"på\n" "# förkonfigurationsfiler, inkludera de filerna. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi\n" @@ -1443,20 +2016,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Desktop environment" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "DNS server" #~ msgstr "DNS-server" + #~ msgid "File format" #~ msgstr "Filformat" + #~ msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" #~ msgstr "Endast ett enda blanksteg tillåts mellan malltyp och värde" + #~ msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" #~ msgstr "Relation med /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" + #~ msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" #~ msgstr "Typer av mallar och hur värden ska anges för dem" + #~ msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" #~ msgstr "Flesta värden behöver vara på engelska eller koder" + #~ msgid "Using a manual installation as base" #~ msgstr "Använder en manuell installation som grund" + #~ msgid "Finding other possible values" #~ msgstr "Hittar andra möjliga värden" - diff --git a/po/sv/random-bits.po b/po/sv/random-bits.po index 56d1e48c5..4b58ec2e7 100644 --- a/po/sv/random-bits.po +++ b/po/sv/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 18:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,8 +29,21 @@ msgstr "Linux-enheter" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format -msgid "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware is different. There you have a special file which actually runs a driver which in turn accesses the hardware. The device file is an interface to the actual system component. Files under <filename>/dev</filename> also behave differently than ordinary files. Below are the most important device files listed." -msgstr "I Linux har man olika specialfiler i <filename>/dev</filename>. De här filerna kallas för enhetsfiler. I Unix-världen skiljer sig åtkomst mot maskinvaran. Där har du en specialfil som faktiskt kör en drivrutin som i sin tur kommer åt maskinvaran. Enhetsfilen är ett gränssnitt till den faktiska systemkomponenten. Filer under <filename>/dev</filename> uppträder olikt vanliga filer. Nedan är de mest viktiga enhetsfilerna listade." +msgid "" +"In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These " +"files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware is " +"different. There you have a special file which actually runs a driver which " +"in turn accesses the hardware. The device file is an interface to the actual " +"system component. Files under <filename>/dev</filename> also behave " +"differently than ordinary files. Below are the most important device files " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"I Linux har man olika specialfiler i <filename>/dev</filename>. De här " +"filerna kallas för enhetsfiler. I Unix-världen skiljer sig åtkomst mot " +"maskinvaran. Där har du en specialfil som faktiskt kör en drivrutin som i " +"sin tur kommer åt maskinvaran. Enhetsfilen är ett gränssnitt till den " +"faktiska systemkomponenten. Filer under <filename>/dev</filename> uppträder " +"olikt vanliga filer. Nedan är de mest viktiga enhetsfilerna listade." #. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:27 @@ -317,47 +331,91 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din mus" #: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " +"environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used " +"to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeater) (symlink)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse " +"protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/" +"XF86Config-4</filename>." msgstr "" -"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. " +"De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används " +"för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeterare) (symlänk)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till " +"originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller " +"<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with <informalexample><screen>\n" +"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " +"unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without restarting X." +"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without " +"restarting X." msgstr "" -"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir " +"oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan att starta om X." +"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan " +"att starta om X." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format -msgid "If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to read directly from the mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." -msgstr "Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerad av någon anledning, se till att ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler detaljer, referera till 3-knappsmus mini-Howto på <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to " +"read directly from the mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer " +"to the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/" +"mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;" +"current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerad av någon anledning, se till att " +"ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler " +"detaljer, referera till 3-knappsmus mini-Howto på <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</" +"userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=" +"\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." -msgstr "För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/" +"mice\"</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/" +"input/mice\"</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format -msgid "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." -msgstr "Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " +"your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/" +"etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din " +"mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen " +"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:170 @@ -390,20 +448,43 @@ msgstr "Nödvändig diskplats för funktioner" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." -msgstr "Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.4-kärna, inklusive alla standardpaket, kräver 573MB diskutrymme." +msgid "" +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +msgstr "" +"Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.4-kärna, inklusive alla " +"standardpaket, kräver 573MB diskutrymme." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:194 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." -msgstr "Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för funktionerna listade i tasksel. Notera att några funktioner har överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga ihop siffrorna." +msgid "" +"The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " +"tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total " +"installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by " +"adding up the numbers." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för " +"funktionerna listade i tasksel. Notera att några funktioner har överlappande " +"beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två funktioner " +"tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga ihop " +"siffrorna." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:201 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Notera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " +"the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the " +"size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</" +"filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) " +"required in <filename>/var</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Notera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till " +"storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. " +"De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer " +"att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad " +"storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:214 @@ -520,8 +601,7 @@ msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 -#: random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" @@ -595,14 +675,27 @@ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE desktop environments." -msgstr "Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera båda skrivbordsmiljöerna, Gnome och KDE." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE " +"desktop environments." +msgstr "" +"Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera båda " +"skrivbordsmiljöerna, Gnome och KDE." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." -msgstr "Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200MB totalt för hämtning och installation." +msgid "" +"If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " +"may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one " +"is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you " +"should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</" +"command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</" +"firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer " +"sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200MB totalt för hämtning och " +"installation." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:296 @@ -613,14 +706,41 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; från ett Unix/Linux-system" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." -msgstr "Den här sektionen förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda installeraren som förklaras i resten av manualen. Den här HOWTO:n för <quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I denna sektion antas att viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I denna sektion, symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " +"system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of " +"the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by " +"users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this " +"section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file " +"system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command " +"to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers " +"to a command entered in the Debian chroot." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett " +"existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda " +"installeraren som förklaras i resten av manualen. Den här HOWTO:n för " +"<quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter " +"till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I denna sektion antas att " +"viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I denna " +"sektion, symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i " +"användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett " +"kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:310 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." -msgstr "När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." +msgid "" +"Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " +"migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is " +"therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a " +"clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly " +"with various boot or installation media." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du " +"migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta " +"köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</" +"quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte " +"fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:322 @@ -631,36 +751,58 @@ msgstr "Påbörja arbetet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." -msgstr "Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst 150MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, eller minst 300MB om du planerar att installera X." +msgid "" +"With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " +"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " +"to install X." +msgstr "" +"Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter " +"behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst " +"150MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, eller " +"minst 300MB om du planerar att installera X." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " +"<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" -"För att skapa ett filsystem på dina partitioner. Till exempel, för att skapa ett ext3-filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att skapa ett filsystem på dina partitioner. Till exempel, för att skapa " +"ett ext3-filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår " +"rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att skapa ett ext2-filsystem istället, uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> För att skapa ett ext2-filsystem istället, " +"uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " +"intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." +"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " +"it is referenced later below." msgstr "" -"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din " +"tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." +"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt " +"godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:352 @@ -675,8 +817,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:355 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." -msgstr "Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du fortsätter till nästa steg." +msgid "" +"If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " +"partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually " +"before proceding with the next stage." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata " +"partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du " +"fortsätter till nästa steg." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:365 @@ -687,22 +835,54 @@ msgstr "Installera <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:366 #, no-c-format -msgid "The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." -msgstr "Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella sättet att installera ett grundsystem av Debian, är <command>debootstrap</command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgid "" +"The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official " +"way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It " +"uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise " +"depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux " +"tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands " +"like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> " +"and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</" +"command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current " +"system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella " +"sättet att installera ett grundsystem av Debian, är <command>debootstrap</" +"command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, " +"men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och " +"grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-" +"kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</" +"command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </" +"footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om " +"de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan " +"<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " +"folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the binary files from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the binaries." +"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is " +"located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your " +"architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the " +"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</" +"ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the binary files " +"from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the binaries." msgstr "" -"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb till: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. " +"Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb till: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Binären <command>debootstrap</command> finns i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). Hämta <command>debootstrap</command> .deb från <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera paketet till arbetsmappen, och extrahera binärfilerna från det. Du kommer att behöva root-privilegier för att installera binärerna." +"</screen></informalexample> Binären <command>debootstrap</command> finns i " +"Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). " +"Hämta <command>debootstrap</command> .deb från <ulink url=\"http://ftp." +"debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera paketet " +"till arbetsmappen, och extrahera binärfilerna från det. Du kommer att behöva " +"root-privilegier för att installera binärerna." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:411 @@ -719,8 +899,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:413 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> itself is a shell script, but it calls various utilities that require <classname>glibc</classname>." -msgstr "Notera att köra <command>debootstrap</command> kan kräva att du har en minimal version av <classname>glibc</classname> installerad (för närvarande GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> själv är ett skalskript, men det anropar olika verktyg som kräver <classname>glibc</classname>." +msgid "" +"Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a " +"minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " +"GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> itself is a shell script, but it " +"calls various utilities that require <classname>glibc</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Notera att köra <command>debootstrap</command> kan kräva att du har en " +"minimal version av <classname>glibc</classname> installerad (för närvarande " +"GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> själv är ett skalskript, men det " +"anropar olika verktyg som kräver <classname>glibc</classname>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:424 @@ -731,20 +919,50 @@ msgstr "Kör <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:425 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." -msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " +"the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror " +"for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example " +"below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från " +"arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</" +"userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet " +"nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade " +"på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" -msgstr "Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgid "" +"If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:440 #, no-c-format -msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." -msgstr "Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot <command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " +"<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" +"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " +"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " +"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot " +"<command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" +"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " +"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " +"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:457 @@ -765,8 +983,12 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera grundsystemet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:464 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" -msgstr "Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> in i det:" +msgid "" +"Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +msgstr "" +"Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> " +"in i det:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:469 @@ -784,9 +1006,11 @@ msgstr "Montera partitioner" #: random-bits.xml:475 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: static file system information.\n" "#\n" "# file system mount point type options dump pass\n" @@ -803,13 +1027,19 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " +"the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " +"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" +"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " +"times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " +"customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " +"mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" "Du behöver skapa <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: statisk filsystemsinformation.\n" "#\n" "# filsystem monteringsp. typ flaggor dump pass\n" @@ -826,9 +1056,15 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att " +"montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # exempelvis: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och " +"på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är " +"anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till " +"att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:495 @@ -839,8 +1075,13 @@ msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" -msgstr "Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" +msgid "" +"The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " +"directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the " +"chroot:" +msgstr "" +"Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. " +"Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:503 @@ -869,8 +1110,12 @@ msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." -msgstr "Notera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Notera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men kommer " +"att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:525 @@ -882,9 +1127,12 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #: random-bits.xml:526 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " +"and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -910,19 +1158,28 @@ msgid "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives " +"in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +"characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." +"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " +"arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " +"file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " +"with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</" +"filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- konfigurationsfil för ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# Se manualsidan interfaces(5) för information om vilka flaggor som\n" @@ -939,7 +1196,8 @@ msgstr "" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" "\n" -"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är valfria)\n" +"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är " +"valfria)\n" "#\n" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet static\n" @@ -948,15 +1206,21 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv " +"i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 " +"tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianVardNamn > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera " +"namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i " +"önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med " +"gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:563 @@ -968,15 +1232,25 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" #: random-bits.xml:564 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the locales support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " +"install the locales support package and configure it: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by " +"creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales " +"with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the " +"appropriate localization HOWTO." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än engelska, installera paketet för lokalstöd och konfigurera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än " +"engelska, installera paketet för lokalstöd och konfigurera det: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTERA: Apt måste vara konfigurerad före det här genom att skapa en sources.list och köra apt-get update. Före användning av lokaler med teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, vänligen konsultera lämpligt HOWTO-dokument för lokalanpassning." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTERA: Apt måste vara konfigurerad före det här " +"genom att skapa en sources.list och köra apt-get update. Före användning av " +"lokaler med teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, vänligen konsultera " +"lämpligt HOWTO-dokument för lokalanpassning." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:581 @@ -988,19 +1262,31 @@ msgstr "Installera en kärna" #: random-bits.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" +"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" -"Om du tänkt att starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor med <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" +"Om du tänkt att starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-" +"kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor " +"med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Installera sedan ditt val med dess paketnamn." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:591 #, no-c-format -msgid "# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" -msgstr "# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgid "" +"# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-" +"arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgstr "" +"# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-" +"arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:597 @@ -1011,14 +1297,39 @@ msgstr "Ställ in starthanteraren" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:598 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that debootstrap does not install a boot loader, though you can use apt-get inside your Debian chroot to do so." -msgstr "För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Notera att debootstrap inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan du använda apt-get inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för att göra det." +msgid "" +"To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " +"installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that debootstrap does " +"not install a boot loader, though you can use apt-get inside your Debian " +"chroot to do so." +msgstr "" +"För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att " +"läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Notera att " +"debootstrap inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan du använda apt-get " +"inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för att göra det." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " +"the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian " +"install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " +"could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " +"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " +"relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du " +"behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en " +"post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</" +"filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</" +"filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den " +"där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det " +"använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar " +"det från)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:616 @@ -1049,14 +1360,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:622 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " +"the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, " +"just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. " +"After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur " +"man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att " +"installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din " +"existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till " +"det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med " +"redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1065,9 +1390,11 @@ msgid "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett " +"exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1076,7 +1403,8 @@ msgstr "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:650 @@ -1087,26 +1415,57 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; över Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:652 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." -msgstr "Den här sektionen förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator utan ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en nollmodemkabel (också kallad nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör anslutas till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (exempelvis Internet)." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet " +"card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem " +"cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be " +"connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator utan " +"ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en " +"nollmodemkabel (också kallad nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör anslutas " +"till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (exempelvis Internet)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." -msgstr "I exemplet i det här appendixet kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara oanvända inom din nätverksadressrymd)." +msgid "" +"In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " +"gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will " +"use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the " +"target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be " +"unused within your network address space)." +msgstr "" +"I exemplet i det här appendixet kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning " +"med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi " +"kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-" +"gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara " +"oanvända inom din nätverksadressrymd)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:668 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." -msgstr "Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " +"after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">)." +msgstr "" +"Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara " +"tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:673 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." -msgstr "Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgid "" +"Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " +"address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target " +"systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, " +"<literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress " +"och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga " +"värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:683 @@ -1117,8 +1476,12 @@ msgstr "Krav" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format -msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." -msgstr "En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:692 @@ -1129,14 +1492,24 @@ msgstr "Systeminstallationsmedia; se <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:697 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." -msgstr "En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, som kommer att fungera som en gateway." +msgid "" +"Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" +"emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." +msgstr "" +"En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, " +"som kommer att fungera som en gateway." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." -msgstr "En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." +msgid "" +"A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" +"\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and " +"instructions how to make your own." +msgstr "" +"En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-" +"Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och " +"instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:715 @@ -1147,8 +1520,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:716 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." -msgstr "Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som en gateway till Internet med ppp0." +msgid "" +"The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " +"source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." +msgstr "" +"Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som " +"en gateway till Internet med ppp0." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:721 @@ -1159,15 +1536,18 @@ msgid "" "# We remove running modules from kernel to avoid conflicts and to\n" "# reconfigure them manually.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Configure the plip interface (plip0 for me, see dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Configure gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1175,15 +1555,18 @@ msgstr "" "# Vi tar bort körande moduler från kärnan för att undvika konflikter och\n" "# för att konfigurera om dem manuellt.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera plip-gränssnittet (plip0 för mig, se dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title @@ -1195,8 +1578,14 @@ msgstr "Installera måldatorn" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:728 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are the answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." -msgstr "Starta upp installationsmediumet. Installationen behöver köras i expertläge; ange <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Nedan är svaren som ska anges under de olika stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " +"mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are the " +"answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installationsmediumet. Installationen behöver köras i expertläge; " +"ange <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Nedan är svaren " +"som ska anges under de olika stegen av installationen." #. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:740 @@ -1207,8 +1596,12 @@ msgstr "Läs in installationskomponenter" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:742 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." -msgstr "Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." +msgid "" +"Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " +"will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." +msgstr "" +"Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att " +"göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." #. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:750 @@ -1219,8 +1612,17 @@ msgstr "Identifiera nätverksmaskinvara" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:755 #, no-c-format -msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." -msgstr "Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer installeraren inte att visa den här listan." +msgid "" +"If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " +"modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use " +"plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if " +"target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." +msgstr "" +"Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över " +"drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; " +"att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade " +"drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer " +"installeraren inte att visa den här listan." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:764 @@ -1231,14 +1633,24 @@ msgstr "Fråga efter modulparametrar: Ja" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." -msgstr "På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " +"ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the " +"<userinput>plip</userinput> module." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer " +"installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en " +"lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:776 #, no-c-format -msgid "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: <userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen parport_pc: <userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " +"<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare parametrar för modulen parport_pc: " +"<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:782 @@ -1261,25 +1673,36 @@ msgstr "Auto-konfigurera nätverk med DHCP: Nej" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:800 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format -msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format -msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" -msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgid "" +"Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgstr "" +"Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" #~ msgid "" #~ "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb " #~ "into .rpm, or download an rpm-ized version at <ulink url=\"http://people." @@ -1288,8 +1711,10 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "Om du har ett rpm-baserat system, kan du använda alien för att " #~ "konvertera .deb till .rpm, eller hämta en rpm-version på <ulink url=" #~ "\"http://people.debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" + #~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" #~ msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " #~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" @@ -1300,6 +1725,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "en automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref " #~ "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av " #~ "raderna före du använder filen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " #~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" @@ -1314,16 +1740,19 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "I en riktig förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att " #~ "sammanfogas till <emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det " #~ "kommer förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." + #~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" + #~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" #~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #~ msgid "The example file is also available from &urlset-example-preseed;." #~ msgstr "Exempelfilen är också tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;." - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index dee7cb4ea..16e772d1d 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 15:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,62 +29,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål " +"för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin " +"funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra " +"jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för " +"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren " +"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet " +"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att " +"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar " +"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om " +"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/" +"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för " +"tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda " +"installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</" +"quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot " +"<command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget " +"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer " +"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är " +"tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> " +"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan " +"och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du " +"trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den " +"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</" +"keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer " +"en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -94,8 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -106,14 +233,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button " +"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen " +"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 @@ -124,8 +268,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det " +"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då " +"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -136,8 +288,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 @@ -148,8 +304,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 @@ -172,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 @@ -184,8 +348,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -196,8 +362,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 @@ -208,8 +378,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 @@ -220,8 +394,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 @@ -232,8 +412,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 @@ -244,8 +428,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 @@ -256,8 +449,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 @@ -268,8 +464,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 @@ -280,8 +480,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -292,8 +496,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 @@ -304,8 +512,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 @@ -352,8 +567,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -364,8 +583,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installeraren körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installeraren körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 @@ -376,8 +599,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 @@ -388,8 +615,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 @@ -400,8 +637,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -412,8 +658,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -424,8 +672,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -436,8 +691,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 @@ -448,14 +715,43 @@ msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och maskinvarukonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av " +"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, " +"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett " +"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med " +"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla " +"drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs " +"en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -466,14 +762,28 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." -msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen." +msgid "" +"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +"installationen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 @@ -484,38 +794,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och " +"för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, " +"land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren " +"att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för " +"det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att " +"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade " +"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer " +"det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -526,38 +902,115 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." -msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell " +"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans " +"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det " +"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." -msgstr "Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." +msgid "" +"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " +"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " +"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " +"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " +"there is no problem." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat " +"upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att " +"identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa " +"dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av " +"dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du " +"installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." -msgstr "För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." +msgid "" +"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " +"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " +"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " +"for US keyboards." +msgstr "" +"För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med " +"parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till " +"tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet " +"ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända " +"till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </" +"para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, " +"eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en " +"lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är " +"korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -568,26 +1021,79 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild " +"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att " +"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första " +"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en " +"annan avbild." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren " +"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill " +"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se " +"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för " +"installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och " +"kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:664 @@ -598,26 +1104,94 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on " +"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " +"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise " +"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It " +"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use " +"the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been " +"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " +"which will step you through your network setup." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-" +"ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer " +"även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, " +"använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har " +"installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</" +"classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 @@ -628,8 +1202,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen indikerar, huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen " +"indikerar, huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är " +"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter " +"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:765 @@ -640,26 +1226,68 @@ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig " +"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" +"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering kommer du att ha två valmöjligheter: att skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod) eller att använda Logisk volymhantering (LVM). I det andra fallet kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta partitionerna inom en stor partition; fördelen med denna metod är att partitioner inom denna stora partition kan förstoras och förminskas relativt enkelt. Notera: möjligheten att använda LVM kanske inte finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering kommer du att ha två valmöjligheter: " +"att skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod) eller att " +"använda Logisk volymhantering (LVM). I det andra fallet kommer installeraren " +"att skapa de flesta partitionerna inom en stor partition; fördelen med denna " +"metod är att partitioner inom denna stora partition kan förstoras och " +"förminskas relativt enkelt. Notera: möjligheten att använda LVM kanske inte " +"finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Efter att du valt guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med LVM), kommer du kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd ledigt utrymme att arbeta på. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du valt guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med LVM), " +"kommer du kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla " +"planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att " +"guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd ledigt utrymme att " +"arbeta på. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB utrymme (beroende på vald " +"plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:807 @@ -730,32 +1358,63 @@ msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM kommer installeraren även att skapa en separat partition för /boot. De andra partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM kommer installeraren även att " +"skapa en separat partition för /boot. De andra partitionerna, förutom " +"växlingsutrymmet kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att " +"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra " +"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera " +"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, " +"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och " +"var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:862 @@ -777,7 +1436,12 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Listan på partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -795,61 +1459,184 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Notera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria " +"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Notera: denna " +"specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det " +"visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen, kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd, kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> Om du valde guidad partitionering med LVM kommer du inte kunna ångra alla ändringar eftersom några ändringar redan har verkställts på hårddisken. Installeraren kommer att varna dig före detta händer. </para> </footnote> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen, kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd, kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem><footnote> " +"<para> Om du valde guidad partitionering med LVM kommer du inte kunna ångra " +"alla ändringar eftersom några ändringar redan har verkställts på hårddisken. " +"Installeraren kommer att varna dig före detta händer. </para> </footnote> " +"och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna " +"ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " +"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs " +"så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med " +"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " +"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " +"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " +"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " +"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " +"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" +"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " +"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " +"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " +"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " +"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " +"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " +"typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga " +"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din " +"nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, " +"monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om " +"de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din " +"smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</" +"guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive " +"möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, " +"LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten " +"att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd " +"med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> " +"och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap. Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " +"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " +"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " +"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " +"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " +"delete a partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt " +"enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny " +"partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske " +"inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på " +"partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem " +"som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap. " +"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:948 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:990 @@ -860,32 +1647,99 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av logisk volymhanterare (LVM)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." -msgstr "För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical discs." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan " +"kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</" +"firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " +"och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/" +"home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats " +"igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite " +"förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-" +"lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta sedan modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från <command>partman</command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera fysiska volymer till volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " +"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina " +"partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta sedan " +"modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från <command>partman</" +"command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera fysiska volymer till " +"volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera volymgrupper (VG)</" +"guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer på toppen av " +"volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska volymer (LV)</" +"guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" +"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</" +"command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga " +"partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1050 @@ -896,20 +1750,116 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du " +"bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men " +"det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, " +"kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för " +"ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat " +"kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest " +"kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. " +"Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Alltså:" +msgid "" +"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " +"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " +"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " +"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " +"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " +"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " +"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " +"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av " +"diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av " +"informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den " +"andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> " +"Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> " +"Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den " +"innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje " +"partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det " +"första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data " +"speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en " +"liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken " +"på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är " +"lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, " +"såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än " +"skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer " +"att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> " +"Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. " +"RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på " +"alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 " +"<firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående " +"disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men " +"ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla " +"diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information " +"beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla " +"åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som " +"kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </" +"para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 " +"men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare " +"på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av " +"paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> " +"Alltså:" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1151 @@ -948,15 +1898,13 @@ msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" @@ -965,7 +1913,8 @@ msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1169 @@ -974,15 +1923,13 @@ msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 -#: using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 -#: using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" @@ -1008,62 +1955,153 @@ msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " +"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva " +"problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om " +"du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För " +"erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen " +"genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från " +"ett skal." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear " +"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</" +"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will " +"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " +"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer " +"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i " +"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst " +"beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra " +"MD-enheten." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver " +"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara " +"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste " +"vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du " +"gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte " +"låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1244 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " +"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1252 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " +"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 " +"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the " +"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk " +"innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera " +"första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB " +"för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva " +"och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för " +"<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1276 @@ -1074,38 +2112,119 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1277 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken." +msgid "" +"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " +"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. " +"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was " +"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case " +"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " +"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " +"hard drive will look like random characters." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver " +"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad " +"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en " +"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen " +"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt " +"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven " +"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta " +"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som " +"slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format -msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." -msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition." +msgid "" +"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " +"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data " +"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents " +"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For " +"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or " +"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used " +"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some " +"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is " +"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " +"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt " +"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras " +"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera " +"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</" +"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras " +"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för " +"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även " +"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för " +"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att " +"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en " +"krypterad partition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "Notera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." +msgid "" +"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " +"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " +"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " +"chosen cipher and a key length." +msgstr "" +"Notera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än " +"för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje " +"läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din " +"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1311 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym (LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." +msgid "" +"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " +"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " +"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " +"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgstr "" +"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja " +"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att " +"välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym " +"(LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</" +"guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</" +"guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </" +"menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera " +"krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. " +msgid "" +"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to " +"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " +"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan " +"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att " +"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra " +"annorlunda. " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, let's have a look at available options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet." +msgid "" +"First, let's have a look at available options available when you select " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " +"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " +"chosen with security in mind." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som " +"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts " +"ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1344 @@ -1116,8 +2235,27 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." -msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." +msgid "" +"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" +"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; " +"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to " +"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help " +"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by " +"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " +"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</" +"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-" +"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> " +"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta " +"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det " +"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som " +"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1364 @@ -1128,8 +2266,16 @@ msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " +"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " +"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " +"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar " +"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på " +"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är " +"olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1378 @@ -1140,14 +2286,34 @@ msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data." +msgid "" +"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the " +"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key " +"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " +"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " +"encrypted data." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-" +"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret " +"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid " +"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att " +"förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster " +"i krypterat data." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." +msgid "" +"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " +"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " +"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." +msgstr "" +"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls " +"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de " +"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade " +"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1402 @@ -1170,12 +2336,19 @@ msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " +"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " +"which you will be able to enter later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en " +"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink " +"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som " +"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 -#: using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" @@ -1183,18 +2356,44 @@ msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)" +msgid "" +"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " +"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the " +"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of " +"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " +"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " +"in our lifetime.)" +msgstr "" +"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje " +"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid " +"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras " +"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram " +"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd " +"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår " +"livstid.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." +msgid "" +"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " +"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information " +"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also " +"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the " +"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " +"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " +"data written to the swap partition." +msgstr "" +"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du " +"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig " +"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock " +"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda " +"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-" +"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att " +"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" @@ -1202,14 +2401,36 @@ msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1457 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." +msgid "" +"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " +"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it " +"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the " +"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it " +"harder to recover any leftover data from previous " +"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " +"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " +"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med " +"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför " +"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av " +"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det " +"kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från " +"tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna " +"från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal " +"överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" +msgid "" +"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " +"changes to provide the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn " +"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1486 @@ -1220,8 +2441,15 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format -msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se sektionerna ovan angående chiffer och nyckellängder." +msgid "" +"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " +"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " +"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." +msgstr "" +"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för " +"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För " +"ytterligare information, se sektionerna ovan angående chiffer och " +"nyckellängder." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1498 @@ -1244,8 +2472,17 @@ msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " +"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" +"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " +"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under " +"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med " +"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den " +"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i " +"processen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1520 @@ -1262,63 +2499,160 @@ msgstr "Se sektionen ovan angående radering av data." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1543 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." -msgstr "Notera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med <emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " +"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " +"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using " +"<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." +msgstr "" +"Notera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren " +"fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. " +"För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med " +"<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid." +msgid "" +"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " +"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a " +"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After " +"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " +"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " +"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, " +"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost " +"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer " +"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de " +"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder " +"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta " +"ta lite tid." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " +"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a " +"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " +"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " +"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner " +"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 " +"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken " +"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information " +"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, " +"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." +msgid "" +"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " +"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If " +"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some " +"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by " +"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an " +"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several " +"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " +"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " +"when entering the passphrase for the root file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är " +"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker " +"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid " +"prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att " +"försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du " +"använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera " +"orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under " +"installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har " +"ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." +msgid "" +"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " +"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a " +"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the " +"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by " +"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the " +"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " +"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" +"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa " +"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte " +"att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i " +"installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba " +"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka " +"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra " +"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några " +"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta " +"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1599 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " +"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The " +"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-" +"mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." +"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the " +"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " +"suit you." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på sammasätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att " +"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras " +"på sammasätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika " +"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-" +"mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig." +"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter " +"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet " +"inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format -msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." -msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna i paranteserna (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgid "" +"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " +"(<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in " +"this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You " +"will need this information later when booting the new system. The " +"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " +"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"En sak att notera här är identifierarna i paranteserna (<replaceable>crypt0</" +"replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och " +"monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att " +"behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. " +"Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med " +"kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-" +"volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." +msgid "" +"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " +"installation." msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title @@ -1330,8 +2664,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1634 #, no-c-format -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." -msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system it is about to install." +msgstr "" +"Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att " +"användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1646 @@ -1342,8 +2680,16 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1648 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du " +"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om " +"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och " +"systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1664 @@ -1354,20 +2700,48 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt " +"sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut " +"om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra " +"operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " +"or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1684 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." -msgstr "Notera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" +"Notera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa " +"in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter " +"du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var " +"inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1700 @@ -1384,20 +2758,44 @@ msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1713 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1731 @@ -1408,26 +2806,62 @@ msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1769 @@ -1438,8 +2872,16 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1784 @@ -1450,20 +2892,45 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1786 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " +"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den " +"här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); " +"gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av " +"grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när " +"installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1802 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar " +"din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista " +"av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1815 @@ -1474,8 +2941,18 @@ msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men " +"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare " +"programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och " +"installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än " +"installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1830 @@ -1486,14 +2963,54 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1832 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Notera att det faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" +"Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina " +"system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från " +"paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Notera att det faktiska " +"programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock " +"är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> " +"är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> " +"som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att " +"installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl " +"som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </" +"footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</" +"command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av " +"<command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare " +"eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och " +"statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " +"is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här " +"baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här " +"konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> " +"och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att " +"installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1872 @@ -1504,38 +3021,103 @@ msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för " +"att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet " +"<command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen " +"för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett " +"mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter " +"ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt " +"enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></" +"userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du " +"letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1908 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har valt." +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här " +"punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har " +"valt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag för att växla val av en funktion." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag " +"för att växla val av en funktion." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1922 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Notera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Notera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för " +"datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera " +"funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp " +"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> " +"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer " +"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " +"processen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1939 @@ -1546,20 +3128,43 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1941 #, no-c-format -msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." -msgstr "I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och enkel att lära sig." +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" +"I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen " +"överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del " +"av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i " +"Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och " +"enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är " +"ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: " +"Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-" +"post." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format -msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" +"På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" +"postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1966 @@ -1570,8 +3175,16 @@ msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." -msgstr "Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot " +"direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del " +"enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för " +"vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1978 @@ -1582,8 +3195,20 @@ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1979 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." -msgstr "I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" +"I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin " +"kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En " +"smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så " +"du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste " +"hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här " +"alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1992 @@ -1594,8 +3219,20 @@ msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." -msgstr "Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas " +"emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka " +"några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa " +"systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta " +"<quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt " +"för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2006 @@ -1606,14 +3243,32 @@ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2007 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär " +"att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " +"konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post " +"och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." -msgstr "Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer " +"anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under " +"katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är " +"färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2033 @@ -1624,14 +3279,33 @@ msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den " +"lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer " +"att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot " +"att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2043 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är " +"lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de " +"olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för " +"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för " +"mer information." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2058 @@ -1642,14 +3316,35 @@ msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2060 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka " +"att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om " +"den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det " +"under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli " +"konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till " +"Debian." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är " +"lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning " +"av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan " +"arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du " +"konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2086 @@ -1660,8 +3355,25 @@ msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på " +"disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp " +"flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även " +"känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma " +"disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du " +"har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2107 @@ -1672,8 +3384,18 @@ msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2108 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</" +"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2117 @@ -1690,20 +3412,37 @@ msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualen till grub för komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualen till grub för komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2143 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " +"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma " +"till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2157 @@ -1714,20 +3453,43 @@ msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska " +"installeras:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2184 @@ -1738,8 +3500,12 @@ msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2191 @@ -1750,8 +3516,14 @@ msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:2200 @@ -1762,14 +3534,38 @@ msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</" +"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</" +"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</" +"command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter " +"önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med " +"<filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/" +"dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2212 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om det här, vänligen läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" +"\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om " +"det här, vänligen läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2229 @@ -1780,14 +3576,48 @@ msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-" +"partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två " +"delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen " +"och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> " +"kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2259 @@ -1798,8 +3628,20 @@ msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem " +"med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val " +"beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet " +"inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2276 @@ -1810,8 +3652,31 @@ msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Notera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver " +"till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> " +"skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-" +"partitionen under installationen. Notera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i " +"detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2300 @@ -1822,8 +3687,14 @@ msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2310 @@ -1834,8 +3705,16 @@ msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2321 @@ -1846,8 +3725,17 @@ msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2334 @@ -1858,8 +3746,14 @@ msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2335 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename #: using-d-i.xml:2345 @@ -1870,8 +3764,16 @@ msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2366 @@ -1883,21 +3785,45 @@ msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt " +"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</" +"quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från " +"hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att " +"ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2386 @@ -1908,8 +3834,12 @@ msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2395 @@ -1920,12 +3850,14 @@ msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" @@ -1933,8 +3865,12 @@ msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2413 @@ -1945,8 +3881,12 @@ msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2414 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2435 @@ -1958,12 +3898,28 @@ msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, " +"standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. " +"Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom " +"att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable @@ -1975,8 +3931,12 @@ msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är " +"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2464 @@ -1987,14 +3947,20 @@ msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " +"installerad" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2482 @@ -2005,14 +3971,22 @@ msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2493 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" -msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgstr "" +"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken " +"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen #: using-d-i.xml:2499 @@ -2029,8 +4003,23 @@ msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in " +"<command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k " +"stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2528 @@ -2041,8 +4030,17 @@ msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2529 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka " +"att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd " +"att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-" +"kloner." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2545 @@ -2053,8 +4051,18 @@ msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2546 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2563 @@ -2065,8 +4073,33 @@ msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2590 @@ -2077,14 +4110,44 @@ msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2592 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för " +"Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2618 @@ -2095,8 +4158,12 @@ msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2619 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det " +"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2631 @@ -2107,14 +4174,31 @@ msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för " +"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer " +"att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-" +"system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer " +"att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i " +"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du " +"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2654 @@ -2125,8 +4209,14 @@ msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2655 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2668 @@ -2137,14 +4227,30 @@ msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2697 @@ -2155,20 +4261,64 @@ msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." +msgid "" +"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " +"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " +"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " +"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " +"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. " +"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</" +"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av " +"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på " +"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som " +"kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " +"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. " +"Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga " +"funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." -msgstr "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." +msgid "" +"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " +"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " +"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " +"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " +"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " +"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " +"to open the shell." +msgstr "" +"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — " +"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du " +"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " +"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera " +"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, " +"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna " +"skalet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2740 @@ -2179,75 +4329,193 @@ msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2742 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2788 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2805 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som " +"vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och " +"möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för " +"installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2824 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." -msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgstr "" +"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " +"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -2260,8 +4528,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -2272,14 +4542,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -2288,10 +4562,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -2305,8 +4582,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/sv/welcome.po b/po/sv/welcome.po index a4b2e95c8..dbccf55ac 100644 --- a/po/sv/welcome.po +++ b/po/sv/welcome.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 welcome\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 14:44+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +23,14 @@ msgstr "Välkommen till Debian" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:5 #, no-c-format -msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." -msgstr "Det här kapitlet ger en överblick av Debian-projektet och &debian;. Om du redan känner till historien bakom Debian-projektet och &debian;-utgåvan kan du hoppa till nästa kapitel." +msgid "" +"This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you " +"already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; " +"distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Det här kapitlet ger en överblick av Debian-projektet och &debian;. Om du " +"redan känner till historien bakom Debian-projektet och &debian;-utgåvan kan " +"du hoppa till nästa kapitel." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:19 @@ -34,68 +41,167 @@ msgstr "Vad är Debian?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:20 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian Developers</firstterm>." -msgstr "Debian är en frivilligorganisation som är engagerade med att utveckla fri programvara och främja idealen för Free Software Foundation. Debian-projektet startade 1993 när Ian Murdock skickade ut en öppen inbjudan till programvaruutvecklare att bidraga till en komplett och sammanhållen programvaruutgåva baserad på den relativt nya Linux-kärnan. Den relativt lilla skaran av dedicerade entusiaster, finansierade av <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> och påverkade av filosofin av <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> har växt över åren som gått till en organisation på ungefär &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian-utvecklare</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free " +"software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The " +"Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to " +"software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software " +"distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small " +"band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years " +"into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian " +"Developers</firstterm>." +msgstr "" +"Debian är en frivilligorganisation som är engagerade med att utveckla fri " +"programvara och främja idealen för Free Software Foundation. Debian-" +"projektet startade 1993 när Ian Murdock skickade ut en öppen inbjudan till " +"programvaruutvecklare att bidraga till en komplett och sammanhållen " +"programvaruutgåva baserad på den relativt nya Linux-kärnan. Den relativt " +"lilla skaran av dedicerade entusiaster, finansierade av <ulink url=\"&url-" +"fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> och påverkade av filosofin av " +"<ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> har växt över åren som gått till " +"en organisation på ungefär &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian-" +"utvecklare</firstterm>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:35 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining software packages." -msgstr "Debian-utvecklare är involverade i en uppsjö av aktiviteter såsom administration av <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">webbplatsen</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP-servern</ulink>, grafisk design, legala aspekter för programvarulicenser, dokumentation samt, så klart, underhåll av programvarupaketen." +msgid "" +"Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;" +"\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of " +"software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining " +"software packages." +msgstr "" +"Debian-utvecklare är involverade i en uppsjö av aktiviteter såsom " +"administration av <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">webbplatsen</ulink> och " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP-servern</ulink>, grafisk design, legala " +"aspekter för programvarulicenser, dokumentation samt, så klart, underhåll av " +"programvarupaketen." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" -msgstr "Vårt intresse att kommunicera vår filosofi och attrahera utvecklare som tror på principerna som Debian står för har Debian-projektet publicerat ett antal dokument som pekar ut våra värderingar och fungerar som guider till vad det betyder att vara en Debian-utvecklare:" +msgid "" +"In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers " +"who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has " +"published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides " +"to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" +msgstr "" +"Vårt intresse att kommunicera vår filosofi och attrahera utvecklare som tror " +"på principerna som Debian står för har Debian-projektet publicerat ett antal " +"dokument som pekar ut våra värderingar och fungerar som guider till vad det " +"betyder att vara en Debian-utvecklare:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being free, and the package follows our quality standards." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debians sociala kontrakt</ulink> är ett resultat av Debians engagemang för den fria programvarumiljön. Alla som godtar att följa det sociala kontraktet kan bli en <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">underhållare</ulink>. Alla underhållare kan introducera ny programvara i Debian — om programvaran tillgodoser våra kriterier för att vara fritt och att paketet följer våra kvalitetsstandarder." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a " +"statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who " +"agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-" +"maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software " +"into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being " +"free, and the package follows our quality standards." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debians sociala kontrakt</ulink> är ett " +"resultat av Debians engagemang för den fria programvarumiljön. Alla som " +"godtar att följa det sociala kontraktet kan bli en <ulink url=\"&url-new-" +"maintainer;\">underhållare</ulink>. Alla underhållare kan introducera ny " +"programvara i Debian — om programvaran tillgodoser våra kriterier för att " +"vara fritt och att paketet följer våra kvalitetsstandarder." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:64 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink> (DFSG) är klara och koncisa regler för Debians kriterier för fri programvara. DFSG är ett mycket inflytelserikt dokument i den fria programvarurörelsen och var grundstenen för <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a " +"clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG " +"is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the " +"foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink> " +"(DFSG) är klara och koncisa regler för Debians kriterier för fri " +"programvara. DFSG är ett mycket inflytelserikt dokument i den fria " +"programvarurörelsen och var grundstenen för <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The " +"Open Source Definition</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:74 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debians Policymanual</ulink> är en omfattande specifikation av Debian-projektets kvalitetsstandarder." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an " +"extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debians Policymanual</ulink> är en " +"omfattande specifikation av Debian-projektets kvalitetsstandarder." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. Some examples include:" -msgstr "Debian-utvecklarna är också involverade i ett antal andra projekt, vissa specifika till Debian, andra involverar några eller alla Linux-gemenskaper. Några exempel är:" +msgid "" +"Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some " +"specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. " +"Some examples include:" +msgstr "" +"Debian-utvecklarna är också involverade i ett antal andra projekt, vissa " +"specifika till Debian, andra involverar några eller alla Linux-gemenskaper. " +"Några exempel är:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:89 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux distribution." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) är ett projekt riktat mot standardisering av vanliga GNU/Linux-system som innebär att programvaru- och maskinvaruutvecklare hos en tredjepart lätt kan designa program och enhetsdrivrutiner för Linux i allmänhet, hellre än för specifika GNU/Linux-utgåvor." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a " +"project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable " +"third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and " +"device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux " +"distribution." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) är ett " +"projekt riktat mot standardisering av vanliga GNU/Linux-system som innebär " +"att programvaru- och maskinvaruutvecklare hos en tredjepart lätt kan designa " +"program och enhetsdrivrutiner för Linux i allmänhet, hellre än för specifika " +"GNU/Linux-utgåvor." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:99 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in different GNU/Linux distributions." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) är ett försök att standardisera utseendet av filsystemet för Linux. FHS kommer att tillåta programvaruutvecklare att koncentrera sina försök att designa program utan att behöva oroa sig för hur paketen kommer att installeras i olika utgåvor av GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> " +"(FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The " +"FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing " +"programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in " +"different GNU/Linux distributions." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) är " +"ett försök att standardisera utseendet av filsystemet för Linux. FHS kommer " +"att tillåta programvaruutvecklare att koncentrera sina försök att designa " +"program utan att behöva oroa sig för hur paketen kommer att installeras i " +"olika utgåvor av GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:109 #, no-c-format -msgid "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> är ett internt projekt som riktar sig mot att göra så Debian har något att erbjuda även för våra unga användare." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, " +"aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> är ett internt projekt som " +"riktar sig mot att göra så Debian har något att erbjuda även för våra unga " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "För mer allmän information om Debian, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För mer allmän information om Debian, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:133 @@ -106,63 +212,169 @@ msgstr "Vad är GNU/Linux?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact with your computer and run other programs." -msgstr "Linux är ett operativsystem: ett antal program som låter dig interagera med din dator och köra andra program." +msgid "" +"Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact " +"with your computer and run other programs." +msgstr "" +"Linux är ett operativsystem: ett antal program som låter dig interagera med " +"din dator och köra andra program." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as <quote>Linux</quote>." -msgstr "Ett operativsystem innehåller olika fundamentala program som behövs av din dator så att den kan kommunicera och ta emot instruktioner från användare; läs och skriva data till hårddiskar, band och skrivare; kontrollera användningen av minne; och köra annan programvara. Den viktigaste delen av ett operativsystem är kärnan. I ett GNU/Linux-system är Linux kärnkomponenten. Resten av system innehåller andra program, många av de skrevs av eller för GNU-projektet. För att Linux-kärnan själv inte kan utgöra ett fungerande operativsystem har vi föredragit att använda termen <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> för att referera till system som många personer vardagligen refererar till som <quote>Linux</quote>." +msgid "" +"An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are " +"needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions " +"from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control " +"the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an " +"operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel " +"component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which " +"were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does " +"not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/" +"Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as " +"<quote>Linux</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Ett operativsystem innehåller olika fundamentala program som behövs av din " +"dator så att den kan kommunicera och ta emot instruktioner från användare; " +"läs och skriva data till hårddiskar, band och skrivare; kontrollera " +"användningen av minne; och köra annan programvara. Den viktigaste delen av " +"ett operativsystem är kärnan. I ett GNU/Linux-system är Linux " +"kärnkomponenten. Resten av system innehåller andra program, många av de " +"skrevs av eller för GNU-projektet. För att Linux-kärnan själv inte kan " +"utgöra ett fungerande operativsystem har vi föredragit att använda termen " +"<quote>GNU/Linux</quote> för att referera till system som många personer " +"vardagligen refererar till som <quote>Linux</quote>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by unpaid volunteers." -msgstr "Linux är modellerad efter ett Unix-operativsystem. Från början var Linux designad att vara ett parallellbearbetande fleranvändarsystem. Dessa fakta är tillräckliga att göra Linux olikt från andra välkända operativsystem. Dock är Linux ännu mer olik än du kanske tror. I kontrast till andra operativsystem äger ingen Linux. Mycket av dess utveckling är gjord av obetalda frivilliga." +msgid "" +"Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was " +"designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to " +"make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux " +"is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other " +"operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by " +"unpaid volunteers." +msgstr "" +"Linux är modellerad efter ett Unix-operativsystem. Från början var Linux " +"designad att vara ett parallellbearbetande fleranvändarsystem. Dessa fakta " +"är tillräckliga att göra Linux olikt från andra välkända operativsystem. " +"Dock är Linux ännu mer olik än du kanske tror. I kontrast till andra " +"operativsystem äger ingen Linux. Mycket av dess utveckling är gjord av " +"obetalda frivilliga." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." -msgstr "Utvecklingen av vad senare blev GNU/Linux började 1984 när <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> började utvecklingen av ett fritt Unix-liknande operatingsystem kallat GNU." +msgid "" +"Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began " +"development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." +msgstr "" +"Utvecklingen av vad senare blev GNU/Linux började 1984 när <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> började " +"utvecklingen av ett fritt Unix-liknande operatingsystem kallat GNU." # Osäker på "arcane" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:168 #, no-c-format -msgid "The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of document formats)." -msgstr "GNU-projektet har utvecklat en omfattande samling av fria programverktyg för att används med Unix™ och Unix-liknande operativsystem såsom Linux. Dessa verktyg ger användarna möjligheten att utföra vardagliga uppgifter (såsom kopiering och borttagning av filer från systemet) till det mystiska (såsom skriva och bygga program eller göra sofistikerad redigering i ett antal olika dokumentformat)." +msgid "" +"The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for " +"use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These " +"tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as " +"copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing " +"and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of " +"document formats)." +msgstr "" +"GNU-projektet har utvecklat en omfattande samling av fria programverktyg för " +"att används med Unix™ och Unix-liknande operativsystem såsom Linux. " +"Dessa verktyg ger användarna möjligheten att utföra vardagliga uppgifter " +"(såsom kopiering och borttagning av filer från systemet) till det mystiska " +"(såsom skriva och bygga program eller göra sofistikerad redigering i ett " +"antal olika dokumentformat)." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:177 #, no-c-format -msgid "While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the community that made Linux possible." -msgstr "Då många grupper och individer har bidragit till Linux är den största enskilda bidragsgivaren fortfarande Free Software Foundation som har skapat inte bara de flesta av verktygen som används i Linux men även filosofin och gemenskapen som gjorde Linux möjlig." +msgid "" +"While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest " +"single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not " +"only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the " +"community that made Linux possible." +msgstr "" +"Då många grupper och individer har bidragit till Linux är den största " +"enskilda bidragsgivaren fortfarande Free Software Foundation som har skapat " +"inte bara de flesta av verktygen som används i Linux men även filosofin och " +"gemenskapen som gjorde Linux möjlig." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in 1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux-kärnan</ulink> dök först upp 1991 när en finsk datorvetenskapsstudent som hette Linus Torvalds tillkännagav en tidig version av en ersättare för Minix till en diskussionsgrupp på Usenet kallad <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. Se Linux Internationals sida om <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux historia</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in " +"1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds " +"announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet " +"newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's " +"<ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux-kärnan</ulink> dök först upp 1991 när " +"en finsk datorvetenskapsstudent som hette Linus Torvalds tillkännagav en " +"tidig version av en ersättare för Minix till en diskussionsgrupp på Usenet " +"kallad <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. Se Linux Internationals sida om " +"<ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux historia</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Linux Torvalds fortsätter att koordinera arbetet för flera hundra utvecklare med hjälp av ett antal pålitliga ställföreträdare. Ett brilliant veckosammandrag av diskussionerna på sändlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> är <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. Mer information om sändlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred " +"developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly " +"summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing " +"list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More " +"information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can " +"be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel " +"mailing list FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Linux Torvalds fortsätter att koordinera arbetet för flera hundra utvecklare " +"med hjälp av ett antal pålitliga ställföreträdare. Ett brilliant " +"veckosammandrag av diskussionerna på sändlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</" +"userinput> är <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. " +"Mer information om sändlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> kan hittas " +"på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</" +"ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:204 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or desktop as something that they can change." -msgstr "Linux-användare har ofantlig frihet att välja sin programvara. Till exempel kan Linux-användare välja från ett dussintal olika kommandoradsskal och flertalet grafiska skrivbordsmiljöer. Det här urvalet är ofta förvillande för användare av andra operativsystem som inte är vana att tänka att kommandoraden eller skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är något de kan ändra." +msgid "" +"Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, " +"Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and " +"several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of " +"other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or " +"desktop as something that they can change." +msgstr "" +"Linux-användare har ofantlig frihet att välja sin programvara. Till exempel " +"kan Linux-användare välja från ett dussintal olika kommandoradsskal och " +"flertalet grafiska skrivbordsmiljöer. Det här urvalet är ofta förvillande " +"för användare av andra operativsystem som inte är vana att tänka att " +"kommandoraden eller skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är något de kan ändra." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business users as well." -msgstr "Linux är också mindre benägen att krascha, bättre på att köra fler än ett program samtidigt och mer säker än många andra operativsystem. Med dessa fördelar är Linux det snabbast växande operativsystemet på servermarknaden. På senare tid har också Linux börjat bli populär hos hem- och företagsanvändare." +msgid "" +"Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program " +"at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these " +"advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server " +"market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business " +"users as well." +msgstr "" +"Linux är också mindre benägen att krascha, bättre på att köra fler än ett " +"program samtidigt och mer säker än många andra operativsystem. Med dessa " +"fördelar är Linux det snabbast växande operativsystemet på servermarknaden. " +"På senare tid har också Linux börjat bli populär hos hem- och " +"företagsanvändare." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:231 @@ -173,51 +385,145 @@ msgstr "Vad är &debian;?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found and fixed quickly." -msgstr "Kombinationen av Debians filosofi, metodik, GNU-verktygen, Linux-kärnan och andra viktiga fria programvaror formar en unik utgåva av programvaror kallad &debian;. Den här utgåvan är uppbyggd av ett större antal av programvaru<emphasis>paket</emphasis>. Varje paket i utgåvan innehåller exekverbara filer, skript, dokumentation och konfigurationsinformation och har en <emphasis>paketansvarig</emphasis> som är primärt ansvarig för att hålla paketen uppdaterade, hantera felrapporter och kommunicera med upphovsmannen/männen för uppströmmen för den paketerade programvaran. Vår extremt stora användarbas, kombinerad med vårt felhanteringssystem ser till att problem hittas och löses snabbt." +msgid "" +"The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, " +"the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software " +"distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number " +"of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution " +"contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, " +"and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for " +"keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with " +"the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user " +"base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found " +"and fixed quickly." +msgstr "" +"Kombinationen av Debians filosofi, metodik, GNU-verktygen, Linux-kärnan och " +"andra viktiga fria programvaror formar en unik utgåva av programvaror kallad " +"&debian;. Den här utgåvan är uppbyggd av ett större antal av " +"programvaru<emphasis>paket</emphasis>. Varje paket i utgåvan innehåller " +"exekverbara filer, skript, dokumentation och konfigurationsinformation och " +"har en <emphasis>paketansvarig</emphasis> som är primärt ansvarig för att " +"hålla paketen uppdaterade, hantera felrapporter och kommunicera med " +"upphovsmannen/männen för uppströmmen för den paketerade programvaran. Vår " +"extremt stora användarbas, kombinerad med vårt felhanteringssystem ser till " +"att problem hittas och löses snabbt." # Se över denna! #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:246 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations to high-end network servers." -msgstr "Debians hänsyn till detaljer låter oss att producera en högkvalitativ, stabil och skalbar utgåva. Installationer kan lätt konfigureras för att hantera olika roller, från bantade installationer för brandväggar till arbetsstationer för vetenskapliga ändamål till högprestandaservrar." +msgid "" +"Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, " +"and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve " +"many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations " +"to high-end network servers." +msgstr "" +"Debians hänsyn till detaljer låter oss att producera en högkvalitativ, " +"stabil och skalbar utgåva. Installationer kan lätt konfigureras för att " +"hantera olika roller, från bantade installationer för brandväggar till " +"arbetsstationer för vetenskapliga ändamål till högprestandaservrar." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now commonplace." -msgstr "Debian är speciellt populär bland avancerade användare för dess tekniska förträfflighet och sitt djupa engagemang till behoven och förväntningar hos Linux-gemenskapen. Debian har också introducerat många funktioner till Linux som du är vardagsmat." +msgid "" +"Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical " +"excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the " +"Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now " +"commonplace." +msgstr "" +"Debian är speciellt populär bland avancerade användare för dess tekniska " +"förträfflighet och sitt djupa engagemang till behoven och förväntningar hos " +"Linux-gemenskapen. Debian har också introducerat många funktioner till Linux " +"som du är vardagsmat." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring reinstallation." -msgstr "Till exempel var Debian den första Linux-utgåvan som inkluderade ett pakethanteringssystem för lätta installationer och borttagning av programvara. Den var också den första Linux-utgåvan som kunde bli uppgraderad utan att kräva ominstallation." +msgid "" +"For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package " +"management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also " +"the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring " +"reinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Till exempel var Debian den första Linux-utgåvan som inkluderade ett " +"pakethanteringssystem för lätta installationer och borttagning av " +"programvara. Den var också den första Linux-utgåvan som kunde bli " +"uppgraderad utan att kräva ominstallation." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a complete operating system." -msgstr "Debian fortsätter att vara ledande inom Linux-utvecklingen. Dess utvecklingsprocess är ett exempel på hur bra utvecklingsmodellen för öppen källkod kan fungera — även för mycket komplexa uppgifter såsom byggnation och underhåll av ett komplett operativsystem." +msgid "" +"Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development " +"process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can " +"work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a " +"complete operating system." +msgstr "" +"Debian fortsätter att vara ledande inom Linux-utvecklingen. Dess " +"utvecklingsprocess är ett exempel på hur bra utvecklingsmodellen för öppen " +"källkod kan fungera — även för mycket komplexa uppgifter såsom " +"byggnation och underhåll av ett komplett operativsystem." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:274 #, no-c-format -msgid "The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, including the ability to install a single package or automatically update the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from being updated. You can even tell the package management system about software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." -msgstr "Funktionerna som mest utmärker Debian från de andra Linux-utgåvorna är dess pakethanteringssystem. Dessa verktyg ger administratören för Debian-systemet total kontroll över paketen som installeras på system inklusive möjligheten att installera enstaka paket eller automatiskt uppdatering hela operativsystemet. Individuella paket kan också skyddas från att uppdateras. Du kan även tala om för pakethanteringssystemet om programvara du själv har byggt och vilka beroenden de uppfyller." +msgid "" +"The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is " +"its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a " +"Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, " +"including the ability to install a single package or automatically update " +"the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from " +"being updated. You can even tell the package management system about " +"software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." +msgstr "" +"Funktionerna som mest utmärker Debian från de andra Linux-utgåvorna är dess " +"pakethanteringssystem. Dessa verktyg ger administratören för Debian-systemet " +"total kontroll över paketen som installeras på system inklusive möjligheten " +"att installera enstaka paket eller automatiskt uppdatering hela " +"operativsystemet. Individuella paket kan också skyddas från att uppdateras. " +"Du kan även tala om för pakethanteringssystemet om programvara du själv har " +"byggt och vilka beroenden de uppfyller." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:285 #, no-c-format -msgid "To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and installed automatically across the Internet." -msgstr "För att skydda ditt system mot <quote>Trojanska hästar</quote> och annan ondsint programvara verifierar Debians servrar att uppskickade paket verkligen kommer från dess registrerade Debian-ansvarige. Debian-paketerare tar också en bra hand om konfigureringen av deras paket på ett säkert sätt. När säkerhetsproblem i utsända paket inträffar kommer normalt sett rättningar på problem mycket snabbt. Men Debians enkla uppdateringsmöjligheter kan säkerhetsrättningar hämtas och installeras automatiskt över hela Internet." +msgid "" +"To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other " +"malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come " +"from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great " +"care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems " +"in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. " +"With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and " +"installed automatically across the Internet." +msgstr "" +"För att skydda ditt system mot <quote>Trojanska hästar</quote> och annan " +"ondsint programvara verifierar Debians servrar att uppskickade paket " +"verkligen kommer från dess registrerade Debian-ansvarige. Debian-paketerare " +"tar också en bra hand om konfigureringen av deras paket på ett säkert sätt. " +"När säkerhetsproblem i utsända paket inträffar kommer normalt sett " +"rättningar på problem mycket snabbt. Men Debians enkla " +"uppdateringsmöjligheter kan säkerhetsrättningar hämtas och installeras " +"automatiskt över hela Internet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:295 #, no-c-format -msgid "The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find there." -msgstr "Den primära, och bästa, metoden att få support för ditt &debian;-system och kommunicera med Debians utvecklare är genom de många sändlistor som underhålls av Debian-projektet (det är mer än &num-of-debian-maillists; listor när det här skrivs). Det lättaste sättet att prenumerera på en eller flera av dessa listor är att besöka <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink> och fylla i formuläret du hittar där." +msgid "" +"The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system " +"and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists " +"maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-" +"maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of " +"these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's " +"mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Den primära, och bästa, metoden att få support för ditt &debian;-system och " +"kommunicera med Debians utvecklare är genom de många sändlistor som " +"underhålls av Debian-projektet (det är mer än &num-of-debian-maillists; " +"listor när det här skrivs). Det lättaste sättet att prenumerera på en eller " +"flera av dessa listor är att besöka <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;" +"\">Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink> och fylla i formuläret du hittar där." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:317 @@ -228,14 +534,32 @@ msgstr "Vad är Debian GNU/Hurd?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be made once the system becomes more stable." -msgstr "Debian GNU/Hurd är ett Debian GNU-system som ersätter Linux monolitiska kärna med GNU Hurd — en uppsättning servrar som körs på toppen av GNU Mach-mikrokärnan. Hurd är fortfarande inte klar och passar inte för vardaglig användning men arbetet fortgår. Hurd är för närvarande endast i utveckling för i386-arkitekturen även om portningar till andra arkitekturer kommer att göras när systemet bli mer stabilt." +msgid "" +"Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic " +"kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU " +"Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-" +"day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed " +"for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be " +"made once the system becomes more stable." +msgstr "" +"Debian GNU/Hurd är ett Debian GNU-system som ersätter Linux monolitiska " +"kärna med GNU Hurd — en uppsättning servrar som körs på toppen av GNU " +"Mach-mikrokärnan. Hurd är fortfarande inte klar och passar inte för " +"vardaglig användning men arbetet fortgår. Hurd är för närvarande endast i " +"utveckling för i386-arkitekturen även om portningar till andra arkitekturer " +"kommer att göras när systemet bli mer stabilt." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list." -msgstr "För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd</ulink> och sändlistan <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email>." +msgid "" +"For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/" +"\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists." +"debian.org</email> mailing list." +msgstr "" +"För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> " +"Debian GNU/Hurd</ulink> och sändlistan <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</" +"email>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:346 @@ -246,14 +570,30 @@ msgstr "Få tag på Debian" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:348 #, no-c-format -msgid "For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." -msgstr "För information om hur man hämtar &debian; från Internet eller från var man kan köpa officiella Debian cd-skivor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">Få tag på Debian</ulink>. Webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink> innehåller en full lista av officiella Debian-speglar så du lätt kan hitta den närmaste." +msgid "" +"For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom " +"official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official " +"Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." +msgstr "" +"För information om hur man hämtar &debian; från Internet eller från var man " +"kan köpa officiella Debian cd-skivor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"distrib;\">Få tag på Debian</ulink>. Webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink> innehåller en full lista av " +"officiella Debian-speglar så du lätt kan hitta den närmaste." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades once installation is complete, if need be." -msgstr "Debian kan efter installationen uppgraderas på ett enkelt sätt. Installationsprocessen kommer att hjälpa till att ställa in systemet så att du kan göra dessa uppgraderingar när installation är klar, om det behövs." +msgid "" +"Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation " +"procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades " +"once installation is complete, if need be." +msgstr "" +"Debian kan efter installationen uppgraderas på ett enkelt sätt. " +"Installationsprocessen kommer att hjälpa till att ställa in systemet så att " +"du kan göra dessa uppgraderingar när installation är klar, om det behövs." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:372 @@ -264,8 +604,19 @@ msgstr "Få tag på senaste versionen av det här dokumentet" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet är under konstant omarbetning. Kontrollera webbsidorna för <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release;</ulink> efter den absolut senaste information om &release;-utgåvan av &debian;-systemet. Uppdaterade versioner av den här installationsmanualen är också tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">officiella Installationsmanualen</ulink>." +msgid "" +"This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute " +"information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated " +"versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet är under konstant omarbetning. Kontrollera webbsidorna " +"för <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release;</ulink> efter den " +"absolut senaste information om &release;-utgåvan av &debian;-systemet. " +"Uppdaterade versioner av den här installationsmanualen är också tillgänglig " +"från <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">officiella Installationsmanualen</" +"ulink>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:392 @@ -276,68 +627,143 @@ msgstr "Organisering av det här dokumentet" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the hardware in your computer works." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet är tänkt att fungera som en manual för nybörjare av Debian. Den försöker göra så få antagelser som möjligt om din kunskapsnivå. Dock antar vi att du har en allmän uppfattning av hur maskinvaran i din dator fungerar." +msgid "" +"This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It " +"tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. " +"However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the " +"hardware in your computer works." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet är tänkt att fungera som en manual för nybörjare av " +"Debian. Den försöker göra så få antagelser som möjligt om din kunskapsnivå. " +"Dock antar vi att du har en allmän uppfattning av hur maskinvaran i din " +"dator fungerar." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:401 #, no-c-format -msgid "Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert users to jump around in the document." -msgstr "Expertanvändare kan också hitta intressant referensinformation i det här dokumentet inklusive minimistorlek för installation, detaljer om vilken maskinvara som stöds av Debians installationssystem och så vidare. Vi uppmuntrar expertanvändare att hoppa runt i dokumentet." +msgid "" +"Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this " +"document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware " +"supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert " +"users to jump around in the document." +msgstr "" +"Expertanvändare kan också hitta intressant referensinformation i det här " +"dokumentet inklusive minimistorlek för installation, detaljer om vilken " +"maskinvara som stöds av Debians installationssystem och så vidare. Vi " +"uppmuntrar expertanvändare att hoppa runt i dokumentet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:408 #, no-c-format -msgid "In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with each step:" -msgstr "I allmänhet är manualen uppbyggd i en linjär form som tar dig genom installationsprocessen från början till slut. Här är stegen som krävs för att installera &debian; och sektionerna i dokumentet som lämpar sig för varje steg:" +msgid "" +"In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through " +"the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in " +"installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with " +"each step:" +msgstr "" +"I allmänhet är manualen uppbyggd i en linjär form som tar dig genom " +"installationsprocessen från början till slut. Här är stegen som krävs för " +"att installera &debian; och sektionerna i dokumentet som lämpar sig för " +"varje steg:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:416 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." -msgstr "Ta reda på om din maskinvara möter kraven för att använda installationssystemet i <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." +msgid "" +"Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the " +"installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ta reda på om din maskinvara möter kraven för att använda " +"installationssystemet i <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:422 #, no-c-format -msgid "Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." -msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering av ditt system, all nödvändig planering och maskinvarukonfigurationer före du installerar Debian finns i <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. Om du förbereder ett system med flera operativsystem kan du behöva skapa ytterligare partitioner på din hårddisk som Debian kan användas för." +msgid "" +"Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware " +"configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. " +"If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-" +"able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." +msgstr "" +"Säkerhetskopiering av ditt system, all nödvändig planering och " +"maskinvarukonfigurationer före du installerar Debian finns i <xref linkend=" +"\"preparing\"/>. Om du förbereder ett system med flera operativsystem kan du " +"behöva skapa ytterligare partitioner på din hårddisk som Debian kan användas " +"för." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:430 #, no-c-format -msgid "In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary installation files for your method of installation." -msgstr "I <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/> kan du hitta de nödvändiga installationsfilerna för din installationsmetod." +msgid "" +"In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary " +"installation files for your method of installation." +msgstr "" +"I <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/> kan du hitta de nödvändiga " +"installationsfilerna för din installationsmetod." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:436 #, no-c-format -msgid "describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." -msgstr "beskriver uppstart i in installationssystemet. Det här kapitlet diskuterar också procedurer för problemlösning om du har problem med det här steget." +msgid "" +"describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses " +"troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." +msgstr "" +"beskriver uppstart i in installationssystemet. Det här kapitlet diskuterar " +"också procedurer för problemlösning om du har problem med det här steget." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 #, no-c-format -msgid "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" -msgstr "Genomför den aktuella installationen enligt <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. Det här innefattar ditt val av språk, konfiguration av drivrutiner för kringutrustning, konfiguration av nätverksanslutning så att återstående installationsfiler kan hämtas direkt från en Debian-server (om du inte installerar från en cd), partitionering av dina hårddiskar och installation av ett grundsystem och efter det val och installation av paket för vissa funktioner. (Viss bakgrund om inställning av partitioner för ditt Debian-system finns förklarat i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " +"This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, " +"configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files " +"can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing " +"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, " +"then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up " +"the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"Genomför den aktuella installationen enligt <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " +"Det här innefattar ditt val av språk, konfiguration av drivrutiner för " +"kringutrustning, konfiguration av nätverksanslutning så att återstående " +"installationsfiler kan hämtas direkt från en Debian-server (om du inte " +"installerar från en cd), partitionering av dina hårddiskar och installation " +"av ett grundsystem och efter det val och installation av paket för vissa " +"funktioner. (Viss bakgrund om inställning av partitioner för ditt Debian-" +"system finns förklarat i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "Starta upp ditt nyinstallerade grundsystem, från <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp ditt nyinstallerade grundsystem, från <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." -msgstr "När du har fått ditt system installerat kan du läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. Det här kapitlet förklarar var man letar för att finna mer information om Unix och Debian och hur du ersätter din kärna." +msgid "" +"Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-" +"install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information " +"about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått ditt system installerat kan du läsa <xref linkend=\"post-" +"install\"/>. Det här kapitlet förklarar var man letar för att finna mer " +"information om Unix och Debian och hur du ersätter din kärna." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." -msgstr "Till slut, information om det här dokumentet och hur man bidrar till det kan hittas i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be " +"found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, information om det här dokumentet och hur man bidrar till det kan " +"hittas i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:484 @@ -348,14 +774,32 @@ msgstr "Din hjälp med dokumentationen välkomnas" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different architectures and languages for which this document is available." -msgstr "All hjälp, förslag och speciellt, rättningar tas mycket gärna emot. Arbetsversioner av det här dokumentet kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. Där kan du hitta en lista av alla de olika arkitekturerna och språk som det här dokumentet är tillgängligt för." +msgid "" +"Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. " +"Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different " +"architectures and languages for which this document is available." +msgstr "" +"All hjälp, förslag och speciellt, rättningar tas mycket gärna emot. " +"Arbetsversioner av det här dokumentet kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. Där kan du hitta en lista av alla de olika " +"arkitekturerna och språk som det här dokumentet är tillgängligt för." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." -msgstr "Källkod är också publikt tillgänglig, se i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> för mer information angående hur man bidrar. Vi välkomnar förslag, kommentarer, rättningar och felrapporter (använd paketet <classname>installation-guide</classname> för fel men kontrollera först för att se om problemet redan är rapporterat)." +msgid "" +"Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " +"for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, " +"comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-" +"guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already " +"reported)." +msgstr "" +"Källkod är också publikt tillgänglig, se i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " +"för mer information angående hur man bidrar. Vi välkomnar förslag, " +"kommentarer, rättningar och felrapporter (använd paketet " +"<classname>installation-guide</classname> för fel men kontrollera först för " +"att se om problemet redan är rapporterat)." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:509 @@ -366,46 +810,146 @@ msgstr "Om copyright och programvarulicenser" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format -msgid "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." -msgstr "Vi är säkra på att du läst några av licenserna som kommer med de flesta kommersiella programvaror — de säger normalt sett att du bara kan använda en kopia av programvaran på en enda dator. Licensen för det här systemet är inte alls som sådan. Vi uppmuntrar dig att lägga en kopia på varje dator i din skola eller arbetsplats. Låna ut ditt installationsmedium till dina vänner och hjälp dem att installera det på deras datorer! Du kan även göra tusentals kopior och <emphasis>sälja</emphasis> dem — dock med några få restriktioner. Din frihet att installera och använda systemet kommer direkt från att Debian är baserad på <emphasis>fri programvara</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most " +"commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy " +"of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that " +"at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school " +"or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help " +"them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies " +"and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. " +"Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being " +"based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Vi är säkra på att du läst några av licenserna som kommer med de flesta " +"kommersiella programvaror — de säger normalt sett att du bara kan " +"använda en kopia av programvaran på en enda dator. Licensen för det här " +"systemet är inte alls som sådan. Vi uppmuntrar dig att lägga en kopia på " +"varje dator i din skola eller arbetsplats. Låna ut ditt installationsmedium " +"till dina vänner och hjälp dem att installera det på deras datorer! Du kan " +"även göra tusentals kopior och <emphasis>sälja</emphasis> dem — dock " +"med några få restriktioner. Din frihet att installera och använda systemet " +"kommer direkt från att Debian är baserad på <emphasis>fri programvara</" +"emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may distribute the results of their work as well." -msgstr "Att kalla programvara för <emphasis>fri</emphasis> betyder inte att programvaran inte är upphovsrättsskyddad och det betyder inte att cd-skivor som innehåller den programvaran måste distribueras gratis. Fri programvara, i den bemärkelsen betyder att licenser för individuella program inte kräver att du betalar för rättigheten att distribuera eller använda de programmen. Fri programvara betyder också att alla inte bara kan utöka, justera och ändra programvaran men också att du kan distribuera resultatet av arbetet." +msgid "" +"Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software " +"isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software " +"must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the " +"licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege " +"of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not " +"only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may " +"distribute the results of their work as well." +msgstr "" +"Att kalla programvara för <emphasis>fri</emphasis> betyder inte att " +"programvaran inte är upphovsrättsskyddad och det betyder inte att cd-skivor " +"som innehåller den programvaran måste distribueras gratis. Fri programvara, " +"i den bemärkelsen betyder att licenser för individuella program inte kräver " +"att du betalar för rättigheten att distribuera eller använda de programmen. " +"Fri programvara betyder också att alla inte bara kan utöka, justera och " +"ändra programvaran men också att du kan distribuera resultatet av arbetet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the archives." -msgstr "Debian-projektet, som ett pragmatiskt medgivande till sina användare, skapar inte tillgängliga paket som inte möter våra kriterier att vara fria. Dessa paket är dock inte en del av den officiella utgåvan och är bara tillgängliga från områdena <userinput>contrib</userinput> eller <userinput>non-free</userinput> av Debian-speglarna eller på tredjeparts cd-skivor, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Debians FTP-arkiv</quote> för mer information om utseendet och innehåller av arkiven." +msgid "" +"The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some " +"packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These " +"packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only " +"available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</" +"userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP " +"archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the " +"archives." +msgstr "" +"Debian-projektet, som ett pragmatiskt medgivande till sina användare, skapar " +"inte tillgängliga paket som inte möter våra kriterier att vara fria. Dessa " +"paket är dock inte en del av den officiella utgåvan och är bara tillgängliga " +"från områdena <userinput>contrib</userinput> eller <userinput>non-free</" +"userinput> av Debian-speglarna eller på tredjeparts cd-skivor, se <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Debians FTP-" +"arkiv</quote> för mer information om utseendet och innehåller av arkiven." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the <emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all such programs is available in the Debian system." -msgstr "Många av programmen i system är licensierade under <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis> och refereras ofta till som <quote>GPL</quote>. GPL kräver att du gör <emphasis>källkoden</emphasis> av programmen tillgängliga när du distribuerar en binär kopia av programmet; det villkoret av licensen ser till att alla användare har möjligheten att modifiera programvaran. På grund av det här villkoret är källkoden <footnote> <para> För information om hur man hittar, packar upp och bygger binärer från Debians källkodspaket, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Grunder för Debians pakethanteringssystem</quote>. </para> </footnote> för alla sådana program är tillgänglig i Debian-systemet." +msgid "" +"Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</" +"emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred " +"to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the " +"<emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you " +"distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license " +"ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this " +"provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to " +"locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of " +"the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all " +"such programs is available in the Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Många av programmen i system är licensierade under <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>General Public License</emphasis> och refereras ofta till som " +"<quote>GPL</quote>. GPL kräver att du gör <emphasis>källkoden</emphasis> av " +"programmen tillgängliga när du distribuerar en binär kopia av programmet; " +"det villkoret av licensen ser till att alla användare har möjligheten att " +"modifiera programvaran. På grund av det här villkoret är källkoden " +"<footnote> <para> För information om hur man hittar, packar upp och bygger " +"binärer från Debians källkodspaket, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Grunder för Debians " +"pakethanteringssystem</quote>. </para> </footnote> för alla sådana program " +"är tillgänglig i Debian-systemet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once you've installed a package on your system." -msgstr "Det finns ett flertal olika former av copyrightvillkor och programvarulicenser som används av programmen i Debian. Du kan hitta information om copyright och licenser för varje paket installerade på ditt system genom att se i filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>paketnamn</replaceable>/copyright </filename> när du har installerat ett paket på ditt system." +msgid "" +"There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses " +"used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for " +"every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once " +"you've installed a package on your system." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett flertal olika former av copyrightvillkor och " +"programvarulicenser som används av programmen i Debian. Du kan hitta " +"information om copyright och licenser för varje paket installerade på ditt " +"system genom att se i filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>paketnamn</" +"replaceable>/copyright </filename> när du har installerat ett paket på ditt " +"system." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." -msgstr "För mer information om licenser och hur Debian fastställer om programvaran är tillräckligt fri för att inkluderas i huvudutgåvan, se <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether " +"software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För mer information om licenser och hur Debian fastställer om programvaran " +"är tillräckligt fri för att inkluderas i huvudutgåvan, se <ulink url=\"&url-" +"dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format -msgid "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with <emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who have extended the software in this way." -msgstr "Den viktigaste lagliga informationen är att den här programvaran kommer med <emphasis>ingen garanti</emphasis>. Programmerarna som har skapat denna programvara har gjort det som förmån för gemenskapen. Ingen garanti lämnas för anpassningen av programvaran för vilket ändamål som helst. Dock, eftersom programvaran är fri, är du berättigad att modifiera så programvaran passar dina behov — och att njuta av fördelarna av de ändringar gjorda av andra som har utökat programvaran på det här sättet." +msgid "" +"The most important legal notice is that this software comes with " +"<emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this " +"software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made " +"as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since " +"the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your " +"needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who " +"have extended the software in this way." +msgstr "" +"Den viktigaste lagliga informationen är att den här programvaran kommer med " +"<emphasis>ingen garanti</emphasis>. Programmerarna som har skapat denna " +"programvara har gjort det som förmån för gemenskapen. Ingen garanti lämnas " +"för anpassningen av programvaran för vilket ändamål som helst. Dock, " +"eftersom programvaran är fri, är du berättigad att modifiera så programvaran " +"passar dina behov — och att njuta av fördelarna av de ändringar gjorda " +"av andra som har utökat programvaran på det här sättet." #~ msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installera ytterligare programvara i <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." - diff --git a/po/tl/bookinfo.po b/po/tl/bookinfo.po index 3209b416f..8a61a642f 100644 --- a/po/tl/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/tl/bookinfo.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-installer manual Tagalog\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-30 04:11+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Pareja <xenos@upm.edu.ph>\n" "Language-Team: Tagalog <debian-tl@banwa.upm.edu.ph>\n" diff --git a/po/tl/preface.po b/po/tl/preface.po index 9d3bf3bba..23b76adfa 100644 --- a/po/tl/preface.po +++ b/po/tl/preface.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-installer manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-30 04:17+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Pareja <xenos@upm.edu.ph>\n" "Language-Team: Debian Tagalog <debian-tl@banwa.upm.edu.ph>\n" diff --git a/po/tl/welcome.po b/po/tl/welcome.po index 3dee9091d..516712983 100644 --- a/po/tl/welcome.po +++ b/po/tl/welcome.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-05 11:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Pareja <xenos@upm.edu.ph>\n" "Language-Team: Tagalog <debian-tl@banwa.upm.edu.ph>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/administrivia.po b/po/vi/administrivia.po index 8b9e1c187..deb9089db 100644 --- a/po/vi/administrivia.po +++ b/po/vi/administrivia.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: administrivia\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 21:20+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/bookinfo.po b/po/vi/bookinfo.po index 19bdd2fef..c43cf0b3f 100644 --- a/po/vi/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/vi/bookinfo.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bookinfo\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-13 20:56+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/boot-installer.po b/po/vi/boot-installer.po index d2eee30dd..9d206f277 100644 --- a/po/vi/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/vi/boot-installer.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 21:34+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/boot-new.po b/po/vi/boot-new.po index 8ad1b5b1e..6ed6cfffb 100644 --- a/po/vi/boot-new.po +++ b/po/vi/boot-new.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-15 23:26+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/gpl.po b/po/vi/gpl.po index aa7d3a4a4..6ae832bf2 100644 --- a/po/vi/gpl.po +++ b/po/vi/gpl.po @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gpl\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-10 23:09+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/hardware.po b/po/vi/hardware.po index 1f8fdda28..b19c17feb 100644 --- a/po/vi/hardware.po +++ b/po/vi/hardware.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hardware\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 23:03+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/install-methods.po b/po/vi/install-methods.po index 12e0336f4..be97c8a04 100644 --- a/po/vi/install-methods.po +++ b/po/vi/install-methods.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-18 22:17+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/installation-howto.po b/po/vi/installation-howto.po index 0a5aa57d7..06e84b39e 100644 --- a/po/vi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/vi/installation-howto.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 21:25+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com\n" diff --git a/po/vi/partitioning.po b/po/vi/partitioning.po index b50794e82..549daf7ee 100644 --- a/po/vi/partitioning.po +++ b/po/vi/partitioning.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-22 23:01+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/post-install.po b/po/vi/post-install.po index d469931d1..586e590c9 100644 --- a/po/vi/post-install.po +++ b/po/vi/post-install.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 21:15+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/preface.po b/po/vi/preface.po index 7148f349e..52d8d9c3a 100644 --- a/po/vi/preface.po +++ b/po/vi/preface.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preface\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 21:16+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/preparing.po b/po/vi/preparing.po index d888e361e..df7293964 100644 --- a/po/vi/preparing.po +++ b/po/vi/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 16:53+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/preseed.po b/po/vi/preseed.po index bc04c67da..2aa12b044 100644 --- a/po/vi/preseed.po +++ b/po/vi/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-04 16:17+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/random-bits.po b/po/vi/random-bits.po index ac651ed93..02eb34a16 100644 --- a/po/vi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/vi/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-05 23:08+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index 9c7fb5ecd..8efbef4a6 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-18 23:17+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" diff --git a/po/vi/welcome.po b/po/vi/welcome.po index fc518a2a0..19e9e92c0 100644 --- a/po/vi/welcome.po +++ b/po/vi/welcome.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: welcome\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-07 15:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 16:51+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/administrivia.po b/po/zh_CN/administrivia.po index 4789ed178..6787c30ba 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/administrivia.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/administrivia.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-13 12:06+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -72,7 +72,12 @@ msgid "" "phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for " "{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " "on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." -msgstr "Debian 安装手册简体中文版翻译项目由 Carlos Z.F. Liu 发起组织，参加翻译和校对的人员有(按字母和拼音排列)：Carlos Liu, Huaxia Zhao, Kov Tchai, Ming Hua，szjungle, wide288, 胡海星，吴鲁加，解彦博，肖盛文。在此表示感谢！另外，附录的 GPL 简体中文版取自：<ulink url=\"http://gnu.freehostingguru.com/gpl/\">http://gnu.freehostingguru.com/gpl/</ulink>。" +msgstr "" +"Debian 安装手册简体中文版翻译项目由 Carlos Z.F. Liu 发起组织，参加翻译和校对" +"的人员有(按字母和拼音排列)：Carlos Liu, Huaxia Zhao, Kov Tchai, Ming Hua，" +"szjungle, wide288, 胡海星，吴鲁加，解彦博，肖盛文。在此表示感谢！另外，附录" +"的 GPL 简体中文版取自：<ulink url=\"http://gnu.freehostingguru.com/gpl/" +"\">http://gnu.freehostingguru.com/gpl/</ulink>。" #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:50 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/bookinfo.po b/po/zh_CN/bookinfo.po index 69c07822b..81b5ce3df 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/bookinfo.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-13 12:13+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -77,7 +77,10 @@ msgid "" "worked on or if review is wanted (don't forget to mention where comments " "should be sent!). See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this " "paragraph. Its condition is \"translation-status\"." -msgstr "Debian 安装手册简体中文版翻译项目当前由 Ji YongGang(szjungle) 进行维护。如果您想参与翻译和校对，或对翻译项目有什么建议，请发邮件到 Debian 简体中文邮件列表：debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org。" +msgstr "" +"Debian 安装手册简体中文版翻译项目当前由 Ji YongGang(szjungle) 进行维护。如果" +"您想参与翻译和校对，或对翻译项目有什么建议，请发邮件到 Debian 简体中文邮件列" +"表：debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org。" #. Tag: holder #: bookinfo.xml:54 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po index 70c4f829a..28b65f756 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-07 13:34+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1471,7 +1471,11 @@ msgid "" "keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " "the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " "before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." -msgstr "使用 <keycap>F2</keycap> 至 <keycap>F8</keycap> 键，可以查看可用的引导方法和引导参数的信息。如果您在引导命令行上添加任何参数，确保引导方法(默认是 <userinput>linux</userinput>)和第一个参数之间有一个空格(例如，<userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)。" +msgstr "" +"使用 <keycap>F2</keycap> 至 <keycap>F8</keycap> 键，可以查看可用的引导方法和" +"引导参数的信息。如果您在引导命令行上添加任何参数，确保引导方法(默认是 " +"<userinput>linux</userinput>)和第一个参数之间有一个空格(例如，" +"<userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1086 @@ -1492,7 +1496,17 @@ msgid "" "using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " "to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " "the help text." -msgstr "如果您通过远程设备安装系统，而该设备在 VGA 控制台提供文本界面，您可能不会看到安装程序开始的图形启动画面; 甚至不会看到引导提示。像 Compaq 的 <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) 和 HP 的 <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA) 就是这类设备。您可以什么都看不见地按下 F1<footnote> <para>有些情况下这些设备特别的转义次序按键，例如 IRA 使用 <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>。</para> </footnote> 跳过该画面切换到帮助文档。一旦通过启动画面，在帮助文档按下的键会回显在提示符上。为了阻止安装程序在后续安装中使用 framebuffer，如帮助文档所述，您也可在引导提示后面加上 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"如果您通过远程设备安装系统，而该设备在 VGA 控制台提供文本界面，您可能不会看到" +"安装程序开始的图形启动画面; 甚至不会看到引导提示。像 Compaq 的 " +"<quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) 和 HP 的 <quote>Integrated Remote " +"Assistant</quote> (IRA) 就是这类设备。您可以什么都看不见地按下 F1<footnote> " +"<para>有些情况下这些设备特别的转义次序按键，例如 IRA 使用 <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>。</para> </footnote> 跳过该画面切换到帮助文档。一旦通过启动画面，在帮" +"助文档按下的键会回显在提示符上。为了阻止安装程序在后续安装中使用 " +"framebuffer，如帮助文档所述，您也可在引导提示后面加上 <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput>。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1161 @@ -2197,7 +2211,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "当前 Amiga 不能与 bogl 一起工作，如果您看到 bogl 错误，您应该包含下面内核参数 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"当前 Amiga 不能与 bogl 一起工作，如果您看到 bogl 错误，您应该包含下面内核参" +"数 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1682 @@ -2223,7 +2239,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " "you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "当前 Atari 不能与 bogl 一起工作，如果您看到 bogl 错误，应该包含下面内核参数 <userinput>fb=false</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"当前 Atari 不能与 bogl 一起工作，如果您看到 bogl 错误，应该包含下面内核参数 " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1699 @@ -3418,7 +3436,11 @@ msgid "" "will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " "command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " "may be useful." -msgstr "安装系统能识别一些额外的引导参数<footnote> <para> 注意，2.4 内核最多可以接受 8 个命令行参数和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序默认使用的选项)。如果超出，2.4 内核会丢弃过多的选项。2.6.9 以后的内核，您可以使用 32 个命令行参数和 32 个环境变量选项。</para> </footnote>，它们很有用。" +msgstr "" +"安装系统能识别一些额外的引导参数<footnote> <para> 注意，2.4 内核最多可以接受 " +"8 个命令行参数和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序默认使用的选项)。如果超出，2.4 " +"内核会丢弃过多的选项。2.6.9 以后的内核，您可以使用 32 个命令行参数和 32 个环" +"境变量选项。</para> </footnote>，它们很有用。" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2825 @@ -3432,7 +3454,9 @@ msgstr "debconf/priority" msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " "form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" -msgstr "这些参数设置将设置显示的信息为最低的级别。简写: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"这些参数设置将设置显示的信息为最低的级别。简写: <userinput>priority</" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 @@ -3442,7 +3466,10 @@ msgid "" "means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " "and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " "installer adjusts the priority as needed." -msgstr "缺省安装使用 <userinput>priority=high</userinput> 。这意味着高优先级的和至关重要的信息将被显示，但是中级和低级信息将被跳过。如果其间出现了问题，安装程序将按照要求调整优先级别。" +msgstr "" +"缺省安装使用 <userinput>priority=high</userinput> 。这意味着高优先级的和至关" +"重要的信息将被显示，但是中级和低级信息将被跳过。如果其间出现了问题，安装程序" +"将按照要求调整优先级别。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2838 @@ -3455,7 +3482,12 @@ msgid "" "method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " "system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " "without fuss." -msgstr "如果您加入 <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 作为引导参数，将看到安装菜单以及安装过程中更多的控制。当使用 <userinput>priority=low</userinput>，将显示所有的消息(这相当于采用 <emphasis>export</emphasis> 引导方法)。通过 <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>，安装系统只会显示至关重要的信息，并且尝试正确无误地执行各项事宜。" +msgstr "" +"如果您加入 <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 作为引导参数，将看到安装菜" +"单以及安装过程中更多的控制。当使用 <userinput>priority=low</userinput>，将显" +"示所有的消息(这相当于采用 <emphasis>export</emphasis> 引导方法)。通过 " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>，安装系统只会显示至关重要的信息，并" +"且尝试正确无误地执行各项事宜。" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2852 @@ -3615,7 +3647,11 @@ msgid "" "framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " "Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " "a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." -msgstr "一些体系使用内核帧缓存以提供不同的语言安装。如果帧缓存在您的系统上面有问题，您可以通过参数 <userinput>framebuffer=false</userinput>，简写 <userinput>fb=false</userinput> 关闭这个特性。这方面问题的特征是有关 bterm 或者 bogl 的错误信息，一个空白的屏幕，或者在开始安装几分钟后停止。" +msgstr "" +"一些体系使用内核帧缓存以提供不同的语言安装。如果帧缓存在您的系统上面有问题，" +"您可以通过参数 <userinput>framebuffer=false</userinput>，简写 " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput> 关闭这个特性。这方面问题的特征是有关 bterm 或" +"者 bogl 的错误信息，一个空白的屏幕，或者在开始安装几分钟后停止。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2957 @@ -3624,7 +3660,9 @@ msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " "disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " "reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "<userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> 参数可以被用来取消帧缓存。这些问题在使用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上面被发现。" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> 参数可以被用来取消帧缓存。这些问题在使" +"用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上面被发现。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2963 @@ -3731,7 +3769,9 @@ msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " "the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>url</userinput>" -msgstr "指定 url 到预设文件，在安装中自动下载和使用。参阅 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>。简写: <userinput>url</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"指定 url 到预设文件，在安装中自动下载和使用。参阅 <xref linkend=\"automatic-" +"install\"/>。简写: <userinput>url</userinput>。" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3035 @@ -3746,7 +3786,9 @@ msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " "install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " "<userinput>file</userinput>" -msgstr "指定路径至预设文件，加载自动化安装。参阅 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>。简写: <userinput>file</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"指定路径至预设文件，加载自动化安装。参阅 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/" +">。简写: <userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -4006,7 +4048,12 @@ msgid "" "video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " "English language will be available during the installation due to limited " "console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "如果您的显示屏在内核引导的时候显示一个奇怪的图片(比如，纯白，纯黑或者彩色的像素块)，系统可能含有一块有问题的显示卡。它不能切换至帧缓存模式。您可以使用引导参数 <userinput>fb=false</userinput> 或 <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> 来取消帧缓存控制台。在这种情况下，由于控制台的限制，在安装过程中只能用英语，请参见 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 来获得细节信息。" +msgstr "" +"如果您的显示屏在内核引导的时候显示一个奇怪的图片(比如，纯白，纯黑或者彩色的像" +"素块)，系统可能含有一块有问题的显示卡。它不能切换至帧缓存模式。您可以使用引导" +"参数 <userinput>fb=false</userinput> 或 <userinput>video=vga16:off</" +"userinput> 来取消帧缓存控制台。在这种情况下，由于控制台的限制，在安装过程中只" +"能用英语，请参见 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 来获得细节信息。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3216 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po index c0f5ffea1..aa7af687b 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-13 14:42+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -320,7 +320,9 @@ msgid "" "mount points, you will be asked to enter the passphrase for each of these " "volumes during the boot. The actual procedure differs slightly between dm-" "crypt and loop-AES." -msgstr "假如您在安装的时候创建了加密卷并设置了挂载点，在启动的时候每个这样的卷将会要求输入密码。对于 dm-crypt 和 loop-AES 具体的过程稍有不同。" +msgstr "" +"假如您在安装的时候创建了加密卷并设置了挂载点，在启动的时候每个这样的卷将会要" +"求输入密码。对于 dm-crypt 和 loop-AES 具体的过程稍有不同。" #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:203 @@ -349,10 +351,18 @@ msgid "" "the mount points before, you can still find it in <filename>/etc/fstab</" "filename> of your new system." msgstr "" -"通过 loop-AES 加密的分区，启动的时候会有下面的提示信息：<informalexample><screen>\n" +"通过 loop-AES 加密的分区，启动的时候会有下面的提示信息：" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "mount: going to use loop device /dev/loop<replaceable>X</replaceable>\n" "Password:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 提示的第一行，<replaceable>X</replaceable> 是 loop 设备的号码。您也许想知道输入密码的具体是 <emphasis>哪一卷</emphasis>。 它是与 <filename>/home</filename> 相关？或者是 <filename>/var</filename>？当然，如果您只有一个加密卷，只需输入密码就可以轻松地建立起该卷。假如您在安装过程中建立了多个加密卷，把上一步 <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> 里写下的记录放在手边。要是您之前没有记下 <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> 和挂载点之间的映射关系，仍然可以在系统的 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 里面找到它。" +"</screen></informalexample> 提示的第一行，<replaceable>X</replaceable> 是 " +"loop 设备的号码。您也许想知道输入密码的具体是 <emphasis>哪一卷</emphasis>。 " +"它是与 <filename>/home</filename> 相关？或者是 <filename>/var</filename>？当" +"然，如果您只有一个加密卷，只需输入密码就可以轻松地建立起该卷。假如您在安装过" +"程中建立了多个加密卷，把上一步 <xref linkend=\"partman-crypto\"/> 里写下的记" +"录放在手边。要是您之前没有记下 <filename>loop<replaceable>X</replaceable></" +"filename> 和挂载点之间的映射关系，仍然可以在系统的 <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename> 里面找到它。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:226 @@ -363,7 +373,10 @@ msgid "" "passphrase, an error message will appear and the boot process will skip that " "volume and continue to mount the next filesystem. Please see <xref linkend=" "\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> for further information." -msgstr "输入密码时不会有字符(包括星号)回显。注意，您只有 <emphasis>一次机会</emphasis>。如果密码输错，将显示错误信息，但启动过程将跳过该卷进入到下一个文件系统。请参阅 <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> 了解更多信息。" +msgstr "" +"输入密码时不会有字符(包括星号)回显。注意，您只有 <emphasis>一次机会</" +"emphasis>。如果密码输错，将显示错误信息，但启动过程将跳过该卷进入到下一个文件" +"系统。请参阅 <xref linkend=\"crypto-troubleshooting\"/> 了解更多信息。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:235 @@ -396,7 +409,9 @@ msgid "" "If some of the encrypted volumes could not be mounted because a wrong " "passphrase was entered, you will have to mount them manually after the boot. " "There are several cases." -msgstr "如果由于输错密码造成无法加载加密卷，您只能在启动以后手动加载。有下面这些情况。" +msgstr "" +"如果由于输错密码造成无法加载加密卷，您只能在启动以后手动加载。有下面这些情" +"况。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:264 @@ -405,7 +420,9 @@ msgid "" "The first case concerns the root partition. When it is not mounted " "correctly, the boot process will halt and you will have to reboot the " "computer to try again." -msgstr "第一种情况是与根分区相关。如果它不能正确加载，启动过程将中止，您不得不重新启动计算机再试一次。" +msgstr "" +"第一种情况是与根分区相关。如果它不能正确加载，启动过程将中止，您不得不重新启" +"动计算机再试一次。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:271 @@ -423,10 +440,15 @@ msgid "" "filename>). The only difference from an ordinary mount is that you will be " "asked to enter the passphrase for this volume." msgstr "" -"最容易处理的情况是加密卷位于 <filename>/home</filename> 或 <filename>/srv</filename>。您在启动后可以很容易手动加载。对于 loop-AES 只需操作一步：<informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"最容易处理的情况是加密卷位于 <filename>/home</filename> 或 <filename>/srv</" +"filename>。您在启动后可以很容易手动加载。对于 loop-AES 只需操作一步：" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 其中 <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> 要替换为特定的目录(例如，<filename>/home</filename>)。它与普通的加载不同支持仅在于需要为该卷输入密码。" +"</screen></informalexample> 其中 <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable> 要替" +"换为特定的目录(例如，<filename>/home</filename>)。它与普通的加载不同支持仅在" +"于需要为该卷输入密码。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:285 @@ -443,9 +465,13 @@ msgid "" "this command several times without worrying.) After successful registration " "you can simply mount the volumes the usual way:" msgstr "" -"对于 dm-crypt 需要一些技巧。首先，您需要用 <application>device mapper</application> 注册卷，需要运行：<informalexample><screen>\n" +"对于 dm-crypt 需要一些技巧。首先，您需要用 <application>device mapper</" +"application> 注册卷，需要运行：<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/init.d/cryptdisks start</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 这将扫描 <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> 里面的所有卷，输入正确的密码之后，将在 <filename>/dev</filename> 目录下面创建对应的设备。(已注册的卷会被跳过，因此您可以放心地多次运行该命令。) 正确注册以后，就可以按普通的方法加载这些卷：" +"</screen></informalexample> 这将扫描 <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> 里面" +"的所有卷，输入正确的密码之后，将在 <filename>/dev</filename> 目录下面创建对应" +"的设备。(已注册的卷会被跳过，因此您可以放心地多次运行该命令。) 正确注册以后，" +"就可以按普通的方法加载这些卷：" #. Tag: screen #: boot-new.xml:300 @@ -453,7 +479,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/mount_point</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:303 @@ -471,9 +499,13 @@ msgid "" "<keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo> when asked for the " "root password." msgstr "" -"如果这些卷保存着非临界系统文件(<filename>/usr</filename> 或 <filename>/var</filename>)不能加载，系统仍然可以启动，并且您仍然可以按前一种情况手动加载。但是，您需要(重新)启动默认 runlevel 下的任何服务，这是因为它们很可能没有启动。最简单的做法是切换到第一个 runlevel 再返回<informalexample><screen>\n" +"如果这些卷保存着非临界系统文件(<filename>/usr</filename> 或 <filename>/var</" +"filename>)不能加载，系统仍然可以启动，并且您仍然可以按前一种情况手动加载。但" +"是，您需要(重新)启动默认 runlevel 下的任何服务，这是因为它们很可能没有启动。" +"最简单的做法是切换到第一个 runlevel 再返回<informalexample><screen>\n" "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>init 1</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 在 shell 提示符下输入该命令，在要求输入 root 口令时按下 <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo>。" +"</screen></informalexample> 在 shell 提示符下输入该命令，在要求输入 root 口令" +"时按下 <keycombo> <keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap> </keycombo>。" #. Tag: title #: boot-new.xml:326 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/gpl.po b/po/zh_CN/gpl.po index 125843e72..5579aef19 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/gpl.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/gpl.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-14 10:17+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -33,7 +33,13 @@ msgid "" "\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. " "However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " "better understand the GNU GPL." -msgstr "This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into Chinese. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help Chinese speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." +msgstr "" +"This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"Chinese. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not " +"legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help Chinese speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/hardware.po b/po/zh_CN/hardware.po index fe08f7aad..dca7562fe 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/hardware.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/hardware.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-10 10:46+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2280,7 +2280,10 @@ msgid "" "Power-UP System), and CHRP machines. Each subarchitecture has its own boot " "methods. In addition, there are four different kernel flavours, supporting " "different CPU variants." -msgstr "有四个主要支持的 <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> 子体系：PMac (Power-Macintosh 或 PowerMac)，PReP，APUS (Amiga Power-UP System) 和 CHRP 机器。每种子体系都有各自的启动方式。并且，还有四种不同的内核变种，以支持不同的 CPU。" +msgstr "" +"有四个主要支持的 <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> 子体系：PMac (Power-" +"Macintosh 或 PowerMac)，PReP，APUS (Amiga Power-UP System) 和 CHRP 机器。每种" +"子体系都有各自的启动方式。并且，还有四种不同的内核变种，以支持不同的 CPU。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1106 @@ -2320,7 +2323,9 @@ msgid "" "Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, " "604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and " "including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." -msgstr "绝大多数系统使用这种内核，它支持 PowerPC 601、603、604、740、750 与 7400 处理器。所有 Apple PowerMac 以后的系统包括 G4 都使用这其中的处理器。" +msgstr "" +"绝大多数系统使用这种内核，它支持 PowerPC 601、603、604、740、750 与 7400 处理" +"器。所有 Apple PowerMac 以后的系统包括 G4 都使用这其中的处理器。" #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1134 @@ -2362,7 +2367,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " "architecture, and use this kernel flavour." -msgstr "采用 Apple G5 (PPC970FX 处理器) 的系统也是基于 POWER4 体系，并使用这种内核。" +msgstr "" +"采用 Apple G5 (PPC970FX 处理器) 的系统也是基于 POWER4 体系，并使用这种内核。" #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1159 @@ -2404,7 +2410,10 @@ msgid "" "example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC " "processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as " "NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." -msgstr "Apple (以及其它一些制造商 — 比如 Power Computing) 生产了一系列基于 PowerPC 处理器 的 Macintosh 计算机。为体系支持的目的，它们被划分为 NuBus(Debian 没有支持)、OldWorld PCI 和 NewWorld。" +msgstr "" +"Apple (以及其它一些制造商 — 比如 Power Computing) 生产了一系列基于 " +"PowerPC 处理器 的 Macintosh 计算机。为体系支持的目的，它们被划分为 NuBus" +"(Debian 没有支持)、OldWorld PCI 和 NewWorld。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1191 @@ -2414,7 +2423,10 @@ msgid "" "bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld " "machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming " "scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." -msgstr "OldWorld 系统多数为带软驱和 PCI 总线的 Power Macintosh。大多数基于 603、603e、604 和 604e 的 Power Macintosh 是 OldWorld 机器。除了米色的 G3 系统，这些 Apple iMac PowerPC 前身使用 4 位数字命名方式，它们都是 OldWorld 的。" +msgstr "" +"OldWorld 系统多数为带软驱和 PCI 总线的 Power Macintosh。大多数基于 603、" +"603e、604 和 604e 的 Power Macintosh 是 OldWorld 机器。除了米色的 G3 系统，这" +"些 Apple iMac PowerPC 前身使用 4 位数字命名方式，它们都是 OldWorld 的。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1199 @@ -2425,7 +2437,11 @@ msgid "" "blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. " "The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</" "quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." -msgstr "被称做 NewWorld PowerMacs 是那些有半透明塑料外壳的机器。包括所有的 iMacs、iBook、G4 系统、蓝色的 G3 系统、和大多数 1999 年及以后生产的 PowerBook。NewWorld PowerMacs 也是 1998 下半年以后制造，使用 <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> MacOS 的系统。" +msgstr "" +"被称做 NewWorld PowerMacs 是那些有半透明塑料外壳的机器。包括所有的 iMacs、" +"iBook、G4 系统、蓝色的 G3 系统、和大多数 1999 年及以后生产的 PowerBook。" +"NewWorld PowerMacs 也是 1998 下半年以后制造，使用 <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> " +"MacOS 的系统。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1207 @@ -2833,7 +2849,15 @@ msgid "" "6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these " "machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac." "sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "NuBus 系统现在还不被 Debian/powerpc 支持。单内核的 Linux/PPC 内核体系不支持这些机器；而必须使用 MkLinux Mach 微内核，而它未被 Debian 支持。它们包括： <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 和 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> 对这些机器提供有限支持的 linux 内核位于 <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>" +msgstr "" +"NuBus 系统现在还不被 Debian/powerpc 支持。单内核的 Linux/PPC 内核体系不支持这" +"些机器；而必须使用 MkLinux Mach 微内核，而它未被 Debian 支持。它们包括： " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 和 5300 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> 对这些机器提供有限支持的 linux 内核位于 <ulink url=\"http://" +"nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>" #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1485 @@ -2851,7 +2875,11 @@ msgid "" "family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. " "These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " "Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." -msgstr "使用 680x0 系列的 Macintosh 计算机不属于 PowerPC 家族，而是 m68k 机器。这些机器型号自 <quote>Mac II</quote> 开始，经历 <quote>LC</quote> 家族，然后是 Centris 系列，至 Quadras 与 Performas 达到顶峰。这些型号使用罗马数字或 3 位数字，像 Mac IIcx、LCIII 或 Quadra 950。" +msgstr "" +"使用 680x0 系列的 Macintosh 计算机不属于 PowerPC 家族，而是 m68k 机器。这些机" +"器型号自 <quote>Mac II</quote> 开始，经历 <quote>LC</quote> 家族，然后是 " +"Centris 系列，至 Quadras 与 Performas 达到顶峰。这些型号使用罗马数字或 3 位数" +"字，像 Mac IIcx、LCIII 或 Quadra 950。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1496 @@ -2862,7 +2890,11 @@ msgid "" "580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra " "(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the " "Performa 200-640CD." -msgstr "该型号范围始于 Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), 然后是 LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), 接着是 Mac TV, 还有 Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), 最后是 Performa 200-640CD。" +msgstr "" +"该型号范围始于 Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), 然后" +"是 LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), 接着是 Mac TV, 还" +"有 Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, " +"840AV, 900, 950), 最后是 Performa 200-640CD。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1504 @@ -2871,7 +2903,9 @@ msgid "" "In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs " "and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " "please see the section above)." -msgstr "便携机方面，它起始于 Mac Portable，然后是 PowerBook 100-190cs 和 PowerBook Duo 210-550c (不包含带有 Nubus 的 PowerBook 500，见前面说明。)" +msgstr "" +"便携机方面，它起始于 Mac Portable，然后是 PowerBook 100-190cs 和 PowerBook " +"Duo 210-550c (不包含带有 Nubus 的 PowerBook 500，见前面说明。)" #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1520 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po index f58595167..e7a596f2e 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-21 18:25+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -778,7 +778,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " "are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "注意，USB 闪盘至少要有 256MB 的容量(更小的尺寸安装也是可能的，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)。" +msgstr "" +"注意，USB 闪盘至少要有 256MB 的容量(更小的尺寸安装也是可能的，请参阅 <xref " +"linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)。" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po index 9500cb72b..c41ed6bcd 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-07 23:10+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -50,7 +50,12 @@ msgid "" "them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " "please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" "list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> debian-installer 仍然处于 beta 测试阶段。</phrase> 如果您在安装时碰到程序出错，请参考 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> 回报错误。倘若本文档不能够回答您所有的疑问，那么请带着这些问题去 debian-boot 的邮件列表(&email-debian-boot-list;)问问看，或者您也可以在 irc (OFTC 网络上的 #debian-boot 频道)上直接提问。" +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> debian-installer 仍然处于 beta 测试阶" +"段。</phrase> 如果您在安装时碰到程序出错，请参考 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug" +"\"/> 回报错误。倘若本文档不能够回答您所有的疑问，那么请带着这些问题去 debian-" +"boot 的邮件列表(&email-debian-boot-list;)问问看，或者您也可以在 irc (OFTC 网" +"络上的 #debian-boot 频道)上直接提问。" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po index 10599dbcb..cca7ae14d 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-13 12:15+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -960,7 +960,9 @@ msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible " "to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " "is not recommended." -msgstr "如果您选择了 <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (或类似的)，默认会执行其中的一个程序。在 VT2 命令行上也可以使用其他的分区工具，但不推荐这种方式。" +msgstr "" +"如果您选择了 <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (或类似的)，默认会执" +"行其中的一个程序。在 VT2 命令行上也可以使用其他的分区工具，但不推荐这种方式。" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:579 @@ -986,17 +988,22 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot " "partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" msgstr "" -"如果您的 ide 磁盘上超过 20 个分区，您将需要为 21 以上的分区创建设备。除非有正确的设备存在，否则下一步初始化分区将失败。作为一个例子，这里列举了相关的命令，让您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在运行一个 Shell 下加入一个设备文件，令第 21 个的分区能够被初始化。<informalexample><screen>\n" +"如果您的 ide 磁盘上超过 20 个分区，您将需要为 21 以上的分区创建设备。除非有正" +"确的设备存在，否则下一步初始化分区将失败。作为一个例子，这里列举了相关的命" +"令，让您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在运行一个 Shell 下加入" +"一个设备文件，令第 21 个的分区能够被初始化。<informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 除非在目标系统上有合适的设备名称，否则引导一个新的系统将会失败。在安装完内核和模块以后，执行： <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 除非在目标系统上有合适的设备名称，否则引导一个新" +"的系统将会失败。在安装完内核和模块以后，执行： <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /target/dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">记住标记您的引导分区为 <quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">记住标记您的引导分区为 " +"<quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:598 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po index 42a36839e..2b7a292e4 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-13 15:18+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -600,7 +600,12 @@ msgid "" "that you will use to track your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any " "word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel " "compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." -msgstr "现在，开始编译内核： <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>。其中版本号 <quote>1.0</quote> 可以随便您修改；它仅是一个用来跟踪您的内核编译的版本号。同样地，您也可以用任何您喜欢的词替换 <quote>custom</quote> (例如，主机名称)。编译内核可能要花费较长的时间，这取决于您的机器的性能。" +msgstr "" +"现在，开始编译内核： <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --initrd --" +"revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>。其中版本号 <quote>1.0</quote> " +"可以随便您修改；它仅是一个用来跟踪您的内核编译的版本号。同样地，您也可以用任" +"何您喜欢的词替换 <quote>custom</quote> (例如，主机名称)。编译内核可能要花费较" +"长的时间，这取决于您的机器的性能。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 @@ -623,7 +628,21 @@ msgid "" "automatically update your boot loader to use the new kernel. If you have " "created a modules package, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">e.g., if you " "have PCMCIA,</phrase> you'll need to install that package as well." -msgstr "一旦编译完成，您就可以像安装其它软件包一样安装您的内核。以 root 身份，执行 <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>。</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>。</phrase> 其中 <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> 部分是一个可选的子结构，<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 例如 <quote>i586</quote>，</phrase> 这取决于您所设置的内核选项。 <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> 将安装内核以及其它的一些支持文件。例如，<filename>System.map</filename> 可能会被安装 (用来辅助调试内核问题)，<filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> 也将被安装，它包含了您当前的配置。新的内核软件包将会自动地更新您的系统上的启动引导器，让它使用新内核。如果您创建了一个模块软件包，<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">例如 PCMCIA，</phrase> 您也要同时安装该软件包。" +msgstr "" +"一旦编译完成，您就可以像安装其它软件包一样安装您的内核。以 root 身份，执行 " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-" +"&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" +"replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>。</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"> <userinput>dpkg -i ../linux-image-&kernelversion;-" +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" +"userinput>。</phrase> 其中 <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> 部分是" +"一个可选的子结构，<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 例如 <quote>i586</quote>，</phrase> " +"这取决于您所设置的内核选项。 <userinput>dpkg -i</userinput> 将安装内核以及其" +"它的一些支持文件。例如，<filename>System.map</filename> 可能会被安装 (用来辅" +"助调试内核问题)，<filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> 也将被安" +"装，它包含了您当前的配置。新的内核软件包将会自动地更新您的系统上的启动引导" +"器，让它使用新内核。如果您创建了一个模块软件包，<phrase condition=\"classic-" +"kpkg\">例如 PCMCIA，</phrase> 您也要同时安装该软件包。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:446 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preface.po b/po/zh_CN/preface.po index d0942fb68..3ebcfa62d 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preface.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preface.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-24 19:51+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po index 4991f85a6..75f222cc5 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-10 11:07+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3262,4 +3262,9 @@ msgid "" "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " "<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." -msgstr "有些 OldWorld Powermacs，大多数是带有 <quote>control</quote> 或其他的显示驱动，在 Linux 下面如果配置超过 256 色，可能不能正常产生 colormap 可靠的结果。如果重新启动后您碰到这种问题(有时可以看到显示器上的数据，有时却什么都没有)，或者引导安装程序以后黑屏，而不是显示用户界面，请试着在 MacOS 下修改显示设置为 256 色，替代 <quote>thousands</quote> 或 <quote>millions</quote>。" +msgstr "" +"有些 OldWorld Powermacs，大多数是带有 <quote>control</quote> 或其他的显示驱" +"动，在 Linux 下面如果配置超过 256 色，可能不能正常产生 colormap 可靠的结果。" +"如果重新启动后您碰到这种问题(有时可以看到显示器上的数据，有时却什么都没有)，" +"或者引导安装程序以后黑屏，而不是显示用户界面，请试着在 MacOS 下修改显示设置" +"为 256 色，替代 <quote>thousands</quote> 或 <quote>millions</quote>。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index 232619f3e..03708057f 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-04 18:18+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-07 12:53+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -417,7 +417,10 @@ msgid "" "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " "<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " "<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "注意，在作为引导参数的时候，<filename>preseed/url</filename> 可以简写为 <filename>url</filename>，<filename>preseed/file</filename> 简写为 <filename>file</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"注意，在作为引导参数的时候，<filename>preseed/url</filename> 可以简写为 " +"<filename>url</filename>，<filename>preseed/file</filename> 简写为 " +"<filename>file</filename>。" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 @@ -426,7 +429,9 @@ msgid "" "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " "even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "编辑的时候，您也许需要添加一个引导参数 <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>。它会避免过多的问题，即使下面的预置漏了一些。" +msgstr "" +"编辑的时候，您也许需要添加一个引导参数 <userinput>priority=critical</" +"userinput>。它会避免过多的问题，即使下面的预置漏了一些。" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 @@ -531,7 +536,9 @@ msgid "" "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " "shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " "appendix instead of the full variable." -msgstr "注意，一些常用的引导参数变量有缩写形式。如果它们存在，在本附录里面将会替代全称。" +msgstr "" +"注意，一些常用的引导参数变量有缩写形式。如果它们存在，在本附录里面将会替代全" +"称。" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 @@ -788,7 +795,9 @@ msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " "locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</" "replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "本地可以指定语言和国家。要在引导参数上指定本地，使用 <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"本地可以指定语言和国家。要在引导参数上指定本地，使用 " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 @@ -876,7 +885,9 @@ msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " "preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "如果您需要网络引导从网络加载预置文件前指定网卡，请用这种引导参数 <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"如果您需要网络引导从网络加载预置文件前指定网卡，请用这种引导参数 " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 @@ -889,7 +900,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " "by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " "lines:" -msgstr "虽然使用网络预置(用 <quote>preseed/url</quote>)通常并不能配置配置，但是您可以使用下面的技巧实现。例如，为网卡设置静态地址。它使加载了预置文件以后网络预置再运行一次，这需要下面的内容包含在 <quote>preseed/run</quote> 脚本里面：" +msgstr "" +"虽然使用网络预置(用 <quote>preseed/url</quote>)通常并不能配置配置，但是您可以" +"使用下面的技巧实现。例如，为网卡设置静态地址。它使加载了预置文件以后网络预置" +"再运行一次，这需要下面的内容包含在 <quote>preseed/run</quote> 脚本里面：" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 @@ -1163,7 +1177,8 @@ msgstr "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po index 870788d94..fe48652a9 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-13 16:02+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1145,9 +1145,12 @@ msgid "" "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " "with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"要配置网络，请修改 <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> 和 <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>。<informalexample><screen>\n" +"要配置网络，请修改 <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/" +"etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> 和 <filename>/" +"etc/hosts</filename>。<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 这里有些简单的例子，来自 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 这里有些简单的例子，来自 <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -1173,15 +1176,20 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 填入您的域名服务器和搜索指令到 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 填入您的域名服务器和搜索指令到 <filename>/etc/" +"resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 这里有个简单的 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 这里有个简单的 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +"filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 输入您的系统的主机名 (2 到 63 个字符)：<informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 输入您的系统的主机名 (2 到 63 个字符)：" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 如果您有多块网卡，在您修改 <filename>/etc/modules</filename> 文件时，一定要按照期望的顺序排列驱动模块的名字。这样，在系统启动时，每块网卡就能获得您所预期的 interface 名称了 (eth0、eth1 等等)。" +"</screen></informalexample> 如果您有多块网卡，在您修改 <filename>/etc/" +"modules</filename> 文件时，一定要按照期望的顺序排列驱动模块的名字。这样，在系" +"统启动时，每块网卡就能获得您所预期的 interface 名称了 (eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:563 @@ -1228,8 +1236,10 @@ msgid "" "condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" -"若想启动这个系统，您很可能还需要一个 Linux 内核和一个 boot loader。可以用下面指令找到那些预先打包的内核 <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" +"若想启动这个系统，您很可能还需要一个 Linux 内核和一个 boot loader。可以用下面" +"指令找到那些预先打包的内核 <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# apt-cache search <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> 接下来使用所选包名来安装。" #. Tag: screen @@ -1239,7 +1249,10 @@ msgid "" "# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " "condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-" "arch-etc</replaceable>" -msgstr "# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgstr "" +"# apt-get install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-" +"arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:597 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 5ef3882da..e5cb44a2f 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-18 11:05+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -89,7 +89,10 @@ msgid "" "step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " "step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" "driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "熟练的用户也许更习惯菜单驱动的交互方式，安装中的每一步都可以被用户控制，而不是让安装程序自动依此执行。要使用菜单驱动的手动安装方式，添加启动参数选项 <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"熟练的用户也许更习惯菜单驱动的交互方式，安装中的每一步都可以被用户控制，而不" +"是让安装程序自动依此执行。要使用菜单驱动的手动安装方式，添加启动参数选项 " +"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 @@ -101,7 +104,11 @@ msgid "" "to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " "<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " "&d-i;." -msgstr "如果您的硬件要求给出内核模块设置选项才能安装，就需要使用 <quote>expert</quote> 模式启动安装程序。可以通过使用 <command>expert</command> 命令或者添加 <userinput>priority=low</userinput> 启动参数。专家模式赋予您对 &d-i; 完全的控制力。" +msgstr "" +"如果您的硬件要求给出内核模块设置选项才能安装，就需要使用 <quote>expert</" +"quote> 模式启动安装程序。可以通过使用 <command>expert</command> 命令或者添加 " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput> 启动参数。专家模式赋予您对 &d-i; 完全的控" +"制力。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 @@ -886,7 +893,14 @@ msgid "" "if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " "to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " "for US keyboards." -msgstr "为了让键盘可以工作，您应该给引导程序加上参数 <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>。当您看到键盘选择项<footnote> <para> 如果您使用默认的优先级安装，在显示 Sun 类型 keymap 之后，您应该使用 <userinput>Go Back</userinput> 按钮返回安装菜单。</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式(US)键盘布局，请选 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> ，如果您使用本地化键盘布局，请选 <quote>USB keyboard</quote>。选择 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> 会使内核 keympa 放在合适的地方，这对美式键盘是正确的做法。" +msgstr "" +"为了让键盘可以工作，您应该给引导程序加上参数 <userinput>priority=medium</" +"userinput>。当您看到键盘选择项<footnote> <para> 如果您使用默认的优先级安装，" +"在显示 Sun 类型 keymap 之后，您应该使用 <userinput>Go Back</userinput> 按钮返" +"回安装菜单。</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式(US)键盘布局，请选 <quote>No " +"keyboard to configure</quote> ，如果您使用本地化键盘布局，请选 <quote>USB " +"keyboard</quote>。选择 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> 会使内核 " +"keympa 放在合适的地方，这对美式键盘是正确的做法。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -1109,7 +1123,11 @@ msgid "" "partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " "partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " "Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "如果您选择向导式分区，可以有两种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)或使用逻辑卷管理(LVM)。第二种方式下，安装程序将在一个大分区上创建很多分区，这种方式的优点在于该大分区内的分区以后改变尺寸相对比较容易。注意：使用 LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。" +msgstr "" +"如果您选择向导式分区，可以有两种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)或使用逻" +"辑卷管理(LVM)。第二种方式下，安装程序将在一个大分区上创建很多分区，这种方式的" +"优点在于该大分区内的分区以后改变尺寸相对比较容易。注意：使用 LVM 的选项并不是" +"在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 @@ -1122,7 +1140,12 @@ msgid "" "that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " "operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " "chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "倘若您选择了向导式分区(经典或使用 LVM)，那么就要从下表所列的几个方式中选择其一。每个方式都各有利弊，其中的一些讨论见 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。如果您没有把握，就选择第一个选项。有一点要记住，就是使用向导式分区至少需要一定大小的空闲空间才能正常运作。如果您没有给它 1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" +msgstr "" +"倘若您选择了向导式分区(经典或使用 LVM)，那么就要从下表所列的几个方式中选择其" +"一。每个方式都各有利弊，其中的一些讨论见 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。如" +"果您没有把握，就选择第一个选项。有一点要记住，就是使用向导式分区至少需要一定" +"大小的空闲空间才能正常运作。如果您没有给它 1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方" +"式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:807 @@ -1207,7 +1230,9 @@ msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " "a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " "partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "如果您选择使用 LVM 的向导式分区，安装程序还会创建一个单独的 /boot 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" +msgstr "" +"如果您选择使用 LVM 的向导式分区，安装程序还会创建一个单独的 /boot 分区。其他" +"的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:842 @@ -1217,7 +1242,10 @@ msgid "" "additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " "boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " "manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "倘若您为您的 IA64 系统选择了向导式分区，那就会另外分出来一个分区。这个分区专门为 EFI bootloader 格式化成了 FAT16 的可引导文件系统。同时，菜单里也会有另外的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" +msgstr "" +"倘若您为您的 IA64 系统选择了向导式分区，那就会另外分出来一个分区。这个分区专" +"门为 EFI bootloader 格式化成了 FAT16 的可引导文件系统。同时，菜单里也会有另外" +"的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:850 @@ -1226,7 +1254,9 @@ msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "如果您为 Alpha 系统选择向导式分区，一个额外的、未格式化的分区将分配在磁盘的开始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" +msgstr "" +"如果您为 Alpha 系统选择向导式分区，一个额外的、未格式化的分区将分配在磁盘的开" +"始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:856 @@ -1282,7 +1312,10 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 本例中有两块 IDE 硬盘，它们分别被分割成了几个分区。第一块硬盘上还有些空闲空间。表中，每行列出了分区编号、其类型、分区大小、可选的标志、采用的文件系统，及其挂载点(如果有的话)。注意：向导式分区方式不能创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" +"</screen></informalexample> 本例中有两块 IDE 硬盘，它们分别被分割成了几个分" +"区。第一块硬盘上还有些空闲空间。表中，每行列出了分区编号、其类型、分区大小、" +"可选的标志、采用的文件系统，及其挂载点(如果有的话)。注意：向导式分区方式不能" +"创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 @@ -1299,8 +1332,13 @@ msgid "" "that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " "or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" -"接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么请在菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning \"\n" -"\"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> 一项来创建新分区表(本节末将会对此进行解释)。如果您认为分区设置不如愿，那么可以选择 <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> 如果您选择使用 LVM 向导式分区，由于一些修改已经写入磁盘，将无法全部取消。安装程序在此之前会给出警告。</para> </footnote> ，然后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" +"接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么请在" +"菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning \"\n" +"\"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> 一项来创建新分区表(本节末将会对此进" +"行解释)。如果您认为分区设置不如愿，那么可以选择 <guimenuitem>Undo changes to " +"partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> 如果您选择使用 LVM 向导式分区，由于" +"一些修改已经写入磁盘，将无法全部取消。安装程序在此之前会给出警告。</para> </" +"footnote> ，然后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:895 @@ -1347,7 +1385,17 @@ msgid "" "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " "and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "如果您选中了某块空闲空间，那么就可以在上面新建分区了。接着需要回答一系列简短的问题，它们会就分区大小、类型(主分区还是逻辑分区)、以及分区的位置(在空闲空间的开始部分还是在结束部分)向您询问。回答完毕后，您会看到一个小结，它详尽地总结了这个新分区的各种参数和设置，包括挂载点、挂载选项、启动标志或者分区的用途。如果您不喜欢预设的缺省设置的话，尽可以按照自己的喜好更改它们。比如说，选中 <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem> 选项，然后您可以让这个分区改用其他的文件系统，比如把它用作交换分区、软 RAID、LVM，或者根本就放着不用。另外还有个不错的功能，就是可以把现有分区的数据拷贝到新分区上。一旦您对新分区的设置感到满意了，就可以选择 <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem>，然后会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" +msgstr "" +"如果您选中了某块空闲空间，那么就可以在上面新建分区了。接着需要回答一系列简短" +"的问题，它们会就分区大小、类型(主分区还是逻辑分区)、以及分区的位置(在空闲空间" +"的开始部分还是在结束部分)向您询问。回答完毕后，您会看到一个小结，它详尽地总结" +"了这个新分区的各种参数和设置，包括挂载点、挂载选项、启动标志或者分区的用途。" +"如果您不喜欢预设的缺省设置的话，尽可以按照自己的喜好更改它们。比如说，选中 " +"<guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem> 选项，然后您可以让这个分区改用其他的文件系" +"统，比如把它用作交换分区、软 RAID、LVM，或者根本就放着不用。另外还有个不错的" +"功能，就是可以把现有分区的数据拷贝到新分区上。一旦您对新分区的设置感到满意" +"了，就可以选择 <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem>，然后" +"会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:929 @@ -1769,7 +1817,13 @@ msgid "" "be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " "should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " "selected." -msgstr "下一步，您应该从 <command>partman</command> 主菜单选择 <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem>。(菜单只会在您用 <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> 标记了至少一个分区时出现。)在 <command>mdcfg</command> 第一个画面选择 <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>。您将看到被支持的 MD 设备列表，您应从其中选择一项(如 RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" +msgstr "" +"下一步，您应该从 <command>partman</command> 主菜单选择 " +"<guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem>。(菜单只会在您用 " +"<guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> 标记了至少一个分区时出" +"现。)在 <command>mdcfg</command> 第一个画面选择 <guimenuitem>Create MD " +"device</guimenuitem>。您将看到被支持的 MD 设备列表，您应从其中选择一项(如 " +"RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1225 @@ -1856,7 +1910,11 @@ msgid "" "your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " "to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " "hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; 允许您建立加密分区。写入该分区的每个文件都立即存为加密形式。只有在输入 <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> 通过认证之后才能访问加密后的数据，口令是在加密分区创建时设置的。该特性用于保护您被盗的便携机或硬盘上的敏感数据。盗贼或许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; 允许您建立加密分区。写入该分区的每个文件都立即存为加密形式。只有在输入 " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> 通过认证之后才能访问加密后的数据，口令是在" +"加密分区创建时设置的。该特性用于保护您被盗的便携机或硬盘上的敏感数据。盗贼或" +"许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1289 @@ -1873,7 +1931,13 @@ msgid "" "the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " "because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " "partition." -msgstr "有两个需要加密的重要分区：home 分区，驻留您的私人数据，以及交换分区，敏感的数据在操作时会临时保存在这里。当然，这不影响您加密任何其他的分区。例如，数据库服务器、邮件服务器或打印服务器上用来保存数据的 <filename>/var</filename>。或者 /tmp，很多程序用来保存临时文件。有些人或许需要加密整个系统。有一个例外，<filename>/boot</filename> 分区必须保持未加密，这是因为当前没有办法从加密分区加载内核。" +msgstr "" +"有两个需要加密的重要分区：home 分区，驻留您的私人数据，以及交换分区，敏感的数" +"据在操作时会临时保存在这里。当然，这不影响您加密任何其他的分区。例如，数据库" +"服务器、邮件服务器或打印服务器上用来保存数据的 <filename>/var</filename>。或" +"者 /tmp，很多程序用来保存临时文件。有些人或许需要加密整个系统。有一个例外，" +"<filename>/boot</filename> 分区必须保持未加密，这是因为当前没有办法从加密分区" +"加载内核。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1304 @@ -1883,7 +1947,9 @@ msgid "" "that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " "for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " "chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "请注意，加密分区的性能将低于未加密的状态，这是由于数据在每次读写时都要进行加密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" +msgstr "" +"请注意，加密分区的性能将低于未加密的状态，这是由于数据在每次读写时都要进行加" +"密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1311 @@ -1896,7 +1962,12 @@ msgid "" "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "为了使用加密，您必须在主分区菜单选择空闲的空间创建一个新分区。另一种是使用现有的分区(例如，普通的分区，一个 LVM 逻辑卷或者 RAID 卷)。在 <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> 菜单，您需要选择 <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem>，其位于 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" +msgstr "" +"为了使用加密，您必须在主分区菜单选择空闲的空间创建一个新分区。另一种是使用现" +"有的分区(例如，普通的分区，一个 LVM 逻辑卷或者 RAID 卷)。在 " +"<guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> 菜单，您需要选择 <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for encryption</guimenuitem>，其位于 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</" +"guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1322 @@ -1907,7 +1978,11 @@ msgid "" "host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " "(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " "compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; 支持多种加密方法。默认的方法为 <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (已经包含在新的 Linux 内核中，用于 LVM 物理卷)，另外一种是 <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (旧方法，在 Linux 内核树之外单独维护)。除非您另有特别的原因，推荐使用默认的方法。" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; 支持多种加密方法。默认的方法为 <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (已经包" +"含在新的 Linux 内核中，用于 LVM 物理卷)，另外一种是 <firstterm>loop-AES</" +"firstterm> (旧方法，在 Linux 内核树之外单独维护)。除非您另有特别的原因，推荐" +"使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1334 @@ -1917,7 +1992,10 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " "always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " "chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "首先，让我模来看看选择 <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> 作为加密方法后可用的选项。一般规律：如果犹豫不决，就使用默认项，这是因为它们是审慎的安全考虑的选择。" +msgstr "" +"首先，让我模来看看选择 <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> 作为加" +"密方法后可用的选项。一般规律：如果犹豫不决，就使用默认项，这是因为它们是审慎" +"的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1344 @@ -1939,7 +2017,14 @@ msgid "" "the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " "encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " "century." -msgstr "该选项让您选择加密算法(<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>)，它用来加密分区上的数据。&d-i; 当前支持以下 block ciphers：<firstterm>aes</firstterm>、<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>、<firstterm>serpent</firstterm> 和 <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>。讨论这些算法的质量超出了本文的范畴，但是，您应该知道，在 2000，<emphasis>AES</emphasis> 被 American National Institute of Standards and Technology 选择作为标准的加密算法，用于保护 21 世纪的敏感信息。" +msgstr "" +"该选项让您选择加密算法(<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>)，它用来加密分区上的数" +"据。&d-i; 当前支持以下 block ciphers：<firstterm>aes</firstterm>、" +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>、<firstterm>serpent</firstterm> 和 " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>。讨论这些算法的质量超出了本文的范畴，但是，您" +"应该知道，在 2000，<emphasis>AES</emphasis> 被 American National Institute " +"of Standards and Technology 选择作为标准的加密算法，用于保护 21 世纪的敏感信" +"息。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1364 @@ -1955,7 +2040,9 @@ msgid "" "size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " "hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " "performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "这里您可以指定密钥长度。使用较长的密钥，加密的能力自然得到提升。另一方面，增加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" +msgstr "" +"这里您可以指定密钥长度。使用较长的密钥，加密的能力自然得到提升。另一方面，增" +"加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1378 @@ -1973,7 +2060,11 @@ msgid "" "always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " "prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " "encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> 或 <firstterm>IV</firstterm> 算法是确保加密过程中用同一个密钥对于同一 <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> 将产生惟一的 <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>。用于防止攻击者根据加密数据中的重复模板推断信息。" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> 或 <firstterm>IV</firstterm> 算" +"法是确保加密过程中用同一个密钥对于同一 <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> 将产" +"生惟一的 <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>。用于防止攻击者根据加密数据中的重" +"复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1390 @@ -1983,7 +2074,10 @@ msgid "" "userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " "alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " "installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "与其替代者比较，默认的 <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> 当前已知是最少的攻击漏洞。您只有在需要要保持与以前安装的系统兼容，它们无法使用新的算法时，才使用其他的算法。" +msgstr "" +"与其替代者比较，默认的 <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> 当前已知是最少" +"的攻击漏洞。您只有在需要要保持与以前安装的系统兼容，它们无法使用新的算法时，" +"才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1402 @@ -2011,7 +2105,10 @@ msgid "" "the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" "\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " "which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "加密密钥将基于 passphrase 计算<footnote> <para> 使用 passphrase 作为密钥意味着建立分区是使用 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>。</para></footnote>，使用时要求输入。" +msgstr "" +"加密密钥将基于 passphrase 计算<footnote> <para> 使用 passphrase 作为密钥意味" +"着建立分区是使用 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>。</para></footnote>，" +"使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 @@ -2029,7 +2126,10 @@ msgid "" "course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " "there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " "in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "当您每次使用加密分区的时候，会从随机数据中生成一个新的加密密钥。欢句话说：每次关机驻留在内存里面的密钥删除以后分区上的内容将丢失。(当然，您会猜想该密钥将面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" +msgstr "" +"当您每次使用加密分区的时候，会从随机数据中生成一个新的加密密钥。欢句话说：每" +"次关机驻留在内存里面的密钥删除以后分区上的内容将丢失。(当然，您会猜想该密钥将" +"面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1436 @@ -2042,7 +2142,11 @@ msgid "" "<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " "as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " "data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "随机密钥用于交换分区，这样您就不必为记住 passphrase 或关机前清除交换分区上的敏感信息而费神。然而，这也意味着您将 <emphasis>无法</emphasis> 使用新 Linux 内核提供的 <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> 功能，因为它将无法(在下次启动时)恢复写入到交换分区的数据。" +msgstr "" +"随机密钥用于交换分区，这样您就不必为记住 passphrase 或关机前清除交换分区上的" +"敏感信息而费神。然而，这也意味着您将 <emphasis>无法</emphasis> 使用新 Linux " +"内核提供的 <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> 功能，因为它将无法(在下次启动时)恢" +"复写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 @@ -2062,7 +2166,11 @@ msgid "" "installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " "agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " "magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "决定在建立加密前是否使用随机数据覆盖分区内容。推荐这种方式，否则攻击者将会发现分区的哪些部分使用而哪些没有使用。另外，这将使安装前的内容很难恢复<footnote><para>据信那些三个缩写字母部门的家伙可以恢复经过多次覆盖的磁记录设备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" +msgstr "" +"决定在建立加密前是否使用随机数据覆盖分区内容。推荐这种方式，否则攻击者将会发" +"现分区的哪些部分使用而哪些没有使用。另外，这将使安装前的内容很难恢复" +"<footnote><para>据信那些三个缩写字母部门的家伙可以恢复经过多次覆盖的磁记录设" +"备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1477 @@ -2071,7 +2179,10 @@ msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " "<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " "changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "如果您选择了 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>，菜单选项将变成下面内容：" +msgstr "" +"如果您选择了 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>，菜单选项将变成" +"下面内容：" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1486 @@ -2086,7 +2197,9 @@ msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " "combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " "sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "不像 dm-crypt，loop-AES 选项的 cipher 和密钥长度是组合在一起的，这样您可以同时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" +msgstr "" +"不像 dm-crypt，loop-AES 选项的 cipher 和密钥长度是组合在一起的，这样您可以同" +"时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1498 @@ -2114,7 +2227,9 @@ msgid "" "installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" "application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " "(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "加密密钥会在安装过程中使用随机数据生成。并且该密钥使用 <application>GnuPG</application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" +msgstr "" +"加密密钥会在安装过程中使用随机数据生成。并且该密钥使用 <application>GnuPG</" +"application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1520 @@ -2136,7 +2251,9 @@ msgid "" "still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " "cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using " "<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." -msgstr "请注意，<emphasis>图形界面</emphasis> 安装程序与文本界面的相比将有一些限制。对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" +msgstr "" +"请注意，<emphasis>图形界面</emphasis> 安装程序与文本界面的相比将有一些限制。" +"对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1550 @@ -2148,7 +2265,10 @@ msgid "" "you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " "partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " "new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "当您选择好加密分区参数之后，返回分区主菜单。现在会有一个新的菜单项 <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>。选择它，您会被要求确认删除所标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" +msgstr "" +"当您选择好加密分区参数之后，返回分区主菜单。现在会有一个新的菜单项 " +"<guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>。选择它，您会被要求确认删除所" +"标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1561 @@ -2159,7 +2279,10 @@ msgid "" "mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " "common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " "birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "接下来，您会被要求输入 passphrase 用于配置的分区。好的口令应该长于 8 个字符，并混合字母、数字和其他字符，不该是普通词典中的单词或者容易与您相关的信息(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" +msgstr "" +"接下来，您会被要求输入 passphrase 用于配置的分区。好的口令应该长于 8 个字符，" +"并混合字母、数字和其他字符，不该是普通词典中的单词或者容易与您相关的信息(比如" +"生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1570 @@ -2174,7 +2297,12 @@ msgid "" "causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " "installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " "when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "在输入任何 passphrase 之前，您应该确定键盘配置正确可以输入所需要的字符。如果您不能肯定，可以切换到第二虚拟控制台，在提示符下敲一些文字。这能保证您以后不必惊慌失措，例如，想要使用 qwerty 键盘输入的 passphrase，而在安装时却使用的是 azerty 布局。造成的原因有多种。也许是您在安装过程中改变了键盘布局，或者是所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" +msgstr "" +"在输入任何 passphrase 之前，您应该确定键盘配置正确可以输入所需要的字符。如果" +"您不能肯定，可以切换到第二虚拟控制台，在提示符下敲一些文字。这能保证您以后不" +"必惊慌失措，例如，想要使用 qwerty 键盘输入的 passphrase，而在安装时却使用的" +"是 azerty 布局。造成的原因有多种。也许是您在安装过程中改变了键盘布局，或者是" +"所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1583 @@ -2188,7 +2316,12 @@ msgid "" "shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " "traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" "filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "如果您选择 passphrase 之外的方法创建加密密钥，它们现在就会生成。因为内核在安装的早期阶段还没有足够的熵，过程会长一些。您可以产生一些熵以加快速度：例如，随机的按下一些键，或者切换到第二虚拟控制台的 shell 产生一些网络或磁盘的动作(下载一些文件，将一些大文件送到 <filename>/dev/null</filename> 等等)。这个过程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" +msgstr "" +"如果您选择 passphrase 之外的方法创建加密密钥，它们现在就会生成。因为内核在安" +"装的早期阶段还没有足够的熵，过程会长一些。您可以产生一些熵以加快速度：例如，" +"随机的按下一些键，或者切换到第二虚拟控制台的 shell 产生一些网络或磁盘的动作" +"(下载一些文件，将一些大文件送到 <filename>/dev/null</filename> 等等)。这个过" +"程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1599 @@ -2209,13 +2342,17 @@ msgid "" "volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " "suit you." msgstr "" -"返回主分区菜单后，您将看到所有的加密卷作为额外的分区，它们可以像其他的普通分区一样配置。下面显示两种不同的卷。第一个是使用 dm-crypt 加密的，第二个采用 loop-AES。<informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"返回主分区菜单后，您将看到所有的加密卷作为额外的分区，它们可以像其他的普通分" +"区一样配置。下面显示两种不同的卷。第一个是使用 dm-crypt 加密的，第二个采用 " +"loop-AES。<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-" +"mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 现在可以给卷设置挂载点，如果默认的文件系统类型不合适，可以进行修改。" +"</screen></informalexample> 现在可以给卷设置挂载点，如果默认的文件系统类型不" +"合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1612 @@ -2228,7 +2365,11 @@ msgid "" "differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " "involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" ">." -msgstr "这里有一点要注意，即 parentheses 里的标识(本例中 <replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> 和 <replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) 以及您为每个加密卷所设置的加载点。当启动新系统的时候您会需要此信息。有关普通引导过程和使用加密后引导过程的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" +msgstr "" +"这里有一点要注意，即 parentheses 里的标识(本例中 <replaceable>crypt0</" +"replaceable> 和 <replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) 以及您为每个加密卷所设置的" +"加载点。当启动新系统的时候您会需要此信息。有关普通引导过程和使用加密后引导过" +"程的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po index 27db14a12..45b1d8ccb 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 09:07+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -794,7 +794,15 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of " "the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all " "such programs is available in the Debian system." -msgstr "系统中很多软件所使用的许可证都是 <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License (通用公共授权)</emphasis>，通常简称为 <quote>the GPL</quote>。GPL 要求您将程序的<emphasis>源码</emphasis>随您发布的二进制拷贝一起提供；许可证的这项规定确保任何用户都可以修改软件。正是由于此规定，所有这些程序的源码<footnote> <para>对于如何根据 Debian 源码包寻找、解包和创建二进制软件包，请查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> 的<quote>Basics of the Debian Package Management System</quote>章节。</para> </footnote>都可以在 Debian 系统中得到。" +msgstr "" +"系统中很多软件所使用的许可证都是 <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General " +"Public License (通用公共授权)</emphasis>，通常简称为 <quote>the GPL</quote>。" +"GPL 要求您将程序的<emphasis>源码</emphasis>随您发布的二进制拷贝一起提供；许可" +"证的这项规定确保任何用户都可以修改软件。正是由于此规定，所有这些程序的源码" +"<footnote> <para>对于如何根据 Debian 源码包寻找、解包和创建二进制软件包，请查" +"阅 <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> 的<quote>Basics of the " +"Debian Package Management System</quote>章节。</para> </footnote>都可以在 " +"Debian 系统中得到。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:569 diff --git a/po/zh_TW/administrivia.po b/po/zh_TW/administrivia.po index 4b46bb8b3..9916830e1 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/administrivia.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/administrivia.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/bookinfo.po b/po/zh_TW/bookinfo.po index c06883c11..30c0d4053 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/bookinfo.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/bookinfo.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-12 05:58+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po index 184e71821..f6510d84c 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:56+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po b/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po index 42041b65c..b611cddf4 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 00:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/gpl.po b/po/zh_TW/gpl.po index d8fb5407b..e33eccedf 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/gpl.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/gpl.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 13:37+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/hardware.po b/po/zh_TW/hardware.po index c1549c348..2e31eeca1 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/hardware.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/hardware.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 15:56+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 12:00+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po index 67e01f72e..f7244f40f 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-21 03:02+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 12:10+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po index 86e5d7671..e240edf04 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-05 19:06+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po index 6fee94ceb..edd441b89 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin, Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po index 270a9b45e..ce3214f2a 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:34+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preface.po b/po/zh_TW/preface.po index a8f40ba3b..bfcb02b75 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/preface.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/preface.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po index 54c4f0de1..e9c5d96cd 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po index 7815e16c2..037c82528 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-04-28 19:33+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index bef274599..f963e8b8e 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-09 14:07+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/welcome.po b/po/zh_TW/welcome.po index a5945f2c5..69ad2754c 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/welcome.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/welcome.po @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-31 23:11+0000\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" |